As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 30, 2014

Securities Act File No. 333-        

 

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549



 

FORM N-2



 

   
x   REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
     o   Pre-effective Amendment No.   
     o   Post-effective Amendment No.   


 

WHITEHORSE FINANCE, INC.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)



 

1450 Brickell Avenue, 31 st Floor
Miami, Florida 33131

(Address of Principal Executive Offices) (Zip Code)

(305) 381-6999

(Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code)

Richard Siegel
WhiteHorse Finance, Inc.
1450 Brickell Avenue, 31 st Floor
Miami, Florida 33131

(Name and Address of Agent for Service)



 

Copies to:

Thomas J. Friedmann
David J. Harris
Dechert LLP
1900 K Street, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20006
(202) 261-3300



 

Approximate date of proposed public offering: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this form are offered on a delayed or continuous basis in reliance on Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, other than securities offered in connection with a dividend reinvestment plan, check the following box. x

It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate box):

o when declared effective pursuant to section 8(c).

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

       
Title of Securities Being Registered   Amount Being
Registered
  Proposed Maximum
Offering Price Per Unit
  Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering Price (1)
  Amount of
Registration Fee (1)
Common Stock, $0.001 par value (2)   $            $              $     $  
Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value (2)                                    
Warrants (2)                                    
Subscription Rights (3)                                    
Debt Securities (4)                                    
Total   $     $     $ 500,000,000 (5)     $ 61,672 (6)  

(1) Estimated pursuant to Rule 457 solely for the purposes of determining the registration fee. The proposed maximum offering price per security will be determined, from time to time, by the Registrant in connection with the sale by the Registrant of the securities registered under this registration statement.
(2) Subject to Note 5 below, there is being registered hereunder an indeterminate number of shares of common stock, preferred stock, or warrants as may be sold, from time to time. Warrants represent rights to purchase common stock, preferred stock or debt securities.
(3) Subject to Note 5 below, there is being registered hereunder an indeterminate number of subscription rights as may be sold, from time to time, representing rights to purchase common stock.
(4) Subject to Note 5 below, there is being registered hereunder an indeterminate principal amount of debt securities as may be sold, from time to time. If any debt securities are issued at an original issue discount, then the offering price shall be in such greater principal amount as shall result in an aggregate price to investors not to exceed $500,000,000.
(5) In no event will the aggregate offering price of all securities issued from time to time pursuant to this registration statement exceed $500,000,000.
(6) Calculated pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Pursuant to Rule 415(a)(6) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement includes $20,000,000 of unsold securities of the registrant that have been previously registered on the Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-187805) originally filed by the registrant on April 8, 2013 and declared effective on July 16, 2013 (the “prior registration statement”). A filing fee of $6,820 was paid under the prior registration statement, of which $2,728 was paid in connection with such unsold securities and is being offset against the total registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(p), resulting in a payment of $61,672 in connection with the filing of this Registration Statement. Pursuant to Rule 415(a)(6), the offering of the unsold securities registered under the prior registration statement will be deemed terminated as of the effective date of this Registration Statement.

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 
PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS   SUBJECT TO COMPLETION     , 2014

$500,000,000

WHITEHORSE FINANCE, INC.

Common Stock
Preferred Stock
Warrants
Subscription Rights
Debt Securities

We are an externally managed, closed-end, non-diversified management investment company that has elected to be treated as a business development company under the Investment Company Act of 1940. Our investment objective is to generate risk-adjusted returns primarily by originating secured loans to small-capitalization, or small-cap, companies across a broad range of industries, providing our stockholders with current income and capital appreciation.

H.I.G. WhiteHorse Advisers, LLC serves as our investment adviser. H.I.G. WhiteHorse Administration, LLC serves as our administrator. These entities are affiliates of H.I.G. Capital, L.L.C., an alternative asset manager founded in 1993 and focused on the small-cap market. H.I.G. Capital, L.L.C. had over $15 billion of capital under management as of March 31, 2014.

We may offer, from time to time, in one or more offerings or series, together or separately, up to $500,000,000 of our common stock, preferred stock, warrants representing rights to purchase shares of our common stock, preferred stock or debt securities, subscription rights or debt securities, which we refer to, collectively, as the “securities.” We may sell our common stock through underwriters or dealers, “at-the-market” to or through a market maker into an existing trading market or otherwise directly to one or more purchasers or through agents or through a combination of methods of sale. The identities of such underwriters, dealers, market makers or agents, as the case may be, will be described in one or more supplements to this prospectus. The securities may be offered at prices and on terms to be described in one or more supplements to this prospectus. In the event we offer common stock, the offering price per share of our common stock exclusive of any underwriting commissions or discounts will not be less than the net asset value per share of our common stock at the time we make the offering except (1) in connection with a rights offering to our existing stockholders, (2) with the consent of the majority of our common stockholders and approval of our board of directors or (3) under such circumstances as the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, may permit. See “Risk Factors” for more information.

In addition, this prospectus relates to 7,826,284 shares of our common stock that may be sold by the selling stockholders identified under “Selling Stockholders”. Sales of our common stock by the selling stockholders, which may occur at prices below the net asset value per share of our common stock, may adversely affect the market price of our common stock and may make it more difficult for us to raise capital. Each offering by the selling stockholders of their shares of our common stock through agents, underwriters or dealers will be accompanied by a prospectus supplement that will identify the selling stockholder that is participating in such offering. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock by the selling stockholders.

We are an “emerging growth company” within the meaning of the recently enacted Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act.

Our common stock is traded on The NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “WHF”. The last reported closing price for our common stock on May 29, 2014 was $13.79 per share. Based on this last reported sales price of our common stock, the aggregate market value of the shares of our common stock held by the selling stockholders identified under “Selling Stockholders” is approximately $107.9 million. The net asset value of our common stock on March 31, 2014 (the last date prior to the date of this prospectus on which we determined net asset value) was $15.23 per share.

This prospectus contains important information you should know before investing in our securities. Please read it before you invest and keep it for future reference. We file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information about us with the SEC. We maintain a website at http://www.whitehorsefinance.com and make all of our annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other publicly filed information available on or through our website. You may also obtain such information, free of charge, and make shareholder inquiries by contacting us at 1450 Brickell Avenue, 31 st Floor, Miami, Florida 33131, Attention: Investor Relations, or by calling us collect at (305) 381-6999. The SEC also maintains a website at http://www.sec.gov that contains such information.

Shares of closed-end investment companies, including business development companies, frequently trade at a discount to their net asset value. If our shares trade at a discount to our net asset value, it may increase the risk of loss for purchasers in this offering.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Investing in our securities involves a high degree of risk. Before buying any securities, you should read the discussion of the material risks of investing in our securities, including the risk of leverage, in “Risk Factors” beginning on page 13 of this prospectus.

This prospectus may not be used to consummate sales of securities unless accompanied by a prospectus supplement.

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not, and the selling stockholders have not, authorized any other person to provide you with different information. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. We are not, and the selling stockholders identified under “Selling Stockholders” are not, making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that the information appearing in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date on the front cover of this prospectus. Our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects may have changed since that date. We will update these documents to reflect material changes only as required by law.

The date of this prospectus is May 30, 2014


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY     1  
FEES AND EXPENSES     9  
RISK FACTORS     13  
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS     45  
USE OF PROCEEDS     46  
DISTRIBUTIONS     47  
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA     48  
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS     50  
PRICE RANGE OF COMMON STOCK     65  
SALES OF COMMON STOCK BELOW NET ASSET VALUE     66  
THE COMPANY     71  
PORTFOLIO COMPANIES     81  
MANAGEMENT     83  
THE ADVISER AND THE ADMINISTRATOR     91  
RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS AND CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS     103  
CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS     106  
SELLING STOCKHOLDERS     108  
DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE     109  
DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLAN     112  
DESCRIPTION OF OUR CAPITAL STOCK     114  
DESCRIPTION OF OUR PREFERRED STOCK     119  
DESCRIPTION OF OUR SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS     121  
DESCRIPTION OF WARRANTS     123  
DESCRIPTION OF OUR DEBT SECURITIES     125  
REGULATION     136  
BROKERAGE ALLOCATION AND OTHER PRACTICES     143  
TAX MATTERS     144  
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION     151  
CUSTODIAN, TRANSFER AND DISTRIBUTION PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR     153  
LEGAL MATTERS     153  
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM     153  
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION     153  
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS     F-1  

i


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS

This prospectus is part of a registration statement that we have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, using the “shelf” registration process. Under the shelf registration process, we may offer from time to time up to $500,000,000 of our common stock, preferred stock, warrants representing rights to purchase shares of our common stock, preferred stock or debt securities, subscription rights or debt securities on the terms to be determined at the time of the offering. We may sell our common stock through underwriters or dealers, “at-the-market” to or through a market maker, into an existing trading market or otherwise directly to one or more purchasers or through agents or through a combination of methods of sale. The identities of such underwriters, dealers, market makers or agents, as the case may be, will be described in one or more supplements to this prospectus. The securities may be offered at prices and on terms described in one or more supplements to this prospectus. In addition, this prospectus relates to 7,826,284 of our common stock that may be sold by the selling stockholders identified under “Selling Stockholders”. This prospectus provides you with a general description of the securities that we and the selling stockholders may offer. Each time we or the selling stockholders use this prospectus to offer securities, we will provide a prospectus supplement that will contain specific information about the terms of that offering. The prospectus supplement may also add, update or change information contained in this prospectus, and the prospectus and prospectus supplement will together serve as the prospectus. Please carefully read this prospectus and any prospectus supplement, together with any exhibits, before you make an investment decision. Any exhibits will nonetheless be summarized in the prospectus or applicable prospectus supplement.

ii


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights some of the information in this prospectus. It is not complete and may not contain all of the information that you may want to consider. You should read the more detailed information set forth under “Risk Factors” and the other information included in this prospectus carefully.

Except as otherwise indicated, the terms:

“we,” “us,” “our” and “WhiteHorse Finance” refer (unless the context otherwise requires) to WhiteHorse Finance, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its consolidated subsidiaries, WhiteHorse Warehouse (as defined below) and Bayside Financing S.A.R.L.;
“H.I.G. Capital” refers (unless the context otherwise requires), collectively, to H.I.G. Capital, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company, and its affiliates. H.I.G. Capital employs all of WhiteHorse Finance’s investment professionals, as well as those of WhiteHorse Advisers (as defined below), WhiteHorse Administration (as defined below) and their respective affiliates;
“WhiteHorse Warehouse” refers to WhiteHorse Finance Warehouse, LLC, a special purpose Delaware limited liability company and a wholly owned subsidiary of WhiteHorse Finance;
“WhiteHorse Advisers” and the “Investment Adviser” refer to H.I.G. WhiteHorse Advisers, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and an affiliate of H.I.G. Capital;
“WhiteHorse Administration” and the “Administrator” refer to H.I.G. WhiteHorse Administration, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and an affiliate of H.I.G. Capital;
“Unsecured Term Loan” refers to the $90 million unsecured term loan, as amended, between us, H.I.G. Bayside Loan Opportunity Fund II, L.P., as guarantor, and Citibank, N.A., as sole lead arranger;
“Senior Notes” refer to the $30 million senior notes issued on July 23, 2013; and
“Credit Facility” refers to the $150 million secured revolving credit facility between WhiteHorse Warehouse, as borrower, and the Lender (as defined below), for which Natixis, New York Branch, provides liquidity support, and for which the “Lender” refers, collectively, to the asset-backed commercial paper conduit, together with any additional lenders that may join the Credit Facility in the future.

On December 3, 2012, we converted from a limited liability company into a Delaware corporation. In this conversion, WhiteHorse Finance, Inc. succeeded to the business of WhiteHorse Finance, LLC, and the members of WhiteHorse Finance, LLC became stockholders of WhiteHorse Finance, Inc. In this prospectus, we refer to these transactions as the “BDC Conversion” and, where applicable, “shares” refer to our units prior to the BDC Conversion and to shares of common stock in our corporation afterward.

WhiteHorse Finance

We are an externally managed, non-diversified, closed-end management investment company that has elected to be treated as a business development company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or the 1940 Act. In addition, for tax purposes we have elected to be treated as a regulated investment company, or RIC, under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, and intend to qualify annually for such treatment.

We are a direct lender targeting debt investments in privately held, small-cap companies located in the United States. We define the small-cap market as those companies with enterprise values between $50 million and $350 million. Our investment objective is to generate attractive risk-adjusted returns primarily by originating and investing in senior secured loans, including first lien and second lien facilities, to performing small-cap companies across a broad range of industries that typically carry a floating interest rate based on the London Interbank Offered Rate, or LIBOR, and have a term of three to six years. While we focus principally on originating senior secured loans to small-cap companies, we may also make opportunistic investments at other levels of a company’s capital structure, including mezzanine loans or equity interests. We also may receive warrants to purchase

1


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

common stock in connection with our debt investments. We generate current income through the receipt of interest payments, as well as origination and other fees, capital appreciation and dividends.

We invest primarily in securities that are rated below investment grade by rating agencies or that may be rated below investment grade if they were so rated. Below investment grade securities, which are often referred to as “junk” bonds, are viewed as speculative investments because of concerns with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal.

As of March 31, 2014, our investment portfolio consisted of senior secured loans across 23 positions with an aggregate fair value of approximately $286.9 million and a principal balance outstanding of approximately $289.0 million. As of December 31, 2013, our investment portfolio consisted of senior secured loans across 21 positions with an aggregate fair value of approximately $272.4 million and a principal balance outstanding of approximately $276.8 million. As of December 31, 2012, our investment portfolio consisted of senior secured loans across eight positions with an aggregate fair value of approximately $180.5 million and a principal balance outstanding of approximately $181.6 million. At each date, the majority of our portfolio comprised senior secured loans to small-cap borrowers.

Our Investment Adviser

Our investment activities are managed by our investment adviser, WhiteHorse Advisers. WhiteHorse Advisers is an affiliate of H.I.G. Capital and is responsible for sourcing potential investments, conducting research and diligence on prospective investments and equity sponsors, analyzing investment opportunities, structuring our investments and monitoring our investments and portfolio companies on an ongoing basis. WhiteHorse Advisers has also agreed to provide us with access to personnel and its investment committee, or the investment committee. WhiteHorse Advisers is a registered investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, or the Advisers Act. See “The Adviser and the Administrator — Investment Advisory Agreement — Management Fee” for a discussion of the fees that are payable by us to our Investment Adviser.

WhiteHorse Advisers has entered into a staffing agreement, or the Staffing Agreement, with an affiliate of H.I.G. Capital under which the affiliate has agreed to make experienced investment professionals available to WhiteHorse Advisers and to provide access to its senior investment personnel to enable WhiteHorse Advisers to perform all of its obligations under the Investment Advisory Agreement. See “Related Party Transactions and Certain Relationships — Staffing Agreement” for a discussion of the Staffing Agreement. We believe that the Staffing Agreement provides our Investment Adviser with access to investment opportunities, which we refer to in the aggregate as deal flow, generated by H.I.G. Capital in the ordinary course of business and commits certain members of H.I.G. Capital’s investment committee to serve as members of WhiteHorse Advisers’ investment committee.

An affiliate of our adviser, WhiteHorse Administration, under an administration agreement, or the Administration Agreement, provides administrative services necessary for us to operate. See “The Adviser and the Administrator — Administration Agreement” for a discussion of the fees and expenses for which we are required to reimburse WhiteHorse Administration.

H.I.G. Capital

H.I.G. Capital is one of the leading global alternative asset managers focused on the small-cap market. H.I.G. Capital was founded in 1993 and, for more than 20 years, has grown by continually enhancing its strategic investment capabilities into additional asset classes within the small-cap market. As of March 31, 2014, H.I.G. Capital managed over $15 billion of capital through a number of buyout, credit-oriented and growth capital funds, each of which is focused on the small-cap market. As of such date, H.I.G. Capital operated through domestic offices in Atlanta, Boston, Chicago, Dallas, Miami, New York and San Francisco and international offices in Hamburg, London, Madrid, Milan, Paris and Rio de Janeiro and had a team of approximately 260 investment professionals. H.I.G. Capital’s investment professionals share a common investment philosophy built around a highly analytical, private equity-like framework of rigorous business assessment, extensive due diligence and a disciplined risk valuation methodology that guides investment decisions. H.I.G. Capital has built an extensive and proprietary network of informal and unconventional deal sources in the small-cap business community consisting of accountants, attorneys, and other advisors who

2


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

have access to small-cap companies. We believe that H.I.G. Capital, as an experienced small-cap investor, has a demonstrated ability to identify, source, analyze, invest and monitor investments in the small-cap market. H.I.G. Capital is headquartered in Miami, Florida.

Market Opportunity

We pursue an investment strategy focused on originating senior secured loans to small-cap companies, including first lien and second lien facilities. We may also make investments at other levels of a company’s capital structure, including mezzanine loans or equity interests, and receive warrants to purchase common stock in connection with our debt investments. We believe that market inefficiencies and an imbalance between the supply of, and demand for, capital in the small-cap credit market creates an attractive investment opportunity through the origination of primary loans for the following reasons:

Specialized Lending Requirements.   In our experience, lending to small-cap companies requires more rigorous due diligence and underwriting processes than lending to larger companies. Small-cap companies typically have fewer management resources to dedicate to the borrowing process, and often receive no assistance from financial advisors in this regard. Because of these and other specialized lending requirements, only a limited segment of the lending community has historically served small-cap borrowers.

Reduced Lending by Commercial Banks.   Recent regulatory changes and continued ownership of legacy assets have significantly curtailed banks’ lending capacities. In response, we believe that many commercial banks have deemphasized their service and product offerings to small-cap companies in favor of lending to larger customers. We believe that the relative decline in competition from commercial banks drives a higher volume of deal flow to us.

Reduced Credit Supply from Non-Bank Lenders.   We believe lending to small-cap companies by hedge funds and other non-bank lenders is constrained, as many such lenders have gone out of business, exited this market or are winding down. Along with reduced lending by commercial banks, we believe that reduced credit supply from non-bank lenders provides a promising environment for originating loans to small-cap companies.

Significant Demand for Credit.   We believe that demand for debt financing from small-cap companies will remain strong because these companies will continue to require credit to refinance existing debt, to support growth initiatives and to finance acquisitions. We believe the combination of strong demand by small-cap companies and the reduced supply of credit described above should increase lending opportunities for us.

Inefficient Market.   We believe there are a number of inefficiencies in the small-cap credit market that will allow us to achieve superior risk-adjusted returns relative to other types of loans. Unlike larger companies, small-cap borrowers may not have a financial advisor and, as a result, may not receive as many financing offers, leading to more favorable financing terms for us, and may be less sophisticated in negotiating the terms of their financing. Moreover, the simpler capital structures frequently found in small-cap companies often enhance protections and reduce or eliminate intercreditor issues. In addition, small-cap lenders face less competition than lenders to larger companies. As a result, small-cap lenders frequently have greater flexibility in structuring favorable transactions.

We believe these factors, taken together, should increase lending opportunities for us.

Competitive Strengths

Leading Small-Cap Market Position.   H.I.G. Capital is one of the leading global alternative asset managers focused on the small-cap market. With more than $15 billion of capital under management and more than 20 years of investment experience focused primarily on small-cap companies as of March 31, 2014, H.I.G. Capital believes it has a specialized knowledge of the small-cap marketplace and expertise in evaluating the issues and opportunities facing small-cap companies throughout economic cycles. We believe that the quality of these resources provides a significant advantage and contributes to the strength of our business.

Large and Experienced Management Team with Substantial Resources.   Our Investment Adviser has access through the Staffing Agreement to the resources and expertise of H.I.G. Capital’s approximately 416 employees in thirteen offices across the United States, Europe and South America as of March 31, 2014. As of such date, H.I.G. Capital had approximately 260 experienced investment professionals, including more than

3


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

80 professionals dedicated to debt investing. We believe that the quality of these resources provides a significant advantage and will contribute to the strength of our business.

Extensive Deal Sourcing Infrastructure.   Given the inefficiencies of the small-cap market, finding smaller companies that represent attractive debt investment opportunities requires a different sourcing network than that for larger companies. For more than 20 years, H.I.G. Capital has built an extensive and proprietary network of deal sources in the small-cap market consisting of accountants, attorneys and other advisors who have access to these companies. Each of H.I.G. Capital’s approximately 260 investment professionals is involved in deal sourcing, and our in-house business development group of 15 deal sourcing professionals further enhances our sourcing network. We believe H.I.G. Capital’s extensive deal sourcing infrastructure provides us with access to investment opportunities that may not be available to many of our competitors.

Deep Credit Expertise.   As of March 31, 2014, H.I.G. Capital’s credit platform managed approximately $7 billion of capital across multiple investment funds supported by more than 80 dedicated credit investment professionals. These investment professionals bring a depth of experience across a broad range of transaction types, including primary loan originations and distressed debt investments, and focus on capital preservation by extending loans to portfolio companies with assets that it believes will retain sufficient value to repay us even in depressed markets or under liquidation scenarios. We believe this experience and expertise in credit documentation, loan structuring and restructuring negotiations helps to protect our investments and maximize our recovery value to the extent a portfolio company does not perform as expected.

Disciplined Investment and Underwriting Process.   Through its more than 20 years of investment experience, H.I.G. Capital has developed a disciplined investment process entailing intensive “bottom-up” fundamental analysis in order to generate attractive risk-adjusted returns while preserving downside protection. Our Investment Adviser utilizes the established investment processes developed by H.I.G. Capital to analyze investment opportunities, including structuring loans with appropriate covenants and pricing loans based on its knowledge of the small-cap market and on its rigorous underwriting standards. Each investment is reviewed by the investment committee, which is comprised of senior investment professionals of H.I.G. Capital with an average of more than 20 years of investment experience as of March 31, 2014.

Investment Strategy

Our investment strategy is to generate current income and capital appreciation primarily by originating secured loans. We seek to create a broad portfolio consisting of investments generally in the range of $10 million to $50 million primarily in debt securities and loans of U.S. based small-cap companies. We primarily target borrowers in the United States with enterprise values of $50 million to $350 million across a broad range of industries. The proceeds of our loans are used for a variety of purposes, including refinancings of existing debt, acquisition financing, or working capital to support growth or realignment.

While we focus principally on originating senior secured loans to small-cap companies that we believe have attractive risk adjusted returns, including first lien and second lien facilities, we may also opportunistically make investments at other levels of a company’s capital structure, including mezzanine loans or equity interests. We also may receive warrants to purchase common stock in connection with our debt investments. We may also invest in assets consistent with our investment strategy indirectly through the acquisitions of interests in other investment companies. We generate current income through the receipt of interest payments, origination and other fees, and dividends. Our typical loans carry a floating interest rate based on LIBOR plus a spread, have a term of three to six years, are secured by all tangible and intangible assets of the borrower and include covenants, monitoring and information rights in favor of the lender.

Target businesses will typically exhibit some or all of the following characteristics:

enterprise value of between $50 million and $350 million;
organized in the United States;
experienced management team;
stable and predictable free cash flows;
discernible downside protection through recurring revenue or strong tangible asset coverage;

4


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

products and services with distinctive competitive advantages or other barriers to entry;
low technology and market risk; and
strong customer relationships.

We expect that, from time to time, our investments may include certain non-qualifying assets, including assets of non-U.S. companies, certain publicly traded companies and, to a lesser extent and subject to certain limits under the 1940 Act, registered or unregistered investment companies, to the extent permissible under the 1940 Act. See “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to our Business and Structure — The lack of experience of our Investment Adviser in operating under the constraints imposed on us as a business development company and RIC may hinder the achievement of our investment objectives.” and “Regulation — Qualifying Assets.”

Organizational Structure

The following shows an organizational chart reflecting our relationship with our Investment Adviser and Administrator and our direct and indirect ownership interests in certain of our subsidiaries as of the date of this prospectus:

[GRAPHIC MISSING]

Recent Developments

On May 16, 2014, Alastair Merrick submitted his resignation from his position as our Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer (principal financial and accounting officer), effective as of June 15, 2014. Mr. Merrick plans to remain with us as a consultant until December 31, 2014. Also on May 16, 2014, our Board of Directors elected Gerhard Lombard as our Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer (principal financial and accounting officer), effective as of June 15, 2014. Mr. Lombard, currently serves as our Controller. He joined us in September 2012, prior to our initial public offering, or IPO. Previously, Mr. Lombard was Group Controller for Churchill Financial Group from 2007 until joining us. Earlier in his career, he spent approximately 11 years at Ernst & Young LLP, rising to the level of Senior Manager.

Operating and Regulatory Structure

Our investment activities are managed by WhiteHorse Advisers and supervised by our board of directors, a majority of whom are independent of H.I.G. Capital, WhiteHorse Advisers and their respective affiliates.

We have elected to be treated as a business development company under the 1940 Act and have elected be treated as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code and intend to qualify annually for such treatment. The 1940 Act contains prohibitions and restrictions relating to transactions between business development companies and their affiliates (including any investment advisers or sub-advisers), principal underwriters and affiliates of those affiliates or underwriters and requires that a majority of the directors of a business development company be persons other than “interested persons,” as that term is defined in the 1940 Act. In

5


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

addition, the 1940 Act provides that we may not change the nature of our business so as to cease to be, or to withdraw our election as, a business development company unless approved by a majority of our outstanding voting securities.

As a business development company, we are required to comply with certain regulatory requirements. For example, we note that any affiliated investment vehicle formed in the future and managed by our Investment Adviser may, notwithstanding different stated investment objectives, have overlapping investment objectives with our own and, accordingly, may invest in asset classes similar to those targeted by us. If our Investment Adviser undertakes to manage a new fund in the future, we will not invest in any portfolio company in which that fund has a pre-existing investment, although we may co-invest with such affiliate on a concurrent basis, subject to compliance with existing regulatory guidance, applicable regulations, our allocation procedures and/or exemptive relief issued by the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC. See “Regulation.”

Also, as a business development company, we are generally prohibited from acquiring assets other than qualifying assets unless, after giving effect to any acquisition, at least 70% of our total assets are qualifying assets. Qualifying assets generally include securities of eligible portfolio companies, cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities and high-quality debt instruments maturing in one year or less from the time of investment. Under the rules of the 1940 Act, “eligible portfolio companies” include (1) private U.S. operating companies, (2) public U.S. operating companies whose securities are not listed on a national securities exchange (e.g., the New York Stock Exchange) or registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, and (3) public U.S. operating companies having a market capitalization of less than $250 million. Public U.S. operating companies whose securities are quoted on the over-the-counter bulletin board and through Pink Sheets LLC are not listed on a national securities exchange and therefore are eligible portfolio companies. See “Regulation.”

Use of Leverage

As a business development company, we are permitted under the 1940 Act to borrow funds to finance a portion of our investments. As of March 31, 2014, we had no debt outstanding under the Credit Facility, approximately $30 million of debt outstanding under the Senior Notes and approximately $55 million of debt outstanding under the Unsecured Term Loan. In addition to the Credit Facility, the Senior Notes and the Unsecured Term Loan described above, we expect to use leverage to finance a portion of our investments in the future, consistent with the rules and regulations under the 1940 Act. We consolidate our financial results with those of WhiteHorse Warehouse for financial reporting purposes.

As a business development company, we generally are required to meet a coverage ratio of total assets to total borrowings and other senior securities, which include all of our borrowings and any preferred stock that we may issue in the future, of at least 200%. If this ratio declines below 200%, we cannot incur additional debt and could be required to sell a portion of our investments to repay debt when it is disadvantageous to do so. We measure our compliance with the leverage test applicable to business development companies under the 1940 Act on a consolidated basis. We expect to continue to use leverage to finance a portion of our investments in the future, consistent with the rules and regulations under the 1940 Act. We expect that we would incur such leverage through either a traditional credit facility or a securitization vehicle, rather than through an issuance of preferred stock.

The use of leverage is generally considered a speculative investment technique and increases the risks associated with investing in our securities. In the future, we may borrow from, and issue senior securities, to banks, insurance companies and other lenders. If the value of our assets decreases, leveraging would cause net asset value to decline more sharply than it otherwise would have had we not leveraged, thereby magnifying losses or eliminating our equity stake in a leveraged investment. See “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to our Business and Structure — We intend to continue to finance our investments with borrowed money, which will magnify the potential for gain or loss on amounts invested and may increase the risk of investing in us.”

Conflicts of Interest

We are prohibited under the 1940 Act from participating in certain transactions with our affiliates without the prior approval of our independent directors and, in some cases, of the SEC. Any person that owns, directly or indirectly, five percent or more of our outstanding voting securities will be our affiliate for purposes of the

6


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

1940 Act, and we are generally prohibited from buying or selling any security from or to, or entering into certain “joint” transactions (which could include investments in the same portfolio company) with such affiliates, absent the prior approval of our independent directors. Our Investment Adviser and its affiliates, including persons that control, or are under common control with, us or our Investment Adviser, are also considered to be our affiliates under the 1940 Act. We are generally prohibited from buying or selling any security from or to, or entering into “joint” transactions with, such affiliates without prior approval of our independent directors or, if granted, exemptive relief from the SEC.

We may, however, invest alongside other clients of our Investment Adviser and its affiliates in certain circumstances where doing so is consistent with applicable law, SEC staff interpretations and/or exemptive relief issued by the SEC. For example, we may invest alongside such accounts consistent with guidance promulgated by the staff of the SEC permitting us and such other accounts to purchase interests in a single class of privately placed securities so long as certain conditions are met, including that our Investment Adviser, acting on our behalf and on behalf of other clients, negotiates no term other than price. We may also invest alongside our Investment Adviser’s other clients as otherwise permissible under regulatory guidance, applicable regulations and the allocation policy of H.I.G. Capital and our Investment Adviser. Under this allocation policy, a fixed calculation, based on the type of investment, will be applied to determine the amount of each opportunity to be allocated to us. This allocation policy will be periodically approved by our Investment Adviser and reviewed by our independent directors. We expect that these determinations will be made similarly for other accounts sponsored or managed by our Investment Adviser and its affiliates. If sufficient securities or loan amounts are available to satisfy our and each such account’s proposed demand, we expect that the opportunity will be allocated in accordance with our Investment Adviser’s pre-transaction determination. Where there is an insufficient amount of an investment opportunity to satisfy us and other accounts sponsored or managed by our Investment Adviser or its affiliates, the allocation policy further provides that allocations among us and such other accounts will generally be made pro rata based on the amount that each such party would have invested if sufficient securities or loan amounts were available. However, we can offer no assurance that investment opportunities will be allocated to us fairly or equitably in the short-term or over time.

We, H.I.G. Capital and our Investment Adviser have submitted an exemptive relief application to the SEC to permit greater flexibility to negotiate the terms of co-investments if our board of directors determines that it would be advantageous for us to co-invest with other accounts sponsored or managed by our Investment Adviser or its affiliates in a manner consistent with our investment objective, positions, policies, strategies and restrictions, as well as regulatory requirements and other relevant factors. See “Certain Relationships.” We cannot assure you, however, that we will obtain such approvals or exemptive relief or develop opportunities that comply with such limitations.

In situations where co-investment with other accounts managed by our Investment Adviser or its affiliates is not permitted or appropriate, H.I.G. Capital and our Investment Adviser will need to decide which client will proceed with the investment. Our Investment Adviser’s allocation policy provides, in such circumstances, for investments to be allocated on a rotational basis to assure that all clients of our Investment Adviser and its affiliates have fair and equitable access to such investment opportunities. Moreover, except in certain circumstances, we will be unable to invest in any issuer in which a fund managed by our Investment Adviser or its affiliates has previously invested. Similar restrictions limit our ability to transact business with our officers or directors or their affiliates. These restrictions may limit the scope of investment opportunities that would otherwise be available to us.

See “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to our Business and Structure — There are significant potential conflicts of interest that could affect our investment returns” and “Certain Relationships.”

Company Information

Our principal executive offices are located at 1450 Brickell Avenue, 31 st Floor, Miami, Florida 33131, telephone number (305) 381-6999. Our corporate website is located at www.whitehorsefinance.com. Information on our website is not incorporated into or a part of this prospectus.

7


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Summary Risk Factors

Investing in our Company involves a high degree of risk and you could lose all or part of your investment. Certain of these risks are referenced below.

We have a limited operating history as a business development company.
The lack of experience of our Investment Adviser in operating under the constraints imposed on us as a business development company and RIC may hinder the achievement of our investment objectives.
Regulations governing our operation as a business development company, including those related to the issuance of senior securities, will affect our ability to, and the way in which we, raise additional debt or equity capital.
We intend to continue to finance our investments with borrowed money, which will magnify the potential for gain or loss on amounts invested and may increase the risk of investing in us.
We are subject to risks associated with the use of leverage.
There are significant potential conflicts of interest that could affect our investment returns.
We are subject to risks associated with small-cap companies.
We may expose ourselves to risks if we engage in hedging transactions.
Investing in our common stock may involve an above average degree of risk.

See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 13 for more information on these and other risks you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock.

8


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

FEES AND EXPENSES

The following table is intended to assist you in understanding the costs and expenses that an investor in shares of our common stock will bear directly or indirectly. We caution you that some of the percentages indicated in the table below are estimates and may vary. The following table should not be considered a representation of our future expenses. Actual expenses may be greater or less than shown. Except where the context suggests otherwise, whenever this prospectus contains a reference to fees or expenses paid by “us” or “WhiteHorse Finance,” or that “we” will pay fees or expenses, common stockholders will indirectly bear such fees or expenses as investors in WhiteHorse Finance.

 
Stockholder transaction expenses:
        
Sales load (as a percentage of offering price)     % (1)  
Offering expenses (as a percentage of offering price)     % (2)  
Dividend reinvestment plan fees     None (3)  
Total stockholder transaction expenses (as a percentage of offering price)     %  
Annual expenses (as a percentage of net assets attributable to common stock):
        
Base management fees     2.12 % (4)  
Incentive fees payable under Investment Advisory Agreement (20% of Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income and 20% of realized capital gains)     2.11 % (5)  
Interest payments on borrowed funds     2.35 % (6)  
Other expenses     1.70 % (7)  
Total annual expenses     8.28 %  

(1) In the event that the securities to which this prospectus relate are sold to or through underwriters or agents, a corresponding prospectus supplement will disclose the applicable sales load.
(2) The related prospectus supplement, including each underwritten offering by any of the selling stockholders identified under “Selling Stockholders,” will disclose the estimated amount of total offering expenses (which may include offering expenses borne by third parties on our behalf), the offering price and the offering expenses borne by us as a percentage of the offering price.
(3) The expenses of the dividend reinvestment plan, which consist primarily of the expenses of American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, are included in “other expenses.” See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan.”
(4) Our base management fee under the Investment Advisory Agreement is based on our gross assets, including assets purchased with borrowed funds and is payable quarterly in arrears. The management fee referenced in the table above is based on actual amounts incurred during the year ended December 31, 2013. The SEC requires that the “Management fees” percentage be calculated as a percentage of net assets attributable to common stockholders, rather than total assets, including assets that have been funded with borrowed monies because common stockholders bear all of this cost. The estimate of our base management fees assumes net assets of $227.0 million and leverage of $110.0 million, which reflects our net assets and leverage as of December 31, 2013.
(5) The incentive fee referenced in the table above is based on actual amounts incurred during the year ended December 31, 2013. The incentive fee consists of two components that are independent of each other (except as provided in the Incentive Fee Cap and Deferral Mechanism described below), with the result that one component may be payable even if the other is not.

We have structured the calculation of these incentive fees, which we refer to as the “Income and Capital Gain Incentive Fee Calculations,” to include a fee limitation such that no incentive fee will be paid to our Investment Adviser for any fiscal quarter if, after such payment, the cumulative incentive fees paid to our Investment Adviser for the period that includes such fiscal quarter and the 11 full preceding fiscal quarters, which we refer to in this prospectus as the Incentive Fee Look-back Period, would exceed 20.0% of our Cumulative Pre-Incentive Fee Net Return during the applicable Incentive Fee Look-back Period. The Incentive Fee Look-back Period commenced on January 1, 2013. Prior to January 1, 2016, the Incentive Fee Look-back Period will consist of fewer than 12 full fiscal quarters. For example, at the end of our first full fiscal quarter after our initial public offering, the Incentive Fee Look-back Period consisted of one full fiscal quarter and our Cumulative Pre-Incentive Fee Net Return will equal the sum

9


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

of (a) the Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income during that fiscal quarter and (b) our realized capital gains, realized capital losses, unrealized capital depreciation and unrealized capital appreciation, if any, during such fiscal quarter. Similarly, at the end of our second full fiscal quarter after our initial public offering, the Incentive Fee Look-back Period consisted of two full fiscal quarters and our Cumulative Pre-Incentive Fee Net Return equaled the sum of (a) the Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income during those two fiscal quarters and (b) our cumulative realized capital gains, cumulative realized capital losses, cumulative unrealized capital depreciation and cumulative unrealized capital appreciation, with “cumulative” meaning occurring during the two full fiscal quarters elapsed since January 1, 2013. The deferral component of the Incentive Fee Cap and Deferral Mechanism may cause incentive fees that accrued during one fiscal quarter to be paid to our Investment Adviser at any time during the 11 full fiscal quarters following such initial full fiscal quarter.

We accomplish this limitation by subjecting each incentive fee payable to a cap, which we refer to in this prospectus to as the Incentive Fee Cap. The Incentive Fee Cap in any quarter is equal to (a) 20.0% of Cumulative Pre-Incentive Fee Net Return during the Incentive Fee Look-back Period less (b) cumulative incentive fees of any kind paid to our Investment Adviser by us during the Incentive Fee Look-back Period. To the extent the Incentive Fee Cap is zero or a negative value in any quarter, we will pay no incentive fee to our Investment Adviser in that quarter. We will only pay incentive fees to the extent allowed by the Incentive Fee Cap and Deferral Mechanism. To the extent that the payment of incentive fees is limited by the Incentive Fee Cap and Deferral Mechanism, the payment of such fees may be deferred and paid up to three years after their date of deferment subject to applicable limitations included in the Investment Advisory Agreement.

The first component of the incentive fee, which is income-based and payable quarterly in arrears, equals 20% of the amount, if any, that our “Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income” exceeds a 1.75% quarterly (7.00% annualized) hurdle rate (the “Hurdle Rate”), subject to a “catch-up” provision measured at the end of each calendar quarter and the Incentive Fee Cap and Deferral Mechanism described below. The operation of the first component of the incentive fee for each quarter is as follows:

no incentive fee is payable to our Investment Adviser in any calendar quarter in which our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income does not exceed the Hurdle Rate of 1.75% (7.00% annualized);
100% of our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income with respect to that portion of such Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income, if any, that exceeds the Hurdle Rate but is less than 2.1875% in any calendar quarter (8.75% annualized) is payable to our Investment Adviser. We refer to this portion of our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income (which exceeds the Hurdle Rate but is less than 2.50%) as the “catch-up.” The effect of the “catch-up” provision is that, if such Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income exceeds 2.1875% in any calendar quarter, our Investment Adviser will receive 20% of such Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income as if the Hurdle Rate did not apply; and
20% of the amount of such Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income, if any, that exceeds 2.1875% in any calendar quarter (8.75% annualized) is payable to our Investment Adviser (once the Hurdle Rate is reached and the catch-up is achieved).

The portion of such incentive fee that is attributable to deferred interest (such as payment-in-kind interest or original issue discount) will be paid to the Investment Adviser, together with any other interest accrued on the loan from the date of deferral to the date of payment, only if and to the extent the Company actually receives such interest in cash, and any accrual thereof will be reversed if and to the extent such interest is reversed in connection with any write-off or similar treatment of the investment giving rise to any deferred interest accrual. Any reversal of such amounts would reduce net income for the quarter by the net amount of the reversal (after taking into account the reversal of incentive fees payable) and would result in a reduction and possibly elimination of the incentive fees for such quarter. For the avoidance of doubt, no incentive will be paid to the Investment Adviser on amounts accrued and not paid in respect of deferred interest.

10


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

There is no accumulation of amounts on the Hurdle Rate from quarter to quarter and, accordingly, there is no clawback of amounts previously paid if subsequent quarters are below the quarterly Hurdle Rate and there is no delay of payment if prior quarters are below the quarterly Hurdle Rate. Since the Hurdle Rate is fixed, as interest rates rise, it will be easier for our Investment Adviser to surpass the Hurdle Rate and receive an incentive fee based on Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income.

The second component, which is capital gains-based, is determined and payable in arrears as of the end of each calendar year (or upon termination of the Investment Advisory Agreement, as of the termination date) and equals 20% of the Company’s cumulative aggregate realized capital gains through the end of such year, computed net of the Company’s aggregate cumulative realized capital losses and aggregate cumulative unrealized capital depreciation through the end of such year, less the aggregate amount of any previously paid capital gains incentive fees and subject to the Incentive Fee Cap and Deferral Mechanism described below. The capital-gains component of the incentive fee excludes any portion of realized gains (losses) that are associated with the reversal of any portion of unrealized appreciation/depreciation attributable to periods prior to January 1, 2013. The capital gains component of the incentive fee is not subject to any minimum return to stockholders.

As described above, we will not pay any incentive fee at any time when, after such payment, the cumulative incentive fees paid to date would exceed 20% of the Cumulative Pre-Incentive Fee Net Return during the Incentive Fee Look-back Period.

(6) Our stockholders bear directly or indirectly the costs of borrowings under the Credit Facility and other debt instruments. The borrowing costs included in the table above are estimated based on our outstanding indebtedness as of December 31, 2013, which consisted of $25 million of indebtedness outstanding under the Credit Facility, $30 million of indebtedness outstanding in Senior Notes and $55 million of indebtedness outstanding under the Unsecured Term Loan. At December 31, 2013, the weighted average effective interest rate for total outstanding debt was 4.86%. We expect to continue to use leverage to finance a portion of our investments in the future, consistent with the rules and regulations under the 1940 Act.
(7) Includes our overhead expenses, including payments under the Administration Agreement, based on our allocable portion of overhead and other expenses incurred by WhiteHorse Administration in performing its obligations under the Administration Agreement. See “The Adviser and the Administrator — Administration Agreement.” “Other expenses” are based on actual amounts incurred during the three months ended March 31, 2014, and certain estimates of our operating expenses for the current fiscal year.

Example

The following example demonstrates the projected dollar amount of total cumulative expenses that would be incurred over various periods with respect to a hypothetical investment in our common stock. In calculating the following expense amounts, we have assumed that our annual operating expenses remain at the levels set forth in the table above. This example and the expenses in the table above should not be considered a representation of our future expenses, and actual expenses (including the cost of debt, if any, and other expenses) may be greater or less than those shown.

       
  1 year   3 years   5 years   10 years
You would pay the following expenses on a $1,000 investment, assuming a 5% annual return   $ 61     $ 182     $ 300     $ 582  

The foregoing table is to assist you in understanding the various costs and expenses that an investor in our common stock will bear directly or indirectly. While the example assumes, as required by the SEC, a 5% annual return, our performance will vary and may result in a return greater or less than 5%. The incentive fee under the Investment Advisory Agreement, which, assuming a 5% annual return, would either not be payable or would have an insignificant impact on the expense amounts shown above, is not included in the example. This illustration assumes that we will not realize any capital gains (computed net of all realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation) in any of the indicated time periods. If we achieve sufficient returns on our investments, including through the realization of capital gains, to trigger an incentive fee of a material amount, our expenses and returns to our investors would be higher. If the 5% annual return were derived entirely from capital gains, you would pay expenses on a $1,000 investment of $71, $212, $349 and $677 over periods of one year, three years, five years and ten years, respectively. The example assumes reinvestment of all dividends and other distributions

11


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

at net asset value. Under certain circumstances, reinvestment of dividends and distributions under our dividend reinvestment plan may occur at a price per share that differs from net asset value. Participants in our dividend reinvestment plan will receive a number of shares of our common stock determined by dividing the total dollar amount of the distribution payable to a participant by the market price per share of our common stock at the close of trading on the valuation date for the distribution. See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan” for additional information regarding our dividend reinvestment plan.

12


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

RISK FACTORS

Before you invest in our securities, you should be aware of various risks, including those described below. You should carefully consider these risk factors, together with all of the other information included in this prospectus, before you decide whether to make an investment in our securities. The risks set out below are not the only risks we face. If any of the following events occur, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected. In such case, our net asset value and the trading price of our securities could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Relating to Economic Conditions

Further downgrades of the U.S. credit rating, impending automatic spending cuts or another government shutdown could negatively impact our liquidity, financial condition and earnings.

Recent U.S. debt ceiling and budget deficit concerns have increased the possibility of additional credit-rating downgrades and economic slowdowns, or a recession in the U.S. Although U.S. lawmakers passed legislation to raise the federal debt ceiling on multiple occasions, ratings agencies have lowered or threatened to lower the long-term sovereign credit rating on the United States. The impact of this or any further downgrades to the U.S. government’s sovereign credit rating or its perceived creditworthiness could adversely affect the U.S. and global financial markets and economic conditions. Absent further quantitative easing by the Federal Reserve, these developments could cause interest rates and borrowing costs to rise, which may negatively impact our ability to access the debt markets on favorable terms. In addition, disagreement over the federal budget has caused the U.S. federal government to shut down for periods of time. Continued adverse political and economic conditions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Global economic, political and market conditions may adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition, including our revenue growth and profitability.

The current worldwide financial market situation, as well as various social and political tensions in the United States and around the world, may continue to contribute to increased market volatility, may have long-term effects on the United States and worldwide financial markets, and may cause further economic uncertainties or deterioration in the United States and worldwide. Since 2010, several European Union (“EU”) countries, including Greece, Ireland, Italy, Spain, and Portugal, have faced budget issues, some of which may have negative long-term effects for the economies of those countries and other EU countries. There is continued concern about national-level support for the Euro and the accompanying coordination of fiscal and wage policy among European Economic and Monetary Union member countries. In addition, the fiscal policy of foreign nations, such as China, may have a severe impact on the worldwide and United States financial markets. We do not know how long the financial markets will continue to be affected by these events and cannot predict the effects of these or similar events in the future on the United States economy and securities markets or on our investments. We monitor developments and seek to manage our investments in a manner consistent with achieving our investment objective, but there can be no assurance that we will be successful in doing so.

Risks Relating to Our Business and Structure

We have a limited operating history as a business development company.

Prior to December 2012, we did not operate as a business development company or as a RIC. As a result, we are subject to business risks and uncertainties, including the risk that we will not maintain our status as a business development company or achieve our investment objective and that the value of your investment could decline substantially.

The lack of experience of our Investment Adviser in operating under the constraints imposed on us as a business development company and RIC may hinder the achievement of our investment objectives.

The 1940 Act and the Code, impose numerous constraints on the operations of business development companies and RICs that do not apply to other investment vehicles managed by H.I.G. Capital and its affiliates. Business development companies are required, for example, to invest at least 70% of their total

13


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

assets in qualifying assets, including U.S. private or thinly-traded public companies, cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities and other high-quality debt instruments that mature in one year or less from the date of investment. Subject to certain exceptions for follow-on investments and distressed companies, an investment in an issuer that has outstanding securities listed on a national securities exchange may be treated as a qualifying asset only if such issuer has a common equity market capitalization that is less than $250 million at the time of such investment. Moreover, qualification for taxation as a RIC requires satisfaction of source-of-income, asset diversification and distribution requirements. Neither we nor our Investment Adviser has long-term experience operating under these constraints, which may hinder our ability to take advantage of attractive investment opportunities and to achieve our investment objective. As a result, we cannot assure you that our Investment Adviser will be able to operate our business under these constraints. Any failure to do so could subject us to enforcement action by the SEC, cause us to fail to satisfy the requirements associated with RIC status, cause us to fail the 70% test described above or otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

We may be precluded from investing in what we believe are attractive investments if such investments are not qualifying assets for purposes of the 1940 Act. If we do not invest a sufficient portion of our assets in qualifying assets, we could be found to be in violation of the 1940 Act provisions applicable to business development companies and possibly lose our status as a business development company, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Similarly, these rules could prevent us from making follow-on investments in existing portfolio companies (which could result in the dilution of our position) or could require us to dispose of investments at inopportune times in order to comply with the 1940 Act. If we need to dispose of such investments quickly, it may be difficult to dispose of such investments on favorable terms, or at all. For example, we may have difficulty in finding a buyer and, even if we do find a buyer, we may have to sell the investments at a substantial loss or otherwise for less than we could have received if we were able to sell them at a later time.

We depend upon key personnel of H.I.G. Capital and its affiliates.

We are an externally managed business development company, and therefore we do not have any internal management capacity or employees. We depend on the diligence, skill and network of business contacts of our Investment Adviser to achieve our investment objective. We expect that our Investment Adviser will evaluate, negotiate, structure, close and monitor our investments in accordance with the terms of the Investment Advisory Agreement.

Our Investment Adviser is an affiliate of H.I.G. Capital and, in turn, depend upon access to the investment professionals and other resources of H.I.G. Capital and its affiliates to fulfill its obligations to us under the Investment Advisory Agreement. WhiteHorse Advisers also depends upon H.I.G. Capital to obtain access to deal flow generated by the professionals of H.I.G. Capital. Under the Staffing Agreement, an affiliate of H.I.G. Capital has agreed to provide our Investment Adviser with the resources necessary to fulfill these obligations. The Staffing Agreement provides that the affiliate will make available to WhiteHorse Advisers experienced investment professionals and access to the senior investment personnel of H.I.G. Capital for purposes of evaluating, negotiating, structuring, closing and monitoring our investments. We are not a party to the Staffing Agreement and cannot assure you that the affiliate will fulfill its obligations under the agreement. If the affiliate fails to perform, we cannot assure you that WhiteHorse Advisers will enforce the Staffing Agreement, that such agreement will not be terminated by either party or that we will continue to have access to the investment professionals of H.I.G. Capital and its affiliates or their market knowledge and deal flow.

We depend upon the senior professionals of H.I.G. Capital to maintain relationships with potential sources of lending opportunities, and we intend to rely to a significant extent upon these relationships to provide us with potential investment opportunities. We cannot assure you that these individuals will continue to indirectly provide investment advice to us. If these individuals, including the members of our investment committee, do not maintain their existing relationships with H.I.G. Capital, maintain existing relationships or develop new relationships with other sources of investment opportunities, we may not be able to grow our investment portfolio. In addition, individuals with whom the senior professionals of H.I.G. Capital have relationships are not obligated to provide us with investment opportunities. Therefore, we cannot assure you that such relationships will generate investment opportunities for us.

14


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our business model depends to a significant extent upon H.I.G. Capital’s proprietary deal-flow network of informal and unconventional potential deal sources in the small-cap business community. Any inability of H.I.G. Capital to maintain or develop this network, or the failure of this network to generate investment opportunities, could adversely affect our business.

We depend upon H.I.G. Capital to maintain its extensive, proprietary small-cap deal sourcing network, and we expect to rely to a significant extent upon this network to provide us with investment opportunities. This network of informal and unconventional deal sources in the small-cap business community includes accountants, attorneys, brokers, insurance agents, consultants and financial advisors who have access to small-cap companies. If H.I.G. Capital fails to maintain such sourcing network, or to develop new relationships with other sources of investment opportunities, we will not be able to grow our investment portfolio. In addition, individuals with whom H.I.G. Capital has relationships are not obligated to provide us with investment opportunities, and we can offer no assurance that these relationships will generate investment opportunities for us in the future.

If our Investment Adviser is unable to manage our investments effectively, we may be unable to achieve our investment objective.

Our ability to achieve our investment objective depends on our ability to manage our business and to grow our business. This depends, in turn, on our Investment Adviser’s ability to identify, invest in and monitor companies that meet our investment criteria. This, in turn, depends on the ability of H.I.G. Capital’s investment professionals to identify, invest in and monitor companies that meet our investment criteria. The achievement of our investment objectives on a cost-effective basis will depend upon our Investment Adviser’s execution of our investment process, its ability to provide competent, attentive and efficient services to us and our access to financing on acceptable terms. Our Investment Adviser has substantial responsibilities under the Investment Advisory Agreement. The personnel of H.I.G. Capital who are made available to our Investment Adviser under the Staffing Agreement are engaged in other business activities and may be called upon to provide managerial assistance to our portfolio companies, either of which could distract them, divert their time and attention or otherwise cause them not to dedicate a significant portion of their time to our businesses which could slow our rate of investment. Any failure to manage our business and our future growth effectively could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

We may not replicate the historical results achieved by other entities managed or sponsored by members of our investment committee or by H.I.G. Capital or its affiliates.

Our primary focus in making investments generally differs from that of many of the investment funds, accounts or other investment vehicles that are or have been managed by members of our investment committee or sponsored by H.I.G. Capital or its affiliates. In addition, investors in our common stock do not acquire an interest in any such investment funds, accounts or other investment vehicles that are or have been managed by members of our investment committee or sponsored by H.I.G. Capital or its affiliates. We cannot assure you that we will replicate the historical results achieved by members of the investment committee, and we caution you that our investment returns could be substantially lower than the returns achieved by them in prior periods. Additionally, all or a portion of the prior results may have been achieved in particular market conditions which may never be repeated. Moreover, current or future market volatility and regulatory uncertainty may have an adverse impact on our future performance.

The highly competitive market for investment opportunities in which we operate may limit our investment opportunities.

A number of entities continue to compete with us to make investments in small-cap companies. We compete with public and private funds, including other business development companies, commercial and investment banks, commercial financing companies, specialty finance companies, hedge funds and, to the extent they provide an alternative form of financing, private equity funds. Additionally, as competition for investment opportunities increases, alternative investment vehicles, such as hedge funds and collateralized loan obligations, may invest in small-cap companies. As a result of these new entrants, competition for investment opportunities in small-cap companies could intensify. Many of our potential competitors are substantially

15


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

larger and have considerably greater financial, technical and marketing resources than we do. For example, some competitors may have a lower cost of funds and access to funding sources that are not available to us. In addition, some of our competitors have higher risk tolerances or different risk assessments, which could allow them to consider a wider variety of investments and establish more relationships than us. Furthermore, many of our competitors are not subject to the regulatory restrictions that the 1940 Act imposes on us as a business development company. We cannot assure you that the competitive pressures we face will not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Also, as a result of this competition, we may not be able to take advantage of attractive investment opportunities from time to time, and we cannot assure you that we will be able to identify and make investments that are consistent with our investment objective.

Participants in our industry compete on several factors, including price, flexibility in transaction structuring, customer service, reputation, market knowledge and speed in decision-making. We do not intend to compete primarily based on the interest rates we offer, and we believe that some of our competitors may make loans with interest rates that are lower than the rates we offer. We may lose investment opportunities if we do not match our competitors’ pricing, terms and structure. However, if we match our competitors’ pricing, terms and structure, we may reduce our net investment income and increase our risk of credit loss.

We have elected to be treated as a RIC and intend to qualify annually for such treatment. If we are unable to qualify as a RIC, we will be subject to corporate-level income tax.

We have elected to be treated as a RIC under the Code and intend to qualify annually for such treatment. To qualify as a RIC under the Code and obtain RIC tax benefits, we must meet certain income source, asset diversification and annual distribution requirements. The annual distribution requirement for a RIC is satisfied if we distribute at least 90% of our ordinary income and realized net short term capital gains in excess of realized net short term capital losses, if any, to our stockholders on an annual basis. To the extent we use preferred stock or debt financing in the future, we may be subject to certain asset coverage ratio requirements under the 1940 Act and financial covenants under preferred stock or loan and credit agreements that could, under certain circumstances, restrict us from making distributions necessary to qualify for RIC tax benefits. If we fail to make sufficient distributions, as a result of contractual restrictions in the Credit Facility, Unsecured Term Loan or otherwise, we may fail to qualify for such benefits and, thus, may be subject to corporate-level income tax. To qualify as a RIC, we must also meet certain asset diversification requirements at the end of each calendar quarter. Failure to meet these requirements may result in our having to dispose of certain investments quickly in order to prevent the loss of RIC status. Because we anticipate that most of our investments will be in the debt of relatively illiquid small-cap private companies, any such dispositions could be made at disadvantageous prices and may result in substantial losses. If we fail to qualify for RIC tax benefits for any reason and remain or become subject to corporate-level income tax, the resulting corporate taxes could substantially reduce our net assets, the amount of income available for distribution and the amount of our distributions. Such a failure would have a material adverse effect on us and our stockholders.

Our returns will be reduced by any U.S. corporate income tax that our subsidiaries pay.

We may be required to recognize certain income and fees indirectly through one or more entities treated as corporations for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Such corporations will be required to pay U.S. corporate income tax on their earnings, which ultimately will reduce our return on such income and fees. In addition, we may invest in partnerships, including qualified publicly traded partnerships and limited liability companies treated as partnerships for tax purposes, which may result in our being subject to state, local or foreign income, franchise or withholding liabilities.

Non-U.S. stockholders may be adversely affected by a scheduled change in U.S. federal income tax law.

Under a provision applicable for taxable years of RICs beginning before January 1, 2014, properly designated dividends received by a Non-U.S. stockholder are generally exempt from U.S. federal withholding tax when they (a) are paid in respect of “qualified net interest income” (generally, U.S. source interest income, other than certain contingent interest and interest from obligations of a corporation or partnership in which we are at least a 10% stockholder, reduced by expenses that are allocable to such income), or (b) are paid in connection with “qualified short-term capital gains” (generally, the excess of net short-term capital

16


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

gain over long-term capital loss for such taxable year). If such provision is not extended, non-U.S. stockholders will be subject to 30% U.S. federal withholding tax on distributions other than actual or deemed distributions of our net capital gains unless reduced under the Code or an applicable tax treaty. There can be no assurance that the provision will be extended, and we may also choose not to designate some or all of the distributions potentially eligible for the exemption.

We may have difficulty paying our required distributions if we recognize income before or without receiving cash representing such income.

For U.S. federal income tax purposes, we include in income certain amounts that we have not yet received in cash, such as original issue discount, which may arise if we receive warrants in connection with the making of a loan or possibly in other circumstances, or payment-in-kind, or PIK, interest, which represents contractual interest added to the loan balance and due at the end of the loan term. Such original issue discount, which could be significant relative to our overall investment assets, and increases in loan balances as a result of PIK interest will be included in income before we receive any corresponding cash payments. We also may be required to include in income certain other amounts that we do not receive in cash. In addition, after the expiration of the reinvestment period under the Credit Facility on September 27, 2014, we must use asset sales and repayment proceeds, if any (including any realized gains), to pay down any outstanding debt and certain other amounts prior to distributing cash from WhiteHorse Warehouse to us. Also, if we do not meet certain coverage tests under the Credit Facility or if an event of default and acceleration occurs under the Credit Facility, then income and capital gains which would otherwise be distributable by us to our stockholders could be diverted to pay down debt or other amounts due under the Credit Facility.

As a result, we may have difficulty meeting the tax requirement to distribute at least 90% of our ordinary income and realized net short-term capital gains in excess of realized net long-term capital losses, if any, to obtain RIC tax benefits. Accordingly, we may have to sell some of our investments at times we would not consider advantageous, raise additional debt or equity capital or reduce new investment originations to meet these distribution requirements. If we are not able to obtain cash from other sources, we may fail to qualify for RIC tax benefits and thus be subject to corporate level income tax.

PIK interest payments we receive will increase our assets under management and, as a result, will increase the amount of base management fees payable by us to our Investment Adviser.

Certain of our debt investments may contain provisions providing for the payment of PIK interest, which increases the loan balance of the underlying loan in lieu of receiving cash interest, causing interest to compound on such higher loan balance. PIK interest increases our assets under management and, because the base management fee that we pay to our Investment Adviser is based on the value of our consolidated gross assets, PIK interest increases the base management fee we pay. This increase in interest income from the higher loan balance increases our pre-incentive fee net investment income and the incentive fees that we pay to our Investment Adviser.

Regulations governing our operation as a business development company, including those related to the issuance of senior securities, will affect our ability to, and the way in which we, raise additional debt or equity capital.

We expect that we will require a substantial amount of capital. We may issue debt securities or preferred stock and/or borrow money from banks or other financial institutions, which we refer to collectively as “senior securities,” up to the maximum amount permitted by the 1940 Act. Under the provisions of the 1940 Act, we will be permitted as a business development company to issue senior securities only in amounts such that our asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, equals at least 200% after each issuance of senior securities. If the value of our assets declines, we may be unable to satisfy this ratio. If that happens, we may be required to sell a portion of our investments at a time when such sales may be disadvantageous and, depending on the nature of our leverage, repay a portion of our indebtedness. If we issue senior securities, we will be exposed to typical risks associated with leverage, including an increased risk of loss. If we issue preferred stock, such securities would rank “senior” to common stock in our capital structure, and preferred stockholders would have separate voting rights, dividend and liquidation rights and possibly other rights, preferences or privileges more favorable than those granted to holders of our common stock. Furthermore, the

17


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a transaction or a change of control that might otherwise result in your receiving a premium price for your common stock or otherwise be in your best interest.

Our board of directors may decide to issue common stock to finance our operations rather than issuing debt or other senior securities. As a business development company, we are not generally able to issue and sell our common stock at a price below current net asset value per share. We may, however, issue or sell our common stock, at a price below the current net asset value of the common stock, or sell warrants, options or rights to acquire such common stock, at a price below the current net asset value of the common stock if our board of directors determines that such sale is in the best interests of us and our stockholders, and if our stockholders approve such sale within the preceding 12 months. In any such case, the price at which our securities are to be issued and sold may not be less than a price which, in the determination of our board of directors, closely approximates the market value of such securities (less any distributing commission or discount). We also may conduct rights offerings at prices per share less than the net asset value per share, subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act. If we raise additional funds by issuing additional common stock or senior securities convertible into, or exchangeable for, our common stock, the percentage ownership of our stockholders at that time would decrease, and our stockholders may experience dilution.

In addition to issuing securities to raise capital as described above, we may in the future seek to securitize our loans to generate cash for funding new investments. To securitize loans, we may create one or more wholly owned subsidiaries and sell and contribute a pool of loans to such subsidiaries. This could include the sale or other issuance of debt by such subsidiaries on a non-recourse basis to purchasers who we would expect to be willing to accept a lower interest rate to invest in investment grade-rated debt secured by such loan pools, and we would retain all or a portion of the equity in any such subsidiary. An inability to securitize part of our loan portfolio could limit our ability to grow our business, fully execute our business strategy and increase our earnings. Moreover, the successful securitization of part of our loan portfolio might expose us to losses as the loans we are not able to securitize will tend to be those that are riskier and more apt to generate losses.

Any failure on our part to maintain our status as a business development company would reduce our operating flexibility.

If we do not remain a business development company, we might be regulated as a closed-end investment company under the 1940 Act, which would subject us to substantially more regulatory restrictions under the 1940 Act and, correspondingly, decrease our operating flexibility.

We intend to continue to finance our investments with borrowed money, which will magnify the potential for gain or loss on amounts invested and may increase the risk of investing in us.

The use of leverage, including through the issuance of senior securities, magnifies the potential for gain or loss on amounts invested. We have incurred leverage in the past and currently incur leverage through the Credit Facility, the Unsecured Term Loan and the Senior Notes and, from time to time, intend to incur additional leverage to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act. The use of leverage is generally considered a speculative investment technique and increases the risks associated with investing in our securities. In the future, we may borrow from, and issue senior securities, to banks, insurance companies and other lenders. Holders of these senior securities will have fixed dollar claims on our assets that are superior to the claims of our common stockholders, and we would expect such holders to seek recovery against our assets in the event of a default.

WhiteHorse Warehouse has pledged, and expects to continue to pledge, all or substantially all of its assets. WhiteHorse Warehouse has granted, and may in the future grant, a security interest in all or a portion of its assets under the Credit Facility. In addition, under the terms of the Credit Facility, we must use the net proceeds of any investments that we sell to repay amounts then due with respect to our debt and certain other amounts owing under the Credit Facility before applying such net proceeds to other uses, such as distributing them to our stockholders.

18


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We may pledge up to 100% of our assets and may grant a security interest in all of our assets under the terms of any debt instruments into which we may enter. In addition, under the terms of any credit facility or other debt instrument we enter into, we are likely to be required by its terms to use the net proceeds of any investments that we sell to repay a portion of the amount borrowed under such facility or instrument before applying such net proceeds to any other uses.

If the value of our assets decreases, leverage would cause net asset value to decline more sharply than it otherwise would have had we not leveraged, thereby magnifying losses or eliminating our equity stake in a leveraged investment. Similarly, any decrease in our revenue or income will cause our net income to decline more sharply than it would have had we not borrowed. Such a decline would also negatively affect our ability to make distributions on our common stock or preferred stock. Our ability to service our debt will depend largely on our financial performance and will be subject to prevailing economic conditions and competitive pressures. In addition, our common stockholders will bear the burden of any increase in our expenses as a result of our use of leverage, including interest expenses and any increase in the management fee payable to our Investment Adviser.

As a business development company, we generally are required to meet a coverage ratio of total assets to total borrowings and other senior securities, which include all of our borrowings and any preferred stock that we may issue in the future, of at least 200%. If this ratio declines below 200%, we cannot incur additional debt and could be required to sell a portion of our investments to repay some debt when it is disadvantageous to do so. This could have a material adverse effect on our operations, and we may not be able to make distributions. The amount of leverage that we employ will depend on our Investment Adviser’s and our board of directors’ assessment of market and other factors at the time of any proposed borrowing. We cannot assure you that we will be able to maintain our borrowings under the Credit Facility, the Unsecured Term Loan and the Senior Notes or obtain other credit at all or on terms acceptable to us.

In addition, the terms governing the Credit Facility, the Unsecured Term Loan and the Senior Notes and any indebtedness that we incur in the future could impose financial and operating covenants that restrict our business activities, including limitations that may hinder our ability to finance additional loans and investments or make the distributions required to maintain our status as a RIC under the Code.

The following table illustrates the effect of leverage on returns from an investment in our common stock as of March 31, 2014, assuming various annual returns, net of expenses. The calculations in the table below are hypothetical and actual returns may be higher or lower than those appearing in the table below.

         
  Assumed Return on Our Portfolio
(Net of Expenses)
     -10%   -5%   0%   5%   10%
Corresponding return to common stockholder (1)     (13.2 )%       (6.9 )%       (0.6 )%       5.7 %       12.0 %  

(1) Assumes $333.0 million in total assets, $85.0 million in debt outstanding and $228.1 million in net assets as of March 31, 2014, and an average cost of funds of 3.8%, which is our weighted average effective annualized interest rate for total debt outstanding as of March 31, 2014.

Based on our outstanding indebtedness of $85.0 million as of March 31, 2014 and an average cost of funds of 7.1% and 2.4%, which were the effective annualized interest rates of the Senior Notes and Unsecured Term Loan, respectively, as of that date, our investment portfolio must experience an annual return of at least 1.89% to cover annual interest payments on our outstanding indebtedness. We had zero indebtedness outstanding under the Credit Facility as of March 31, 2014.

In addition to issuing securities to raise capital as described above, we may in the future seek to securitize our loans to generate cash for funding new investments. To securitize loans, we may create a wholly-owned subsidiary and contribute a pool of loans to the subsidiary. This could include the sale of interests in the subsidiary on a non-recourse basis to purchasers who we would expect to be willing to accept a lower interest rate to invest in investment grade loan pools, and we would retain all or a portion of the equity in any such securitized pool of loans. An inability to securitize part of our loan portfolio could limit our ability to grow our business, fully execute our business strategy and increase our earnings. Moreover, the

19


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

successful securitization of part of our loan portfolio might expose us to losses with respect to the remaining loans in which we do not sell interests because they will tend to be those that are riskier and more apt to generate losses.

We are subject to the risk of an event of default and acceleration under our unsecured debt agreements, which would have a material adverse effect on us.

On November 8, 2012, we entered into a debt agreement for the Unsecured Term Loan and on July 23, 2013, we completed the public offering of the Senior Notes. There are several circumstances under which an event of default may occur under the debt agreements for the Unsecured Term Loan and Senior Notes, such as failure to make scheduled principal or interest payments and certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization.

Upon the occurrence of an event of default, our lenders may exercise customary remedies, including declaring all amounts due and payable. Any of these developments would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Any failure on our part to maintain our status as a business development company would reduce our operating flexibility.

If we do not remain a business development company, we might be regulated as a closed-end investment company under the 1940 Act, which would subject us to substantially more regulatory restrictions under the 1940 Act and correspondingly decrease our operating flexibility.

Because we expect to distribute substantially all of our ordinary income and net realized capital gains to our stockholders, we will need additional capital to finance our growth and such capital may not be available on favorable terms, or at all.

We will need additional capital to fund growth in our investment portfolio. We may issue debt or equity securities or borrow from financial institutions in order to obtain this additional capital. A reduction in the availability of new capital could limit our ability to grow. We will be required to distribute at least 90% of our ordinary income and realized net short-term capital gains in excess of realized net long-term capital losses, if any, to our stockholders to maintain our RIC status. As a result, these earnings will not be available to fund new investments. If we fail to obtain additional capital to fund new investments, this could limit our ability to grow, which may have an adverse effect on the value of our securities.

We are subject to risks associated with the Credit Facility.

On September 27, 2012, WhiteHorse Warehouse, our wholly owned subsidiary, entered into the Credit Facility. As a result of the Credit Facility, we are subject to a variety of risks, including those set forth below.

Our interests in WhiteHorse Warehouse are subordinated.

We own 100% of the equity interests in WhiteHorse Warehouse and have agreed under the Risk Retention Letter to continue to own all of such equity interests for the life of the Credit Facility. We consolidate the financial statements of WhiteHorse Warehouse in our consolidated financial statements and treat the indebtedness of WhiteHorse Warehouse as our leverage for purposes of compliance with the 1940 Act. Our equity interests in WhiteHorse Warehouse are subordinated in priority of payment to its obligations to its debt holders and its service providers. All of these persons have claims superior to our claims as equity interest holder in any liquidation of WhiteHorse Warehouse.

We may not receive cash from WhiteHorse Warehouse.

We expect to receive cash from WhiteHorse Warehouse as distributions on our equity interests in WhiteHorse Warehouse. In addition, WhiteHorse Warehouse may make payments to us in our capacity as its collateral manager. We will receive distributions on our equity interests in WhiteHorse Warehouse only to the extent cash is available and permitted to be distributed under the Credit Facility. WhiteHorse Warehouse may not receive sufficient cash to make equity distributions, in which case we would not be entitled to receive equity distributions from WhiteHorse Warehouse and, as a result, we would be unable to make distributions to

20


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

our stockholders in amounts sufficient to maintain our status as a RIC, or at all. Limitations under the Credit Facility will impair our ability to sell investments owned by WhiteHorse Warehouse, and we may not be able to sell such investments. These limitations include prior satisfaction of certain coverage tests and collateral quality tests, the minimum price at which we may sell such investments and the amount of investments we may sell within a certain timeframe.

Under the Credit Facility, there are two coverage tests that WhiteHorse Warehouse must meet on specified compliance dates in order to permit WhiteHorse Warehouse to make new borrowings under the Credit Facility and to make equity distributions to us in the ordinary course — an interest coverage test and an overcollateralization test. To meet the interest coverage test, WhiteHorse Warehouse must receive interest payments on the loans it holds in an aggregate amount equal to greater than 200% of the interest payable to the Lender plus certain capped fees, expenses and indemnities. The overcollateralization test compares, at any given time, the borrowing base under the Credit Facility to (1) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Lender advances, (2) the excess of certain unfunded commitments on loans over the amount reserved with respect to such loans and (3) the amount due for any unsettled purchases of loans at such time. To meet the overcollateralization test, this ratio must exceed a minimum specified amount set forth in the Credit Facility and related documentation. If either of these coverage tests is not met on a compliance date, then WhiteHorse Warehouse must apply cash available under the priority of payments in the Credit Facility to pay down principal under the Credit Facility and the Collateral Manager may then make deposits into an unfunded commitment reserve account until such coverage tests are satisfied. If we fail to receive cash from WhiteHorse Warehouse, we may be unable to make distributions to our stockholders in amounts sufficient to maintain our status as a RIC, or at all. Limitations under the Credit Facility will impair our ability to sell investments owned by WhiteHorse Warehouse, and we may not be able to sell such investments.

WhiteHorse Warehouse may experience an event of default and acceleration under the Credit Facility, which would have a material adverse effect on us.

There are several circumstances under which an event of default may occur under the Credit Facility, some of which relate to the performance of the assets of WhiteHorse Warehouse or the performance by WhiteHorse Warehouse of its obligations under the Credit Facility. The Credit Facility also includes certain customary events of default, such as (1) a breach of representations, warranties or covenants by us as collateral manager or by WhiteHorse Warehouse under the Credit Facility or failure on our part, or on the part of WhiteHorse Warehouse, to perform such obligations, (2) if we become insolvent, (3) if neither we, an affiliate approved by the required lenders under the Credit Facility or any successor collateral manager appointed in accordance with the Collateral Management Agreement is collateral manager, (4) if certain change of control events occur with respect to us or WhiteHorse Warehouse, as further described in this prospectus, or (5) if we, one of our executive officers or certain of our affiliates commits a specified bad act. The occurrence of an event of default could, among other consequences, (a) prevent us from making distributions to our stockholders sufficient to maintain our status as a RIC, or at all, (b) terminate the reinvestment period under the Credit Facility, if it is then in effect, and (c) permit the facility agent to assume the management of WhiteHorse Warehouse’s portfolio and to direct the liquidation of its assets. Any of these developments could or would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Upon the occurrence of an event of default, the Lender may exercise customary remedies, including declaring all amounts due and payable under the Credit Facility, blocking distributions in respect of the equity of WhiteHorse Warehouse or selling assets, including selling assets at a lower price than what might otherwise be achieved in an orderly liquidation.

The ability of WhiteHorse Warehouse to purchase and sell investments is limited.

The Credit Facility restricts the collateral manager’s ability to purchase and sell investments for WhiteHorse Warehouse. As a result, the collateral manager may be unable to purchase or sell investments or take other actions that might be in our best interests, which could impair our performance and result in losses. During the reinvestment period, WhiteHorse Warehouse will have the ability to borrow funds for the acquisition of investments that meet the eligibility criteria set forth in the Credit Facility. Such funds may be repaid and re-borrowed during the reinvestment period, subject to compliance with the terms of the Credit Facility.

21


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We may lose the ability to manage WhiteHorse Warehouse even if we continue to own its equity.

If an event of default occurs under the Credit Facility or if we resign or are terminated for cause as collateral manager under the Collateral Management Agreement, we may no longer manage the WhiteHorse Warehouse portfolio investments even though we are required to continue to own the equity interests in WhiteHorse Warehouse. If an agent for the Lender or the successor collateral manager does not manage WhiteHorse Warehouse’s portfolio in the same manner that we would have, our performance may not meet expectations and result in losses.

If the Lender under the Credit Facility is still a commercial paper conduit, it may not be obligated to advance amounts to us under the Credit Facility.

For so long as the Lender under the Credit Facility is a commercial paper conduit, the Lender is not obligated to advance amounts under the Credit Facility to us unless the following circumstances occur: (1) if the Lender has funds that may be used to fund advances under the Credit Facility and those funds are not required to repay commercial paper notes or other short term funding backing the commercial paper notes issued by a limited purpose entity providing funding or financing to the Lender when due and (2) after giving effect to any advance made under the Credit Facility, the Lender (or limited purpose entity that finances the Lender) could issue commercial paper to refinance all of the Lender’s outstanding commercial paper (assuming it has all matured at such time) or all of the commercial paper of the Lender (or the limited purpose entity that finances such Lender) is paid in full.

Since we are using debt to finance our investments, and we may use additional debt financing going forward, changes in interest rates may affect our cost of capital and net investment income.

Since we are using debt to finance investments, our net investment income will depend, in part, upon the difference between the rate at which we borrow funds and the rate at which we invest those funds. As a result, we cannot assure you that a significant change in market interest rates will not have a material adverse effect on our net investment income. In periods of rising interest rates when we have debt outstanding, our cost of funds will increase, which could reduce our net investment income. Conversely, in periods of falling interest rates, the probability that our loans and other investments in portfolio companies will be pre-paid increases. In such event, we can offer no assurance that we will be able to make new loans on the same terms, or at all. If we cannot make new loans on terms that are the same or better than the investments that are repaid, then our results of operations and financial condition will be adversely affected. We expect that our investments will be financed primarily with equity and medium to long-term debt. We may use interest rate risk management techniques in an effort to limit our exposure to interest rate fluctuations. These techniques may include various interest rate hedging activities to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act. These activities may limit our ability to benefit from lower interest rates with respect to the hedged portfolio. Adverse developments resulting from changes in interest rates or hedging transactions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Additionally, our ability to engage in hedging transactions may also be adversely affected by recent rules adopted by the U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission, or the CFTC, unless we register with the CFTC as a commodity pool operator.

You should also be aware that a rise in the general level of interest rates can be expected to lead to higher interest rates applicable to our debt investments. Accordingly, an increase in interest rates would make it easier for us to meet or exceed the incentive fee Hurdle Rate and may result in a substantial increase in the amount of incentive fees payable to our Investment Adviser with respect to Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income.

There are significant potential conflicts of interest that could affect our investment returns.

As a result of our arrangements with H.I.G. Capital and our investment committee, there may be times when H.I.G. Capital or such persons have interests that differ from those of our stockholders, giving rise to a conflict of interest.

There may be conflicts related to obligations our investment committee, our Investment Adviser or its affiliates have to other clients.

The members of our investment committee serve or may serve as officers, directors or principals of entities that operate in the same or a related line of business as we do, or of investment funds managed by our

22


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Investment Adviser or its affiliates. Similarly, our Investment Adviser or its affiliates may have other clients with similar, different or competing investment objectives. In serving in these multiple capacities, they may have obligations to other clients or investors in those entities, the fulfillment of which may not be in the best interests of us or our stockholders. For example, the members of our investment committee have, and will continue to have, management responsibilities for other investment funds, accounts or other investment vehicles managed or sponsored by our Investment Adviser and its affiliates. Our investment objective overlaps or may overlap with the investment objectives of such affiliated investment funds, accounts or other investment vehicles. As a result, those individuals may face conflicts in the allocation of investment opportunities among us and other investment funds or accounts advised by or affiliated with our Investment Adviser. Our Investment Adviser will seek to allocate investment opportunities among eligible accounts in a manner that is fair and equitable over time and consistent with its allocation policy. However, we cannot assure you that such opportunities will be allocated to us fairly or equitably in the short-term or over time. Where we are able to co-invest consistent with the requirements of the 1940 Act, if sufficient securities or loan amounts are available to satisfy our and each such account’s proposed demand, we expect that the opportunity will be allocated in accordance with our Investment Adviser’s pre-transaction determination. If there is an insufficient amount of an investment opportunity to satisfy our demand and that of other accounts sponsored or managed by our Investment Adviser or its affiliates, the allocation policy further provides that allocations among us and such other accounts will generally be made pro rata based on the amount that each such party would have invested if sufficient loan amounts were available. However, there can be no assurance that we will be able to participate in all suitable investment opportunities. Where we are unable to co-invest consistent with the requirements of the 1940 Act, our Investment Adviser’s allocation policy provides for investments to be allocated on a rotational basis to assure that all clients have fair and equitable access to such investment opportunities.

Our investment committee, our Investment Adviser or its affiliates may, from time to time, possess material non-public information, limiting our investment discretion.

Principals of our Investment Adviser and its affiliates and members of our investment committee may serve as directors of, or in a similar capacity with, companies in which we invest, the securities of which are purchased or sold on our behalf. If we obtain material nonpublic information with respect to such companies, or we become subject to trading restrictions under the internal trading policies of those companies or as a result of applicable law or regulations, we could be prohibited for a period of time from purchasing or selling the securities of such companies, and this prohibition may have an adverse effect on us.

Our incentive fee structure may create incentives for our Investment Adviser that are not fully aligned with the interests of our stockholders and may induce our Investment Adviser to make speculative investments.

In the course of our investing activities, we pay management and incentive fees to our Investment Adviser. The incentive fee payable by us to our Investment Adviser may create an incentive for our Investment Adviser to make investments on our behalf that are risky or more speculative than would be the case in the absence of such compensation arrangement. The management fee is based on our consolidated gross assets. As a result, investors in our common stock will invest on a “gross” basis and receive distributions on a “net” basis after expenses, resulting in a lower rate of return than one might achieve through direct investments. Because the management fee is based on our consolidated gross assets, our Investment Adviser will benefit when we incur debt or use leverage. The use of leverage will increase the likelihood of default, which would disfavor the holders of our common stock.

Additionally, under the incentive fee structure, our Investment Adviser may benefit when capital gains are recognized and, because our Investment Adviser determines when a holding is sold, our Investment Adviser controls the timing of the recognition of such capital gains. Our board of directors is charged with protecting our interests by monitoring how our Investment Adviser addresses these and other conflicts of interest associated with its management services and compensation. While they are not expected to review or approve each investment or realization, our independent directors will periodically review our Investment Adviser’s services and fees as well as its portfolio management decisions and portfolio performance. In connection with these reviews, our independent directors will consider whether such fees and our expenses (including those related to leverage) remain appropriate. As a result of this arrangement, our Investment Adviser or its affiliates may from time to time have interests that differ from those of our stockholders, giving rise to a conflict.

23


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Unlike that portion of the incentive fee based on income, there is no Hurdle Rate applicable to the incentive fee based on net capital gains. As a result, our Investment Adviser may seek to invest more capital in investments that are likely to result in capital gains as compared to income producing securities. This practice could result in our investing in more speculative securities than would otherwise be the case, which could result in higher investment losses, particularly during economic downturns.

In addition, under the terms of the Incentive Fee Cap and Deferral Mechanism, the amount of incentive fees earned by our Investment Adviser will depend, in part, upon the timing of capital gains or losses in our investment portfolio, as well as the timing of our recognition of income. Depending on the circumstances, there may be a lag of as long as 12 fiscal quarters between the occurrence of an event giving rise to an obligation to pay incentive fees to the Investment Adviser and the payment of such incentive fees. Therefore, investors who acquire our shares of common stock may pay indirectly to our Investment Adviser incentive fees in respect of income or capital gains that were received by or paid to us prior to such investor becoming a stockholder. As a result, such investors may not participate in the income or capital gains giving rise to such indirect expense.

The valuation process for certain of our portfolio holdings creates a conflict of interest.

We expect to make many portfolio investments in the form of securities that are not publicly traded. As a result, our board of directors determines the fair value of these securities in good faith. In connection with that determination, investment professionals from our Investment Adviser provide our board of directors with portfolio company valuations based upon the most recent portfolio company financial statements available and projected financial results of each portfolio company. In addition, certain members of our board of directors, including Messrs. John Bolduc and Jay Carvell, have an indirect pecuniary interest in our Investment Adviser. The participation of our Investment Adviser’s investment professionals in our valuation process, and the indirect pecuniary interest in our Investment Adviser by certain members of our board of directors, could result in a conflict of interest as the management fee paid to our Investment Adviser is based, in part, on our consolidated gross assets.

We have conflicts related to other arrangements with our Investment Adviser or its affiliates.

We have entered into a license agreement with an affiliate of H.I.G. Capital under which H.I.G. Capital has granted us a non-exclusive, royalty-free license to use the name “WhiteHorse”. In addition, we pay to WhiteHorse Administration our allocable portion of overhead and other expenses incurred by WhiteHorse Administration in performing its obligations under the Administration Agreement, such as rent and our allocable portion of the cost of our chief financial officer and chief compliance officer and their respective staffs. This creates conflicts of interest that our board of directors must monitor.

The Investment Advisory Agreement with WhiteHorse Advisers and the Administration Agreement with WhiteHorse Administration were not negotiated on an arm’s length basis and may not be as favorable to us as if they had been negotiated with an unaffiliated third party.

The Investment Advisory Agreement and the Administration Agreement were negotiated between related parties. Consequently, their terms, including fees payable to our Investment Adviser, may not be as favorable to us as if they had been negotiated with an unaffiliated third party. In addition, we may choose not to enforce, or to enforce less vigorously, our rights and remedies under these agreements because of our desire to maintain our ongoing relationship with our Investment Adviser, our Administrator and their respective affiliates. Any such decision, however, would breach our fiduciary obligations to our stockholders. Our ability to enter into transactions with our affiliates is restricted, which may limit the scope of investments available to us.

We are prohibited under the 1940 Act from participating in certain transactions with our affiliates without the prior approval of our independent directors and, in some cases, of the SEC. Any person that owns, directly or indirectly, five percent or more of our outstanding voting securities is our affiliate for purposes of the 1940 Act, and we are generally prohibited from buying or selling any security from or to, or entering into certain “joint” transactions (which could include investments in the same portfolio company) with such affiliates, absent the prior approval of our independent directors. Our Investment Adviser and its affiliates, including persons that control, are controlled by or are under common control with, us or our Investment

24


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Adviser, are also considered to be our affiliates under the 1940 Act, and we are generally prohibited from buying or selling any security from or to, or entering into “joint” transactions with such affiliates without prior approval of our independent directors and, in some cases, exemptive relief from the SEC.

We may, however, invest alongside other clients of our Investment Adviser and its affiliates in certain circumstances where doing so is consistent with applicable law, SEC staff interpretations and/or exemptive relief issued by the SEC. For example, we may invest alongside such accounts consistent with guidance promulgated by the staff of the SEC permitting us and such other accounts to purchase interests in a single class of privately placed securities so long as certain conditions are met, including that our Investment Adviser, acting on our behalf and on behalf of other clients, negotiates no term other than price. We may also invest alongside our Investment Adviser’s other clients as otherwise permissible under regulatory guidance, applicable regulations and the allocation policy of H.I.G. Capital and our Investment Adviser. Under this allocation policy, a fixed calculation, based on the type of investment, will be applied to determine the amount of each opportunity to be allocated to us. This allocation policy will be periodically approved by our Investment Adviser and reviewed by our independent directors. We expect that these determinations will be made similarly for other accounts sponsored or managed by our Investment Adviser and its affiliates. If sufficient securities or loan amounts are available to satisfy our and each such account’s proposed demand, we expect that the opportunity will be allocated in accordance with our Investment Adviser’s pre-transaction determination. Where there is an insufficient amount of an investment opportunity to satisfy us and other accounts sponsored or managed by our Investment Adviser or its affiliates, the allocation policy further provides that allocations among us and such other accounts will generally be made pro rata based on the amount that each such party would have invested if sufficient securities or loan amounts were available. However, we cannot assure you that investment opportunities will be allocated to us fairly or equitably in the short-term or over time.

We, H.I.G. Capital and our Investment Adviser have submitted an exemptive relief application to the SEC to permit greater flexibility to negotiate the terms of co-investments if our board of directors determines that it would be advantageous for us to co-invest with other accounts sponsored or managed by our Investment Adviser or its affiliates in a manner consistent with our investment objective, positions, policies, strategies and restrictions, as well as regulatory requirements and other relevant factors. See “Related Party Transactions — Certain Relationships.” We cannot assure you, however, that we will obtain such approvals or exemptive relief or develop opportunities that comply with such limitations.

In situations where co-investment with other accounts managed by our Investment Adviser or its affiliates is not permitted or appropriate, H.I.G. Capital and our Investment Adviser must decide which client will proceed with the investment. Our Investment Adviser’s allocation policy provides, in such circumstances, for investments to be allocated on a rotational basis to assure that all clients have fair and equitable access to such investment opportunities. Moreover, except in certain circumstances, we are unable to invest in any issuer in which a fund managed by our Investment Adviser or its affiliates has previously invested. Similar restrictions limit our ability to transact business with our officers or directors or their affiliates. These restrictions may limit the scope of investment opportunities that would otherwise be available to us.

We will be exposed to risks associated with changes in interest rates.

Interest rate fluctuations may have a substantial negative impact on our investments, the value of our common stock and our rate of return on invested capital. A reduction in the interest rates on new investments relative to interest rates on current investments could also have an adverse impact on our net investment income. An increase in interest rates could decrease the value of any investments we hold which earn fixed interest rates and also could increase our interest expense, thereby decreasing our net income. Also, an increase in interest rates available to investors could make investment in our common stock less attractive if we are not able to increase our dividend rate, which could reduce the market value of our common stock.

Our portfolio investments will be recorded at fair value as determined in good faith by our board of directors. As a result, there will be uncertainty as to the value of our portfolio investments.

Many of our portfolio investments will take the form of securities that are not publicly traded. The fair value of securities and other investments that are not publicly traded may not be readily determinable, and we value these securities at fair value as determined in good faith by our board of directors, including to reflect

25


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

significant events affecting the value of our securities. As discussed in more detail under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Critical Accounting Policies,” all of our investments (other than cash and cash equivalents) are classified as Level 3 under Financial Accounting Standards board, or FASB, Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC, Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, or ASC Topic 820. This means that our portfolio valuations are based on unobservable inputs and our own assumptions about how market participants would price the asset or liability in question. Inputs into the determination of fair value of our portfolio investments require significant management judgment or estimation. Even if observable market data are available, such information may be the result of consensus pricing information or broker quotes, which include a disclaimer that the broker would not be held to such a price in an actual transaction. Consensus pricing is a methodology for the determination of fair value based on quotations from market makers. These quotations include a disclaimer that the market maker would not be held to such a price in an actual transaction. The non-binding nature of consensus pricing and/or quotes accompanied by disclaimers materially reduces the reliability of such information. We have retained the services of several independent service providers to periodically review the valuation of these securities. The types of factors that the board of directors may take into account in determining the fair value of our investments generally include, as appropriate, comparison to publicly traded securities, including such factors as yield, maturity and measures of credit quality, the enterprise value of a portfolio company, the nature and realizable value of any collateral, the portfolio company’s ability to make payments and its earnings and discounted cash flow, the markets in which the portfolio company does business and other relevant factors. Because such valuations, and particularly valuations of private securities and private companies, are inherently uncertain, may fluctuate over short periods of time and may be based on estimates, our determinations of fair value may differ materially from the values that would have been used if a ready market for these securities existed. In addition, the determination of fair value and thus the amount of unrealized losses we may incur in any year, is, to a degree, subjective, in that it is based on unobservable inputs and certain assumptions. Our net asset value could be adversely affected if our determinations regarding the fair value of our investments were materially higher than the values that we ultimately realize upon the disposal of such securities.

We adjust quarterly the valuation of our portfolio to reflect our board of directors’ determination of the fair value of each investment in our portfolio. Any changes in fair value are recorded in our consolidated statement of operations as net change in unrealized appreciation or depreciation.

The lack of liquidity in our investments may adversely affect our business.

We generally make investments in private companies. Substantially all of these investments are subject to legal and other restrictions on resale or are otherwise less liquid than publicly traded securities. The illiquidity of our investments may make it difficult for us to sell such investments if the need arises. In addition, if we are required to liquidate all or a portion of our portfolio quickly, we may realize significantly less than the value at which we have previously recorded our investments. In addition, we may face other restrictions on our ability to liquidate an investment in a portfolio company to the extent that we have material non-public information regarding such portfolio company.

Price declines and illiquidity in the corporate debt markets may adversely affect the fair value of our portfolio investments, reducing our net asset value through increased net unrealized depreciation.

As a business development company, we are required to carry our investments at market value or, if no market value is ascertainable, at fair value as determined in good faith by our board of directors under our valuation policy and process. As part of the valuation process, we may take into account the following types of factors, if relevant, in determining the fair value of our investments:

a comparison of the portfolio company’s securities to publicly traded securities;
the enterprise value of the portfolio company;
the nature and realizable value of any collateral;
the portfolio company’s ability to make payments and its earnings;
the markets in which the portfolio company does business; and

26


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

changes in the interest rate environment and the credit markets generally that may affect the price at which similar investments may be made in the future and other relevant factors.

When an external event such as a purchase transaction, public offering or subsequent equity sale occurs, we use the pricing indicated by the external event to corroborate our valuation. We record decreases in the market values or fair values of our investments as unrealized depreciation. Declines in prices and liquidity in the corporate debt markets may result in significant net unrealized depreciation in our portfolio. The effect of all of these factors on our portfolio may reduce our net asset value by increasing net unrealized depreciation in our portfolio, and therefore creating a challenging environment in which to raise debt and equity capital. As a business development company, we are generally not able to issue additional shares of common stock at a price less than net asset value, or NAV, without first obtaining approval for such issuance from our stockholders and our independent directors. Depending on market conditions, we could incur substantial realized losses and may suffer additional unrealized losses in future periods, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

We may experience fluctuations in our quarterly results.

We could experience fluctuations in our quarterly operating results due to a number of factors, including the interest rate payable on the debt securities and loans we acquire, the default rate on such securities, the level of our expenses, variations in, and the timing of the recognition of, realized and unrealized gains or losses, the degree to which we encounter competition in our markets and general economic conditions. As a result of these factors, results for any period should not be relied upon as being indicative of performance in future periods.

Changes in laws or regulations governing our operations may adversely affect our business or cause us to alter our business strategy.

We and our portfolio companies are subject to regulation at the local, state and federal level. We are also subject to federal, state and local laws and regulations and are subject to judicial and administrative decisions that affect our operations, including maximum interest rates, fees and other charges, disclosures to portfolio companies, the terms of secured transactions, collection and foreclosure proceedings and other trade practices. If these laws, regulations or decisions change, or if we expand our business into additional jurisdictions, we may have to incur significant expenses in order to comply or we might have to restrict our operations. New legislation may be enacted or new interpretations, rulings or regulations could be adopted, including those governing the types of investments we or our portfolio companies are permitted to make, any of which could harm us and our stockholders, potentially with retroactive effect. In particular, on July 21, 2010, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, or the Dodd-Frank Act, became law. The scope of the Dodd-Frank Act impacts many aspects of the financial services industry, and it requires the development and adoption of many implementing regulations over the next several years. The effects of the Dodd-Frank Act on the financial services industry will depend, in large part, upon the extent to which regulators exercise the authority granted to them and the approaches taken in implementing regulations. While the impact of the Dodd-Frank Act on us and our portfolio companies may not be known for an extended period of time, the Dodd-Frank Act, including future rules implementing its provisions and the interpretation of those rules, along with other legislative and regulatory proposals directed at the financial services industry or affecting taxation that are proposed or pending in the U.S. Congress, may negatively impact the operations, cash flows or financial condition of us or our portfolio companies, impose additional costs on us or our portfolio companies, intensify the regulatory supervision of us or our portfolio companies or otherwise adversely affect our business or the business of our portfolio companies. In addition, if we do not comply with applicable laws and regulations, we could lose any licenses that we then hold for the conduct of our business and may be subject to civil fines and criminal penalties.

Additionally, changes to the laws and regulations governing our operations related to permitted investments may cause us to alter our investment strategy in order to avail ourselves of new or different opportunities. Such changes could result in material differences to the strategies and plans set forth in this prospectus and may shift our investment focus from the areas of expertise of our Investment Adviser to other types of investments in which our Investment Adviser may have little or no expertise or experience. Any such changes, if they occur, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and the value of your investment.

27


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We may expose ourselves to risks if we engage in hedging transactions.

We may engage in currency or interest rate hedging transactions to the extent such transactions are permitted under the 1940 Act and applicable commodities law. If we engage in hedging transactions, we may expose ourselves to risks associated with such transactions, including the risk of counterparty default. In this regard, we may utilize instruments such as futures, forward contracts, currency options and interest rate swaps, caps, collars and floors to seek to hedge against fluctuations in the relative values of our portfolio positions from changes in currency exchange rates and market interest rates. Hedging against a decline in the values of our portfolio positions does not eliminate the possibility of fluctuations in the values of such positions or prevent losses if the values of such positions decline. However, such hedging can establish other positions designed to gain from those same developments, thereby offsetting the decline in the value of such portfolio positions. Such hedging transactions may also limit the opportunity for us to realize a gain on a net basis if the values of the underlying portfolio positions should increase. Moreover, it may not be possible to hedge against an exchange rate or interest rate fluctuation that is so generally anticipated that we are not able to enter into a hedging transaction at an acceptable price.

While we may enter into transactions to seek to reduce currency exchange rate and interest rate risks, unanticipated changes in currency exchange rates or interest rates or counterparty default may result in poorer overall investment performance than if we had not engaged in any hedging transactions. In addition, the degree of correlation between price movements of the instruments used in a hedging strategy and price movements in the portfolio positions being hedged may vary. Moreover, for a variety of reasons, we may not seek or be able to establish a perfect correlation between such hedging instruments and the portfolio holdings being hedged. Any such imperfect correlation may prevent us from achieving the intended hedge position and expose us to risk of loss. In addition, it may not be possible to hedge fully or perfectly against currency fluctuations affecting the value of securities denominated in non-U.S. currencies because the value of those securities may also fluctuate as a result of factors not related to currency fluctuations.

Our board of directors may change our investment objective, operating policies and strategies without prior notice or stockholder approval.

Our board of directors has the authority to modify or waive certain of our operating policies and strategies without prior notice and without stockholder approval (except as required by the 1940 Act). However, absent stockholder approval, we may not change the nature of our business so as to cease to be, or withdraw our election as, a business development company. We cannot predict the effect any changes to our current operating policies and strategies would have on our business, operating results and value of our stock. Nevertheless, the effects of any such changes may adversely affect our business and impact our ability to make distributions.

Provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and the Credit Facility could deter takeover attempts and have an adverse effect on the price of our common stock and the rights of our common stockholders.

The General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or the DGCL, contains provisions that may discourage, delay or make more difficult a change in control of us or the removal of our directors. Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws contain provisions that limit liability and provide for indemnification of our directors and officers. These provisions and others also may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in control or management. We are subject to Section 203 of the DGCL, the application of which is subject to any applicable requirements of the 1940 Act. This section generally prohibits us from engaging in mergers and other business combinations with stockholders that beneficially own 15% or more of our voting stock, or with their affiliates, unless our directors or stockholders approve the business combination in the prescribed manner. Our board of directors may adopt a resolution exempting from Section 203 of the DGCL any business combination between us and any other person, subject to prior approval of such business combination by our board of directors, including approval by a majority of our directors who are not “interested persons.” If the resolution exempting business combinations is repealed or our board does not approve a business combination, Section 203 of the DGCL may discourage third parties from trying to acquire control of us and increase the difficulty of consummating such an offer.

28


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We have also adopted measures that may make it difficult for a third party to obtain control of us, including provisions of our certificate of incorporation classifying our board of directors in three classes serving staggered three-year terms, and provisions of our certificate of incorporation authorizing our board of directors to classify or reclassify shares of our preferred stock in one or more classes or series, to cause the issuance of additional shares of our stock and to amend our certificate of incorporation, without stockholder approval, to increase or decrease the number of shares of stock that we have authority to issue. These provisions, as well as other provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, may delay, defer or prevent a transaction or a change in control that might otherwise be in the best interests of our stockholders. In addition, if we issue preferred stock, such securities would rank “senior” to common stock in our capital structure, resulting in preferred stockholders having separate voting rights, dividend and liquidation rights, and possibly other rights, preferences or privileges more favorable than those granted to holders of our common stock.

If we or one of our affiliates approved by the Lender is no longer the collateral manager under the Credit Facility or if certain change of control events occur, then an event of default will occur under the Credit Facility which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. A change of control under the Credit Facility occurs if (1) WhiteHorse Warehouse ceases to be our wholly owned subsidiary, (2) Messrs. Anthony Tamer and Sami Mnaymneh, together, cease to own beneficially the power to vote a majority of the equity interests having direct or indirect ordinary voting power in our Investment Adviser and certain of its affiliates or (3) H.I.G. Capital Management, Inc., either directly or through its wholly owned subsidiaries or certain affiliates, ceases to provide all or substantially all of the personnel, investment committee and other services necessary for us to perform our duties as collateral manager under the Credit Facility documents. The occurrence of an event of default could result in us being unable to make distributions to our stockholders sufficient to maintain our status as a RIC, or at all, terminates the reinvestment period if then in effect, permits the facility agent on behalf of the Lender to take over management of WhiteHorse Warehouse’s portfolio and to direct the liquidation of its assets, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our Investment Adviser can resign on 60 days’ notice, and we may not be able to find a suitable replacement within that time, resulting in a disruption in our operations that could adversely affect our financial condition, business and results of operations.

Our Investment Adviser has the right, under the Investment Advisory Agreement, to resign at any time upon not less than 60 days’ written notice, whether we have found a replacement or not. If our Investment Adviser resigns, we may not be able to find a new Investment Adviser or hire internal management with similar expertise and ability to provide the same or equivalent services on acceptable terms within 60 days, or at all. If we are unable to do so quickly, our operations are likely to experience a disruption, our financial condition, business and results of operations as well as our ability to pay distributions are likely to be adversely affected and the market price of our shares may decline. In addition, the coordination of our internal management and investment activities is likely to suffer if we are unable to identify and reach an agreement with a single institution or group of executives having the expertise possessed by our Investment Adviser and its affiliates. Even if we are able to retain comparable management, whether internal or external, the integration of such management and their lack of familiarity with our investment objective may result in additional costs and time delays that may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Our Administrator can resign on 60 days’ notice, and we may not be able to find a suitable replacement within that time, resulting in a disruption in our operations that could adversely affect our financial condition, business and results of operations.

Our Administrator has the right, under the Administration Agreement, to resign at any time upon not less than 60 days’ notice, whether we have found a replacement or not. If our Administrator resigns, we may not be able to find a new administrator or hire internal management with similar expertise and ability to provide the same or equivalent services on acceptable terms within 60 days, or at all. If we are unable to do so quickly, our operations are likely to experience a disruption, our financial condition, business and results of operations as well as our ability to pay distributions are likely to be adversely affected and the market price of our shares may decline. In addition, the coordination of our internal management and administrative activities

29


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

is likely to suffer if we are unable to identify and reach an agreement with a service provider or individuals with the expertise possessed by our Administrator. Even if we are able to retain a comparable service provider or individuals to perform such services, whether internal or external, their integration into our business and lack of familiarity with our operations may result in additional costs and time delays that may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

We incur significant costs as a result of being a publicly traded company.

As a publicly traded company, we incur legal, accounting and other expenses, including costs associated with the periodic reporting requirements applicable to a company whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act, as well as additional corporate governance requirements, including requirements under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and other rules implemented by the SEC.

We are an “emerging growth company,” and we do not know if such status will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We currently are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or the JOBS Act, signed into law on April 5, 2012 until the earliest of:

the last day of our fiscal year ending December 31, 2018;
the last day of the fiscal year in which our total annual gross revenues first exceed $1 billion;
the date on which we have, during the prior three-year period, issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt; or
the last day of a fiscal year in which we (1) have an aggregate worldwide market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates of $700 million or more, computed at the end of each fiscal year as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter, and (2) have been an Exchange Act reporting company for at least one year (and filed at least one annual report under the Exchange Act).

We are taking advantage of some of the reduced regulatory and disclosure requirements permitted by the JOBS Act and, as a result, some investors may consider our common stock less attractive, which could reduce the market value of our common stock. For example, while we are an emerging growth company, we are taking advantage of exemption from the provisions of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requiring that our independent registered public accounting firm provide an attestation report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and the extended transition period available to emerging growth companies to comply with “new or revised accounting standards” until those standards are applicable to private companies. As a result, our financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of issuers who are required to comply with the effective dates for new or revised accounting standards that are applicable to public companies. This may increase the risk that material weaknesses or other deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting go undetected. See “Regulation — JOBS Act.”

Efforts to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act will involve significant expenditures, and non-compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may adversely affect us and the market price of our common stock.

Under current SEC rules, beginning with our fiscal year ending December 31, 2013, we were required to report on our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and related rules and regulations of the SEC and, under the JOBS Act, beginning with the first fiscal year in which we no longer qualify as an emerging growth company, our independent registered public accounting firm must audit this report. We are required to review on an annual basis our internal control over financial reporting, and on a quarterly and annual basis to evaluate and disclose changes in our internal control over financial reporting.

As a result, we expect to incur additional expenses in the near term that may negatively impact our financial performance and our ability to make distributions. This process also will result in a diversion of management’s time and attention. We cannot be certain as to the timing of completion of our evaluation, testing and remediation

30


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

actions or the impact of the same on our operations, and we may not be able to ensure that the process is effective or that our internal control over financial reporting is or will be effective in a timely manner. In the event that we are unable to maintain or achieve compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and related rules, we and the market price of our common stock may be adversely affected.

We are highly dependent on information systems and systems failures could significantly disrupt our business, which may, in turn, negatively affect the market price of our common stock and our ability to pay dividends and other distributions.

Our business depends on the communications and information systems of H.I.G. Capital and its affiliates. Any failure or interruption of such systems could cause delays or other problems in our activities. This, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our operating results and negatively affect the market price of our securities and our ability to pay dividends and other distributions to our securityholders.

Risks Related to our Investments

Our investments may be risky, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

We invest primarily in (1) first lien senior secured loans, (2) second lien senior secured loans, (3) “one-stop” or “unitranche” senior secured loans, (4) mezzanine loans and (5) to a lesser extent, selected equity co-investments in small-cap companies.

Secured Loans .  When we extend first lien senior secured, second lien senior secured and unitranche loans, we generally take a security interest in the available assets of these portfolio companies, including the equity interests of their subsidiaries. We expect this security interest to help mitigate the risk that we will not be repaid. However, there is a risk that the collateral securing our loans may decrease in value over time, may be difficult to sell in a timely manner, may be difficult to appraise and may fluctuate in value based upon the success of the business and market conditions, including as a result of the inability of the portfolio company to raise additional capital. Also, in the case of first lien senior secured loans, our lien may be subordinated to claims of other creditors and, in the case of second lien senior secured loans, our lien will be subordinated to claims of certain other creditors. In addition, deterioration in a portfolio company’s financial condition and prospects, including its inability to raise additional capital, may be accompanied by deterioration in the value of the collateral for the loan. Consequently, the fact that a loan is secured does not guarantee that we will receive principal and interest payments according to the loan’s terms, or at all, or that we will be able to collect on the loan should we be forced to enforce our remedies.

Mezzanine Loans .  Our mezzanine investments generally are subordinated to senior loans and will generally be unsecured. This may result in an above average amount of risk and volatility or a loss of principal. These investments may involve additional risks that could adversely affect our investment returns. To the extent interest payments associated with such debt are deferred, such debt may be subject to greater fluctuations in valuations, and such debt could subject us and our stockholders to non-cash income as described above under “We may have difficulty paying our required distributions if we recognize income before or without receiving cash representing such income.” Since, generally, we will not receive any substantial repayments of principal prior to the maturity of our mezzanine debt investments, such investments are riskier than amortizing loans.

Equity Investments .  We may make selected equity investments. In addition, when we invest in first lien, second lien, unitranche or mezzanine loans, we may acquire warrants to purchase equity securities. Our goal is ultimately to dispose of these equity interests and realize gains upon our disposition of such interests. However, the equity interests we receive may not appreciate in value and, in fact, may decline in value. Accordingly, we may not be able to realize gains from our equity interests, and any gains that we do realize on the disposition of any equity interests may not be sufficient to offset any other losses we experience.

31


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We are subject to risks associated with small-cap companies.

Investing in small-cap companies involves a number of significant risks, including:

these companies may have limited financial resources and may be unable to meet their obligations under their debt securities that we hold, which may be accompanied by a deterioration in the value of any collateral and a reduction in the likelihood of us realizing any guarantees we may have obtained in connection with our investment;
they typically have shorter operating histories, narrower product lines and smaller market shares than larger businesses, which tend to render them more vulnerable to competitors’ actions and changing market conditions, as well as general economic downturns;
they are more likely to depend on the management talents and efforts of a small group of persons; therefore, the death, disability, resignation or termination of one or more of these persons could have a material adverse impact on our portfolio company and, in turn, on us;
generally little public information exists about these companies, and we are required to rely on our Investment Adviser to obtain adequate information to evaluate the potential returns from investing in these companies;
they generally have less predictable operating results, may from time to time be parties to litigation, may be engaged in rapidly changing businesses with products subject to a substantial risk of obsolescence, and may require substantial additional capital to support their operations, finance expansion or maintain their competitive position. In addition, our executive officers, directors and our Investment Adviser may, in the ordinary course of business, be named as defendants in litigation arising from our investments in the portfolio companies; and
they may have difficulty accessing the capital markets to meet future capital needs, which may limit their ability to grow or to repay their outstanding indebtedness upon maturity.

We are a non-diversified investment company within the meaning of the 1940 Act, and therefore we are not limited by the 1940 Act with respect to the proportion of our assets that may be invested in securities of a single issuer.

We are classified as a non-diversified investment company within the meaning of the 1940 Act, which means that we are not limited by the 1940 Act with respect to the proportion of our assets that we may invest in securities of a single issuer. To the extent that we assume large positions in the securities of a small number of issuers, our net asset value may fluctuate to a greater extent than that of a diversified investment company as a result of changes in the financial condition or the market’s assessment of the issuer. We may also be more susceptible to any single economic or regulatory occurrence than a diversified investment company. Beyond the asset diversification requirements associated with our qualification as a RIC under the Code and the requirements under the documents governing the Credit Facility or other agreements, we do not have fixed guidelines for diversification, and our investments are and could be concentrated in relatively few portfolio companies.

Our portfolio may be concentrated in a limited number of portfolio companies and industries, which would subject us to a risk of significant loss if any of these companies defaults on its obligations under any of its debt instruments or if there is a downturn in a particular industry.

Our portfolio may be concentrated in a limited number of portfolio companies and industries. As a result, the aggregate returns we realize may be significantly and adversely affected if a small number of investments perform poorly or if we need to write down the value of any one investment. Additionally, while we are not targeting any specific industries, our investments may be concentrated in relatively few industries. As a result, a downturn in any particular industry in which we are invested could also significantly impact the aggregate returns we realize.

We may hold the debt securities and loans of leveraged companies that may, due to the significant volatility of such companies, enter into bankruptcy proceedings.

Leveraged companies may experience bankruptcy or similar financial distress. The bankruptcy process has a number of significant inherent risks. Many events in a bankruptcy proceeding are the product of

32


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

contested matters and adversary proceedings and are beyond the control of the creditors. A bankruptcy filing by a portfolio company may adversely and permanently affect such portfolio company. If the proceeding is converted to a liquidation, the value of the issuer may not equal the liquidation value that was believed to exist at the time of our investment. The duration of a bankruptcy proceeding is also difficult to predict, and a creditor’s return on investment can be adversely affected by delays until a plan of reorganization or liquidation ultimately becomes effective. The administrative costs in connection with a bankruptcy proceeding are frequently high and would be paid out of the debtor’s estate prior to any return to creditors. Because the standards for classification of claims under bankruptcy law are vague, our influence with respect to the class of securities or other obligations we own may be lost by increases in the number and amount of claims in the same class or by different classification and treatment. In the early stages of the bankruptcy process, it is often difficult to estimate the extent of, or even to identify, any contingent claims that might be made. In addition, certain claims that have priority by law (for example, claims for taxes) may be substantial, eroding the value of any recovery by holders of other securities of the bankrupt entity.

Depending on the facts and circumstances of our investments and the extent of our involvement in the management of a portfolio company, upon the bankruptcy of a portfolio company, a bankruptcy court may recharacterize our debt investments as equity interests and subordinate all or a portion of our claim to that of other creditors. This could occur even though we may have structured our investment as senior debt.

Our portfolio companies may be unable to repay or refinance outstanding principal on their loans at or prior to maturity, and rising interests rates may make it more difficult for portfolio companies to make periodic payments on their loans.

Our portfolio companies may be unable to repay or refinance outstanding principal on their loans at or prior to maturity. This risk and the risk of default is increased to the extent that the loan documents do not require the portfolio companies to pay down the outstanding principal of such debt prior to maturity. In addition, if general interest rates rise, there is a risk that our portfolio companies will be unable to pay escalating interest amounts, which could result in a default under their loan documents with us. Rising interests rates could also cause portfolio companies to shift cash from other productive uses to the payment of interest, which may have a material adverse effect on their business and operations and could, over time, lead to increased defaults. Any failure of one or more portfolio companies to repay or refinance its debt at or prior to maturity or the inability of one or more portfolio companies to make ongoing payments following an increase in contractual interest rates could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Economic recessions or downturns could impair our portfolio companies and harm our operating results.

The U.S. economy and that of most other countries are or have recently been in a recessionary period. Many of our portfolio companies may be susceptible to economic slowdowns or recessions and may be unable to repay our loans during these periods. Therefore, our non-performing assets are likely to increase and the value of our portfolio is likely to decrease during these periods. Adverse economic conditions also may decrease the value of collateral securing some of our loans and the value of our equity investments. Economic slowdowns or recessions could lead to financial losses in our portfolio and a decrease in revenues, net income and assets. Unfavorable economic conditions also could increase our funding costs, limit our access to the capital markets or result in a decision by lenders not to extend credit to us. These events could prevent us from increasing our investments and harm our operating results, which could have an adverse effect on our financial condition.

A portfolio company’s failure to satisfy financial or operating covenants imposed by us or other lenders could lead to defaults and, potentially, termination of its loans and foreclosure on its assets, which could trigger cross-defaults under other agreements and jeopardize our portfolio company’s ability to meet its obligations under the debt securities that we hold. We may incur expenses to the extent necessary to seek recovery upon default or to negotiate new terms with a defaulting portfolio company. In addition, lenders in certain cases can be subject to lender liability claims for actions taken by them when they become too involved in the borrower’s business or exercise control over a borrower. It is possible that we could become subject to a lender’s liability claim, including as a result of actions taken if we render significant managerial assistance to the borrower. Furthermore, if one of our portfolio companies were to file for bankruptcy

33


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

protection, even though we may have structured our investment as senior secured debt, depending on the facts and circumstances, including the extent to which we provided managerial assistance to that portfolio company, a bankruptcy court might re-characterize our debt holding and subordinate all or a portion of our claim to claims of other creditors.

We may be subject to risks associated with syndicated loans.

From time to time, we may acquire interests in syndicated loans. Under the documentation for syndicated loans, a financial institution or other entity typically is designated as the administrative agent and/or collateral agent. This agent is granted a lien on any collateral on behalf of the other lenders and distributes payments on the indebtedness as they are received. The agent is the party responsible for administering and enforcing the loan and generally may take actions only in accordance with the instructions of a majority or two-thirds in commitments and/or principal amount of the associated indebtedness. In most cases, we do not expect to hold a sufficient amount of the indebtedness to be able to compel any actions by the agent. Consequently, we would only be able to direct such actions if instructions from us were made in conjunction with other holders of associated indebtedness that together with us compose the requisite percentage of the related indebtedness then entitled to take action. Conversely, if holders of the required amount of the associated indebtedness other than us desire to take certain actions, such actions may be taken even if we did not support such actions. Furthermore, if an investment is subordinated to one or more senior loans made to the applicable obligor, our ability to exercise such rights may be subordinated to the exercise of such rights by the senior lenders. Accordingly, we may be precluded from directing such actions unless we act together with other holders of the indebtedness. If we are unable to direct such actions, we cannot assure you that the actions taken will be in our best interests.

If an investment is a syndicated revolving loan or delayed drawdown loan, other lenders may fail to satisfy their full contractual funding commitments for such loan, which could create a breach of contract, result in a lawsuit by the obligor against the lenders and adversely affect the fair market value of our investment.

There is a risk that a loan agent in respect of one of our loans may become bankrupt or insolvent. Such an event would delay, and possibly impair, any enforcement actions undertaken by holders of the associated indebtedness, including attempts to realize upon the collateral securing the associated indebtedness and/or direct the agent to take actions against the related obligor or the collateral securing the associated indebtedness and actions to realize on proceeds of payments made by obligors that are in the possession or control of any other financial institution. In addition, we may be unable to remove the agent in circumstances in which removal would be in our best interests. Moreover, agented loans typically allow for the agent to resign with certain advance notice.

We may not realize gains from our equity investments.

When we invest in loans, we may also invest in the equity securities of the borrower or acquire warrants or other equity securities as well. In addition, we may invest directly in the equity securities of portfolio companies. Our goal is ultimately to dispose of such equity interests and realize gains upon our disposition of such interests. However, the equity interests we receive may not appreciate in value and, in fact, may decline in value. Accordingly, we may not realize gains from our equity interests, and any gains that we do realize on the disposition of such equity interests may not be sufficient to offset any other losses we experience.

Our failure to make follow-on investments in our portfolio companies could impair the value of our portfolio, and our ability to make follow-on investments in certain portfolio companies may be restricted.

Following an initial investment in a portfolio company, we may make additional investments in that portfolio company as “follow-on” investments, in order to:

increase or maintain in whole or in part our equity ownership percentage;
exercise warrants, options or convertible securities that were acquired in the original or subsequent financing; or
attempt to preserve or enhance the value of our investment.

34


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We have the discretion to make any follow-on investments, subject to the availability of capital resources, the limitations of the 1940 Act, the requirements associated with our status as a RIC and contractual requirements imposed on us under the Credit Facility or otherwise. We may elect not to make follow-on investments or otherwise lack sufficient funds to make those investments. The failure to make follow-on investments may, in some circumstances, jeopardize the continued viability of a portfolio company and our initial investment, or may result in a missed opportunity for us to increase our participation in a successful portfolio company. Even if we have sufficient capital to make a desired follow-on investment, we may elect not to make a follow-on investment because we do not want to increase our exposure to the portfolio company, because we prefer other opportunities or because we are inhibited by compliance with business development company requirements, our contractual requirements or the desire to maintain our tax status.

Because we generally do not hold controlling equity interests in our portfolio companies, we will not be in a position to exercise control over our portfolio companies or to prevent decisions by management of our portfolio companies that could decrease the value of our investments.

We do not currently anticipate taking controlling equity positions in our portfolio companies. In addition, we may not be in a position to control any portfolio company by investing in its debt securities or loans. As a result, we are subject to the risk that a portfolio company may make business decisions with which we disagree, and the stockholders and management of a portfolio company may take risks or otherwise act in ways that are adverse to our interests. Due to the lack of liquidity for the debt and equity investments that we typically hold in our portfolio companies, we may not be able to dispose of our investments in the event we disagree with the actions of a portfolio company, and we may therefore suffer a decrease in the value of our investments.

Defaults by our portfolio companies will harm our operating results.

A portfolio company’s failure to satisfy financial or operating covenants imposed by us or other lenders could lead to defaults and, potentially, termination of its loans and foreclosure on its assets. This could trigger cross-defaults under other agreements and jeopardize such portfolio company’s ability to meet its obligations under the debt or equity securities that we hold. We may incur expenses to the extent necessary to seek recovery upon default or to negotiate new terms, which may include the waiver of certain financial covenants, with a defaulting portfolio company. A payment default on a loan to a portfolio company or a default leading to the acceleration of debt of a portfolio company could cause the loan to such portfolio company held by us to become, or to be deemed to be, a defaulted obligation under the Credit Facility. This, in turn, could result in a coverage test under the Credit Facility not being met and the diversion of distributions of assets held by WhiteHorse Warehouse to pay down debt under the Credit Facility rather than to make distributions. Such a portfolio company default could also lead to an event of default and acceleration under the Credit Facility and liquidation by the related lender of the assets securing the Credit Facility. Any such diversion of cash flow or any event of default could result in our being unable to make distributions to our stockholders in amounts sufficient to maintain our status as a RIC, or at all, and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our portfolio companies may incur debt that ranks equally with, or senior to, our investments in such companies.

We generally intend to invest a portion of our capital in first lien, second lien, unitranche and mezzanine loans and, to a lesser extent, equity securities of U.S. small-cap companies. The portfolio companies usually have, or may be permitted to incur, other debt that ranks equally with, or senior to, the debt securities in which we invest. By their terms, such debt instruments may provide that the holders are entitled to receive payment of interest or principal on or before the dates on which we are entitled to receive payments in respect of the debt securities in which we invest. Also, in the event of insolvency, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or bankruptcy of a portfolio company, holders of debt instruments ranking senior to our investment in that portfolio company would typically be entitled to receive payment in full before we receive any distribution in respect of our investment. After repaying senior creditors, the portfolio company may not have sufficient assets to use for repaying its obligation to us in full, or at all. In the case of debt ranking equally with debt securities in which we invest, we would have to share any distributions on an equal and ratable basis with other creditors holding such debt in the event of an insolvency, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or bankruptcy of the relevant portfolio company.

35


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Additionally, certain loans that we make to portfolio companies may be secured on a second-priority basis by the same collateral securing senior secured debt of such companies. The first-priority liens on the collateral secure the portfolio company’s obligations under any outstanding senior debt and may secure certain other future debt that may be permitted to be incurred by the portfolio company under the agreements governing the loans. The holders of obligations secured by first-priority liens on the collateral will generally control the liquidation of, and be entitled to receive proceeds from, any realization of the collateral to repay their obligations in full before us.

In addition, the value of the collateral in the event of liquidation depends on market and economic conditions, the availability of buyers and other factors. There can be no assurances that the proceeds, if any, from sales of all of the collateral would be sufficient to satisfy the loan obligations secured by the second-priority liens after payment in full of all obligations secured by the first-priority liens on the collateral. If such proceeds were not sufficient to repay amounts outstanding under the loan obligations secured by the second-priority liens, then we, to the extent not repaid from the proceeds of the sale of the collateral, only have an unsecured claim against the portfolio company’s remaining assets, if any.

The rights we may have with respect to the collateral securing the loans we make to our portfolio companies with senior debt outstanding may also be limited pursuant to the terms of one or more intercreditor agreements that we enter into with the holders of such senior debt. Under a typical intercreditor agreement, at any time that obligations that have the benefit of the first-priority liens are outstanding, any of the following actions that may be taken in respect of the collateral will be at the direction of the holders of the obligations secured by the first-priority liens:

the ability to cause the commencement of enforcement proceedings against the collateral;
the ability to control the conduct of such proceedings;
the approval of amendments to collateral documents;
releases of liens on the collateral; and
waivers of past defaults under collateral documents.

We may not have the ability to control or direct such actions, even if our rights are adversely affected.

We may also make unsecured loans to portfolio companies, meaning that such loans will not benefit from any interest in the assets of such companies. Liens on such portfolio companies’ assets, if any, will secure the portfolio company’s obligations under its outstanding secured debt and may secure certain future debt that is permitted to be incurred by the portfolio company under its secured loan agreements. The holders of obligations secured by such liens will generally control the liquidation of, and be entitled to receive proceeds from, any realization of such collateral to repay their obligations in full before us. In addition, the value of such collateral in the event of liquidation will depend on market and economic conditions, the availability of buyers and other factors. There can be no assurance that the proceeds, if any, from sales of such collateral would be sufficient to satisfy our unsecured obligations after payment in full of all secured loan obligations. If such proceeds were not sufficient to repay the outstanding secured loan obligations, then our unsecured claims would rank equally with the unpaid portion of such secured creditors’ claims against the portfolio company’s remaining assets, if any.

Our Investment Adviser’s liability is limited under the Investment Advisory Agreement, and we have agreed to indemnify our Investment Adviser against certain liabilities, which may lead our Investment Adviser to act in a riskier manner on our behalf than it would when acting for its own account.

Under the Investment Advisory Agreement, our Investment Adviser does not assume any responsibility to us, including other than to render the services called for under those agreements, and it is not responsible for any action of our board of directors in following or declining to follow our Investment Adviser’s advice or recommendations. Our Investment Adviser maintains a contractual, as opposed to a fiduciary, relationship with us. Under the terms of the Investment Advisory Agreement, our Investment Adviser, its officers, members, personnel, agents, any person controlling or controlled by our Investment Adviser are not be liable to us, any subsidiary of ours, our directors, our stockholders or any subsidiary’s stockholders or partners for acts or omissions performed in accordance with and pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement, except those resulting from acts

36


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

constituting gross negligence, willful misconduct, bad faith or reckless disregard of our Investment Adviser’s duties under the Investment Advisory Agreement. In addition, we have agreed to indemnify our Investment Adviser and each of its officers, directors, members, managers and employees from and against any claims or liabilities, including reasonable legal fees and other expenses reasonably incurred, arising out of or in connection with our business and operations or any action taken or omitted on our behalf pursuant to authority granted by the Investment Advisory Agreement, except where attributable to gross negligence, willful misconduct, bad faith or reckless disregard of such person’s duties under the Investment Advisory Agreement and the sub-collateral management agreement. These protections may lead our Investment Adviser to act in a riskier manner when acting on our behalf than it would when acting for its own account.

Our Investment Adviser may be paid incentive compensation even if we incur a net loss, and we cannot recover any portion of the incentive fee previously paid.

Our Investment Adviser is entitled to incentive compensation for each fiscal quarter in an amount equal to a percentage of our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income, subject to the Hurdle Rate, a catch-up provision and the Incentive Fee Cap and Deferral Mechanism. Our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income excludes realized and unrealized capital losses that we may incur in the fiscal quarter, even if such capital losses result in a net loss for that quarter. Thus, we may be required to pay our Investment Adviser incentive compensation for a fiscal quarter even if we incur a net loss. In addition, if we pay the capital gains portion of the incentive fee and thereafter experience additional realized capital losses or unrealized capital depreciation, we will not be able to recover any portion of the incentive fee previously paid.

We may not apply or be approved for an SBIC license.

We may apply for a license to form a small business investment company, or SBIC. If such an application is made and approved and the Small Business Administration, or SBA, so permits, we anticipate that the SBIC license would be transferred to a wholly-owned subsidiary of ours that would be formed just prior to such transfer. Following such transfer, we anticipate that the SBIC subsidiary would be allowed to issue SBA-guaranteed debentures, subject to the required capitalization of the SBIC subsidiary. SBA guaranteed debentures carry long-term fixed rates that are generally lower than rates on comparable bank and other debt. We cannot assure you that we will make an application for an SBIC license, be successful in receiving an SBIC license from the SBA or that the SBA will permit such license to be transferred to us. If we do receive an SBIC license, there is no minimum amount of SBA-guaranteed debentures that must be allocated to us.

Our portfolio companies may prepay loans, which prepayment may reduce our yields if capital returned cannot be invested in transactions with equal or greater expected yields.

The loans in our investment portfolio generally are prepayable at any time, some of which have no premium to par. It is not clear at this time when each loan may be prepaid. Whether a loan is prepaid will depend both on the continued positive performance of the portfolio company and the existence of favorable financing market conditions that allow such company the ability to replace existing financing with less expensive capital. As market conditions change frequently, it is unknown when, and if, this may be possible for each portfolio company. In the case of some of these loans, having the loan prepaid may reduce the achievable yield for us if the capital returned cannot be invested in transactions with equal or greater expected yields, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The disposition of our investments may result in contingent liabilities.

We currently expect that a significant portion of our investments will involve private securities. In connection with the disposition of an investment in private securities, we may be required to make representations about the business and financial affairs of the portfolio company typical of those made in connection with the sale of a business. We may also be required to indemnify the purchasers of such investment to the extent that any such representations turn out to be inaccurate or with respect to certain potential liabilities. These arrangements may result in contingent liabilities that ultimately yield funding obligations that must be satisfied through our return of certain distributions previously made to us.

37


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Investments in securities of foreign companies, if any, may involve significant risks in addition to the risks inherent in U.S. investments.

We may make investments in securities of foreign companies. Investing in foreign companies may expose us to additional risks not typically associated with investing in U.S. companies. These risks include changes in exchange control regulations, political and social instability, expropriation, imposition of foreign taxes, less liquid markets and less available information than is generally the case in the United States, higher transaction costs, less government supervision of exchanges, brokers and issuers, less developed bankruptcy laws, difficulty in enforcing contractual obligations, lack of uniform accounting and auditing standards and greater price volatility.

In addition, any investments that we make that are denominated in a foreign currency will be subject to the risk that the value of a particular currency will change in relation to one or more other currencies. Among the factors that may affect currency values are trade balances, the level of short-term interest rates, differences in relative values of similar assets in different currencies, long-term opportunities for investment and capital appreciation, and political developments. We may employ hedging techniques to minimize these risks, but we cannot assure you that we will, in fact, hedge currency risk, or, that if we do, such strategies will be effective.

Risks Relating to an Investment in our Senior Notes

The Senior Notes are unsecured and therefore effectively subordinated to any secured indebtedness we have currently incurred or may incur in the future.

The Senior Notes are not secured by any of our assets or any of the assets of our subsidiaries and rank equally in right of payment with all of our existing and future unsubordinated, unsecured senior indebtedness. As a result, the Senior Notes are effectively subordinated to any secured indebtedness we or our subsidiaries have currently incurred and may incur in the future (or any indebtedness that is initially unsecured to which we subsequently grant security) to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness. In any liquidation, dissolution, bankruptcy or other similar proceeding, the holders of any of our existing or future secured indebtedness and the secured indebtedness of our subsidiaries may assert rights against the assets pledged to secure that indebtedness in order to receive full payment of their indebtedness before the assets may be used to pay other creditors, including the holders of the Senior Notes.

The Senior Notes are structurally subordinated to the indebtedness and other liabilities of our subsidiaries.

The Senior Notes are obligations exclusively of WhiteHorse Finance, Inc. and not of any of our subsidiaries. None of our subsidiaries is or acts as a guarantor of the Senior Notes, and the Senior Notes are not required to be guaranteed by any subsidiaries we may acquire or establish in the future.

Except to the extent we are a creditor with recognized claims against our subsidiaries, all claims of creditors (including holders of preferred stock, if any, of our subsidiaries) will have priority over our equity interests in such subsidiaries (and therefore the claims of our creditors, including holders of the Senior Notes) with respect to the assets of such subsidiaries. Even if we are recognized as a creditor of one or more of our subsidiaries, our claims would still be effectively subordinated to any security interests in the assets of any such subsidiary and to any indebtedness or other liabilities of any such subsidiary senior to our claims. Consequently, the Senior Notes are structurally subordinated to all indebtedness and other liabilities (including trade payables) of our subsidiary and any subsidiaries that we may in the future acquire or establish. In addition, our subsidiaries may incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future, all of which would be structurally senior to the Senior Notes.

The Indenture under which the Senior Notes are issued, or the Indenture, contains limited protection for holders of the Senior Notes.

The Indenture under which the Senior Notes are issued offers limited protection to holders of the Senior Notes. The terms of the Indenture and the Senior Notes do not restrict our or any of our subsidiaries’ ability to engage in, or otherwise be a party to, a variety of corporate transactions, circumstances or events that could have an adverse impact on your investment in the Senior Notes. In particular, the terms of the Indenture and the Senior Notes do not place any restrictions on our or our subsidiaries’ ability to:

38


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

issue securities or otherwise incur additional indebtedness or other obligations, including (1) any indebtedness or other obligations that would be equal in right of payment to the Senior Notes, (2) any indebtedness or other obligations that would be secured and therefore rank effectively senior in right of payment to the Senior Notes to the extent of the values of the assets securing such debt, (3) indebtedness of ours that is guaranteed by one or more of our subsidiaries and which therefore would rank structurally senior to the Senior Notes and (4) securities, indebtedness or other obligations issued or incurred by our subsidiaries that would be senior in right of payment to our equity interests in our subsidiaries and therefore would rank structurally senior in right of payment to the Senior Notes with respect to the assets of our subsidiaries, in each case other than an incurrence of indebtedness or other obligation that would cause a violation of the asset coverage requirement under Section 18(a)(1)(A) as modified by Section 61(a)(1) of the 1940 Act or any successor provisions;
pay dividends on, or purchase or redeem or make any payments in respect of, capital stock or other securities ranking junior in right of payment to the Senior Notes;
sell assets (other than certain limited restrictions on our ability to consolidate, merge or sell all or substantially all of our assets);
create liens (including liens on the shares of our subsidiaries) or enter into sale and leaseback transactions;
make investments; or
create restrictions on the payment of dividends or other amounts to us from our subsidiaries.

In addition, the Indenture does not require us to offer to purchase the Senior Notes in connection with a change of control or any other event.

Furthermore, the terms of the Indenture and the Senior Notes do not protect holders of the Senior Notes in the event that we experience changes (including significant adverse changes) in our financial condition, results of operations or credit ratings, as they do not require that we or our subsidiaries adhere to any financial tests or ratios or specified levels of net worth, revenues, income, cash flow or liquidity, except as required under the 1940 Act.

Our ability to recapitalize, incur additional debt and take a number of other actions that are not limited by the terms of the Senior Notes may have important consequences for you as a holder of the Senior Notes, including making it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to the Senior Notes or negatively affecting the trading value of the Senior Notes.

Certain of our current debt instruments include more protections for their holders than the Indenture and the Senior Notes. In addition, other debt we issue or incur in the future could contain more protections for its holders than the Indenture and the Senior Notes, including additional covenants and events of default. The issuance or incurrence of any such debt with incremental protections could affect the market for and trading levels and prices of the Senior Notes.

An active trading market for the Senior Notes may not continue to exist, which could limit the market price of the Senior Notes or your ability to sell them. We do not intend to have the Senior Notes rated. If a rating agency assigns the Senior Notes a non-investment grade rating or the Senior Notes are not rated, the Senior Notes may be subject to greater price volatility than similar securities without such a rating. Below investment grade securities, which are often referred to as “junk” bonds, are viewed as speculative investments because of concerns with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal.

We cannot provide any assurances that an active trading market will continue to exist for the Senior Notes or that holders will be able to sell their Senior Notes at a particulate time or at a favorable price. The Senior Notes have traded at a discount from their initial offering price depending on prevailing interest rates, the market for similar securities, our credit ratings, general economic conditions, our financial condition, performance and prospects and other factors. If a rating agency assigns the Senior Notes a non-investment grade rating, the Senior Notes may be subject to greater price volatility than securities of similar maturity

39


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

without such a non-investment grade rating. Below investment grade securities, which are often referred to as “junk” bonds, are viewed as speculative investments because of concerns with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal.

We may choose to redeem the Senior Notes when prevailing interest rates are relatively low.

On or after July 31, 2016, we may choose to redeem the Senior Notes from time to time, especially when prevailing interest rates are lower than the rate borne by the Senior Notes. If prevailing rates are lower at the time of redemption, holders would not be able to reinvest the redemption proceeds in a comparable security at an effective interest rate as high as the interest rate on the Senior Notes being redeemed. Our redemption right also may adversely impact holders’ ability to sell the Senior Notes as the optional redemption date or period approaches.

Pending legislation may allow us to incur additional leverage.

As a business development company, under the 1940 Act, generally we are not permitted to incur indebtedness unless immediately after such borrowing we have an asset coverage for total borrowings of at least 200% (i.e. the amount of debt may not exceed 50% of the value of our assets). We have agreed in the covenant in the Indenture not to violate this section of the 1940 Act, whether or not we continue to be subject to such provision, but giving effect, in either case, to any exemptive relief granted to us by the SEC. Legislation introduced in the U.S. House of Representatives, if passed, would modify this section of the 1940 Act and increase the amount of debt that business development companies may incur. As a result, we may be able to incur additional indebtedness in the future and, therefore, risks associated with an investment in the Senior Notes may increase.

FATCA withholding may apply to payments to certain foreign entities.

Payments made under the Senior Notes to a foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity (including such an institution or entity acting as an intermediary) may be subject to a U.S. withholding tax of 30% under a law (commonly known as “FATCA”) that was enacted in 2010. This tax may apply to certain payments of interest as well as payments made upon maturity, redemption, or sale of the Senior Notes, unless the foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity complies with certain information reporting, withholding, identification, certification and related requirements imposed by FATCA. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding FATCA and how it may affect an investment in the Senior Notes.

Risks Relating to an Investment in our Common Stock

We may obtain the approval of our stockholders to issue shares of our common stock at prices below the then-current net asset value per share of our common stock. If we receive such approval from stockholders, we may issue shares of our common stock at a price below the then-current net asset value per share of common stock. Any such issuance could materially dilute your interest in our common stock and reduce our net asset value per share.

We may obtain the approval of our stockholders to issue shares of our common stock at prices below the then-current net asset value per share of our common stock in one or more offerings for a twelve-month period. Such approval may allow us to access the capital markets in a way that we are typically unable to do as a result of restrictions that, absent stockholder approval, apply to business development companies under the 1940 Act.

Any sale or other issuance of shares of our common stock at a price below net asset value per share will result in an immediate dilution to your interest in our common stock and a reduction of our net asset value per share. This dilution would occur as a result of a proportionately greater decrease in a stockholder’s interest in our earnings and assets and voting interest in us than the increase in our assets resulting from such issuance. Because the number of future shares of common stock that may be issued below our net asset value per share and the price and timing of such issuances are not currently known, we cannot predict the actual dilutive effect of any such issuance. We also cannot determine the resulting reduction in our net asset value per share of any such issuance at this time. We caution you that such effects may be material, and we undertake to describe all the material risks and dilutive effects of any offering that we make at a price below our then-current net asset value in the future in a prospectus supplement issued in connection with any such offering.

40


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Investing in our common stock may involve an above average degree of risk.

The investments we make in accordance with our investment objective may result in a higher amount of risk than alternative investment options and a higher risk of volatility or loss of principal. Our investments in portfolio companies involve higher levels of risk, and therefore, an investment in our shares may not be suitable for someone with lower risk tolerance. In addition, our common stock is intended for long-term investors and should not be treated as a trading vehicle. Our shares may trade at a price that is less than the offering price. This risk may be greater for investors who sell their shares in a relatively short period of time after completion of an offering.

Shares of closed-end investment companies, including business development companies, often trade at a discount to their net asset value.

Shares of closed-end investment companies, including business development companies, may trade at a discount from net asset value. This characteristic of closed-end investment companies and business development companies is separate and distinct from the risk that our net asset value per share may decline. We cannot predict whether our common stock will trade at, above or below net asset value.

There is a risk that investors in our equity securities may not receive distributions or that our distributions may not grow over time and a portion of our distributions may be a return of capital.

We intend to make distributions on a quarterly basis to our stockholders out of assets legally available for distribution. We cannot assure you that we will achieve investment results that will allow us to make a specified level of cash distributions or year-to-year increases in cash distributions. Our ability to pay distributions might be adversely affected by the impact of one or more of the risk factors described in this prospectus. Due to the asset coverage test applicable to us under the 1940 Act as a business development company, we may be limited in our ability to make distributions. If we declare a dividend and if more stockholders opt to receive cash distributions rather than participate in our dividend reinvestment plan, we may be forced to sell some of our investments in order to make cash dividend payments. In addition, after the reinvestment period under the Credit Facility, asset sales proceeds, if any (including any realized gains), must be used to pay down any outstanding debt and certain other amounts prior to distributing cash from WhiteHorse Warehouse to us. Also, if certain coverage tests are not met under the Credit Facility or if an event of default and acceleration occurs under the Credit Facility, then income and capital gains which would otherwise be distributable by us to our stockholders will be diverted to pay down debt or other amounts due under the Credit Facility. All distributions will be paid at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our earnings, our financial condition, maintenance of our RIC status, compliance with applicable business development company regulations and such other factors as our board of directors may deem relevant from time to time. We cannot assure investors that we will pay distributions to our stockholders in the future.

FATCA withholding may apply to payments to certain foreign entities.

Effective July 1, 2014, withholding of U.S. tax at a 30% rate will be required on payments of dividends and (effective January 1, 2017) redemption proceeds and certain capital gain dividends paid to certain non-U.S. entities that fail to comply with certain information reporting, identification, certification, and related requirements imposed by FATCA. Stockholders and persons intended to hold common stock should consult their tax advisors regarding FATCA and how it may affect an investment in our stock.

Our stockholders could experience dilution in their ownership percentage if they do not participate in our dividend reinvestment plan.

All dividends declared in cash payable to stockholders that are participants in our dividend reinvestment plan are automatically reinvested in shares of our common stock. As a result, our stockholders that do not participate in our dividend reinvestment plan could experience dilution in their ownership percentage of our common stock over time if we issue additional shares of our common stock.

41


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market may have an adverse effect on the market price of our common stock.

Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock, or the availability of such common stock for sale, could adversely affect the prevailing market prices for our common stock. If this occurs and continues, it could impair our ability to raise additional capital through the sale of securities should we desire to do so.

If we issue preferred stock, debt securities or convertible debt securities, the net asset value and market value of our common stock may become more volatile.

We cannot assure you that the issuance of preferred stock and/or debt securities would result in a higher yield or return to the holders of our common stock. The issuance of preferred stock, debt securities or convertible debt would likely cause the net asset value and market value of our common stock to become more volatile. If the dividend rate on the preferred stock, or the interest rate on the debt securities, were to approach the net rate of return on our investment portfolio, the benefit of leverage to the holders of our common stock would be reduced. If the dividend rate on the preferred stock, or the interest rate on the debt securities, were to exceed the net rate of return on our portfolio, the use of leverage would result in a lower rate of return to the holders of common stock than if we had not issued the preferred stock or debt securities. Any decline in the net asset value of our investment would be borne entirely by the holders of our common stock. Therefore, if the market value of our portfolio were to decline, the leverage would result in a greater decrease in net asset value to the holders of our common stock than if we were not leveraged through the issuance of preferred stock. This decline in net asset value would also tend to cause a greater decline in the market price for our common stock.

There is also a risk that, in the event of a sharp decline in the value of our net assets, we would be in danger of failing to maintain required asset coverage ratios which may be required by the preferred stock, debt securities, convertible debt or units or of a downgrade in the ratings of the preferred stock, debt securities, convertible debt or units or our current investment income might not be sufficient to meet the dividend requirements on the preferred stock or the interest payments on the debt securities. In order to counteract such an event, we might need to liquidate investments in order to fund redemption of some or all of the preferred stock, debt securities or convertible debt. In addition, we would pay (and the holders of our common stock would bear) all costs and expenses relating to the issuance and ongoing maintenance of the preferred stock, debt securities, convertible debt or any combination of these securities. Holders of preferred stock, debt securities or convertible debt may have different interests than holders of common stock and may at times have disproportionate influence over our affairs.

Your interest in us may be diluted if you do not fully exercise your subscription rights in any rights offering. In addition, if the subscription price is less than our net asset value per share, then you will experience an immediate dilution of the aggregate net asset value of your shares.

In the event we issue subscription rights, stockholders who do not fully exercise their subscription rights should expect that they will, at the completion of a rights offering pursuant to this prospectus, own a smaller proportional interest in us than would otherwise be the case if they fully exercised their rights. We cannot state precisely the amount of any such dilution in share ownership because we do not know at this time what proportion of the shares will be purchased as a result of such rights offering.

In addition, if the subscription price is less than the net asset value per share of our common stock, then our stockholders would experience an immediate dilution of the aggregate net asset value of their shares as a result of the offering. The amount of any decrease in net asset value is not predictable because it is not known at this time what the subscription price and net asset value per share will be on the expiration date of a rights offering or what proportion of the shares will be purchased as a result of such rights offering. Such dilution could be substantial.

These dilutive effects may be exacerbated if we were to conduct multiple subscription rights offerings, particularly if such offerings were to occur over a short period of time. In addition, subscription rights offerings and the prospect of future subscription rights offerings may create downward pressure on the secondary market price of our common stock due to the potential for the issuance of shares at a price below our net asset value, without a corresponding change to our net asset value.

42


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Risks Relating to Offerings Pursuant to this Prospectus

The market price of our securities may fluctuate significantly.

The market price and liquidity of the market for our securities may be significantly affected by numerous factors, some of which are beyond our control and may not be directly related to our operating performance. These factors include:

significant volatility in the market price and trading volume of securities of business development companies or other companies in our sector, which are not necessarily related to the operating performance of the companies;
changes in regulatory policies, accounting pronouncements or tax guidelines, particularly with respect to RICs and business development companies;
loss of our qualification as a RIC or business development company;
changes in earnings or variations in operating results;
changes in the value of our portfolio investments;
changes in accounting guidelines governing valuation of our investments;
any shortfall in revenue or net income or any increase in losses from levels expected by investors or securities analysts;
departure of WhiteHorse Advisers’ or any of its affiliates’ key personnel;
operating performance of companies comparable to us;
general economic trends and other external factors; and
loss of a major funding source or an event of default under a material financing contract.

See “Risks Relating to an Investment in our Common Stock” above for additional risks you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock.

We are a holding company and depend on payments from our subsidiaries in order to make payments on any debt securities that we may issue as well as to pay dividends on our common stock. Any debt securities that we issue will be structurally subordinated to the obligations of our subsidiaries.

We are a holding company and fund a majority of our investments through wholly-owned subsidiaries, and a majority of the assets that we hold directly are the equity interests in such subsidiaries. We depend upon the cash flow from our subsidiaries and the receipt of funds from them, any of which may be subject to restriction or limitations based on the organizational documents of the subsidiaries and the agreements governing the debt of any such subsidiary. In addition, because we are a holding company, any debt securities that we issue will be structurally subordinated to the obligations of our subsidiaries. In the event that one of our subsidiaries becomes insolvent, liquidates, reorganizes, dissolves or otherwise winds up, its assets will be used first to satisfy the claims of its creditors. Consequently, any claim by us or our creditors, including holders of any debt securities that we may issue, against any subsidiary will be structurally subordinated to all of the claims of the creditors of such subsidiary. We cannot assure security holders that they will receive any payments required to be made under the terms of any debt securities that we may issue, dividends or other distributions.

Holders of any preferred stock that we may issue will have the right to elect members of the board of directors and have class voting rights on certain matters.

The 1940 Act requires that holders of shares of preferred stock must be entitled as a class to elect two directors at all times and to elect a majority of the directors if dividends on such preferred stock are in arrears by two years or more, until such arrearage is eliminated. In addition, certain matters under the 1940 Act require the separate vote of the holders of any issued and outstanding preferred stock, including changes in fundamental investment restrictions and conversion to open-end status and, accordingly, preferred stockholders could veto any such changes. Restrictions imposed on the declarations and payment of dividends

43


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

or other distributions to the holders of our common stock and preferred stock, both by the 1940 Act and by requirements imposed by rating agencies, might impair our ability to maintain our qualification as a RIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

The trading market or market value of any publicly issued debt securities may fluctuate.

Our publicly issued debt securities, if any, may or may not have an established trading market. We cannot assure you that a trading market for our publicly issued debt securities will ever develop or be maintained if developed. In addition to our creditworthiness, many factors may materially adversely affect the trading market for, and market value of, our publicly issued debt securities. These factors include the following:

the time remaining to the maturity of these debt securities;
the outstanding principal amount of debt securities with terms identical to these debt securities;
the ratings assigned by national statistical ratings agencies, if any;
the general economic environment;
the supply of debt securities trading in the secondary market, if any;
the redemption or repayment features, if any, of these debt securities;
the level, direction and volatility of market interest rates generally; and
market rates of interest higher or lower than rates borne by the debt securities.

You should also be aware that there may be a limited number of buyers when you decide to sell your debt securities. This too may materially adversely affect the market value of the debt securities or the trading market for the debt securities.

Terms relating to redemption may materially adversely affect your return on any debt securities that we may issue.

If your debt securities are redeemable at our option, we may choose to redeem your debt securities at times when prevailing interest rates are lower than the interest rate paid on your debt securities. In addition, if your debt securities are subject to mandatory redemption, we may be required to redeem your debt securities also at times when prevailing interest rates are lower than the interest rate paid on your debt securities. In this circumstance, you may not be able to reinvest the redemption proceeds in a comparable security at an effective interest rate as high as your debt securities being redeemed.

Our credit ratings may not reflect all risks of an investment in our debt securities.

Our credit ratings are an assessment by third parties of our ability to pay our obligations. Consequently, real or anticipated changes in our credit ratings will generally affect the market value of our debt securities. Our credit ratings, however, may not reflect the potential impact of risks related to market conditions generally or other factors discussed above on the market value of or trading market for the publicly issued debt securities.

44


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Some of the statements in this prospectus constitute forward-looking statements, which relate to future events or our future performance or financial condition. The forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus involve risks and uncertainties, including statements as to:

our future operating results;
changes in political, economic or industry conditions, the interest rate environment or conditions affecting the financial and capital markets, which could result in changes to the value of our assets;
our business prospects and the prospects of our prospective portfolio companies;
the impact of investments that we expect to make;
the impact of increased competition;
our contractual arrangements and relationships with third parties;
the dependence of our future success on the general economy and its impact on the industries in which we invest;
the ability of our prospective portfolio companies to achieve their objectives;
the relative and absolute performance of our Investment Adviser;
our expected financings and investments;
the adequacy of our cash resources and working capital;
our ability to make distributions to our stockholders;
the timing of cash flows, if any, from the operations of our prospective portfolio companies; and
the impact of future acquisitions and divestitures.

We use words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “expect,” “intend” “may,” “might,” “will,” “should,” “could,” “can,” “would,” “believe,” “estimate,” “anticipate,” “predict,” “potential” and similar words to identify forward-looking statements. Our actual results could differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements for any reason, including the factors set forth as “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus.

We have based the forward-looking statements included in this prospectus on information available to us on the date of this prospectus, and we assume no obligation to update any such forward-looking statements. Actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in our forward-looking statements and future results could differ materially from historical performance. Although we undertake no obligation to revise or update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, you are advised to consult any additional disclosures that we may make directly to you or through reports that we have filed or in the future may file with the SEC, including annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K. This prospectus contains statistics and other data that have been obtained from or compiled from information made available by third-party service providers. We have not independently verified such statistics or data.

You should understand that, under Sections 27A(b)(2)(B) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, and Section 21E(b)(2)(B) of the Exchange Act, the “safe harbor” provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 do not apply to statements made in connection with any offering of securities pursuant to this prospectus, any prospectus supplement or in periodic reports we file under the Exchange Act.

45


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

USE OF PROCEEDS

Unless otherwise specified in a prospectus supplement, we intend to use all or substantially all of the net proceeds from the sale of our securities to invest in portfolio companies in accordance with our investment objective and strategies and for general corporate purposes. We expect that our new investments will consist primarily of senior secured debt investments in small-cap companies. We will also pay operating expenses, including management and administrative fees, and may pay other expenses such as due diligence expenses relating to potential new investments, from the net proceeds of any offering of our securities. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds from the sale of our securities to repay amounts outstanding under our credit facilities. As of March 31, 2014, we had approximately $85 million outstanding under our credit facilities.

We anticipate that we will use substantially all of the net proceeds of an offering for the above purposes within approximately six months after the completion of any offering of our securities, depending on the availability of appropriate investment opportunities consistent with our investment objective and market conditions. We cannot assure you that we will achieve our targeted investment pace.

Until such appropriate investment opportunities can be found, we intend to invest the net proceeds of any offering of our securities primarily in cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities and high-quality debt investments that mature in one year or less from the date of investment. These temporary investments may have lower yields than our other investments and, accordingly, may result in lower distributions, if any, during such period. Our ability to achieve our investment objective may be limited to the extent that the net proceeds from an offering, pending full investment, are held in lower yielding interest-bearing deposits or other short-term instruments. See “Regulation — Temporary Investments” for additional information about temporary investments we may make while waiting to make longer-term investments in pursuit of our investment objective.

We have agreed to pay the printing, legal, filing and other similar expenses of any offering of common stock by the selling stockholders, identified under “Selling Stockholders.” However, the selling stockholders will bear all other expenses, including any brokerage fees, underwriting discounts and commissions, of any such offering. We will not receive any proceeds from any sale of common stock by the selling stockholders.

46


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DISTRIBUTIONS

Our distributions, if any, are determined by the board of directors. We have elected to be treated as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code. To maintain RIC qualification each taxable year, we must distribute an amount at least equal to 90% of our net ordinary income and net short-term capital gains in excess of our net long-term capital losses, if any. In addition, we are subject to ordinary income and capital gain distribution requirements under U.S. federal excise tax rules for each calendar year. If we do not meet the required distributions we will generally be subject to a 4% nondeductible federal excise tax on the undistributed amount.

The following table reflects the cash distributions, including dividends and returns of capital per share that we have declared on our common stock since the closing of our IPO on December 10, 2012.

   
Record Dates   Payment Date   Dividends and Distributions Declared
Fiscal year ending December 31, 2014
                 
June 20, 2014     July 3, 2014     $ 0.355  
March 20, 2014     April 3, 2014       0.355  
Total         $ 0.710  
Fiscal year ended December 31, 2013
                 
December 19, 2013 (1)     January 3, 2014     $ 0.355  
September 20, 2013     October 3, 2013       0.355  
June 21, 2013     July 3, 2013       0.355  
March 22, 2013     April 3, 2013       0.355  
Total         $ 1.420  
Fiscal year ended December 31, 2012
                 
December 28, 2012 (2)     January 8, 2013     $ 0.108  
Total         $ 0.108  

(1) $0.084 of the Company’s December 19, 2013, record date distribution was deemed paid, for tax purposes, during 2014.
(2) The distribution was declared from net investment income and did not include a return of capital.

We currently intend to distribute net capital gains ( i.e ., net long-term capital gains in excess of net short-term capital losses), if any, at least annually out of the assets legally available for such distributions. However, we may decide in the future to retain such capital gains for investment and elect to treat such gains as deemed distributions to you. If this happens, stockholders will be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as if they had received an actual distribution of the capital gains that we retain and reinvested the net after tax proceeds in us. In this situation, stockholders would be eligible to claim a tax credit (or, in certain circumstances, a tax refund) equal to your allocable share of the tax we paid on the capital gains deemed distributed to you. See “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations — Taxation of U.S. Stockholders.” We cannot assure you that we will achieve results that will permit us to pay any cash distributions, and if we issue senior securities, we will be prohibited from making distributions if doing so would cause us to fail to maintain the asset coverage ratios stipulated by the 1940 Act or if such distributions are limited by the terms of any of our borrowings.

We have adopted a dividend reinvestment plan that provides for reinvestment of our dividends and other distributions on behalf of our stockholders. As a result, if our board of directors authorizes, and we declare, a cash dividend or other distribution, then our stockholders who have not “opted out” of our dividend reinvestment plan will have their cash distribution automatically reinvested in additional shares of our common stock, rather than receiving the cash distribution.

47


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The selected financial and other information below should be read in conjunction with our “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation” and the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto. Financial information as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and March 31, 2013 has been derived from our unaudited financial statements. Financial information as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the years then ended has been derived from our consolidated financial statements that were audited by Crowe Horwath LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm.

       
  As of and for the
three months ended (unaudited)
  As of and for the years ended
     March 31, 2014   March 31, 2013   December 31, 2013   December 31, 2012
     (In thousands, except per share data)
Income statement data:
                                   
Total investment income   $ 8,250     $ 8,382     $ 37,617     $ 44,793  
Total expenses     4,260       4,373       18,307       2,592  
Net investment income     3,990       4,009       19,310       42,201  
Net realized loss on investments                       (2,574 )  
Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments     2,380       (501 )       (280 )       111  
Net increase in net assets resulting from operations     6,370       3,508       19,030       39,558  
Other data:
                                   
Net investment yield (unaudited) (1)     7.05 %       7.06 %       8.45 %       16.91 %  
Number of portfolio companies at period end (unaudited)     23       14       21       8  
Balance sheet data:
                                   
Investments, at fair value   $ 286,862     $ 233,157     $ 272,439     $ 180,488  
Cash and cash equivalents     25,737       136,642       92,905       156,123  
Restricted cash and cash equivalents     14,443       1,100       3,078       31,646  
Total assets     333,013       378,395       374,153       373,282  
Credit facility           51,250       25,000       51,250  
Senior Notes     30,000             30,000        
Unsecured term loan     55,000       90,000       55,000       90,000  
Total liabilities     104,872       151,151       147,151       144,233  
Total net assets     228,141       227,244       227,002       229,049  
Per share data:
                                   
Net asset value (at period end)   $ 15.23     $ 15.18     $ 15.16     $ 15.30  
Dividends and distributions declared     0.36       0.36       1.42       0.11  

(1) Net investment yield is calculated based on net investment income, which includes interest income and excludes realized and unrealized gains on investments, divided by weighted average net assets.

48


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, certain consolidated quarterly financial information. This information is derived from the Company’s unaudited financial statements which include, in the opinion of management, all normal recurring adjustments which management considers necessary for a fair presentation of the results for such periods. The results for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of results for future periods.

 
  2014
(Unaudited)
     Three months ended
March 31, 2014
     (dollars in thousands)
Total investment income   $ 8,250  
Net investment income     3,990  
Net realized and unrealized gain on investments     2,380  
Net increase in net assets resulting from operations     6,370  

  

       
  2013
(Unaudited)
     Three months ended
December 31, 2013
  Three months ended
September 30, 2013
  Three months ended
June 30, 2013
  Three months ended
March 31, 2013
     (dollars in thousands)
Total investment income   $ 8,615     $ 11,122     $ 9,498     $ 8,382  
Net investment income     4,169       6,282       4,850       4,009  
Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments     2,166       (262 )       (1,683 )       (501 )  
Net increase in net assets resulting from operations     6,335       6,020       3,167       3,508  

  

       
  2012
(Unaudited)
     Three months ended
December 31, 2012
  Three months ended
September 30, 2012
  Three months ended
June 30, 2012
  Three months ended
March 31, 2012
     (dollars in thousands)
Total investment income   $ 15,932     $ 10,212     $ 9,500     $ 9,149  
Net investment income     13,727       10,147       9,356       8,971  
Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments     (5,753 )       1,019       1,891       200  
Net increase in net assets resulting from operations     7,975       11,166       11,246       9,171  

49


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows should be read in conjunction with “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and the financial statements and the related notes thereto of us appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The information in this section contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Please see “Risk Factors” and “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” for a discussion of the uncertainties, risks and assumptions associated with these statements.

Overview

We are an externally managed, non-diversified, closed-end management investment company that has elected to be treated as a business development company under the 1940 Act. In addition, for tax purposes, we have elected to be treated as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code. Our shares are currently listed on The NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “WHF”.

We were formed on December 28, 2011 and commenced operations on January 1, 2012. We were originally capitalized with approximately $176.3 million of contributed assets from H.I.G. Bayside Debt & LBO Fund II, L.P. and H.I.G. Bayside Loan Opportunity Fund II, L.P., each of which is an affiliate of H.I.G. Capital. These assets were contributed as of January 1, 2012 in exchange for 11,752,383 units in WhiteHorse Finance, LLC. On December 4, 2012, we converted from a Delaware limited liability company into a Delaware corporation and elected to be treated as a business development company under the 1940 Act. As part of the BDC Conversion, all outstanding units in WhiteHorse Finance, LLC were converted to 7,826,284 shares of common stock of WhiteHorse Finance, Inc.

On December 4, 2012, we priced our IPO, selling 6,666,667 shares at a public offering price of $15.00 per share. Concurrent with the IPO, certain of our directors and officers, the managers of our Investment Adviser and their immediate family members or entities owned by, or family trusts for the benefit of, such persons, purchased an additional 472,673 shares through the Concurrent Private Placement at $15.00 per share.

We are a direct lender targeting debt investments in privately held, small-cap companies located in North America. Our investment objective is to generate attractive risk-adjusted returns primarily by originating and investing in senior secured loans, including first lien and second lien facilities, to performing small-cap companies across a broad range of industries that typically carry a floating interest rate based on LIBOR plus a spread and have a term of three to six years. While we intend to focus principally on originating senior secured loans to small-cap companies, we may also opportunistically make investments at other levels of a company’s capital structure, including mezzanine loans or equity interests, and in companies outside of the small-cap market, to the extent we believe the investment presents an opportunity to achieve an attractive risk-adjusted return. We also may receive warrants to purchase common stock in connection with our debt investments. We expect to generate current income through the receipt of interest payments, as well as origination and other fees, capital appreciation and dividends.

Our investment activities are managed by WhiteHorse Advisers and supervised by our board of directors, a majority of whom are independent of us, WhiteHorse Advisers and its affiliates. Under our Investment Advisory Agreement, we have agreed to pay WhiteHorse Advisers an annual base management fee based on our average consolidated gross assets as well as an incentive fee based on our investment performance. See “Item 1 — Business — Management Agreements — Investment Advisory Agreement.” We have also entered into an Administration Agreement with WhiteHorse Administration. Under our Administration Agreement, we have agreed to reimburse WhiteHorse Administration for our allocable portion (subject to the review and approval of our independent directors) of overhead and other expenses incurred by WhiteHorse Administration in performing its obligations under the Administration Agreement.

As of March 31, 2014, our investment portfolio consisted of senior secured loans across 23 positions with an aggregate fair value of approximately $286.9 million and a principal balance outstanding of approximately $289.0 million. As of December 31, 2013, our investment portfolio consisted of senior secured loans across 21 positions with an aggregate fair value of approximately $272.4 million and a principal balance outstanding of approximately $276.8 million. As of December 31, 2012, our investment portfolio consisted of

50


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

senior secured loans across eight positions with an aggregate fair value of approximately $180.5 million and a principal balance outstanding of approximately $181.6 million. At each date, the majority of our portfolio comprised of senior secured loans to small-cap borrowers.

Revenues.   We generate revenue in the form of interest payable on the debt securities that we hold and capital gains and distributions, if any, on the portfolio company investments that we originated or acquire. Our debt investments, whether in the form of senior secured loans or mezzanine loans, typically have terms of three to six years and bear interest at a fixed or floating rate based on LIBOR. Interest on debt securities is generally payable monthly or quarterly, with the amortization of principal generally being deferred for several years from the date of the initial investment. In some cases, we may also defer payments of interest for the first few years after our investment. The principal amount of the debt securities and any accrued but unpaid interest generally becomes due at the maturity date. In addition, we generate revenue in the form of commitment, origination, structuring or diligence fees, fees for providing managerial assistance and possibly consulting fees. We capitalize loan origination fees, original issue discount and market discount, and we then amortize such amounts as interest income. Upon the prepayment of a loan or debt security, we record any unamortized loan origination fees as interest income. We record prepayment premiums on loans and debt securities as interest income when we receive such amounts.

Expenses.   Our primary operating expenses include the payment of (1) the base management fee and incentive fee to the Investment Adviser under the Investment Advisory Agreement; (2) the allocable portion of overhead to the Administrator under the Administration Agreement; (3) the interest expense on our outstanding debt, if any; and (4) our other operating costs, as detailed below. We bear all other costs and expenses of our operations and transactions, including:

our organization;
calculating our net asset value and net asset value per share (including the cost and expenses of any independent valuation firm);
fees and expenses, including travel expenses, incurred by the Investment Adviser or payable to third parties in performing due diligence on prospective portfolio companies, monitoring our investments and, if necessary, enforcing our rights;
offerings of our common stock and other securities;
distributions on our shares;
transfer agent and custody fees and expenses;
amounts payable to third parties relating to, or associated with, evaluating, making and disposing of investments;
brokerage fees and commissions;
registration fees;
listing fees;
taxes;
independent director fees and expenses;
costs associated with our reporting and compliance obligations under the 1940 Act and applicable U.S. federal and state securities laws;
the costs of any reports, proxy statements or other notices to our stockholders, including printing costs;
costs of holding stockholder meetings;
our fidelity bond;
directors and officers/errors and omissions liability insurance and any other insurance premiums;

51


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

litigation, indemnification and other non-recurring or extraordinary expenses;
direct costs and expenses of administration and operation, including audit and legal costs;
fees and expenses associated with marketing efforts;
dues, fees and charges of any trade association of which we are a member; and
all other expenses reasonably incurred by us or the Administrator in connection with administering our business, including rent and our allocable portion of the costs and expenses of our chief compliance officer, chief financial officer and their respective staffs.

During periods of asset growth, we expect our general and administrative expenses to be relatively stable or decline as a percentage of total assets and increase during periods of asset declines.

Recent Developments

On May 16, 2014, Alastair Merrick submitted his resignation from his position as the Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer (principal financial and accounting officer) of the Company, effective as of June 15, 2014. Mr. Merrick plans to remain with the Company as a consultant until December 31, 2014. Also on May 16, 2014, the Board of Directors of the Company elected Gerhard Lombard as the Company’s Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer (principal financial and accounting officer), effective as of June 15, 2014. Mr. Lombard, currently serves as the Company’s Controller. He joined the Company in September 2012, prior to the Company’s IPO. Previously, Mr. Lombard was Group Controller for Churchill Financial Group from 2007 until joining the Company. Earlier in his career, he spent approximately 11 years at Ernst & Young LLP, rising to the level of Senior Manager.

Consolidated Results of Operations

Comparison of the Three Months Ended March 31, 2014 and March 31, 2013

Investment Income

Investment income for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 totaled approximately $8.3 million and approximately $8.4 million, respectively, and was primarily attributable to interest and fees earned from investments in portfolio companies. Investment income included fee income, primarily related to amendments and prepayments, of approximately $0.4 million and approximately $0.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Operating Expenses

Expenses were approximately $4.3 million and approximately $4.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Interest expense on our Credit Facility, Senior Notes and Unsecured Term Loan (each as defined below under “Financial Condition, Liquidity and Capital Resources”) totaled approximately $1.4 million and approximately $1.4 million, respectively, for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013.

Base management fees and performance-based incentive fees totaled approximately $1.4 million and approximately $0.2 million, respectively, for the three months ended March 31, 2014, and approximately $1.1 million and $1.0 million, respectively, for the three months ended March 31, 2013. In accordance with the Investment Advisory Agreement and WhiteHorse Advisers’ agreement to waive that portion of the base management fee payable with respect to cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash and cash equivalents to which it would otherwise be entitled under the Investment Advisory Agreement, cash and cash equivalents were excluded from the calculation of base management fees for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013. The waived fees are not subject to recoupment by the Investment Adviser. Administrative fees totaled approximately $0.3 million and approximately $0.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

General and administrative expenses were approximately $1.0 million and approximately $0.6 million, respectively, during the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013. General and administrative expenses for the three months ended March 31, 2014 included capital markets related professional fees of approximately $0.4 million. No capital markets related professional fees were incurred during the three months ended March 31, 2013.

52


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Net Realized and Unrealized Gains or Losses on Investments

We incurred no realized gains or losses for the three months ended March 31, 2014 or 2013.

For the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, we incurred net unrealized appreciation of approximately $2.4 million and net unrealized depreciation of approximately $0.5 million, respectively, due to credit-related adjustments and the reversal of unrealized depreciation or appreciation due to repayments or disposals.

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012

The consolidated results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2013 are not directly comparable to the prior year because the year ended December 31, 2012 includes operating results prior to the BDC Conversion and prior to the execution of our Investment Advisory Agreement, Administration Agreement and certain of our debt agreements.

Investment Income

Investment income for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, totaled approximately $37.6 million and approximately $44.8 million and was primarily attributable to interest and fees earned from investments in portfolio companies. Investment income included fee income, primarily related to amendments and prepayments, of approximately $3.5 million and approximately $2.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Investment income was lower during 2013 than during 2012 primarily because we distributed assets of approximately $102.9 million to members of WhiteHorse Finance, LLC prior to the BDC Conversion.

Operating Expenses

Expenses were approximately $18.3 million and approximately $2.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Interest expense on our Credit Facility, Senior Notes and Unsecured Term Loan totaled approximately $5.3 million and approximately $1.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Base management fees and performance-based incentive fees totaled approximately $4.8 million and approximately $4.8 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2013, and approximately $0.3 million and zero, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2012. In accordance with the Investment Advisory Agreement and WhiteHorse Advisers’ agreement to waive that portion of the base management fee payable with respect to cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash and cash equivalents to which it would otherwise be entitled under the Investment Advisory Agreement, cash and cash equivalents were excluded from the calculation of base management fees for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012. Administrative fees totaled approximately $1.2 million and approximately $0.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Interest expense, investment advisory fees or administrative fees incurred were lower during 2012 than during 2013 because the Investment Advisory Agreement and Administration Agreement were not in effect until after the BDC Conversion. Furthermore, our debt agreements, described in further detail below, were not in place for the full year ended December 31, 2012.

Net Realized and Unrealized Gains or Losses on Investments

There were no realized gains or losses for the year ended December 31, 2013. We incurred realized losses of $2.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. These losses were attributable primarily to assets distributed to the members of WhiteHorse Finance, LLC prior to the completion of the BDC Conversion.

For the year ended December 31, 2013, we incurred net unrealized depreciation of approximately $0.3 million, due to net negative credit-related adjustments which caused a decrease in fair value and the reversal of unrealized appreciation or depreciation on investments disposed of during the year.

For the year ended December 31, 2012, we experienced net unrealized appreciation of approximately $0.1 million due to net positive credit related adjustments which caused an increase in fair value and the reversal of unrealized appreciation or depreciation on investments disposed of during the year.

53


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Financial Condition, Liquidity and Capital Resources

As a business development company, we distribute substantially all of our net income to our stockholders. We generate cash primarily from offerings of securities, the Credit Facility and cash flows from operations, including interest earned from the temporary investment of cash in U.S. government securities and other high-quality debt investments that mature in one year or less. Any decision to sell shares below the then-current net asset value per share of our common stock is subject to stockholder approval and a determination by our board of directors that such issuance and sale is in our and our stockholders’ best interests. Any sale or other issuance of shares of our common stock at a price below net asset value per share results in immediate dilution to our stockholders’ interests in our common stock and a reduction in our net asset value per share.

We expect to fund a portion of our investments through future borrowings under the Credit Facility. In the future, we may obtain borrowings under other credit facilities and from issuances of senior securities. We may also borrow funds to the extent we determine that additional capital would allow us to take advantage of additional investment opportunities, if the market for debt financing presents attractively priced debt financing opportunities or if our board of directors determines that leveraging our portfolio would be in our best interest and the best interests of our stockholders.

We generally are required to meet an asset coverage ratio of total assets to total borrowings and other senior securities, which include all of our borrowings and any preferred stock that we may issue in the future, of at least 200%. If this ratio declines below 200%, we cannot incur additional debt and could be required to sell a portion of our investments to repay some debt when it is disadvantageous to do so. This could have a material adverse effect on our operations, and we may not be able to make distributions. The amount of leverage that we employ will depend on our Investment Adviser’s and our board of directors’ assessment of market and other factors at the time of any proposed borrowing. We cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain credit at all or on terms acceptable to us. We may also borrow amounts up to 5% of the value of our total assets for temporary or emergency purposes without regard to asset coverage.

Restricted cash and cash equivalents include amounts that are collected and held by the trustee appointed as custodian of the assets securing the Credit Facility. Restricted cash is held by the trustee for the payment of interest expense and principal on the outstanding borrowings or reinvestment into new assets. Restricted cash that represents interest or fee income is transferred to unrestricted cash accounts by the trustee once a quarter after the payment of operating expenses and amounts due under the Credit Facility.

Comparison of the Three Months Ended March 31, 2014 and March 31, 2013

Our operating activities used cash and cash equivalents of approximately $36.9 million during the three months ended March 31, 2014, primarily for the net acquisitions of investments. Our financing activities used cash and cash equivalents of approximately $30.2 million during the three months ended March 31, 2014, primarily for the repayment of borrowings under the Credit Facility and the payment of distributions to stockholders.

Our operating activities used cash and cash equivalents of approximately $17.9 million during the three months ended March 31, 2013, primarily for the net acquisitions of investments. Our financing activities used cash and cash equivalents of approximately $1.6 million during the three months ended March 31, 2013, primarily for the payment of distributions to stockholders.

As of March 31, 2014, we had cash and cash equivalents resources of approximately $40.2 million, including approximately $14.4 million of restricted cash. As of the same date, we had approximately $150.0 million available to be drawn based on the collateral and portfolio quality requirements stipulated in the related credit and security agreement.

As of March 31, 2013, we had cash and cash equivalents resources of approximately $137.7 million, including approximately $1.1 million of restricted cash. As of the same date, we had approximately $98.7 million undrawn under the Credit Facility, of which approximately $13.7 million was available to be drawn based on the collateral and portfolio quality requirements stipulated in the related credit and security agreement.

54


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012

Our operating activities used cash and cash equivalents of approximately $13.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2013, primarily for the net acquisitions of investments. Our financing activities used cash and cash equivalents of approximately $49.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2013, primarily for the repayment of borrowings under the Credit Facility and the payment of distributions to stockholders.

Our operating activities provided cash and cash equivalents of approximately $31.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2012, primarily from the net disposition of investments. Our financing activities provided cash and cash equivalents of approximately $124.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2012, primarily from borrowings under the Credit Facility.

As of December 31, 2013, we had cash and cash equivalents resources of approximately $96.0 million, including approximately $3.1 million of restricted cash. As of the same date, we had approximately $125.0 million undrawn under the Credit Facility, of which approximately $95.0 million was available to be drawn based on the collateral and portfolio quality requirements stipulated in the related credit and security agreement.

As of December 31, 2012, we had cash and cash equivalents resources of approximately $187.8 million, including approximately $31.6 million of restricted cash. As of the same date, we had approximately $98.7 million undrawn under the Credit Facility, of which approximately $4.5 million was available to be drawn based on the collateral and portfolio quality requirements stipulated in the related credit and security agreement.

We monitor and, to the extent practicable, intend to maintain a leverage ratio that is consistent with the leverage ratio maintained by other listed business development companies.

Credit Facility

On September 27, 2012, our wholly owned subsidiary, WhiteHorse Warehouse, entered into the $150 million secured revolving Credit Facility with an asset-backed commercial paper conduit, for which Natixis, New York Branch, provides liquidity support, to finance the business of WhiteHorse Warehouse in acquiring, managing and financing loans consistent with our investment strategy. As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 and 2012, we had zero, approximately $25.0 million and approximately $51.3 million, respectively, in outstanding borrowings under the Credit Facility and, based on the collateral and portfolio requirements stipulated in the Credit Facility agreement, approximately $150.0 million, approximately $95.0 million and approximately $4.5 million, respectively, were available to be drawn on such dates. The Credit Facility is secured by all of the assets of WhiteHorse Warehouse, which included loans with a fair value of approximately $216.3 million, approximately $206.8 million and approximately $144.1 million as of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

The Credit Facility includes customary events of default for credit facilities of this nature, including breaches of representations, warranties or covenants by WhiteHorse Warehouse or by us, insolvency events affecting WhiteHorse Warehouse or us, the occurrence of a change in control, failure to maintain certain overcollateralization ratios required under the Credit Facility, if we or an approved affiliate or successor collateral manager cease to act as collateral manager, if we or one of our executive officers commits fraud or is indicted for a felony with respect to the Credit Facility or if we, one of our investment advisory affiliates or any of their respective executive officers commits fraud or is indicted for a felony in the performance of similar investment advisory services for others.

All amounts outstanding under the Credit Facility are scheduled to mature on September 27, 2020. Other than as described below in this paragraph, each loan made under the Credit Facility bears interest at an applicable commercial paper rate plus 2.25% (if the lender is a commercial conduit which has funded the loan through the issuance of commercial paper) or at LIBOR plus 2.75% (if the lender is not a commercial paper conduit or has not otherwise funded the loan through the issuance of commercial paper). We also incur a commitment fee of 1.00% per annum on any undrawn balance. Our ability to draw under the Credit Facility is scheduled to terminate 24 months after the closing date of the Credit Facility. At the expiration of the reinvestment period on September 27, 2014, the interest rate on borrowings under the Credit Facility will increase by 0.50%. Following an event of default, the interest rate applicable on obligations under the Credit

55


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Facility that are not paid when due will increase by 2.00% per annum. If the commercial paper rate or LIBOR cannot be determined or it is illegal for a lender to charge such rate, then the interest rate applicable under the Credit Facility will be a base rate equal to the highest of the prime rate as announced in The Wall Street Journal, the federal funds rate plus 0.50% or a specified LIBOR, in each case as defined in the Credit Facility.

If we fail to perform our obligations under the Credit Facility or the related loan sale agreement and collateral management agreement, an event of default may occur under the Credit Facility, which could cause the Lender to accelerate all of the outstanding debt and other obligations under the Credit Facility or to exercise other remedies under the Credit Facility. Any such developments could have a material adverse effect on our financial conditions and results of operations. In anticipation of the expiration of the reinvestment period under the Credit Facility on September 27, 2014, we are discussing refinancing options with the lender and other prospective lenders.

If any of our contractual obligations discussed above is terminated, our costs under new agreements that we enter into may increase. In addition, we will likely incur significant time and expense in locating alternative parties to provide the services we expect to receive under our Investment Advisory Agreement and our Administration Agreement. Any new investment management agreement would also be subject to approval by our stockholders.

Senior Notes

On July 23, 2013, we completed a public offering of $30.0 million of aggregate principal amount of the Senior Notes, 6.50% senior notes due 2020, the net proceeds of which were used to reduce outstanding obligations under our unsecured term loan. Interest on the Senior Notes is paid quarterly on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31, at an annual rate of 6.50%. The Senior Notes mature on July 31, 2020. The Senior Notes are our direct senior unsecured obligations, rank senior to our unsecured term loan and are structurally subordinate to borrowings under the Credit Facility. The Senior Notes are listed on The NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “WHFBL”.

Unsecured Term Loan

On November 8, 2012, we entered into a $90 million unsecured term loan agreement with Citibank, N.A., as the sole lead arranger, and H.I.G. Bayside Loan Opportunity Fund II, L.P., or Loan Fund II, as guarantor. On July 9, 2013, we amended the terms of its unsecured term loan to subordinate the unsecured term loan to the Senior Notes (as defined below). On July 19, 2013, we further amended the terms of the unsecured term loan to lower the annual interest rate from LIBOR plus 2.75% to LIBOR plus 2.20%. The amendment also extended the maturity date by one year to July 3, 2015. On July 24, 2013, we repaid $35 million of our original borrowings. Under the terms of the amended unsecured term loan, with respect to which we pledged no collateral to the lenders, we are required to pay interest monthly at the annual rate, except at our option and under certain other circumstances at one of several other interest rates. The unsecured term loan is subject to customary covenants and events of default, such as failure to pay the principal of, or interest on, the unsecured term loan, certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization occur or a payment default under certain of our other debt obligations. The unsecured term loan includes customary restrictions that limit our ability to pay dividends under certain circumstances, to merge with another entity unless we are the surviving entity following the merger and to amend our organizational documents. Loan Fund II has guaranteed our obligation to make payments under the unsecured term loan. Loan Fund II, as the guarantor of the unsecured term loan, has the right to require the lenders to assign the loan to it under certain circumstances. We are permitted to prepay amounts outstanding under the unsecured term loan in whole or in part without penalty.

Distributions

During the three months ended March 31, 2014 and the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, we declared distributions of $0.355, $1.42 and $0.108 per share, respectively, for total distributions of $5.3 million, $21.3 million and $1.6 million. Prior to the BDC Conversion, we did not have common shares outstanding. We monitor available net investment income to determine if a return of capital for taxation purposes may occur for the fiscal year.

56


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

To the extent our taxable earnings fall below the total amount of our distributions for any given fiscal year, a portion of those distributions may be deemed to be a return of capital to our common stockholders. During the three months ended March 31, 2014, distributions to stockholders included a return of capital for tax purposes, which we estimate to be approximately $1.3 million, based on current earnings for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2014. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, distributions to stockholders did not include a return of capital for tax purposes. The specific tax characteristics of each distribution are reported to stockholders on Form 1099-DIV after the end of each calendar year. Stockholders should read any written disclosure accompanying a distribution payment carefully and should not assume that the source of any distribution is our ordinary income or gains.

Portfolio Investments and Yield

As of March 31, 2014, our investment portfolio consisted of senior secured loans across 23 positions with an aggregate fair value of approximately $286.9 million and a principal balance outstanding of approximately $289.0 million. As of that date, the majority of our portfolio was comprised of senior secured loans to small-cap borrowers and consisted of approximately 89.8% variable-rate investments (indexed to LIBOR), which we believe positions our portfolio well for a potential rising interest rate environment. As of March 31, 2014, our portfolio had an average investment size of approximately $12.5 million, with investment sizes ranging from $1.0 million to $35.0 million and a weighted average cash yield of 10.8%.

As of March 31, 2013, our investment portfolio consisted of senior secured loans across 14 positions with an aggregate fair value of approximately $233.2 million and a principal balance outstanding of approximately $235.2 million. As of that date, the majority of our portfolio was comprised of senior secured loans to small-cap borrowers. As of March 31, 2013, our portfolio had an average investment size of $16.8 million, with investment sizes ranging from $1.0 million to $60.9 million and a weighted average cash yield of 14.6%.

As of December 31, 2013, our investment portfolio consisted of senior secured loans across 21 positions with an aggregate fair value of approximately $272.4 million and a principal balance outstanding of approximately $276.8 million. As of that date, the majority of our portfolio was comprised of senior secured loans to small-cap borrowers and consisted of approximately 88.4% variable-rate investments (indexed to LIBOR). As of December 31, 2013, our portfolio had an average investment size of approximately $13.0 million, with investment sizes ranging from $1.0 million to $33.6 million and a weighted average cash yield of 10.9%.

As of December 31, 2012, our investment portfolio consisted of senior secured loans across eight positions with an aggregate fair value of approximately $180.5 million and a principal balance outstanding of approximately $181.6 million. As of that date, the majority of our portfolio was comprised of senior secured loans to small-cap borrowers and consisted of 73.1% variable-rate investments (indexed to LIBOR). As of December 31, 2012, our portfolio had an average investment size of $22.6 million, with investment sizes ranging from $1.4 million to $60.9 million and a weighted average cash yield of 14.2%.

For the three months ended March 31, 2014, WhiteHorse Finance invested approximately $16.6 million in new and existing portfolio companies, offset by net repayments of approximately $5.1 million. Gross repayments were comprised entirely of scheduled repayments. WhiteHorse Finance invested approximately $16.6 million across three companies. In the first quarter ended March 31, 2014 and continuing into the current quarter, we have experienced deal flow at reasonable pricing levels.

For the year ended December 31, 2013, WhiteHorse Finance invested approximately $205.7 million in new and existing portfolio companies, offset by net repayments of approximately $115.9 million. Net repayments consisted of gross repayments of approximately $169.5 million, less approximately $53.6 million redeployed in new facilities at some of those same companies through refinancing activity. Gross repayments included approximately $46.1 million related to those refinancings, approximately $17.5 million of scheduled repayments and approximately $105.9 million of unscheduled repayments. On a gross basis, ignoring the impact of refinancings, WhiteHorse Finance invested approximately $259.2 million in 19 companies.

We actively monitor and manage our portfolio with regard to individual company performance as well as general market conditions. Investment decisions on new originations generally include an analysis of the

57


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

impact of the new loan on our broader portfolio, including a “top-down” assessment of portfolio diversification and risk exposure. This assessment includes a review of portfolio concentration by issuer, industry, geography and type of credit as well as an evaluation of our portfolio’s exposure to macroeconomic factors and cyclical trends.

We believe that consistent, active monitoring of individual companies and the broader market is integral to portfolio management and a critical component of our investment process. Our Investment Adviser uses several methods to evaluate and monitor the performance and fair value of our investments, which may include the following:

frequent discussions with management and sponsors, including board observation rights where possible;
comparing/analyzing financial performance to the portfolio company’s business plan, as well as our internal projections developed at underwriting;
tracking portfolio company compliance with covenants as well as other metrics identified at initial investment stage, such as acquisitions, divestitures, product development and specified management hires; and
periodic review by the investment committee of each asset in the portfolio and more rigorous monitoring of “watch list” positions.

As part of the monitoring process, our Investment Adviser regularly assesses the risk profile of each of our investments and, on a quarterly basis, grades each investment on a risk scale of 1 to 5. This risk rating system is intended to identify and assess risks relative to when we initially made the investment and could be impacted by such factors as company-specific performance, changes in collateral, changes in potential exit opportunities or macroeconomic conditions.

All investments are initially assigned a rating of 2, as this grade represents a company that is meeting initial expectations with regard to performance and outlook. A rating may be improved to a 1 if, in the opinion of our Investment Adviser, a portfolio company’s risk of loss has been reduced relative to initial expectations. An investment will be assigned a rating of 3 if the risk of loss has increased relative to initial expectations and will be assigned a rating of 4 if our investment principal is at a material risk of not being fully repaid. A rating of 5 indicates an investment is in payment default and has significant risk of not receiving full repayment.

The following table shows the distribution of our investments on the 1 to 5 investment performance rating scale at fair value as of March 31, 2014, December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012:

           
  March 31, 2014   December 31, 2013   December 31, 2012
Investment Performance Rating   Investments at Fair Value
(In Millions)
  Percentage of Total Portfolio   Investments at Fair Value
(In Millions)
  Percentage of Total Portfolio   Investments at Fair Value
(In Millions)
  Percentage of Total Portfolio
1   $ 19.4       6.8 %     $       0.0 %     $       0.0 %  
2     249.0       86.8       251.7       92.4       180.5       100.0  
3     18.5       6.4       20.7       7.6             0.0  
4           0.0             0.0             0.0  
5           0.0             0.0             0.0  
Total   $ 286.9       100.0 %     $ 272.4       100.0 %     $ 180.5       100.0 %  

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We may become a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of our business to meet the financial needs of our portfolio companies. These instruments may include commitments to extend credit and involve, elements of liquidity and credit risk in excess of the amount recognized on the statements of assets and liabilities. As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, we had commitments to fund approximately $1.7 million, $1.2 million and $1.1 million of revolving lines of credit or delayed draw facilities. During the three months ended March 31, 2014, we did not fund any

58


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

commitments that were outstanding as of December 31, 2013. During the year ended December 31, 2013, we funded commitments of approximately $1.1 million that were outstanding as of December 31, 2012.

Contractual Obligations

A summary of our significant contractual payment obligations as of March 31, 2014 is as follows:

         
  Payments Due by Period (Dollars in millions)
     Total   Less Than
1 Year
  1 – 3
Years
  3 – 5
Years
  More Than
5 Years
Senior notes     30.0                         30.0  
Unsecured term loan     55.0             55.0              
Total contractual obligations   $ 85.0     $     $ 55.0     $     $ 30.0  

As of March 31, 2014, we had approximately $150.0 million of unused borrowing capacity under the Credit Facility, all of which was available to be drawn.

We entered into the Investment Advisory Agreement with WhiteHorse Advisers in accordance with the 1940 Act. The Investment Advisory Agreement became effective upon the pricing of the IPO. Under the Investment Advisory Agreement, WhiteHorse Advisers manages our day-to-day investment operations and provides us with access to personnel and an investment committee and certain other resources so that we may fulfill our obligation to act as collateral manager of WhiteHorse Warehouse under the Credit Facility. Payments under the Investment Advisory Agreement in future periods will be equal to (1) a management fee equal to 2% of the value of our consolidated gross assets and (2) an incentive fee based on our performance. See “Item 1 — Business — Management Agreements — Investment Advisory Agreement.”

We also entered into the Administration Agreement with WhiteHorse Administration on December 4, 2012. Pursuant to the Administration Agreement, WhiteHorse Administration furnishes us with office facilities and administrative services necessary to conduct our day-to-day operations. WhiteHorse Administration also furnishes us with the resources necessary for us to act as collateral manager to WhiteHorse Warehouse under the Credit Facility. If requested to provide managerial assistance to our portfolio companies, WhiteHorse Administration will be paid an additional amount based on the services provided, which amount will not, in any case, exceed the amount we receive from the portfolio companies for such services. Payments under the Administration Agreement will be based upon our allocable portion of WhiteHorse Administration’s overhead expenses in performing its obligations under the Administration Agreement, including rent and our allocable portion of the costs of our chief compliance officer, chief financial officer and chief operating officer along with their respective staffs. See “Item 1 — Business — Management Agreements — Administration Agreement.”

Related Party Transactions

We have entered into a number of business relationships with affiliated or related parties, including the following:

WhiteHorse Advisers manages the day-to-day operations of, and provides investment management services to, us pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement.
WhiteHorse Administration provides us with the office facilities and administrative services, including access to the resources necessary for us to perform our obligations as collateral manager of WhiteHorse Warehouse under the Credit Facility, pursuant to the Administration Agreement.
We have entered into a license agreement with an affiliate of H.I.G. Capital pursuant to which we have been granted a non-exclusive, royalty-free license to use the “WhiteHorse” name.
Concurrent with the closing of our IPO, certain of our directors and officers, the managers of our Investment Adviser and their immediate family members or entities owned by, or family trusts for the benefit of, such persons, purchased an additional 472,673 shares through the Concurrent Private Placement for proceeds to us of approximately $7.1 million. We received the full proceeds from the sale of these shares, and no underwriting discounts or commissions were paid in respect of these shares.

WhiteHorse Advisers or its affiliates may have other clients with similar, different or competing investment objectives. In serving in these multiple capacities, WhiteHorse Advisers or its affiliates may have

59


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

obligations to other clients or investors in those entities, the fulfillment of which may not be in the best interests of us or our stockholders. As a result, WhiteHorse Advisers or its affiliates may face conflicts in the allocation of investment opportunities among us and other investment funds or accounts advised by or affiliated with WhiteHorse Advisers. WhiteHorse Advisers or its affiliates will seek to allocate investment opportunities among eligible accounts in a manner that is fair and equitable over time and consistent with its allocation policy. However, we can offer no assurance that such opportunities will be allocated to us fairly or equitably in the short-term or over time

We have adopted a formal code of ethics that governs the conduct of our and our Investment Adviser’s officers, directors and employees. Our officers and directors also remain subject to the duties imposed by both the 1940 Act and the DGCL.

Critical Accounting Policies

The preparation of our financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. Changes in the economic environment, financial markets and any other parameters used in determining such estimates could cause actual results to differ. We have identified the following as critical accounting policies.

Basis for Consolidation

Under the investment company rules and regulations pursuant to the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Audit and Accounting Guide for Investment Companies, codified in Topic 946, Financial Services-Investment Companies, or ASC Topic 946, we are precluded from consolidating any entity other than another investment company. We generally consolidate any investment company when we own 100% of its partners’ or members’ capital or equity units. ASC Topic 946 also provides an exception to the aforementioned if the investment company has an investment in a controlled operating company that provides substantially all of its services to the investment company. We own a 100% equity interest in WhiteHorse Warehouse, which is deemed to be an investment company. As such, we have consolidated the accounts of WhiteHorse Warehouse into our financial statements.

Valuation of Portfolio Investments

We value our investments in accordance with ASC Topic 820 —  Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures . ASC Topic 820 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosures about assets and liabilities measured at fair value. ASC Topic 820’s definition of fair value focuses on exit price in the principal, or most advantageous, market and prioritizes the use of market-based inputs over entity-specific inputs within a measurement of fair value.

Our portfolio consists primarily of debt investments. These investments are valued at their bid quotations obtained from unaffiliated market makers or other financial institutions that trade in similar investments or based on prices provided by independent third party pricing services. For investments where there are no available bid quotations, fair value is derived using proprietary models that consider the analyses of independent valuation agents as well as credit risk, liquidity, market credit spreads and other applicable factors for similar transactions.

Due to the nature of our strategy, our portfolio includes relatively illiquid investments that are privately held. Valuations of privately held investments are inherently uncertain, may fluctuate over short periods of time and may be based on estimates. The determination of fair value may differ materially from the values that would have been used if a ready market for these investments existed. Our net asset value could be materially affected if the determinations regarding the fair value of our investments were materially higher or lower than the values that we ultimately realize upon the disposal of such investments.

Our board of directors is ultimately and solely responsible for determining the fair value of the portfolio investments that are not publicly traded, whose market prices are not readily available on a quarterly basis in good faith or any other situation where portfolio investments require a fair value determination.

The valuation process is conducted at the end of each fiscal quarter, with a portion of our valuations of portfolio companies without market quotations subject to review by one or more independent valuation firms

60


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

each quarter. When an external event occurs with respect to one of our portfolio companies, such as a purchase transaction, public offering or subsequent equity sale occurs, we expect to use the pricing indicated by such external event to corroborate our valuation.

With respect to investments for which market quotations are not readily available, our board of directors undertakes a multi-step valuation process each quarter, as described below:

Our quarterly valuation process begins with each portfolio company or investment being initially valued by investment professionals of our Investment Adviser responsible for credit monitoring.
Preliminary valuation conclusions are then documented and discussed with our investment committee and our Investment Adviser.
The audit committee of the board of directors reviews these preliminary valuations.
At least once annually, the valuation for each portfolio investment is reviewed by an independent valuation firm.
The board of directors discusses valuations and determines the fair value of each investment in our portfolio in good faith.

Fair value is the price that would be received in the sale of an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Where available, fair value is based on observable market prices or parameters, or derived from such prices or parameters. Where observable prices or inputs are not available, valuation models are applied. These valuation models involve some level of management estimation and judgment, the degree of which is dependent on the price transparency for the instruments or market and the instruments’ complexity. Our fair value analysis includes an analysis of the value of any unfunded loan commitments. Financial investments recorded at fair value in the consolidated financial statements are categorized for disclosure purposes based upon the level of judgment associated with the inputs used to measure their value. The valuation hierarchical levels are based upon the transparency of the inputs to the valuation of the investment as of the measurement date. The three levels are defined as follows:

Level 1: Quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active public markets that the entity has the ability to access as of the measurement date.
Level 2: Significant other observable inputs other than Level 1 prices such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.
Level 3: Significant unobservable inputs that reflect a reporting entity’s own assumptions about what market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.

In certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In such cases, a financial instrument’s categorization within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. Our assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment, and considers factors specific to the financial instrument.

Fair value for each investment is derived using a combination of valuation methodologies that, in the judgment of the investment committee of the Investment Adviser are most relevant to such investment, including being based on one or more of the following: (i) market prices obtained from market makers for which the investment committee has deemed there to be enough breadth (number of quotes) and depth (firm bids) to be indicative of fair value, (ii) the price paid or realized in a completed transaction or binding offer received in an arms’-length transaction, (iii) a discounted cash flow analysis, (iv) the guideline public company method, (v) the similar transaction method or (vi) the option pricing method.

Investment Transactions and Related Investment Income and Expense

We record our investment transactions on a trade date basis, which is the date when we have determined that all material terms have been defined for the transactions. These transactions could possibly settle on a subsequent date depending on the transaction type. All related revenue and expenses attributable to these

61


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

transactions are reflected on our consolidated statement of operations commencing on the trade date unless otherwise specified by the transaction documents. Realized gains and losses on investment transactions are recorded on the specific identification method.

We accrue interest income if we expect that ultimately we will be able to collect it. Generally, when an interest payment default occurs on a loan in our portfolio, or if our management otherwise believes that the issuer of the loan will not be able to service the loan and other obligations, we place the loan on non-accrual status and will cease recognizing interest income on that loan until all principal and interest is current through payment or until a restructuring occurs, such that the interest income is deemed to be collectible. However, we remain contractually entitled to this interest. We may make exceptions to this policy if the loan has sufficient collateral value and is in the process of collection. Accrued interest is written off when it becomes probable that such interest will not be collected and the amount of uncollectible interest can be reasonably estimated. Any original issue discounts, as well as any other purchase discounts or premiums on debt investments, are accreted or amortized to interest income or expense, respectively, over the maturity periods of the investments.

Interest expense is recorded on an accrual basis. Certain expenses related to legal and tax consultation, due diligence, rating fees, valuation expenses and independent collateral appraisals may arise when we make certain investments. These expenses are recognized in the consolidated statement of operations as they are incurred.

Loan Origination, Facility, Commitment and Amendment Fees

We may receive fees in addition to interest income from the loans during the life of the investment. We may receive origination fees upon the origination of an investment. We defer these origination fees and deduct them from the cost basis of the investment and subsequently accrete them into income over the term of the loan. We may receive facility, commitment and amendment fees, which are paid to us on an ongoing basis. We accrue facility fees, sometimes referred to as asset management fees, as a percentage periodic fee on the base amount (either the funded facility amount or the committed principal amount). Commitment fees are based upon the undrawn portion committed by us and we record them on an accrual basis. Amendment fees are paid in connection with loan amendments and waivers and we account for them upon completion of the amendments or waivers, generally when such fees are receivable. We include any such fees in interest income on the consolidated statement of operations.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

During June 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2013-08, Financial Services — Investment Companies (Topic 946): Amendments to the Scope, Measurement and Disclosure Requirements (“ASU 2013-08”), containing new guidance on assessing whether an entity is an investment company, requiring non-controlling ownership interests in investment companies to be measured at fair value and requiring certain additional disclosures. This guidance is effective for annual and interim periods beginning on or after December 15, 2013. The adoption of ASU 2013-08 did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial position or disclosures.

Distributions

Dividends and distributions to common stockholders are recorded on the ex-dividend date. Quarterly distribution payments are determined by the board of directors and are paid from taxable earnings estimated by management and may include a return of capital and/or capital gains. Net realized capital gains, if any, are distributed at least annually, although we may decide to retain such capital gains for investment.

We have adopted and maintain an “opt out” a dividend reinvestment plan that provides for reinvestment of our dividends and other distributions on behalf of our stockholders, unless a stockholder elects to receive cash as provided below. As a result, if the board of directors authorizes, and we declare, a cash dividend or other distribution, then our stockholders who have not “opted out” of our dividend reinvestment plan will have their cash distribution automatically reinvested in additional shares of our common stock acquired by AST through open-market purchases, rather than receiving the cash distribution. No new shares were issued to fulfill the dividend reinvestment.

No action is required on the part of a registered stockholder to have their cash dividend or other distribution reinvested in shares of our common stock. A registered stockholder may elect to receive an entire

62


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

distribution in cash by notifying American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, the plan administrator and our transfer agent and registrar, in writing so that such notice is received by the plan administrator no later than the record date for distributions to stockholders. The plan administrator will set up an account for shares acquired through the plan for each stockholder who has not elected to receive dividends or other distributions in cash and hold such shares in non-certificated form. Upon request by a stockholder participating in the plan, received in writing not less than 10 days prior to the record date, the plan administrator will, instead of crediting shares to the participant’s account, issue a certificate registered in the participant’s name for the number of whole shares of our common stock and a check for any fractional share. The plan administrator is authorized to deduct a $15.00 transaction fee plus a $0.10 per share brokerage commission from the proceeds of the sale of any fractional share of common stock.

Stockholders who receive dividends and other distributions in the form of stock are subject to the same U.S. federal, state and local tax consequences as are stockholders who elect to receive their distributions in cash. Stockholders participating in our dividend reinvestment plan will not receive any corresponding cash distributions with which to pay any such applicable taxes. A stockholder’s basis for determining gain or loss upon the sale of stock received in a dividend or other distribution from us will be equal to the total dollar amount of the dividend or other distribution payable to the stockholder. Any stock received in a dividend or other distribution will have a new holding period for tax purposes commencing on the day following the day on which the shares are credited to the U.S. stockholder’s account.

Participants may terminate their accounts under the plan by notifying the plan administrator via its website at www.amstock.com , by filling out the transaction request form located at bottom of their statement and sending it to the plan administrator of the address below. Such termination will be effective immediately if the participant’s notice is received by the plan administrator at least three days prior to any payment date; otherwise, such termination will be effective only with respect to any subsequent dividend or other distribution.

The plan may be terminated by us upon notice in writing mailed to each participant at least 30 days prior to any record date for the payment of any dividend by us. All correspondence concerning the plan should be directed to the plan administrator by mail at American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, P.O. Box 922, Wall Street Station, New York, New York 10269, or by the Plan Administrator’s Interactive Voice Response System at: 1-888-777-0320.

Those stockholders whose shares are held by a broker or other financial intermediary may receive dividends and other distributions in cash by notifying their broker or other financial intermediary of their election.

Income Tax

As a business development company, we elected to be treated as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code for the period beginning with commencing with the fiscal period ended December 31, 2012, and intend to qualify thereafter.

We comply with all RIC qualification provisions contained in the Code including certain source-of-income and asset diversification requirements as well as the annual distribution requirements to our stockholders requiring distributions of an amount at least equal to 90% of “investment company taxable income.” “Investment company taxable income” is generally defined as net ordinary income plus the excess of realized net short-term capital gains over realized net long-term capital losses. As a RIC, we do not have to pay corporate-level U.S. federal income taxes on any net ordinary income or capital gains that we distribute to our stockholders in a timely manner. However, we are subject to U.S. federal income taxes at regular corporate tax rates on any net ordinary income or net capital gain not distributed to our stockholders assuming an amount at least equal to 90% of our investment company taxable income is annually distributed.

We may choose to retain net capital gains or any investment company taxable income, and pay the associated U.S. federal corporate income tax, including a 4% nondeductible U.S. federal excise tax. We expect to make sufficient distributions to avoid being subject to any U.S. federal excise tax.

63


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

We are subject to financial market risks, including changes in interest rates. During the period covered by our financial statements, many of the loans in our portfolio had floating interest rates, and we expect that many of our loans to portfolio companies in the future will also have floating interest rates. These loans are usually based on a floating rate based on LIBOR that resets quarterly to the applicable LIBOR. Interest rate fluctuations may have a substantial negative impact on our investments, the value of our common stock and our rate of return on invested capital. Since we plan to use debt to finance investments, our net investment income will depend, in part, upon the difference between the rate at which we borrow funds and the rate at which we invest those funds. As a result, we can offer no assurance that a significant change in market interest rates will not have a material adverse effect on our net investment income.

Assuming that the consolidated statement of financial condition as of March 31, 2014 were to remain constant and that we took no actions to alter our existing interest rate sensitivity, the following table shows the annualized impact of hypothetical base rate changes in interest rates.

     
Basis point increase   Increase in Interest Income   Increase in Interest Expense   Net Increase (Decrease)
100   $ 311     $ 550     $ (239 )  
200     2,442       1,100       1,342  
300     5,019       1,650       3,369  
400     7,595       2,200       5,395  
500     10,172       2,750       7,422  

As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, each of the floating rate investments in our portfolio had an interest rate floor. Variable-rate investments subject to a floor generally reset periodically to the applicable floor and, in the case of investments in our portfolio, quarterly to a floor based on LIBOR, only if the floor exceeds the index. Under these loans, we do not benefit from increases in interest rates until such rates exceed the floor and thereafter benefit from market rates above any such floor.

Although management believes that this analysis is indicative of our existing sensitivity to interest rate changes, it does not adjust for changes in the credit markets, the size, credit quality or composition of the assets in our portfolio and other business developments, including borrowing, that could affect net increase in net assets resulting from operations or net income. It also does not adjust for the effect of the time-lag between a change in the relevant interest rate index and the rate adjustment under the applicable loan. Accordingly, we can offer no assurances that actual results would not differ materially from the statement above.

We may in the future hedge against interest rate fluctuations by using standard hedging instruments such as futures, options and forward contracts to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act and applicable commodities laws. While hedging activities may insulate us against adverse changes in interest rates, they may also limit our ability to participate in the benefits of lower interest rates with respect to the investments in our portfolio with fixed interest rates.

64


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PRICE RANGE OF COMMON STOCK

Our common stock began trading on December 5, 2012 and is currently traded on The NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “WHF.” The following table sets forth, for each fiscal quarter from December 5, 2012 to March 31, 2014, the NAV per share of our common stock, the high and low closing sales price for our common stock, such closing sales price as a premium or discount to our NAV per share and quarterly distributions per share.

           
    Closing Sales Price   Premium (Discount) of High Sales Price to NAV (2)   Discount of Low Sales Price to NAV (2)   Declared Distributions
Period   NAV (1)   High   Low
Fiscal year ending December 31, 2014
                                                     
Second Quarter (through May 29, 2014)     N/A     $ 14.10     $ 13.11       N/A       N/A     $ 0.355  
First Quarter   $ 15.23     $ 15.17     $ 14.02       (0.4 )%       (7.9 )%       0.355  
Fiscal year ended December 31, 2013
                                                     
Fourth Quarter   $ 15.16     $ 15.74     $ 14.63       3.8 %       (3.5 )%     $ 0.355  
Third Quarter     15.09       15.85       14.71       5.0       (2.5 )       0.355  
Second Quarter     15.04       15.99       14.35       6.3       (4.6 )       0.355  
First Quarter     15.18       15.83       14.71       4.3       (3.1 )       0.355  
Fiscal year ended December 31, 2012
                                                     
Fourth Quarter (3)   $ 15.30     $ 14.81     $ 13.90       (3.2 )%       (9.2 )%     $ 0.108  

(1) NAV per share is determined as of the last day in the relevant quarter and therefore may not reflect the NAV per share on the date of the high and low sales prices. The NAV shown is based on outstanding shares at the end of the period.
(2) Calculated as of the respective high or low closing sales price divided by the quarter end NAV.
(3) From December 5, 2012 to December 31, 2012.

Shares of business development companies may trade at a market price that is less than the value of the net assets attributable to those shares. The possibility that our shares of common stock will trade at a discount or premium to NAV is separate and distinct from the risk that our NAV will decrease.

The last reported closing market price of our common stock on May 29, 2014 was $13.79 per share. As of May 29, 2014, we had 15 stockholders of record.

65


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SALES OF COMMON STOCK BELOW NET ASSET VALUE

Our stockholders may approve our ability to sell shares of our common stock below our then-current NAV per share in one or more public offerings of our common stock. In making a determination that an offering below NAV per share is in our and our stockholders’ best interests, our board of directors, a majority of our directors who have no financial interest in the sale and a majority of our independent directors considered a variety of factors, including:

The effect that an offering below NAV per share would have on our stockholders, including the potential dilution they would experience as a result of the offering;
The amount per share by which the offering price per share and the net proceeds per share are less than the most recently determined NAV per share;
The relationship of recent market prices of our common stock to NAV per share and the potential impact of the offering on the market price per share of our common stock;
Whether the estimated offering price would closely approximate the market value of our shares, less distributing commissions or discounts, and would not be below current market price;
The potential market impact of being able to raise capital in the current financial market;
The nature of any new investors anticipated to acquire shares in the offering;
The anticipated rate of return on and quality, type and availability of investments;
The leverage available to us, both before and after the offering and other borrowing terms; and
The potential investment opportunities available relative to the potential dilutive effect of additional capital at the time of the offering.

Our board of directors will also consider the fact that a sale of shares of common stock at a discount will benefit our Investment Adviser, as the Investment Adviser will earn additional investment management fees on the proceeds of such offerings, as it would from the offering of any other securities of WhiteHorse Finance or from the offering of common stock at premium to NAV per share.

Sales by us of our common stock at a discount from NAV pose potential risks for our existing stockholders whether or not they participate in the offering, as well as for new investors who participate in the offering.

We will not seek to sell shares under a prospectus supplement to the registration statement, or a post-effective amendment to the registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part (the “current registration statement”) if the cumulative dilution to our NAV per share arising from offerings from the effective date of the current registration statement through and including any follow-on offering would exceed 15% based on the anticipated pricing of such follow-on offering. This limit would be measured separately for each offering pursuant to the current registration statement by calculating the percentage dilution or accretion to aggregate NAV from that offering and then summing the anticipated percentage dilution from each subsequent offering.

For example, if our most recently determined NAV per share at the time of the first offering is $10.00, and we have 100 million shares outstanding, the sale of an additional 25 million shares at net proceeds to us of $5.00 per share (a 50% discount) would produce dilution of 10.0%.

If we subsequently determined that our NAV per share increased to $11.00 on the then outstanding 125 million shares and contemplated an additional offering, we could, for example, propose to sell approximately 31.25 million additional shares at a price that would be expected to yield net proceeds to us of $8.25 per share, resulting in incremental dilution of 5.0%, before we would reach the aggregate 15% limit. If we file a new post-effective amendment, the threshold would reset.

The following three headings and accompanying tables explain and provide hypothetical examples assuming proceeds are temporarily invested in cash equivalents on the impact of an offering at a price less than NAV per share on three different sets of investors:

existing stockholders who do not purchase any shares in the offering;

66


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

existing stockholders who purchase a relatively small amount of shares in the offering or a relatively large amount of shares in the offering; and
new investors who become stockholders by purchasing shares in the offering.

Impact on Existing Stockholders who do not Participate in the Offering

Our existing stockholders who do not participate, or who are not given the opportunity to participate, in an offering below NAV per share or who do not buy additional shares in the secondary market at the same or lower price we obtain in the offering (after underwriting discounts and commissions) face the greatest potential risks. All stockholders will experience an immediate decrease (often called dilution) in the NAV of the shares they hold. Stockholders who do not participate in the offering will also experience a disproportionately greater decrease in their participation in our earnings and assets and their voting power than stockholders who do participate in the offering. All stockholders may also experience a decline in the market price of their shares, which often reflects, to some degree, announced or potential increases and decreases in NAV per share. This decrease could be more pronounced as the size of the offering and level of discounts increase.

The following examples illustrate the level of NAV dilution that would be experienced by a nonparticipating stockholder in three different hypothetical common stock offerings of different sizes and levels of discount from NAV per share, although it is not possible to predict the level of market price decline that may occur. Actual sales prices and discounts may differ from the presentation below.

The examples assume that Company XYZ has 1,000,000 shares of common stock outstanding, $15.0 million in total assets and $5.0 million in total liabilities. The current NAV and NAV per share are thus $10.0 million and $10.00, respectively. The table below illustrates the dilutive effect on nonparticipating Stockholder A of (1) an offering of 50,000 shares (5% of the outstanding shares) at $9.50 per share after offering expenses and commissions (a 5% discount from NAV); (2) an offering of 100,000 shares (10% of the outstanding shares) at $9.00 per share after offering expenses and commissions (a 10% discount from NAV); and (3) an offering of 250,000 shares (25% of the outstanding shares) at $7.50 per share after offering expenses and commissions (a 25% discount from NAV).

             
    Example 1
5% Offering
at 5% Discount
  Example 2
10% Offering
at 10% Discount
  Example 3
25% Offering
at 25% Discount
     Prior to Sale Below NAV   Following
Sale
  %
Change
  Following
Sale
  %
Change
  Following
Sale
  %
Change
Offering Price
                                                              
Price per share to public         $ 10.00           $ 9.47           $ 7.89        
Net offering proceeds per share to issuer         $ 9.50           $ 9.00           $ 7.50        
Decrease to Net Asset Value
                                                              
Total shares outstanding     1,000,000       1,050,000       5.00 %       1,100,000       10.00 %       1,250,000       25.00 %  
NAV per share   $ 10.00     $ 9.98       (0.20 )%     $ 9.91       (0.90 )%     $ 9.50       (5.00 )%  
Dilution to Stockholder A
                                                              
Shares held by Stockholder A     10,000       10,000             10,000             10,000        
Percentage held by Stockholder A     1.0 %       0.95 %       (5.00 )%       0.91 %       (9.00 )%       0.80 %       (20.00 )%  
Total Asset Values
                                                              
Total NAV held by Stockholder A   $ 100,000     $ 99,800       (0.20 )%     $ 99,100       (0.90 )%     $ 95,000       (5.00 )%  
Total investment by Stockholder A
(assumed to be $10.00 per share)
  $ 100,000     $ 100,000           $ 100,000           $ 100,000        
Total dilution to Stockholder A
(total NAV less total investment)
        $ (200 )           $ (900 )           $ (5,000 )        
Per Share Amounts
                                                              
NAV per share held by Stockholder A         $ 9.98           $ 9.91           $ 9.50        
Investment per share held by Stockholder A (assumed to be $10.00 per share on shares held prior to sale)   $ 10.00     $ 10.00           $ 10.00           $ 10.00        
Dilution per share held by Stockholder A
(NAV per share less investment per share)
        $ (0.02 )           $ (0.09 )           $ (0.50 )        
Percentage dilution to Stockholder A (dilution per share divided by investment per share)                 (0.20 )%             (0.90 )%             (5.00 )%  

67


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Impact on Existing Stockholders who Participate in the Offering

Our existing stockholders who participate in an offering below NAV per share or who buy additional shares in the secondary market at the same or lower price as we obtain in the offering (after any underwriting discounts and commissions) will experience the same types of NAV dilution as the nonparticipating stockholders, albeit at a lower level, to the extent they purchase less than the same percentage of the discounted offering as their interest in our shares immediately prior to the offering. The level of NAV dilution on an aggregate basis will decrease as the number of shares such stockholders purchase increases. Existing stockholders who buy more than such percentage will experience NAV dilution but will, in contrast to existing stockholders who purchase less than their proportionate share of the offering, experience an increase (often called accretion) in NAV per share over their investment per share and will also experience a disproportionately greater increase in their participation in our earnings and assets and their voting power than our increase in assets, potential earning power and voting interests due to the offering. The level of accretion will increase as the excess number of shares such stockholder purchases increases. Even a stockholder who over-participates will, however, be subject to the risk that we may make additional discounted offerings in which such stockholder does not participate, in which case such a stockholder will experience NAV dilution as described above in such subsequent offerings. These stockholders may also experience a decline in the market price of their shares, which often reflects to some degree announced or potential increases and decreases in NAV per share. This decrease could be more pronounced as the size of the offering and level of discount to NAV increases.

The examples assume that Company XYZ has 1,000,000 shares of common stock outstanding, $15.0 million in total assets and $5.0 million in total liabilities. The current NAV and NAV per share are thus $10.0 million and $10.00, respectively. The table below illustrates the (dilutive) and accretive effect in the hypothetical 25% discount offering from the prior chart for stockholder A that acquires shares equal to (1) 50% of their proportionate share of the offering (i.e., 1,250 shares which is 0.50% of the offering of 250,000 shares rather than their 1.00% proportionate share) and (2) 150% of their proportionate share of the offering (i.e., 3,750 shares which is 1.50% of the offering of 250,000 shares rather than their 1.00% proportionate share). The prospectus supplement pursuant to which any discounted offering is made will include a chart for this example based on the actual number of shares in such offering and the actual discount from the most recently determined NAV per share.

68


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

         
    50% Participation   150% Participation
     Prior to Sale Below NAV   Following Sale   %
Change
  Following Sale   %
Change
Offering Price
                                            
Price per share to public         $ 7.89           $ 7.89        
Net proceeds per share to issuer         $ 7.50           $ 7.50        
Increases in Shares and Decrease to
Net Asset Value
                                            
Total shares outstanding     1,000,000       1,250,000       25.00 %       1,250,000       25.00 %  
NAV per share   $ 10.00     $ 9.50       (5.00 )%     $ 9.50       (5.00 )%  
(Dilution)/Accretion to Participating
Stockholder A
                                            
Shares held by Stockholder A     10,000       11,250       12.50 %       13,750       37.50 %  
Percentage held by Stockholder A     1.0 %       0.90 %       (10.00 )%       1.10 %       10.00 %  
Total Asset Values
                                            
Total NAV held by Stockholder A   $ 100,000     $ 106,875       6.88 %     $ 130,625       30.63 %  
Total investment by Stockholder A (assumed to be $10.00 per share on shares held prior to sale)   $ 100,000     $ 109,863       9.86 %     $ 129,588       29.59 %  
Total (dilution)/accretion to Stockholder A
(total NAV less total investment)
          (2,988 )           $ 1,037        
Per Share Amounts
                                            
NAV per share held by Stockholder A         $ 9.50           $ 9.50        
Investment per share held by Stockholder A
(assumed to be $10.00 per share on shares held prior to sale)
  $ 10.00     $ 9.77       (2.30 )%     $ 9.42       (5.80 )%  
(Dilution)/accretion per share held by Stockholder A (NAV per share less investment per share)         $ (0.27 )           $ 0.08        
Percentage (dilution)/accretion to Stockholder A (dilution/accretion per share divided by
investment per share)
                (2.76 )%             0.85 %  

Impact on New Investors

The following examples illustrate the level of NAV dilution or accretion that would be experienced by a new stockholder in three different hypothetical common stock offerings of different sizes and levels of discount from NAV per share, although it is not possible to predict the level of market price decline that may occur. Actual sales prices and discounts may differ from the presentation below.

Investors who are not currently stockholders, but who participate in an offering below NAV and whose investment per share is greater than the resulting NAV per share due to any underwriting discounts and expenses paid by us will experience an immediate decrease, albeit small, in the NAV of their shares and their NAV per share compared to the price they pay for their shares. Investors who are not currently stockholders and who participate in an offering below NAV per share and whose investment per share is also less than the resulting NAV per share due to any underwriting discounts and expenses paid by us being significantly less than the discount per share, will experience an immediate increase in the NAV of their shares and their NAV per share compared to the price they pay for their shares. All these investors will experience a disproportionately greater participation in our earnings and assets and their voting power than our increase in assets, potential earning power and voting interests. These investors will, however, be subject to the risk that we may make additional discounted offerings in which such new stockholder does not participate, in which case such new stockholder will experience dilution as described above in such subsequent offerings. These investors may also experience a decline in the market price of their shares, which often reflects to some degree announced or potential increases and decreases in NAV per share. Their decrease could be more pronounced as the size of the offering and level of discounts increases.

69


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following examples illustrate the level of NAV dilution or accretion that would be experienced by a new stockholder who purchases the same percentage (1.00%) of the shares in the three different hypothetical offerings of common stock of different sizes and levels of discount from NAV per share. The examples assume that Company XYZ has 1,000,000 shares of common stock outstanding, $15.0 million in total assets and $5.0 million in total liabilities. The current NAV and NAV per share are thus $10.0 million and $10.00, respectively. The table below illustrates the dilutive and accretive effects on stockholder A at (1) an offering of 50,000 shares (5% of the outstanding shares) at $9.50 per share after offering expenses and commission (a 5% discount from NAV); (2) an offering of 100,000 shares (10% of the outstanding shares) at $9.00 per share after offering expenses and commissions (a 10% discount from NAV); and (3) an offering of 250,000 shares (25% of the outstanding shares) at $7.50 per share after offering expenses and commissions (a 25% discount from NAV).

             
    Example 1
5% Offering at
5% Discount
  Example 2
10% Offering at
10% Discount
  Example 3
25% Offering at
25% Discount
     Prior to Sale Below NAV   Following Sale   %
Change
  Following Sale   %
Change
  Following Sale   %
Change
Offering Price
                                                              
Price per share to public         $ 10.00           $ 9.47           $ 7.89        
Net offering proceeds per share to issuer         $ 9.50           $ 9.00           $ 7.50        
Decrease to Net Asset Value
                                                              
Total shares outstanding           1,050,000       5.00 %       1,100,000       10.00 %       1,250,000       25.00 %  
NAV per share         $ 9.98       (0.20 )%     $ 9.91       (0.90 )%     $ 9.50       (5.00 )%  
Dilution to Stockholder A
                                                              
Shares held by Stockholder A           500             1,000             2,500        
Percentage held by Stockholder A           0.05 %             0.90 %             0.20 %        
Total Asset Values
                                                              
Total NAV held by Stockholder A         $ 4,990           $ 9,910           $ 23,750        
Total investment by Stockholder A         $ 5,000           $ 9,470           $ 19,725        
Total dilution to Stockholder A
(total NAV less total investment)
        $ (10 )           $ 440           $ 4,025        
Per Share Amounts
                                                              
NAV per share held by Stockholder A         $ 9.98           $ 9.91           $ 9.50        
Investment per share held by Stockholder A         $ 10.00           $ 9.47           $ 7.89        
Dilution per share held by Stockholder A
(NAV per share less investment per share)
        $ (0.02 )           $ 0.44           $ 1.61        
Percentage dilution to Stockholder A (dilution per share divided by investment per share)                 (0.20 )%             4.65 %             20.41 %  

70


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

THE COMPANY

We are an externally managed, non-diversified, closed-end management investment company that has elected to be treated as a business development company under the 1940 Act. In addition, for tax purposes we have elected to be treated as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code and intend to qualify annually for such treatment.

We are a direct lender targeting debt investments in privately held, small-cap companies located in the United States. We define the small-cap market as those companies with enterprise values between $50 million and $350 million. Our investment objective is to generate attractive risk-adjusted returns primarily by originating and investing in senior secured loans, including first lien and second lien facilities, to performing small-cap companies across a broad range of industries that typically carry a floating interest rate based on LIBOR and have a term of three to six years. While we focus principally on originating senior secured loans to small-cap companies, we may also make opportunistic investments at other levels of a company’s capital structure, including mezzanine loans or equity interests. We also may receive warrants to purchase common stock in connection with our debt investments. We generate current income through the receipt of interest payments, as well as origination and other fees, capital appreciation and dividends.

We invest primarily in securities that are rated below investment grade by rating agencies or that may be rated below investment grade if they were so rated. Below investment grade securities, which are often referred to as “junk” bonds, are viewed as speculative investments because of concerns with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal.

As of March 31, 2014, our investment portfolio consisted of senior secured loans across 23 positions with an aggregate fair value of approximately $286.9 million and a principal balance outstanding of approximately $289.0 million. As of December 31, 2013, our investment portfolio consisted of senior secured loans across 21 positions with an aggregate fair value of approximately $272.4 million and a principal balance outstanding of approximately $276.8 million. As of December 31, 2012, our investment portfolio consisted of senior secured loans across eight positions with an aggregate fair value of approximately $180.5 million and a principal balance outstanding of approximately $181.6 million. At each date, the majority of our portfolio comprised senior secured loans to small-cap borrowers.

WhiteHorse Advisers

Our investment activities are managed by our Investment Adviser, H.I.G. WhiteHorse Advisers, LLC. Our Investment Adviser is responsible for sourcing potential investments, conducting research and diligence on prospective investments and equity sponsors, analyzing investment opportunities, structuring our investments and monitoring our investments and portfolio companies on an ongoing basis. WhiteHorse Advisers was organized in May 2012 and is a registered investment adviser under the Advisers Act. See “The Adviser and the Administrator — Investment Advisory Agreement — Management Fee” for a discussion of the base management fee and incentive fee, including the cumulative income incentive fee and the income and capital gains incentive fee, payable by us to our Investment Adviser. Unlike most closed-end funds whose fees are based on assets net of leverage, our base management fee is based on our average-adjusted gross assets (including leverage, unrealized depreciation or appreciation on derivative instruments, and cash collateral on deposit with custodian) and, therefore, our Investment Adviser benefits when we incur debt or use leverage. Additionally, under the incentive fee structure, our Investment Adviser benefits when capital gains are recognized and, because it determines when a holding is sold, our Investment Adviser controls the timing of the recognition of capital gains. Our board of directors is charged with protecting our interests by monitoring how our Investment Adviser addresses these and other conflicts of interest associated with its management services and compensation. While not expected to review or approve each borrowing, our independent directors periodically review WhiteHorse Advisers’ services and fees as well as its portfolio management decisions and portfolio performance. In connection with these reviews, our independent directors consider whether our fees and expenses (including those related to leverage) remain appropriate. See “The Adviser and the Administrator — Investment Advisory Agreement — Board of Directors Approval of the Investment Advisory Agreement.”

71


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

WhiteHorse Advisers is an affiliate of H.I.G. Capital. WhiteHorse Advisers has entered into the Staffing Agreement with an affiliate of H.I.G. Capital under which the affiliate has agreed to make experienced investment professionals available to WhiteHorse Advisers and to provide access to its senior investment personnel to enable WhiteHorse Advisers to perform all of its obligations under the Investment Advisory Agreement. See “Business — Staffing Agreement” for a discussion of the Staffing Agreement. We believe that the Staffing Agreement provides our Investment Adviser with access to investment opportunities, which we refer to in the aggregate as deal flow, generated by H.I.G. Capital in the ordinary course of its business and commits the members of H.I.G. Capital’s investment committee to serve as members of our investment committee.

WhiteHorse Administration

WhiteHorse Administration, an affiliate of WhiteHorse Advisers, provides the administration services necessary for us to operate. The Administrator furnishes us with office facilities and equipment and provides us clerical, bookkeeping, recordkeeping and other administrative services at such facilities. Under the Administration Agreement, the Administrator performs, or oversees the performance of, our required administrative services, which include, among other things, being responsible for the financial records we are required to maintain and preparing our reports to our stockholders and reports filed with the SEC. In addition, the Administrator also assists us in determining and publishing our NAV, oversees the preparation and filing of our tax returns, printing and disseminating reports to our stockholders and generally oversees the payment of our expenses and the performance of administrative and professional services rendered to us by others. The Administrator may retain third parties to assist in providing administrative services to us. To the extent that the Administrator outsources any of its functions, we pay the fees associated with such functions on a direct basis without profit to the Administrator. We reimburse the Administrator for the allocable portion (subject to the review and approval of our board of directors) of the Administrator’s overhead and other expenses incurred by it in performing its obligations under the Administration Agreement, including rent, the fees and expenses associated with performing compliance functions, and our allocable portion of the cost of our chief financial officer and chief compliance officer and their respective staffs. The Administrator also provides on our behalf significant managerial assistance to those portfolio companies to which we are required to provide such assistance.

H.I.G. Capital

H.I.G. Capital is one of the leading global alternative asset managers focused on the small-cap market. H.I.G. Capital was founded in 1993 and, for more than 20 years, has grown by continually enhancing its strategic investment capabilities into additional asset classes within the small-cap market. As of March 31, 2014, H.I.G. Capital managed over $15 billion of capital through a number of buyout, credit-oriented and growth capital funds, each of which is focused on the small-cap market. As of such date, H.I.G. Capital operated through domestic offices in Atlanta, Boston, Chicago, Dallas, Miami, New York and San Francisco and international offices in Hamburg, London, Madrid, Milan, Paris and Rio de Janeiro and had a team of approximately 260 investment professionals. H.I.G. Capital’s investment professionals share a common investment philosophy built around a highly analytical, private equity-like framework of rigorous business assessment, extensive due diligence and a disciplined risk valuation methodology that guides investment decisions. H.I.G. Capital has built an extensive and proprietary network of informal and unconventional deal sources in the small-cap business community consisting of accountants, attorneys, and other advisors who have access to small-cap companies. We believe that H.I.G. Capital, as an experienced small-cap investor, has a demonstrated ability to identify, source, analyze, invest and monitor investments in the small-cap market. H.I.G. Capital is headquartered in Miami, Florida.

72


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Market Opportunity

We pursue an investment strategy focused on originating senior secured loans to small-cap companies, including first lien and second lien facilities. We may also make investments at other levels of a company’s capital structure, including mezzanine loans or equity interests, and receive warrants to purchase common stock in connection with our debt investments. We believe that market inefficiencies and an imbalance between the supply of, and demand for, capital in the small-cap credit market creates an attractive investment opportunity through the origination of primary loans for the following reasons:

Specialized Lending Requirements.   We believe that several factors render traditional banks and providers of credit ill-suited to lend to small-cap companies. In our experience, lending to small-cap companies: (1) is generally more labor intensive than lending to larger companies due to fewer management resources at small-cap companies and often fragmented information available regarding such companies, particularly where no financial sponsor is involved, (2) requires more rigorous due diligence and underwriting practices than lending to larger companies, and (3) requires a substantial network of deal sources to identify appropriate opportunities because such borrowers often do not engage a financial advisor, or engage smaller, less sophisticated financial advisors focused on the small-cap market. As a result, only a limited segment of the lending community has historically served small-cap borrowers.

Reduced Lending by Commercial Banks.   Recent regulatory changes, including the Dodd-Frank Act and the introduction of new international capital and liquidity requirements under the Basel III Accords, or Basel III, in addition to the continued ownership of legacy non-performing assets, have significantly curtailed banks’ lending capacity. In response, we believe that many commercial lenders have de-emphasized their service and product offerings to small-cap companies in favor of lending, managing capital markets transactions and providing other non-lending services to their larger customers. We expect bank lending to small-cap companies to continue to be constrained for several years as Basel III rules phase in and rules and regulations are promulgated and interpreted under the Dodd-Frank Act. The chart below shows that the lending activity of smaller U.S. commercial banks (defined as banks with $100 million to $1.0 billion in assets), which we believe lend to the small-cap space, remains constrained and has continued to contract since the 2008 crisis. In addition, the number of FDIC insured commercial banks and savings institutions has declined from 2000 through December 31, 2013. We believe that the relative decline in competition will drive a higher volume of deal flow to us.

 
FDIC insured commercial banks
& savings institutions
  Bank lending activity

[GRAPHIC MISSING]

Reduced Credit Supply from Non-Bank Lenders.   We believe lending to small-cap companies from non-bank lenders is constrained as many of those lenders have gone out of business, exited the market or are winding down. Numerous hedge funds previously active in leveraged loans have disappeared or contracted during the recent financial market crisis, while others exited the lending market due to asset-liability mismatches. Other non-bank lenders exited lending due to balance sheet pressures. Additionally, the reduction in new issuance of collateralized loan obligations, or CLOs, has reduced liquidity in the small-cap loan

73


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

market. Along with the constraints in bank lending, this situation provides a promising environment in which to originate loans to small-cap companies.

 
CLO Issuance   Active Institutional Loan Investor Groups

[GRAPHIC MISSING]

Significant Demand for Credit.   We believe that, despite the constrained supply situation, demand for debt financing from small-cap companies will remain strong. Small-cap companies consistently require credit to support investments and growth initiatives and to finance acquisitions. In addition, we believe there will be substantial demand for refinancings as a large amount of the corporate debt issued to small-cap borrowers prior to the 2008 crisis is scheduled to mature in the next few years. When combined with the decreased availability of debt financing for companies described above, these factors should increase lending opportunities for us.

Inefficient Market.   We believe there are a number of inefficiencies in the small-cap credit market that will allow us to achieve superior risk-adjusted returns relative to other types of loans. Unlike larger companies, small-cap borrowers may not have a financial advisor and, as a result, may not receive as many financing offers, leading to more favorable financing terms for us, and may be less sophisticated in negotiating the terms of their financing. Moreover, the simpler capital structures frequently found in small-cap companies enhance protections and reduce or eliminate intercreditor issues. In addition, small-cap lenders face less competition than lenders to larger companies. As a result, small-cap lenders frequently have greater flexibility in structuring favorable transactions.

We believe these factors, taken together, should increase lending opportunities for us.

74


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Competitive Strengths

Leading Small-Cap Market Position.   H.I.G. Capital is one of the leading global alternative asset managers focused on the small-cap market. With more than $15 billion of capital under management and more than 20 years of investment experience focused primarily on small-cap companies as of March 31, 2014, H.I.G. Capital believes it has a specialized knowledge of the small-cap marketplace and expertise in evaluating the issues and opportunities facing small-cap companies throughout economic cycles. We believe that the quality of these resources provides a significant advantage and contributes to the strength of our business.

Large and Experienced Management Team with Substantial Resources.   Our Investment Adviser has access through the Staffing Agreement to the resources and expertise of H.I.G. Capital’s large infrastructure, including over 400 employees in thirteen offices across the United States, Europe and South America as of March 31, 2014. As of such date, H.I.G. Capital had approximately 260 experienced investment professionals, including more than 80 professionals dedicated to debt investing. We believe that the quality of these resources provides a significant advantage and will contribute to the strength of our business.

Extensive Deal Sourcing Infrastructure.   We believe that, given the inefficiencies of the small-cap market, finding smaller companies that represent attractive debt investment opportunities requires a different sourcing network than that used for investing in larger companies. Through the Staffing Agreement, our Investment Adviser has access to H.I.G. Capital’s extensive proprietary deal flow network of informal and unconventional potential deal sources in the small-cap business community, including accountants, attorneys, brokers, insurance agents, consultants and financial advisors who have access to small-cap companies. This sourcing network has been built over more than 20 years, as H.I.G. Capital has focused its growth on increasing and improving its strategic capabilities for investing in the small-cap market. Unlike other private equity firms that have grown “vertically” during this timeframe by raising larger funds focused on investing in larger companies, H.I.G. Capital has expanded “horizontally” by creating more funds and strategies centered on the small-cap market. As a result, we believe H.I.G. Capital has established itself as a “go to” investor for small-cap companies. H.I.G. Capital’s approximately 260 investment professionals are actively involved in sourcing opportunities. In addition, H.I.G. Capital’s in-house business development group of 15 dedicated deal sourcing professionals, as of March 31, 2014, remains in close contact with potential sources of opportunities through an outbound calling program. We believe H.I.G. Capital’s extensive deal sourcing infrastructure provides us access to investment opportunities that may not be available to many of our competitors.

Deep Credit Expertise.   We believe we will benefit from H.I.G. Capital’s extensive small-cap credit experience in evaluating, structuring and monitoring our investments. As of March 31, 2014, H.I.G. Capital’s credit platform managed approximately $7 billion of capital across multiple investment funds supported by more than 80 dedicated credit investment professionals. These investment professionals have invested in more than 1,000 loans and bring a depth of experience across a broad range of transaction types, including primary loan originations, secondary debt purchases and distressed debt investments, and focus on capital preservation by extending loans to portfolio companies with assets that it believes will retain sufficient value to repay us even in depressed markets or under liquidation scenarios. We believe this experience and expertise in credit documentation, loan structuring and restructuring negotiations to help protect our investments and maximize our recovery value to the extent a portfolio company does not perform as expected.

Disciplined Investment and Underwriting Process.   Through its more than 20 years of investment experience, H.I.G. Capital has developed a disciplined investment process entailing intensive “bottom-up” fundamental analysis in order to generate attractive risk-adjusted returns while preserving downside protection. This thorough due diligence process includes analyzing the following key target company criteria: (1) cash flow generation; (2) underlying asset valuation; (3) competitive position; (4) industry dynamics and (5) strength of management.

Our Investment Adviser utilizes the established investment processes developed by H.I.G. Capital to analyze investment opportunities, including structuring loans with appropriate covenants and pricing loans based on its knowledge of the small-cap market and on its rigorous underwriting standards. Each investment is reviewed by the investment committee, which is comprised of senior investment professionals of H.I.G. Capital with an average of more than 20 years of investment experience as of March 31, 2014. This

75


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

investment committee process brings the experience and perspectives of the committee members to the analysis and consideration of each investment. Subsequently, if an underwriting commitment is approved, our Investment Adviser will seek to structure and document the loan to protect us from risks identified in the due diligence process. Our Investment Adviser intends to actively monitor and manage our investment portfolio, including engaging in frequent discussions with management regarding company performance as well as general market conditions.

Investment Criteria/Guidelines

Our investment strategy is to generate current income and capital appreciation primarily by originating secured loans. We seek to create a broad portfolio consisting of investments generally in the range of $10 million to $50 million primarily in debt securities and loans of U.S. based small-cap companies. We primarily target borrowers in the United States with enterprise values of $50 million to $350 million across a broad range of industries. The proceeds of our loans are used for a variety of purposes, including refinancings of existing debt, acquisition financing, or working capital to support growth or realignment.

While we focus principally on originating senior secured loans to small-cap companies that we believe have attractive risk adjusted returns, including first lien and second lien facilities, we may also opportunistically make investments at other levels of a company’s capital structure, including mezzanine loans or equity interests. We also may receive warrants to purchase common stock in connection with our debt investments. We may also invest in assets consistent with our investment strategy indirectly through the acquisitions of interests in other investment companies. We generate current income through the receipt of interest payments, origination and other fees, and dividends. Our typical loans carry a floating interest rate based on LIBOR plus a spread, have a term of three to six years, are secured by all tangible and intangible assets of the borrower and include covenants, monitoring and information rights in favor of the lender.

Target businesses will typically exhibit some or all of the following characteristics:

enterprise value of between $50 million and $350 million;
organized in the United States;
experienced management team;
stable and predictable free cash flows;
discernible downside protection through recurring revenue or strong tangible asset coverage;
products and services with distinctive competitive advantages or other barriers to entry;
low technology and market risk; and
strong customer relationships.

We expect that, from time to time, our investments may include certain non-qualifying assets, including assets of non-U.S. companies, certain publicly traded companies and, to a lesser extent and subject to certain limits under the 1940 Act, registered or unregistered investment companies, to the extent permissible under the 1940 Act. See “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to our Business and Structure — The lack of experience of our Investment Adviser is operating under the constraints imposed on us as a business development company and RIC may hinder the achievement of our investment objectives” and “Regulation — Qualifying Assets.”

Investment Process Overview

Sourcing.   We believe that identifying small-cap companies that represent attractive debt investment opportunities requires a different sourcing network than is required for investments in larger companies. Whereas larger companies typically hire an investment bank to help develop marketing materials and run a financing process involving a large number of potential lenders to ensure pricing is determined by the market, small-cap companies typically do not have the resources to hire large financial advisors or investment banks. While these small-cap lending opportunities are far less competitive, they are more difficult to source.

76


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our deal flow and idea generation for small-cap investments primarily originates from H.I.G. Capital’s existing and extensive network of informal and unconventional deal sources in the small-cap business community. Built over the past 20 years, this deal sourcing network includes accountants, attorneys, brokers, insurance agents, consultants and financial advisors who have access to small-cap companies. While other alternative asset managers have grown “vertically” during this timeframe by raising funds focused on investing in larger companies, H.I.G. Capital has expanded “horizontally” by creating more funds and strategies centered on the small-cap market. As a result, we believe H.I.G. Capital has established itself as a “go to” investor for small-cap companies and their financial advisors across asset classes.

The contacts in H.I.G. Capital’s network generally operate outside of the structured investment banking infrastructure and typically play a limited introductory role to the companies and their management teams. In addition, H.I.G. Capital promotes a culture in which sourcing is considered a focus for all of its approximately 260 investment professionals in each of its thirteen offices, from analysts to managing directors. Lastly, H.I.G. Capital’s in-house business development group of 15 dedicated deal sourcing professionals supplements this effort through an outbound calling program.

Due Diligence .  We believe that the cornerstone of generating attractive risk-adjusted returns is a thorough due diligence process. We i utilize the same methodology to evaluate potential investments that H.I.G. Capital has used for over 20 years, which includes employing a highly analytical, private equity-like framework for rigorously assessing companies, extensive due diligence and a disciplined risk valuation methodology that guides investment decisions. As part of every transaction we consider, we analyze the following key target company criteria: (1) cash flow generation, (2) underlying asset valuation, (3) competitive position, (4) industry dynamics and (5) strength of management. In addition, our due diligence process for small-cap companies typically entails:

a thorough review of historical and pro forma financial information;
on-site visits with management;
a review of loan documents and material contracts;
third-party “quality of earnings” accounting due diligence, when appropriate;
research relating to the company’s business, industry, markets, products and services of competitors;
background checks on key managers; and
the commission of third-party market studies, when appropriate.

During the due diligence process, we utilize the significant resources across the broad H.I.G. Capital platform, including the sector expertise of the firm’s team of approximately 260 investment professionals, its industry contacts, and H.I.G. Capital’s network of over 190 current and former controlled portfolio companies. We believe that our access to these significant resources provides a great deal of supplementary information that should enable us to evaluate opportunities more quickly and effectively than our competitors. Furthermore, H.I.G. Capital has a team of in-house operators and strategy consultants that provides support in evaluating strategic issues. Legal and financial due diligence may also be conducted by attorneys and independent accountants as well as other outside advisers, as appropriate.

Structuring Originations.   Our Investment Adviser’s team has substantial expertise in structuring and documenting loans originated to small-cap companies. Our Investment Adviser works with outside counsel to structure loans with strong creditor protections and contractual controls over borrower operations. Our Investment Adviser works to obtain extensive operating and financial covenants, detailed reporting requirements, governance rights and board seats to protect our investment while allowing the borrower the necessary flexibility to successfully execute its business plan. We believe that our Investment Adviser’s extensive experience investing in distressed debt and special situations allows it to anticipate the form of any potential restructuring in order to maximize our potential recovery in such an event and better able to seek to structure our loan and credit documentation to protect us from risks identified in the due diligence process. Our Investment Adviser also evaluates the broader capital structure of the borrower to ensure that we have strong rights as compared to other participants in the borrower’s capital structure.

77


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Portfolio Management and Monitoring.   We actively monitor and manage the portfolio with regard to individual company performance as well as general market conditions. Investment decisions on new originations generally include an analysis of the impact of the new loan on our broader portfolio, including a “top-down” assessment of portfolio diversification and risk exposure. This assessment includes a review of portfolio concentration by issuer, industry, geography and type of credit as well as an evaluation of our portfolio’s exposure to macroeconomic factors and cyclical trends.

We believe that consistent, active monitoring of individual companies and the broader market is integral to portfolio management and a critical component of our investment process. We expect that our Investment Adviser will continue to use several methods of evaluating and monitoring the performance and fair value of our investments, which may include the following:

frequent discussions with management and sponsors, including board observation rights where possible;
comparing/analyzing financial performance to the portfolio company’s business plan, as well as our internal projections developed at underwriting;
tracking portfolio company compliance with covenants as well as other metrics identified at initial investment stage, such as acquisitions, divestitures, product development and specified management hires; and
periodic review by the investment committee of each asset in the portfolio and more rigorous monitoring of “watch list” positions.

As part of the monitoring process, our investment advisor regularly assesses the risk profile of each of our investments and, on a quarterly basis, grades each investment on a risk scale of 1 to 5. This risk rating system is intended to identify and assess risks relative to when we initially made the investment and could be impacted by such factors as company-specific performance, changes in collateral, changes in potential exit opportunities or macroeconomic conditions.

All investments are initially assigned a rating of 2, as this grade represents a company that is meeting initial expectations with regard to performance and outlook. A rating may be improved to a 1 if, in the opinion of our investment advisor, a portfolio company’s risk of loss has been reduced relative to initial expectations. An investment will be assigned a rating of 3 if the risk of loss has increased relative to initial expectations and will be assigned a rating of 4 if our investment principal is at a material risk of not being fully repaid. A rating of five indicates an investment is in payment default and has significant risk of not receiving a full repayment.

The following table shows the distribution of our investments on the 1 to 5 investment performance rating scale at fair value as of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 and 2012:

           
  March 31, 2014   December 31, 2013   December 31, 2012
Investment Performance   Investments at Fair Value   Percentage of Total Portfolio   Investments at Fair Value   Percentage of Total Portfolio   Investments at Fair Value   Percentage of Total Portfolio
Rating   (In Millions)     (In Millions)     (In Millions)  
1   $ 19.4       6.8 %     $       0.0 %     $       0.0 %  
2     249.0       86.8       251.7       92.4       180.5       100.0  
3     18.5       6.4       20.7       7.6             0.0  
4           0.0             0.0             0.0  
5           0.0             0.0             0.0  
Total   $ 286.9       100.0 %     $ 272.4       100.0 %     $ 180.5       100.0 %  

78


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Investment Committee and Decision Process

The investment committee oversees our investment activities and will be led by senior investment professionals of H.I.G. Capital with an average of more than 20 years of investment experience as of March 31, 2014. These professionals have extensive experience investing in the small-cap credit market, having collectively invested in more than 1,000 loans. The investment committee process is intended to bring the experience and perspectives of the various members to the analysis and consideration of each investment. The investment committee process is a highly collaborative effort, typically beginning at the term sheet phase of a transaction and continuing through the close of the transaction. When an opportunity is first discussed, the investment committee assists the investment team in exploring the key issues requiring due diligence or deal structuring and identifying the available resources within H.I.G. Capital, including other H.I.G. investment professionals or senior managers from current and former portfolio companies with specific industry experience. Throughout the transaction process, the investment team meets regularly with the investment committee in a process which requires all of the investment committee’s concerns to be appropriately addressed through due diligence and transaction structuring. This collaborative process between the investment team and the investment committee means that, by the time a potential transaction is ready for final approval or rejection, the investment committee members are already deeply familiar with it and have had an opportunity to address any concerns. As a result, investment committee decisions are made by consensus. The investment committee meets regularly, including special meetings on short notice, to approve or discuss material developments on new or existing investments.

Investments

We seek to create a diverse portfolio that includes primarily senior secured, unitranche, second lien and subordinated loans and warrants and minority equity securities by investing approximately $5 million to $50 million of capital, on average, in the securities of small-cap companies. Set forth below is a table showing the portfolio composition by industry grouping at fair value as of March 31, 2014:

   
Industry   March 31, 2014
Aerospace & Defense   $ 9,594       3.34 %  
Building Products     17,484       6.09  
Consumer Finance     34,920       12.17  
Data Processing & Outsourced Services     34,999       12.20  
Diversified Support Services     25,632       8.94  
Education Services     19,380       6.76  
Electronic Equipment & Instruments     9,776       3.41  
Health Care Distributors     24,655       8.59  
Health Care Facilities     15,750       5.49  
Homebuilding     16,465       5.74  
Homefurnishing Retail     5,000       1.75  
Integrated Telecommunication Services     8,033       2.80  
Internet Retail     8,907       3.10  
Oil & Gas Drilling     9,926       3.46  
Specialized Consumer Services     18,090       6.31  
Specialized Finance     18,415       6.42  
Trading Companies & Distributors     9,836       3.43  
Total   $ 286,862       100.00 %  

Managerial Assistance

As a business development company, we offer, and must provide upon request, managerial assistance to our portfolio companies. This assistance could involve monitoring the operations of our portfolio companies, participating in board and management meetings, consulting with and advising officers of portfolio companies and providing other organizational and financial guidance. Our Administrator will provide such managerial assistance on our behalf to portfolio companies that request this assistance. We may receive fees for these services and will reimburse our Administrator for its allocated costs in providing such assistance, subject to the review and approval by our board, including our independent directors. See “The Adviser and the Administrator — Administration Agreement.”

79


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Competition

Our primary competitors that provide financing to small-cap companies include public and private investment funds, including other business development companies, commercial and investment banks, commercial financing companies, specialty finance companies and, to the extent they provide an alternative form of financing, private equity and hedge funds. As the economic recovery continues, we expect that we may face enhanced competition in the future. Many of our competitors are substantially larger and have considerably greater financial, technical and marketing resources than we do. For example, some competitors may have a lower cost of funds and access to funding sources that are not available to us. In addition, some of our competitors may have higher risk tolerances or different risk assessments, which could allow them to consider a wider variety of investments and establish more relationships than us. Furthermore, many of our competitors are not subject to the regulatory restrictions that the 1940 Act imposes on us as a business development company and that the Code imposes on us as a RIC and may not be subject to contractual restrictions similar to those under the Credit Facility, the Senior Notes and the Unsecured Term Loan. For additional information concerning the competitive risks we face, see “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to our Business and Structure — The highly competitive market for investment opportunities in which we operate may limit our investment opportunities.”

Administration

We do not have any direct employees, and our day-to-day investment operations are managed by our Investment Adviser. We have a chief executive officer, chief financial officer, chief operating officer and chief compliance officer and, to the extent necessary, our board may elect to hire additional personnel going forward. Under the Investment Advisory Agreement and the Administration Agreements, our Investment Adviser and our Administrator, respectively, have agreed to provide us with access to personnel, an investment committee and certain other resources so that we may perform our obligations as collateral manager under the Credit Facility. Our officers are employees of an affiliate of WhiteHorse Administration, an affiliate of our Investment Adviser, and our allocable portion of the cost of our chief financial officer, chief operating officer and chief compliance officer along with their respective staffs will be paid by us pursuant to the Administration Agreement. Some of our executive officers described under “Management of the Company” are also officers of WhiteHorse Advisers. See “The Adviser and the Administrator — Administration Agreement.”

Properties

Our executive offices are located at 1450 Brickell Avenue, 31 st Floor, Miami, Florida 33131 and are provided by our Administrator pursuant to our Administration Agreement. We believe that our office facilities are suitable and adequate for our business as it is contemplated to be conducted.

Legal Proceedings

None of our Investment Adviser, our Administrator, H.I.G. Capital or us is currently subject to any material legal proceedings, nor, to our knowledge, is any material legal proceeding threatened against us, or against our Investment Adviser or Administrator.

80


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PORTFOLIO COMPANIES

The following table sets forth certain information as of March 31, 2014 for each portfolio company in which we had an investment. Other than these investments, our only formal relationships with our portfolio companies are the managerial assistance that we may provide upon request and the board observer or participation rights we may receive in connection with our investment. See “Regulation — Managerial Assistance to Portfolio Companies.” We do not “control” and are not an “affiliate” of any of our portfolio companies, each as defined in the 1940 Act. In general, under the 1940 Act, we would “control” a portfolio company if we owned more than 25% of its voting securities and would be an “affiliate” of a portfolio company if we owned five percent or more of its voting securities.

All debt and preferred equity investments were income producing as of March 31, 2014. Common equity investments are non-income producing unless otherwise noted.

As of March 31, 2014, we held investments in:

           
Name and Address of
Portfolio Company
  Industry   Type of
Investment
  Interest
Rate (1) (2)
  Maturity Date   Par/Shares
(in thousands)
  Fair Value of Investment
(in thousands)
AP Gaming I, LLC
6680 Amelia Earhart Court
Las Vegas, NV 89119
    Electronic
Equipment &
Instruments
      First Lien Secured
Term Loan
      9.25% (L + 8.25%,
1.00% Floor)
      12/20/20     $ 9,975     $ 9,776  
ARSloane Acquisition, LLC
1 Elmcroft Road
Stamford, CT 06926
    Diversified Support
Services
      Second Lien
Secured Term Loan
      11.75% (L + 10.50%,
1.25% Floor)
      10/1/20       4,000       4,040  
BDF Acquisition Corp.
428 Tolland Turnpike
Manchester, CT 06040
    Homefurnishing
Retail
      Second Lien
Secured Term Loan
      9.00% (L + 8.00%,
1.00% Floor)
      2/12/22       5,000       5,000  
Bluestem Brands, Inc.
6509 Flying Cloud Drive
Eden Prairie, MN 55344
    Internet Retail       First Lien Secured
Term Loan
      7.50% (L + 6.50%,
1.00% Floor)
      12/6/18       8,889       8,907  
Comprehensive Decubitis Therapy, Inc.
7003 Valley Ranch Drive
Little Rock, AR 72223
    Health Care
Distributors
      First Lien Secured
Term Loan
      15.00% (3.00% PIK; L + 13.50%,
1.50% Floor)
      3/15/18       14,312       14,283  
                First Lien Secured
Revolving Loan
      15.00% (3.00% PIK;
L + 13.50%,
1.50% Floor)
      3/15/18       403       402  
Constellation Health, LLC
1805 Old Alabama Road
Roswell, GA 30076
    Diversified Support
Services
      Warrants      
      3/31/18              
Distribution International, Inc.
9000 Railwood Dr
Houston, TX 77078
    Trading Companies
& Distributors
      First Lien Secured
Term Loan
      7.50% (L + 6.50%,
1.00% Floor)
      7/16/19       9,925       9,836  
Future Payment
Technologies, L.P.
12700 Park Central Drive,
Suite 1100,
Dallas, TX 75241
    Data Processing &
Outsourced Services
      Second Lien
Secured Term Loan
      11.00% (2.00% PIK;
L + 10.00%,
1.00% Floor)
      12/31/18       35,175       34,999  
GMT Holdings 1, Ltd. & GMT Holdings 12, Ltd. (3) (4)
3300 S. Parker Road,
Suite 500
Aurora, CO 80014
    Specialized Finance
      First Lien Secured
Term Loan
      25.00% (5)
      6/30/14       20,281       18,415  
Grupo HIMA San Pablo, Inc.
P.O. Box 4980
Caguas, PR 00726
    Health Care
Facilities
      First Lien Secured
Term Loan
      10.50% (L + 9.00%,
1.50% Floor)
      1/31/18       14,850       14,761  
                Second Lien
Secured Term Loan
      15.75% (4)
      7/31/18       1,000       989  

81


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

           
Name and Address of
Portfolio Company
  Industry   Type of
Investment
  Interest
Rate (1) (2)
  Maturity Date   Par/Shares
(in thousands)
  Fair Value of Investment
(in thousands)
ILC Industries, LLC
105 Wilbur Place
Bohemia, NY 11716
    Aerospace &
Defense
      First Lien Secured
Term Loan
      8.00% (L + 6.50%,
1.50% Floor)
      7/11/18       4,633       4,634  
                Second Lien
Secured Term Loan
      11.50% (L + 10.00%,
1.50% Floor)
      7/11/19       5,000       4,960  
Oasis Legal Finance, LLC (4)
40 North Skokie Blvd,
5 th Floor
Northbrook, IL 60062
    Consumer Finance
      Second Lien
Secured Term Loan
      10.50% (5)

      9/30/18       10,000       9,970  
Orion Healthcorp, Inc.
1805 Old Alabama Road
Roswell, GA 30076
    Diversified Support
Services
      Senior Secured Note
      12.00% (2.00%
PIK; L + 10.00%,
2.00% Floor)
      3/31/18       10,000       9,700  
Orleans Homebuilders, Inc.
3333 Street Road
Bensalem, PA 19020
    Homebuilding
      First Lien Secured
Term Loan
      10.50% (L + 8.50%,
2.00% Floor)
      2/14/16       16,302       16,465  
P2 Newco Acquisition, Inc. 6410 Poplar, Suite 800
Memphis, TN 38119
    Health Care
Distributors
      Second Lien
Secured Term Loan
      9.50% (L + 8.50%,
1.00% Floor)
      10/22/21       10,000       9.970  
Pre-Paid Legal Services, Inc.
One Pre-Paid Way
Ada, OK 74820
    Specialized
Consumer Services
      Second Lien
Secured Term Loan
      9.75% (L + 8.50%,
1.25% Floor)
      7/1/20       18,000       18,090  
ProPetro Services, Inc.
1706 S. Midkiff
Midland, TX 79701
    Oil & Gas Drilling
      First Lien Secured
Term Loan
      7.25% (L + 6.25%,
1.00% Floor)
      9/30/19       9,750       9,926  
Renaissance Learning, Inc.
P.O. Box 8036
Wisconsin Rapids, WI 54495
    Education Services
      Second Lien
Secured Term Loan
      8.75% (L + 7.75%,
1.00% Floor)
      5/14/21       19,000       19,380  
Securus Technologies, Inc.
14651 Dallas Parkway
Dallas, TX 75254
    Integrated
Telecommunication
Services
      Second Lien
Secured Term Loan
      9.00% (L + 7.75%,
1.25% Floor)
      4/30/21       8,090       8,033  
Sigue Corporation
13291 Ralston Avenue
Sylmar, California 91342
    Consumer Finance
      Second Lien
Secured Term Loan
      10.00% (L + 9.00%,
1.00% Floor)
      12/27/18       25,000       24,950  
Smile Brands Group Inc.
8105 Irvine Center Drive
Irvine, CA 92614
    Diversified Support
Services
      First Lien Secured
Term Loan
      7.50% (L + 6.25%,
1.25% Floor)
      8/16/19       11,940       11,892  
TCO Funding Corp.
2500 Northwinds Parkway,
Suite 500
Alpharetta, GA 30009
    Building Products
      First Lien Secured
Term Loan
      9.50% (L + 7.50%,
2.00% Floor)
      4/27/15       17,450       17,484  
Total   $ 286,862  

(1) A majority of the variable rate debt investments bear interest at a rate that may be determined by reference to the London InterBank Offered Rate (“LIBOR” or “L”) and that is reset periodically. For each debt investment, the interest rate in effect at March 31, 2014 has been provided.
(2) The interest rate is the “all-in-rate” including the current index and spread, the fixed rate, and the payment-in-kind (“PIK”) interest rate, as the case may be.
(3) The investment in GMT Holdings 1, Ltd. And GMT Holdings 12, Ltd. is held through our subsidiary, Bayside Financing S.A.R.L.
(4) Investments that the Company has determined are not “qualifying assets” under Section 55(a) of the 1940 Act. Under the 1940 Act, we may not acquire any non-qualifying asset unless, at the time such acquisition is made, qualifying assets represent at least 70% of our total assets. The status of each non-qualifying asset under the 1940 Act is subject to change. The Company monitors the status of these assets on an ongoing basis.
(5) Interest is fixed and accordingly the spread above the index is not applicable.

82


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

MANAGEMENT

Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our board of directors. The board of directors currently consists of five members, three of whom are not “interested persons” of WhiteHorse Finance as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act, and are “independent” as determined by our board of directors, consistent with the rules of The NASDAQ Global Select Market. We refer to these individuals as our independent directors. Our board of directors elects our officers, who serve at the discretion of the board of directors.

Board of Directors and its Leadership Structure

Under our certificate of incorporation, our directors are divided into three classes. Each class of directors will hold office for a three-year term. However, the initial members of the three classes have initial terms of one, two and three years, respectively. At each annual meeting of our stockholders, directors are elected for staggered terms of three years, with the term of office of only one of these three classes of directors expiring each year. Each director holds office for the term to which he or she is elected and until his or her successor is duly elected and qualifies.

Oversight of our investment activities extends to oversight of the risk management processes employed by our Investment Adviser as part of its day-to-day management of our investment activities. The board reviews risk management processes at both regular and special board meetings throughout the year, consulting with appropriate representatives of our Investment Adviser as necessary and periodically requesting the production of risk management reports or presentations. The goal of the board’ risk oversight function is to ensure that the risks associated with our investment activities are accurately identified, thoroughly investigated and responsibly addressed. Investors should note, however, that the board’s oversight function cannot eliminate all risks or ensure that particular events do not adversely affect the value of our investments.

The board has established an audit committee, a nominating and corporate governance committee, a compensation committee and may establish additional committees from time to time as necessary. The scope of each committee’s responsibilities is discussed in greater detail below. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, our board of directors held four meetings. All directors attended at least 75% of the aggregate number of meetings of the board of directors that were held while they were members of the board of directors. The Company requires each director to make a diligent effort to attend all board of directors and committee meetings and encourages directors to attend the Annual Meeting. John Bolduc, Executive Managing Director of H.I.G. Capital, and therefore an interested person of WhiteHorse Finance, serves as chairman of the board. Our board believes that it is in the best interests of our investors for Mr. Bolduc to lead the board because of his familiarity with our portfolio companies, his broad experience with the day-to-day management and operation of other investment funds and his significant background in credit investing and in the financial services industry, as described below.

The board does not have a lead independent director. However, Rick D. Puckett, the chairman of the audit committee, is an independent director and acts as a liaison between the independent directors and management between meetings of the board. Mr. Puckett is involved in the preparation of agendas for board and committee meetings. The board believes that its leadership structure is appropriate because the structure allocates areas of responsibility among the individual directors and the committees in a manner that enhances effective oversight. The board also believes that its small size creates an efficient governance structure that provides opportunity for direct communication and interaction between our Investment Adviser and the board.

83


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Directors

Information regarding the board of directors as of the date of this prospectus is as follows:

         
Name, Age and Address (1)   Position(s)
Held with the Company
  Director Since   Expiration of Term   Principal Occupation(s)
During the Past
Five Years
  Other Directorships Held by Director or Nominee for Director During the Past
Five Years (2)
Interested Directors
                        
John Bolduc (49) (3)   Chairman of
the Board
  2012   2015   Mr. Bolduc serves as an
Executive Managing
Director of H.I.G. Capital
  None
Jay Carvell (48) (4)   Chief Executive Officer and
Director
  2012   2014   Mr. Carvell serves as a
Managing Director at an
investment adviser affiliated
with H.I.G. Capital, L.L.C.
Prior to joining H.I.G. Capital, Mr. Carvell was a partner at WhiteHorse Capital Partners, L.P.
  None
Independent Directors
                        
Thomas C. Davis (66)   Director, Chairman of
the Nominating and Corporate
Governance Committee
  2012   2014   Mr. Davis serves as Chief
Executive Officer of The
Concorde Group, Inc., a
financial advisory firm.
  Mr. Davis currently
serves on the board
of directors of Dean
Foods Company and
Affirmative Insurance
Holdings, Inc.

Mr. Davis served on
the board of
directors of
Westwood Holdings
Group, Inc. from
2004 to 2013 and
BioHorizons Inc.
from 2009 to 2013.
Rick D. Puckett (60)   Director, Chairman of
the Audit
Committee
  2012   2015   Mr. Puckett has served as
Executive Vice President,
Chief Financial Officer
and Treasurer of
Snyder’s-Lance, Inc.,
a food manufacturer, since
December 2010. Prior to
holding this position,
Mr. Puckett served as
Executive Vice President,
Chief Financial Officer and
Treasurer of Lance, Inc.
  None
Alexander W. Pease (42)   Director, Chairman of
the
Compensation
Committee
  2012   2016   Mr. Pease has served as
Senior Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer of
EnPro Industries, Inc., a
diversified specialty
manufacturing company,
since May 2011. Prior to
joining EnPro Industries
Inc. in 2011, Mr. Pease was
a principal with McKinsey
& Company, Inc., a global
management consulting
firm, from 2000 to 2011.
  None

84


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(1) The business address of each director is c/o WhiteHorse Finance, Inc., 1450 Brickell Avenue, 31 st Floor, Miami, Florida 33131.
(2) No director otherwise serves as a director of an investment company subject to or registered under the 1940 Act.
(3) Mr. Bolduc is an interested director due to his position as an Executive Managing Director of H.I.G. Capital.
(4) Mr. Carvell is an interested director due to his position as Chief Executive Officer of the Company and a Managing Director of an investment adviser affiliated with H.I.G. Capital.

Information about the Officers Who Are Not Directors

Set forth below is certain information regarding our officers who are not directors.

   
Name   Age   Position
Alastair G. C. Merrick   61   Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer
Ethan Underwood   39   Chief Operating Officer
Edward Cook   50   Chief Compliance Officer

The address for each officer is c/o WhiteHorse Finance, Inc., 1450 Brickell Avenue, 31 st Floor, Miami, Florida 33131.

Biographical Information

Below is additional information about each director (supplementing the information provided in the table above) that describes some of the specific experiences, qualifications, attributes and/or skills that each director possesses and which the board of directors believes has prepared each director to be an effective member of the board of directors. The board of directors believes that the significance of each director’s experience, qualifications, attributes and/or skills is an individual matter (meaning that experience or a factor that is important for one director may not have the same value for another) and that these factors are best evaluated at the board of directors level, with no single director, or particular factor, being indicative of board of directors effectiveness. However, the board of directors believes that directors need to have the ability to review, evaluate, question and discuss critical information provided to them and to interact effectively with Company management, service providers and counsel, in order to exercise effective business judgment in the performance of their duties. The board of directors believes that its members satisfy this standard. Experience relevant to having this ability may be achieved through a director’s professional experience, education and/or other personal experiences. The Company’s counsel has significant experience advising funds and fund board members. The board of directors and its committees have the ability to engage other experts as appropriate. The board of directors evaluates its performance on an annual basis.

The board of directors believes that, collectively, the directors have balanced and diverse experience, qualifications, attributes and skills, which allow the board to operate effectively in governing the Company and protecting the interests of its Stockholders. Below is a description of the various experiences, qualifications, attributes and/or skills with respect to each director considered by the board of directors.

Interested Directors

John Bolduc :  Mr. Bolduc has been Chairman of our board of directors since 2012. Mr. Bolduc is an Executive Managing Director of H.I.G. Capital, having joined the firm in 1993. Mr. Bolduc is responsible for leading H.I.G. Capital’s credit platform, which manages approximately $7 billion of capital across multiple investment funds. He has more than 24 years of experience focused on credit investments, including primary loans and distressed debt, as well as private equity investments. Mr. Bolduc currently serves on the boards of directors of several privately held companies. Prior to joining H.I.G. Capital in 1993, Mr. Bolduc was at the management-consulting firm of Bain & Company, a leading worldwide management-consulting firm, where he directed domestic and international assignments for Fortune 500 clients. Prior to joining Bain & Company, Mr. Bolduc worked for three years as the Assistant to the President of Chemed Corporation (NYSE: CHE), a specialty chemical company. Mr. Bolduc is a graduate of Lehigh University with a B.S. degree in Computer Science and earned his M.B.A. from the University of Virginia’s Darden School of Business.

85


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Mr. Bolduc was selected to serve as Chairman of our board of directors due, in part, to his familiarity with our portfolio companies, his broad experience with the day-to-day management and operation of other investment funds and his significant background investing in debt and working in the financial services industry.

Jay Carvell :  Mr. Carvell is our Chief Executive Officer and has served as a director since 2012. Mr. Carvell also serves as a Managing Director at an H.I.G. Capital-affiliated investment adviser. He is responsible for all aspects of our investment process, including sourcing, structuring and post-closing strategies, as well as portfolio management. Prior to joining H.I.G. Capital, Mr. Carvell was a founding partner of WhiteHorse Capital Partners, L.P., a leading credit investor and manager of CLOs. At WhiteHorse Capital Partners, Mr. Carvell co-managed portfolios of par and distressed loans across numerous industries and sectors through several market cycles. Mr. Carvell has over 15 years of experience in credit investment and management, including structuring and placement, trading and restructuring and reorganization. This experience branches across small-cap, mid-cap and broadly syndicated investments. Before founding WhiteHorse Capital Partners in 2003, Mr. Carvell held various positions with Highland Capital Management, L.P. and PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP. Mr. Carvell earned both a B.A. and an M.B.A. from the University of Texas at Austin and holds the Chartered Financial Analyst designation.

Mr. Carvell was selected to serve as a director on our board of directors due to his experience investing in credit instruments and managing WhiteHorse Capital Partners. Mr. Carvell’s experience building WhiteHorse Capital Partners brings expertise on developing a successful credit investment firm to the board of directors.

Independent Directors

Thomas C. Davis :  Mr. Davis has served as a director since 2012. He currently serves on the board of directors of Dean Foods Company and Affirmative Insurance Holdings, Inc. Mr. Davis is actively involved in investing in and financing small-cap companies through a wholly owned financial advisory firm called The Concorde Group, Inc., of which he serves as Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Davis previously served as the Managing Partner and head of Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Inc.’s investment banking and corporate finance activities in the southwestern United States from March 1984 to February 2001, when Credit Suisse First Boston acquired Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette. At Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette, Mr. Davis was responsible for the mergers and acquisitions activity and the equity and leveraged finance activity that Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette undertook in the southwestern United States. In this capacity, Mr. Davis worked with several large private equity firms as clients, in addition to a variety of public and private companies in the following industries: broadcast and telecommunications, energy, food service and health care. Mr. Davis received a B.S. in Aerospace Engineering from Georgia Tech and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School and was an officer in the U.S. Navy.

Mr. Davis’ experience as Managing Partner at a large investment banking firm overseeing corporate finance activities and as a board member of several companies are among the attributes that led to the conclusion that Mr. Davis should serve on our board of directors.

Alexander W. Pease :  Mr. Pease has served as a director since 2012. He is currently Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of EnPro Industries, Inc. and has held these positions since May 2011. EnPro Industries, Inc. is a diversified, specialty manufacturing company with operations in nine countries worldwide. In addition to his finance responsibilities, Mr. Pease also has responsibility for mergers and acquisitions, strategy, supply chain management, information technology and continuous improvement. Prior to joining EnPro Industries, Inc. in February 2011, Mr. Pease was a principal with McKinsey & Company Inc., where he was a leader in the Global Energy and Materials and Operations practices. Prior to joining McKinsey & Company Inc., Mr. Pease gained a wide range of operating experience during the six years he spent in the U.S. Navy as a SEAL Team leader. Mr. Pease is a graduate of the U.S. Naval Academy with a B.S. degree in English and Spanish and earned his M.B.A. from the Tuck School of Business at Dartmouth College.

Mr. Pease’s experience as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer at a public company and as a principal at a leading management consulting firm are among the attributes that led to the conclusion that Mr. Pease should serve on our board of directors.

86


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Rick D. Puckett :  Mr. Puckett has served as a director since 2012. He has served as Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of Snyder’s-Lance, Inc. since December 2010 and served as Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of Lance, Inc. from 2006 to December 2010. Prior to joining Lance, Inc., Mr. Puckett served as Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Secretary and Treasurer of United Natural Foods, Inc., a wholesale distributor of natural and organic products, from 2005 to January 2006 and as Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of United Natural Foods, Inc. from 2003 to 2005. Mr. Puckett earned both his B.S. in Accounting and his M.B.A. from the University of Kentucky and is a Certified Public Accountant.

Mr. Puckett’s experience as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer at a public company and his training as a Certified Public Accountant are among the attributes that led to the conclusion that Mr. Puckett should serve on our board of directors.

Officers Who Are Not Directors

Alastair G. C. Merrick :  Mr. Merrick has served as our Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer since 2012. Before joining H.I.G. Capital in June 2012, Mr. Merrick served as Chief Financial Officer and Chief Administrative Officer for Churchill Financial Group Inc., a leading middle-market finance and asset management company. Prior to joining Churchill Financial Group in 2006, Mr. Merrick was Chief Financial Officer for E*TRADE Bank. Prior to joining E*TRADE Bank, Mr. Merrick spent 16 years at IBJ Whitehall Financial Group, eventually serving as Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Director of Operations. Mr. Merrick began his career at PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP. Mr. Merrick earned his B.A. in Economics from The University of Leeds in the United Kingdom and is a Certified Public Accountant.

Ethan Underwood :  Mr. Underwood has served as our Chief Operating Officer since 2012. Mr. Underwood is also a Managing Director of an H.I.G. Capital-affiliated investment adviser. He is responsible for all aspects of the investment process, including sourcing, structuring and post-closing strategies, as well as portfolio management. Prior to joining H.I.G. Capital, Mr. Underwood was a founding partner of WhiteHorse Capital Partners, L.P., a leading credit investor and manager of CLOs. At WhiteHorse Capital Partners, Mr. Underwood co-managed portfolios of par and distressed middle-market and broadly syndicated loans across numerous industries and sectors through several market cycles. Before founding WhiteHorse Capital Partners in 2003, Mr. Underwood served as portfolio manager for Highland Capital Management, L.P., and he began his career at PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP. Mr. Underwood earned a B.B.A. from the University of Texas at Austin and holds the Chartered Financial Analyst designation.

Edward J. Cook :  Mr. Cook has been our Chief Compliance Officer since 2012. He also currently serves as a Director of Alaric Compliance Services, LLC, a position he has held since November 2007. Mr. Cook also serves as the Chief Compliance Officer of Broadmark Asset Management, LLC, a registered investment adviser, and Solar Capital Partners, LLC, a registered investment adviser that advises business development companies, positions he has held since March 2011 and November 2008, respectively. He has also developed the compliance programs for funds of funds and has worked in other supporting capacities for mutual funds. From April 2004 to October 2007, Mr. Cook served as Counsel to the head of U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement at the Department of Homeland Security, where he contributed to the development of national anti-money laundering strategy. He began his career as an attorney practicing over 20 years ago, initially with Cahill Gordon & Reindel LLP. His securities practice included the Drexel Burnham Lambert Inc. reorganization as well as other matters for financial industry clients. Mr. Cook also worked for several years as a commercial litigator at the law firm of Wilson, Elser, Moskowitz, Edelman and Dicker LLP and has acted as counsel to a number of small corporations. In his nearly five years on active duty with the U.S. Navy Judge Advocate General’s Corps, Mr. Cook served as a trial attorney and later as legal advisor to several admirals. He presently holds the rank of Commander in the Navy Reserve. Additionally, Mr. Cook’s public sector experience includes his role as a municipal judge elected for two terms. Mr. Cook received his J.D. from the University of Virginia School of Law, where he was an editor of the Journal of Law and Politics, and his A.B. from the College of William & Mary. Mr. Cook is admitted to practice law in New York and before the Second and Fourth Circuits of the U.S. Court of Appeals, the Southern and Eastern Districts of New York, and the U.S. Tax Court.

87


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Committees of the Board

Our board of directors has established an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee and a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, our board of directors held four board meetings. All directors attended at least 75% of the aggregate number of meetings of the board of directors that were held while they were members of the board of directors. The Company requires each director to make a diligent effort to attend all board and committee meetings and encourages directors to attend the Annual Meeting.

Audit Committee

The members of the Audit Committee are Messrs. Davis, Pease and Puckett, each of whom is independent for purposes of the 1940 Act and The NASDAQ Global Select Market corporate governance requirements. Mr. Puckett serves as Chairman of the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee is responsible for pre-approving the engagement of the independent accountants to render audit and/or permissible non-audit services, approving the terms of compensation of such independent accountants, reviewing with our independent accountants the plans and results of the audit engagement, reviewing the independence of our independent accountants and reviewing the adequacy of our internal accounting controls. The Audit Committee is also responsible for aiding our Board in fair value pricing debt and equity securities that are not publicly-traded or for which current market values are not readily available. The Board and Audit Committee use the services of one or more independent valuation firms to help them determine the fair value of these securities. Our Board has determined that Mr. Puckett is an “audit committee financial expert,” as defined under Item 407(d)(5) of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act. In addition, each member of our Audit Committee meets the current independence and experience requirements of Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. The Audit Committee has adopted a written charter that is available on our website at www.whitehorsefinance.com .

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

The members of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee are Messrs. Davis, Pease and Puckett, each of whom is independent for purposes of the 1940 Act and the corporate governance requirements of The NASDAQ Global Select Market. Mr. Davis serves as Chairman of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee is responsible for selecting, researching and nominating directors for election by our Stockholders, selecting nominees to fill vacancies on the Board or a committee of the Board, developing and recommending to the Board a set of corporate governance principles and overseeing the evaluation of the Board and our management. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee has adopted a written charter that is available on our website at www.whitehorsefinance.com .

The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee considers Stockholders’ recommendations for possible nominees for election as directors when such recommendations are submitted in accordance with our bylaws, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee charter and any applicable law, rule or regulation regarding director nomination. Our bylaws provide that a Stockholder who wishes to nominate a person for election as a director at a meeting of Stockholders must deliver written notice to our Secretary, Richard Siegel, c/o WhiteHorse Finance, Inc., 1450 Brickell Avenue, 31 st Floor, Miami, Florida 33131. This notice must contain, as to each nominee, all of the information relating to such person as would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement meeting the requirements of Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act and certain other information set forth in our bylaws, including the following information for each director nominee: full name, age and address; principal occupation during the past five years; directorships on publicly held companies and investment companies during the past five years; number of shares of our Common Stock owned, if any; and a written consent of the individual to stand for election if nominated by the Board and to serve if elected by the Stockholders. In order to be eligible to be a nominee for election as a director by a Stockholder, such potential nominee must deliver to our Secretary a written questionnaire providing the requested information about the background and qualifications of such person and a written representation and agreement that such person is not and will not become a party to any voting agreements, any agreement or understanding with any person with respect to any compensation or indemnification in connection with service on the Board and would be in compliance with all of our publicly disclosed corporate governance, conflict of interest, confidentiality and stock ownership and trading policies and guidelines.

88


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Criteria considered by the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee in evaluating the qualifications of individuals for election as members of the Board include compliance with the independence and other applicable requirements of the corporate governance requirements of The NASDAQ Global Select Market, the 1940 Act and the SEC, and all other applicable laws, rules, regulations and listing standards, the criteria, policies and principles set forth in the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee charter and the ability to contribute to the effective management of the Company, taking into account the needs of the Company and such factors as the individual’s experience, perspective, skills and knowledge of the industry in which the Company operates. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee has not adopted a formal policy with regard to the consideration of diversity in identifying individuals for election as members of the Board, but the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will consider such factors as it may deem are in the best interests of the Company and its Stockholders. Such factors may include the individual’s professional experience, education, skills and other individual qualities or attributes, including gender, race or national origin.

Compensation Committee

We established a Compensation Committee in May 2014. The members of our Compensation Committee are Messrs. Davis, Pease and Puckett, each of whom meets the independence standards established by the SEC and the corporate governance requirements of The NASDAQ Global Select Market. The Compensation Committee is responsible for determining, or recommending to the board of directors for determination, the compensation, if any, of our chief executive officer and all other executive officers of the Company. Currently none of the Company’s executive officers are compensated by the Company and, as a result, the Compensation Committee does not produce and/or review a report on executive compensation practices. The Compensation Committee also has the authority to engage compensation consultants following consideration of certain factors related to such consultants’ independence. The Compensation Committee Charter is available on our website at www.whitehorsefinance.com .

Compensation of Directors

The following table shows information regarding the compensation earned by our directors for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013. No compensation is paid to any interested director or executive officer of the Company.

     
  Year ended December 31, 2013
Name   Total
Compensation
from WhiteHorse
Finance Inc. (1)
  Pension or
Retirement Benefits
Accrued as Part of
Our Expenses (2)
  Aggregate
Compensation
from WhiteHorse
Finance Inc. (1)
Independent Directors
                          
Rick D. Puckett   $ 83,000           $ 83,000  
Thomas C. Davis   $ 78,000           $ 78,000  
Alexander W. Pease   $ 71,500           $ 71,500  

(1) The amounts listed are for the year ended December 31, 2013. For a discussion of the independent directors’ compensation, see below.
(2) We do not have a profit-sharing or retirement plan, and directors do not receive any pension or retirement benefits.

Our independent directors each receive an annual fee of $50,000 for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2014. They also receive $3,500 plus reimbursement of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with attending each quarterly Board meeting and receive $1,500 plus reimbursement of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with attending each in-person committee meeting. In addition, the Chairman of the Audit Committee receives an annual fee of $10,000 and the Chairman of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee receives an annual fee of $5,000 for their additional services in these capacities. In addition, we have purchased directors’ and officers’ liability insurance on behalf of our directors and officers.

89


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our independent directors waived a portion of their fees for the period from October 9, 2012 through March 31, 2013. The waived fees are not subject to recoupment by the independent directors. As a result of this waiver, commencing with the calendar quarter ended December 31, 2012 until the end of the calendar quarter ended March 31, 2013, the independent directors each received a pro rata portion of an annual fee of $35,000. During this period, there were no other changes to the fees or reimbursements of expenses described above.

Compensation of Chief Executive Officer and Other Executive Officers

None of our officers receives direct compensation from us. Our allocable portion of the compensation of our chief financial officer and our chief compliance officer and their respective staffs is paid by WhiteHorse Administration, subject to reimbursement by us of an allocable portion of such compensation for services rendered by them to us. To the extent that our Administrator outsources any of its functions, we pay the fees associated with such functions on a direct basis without profit to the Administrator.

90


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

THE ADVISER AND THE ADMINISTRATOR

WhiteHorse Advisers is registered with the SEC as an investment adviser, and we and WhiteHorse Advisers have entered into the Investment Advisory Agreement.

WhiteHorse Advisers is a Delaware limited liability company that is registered as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act. The principal executive offices of WhiteHorse Advisers are located at 1450 Brickell Avenue, 31 st Floor, Miami, Florida 33131.

Investment Committee

Each of the individuals listed below, in addition to Messrs. Carvell, Bolduc and Underwood, is a member of our investment committee and has primary responsibility for the day-to-day management of our portfolio. The members of our investment committee are also members of our Investment Adviser’s investment committee. All of the portfolio managers are employed by H.I.G. Capital.

The members of our investment committee receive no compensation from us. These members are employees or partners of H.I.G. Capital and receive no direct compensation from our Investment Adviser. The compensation of the members of the investment committee paid by H.I.G. Capital includes an annual base salary and, in certain cases, an annual bonus based on an assessment of short-term and long-term performance. In addition, all of the members of our investment committee have equity interests in H.I.G. Capital or its affiliates, including WhiteHorse Advisers, and may receive distributions of profits in respect of those interests. H.I.G. Capital has employment agreements with the members of the investment committee, and such individuals are subject to certain confidentiality, nonsolicitation and, in most cases, noncompetition provisions to assist H.I.G. Capital in retaining their services.

Members of Our Investment Adviser’s Investment Committee Who Are Not Our Directors or Officers

Sami Mnaymneh :  Mr. Mnaymneh is a co-founding Partner of H.I.G. Capital and has served as a Managing Partner of the firm since 1993. He has directed H.I.G. Capital’s development since its inception and, alongside Mr. Tamer, is responsible for the day-to-day management of H.I.G. Capital. He approves all capital commitments made by H.I.G. Capital and is a board member of several H.I.G. Capital portfolio companies. Prior to co-founding H.I.G. Capital, Mr. Mnaymneh was a Managing Director at The Blackstone Group in New York. Prior to that time, he was a Vice President in the Mergers & Acquisitions department at Morgan Stanley & Co., where he devoted a significant amount of his time to leveraged buyouts, serving as senior advisor to a number of large and prominent private equity firms. Mr. Mnaymneh currently serves on the Board of Columbia College and on the Dean’s Council of Harvard Law School. Mr. Mnaymneh received a B.A. degree from Columbia University ( Summa Cum Laude ), a J.D. degree from Harvard Law School and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School, respectively, with honors. Mr. Mnaymneh splits his time between H.I.G. Capital’s London and Miami offices.

Anthony Tamer :  Mr. Tamer is a co-founding Partner of H.I.G. Capital and has served as a Managing Partner of the firm since 1993. He has directed H.I.G. Capital’s development since its inception and, alongside Mr. Mnaymneh, is responsible for the day-to-day management of the firm. Prior to founding H.I.G. Capital, Mr. Tamer was a Partner at Bain & Company, a leading management consulting firm. His focus at Bain & Company was on developing business unit strategies, improving clients’ competitive positions, implementing productivity improvement and cycle time reduction programs, and leading acquisition and divestiture activities for Fortune 500 clients. Mr. Tamer has extensive operating experience, having held marketing, engineering and manufacturing positions at Hewlett-Packard and Sprint Corporation. Mr. Tamer holds a B.S. degree from Rutgers University, an M.S. degree in Electrical Engineering from Stanford University and an M.B.A. degree from Harvard Business School.

Ethan Underwood :  See “Management of the Company — Biographical Information” for a biography of Mr. Underwood.

Lewis Schoenwetter :  Mr. Schoenwetter has over seventeen years of debt and private equity investing experience in a broad range of industries, including business services, manufacturing, distribution, telecom and healthcare. Mr. Schoenwetter has been involved in all aspects of the investment process including sourcing, transaction structuring, financing and execution of post-closing strategies. He currently serves on the board of

91


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

numerous H.I.G. Capital portfolio companies. Prior to joining H.I.G. Capital, Mr. Schoenwetter was a Director with Levine Leichtman Capital Partners, Inc. In this role, he was responsible for investment analysis and working with the management of portfolio companies to create value. Prior to joining Levine Leichtman, Mr. Schoenwetter worked in the private equity group at ABN AMRO Bank N.V. and in Bank of America’s leveraged finance group. Mr. Schoenwetter earned a B.A. from Marquette University and an M.B.A. from the University of Chicago.

Pankaj Gupta :  Mr. Gupta is a Managing Director of an H.I.G. Capital-affiliated investment adviser. Mr. Gupta has over fourteen years of experience in private debt and equity investing across a broad range of industries, including business services, manufacturing, distribution, telecom, healthcare, consumer products and consumer services. Prior to joining H.I.G. Capital, Mr. Gupta served as a Managing Director of American Capital Ltd., a middle-market investment firm, where he co-managed the firm’s debt investment business and sat on the boards of directors of several of the firm’s portfolio companies. Prior to joining American Capital Ltd., Mr. Gupta spent six years at Audax Group LP, a Boston and New York-based private equity and mezzanine firm, where he was responsible for the origination, structuring, execution and monitoring of mezzanine investments. Mr. Gupta also worked in the private equity group of J.H. Whitney & Co., LLC. Mr. Gupta earned a B.A. in Economics from Dartmouth College.

Javier Casillas :  Mr. Casillas is a Managing Director of an H.I.G. Capital-affiliated investment adviser. Since joining H.I.G. Capital in 2006, Mr. Casillas has worked on a wide range of investments, including recapitalizations, debt purchases and original issue loans. Mr. Casillas has been particularly active in sourcing, structuring and monitoring middle market original issue loans across several industries, including healthcare, business services, and specialty finance. Mr. Casillas has over thirteen years of experience in investment banking and principal investing. He began his career with JPMorgan Chase & Co.'s mergers and acquisitions team, and prior to joining H.I.G. Capital worked with ING Groep N.V., developing new financing products for companies in Mexico. At H.I.G. Capital, Mr. Casillas has played a leading role in the firm’s expansion into original issue credit. Mr. Casillas received a B.A. in Government from Harvard University and an M.B.A. from Stanford University's Graduate School of Business.

Portfolio Management

The portfolio managers who are primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of WhiteHorse Finance manage a total of 33 registered investment companies, pooled investment vehicles or other accounts with a total amount of approximately $15 billion in assets under management as of March 31, 2014. The table below shows the dollar range of shares of common stock to be beneficially owned by each manager of our Investment Adviser and each of our officers as of May 29, 2014.

 
Name   Dollar Range of Equity Securities in WhiteHorse Finance (1)
Sami Mnaymneh     Over $1,000,000  
Anthony Tamer     Over $1,000,000  
Ethan Underwood   $ 100,001 – $500,000  
Lewis Schoenwetter   $ 100,001 – $500,000  
Pankaj Gupta   $ 100,001 – $500,000  
Javier Casillas   $ 10,001 – $50,000  
Jay Carvell   $ 100,001 – $500,000  
John Bolduc     Over $1,000,000  

(1) Dollar ranges are as follows: None, $1 – $10,000, $10,001 – $50,000, $50,001 – $100,000, $100,001 – $500,000; $500,001 – $1,000,000 or Over $1,000,000.

92


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Investment Advisory Agreement

WhiteHorse Advisers serves as our Investment Adviser in accordance with the terms of the Investment Advisory Agreement. Subject to the overall supervision of our board of directors, the Investment Adviser manages the day-to-day operations of, and provides investment management services to us. Under the terms of the Investment Advisory Agreement, WhiteHorse Advisers:

determines the composition of our portfolio, the nature and timing of the changes to our portfolio and the manner of implementing such changes;
identifies, evaluates and negotiates the structure of the investments we make (including performing due diligence on our prospective portfolio companies); and
closes, monitors and administers the investments we make, including the exercise of any voting or consent rights.

WhiteHorse Advisers’ services under the Investment Advisory Agreement are not exclusive, and it is free to furnish similar services to other entities so long as its services to us are not impaired. Under the Investment Advisory Agreement, we pay WhiteHorse Advisers a fee for investment management services consisting of a base management fee and an incentive fee.

Management Fee

The base management fee is calculated at an annual rate of 2.0% of consolidated gross assets, including cash and cash equivalents and assets purchased with borrowed funds, and is payable quarterly in arrears. The base management fee is calculated based on the average carrying value of the Company’s consolidated gross assets, including cash and cash equivalents and assets purchased with borrowed funds, at the end of the two most recently completed calendar quarters, appropriately adjusted for any share issuances or repurchases during the quarter. The management fees for any partial month or quarter is appropriately pro-rated. The Investment Advisory Agreement excluded cash and cash equivalents from the calculation of the base management fee for the calendar quarters ended December 31, 2012, March 31, 2013, June 30, 2013, and September 30, 2013.

WhiteHorse Advisers has agreed to waive that portion of the base management fee payable with respect to cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash and cash equivalents to which it would otherwise be entitled under the Investment Advisory Agreement for the fiscal quarters ended December 31, 2013, and ending March 31, 2014. The waived fees are not subject to recoupment by the Investment Adviser.

Incentive Fee

The incentive fee consists of two components that are independent of each other, except as provided by the incentive fee cap and deferral mechanism discussed below.

The calculations of these two components, which we refer to, collectively, as the “Income and Capital Gain Incentive Fee Calculations,” have been structured to include a fee limitation such that no incentive fee will be paid to our Investment Adviser for any quarter if, after such payment, the cumulative incentive fees paid to our Investment Adviser for the period that includes the current fiscal quarter and the 11 full preceding fiscal quarters, which we refer to in this annual report on Form 10-K as the “Incentive Fee Look-back Period,” would exceed 20.0% of our Cumulative Pre-Incentive Fee Net Return (as defined below) during the Incentive Fee Look-back Period. Each quarterly incentive fee is subject to the Incentive Fee Cap (as defined below) and a deferral mechanism through which the Investment Adviser may recap a portion of such deferred incentive fees, which we refer to together as the “Incentive Fee Cap and Deferral Mechanism.”

This limitation is accomplished by subjecting each incentive fee payable to a cap, which is referred to as the “Incentive Fee Cap.” The Incentive Fee Cap in any quarter is equal to (a) 20.0% of Cumulative Pre-Incentive Fee Net Return (as defined below) during the Incentive Fee Look-back Period less (b) cumulative incentive fees of any kind paid to the Investment Adviser during the Incentive Fee Look-back Period. To the extent the Incentive Fee Cap is zero or a negative value in any quarter, the Company will pay no incentive fee to our Investment Adviser in that quarter. The Company will only pay incentive fees to the extent allowed by the Incentive Fee Cap and Deferral Mechanism. To the extent that the payment of incentive

93


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

fees is limited by the Incentive Fee Cap and Deferral Mechanism, the payment of such fees may be deferred and paid in subsequent quarters up to three years after their date of deferment, subject to applicable limitations included in the Investment Advisory Agreement. The deferral component of the Incentive Fee Cap and Deferral Mechanism may cause incentive fees that accrued during one fiscal quarter to be paid to the Investment Adviser at any time during the 11 full fiscal quarters following such initial full fiscal quarter.

The Incentive Fee Look-back Period commenced on January 1, 2013. Prior to January 1, 2016, the Incentive Fee Look-back Period will consist of fewer than 12 full fiscal quarters.

In this annual report on Form 10-K, “Cumulative Pre-Incentive Fee Net Return” refers to the sum of (a) Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income for each period during the Incentive Fee Look-back Period and (b) the sum of cumulative realized capital gains, cumulative realized capital losses, cumulative unrealized capital depreciation and cumulative unrealized capital appreciation during the applicable Incentive Fee Look-back Period.

The first component, which is income-based, is calculated and payable quarterly in arrears, commencing with the quarter beginning January 1, 2013, based on our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income, expressed as a rate of return on the value of our net assets at the end of the immediately preceding calendar quarter, subject to the Incentive Fee Cap and Deferral Mechanism. For this purpose, “Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income” means, in each case on a consolidated basis, interest income, distribution income and any other income (including any other fees (other than fees for providing managerial assistance), such as commitment, origination, structuring, diligence and consulting fees or other fees that we receive from portfolio companies) accrued during the calendar quarter, minus our operating expenses for the quarter (including the base management fee, expenses payable under the Administration Agreement, any interest expense and any dividends paid on any issued and outstanding preferred stock, but excluding the incentive fee). Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income does not include any realized capital gains, realized capital losses or unrealized capital appreciation or depreciation.

The operation of the first component of the incentive fee for each quarter is as follows:

no incentive fee is payable to our Investment Adviser in any calendar quarter in which our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income does not exceed the “Hurdle Rate” of 1.75% (7.00% annualized);
100% of our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income with respect to that portion of such Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income, if any, that exceeds the Hurdle Rate but is less than 2.1875% in any calendar quarter (8.75% annualized) is payable to our Investment Adviser. We refer to this portion of our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income (which exceeds the Hurdle Rate but is less than 2.1875%) as the “catch-up.” The effect of the catch-up is that, if such Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income exceeds 2.1875% in any calendar quarter, our Investment Adviser will receive 20% of such Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income as if the Hurdle Rate did not apply; and
20% of the amount of such Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income, if any, that exceeds 2.1875% in any calendar quarter (8.75% annualized) is payable to our Investment Adviser (once the Hurdle Rate is reached and the catch-up is achieved, 20% of all Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income).

The portion of such incentive fee that is attributable to deferred interest (such as PIK interest or original issue discount) will be paid to our Investment Adviser, together with interest from the date of deferral to the date of payment, only if and to the extent we actually receive such interest in cash, and any accrual will be reversed if and to the extent such interest is reversed in connection with any write-off or similar treatment of the investment giving rise to any deferred interest accrual. Any reversal of such amounts would reduce net income for the quarter by the net amount of the reversal (after taking into account the reversal of incentive fees payable) and would result in a reduction and possibly elimination of the incentive fees for such quarter.

There is no accumulation of amounts on the Hurdle Rate from quarter to quarter and, accordingly, there is no clawback of amounts previously paid if Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income earned in subsequent quarters is below the quarterly Hurdle Rate and there is no delay of payment if Pre-Incentive Fee Net

94


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Investment Income earned in prior quarters are below the quarterly Hurdle Rate. Since the Hurdle Rate is fixed, as interest rates rise, it will be easier for our Investment Adviser to surpass the Hurdle Rate and receive an incentive fee based on Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income.

Our net investment income used to calculate this component of the incentive fee is also included in the amount of our consolidated gross assets used to calculate the 2.0% base management fee. This calculation will be appropriately prorated for any period of less than three months and adjusted for any share issuances or repurchases during the current quarter.

The following is a graphical representation of the calculation of the income-based component of the incentive fee:

Quarterly Incentive Fee based on Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income
(expressed as a percentage of the value of net assets)

[GRAPHIC MISSING]

Percentage of Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income allocated to first component of incentive fee

The second component, the capital gains component of the incentive fee, is determined and payable in arrears as of the end of each calendar year (or upon termination of the Investment Advisory Agreement, as of the termination date), commencing on January 1, 2013, and will equal 20% of our cumulative aggregate realized capital gains from January 1, 2013 through the end of that calendar year, computed net of our aggregate cumulative realized capital losses and our aggregate cumulative unrealized capital depreciation through the end of such year, less the aggregate amount of any previously paid capital gains incentive fees and subject to the Incentive Fee Cap and Deferral Mechanism. If such amount is negative, then no capital gains incentive fee will be payable for such year. Additionally, if the Investment Advisory Agreement is terminated as of a date that is not a calendar year end, the termination date will be treated as though it were a calendar year end for purposes of calculating and paying the capital gains incentive fee. The capital gains component of the incentive fee is not subject to any minimum return to stockholders.

Because of the structure of the incentive fee, it is possible that we may pay an incentive fee in a quarter where we incur a loss subject to the Incentive Fee Cap and Deferral Mechanism. For example, if we receive Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income in excess of the Hurdle Rate, we will pay the applicable incentive fee even if we have incurred a loss in that quarter due to realized and unrealized capital losses.

Examples of Quarterly Incentive Fee Calculation

Each of the following examples assumes that the Incentive Fee Cap and Deferral Mechanism is met.

Example 1 — Income Related Portion of Incentive Fee (*):

Alternative 1

Assumptions

Investment income (including interest, distributions, fees, etc.) = 1.25%

Hurdle Rate (1) = 1.75%

Base management fee (2) = 0.50%

Other expenses (legal, accounting, custodian, transfer agent, etc.) (3) = 0.25%

Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income

(investment income - (base management fee + other expenses)) = 0.50%

Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income does not exceed the Hurdle Rate, therefore there is no incentive fee.

95


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Alternative 2

Assumptions

Investment income (including interest, distributions, fees, etc.) = 2.70%

Hurdle Rate (1) = 1.75%

Base management fee (2) = 0.50%

Other expenses (legal, accounting, custodian, transfer agent, etc.) (3) = 0.25%

Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income

(investment income - (base management fee + other expenses)) = 1.95%

Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income exceeds the Hurdle Rate, therefore there is an incentive fee.

Incentive fee = (100% × “catch-up”) + (the greater of 0% AND (20% × (Pre-Incentive Fee
Net Investment Income - 2.1875%)))
   = (100.0% × (Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income - 1.75%)) + 0%
   = 100.0% × (1.95%–1.75%)
   = 100.0% × 0.20%
   = 0.20%

Alternative 3

Assumptions

Investment income (including interest, distributions, fees, etc.) = 3.00%

Hurdle Rate (1) = 1.75%

Base management fee (2) = 0.50%

Other expenses (legal, accounting, custodian, transfer agent, etc.) (3) = 0.25%

Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income

(investment income - (base management fee + other expenses)) = 2.25%

Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income exceeds the Hurdle Rate, therefore there is an incentive fee.

Incentive fee = (100% × “catch-up”) + (the greater of 0% AND (20% × (Pre-Incentive Fee
Net Investment Income - 2.1875%)))
   = (100% × (2.1875% - 1.75%)) + (20.0% × (2.25% - 2.1875%))
   = 0.4375% + (20.0% × 0.0625%)
   = 0.4375% + 0.0125%
   = 0.45%

(*) The hypothetical amount of Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income shown is based on a percentage of net assets.
(1) Represents 7.00% annualized Hurdle Rate.
(2) Represents 2.00% annualized base management fee. This amount does not reflect that our investment advisor has agreed to exclude cash and cash equivalents from the calculation of the base management fee for the calendar quarters ending December 31, 2012, March 31, 2013, June 30, 2013 and September 30, 2013.
(3) Excludes organizational and offering expenses.

Example 2 — Capital Gains Portion of Incentive Fee:

Alternative 1

Assumptions

Year 1: $20 million investment made in Company A (“Investment A”), and $30 million investment made in Company B (“Investment B”)

96


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Year 2: Investment A sold for $50 million and fair market value, or FMV, of Investment B determined to be $32 million
Year 3: FMV of Investment B determined to be $25 million
Year 4: Investment B sold for $31 million

The capital gains portion of the incentive fee would be:

Year 1: None
Year 2: Capital gains incentive fee of $6.0 million ($30 million realized capital gains on sale of Investment A multiplied by 20.0%)
Year 3: None; $5.0 million (20.0% multiplied by ($30 million cumulative capital gains less $5.0 million cumulative capital depreciation)) less $6.0 million (capital gains fee paid in Year 2)
Year 4: Capital gains incentive fee of $200,000; $6.2 million ($31 million cumulative realized capital gains multiplied by 20.0%) less $6.0 million (capital gains fee paid in Year 2)

Alternative 2

Assumptions

Year 1: $20 million investment made in Company A (“Investment A”), $30 million investment made in Company B (“Investment B”) and $25 million investment made in Company C (“Investment C”)
Year 2: Investment A sold for $50 million, FMV of Investment B determined to be $25 million and FMV of Investment C determined to be $25 million
Year 3: FMV of Investment B determined to be $27 million and Investment C sold for $30 million
Year 4: FMV of Investment B determined to be $35 million
Year 5: Investment B sold for $20 million

The capital gains portion of the incentive fee would be:

Year 1: None
Year 2: Capital gains incentive fee of $5.0 million; 20.0% multiplied by $25 million ($30 million realized capital gains on Investment A less $5 million unrealized capital depreciation on Investment B)
Year 3: Capital gains incentive fee of $1.4 million; $6.4 million (20.0% multiplied by $32 million ($35 million cumulative realized capital gains less $3 million unrealized capital depreciation on Investment B)) less $5.0 million (capital gains fee received in Year 2)
Year 4: None
Year 5: None; $5.0 million of capital gains incentive fee (20.0% multiplied by $25 million (cumulative realized capital gains of $35 million less realized capital losses of $10 million)) less $6.4 million (cumulative capital gains fee paid in Year 2 and Year 3)

Example 3 — Application of the Incentive Fee Cap and Deferral Mechanism:

Assumptions

In each of Years 1 through 4 in this example, as well as in each preceding year, Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income equals $40.0 million per year, which we recognized evenly in each quarter of each year and paid quarterly. This amount exceeds the Hurdle Rate and the requirement of the “catch-up” in each quarter of such year. As a result, the annual income related portion of the incentive fee, before the application of the Incentive Fee Cap and Deferral Mechanism in any year is $8.0 million ($40.0 million multiplied by 20%), and the cumulative income related portion of the incentive fee before the application of the Incentive

97


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fee Cap and Deferral Mechanism over any Incentive Fee Look-back Period prior to any payment of incentive fees during such year is $16.0 million ($8.0 million multiplied by two). All income-related incentive fees were paid quarterly in arrears.

In each year preceding Year 1, we did not generate realized or unrealized capital gains or losses, no capital gain-related incentive fee was paid and there was no deferral of incentive fees.

Year 1: We did not generate realized or unrealized capital gains or losses
Year 2: We realized a $30.0 million capital gain and did not otherwise generate realized or unrealized capital gains or losses
Year 3: We recognized a $5.0 million unrealized capital depreciation and did not otherwise generate realized or unrealized capital gains or losses
Year 4: We realized a $6.0 million capital gain and did not otherwise generate realized or unrealized capital gains or losses

98


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

       
  Income Related Incentive Fee Accrued Before Application of Incentive Fee Cap and Deferral Mechanism   Capital Gains Related Incentive Fee Accrued Before Application of Incentive Fee Cap and Deferral Mechanism   Incentive Fee Cap   Incentive Fees Paid and Deferred
Year 1   $8.0 million
($40.0 million
multiplied by 20%)
  None   $8.0 million (20%
of Cumulative
Pre-Incentive Fee Net
Return during Incentive
Fee Look-back Period
of $120.0 million less
$16.0 million of
cumulative incentive
fees paid)
  Incentive fees of
$8.0 million paid; no
incentive fees deferred
Year 2   $8.0 million
($40.0 million
multiplied by 20%)
  $6.0 million (20% of
$30.0 million)
  $14.0 million (20%
of Cumulative
Pre-Incentive Fee Net
Return during Incentive
Fee Look-back Period
of $150.0 million
($120.0 million plus
$30.0 million) less
$16.0 million of
cumulative incentive
fees paid)
  Incentive fees of
$14.0 million paid; no
incentive fees deferred
Year 3   $8.0 million
($40.0 million
multiplied by 20%)
  None (20% of
cumulative net capital
gains of $25.0 million
($30.0 million in
cumulative realized
gains less $5.0 million
in cumulative
unrealized capital
depreciation) less
$6.0 million of capital
gains fee paid
in Year 2)
  $7.0 million (20%
of Cumulative
Pre-incentive Fee Net
Return during Incentive
Fee Look-back Period
of $145.0 million
($120.0 million plus
$25.0 million) less
$22.0 million of
cumulative incentive
fees paid)
  Incentive fees of
$7.0 million paid;
$8.0 million of
incentive fees accrued
but payment restricted
to $7.0 million by the
Incentive Fee Cap;
$1.0 million of
incentive fees deferred
Year 4   $8.0 million
($40.0 million
multiplied by 20%)
  $0.2 million (20%
of cumulative net
capital gains of
$31.0 million
($36.0 million
cumulative realized
capital gains less
$5.0 million cumulative
unrealized capital
depreciation) less
$6.0 million of capital
gains fee paid
in Year 2)
  $9.2 million (20%
of Cumulative
Pre-Incentive Fee Net
Return during Incentive
Fee Look-back Period
of $151.0 million
($120.0 million plus
$31.0 million) less
$21.0 million of
cumulative incentive
fees paid)
  Incentive fees of
$9.2 million paid
($8.2 million of
incentive fees accrued
in Year 4 plus
$1.0 million of deferred
incentive fees); no
incentive fees deferred

Payment of Our Expenses

WhiteHorse Advisers provides and pays for all investment professionals of WhiteHorse Advisers and their respective staffs, when and to the extent engaged in providing investment advisory and management services, and the compensation and routine overhead expenses of such personnel allocable to such services.

We bear all other costs and expenses of our operations and transactions, including:

our organization;

99


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

calculating our NAV and NAV per share (including the cost and expenses of any independent valuation firm);
fees and expenses, including travel expenses, incurred by WhiteHorse Advisers or payable to third parties in performing due diligence on prospective portfolio companies, monitoring our investments and, if necessary, enforcing our rights;
interest payable on debt, if any, incurred to finance our investments;
the costs of this and all future offerings of common shares and other securities, if any;
the base management fee and any incentive fee;
distributions on our shares;
administration fees payable to WhiteHorse Administration under the Administration Agreement;
transfer agent and custody fees and expenses;
the allocated costs incurred by WhiteHorse Administration as our Administrator in providing managerial assistance to those portfolio companies that request it;
amounts payable to third parties relating to, or associated with, evaluating, making and disposing of investments;
brokerage fees and commissions;
registration fees;
listing fees;
taxes;
independent director fees and expenses;
costs associated with our reporting and compliance obligations under the 1940 Act and applicable U.S. federal and state securities laws;
the costs of any reports, proxy statements or other notices to our stockholders, including printing costs;
costs of holding stockholder meetings;
our fidelity bond;
directors and officers/errors and omissions liability insurance, and any other insurance premiums;
litigation, indemnification and other non-recurring or extraordinary expenses;
direct costs and expenses of administration and operation, including audit and legal costs;
fees and expenses associated with marketing efforts to investors and sponsors;
dues, fees and charges of any trade association of which we are a member; and
all other expenses reasonably incurred by us or WhiteHorse Administration in connection with administering our business, such as the allocable portion of overhead under our Administration Agreement, including rent and our allocable portion of the costs and expenses of our chief compliance officer, chief financial officer and chief operating officer along with their respective staffs.

Duration and Termination

The Investment Advisory Agreement was approved by our board of directors, including a majority of our directors who are not interested persons of us or WhiteHorse Advisers, on September 18, 2012. Unless terminated earlier as described below, the Investment Advisory Agreement will continue in effect for a period of two years from its execution date. It will remain in effect from year to year thereafter if approved annually

100


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

by our board of directors, or by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities, including, in either case, approval by a majority of our directors who are not interested persons of WhiteHorse Finance. The Investment Advisory Agreement will automatically terminate in the event of its assignment. The Investment Advisory Agreement may be terminated by either party without penalty upon not less than 60 days’ written notice to the other. Any termination by us must be authorized either by our board of directors or by vote of our stockholders. See “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to our Business and Structure — We depend upon key personnel of H.I.G. Capital and its affiliates.”

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification

The Investment Advisory Agreement provides that, absent willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of its duties or by reason of the reckless disregard of its duties and obligations, WhiteHorse Advisers and its officers, managers, agents, employees, controlling persons, members and any other person or entity affiliated with the Investment Adviser, including its general partner and the Administrator are entitled to indemnification from us for any damages, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and amounts reasonably paid in settlement) arising from WhiteHorse Advisers’ performance of its duties and obligations under the Investment Advisory Agreement or otherwise as our Investment Adviser.

Board of Directors’ Approval of the Investment Advisory Agreement

Our board of directors determined at a meeting held on September 18, 2012 to approve the Investment Advisory Agreement. In its consideration of the Investment Advisory Agreement, the board of directors focused on information it had received relating to, among other things:

the nature, quality and extent of the advisory and other services to be provided to us by the Investment Adviser;
comparative data with respect to advisory fees or similar expenses paid by other business development companies with similar investment objectives;
our projected operating expenses and expense ratio compared to business development companies with similar investment objectives;
any existing and potential sources of indirect income to the Investment Adviser or WhiteHorse Administration from their relationships with us and the profitability of those relationships;
information about the services to be performed and the personnel performing such services under the Investment Advisory Agreement;
the organizational capability and financial condition of the Investment Adviser and its affiliates;
the Investment Adviser’s practices regarding the selection and compensation of brokers that may execute our portfolio transactions and the brokers’ provision of brokerage and research services to the Investment Adviser; and
the possibility of obtaining similar services from other third party service providers or through an internally managed structure.

Based on the information reviewed and the considerations detailed above, the board of directors, including all of the directors who are not “interested persons,” as that term is defined in the 1940 Act, of us or WhiteHorse Advisers, concluded that the investment advisory fee rates and terms are fair and reasonable in relation to the services provided and approved the Investment Advisory Agreement, as well as the Administration Agreement, as being in the best interests of our stockholders.

Administration Agreement

Pursuant to the Administration Agreement, WhiteHorse Administration furnishes us with office facilities, equipment and clerical, bookkeeping and record keeping services to enable us to operate. WhiteHorse Administration also provides us with access to the resources necessary for us to perform our obligations as collateral manager of WhiteHorse Warehouse under the Credit Facility. Under the Administration Agreement,

101


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

WhiteHorse Administration performs, or oversees the performance of, our required administrative services, which include being responsible for the financial records which we are required to maintain and preparing reports to our stockholders and reports filed with the SEC. In addition, WhiteHorse Administration assists us in determining and publishing our NAV, oversees the preparation and filing of our tax returns and the printing and dissemination of reports to our stockholders and generally oversees the payment of our expenses and the performance of administrative and professional services rendered to us by others. Payments under the Administration Agreement equal an amount based upon our allocable portion of WhiteHorse Administration’s overhead in performing its obligations under the Administration Agreement, including rent and our allocable portion of the cost of our chief compliance officer, chief operating officer and chief financial officer along with their respective staffs. Under the Administration Agreement, WhiteHorse Administration also provides managerial assistance on our behalf to portfolio companies that request such assistance. The Administration Agreement may be terminated by either party without penalty upon 60 days’ written notice to the other party. To the extent that our Administrator outsources any of its functions, we will pay the fees associated with such functions on a direct basis, without any profit to WhiteHorse Administration.

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification

The Administration Agreement provides that WhiteHorse Administration and its officers, managers, partners, agents, employees, controlling persons, members and affiliates are not liable to us or any of our stockholders for any act or omission by it or such other persons or entities in connection with its duties or obligations under the Administration Agreement or otherwise as our Administrator, except that the foregoing exculpation does not extend to any act or omission constituting willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of its duties or obligations under the Administration Agreement. The Administration Agreement also provides for indemnification by us of WhiteHorse Administration and its managers, partners, officers, employees, agents, controlling persons, members and affiliates for damages, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and amounts reasonably paid in settlement) incurred by them in or by reason of any pending, threatened or completed action, suit, investigation or other proceeding (including an action or suit by us or our stockholders or in our or our stockholders’ right) arising out of or otherwise based on WhiteHorse Administration’s duties or obligations under the Administration Agreement or otherwise as our Administrator, subject to the same limitations and conditions.

License Agreement

We have entered into a trademark license agreement, or the License Agreement, with an affiliate of H.I.G. Capital pursuant to which we have been granted a non-exclusive, royalty-free license to use the “WhiteHorse” name. Under this agreement, we have a right to use the WhiteHorse name for so long as WhiteHorse Advisers or one of its affiliates remains our Investment Adviser. The License Agreement is terminable by either party at any time in its sole discretion upon 60 days’ prior written notice to the other party and is also terminable by the affiliate of H.I.G. Capital in the case of certain events of non-compliance. Other than with respect to this limited license, we have no legal right to the “WhiteHorse” name.

102


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS AND CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS

We have entered into agreements with our Investment Adviser, in which our senior management and members of our investment committee have ownership and financial interests. Members of our senior management and members of the investment committee also serve as principals of other investment managers affiliated with our Investment Adviser that do and may in the future manage investment funds, accounts or other investment vehicles with investment objectives similar to ours. In addition, our executive officers and directors and the members of our Investment Adviser and members of the investment committee serve or may serve as officers, directors or principals of entities that operate in the same, or related, line of business as we do or of investment funds, accounts or other investment vehicles managed by our affiliates. These investment funds, accounts or other investment vehicles may have investment objectives similar to our investment objective. As a result, we may not be given the opportunity to participate in certain investments made by investment funds, accounts or other investment vehicles managed by our investment or its affiliates or by members of the investment committee. However, in order to fulfill its fiduciary duties to each of its clients, our Investment Adviser intends to allocate investment opportunities in a manner that is fair and equitable over time and is consistent with our Investment Adviser’s allocation policy, investment objective and strategies so that we are not disadvantaged in relation to any other client. See “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to our Business and Structure — There are significant potential conflicts of interest that could affect our investment returns.” Where we are able to co-invest consistent with the requirements of the 1940 Act, if sufficient securities or loan amounts are available to satisfy our and each such account’s proposed demand, the opportunity will be allocated in accordance with our Investment Adviser’s pre-transaction determination. If there is an insufficient amount of an investment opportunity to satisfy our demand and that of other accounts sponsored or managed by our Investment Adviser or its affiliates, the allocation policy further provides that allocations among us and such other accounts will generally be made pro rata based on the amount that each such party would have invested if sufficient securities or loan amounts were available. Where we are unable to co-invest consistent with the requirements of the 1940 Act, our Investment Adviser’s allocation policy provides for investments to be allocated on a rotational basis to assure that all clients have fair and equitable access to such investment opportunities.

Policies and Procedures for Managing Conflicts

Our Investment Adviser and its affiliates have both subjective and objective procedures and policies in place and designed to manage the potential conflicts of interest between our Investment Adviser’s fiduciary obligations to us and its similar fiduciary obligations to other clients. For example, such policies and procedures are designed to ensure that investment opportunities are allocated in a fair and equitable manner among us and their other clients. An investment opportunity that is suitable for multiple clients of our Investment Adviser and its affiliates may not be capable of being shared among some or all of such clients and affiliates due to the limited scale of the opportunity or other factors, including regulatory restrictions imposed by the 1940 Act. There can be no assurance that our Investment Adviser’s or its affiliates’ efforts to allocate any particular investment opportunity fairly among all clients for whom such opportunity is appropriate will result in an allocation of all or part of such opportunity to us. Not all conflicts of interest can be expected to be resolved in our favor.

Our Investment Adviser may manage investment vehicles with similar or overlapping investment strategies with us and has put in place a conflict-resolution policy that addresses the co-investment restrictions set forth under the 1940 Act and seeks to ensure the equitable allocation of investment opportunities when we are able to invest alongside other accounts managed by our Investment Adviser and its affiliates. When we invest alongside such other accounts as permitted, such investments are made consistent with the allocation policy of H.I.G. Capital and our Investment Adviser. Under this allocation policy, a fixed calculation, based on the type of investment, will be applied to determine the amount of each opportunity to be allocated to us. This allocation policy will be periodically approved by our Investment Adviser and reviewed by our independent directors. We expect that these determinations will be made similarly for other accounts sponsored or managed by our Investment Adviser and its affiliates. Where we are able to co-invest consistent with the requirements of the 1940 Act, if sufficient securities or loan amounts are available to satisfy our and each such account’s proposed demand, we expect that the opportunity will be allocated in accordance with our Investment Adviser’s pre-transaction determination. If there is an insufficient amount of an investment opportunity to

103


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

satisfy us and other accounts sponsored or managed by our Investment Adviser or its affiliates, the allocation policy further provides that allocations among us and such other accounts will generally be made pro rata based on the amount that each such party would have invested if sufficient securities or loan amounts were available. However, we cannot assure you that investment opportunities will be allocated to us fairly or equitably in the short-term or over time. We expect that these determinations will be made similarly for other accounts sponsored or managed by H.I.G. Capital and its affiliates. In situations where co-investment with other accounts managed by our Investment Adviser or its affiliates is not permitted or appropriate, H.I.G. Capital and our Investment Adviser will need to decide which client will proceed with the investment. Our Investment Adviser’s allocation policy provides, in such circumstances, for investments to be allocated on a rotational basis to assure that all clients have fair and equitable access to such investment opportunities.

Co-Investment Opportunities

We have in the past and expect in the future to co-invest on a concurrent basis with other affiliates, unless doing so is impermissible with existing regulatory guidance, applicable regulations and our allocation procedures. Certain types of negotiated co-investments may be made only if we receive an order from the SEC permitting us to do so. There can be no assurance that we will obtain any such order. See “Regulation.” We, H.I.G. Capital and our Investment Adviser have submitted an exemptive application to the SEC to permit greater flexibility to negotiate the terms of co-investments if our board of directors determines that it would be advantageous for us to co-invest with other accounts managed by our Investment Adviser or its affiliates in a manner consistent with our investment objectives, positions, policies, strategies and restrictions as well as regulatory requirements and other pertinent factors. We cannot assure you, however, that we will obtain such approvals or exemptive relief or develop opportunities that comply with such limitations.

Material Non-Public Information

Our senior management, members of our investment committee and other investment professionals from our Investment Adviser may serve as directors of, or in a similar capacity with, companies in which we invest or in which we are considering making an investment. Through these and other relationships with a company, these individuals may obtain material non-public information that might restrict our ability to buy or sell the securities of such company under the policies of the company or applicable law.

Investment Advisory Agreement

Under the Investment Advisory Agreement, we pay WhiteHorse Advisers a fee for investment management services consisting of a base management fee and an incentive fee. This fee structure may create an incentive for WhiteHorse Advisers to invest in certain types of securities. Additionally, we rely on investment professionals from our Investment Adviser to assist our board of directors with the valuation of our portfolio investments. See “— Staffing Agreement.”

The management fee and incentive fee paid to our Investment Adviser are based on the value of our investments and there may be a conflict of interest when personnel of our Investment Adviser are involved in the valuation process for our portfolio investments. See “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to our Business and Structure — There are significant conflicts of interest that could affect our investment returns.”

Staffing Agreement

WhiteHorse Advisers is an affiliate of H.I.G. Capital, with whom it has entered into the Staffing Agreement. Under the Staffing Agreement, H.I.G. Capital will make available to WhiteHorse Advisers experienced investment professionals and access to the senior investment personnel and other resources of H.I.G. Capital and its affiliates. The Staffing Agreement should provide WhiteHorse Advisers with access to deal flow generated by the professionals of H.I.G. Capital and commits the members of our Investment Adviser’s investment committee to serve in that capacity. WhiteHorse Advisers intends to capitalize on what we believe to be the significant deal origination, credit underwriting, due diligence, investment structuring, execution, portfolio management and monitoring experience of H.I.G. Capital’s investment professionals.

104


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Administration Agreement

Pursuant to the Administration Agreement, WhiteHorse Administration furnishes us with office facilities, equipment and clerical, bookkeeping, recordkeeping and other administrative services. Under our Administration Agreement, WhiteHorse Administration performs, or oversees the performance of, our required administrative services, which include being responsible for the financial records which we are required to maintain and preparing reports to our stockholders and reports filed with the SEC.

License Agreement

We have entered into the License Agreement with an affiliate of H.I.G. Capital pursuant to which we have been granted a non-exclusive, royalty-free license to use the name “WhiteHorse.” Under this agreement, we have a right to use the WhiteHorse name, for so long as WhiteHorse Advisers or one of its affiliates remains our Investment Adviser. The License Agreement is terminable by either party at any time in its sole discretion upon 60 days prior written notice and is also terminable by H.I.G. Capital in the case of certain events of non-compliance. Other than with respect to this limited license, we will have no legal right to the “WhiteHorse” name.

105


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

As of May 29, 2014, there were 14,982,857 shares of common stock outstanding and 15 stockholders of record. The following table sets forth certain ownership information with respect to our common stock for those persons who directly or indirectly own, control or hold with the power to vote, five percent or more of our outstanding common stock and all officers and directors, as a group.

     
    Percentage of Common Stock
outstanding
Name and address (1)   Type of ownership   Shares owned   Percentage
H.I.G. Bayside Debt & LBO Fund II, L.P. (1)     Record/Beneficial       4,312,282       28.8  
H.I.G. Bayside Loan Opportunity Fund II, L.P. (1)     Record/Beneficial       3,514,002       23.5  
John Bolduc (2)     Record/Beneficial       88,267       *  
Jay Carvell (2)     Record/Beneficial       7,550       *  
Anthony Tamer (3) (4)     Record/Beneficial       7,970,334       53.2  
Sami Mnaymneh (3) (5)     Record/Beneficial       7,977,276       53.2  
Thomas C. Davis (2)     Record/Beneficial       4,000       *  
Alexander W. Pease (2)     Record/Beneficial             *  
Rick D. Puckett (2)     Record/Beneficial       16,983       *  
Edward Cook (2)     Record/Beneficial             *  
Alastair G. C. Merrick (2)     Record/Beneficial             *  
Ethan Underwood (2)     Record/Beneficial       7,550       *  
All officers and directors as a group (8 persons)     Record/Beneficial       102,259       *  

* Represents less than 1.0%.
(1) The address of H.I.G. Bayside Debt & LBO Fund II, L.P. and H.I.G. Bayside Loan Opportunity Fund II, L.P., each a Delaware limited partnership, is 1450 Brickell Avenue, 31 st Floor, Miami, Florida 33131. The shares of common stock shown in the above table as being owned by the named entities reflect the fact that they collectively may be viewed as having investment power over 7,826,284 shares of our common stock indirectly owned of record by such entities, although voting rights to such securities have been passed through to the respective limited partners. Each of H.I.G. Bayside Debt & LBO Fund II, L.P. and H.I.G. Bayside Loan Opportunity Fund II, L.P. disclaim beneficial ownership of such shares of common stock, except to the extent of their respective pecuniary interests therein.
(2) The address for each of our officers and directors is c/o WhiteHorse Finance, Inc., 1450 Brickell Avenue, 31 st Floor, Miami, Florida 33131.
(3) Messrs. Mnaymneh and Tamer are control persons of H.I.G.-GP II, Inc., which is the manager of the general partner of each of H.I.G. Bayside Debt & LBO Fund II, L.P. and H.I.G. Bayside Loan Opportunity Fund II, L.P. The shares of common stock shown in the above table as being owned by each named individual reflects the fact that, due to their control of such entities, each may be viewed as having investment power over 7,826,284 shares of common stock indirectly owned by such entities, although voting rights to such securities have been passed through to the respective members and limited partners. Messrs. Mnaymneh and Tamer disclaim beneficial ownership of such shares of common stock except to the extent of their respective pecuniary interests herein.
(4) Mr. Tamer is the President of Tamer H.I.G. Management, L.P. The shares of common stock shown in the above table as being owned by Mr. Tamer reflects the fact that, due to his control of Tamer H.I.G. Management, L.P., Mr. Tamer may be viewed as having investment power over 144,050 shares of common stock owned by such entity. Mr. Tamer disclaims beneficial ownership of shares of common stock held by Tamer H.I.G. Management, L.P., except to the extent of his direct pecuniary interest therein.

106


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(5) Mr. Mnaymneh is the General Partner and Manager of Mnaymneh H.I.G. Management, L.P. The shares of common stock shown in the above table as being owned by Mr. Mnaymneh reflects the fact that, due to his control of Mnaymneh H.I.G. Management, L.P., Mr. Mnaymneh may be viewed as having investment power over 150,992 shares of common stock owned by such entity. Mr. Mnaymneh disclaims beneficial ownership of shares of common stock held by Mnaymneh H.I.G. Management, L.P., except to the extent of his direct pecuniary interest therein.

Dollar Range of Equity Securities Beneficially Owned by Directors

The following table sets forth the dollar range of our equity securities beneficially owned by each of our directors as of May 29, 2014. We are not part of a “family of investment companies,” as that term is defined in the 1940 Act.

 
Name of Director   Dollar Range of
Equity Securities in WhiteHorse Finance (1)
Independent Directors
        
Thomas C. Davis   $ 50,001 – $100,000  
Alexander W. Pease     None  
Rick D. Puckett   $ 100,001 – $500,000  
Interested Directors
        
John Bolduc     Over $1,000,000  
Jay Carvell   $ 100,001 – $500,000  

(1) Dollar ranges are as follows: None; $1 – $10,000; $10,001 – $50,000; $50,001 – $100,000; $100,001 – $500,000; $500,001 – $1,000,000; and Over $1,000,000.

107


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

This prospectus also relates to 7,826,284 shares of our common stock that may be offered for resale by the stockholders identified below. These stockholders acquired the shares from us in connection with the BDC Conversion and subsequent distributions as part of the dividend reinvestment plan. We are registering the shares to permit the stockholders and their pledgees, donees, transferees and other successors-in-interest that receive their shares from a stockholder as a gift, partnership distribution or other non-sale related transfer after the date of this prospectus to resell the shares when and as they deem appropriate. We do not know how long the stockholders will hold the shares before selling them, if at all, or how many shares they will sell, if any, and we currently have no agreements, arrangements or understandings with the stockholders regarding the sale of any of the resale shares. We will pay the printing, legal, filing and other similar expenses of any offering of common stock by the selling stockholders. The selling stockholders will bear all other expenses, including any brokerage fees, underwriting discounts and commissions, of any such offering.

As of the date of this prospectus, the following table sets out certain ownership information with respect to the selling stockholders and our common stock. The shares offered by this prospectus may be offered from time to time by the stockholders listed below.

H.I.G. Capital and its affiliates serve as investment adviser to the selling stockholders. By virtue of its investment power over securities held by the selling stockholder, H.I.G. Capital and its affiliates may be deemed to have beneficial ownership and Messrs. John Bolduc and Jay Carvell, due to their control of H.I.G. Capital and its affiliates, as well as their ownership interests in the selling stockholder, may each be viewed as having investment power over the shares of WhiteHorse Finance, Inc. indirectly owned by the selling stockholders although voting rights to such securities have been passed through to the members of the selling stockholders.

         
  Shares Beneficially Owned Prior to Offering   Number of Shares That May Be Offered   Shares Beneficially
Owned After Offering (Assuming All Offered
Shares are Sold)
Stockholder   Number   Percent   Number   Percent
H.I.G. Bayside Debt & LBO Fund II, L.P.     4,312,282       28.8 %       4,312,282        —           —    
H.I.G Bayside Loan Opportunity Fund II, L.P     3,514,002       23.5 %       3,514,002         —           —    
Total     7,826,284       52.3 %       7,826,284         —         —    

108


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE

The NAV per share of our outstanding shares of common stock will be determined quarterly by dividing the value of total assets minus liabilities by the total number of shares outstanding at the date as of which the determination is made.

We value our investments in accordance with ASC Topic 820. ASC Topic 820 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosures about assets and liabilities measured at fair value. ASC Topic 820’s definition of fair value focuses on exit price in the principal, or most advantageous, market and prioritizes the use of market-based inputs over entity-specific inputs within a measurement of fair value. ASC Topic 820 classifies the inputs used to measure these fair values into the following hierarchy:

Level 1 —  quoted unadjusted prices in active markets for identical investments as of the reporting date
Level 2 —  other significant observable inputs (including quoted prices for similar investments, interest rates, prepayments, credit risk, etc.)
Level 3 —  significant unobservable inputs (including the Investment Adviser’s own assumptions about the assumptions market participants would use in determining the fair values of investments)

The valuation process is conducted at the end of each fiscal quarter, with a portion of our valuations of portfolio companies without market quotations subject to review by the independent valuation firms each quarter. When an external event with respect to one of our portfolio companies, such as a purchase transaction, public offering or subsequent equity sale occurs, we expect to use the pricing indicated by the external event to corroborate our valuation.

Our portfolio consists of debt investments. These investments are valued at their bid quotations obtained from unaffiliated market makers, other financial institutions that trade in similar investments or based on prices provided by independent third party pricing services. For investments where there are no available bid quotations, fair value is derived using proprietary models that consider the analyses of independent valuation agents as well as credit risk, liquidity, market credit spreads and other applicable factors for similar transactions.

Due to the nature of our strategy, our portfolio includes relatively illiquid investments that are privately held. Valuations of privately held investments are inherently uncertain and they may fluctuate over short periods of time and may be based on estimates. The determination of fair value may differ materially from the values that would have been used if a ready market for these investments existed. Our NAV could be materially affected if the determinations regarding the fair value of our investments were materially higher or lower than the values that we ultimately realize upon the disposal of such investments.

Our board has retained one or more independent valuation firms to review the valuation of each portfolio investment that does not have a readily available market quotation at least once during each 12-month period. Independent valuation firms retained by our board provide a valuation review on 25% of our investments for which market quotations are not readily available each quarter to ensure that the fair value of each investment for which a market quote is not readily available is reviewed by an independent valuation firm at least once during each 12-month period. However, our board does not intend to have de minimis investments of less than 2.0% of our total assets (up to an aggregate of 10% of our total assets) independently reviewed.

Our board is ultimately and solely responsible for determining the fair value of the portfolio investments that are not publicly traded, whose market prices are not readily available on a quarterly basis in good faith or any other situation where portfolio investments require a fair value determination.

Fair value of publicly traded instruments is generally based on quoted market prices. Fair value of non-publicly traded instruments, and of publicly traded instruments for which quoted market prices are not readily available, may be determined based on other relevant factors, including without limitation, quotations from unaffiliated market makers or independent third party pricing services, the price activity of equivalent instruments and valuation pricing models. For those investments valued using quotations, the bid price is generally used unless we determine that it is not representative of an exit price.

109


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

With respect to investments for which market quotations are not readily available, our board will undertake a multi-step valuation process each quarter, as described below:

Our quarterly valuation process begins with each portfolio company or investment being initially valued by investment professionals of our Investment Adviser responsible for credit monitoring.
Preliminary valuation conclusions are then documented and discussed with our investment committee and our Investment Adviser.
The audit committee of the board reviews these preliminary valuations.
At least once annually, the valuation for each portfolio investment is reviewed by an independent valuation firm.
The board discusses valuations and determines the fair value of each investment in our portfolio in good faith.

Investments for which fair value is determined using inputs defined above as Level 3 are fair valued using the income and market approaches, which may include the discounted cash flow method, reference to performance statistics of industry comparables, relative comparable yield analysis and, in certain cases, third party valuations performed by independent valuation firms. The valuation methods can reference various factors and use various inputs such as assumed growth rates, capitalization rates and discount rates, loan-to-value ratios, liquidation value, relative capital structure priority, market comparables, compliance with applicable loan, covenant and interest coverage performance, book value, market derived multiples, reserve valuation, assessment of credit ratings of an underlying borrower, review of ongoing performance, review of financial projections as compared to actual performance, review of interest rate and yield risk. Such factors may be given different weighting depending on our assessment of the underlying investment, and we may analyze apparently comparable investments in different ways. See “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to our Business and Structure — Price declines and illiquidity in the corporate debt markets may adversely affect the fair value of our portfolio investments, reducing our NAV through increased net unrealized depreciation.”

Determinations in Connection with Offerings

In connection with each offering of shares of our common stock, our board of directors or a committee thereof is required to make the determination that we are not selling shares of our common stock at a price below the NAV of our common stock at the time at which the sale is made unless we receive the consent of the majority of our common stockholders to do so, and the board of directors decides that such an offering is in the best interests of our common stockholders. Our board of directors will consider the following factors, among others, in making such determination:

the NAV of our common stock disclosed in the most recent periodic report that we filed with the SEC;
our management’s assessment of whether any change in the NAV of our common stock has occurred (including through the realization of gains on the sale of our portfolio securities) during the period beginning on the date of the most recent public filing with the SEC that discloses the NAV of our common stock and ending two days prior to the date of the sale of our common stock; and
the magnitude of the difference between the offering price of the shares of our common stock in the proposed offering and management’s assessment of any change in the NAV of our common stock during the period discussed above.

Importantly, this determination will not necessarily require that we calculate the NAV of our common stock in connection with each offering of shares of our common stock, but instead it will involve the determination by our board of directors or a committee thereof that we are not selling shares of our common stock at a price below the then-current NAV of our common stock at the time at which the sale is made or otherwise in violation of the 1940 Act. However, if we receive the consent of a majority of our common stockholders to issue shares of our common stock at a price below our then-current NAV and our board of directors decides that such an offering is in the best interest of our common stockholders, then we may undertake such an offering. See “Sales Of Common Stock Below NAV” for more information.

110


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

To the extent that the above procedures result in even a remote possibility that we may (i) in the absence of stockholder approval issue shares of our common stock at a price below the then-current NAV of our common stock at the time at which the sale is made or (ii) trigger our undertaking to suspend the offering of shares of our common stock pursuant to this prospectus if the NAV fluctuates by certain amounts in certain circumstances until the prospectus is amended, the board of directors or a committee thereof will elect, in the case of clause (i) above, either to postpone the offering until such time that there is no longer the possibility of the occurrence of such event or to undertake to determine NAV within two days prior to any such sale to ensure that such sale will not be below our then-current NAV, and, in the case of clause (ii) above, to comply with such undertaking or to undertake to determine NAV to ensure that such undertaking has not been triggered.

We may, however, subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act, issue rights to acquire our common stock at a price below the then-current NAV of the common stock if our board of directors determines that such sale is in our best interests and the best interests of our common stockholders. In any such case, the price at which our securities are to be issued and sold may not be less than a price, that in the determination of our board of directors, closely approximates the market value of such securities. We will not offer transferable subscription rights to our stockholders at a price equivalent to less than the then-current NAV per share of common stock, excluding underwriting commissions, unless we first file a post-effective amendment that is declared effective by the SEC with respect to such issuance and the common stock to be purchased in connection with the rights represents no more than one-third of our outstanding common stock at the time such rights are issued. In addition, we note that for us to file a post-effective amendment to this registration statement on Form N-2, we must then be qualified to register our securities on Form N-2. If we raise additional funds by issuing more common stock or warrants or senior securities convertible into, or exchangeable for, our common stock, the percentage ownership of our common stockholders at that time would decrease, and our common stockholders may experience dilution.

These processes and procedures are part of our compliance policies and procedures. Records will be made contemporaneously with all determinations of the board of directors described in this section, and we will maintain these records with other records that we are required to maintain under the 1940 Act.

111


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLAN

We have adopted a dividend reinvestment plan that provides for reinvestment of our dividends and other distributions on behalf of our stockholders, unless a stockholder elects to receive cash as provided below. As a result, if our board of directors authorizes, and we declare, a cash dividend or other distribution, then our stockholders who have not “opted out” of our dividend reinvestment plan will have their cash distribution automatically reinvested in additional shares of our common stock, rather than receiving the cash distribution.

No action is required on the part of a registered stockholder to have their cash dividend or other distribution reinvested in shares of our common stock. A registered stockholder may elect to receive an entire distribution in cash by notifying American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, the plan administrator and our transfer agent and registrar, in writing so that such notice is received by the plan administrator no later than the record date for distributions to stockholders. The plan administrator will set up an account for shares acquired through the plan for each stockholder who has not elected to receive dividends or other distributions in cash and hold such shares in non-certificated form. Upon request by a stockholder participating in the plan, received in writing not less than 10 days prior to the record date, the plan administrator will, instead of crediting shares to the participant’s account, issue a certificate registered in the participant’s name for the number of whole shares of our common stock and a check for any fractional share.

Those stockholders whose shares are held by a broker or other financial intermediary may receive dividends and other distributions in cash by notifying their broker or other financial intermediary of their election.

We may use primarily newly issued shares to implement the plan, whether our shares are trading at a premium or at a discount to NAV. However, we reserve the right to purchase shares in the open market in connection with our implementation of the plan. The number of shares to be issued to a stockholder is determined by dividing the total dollar amount of the distribution payable to such stockholder by the market price per share of our common stock at the close of regular trading on The NASDAQ Global Select Market on the valuation date fixed by our board for such distribution. The market price per share on that date will be the closing price for such shares on The NASDAQ Global Select Market or, if no sale is reported for such day, at the average of their reported bid and asked prices. The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after giving effect to payment of the dividend or other distribution cannot be established until the value per share at which additional shares will be issued has been determined and elections of our stockholders have been tabulated. Stockholders who do not elect to receive dividends in shares of common stock may experience accretion to the NAV of their shares if our shares are trading at a premium at the time we issue new shares under the plan and dilution if our shares are trading at a discount. The level of accretion or discount would depend on various factors, including the proportion of our stockholders who participate in the plan, the level of premium or discount at which our shares are trading and the amount of the dividend payable to a stockholder.

There will be no brokerage charges or other charges to stockholders who participate in the plan. The plan administrator’s fees are paid by us. If a participant elects by written notice to the plan administrator prior to termination of his or her account to have the plan administrator sell part or all of the shares held by the plan administrator in the participant’s account and remit the proceeds to the participant, the plan administrator is authorized to deduct a $15.00 transaction fee plus a $0.10 per share brokerage commission from the proceeds.

Stockholders who receive dividends and other distributions in the form of stock are generally subject to the same U.S. federal, state and local tax consequences as are stockholders who elect to receive their distributions in cash; however, since their cash dividends will be reinvested, such stockholders will not receive cash with which to pay any applicable taxes on reinvested dividends. A stockholder’s basis for determining gain or loss upon the sale of stock received in a dividend or other distribution from us generally will be equal to the total dollar value of the distribution paid to the stockholder. Any stock received in a dividend or other distribution will have a new holding period for tax purposes commencing on the day following the day on which the shares are credited to the stockholder’s account. To the extent a stockholder is subject to U.S. federal withholding tax on a distribution, we will withhold the applicable tax and the balance will be reinvested in our common stock (or paid to such stockholder in cash if the stockholder has opted out of our dividend reinvestment plan).

112


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Participants may terminate their accounts under the plan by notifying the plan administrator via its website at www.amstock.com by filling out the transaction request form located at the bottom of the participant’s statement and sending it to the plan administrator at the address below.

The plan may be terminated by us upon notice in writing mailed to each participant at least 30 days prior to any record date for the payment of any dividend or other distribution by us. All correspondence concerning the plan should be directed to the plan administrator by mail at American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, P.O. Box 922, Wall Street Station, New York, New York 10269, or by the Plan Administrator’s Interactive Voice Response System at (877) 276-7499.

If you withdraw or the plan is terminated, you will receive the number of whole shares in your account under the plan and a cash payment for any fraction of a share in your account.

If you hold your common stock with a brokerage firm that does not participate in the plan, you will not be able to participate in the plan and any dividend reinvestment may be effected on different terms than those described above. Consult your financial advisor for more information.

113


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DESCRIPTION OF OUR CAPITAL STOCK

The following description is based on relevant portions of the DGCL and on our certificate of incorporation and bylaws. This summary is not necessarily complete, and we refer you to the DGCL and our certificate of incorporation and bylaws for a more detailed description of the provisions summarized below.

Capital Stock

Our authorized stock consists of 100,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, and 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share. Our common stock is traded on The NASDAQ Global Select Market under the ticker symbol “WHF”. There are no outstanding options or warrants to purchase our stock. No stock has been authorized for issuance under any equity compensation plans. Under Delaware law, our stockholders generally are not personally liable for our debts or obligations.

The following are our outstanding classes of securities as of May 29, 2014:

     
Title of Class
(1)
  Amount
(2)
Authorized
  Amount Held
(3)
by us or for
Our Account
  Amount
(4)
Outstanding Exclusive of Amounts
Shown Under (3)
Common Stock     100,000,000             14,982,857  
Preferred Stock     1,000,000+              

All shares of our common stock have equal rights as to earnings, assets, dividends and other distributions and voting and, when they are issued, will be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. Distributions may be paid to the holders of our common stock if, as and when authorized by our board of directors and declared by us out of funds legally available therefrom. Shares of our common stock have no preemptive, exchange, conversion or redemption rights and are freely transferable, except when their transfer is restricted by U.S. federal and state securities laws or by contract. In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, each share of our common stock would be entitled to share ratably in all of our assets that are legally available for distribution after we pay all debts and other liabilities and subject to any preferential rights of holders of our preferred stock, if any preferred stock is outstanding at such time. Each share of our common stock is entitled to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders, including the election of directors. Except as provided with respect to any other class or series of stock, the holders of our common stock will possess exclusive voting power. There is no cumulative voting in the election of directors, which means that holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock can elect all of our directors, and holders of less than a majority of such shares will not be able to elect any directors.

Provisions of the DGCL and Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

Limitation on Liability of Directors and Officers; Indemnification and Advance of Expenses

The indemnification of our officers and directors is governed by Section 145 of the DGCL, and our certificate of incorporation and bylaws. Subsection (a) of DGCL Section 145 empowers a corporation to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if (1) such person acted in good faith, (2) in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and (3) with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, such person had no reasonable cause to believe the person’s conduct was unlawful.

Subsection (b) of DGCL Section 145 empowers a corporation to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that the person is or was a

114


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation, and except that no indemnification may be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person has been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought determines upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court deems proper.

DGCL Section 145 further provides that to the extent that a present or former director or officer is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in subsections (a) and (b) of Section 145, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person will be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding. In all cases in which indemnification is permitted under subsections (a) and (b) of Section 145 (unless ordered by a court), it will be made by the corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the present or former director, officer, employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because the applicable standard of conduct has been met by the party to be indemnified. Such determination must be made, with respect to a person who is a director or officer at the time of such determination, (1) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum, (2) by a committee of such directors designated by majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, (3) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion or (4) by the stockholders. The statute authorizes the corporation to pay expenses incurred by an officer or director in advance of the final disposition of a proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the person to whom the advance will be made to repay the advances if it is ultimately determined that he or she was not entitled to indemnification. DGCL Section 145 also provides that indemnification and advancement of expenses permitted under such Section are not to be exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise. DGCL Section 145 also authorizes the corporation to purchase and maintain liability insurance on behalf of its directors, officers, employees and agents regardless of whether the corporation would have the statutory power to indemnify such persons against the liabilities insured.

Our certificate of incorporation provides that our directors will not be liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director to the fullest extent permitted by the current DGCL or as the DGCL may hereafter be amended. DGCL Section 102(b)(7) provides that the personal liability of a director to a corporation or its stockholders for breach of fiduciary duty as a director may be eliminated except for liability (1) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (2) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (3) under Section 174 of the DGCL, relating to unlawful payment of dividends or unlawful stock purchases or redemption of stock or (4) for any transaction from which the director derives an improper personal benefit.

Our bylaws provide for the indemnification of any person to the full extent permitted, and in the manner provided, by the current DGCL or as the DGCL may hereafter be amended. In addition, we have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and officers in order to effect the foregoing.

Delaware Anti-Takeover Law

The DGCL and our certificate of incorporation and bylaws contain provisions that could make it more difficult for a potential acquirer to acquire us by means of a tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise. These provisions are expected to discourage certain coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids and to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to negotiate first with our board of directors. These measures may delay, defer or prevent a transaction or a change in control that might otherwise be in the best interests of our stockholders. These provisions could have the effect of depriving stockholders of an opportunity to sell their shares at a premium over prevailing market prices by discouraging a third party from

115


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

seeking to obtain control over us. Such attempts could have the effect of increasing our expenses and disrupting our normal operations. We believe, however, that the benefits of these provisions outweigh the potential disadvantages of discouraging any such acquisition proposals because the negotiation of such proposals may improve their terms.

We are subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL regulating corporate takeovers. In general, these provisions prohibit a Delaware corporation from engaging in any business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date that the stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless:

prior to such time, the board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;
upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced; or
on or after the date the business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at a meeting of stockholders, by at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

Section 203 defines “business combination” to include the following:

any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder;
any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of 10% or more of either the aggregate market value of all the assets of the corporation or the aggregate market value of all the outstanding stock of the corporation involving the interested stockholder;
subject to certain exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder;
any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock of any class or series of the corporation owned by the interested stockholder; or
the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits provided by or through the corporation.

In general, Section 203 defines an interested stockholder as any entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by any of these entities or persons.

The statute could prohibit or delay mergers or other takeover or change in control attempts and, accordingly, may discourage attempts to acquire us.

Election of Directors

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the votes cast by stockholders present in person or by proxy at an annual or special meeting of stockholders and entitled to vote thereat will be required to elect a director. Under our certificate of incorporation, our board of directors may amend the bylaws to alter the vote required to elect directors.

Classified Board of Directors

Our board of directors is divided into three classes of directors serving staggered three-year terms, with the term of office of only one of the three classes expiring each year. A classified board of directors may render a change in control of us or removal of our incumbent management more difficult. This provision could delay for up to two years the replacement of a majority of our board of directors. We believe, however, that the longer time required to elect a majority of a classified board of directors helps to ensure the continuity and stability of our management and policies.

116


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Number of Directors; Removal; Vacancies

Our certificate of incorporation provides that the number of directors will be set only by the board of directors in accordance with our bylaws. Our bylaws provide that a majority of our entire board of directors may at any time increase or decrease the number of directors. However, unless our bylaws are amended, the number of directors may never be less than four nor more than eight. Under the DGCL, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise (which our certificate of incorporation does not), directors on a classified board of directors such as our board of directors may be removed only for cause by a majority vote of our stockholders. Under our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, any vacancy on the board of directors, including a vacancy resulting from an enlargement of the board of directors, may be filled only by vote of a majority of the directors then in office. The limitations on the ability of our stockholders to remove directors and fill vacancies could make it more difficult for a third-party to acquire, or discourage a third-party from seeking to acquire, control of us.

Action by Stockholders

Under our certificate of incorporation stockholder action can be taken only at an annual or special meeting of stockholders or by unanimous written consent in lieu of a meeting. This may have the effect of delaying consideration of a stockholder proposal until the next annual meeting.

Advance Notice Provisions for Stockholder Nominations and Stockholder Proposals

Our bylaws provide that with respect to an annual meeting of stockholders, nominations of persons for election to the board of directors and the proposal of business to be considered by stockholders may be made only (1) by or at the direction of the board of directors, (2) pursuant to our notice of meeting or (3) by a stockholder who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has complied with the advance notice procedures of the bylaws. Nominations of persons for election to the board of directors at a special meeting may be made only by or at the direction of the board of directors, and provided that the board of directors has determined that directors will be elected at the meeting, by a stockholder who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has complied with the advance notice provisions of the bylaws.

The purpose of requiring stockholders to give us advance notice of nominations and other business is to afford our board of directors a meaningful opportunity to consider the qualifications of the proposed nominees and the advisability of any other proposed business and, to the extent deemed necessary or desirable by our board of directors, to inform stockholders and make recommendations about such qualifications or business, as well as to provide a more orderly procedure for conducting meetings of stockholders. Although our bylaws do not give our board of directors any power to disapprove stockholder nominations for the election of directors or proposals recommending certain action, they may have the effect of precluding a contest for the election of directors or the consideration of stockholder proposals if proper procedures are not followed and of discouraging or deterring a third party from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of directors or to approve its own proposal without regard to whether consideration of such nominees or proposals might be harmful or beneficial to us and our stockholders.

Stockholder Meetings

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that any action required or permitted to be taken by stockholders at an annual meeting or special meeting of stockholders may only be taken if it is properly brought before such meeting. In addition, in lieu of such a meeting, any such action may be taken by the unanimous written consent of our stockholders. Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws also provide that, except as otherwise required by law, special meetings of the stockholders can only be called by the chairman of the board of directors, the chief executive officer or the board of directors. In addition, our bylaws establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting of stockholders, including proposed nominations of candidates for election to the board of directors. Stockholders at an annual meeting may only consider proposals or nominations specified in the notice of meeting or brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the board of directors, or by a stockholder of record on the record date for the meeting who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has delivered timely written notice in proper form to the secretary of the stockholder’s intention to bring such business before the meeting. These provisions could have the effect of delaying until the next stockholder meeting stockholder actions that are favored by the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities.

117


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Calling of Special Meetings of Stockholders

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that special meetings of stockholders may be called by our board of directors, the chairman of the board of directors and our chief executive officer.

Conflict with 1940 Act

Our bylaws provide that, if and to the extent that any provision of the DGCL or any provision of our certificate of incorporation or bylaws conflicts with any provision of the 1940 Act, the applicable provision of the 1940 Act will control.

118


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DESCRIPTION OF OUR PREFERRED STOCK

In addition to shares of common stock, our certificate of incorporation authorizes the issuance of preferred stock. We may issue preferred stock from time to time in one or more classes or series without stockholder approval. Prior to issuance of shares of each class or series, our board of directors is required by Delaware law and by our certificate of incorporation to set the terms, preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends or other distributions, qualifications and terms or conditions of redemption for each class or series. Thus, the board of directors could authorize the issuance of shares of preferred stock with terms and conditions that could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a transaction or a change in control that might involve a premium price for holders of our common stock or otherwise be in their best interest. You should note, however, that any such an issuance must adhere to the requirements of the 1940 Act, Delaware law and any other limitations imposed by law.

The 1940 Act currently requires that (1) immediately after issuance and before any dividend or other distribution is made with respect to our common stock and before any purchase of common stock is made, such preferred stock together with all other senior securities must not exceed an amount equal to 50% of our total assets after deducting the amount of such dividend, distribution or purchase price, as the case may be, and (2) the holders of shares of preferred stock, if any are issued, must be entitled as a class to elect two directors at all times and to elect a majority of the directors if dividends or other distribution on the preferred stock are in arrears by two years or more. Some matters under the 1940 Act require the separate vote of the holders of any issued and outstanding preferred stock. For example, holders of preferred stock would vote separately from the holders of common stock on a proposal to cease operations as a business development company. We believe that the availability for issuance of preferred stock will provide us with increased flexibility in structuring future financings and acquisitions.

For any series of preferred stock that we may issue, our board of directors will determine and the certificate of designations and the prospectus supplement relating to such series will describe:

the designation and number of shares of such series;
the rate and time at which, and the preferences and conditions under which, any dividends or other distributions will be paid on shares of such series, as well as whether such dividends or other distributions are participating or non-participating;
any provisions relating to convertibility or exchangeability of the shares of such series, including adjustments to the conversion price of such series;
the rights and preferences, if any, of holders of shares of such series upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our affairs;
the voting powers, if any, of the holders of shares of such series;
any provisions relating to the redemption of the shares of such series;
any limitations on our ability to pay dividends or make distributions on, or acquire or redeem, other securities while shares of such series are outstanding;
any conditions or restrictions on our ability to issue additional shares of such series or other securities;

119


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

if applicable, a discussion of certain U.S. federal income tax considerations; and
any other relative powers, preferences and participating, optional or special rights of shares of such series, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof.

All shares of preferred stock that we may issue will be identical and of equal rank except as to the particular terms thereof that may be fixed by our board of directors, and all shares of each series of preferred stock will be identical and of equal rank except as to the dates from which dividends or other distributions, if any, thereon will be cumulative.

120


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DESCRIPTION OF OUR SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS

The following is a general description of the terms of the subscription rights we may issue from time to time. Particular terms of any subscription rights we offer will be described in the prospectus supplement relating to such subscription rights. We will not offer transferable subscription rights to our stockholders at a price equivalent to less than the then-current NAV per share of common stock, taking into account underwriting commissions, unless we first file a post-effective amendment that is declared effective by the SEC with respect to such issuance and the common stock to be purchased in connection with the rights represents no more than one-third of our outstanding common stock at the time such rights are issued.

We may issue subscription rights to our stockholders to purchase common stock. Subscription rights may be issued independently or together with any other offered security and may or may not be transferable by the person purchasing or receiving the subscription rights. In connection with any subscription rights offering to our stockholders, we may enter into a standby underwriting, backstop or other arrangement with one or more persons pursuant to which such persons would purchase any offered securities remaining unsubscribed for after such subscription rights offering. In connection with a subscription rights offering to our stockholders, we would distribute certificates evidencing the subscription rights and a prospectus supplement to our stockholders on the record date that we set for receiving subscription rights in such subscription rights offering. Our common stockholders will indirectly bear all of the expenses incurred by us in connection with any subscription rights offerings, regardless of whether any common stockholder exercises any subscription rights.

A prospectus supplement will describe the particular terms of any subscription rights we may issue, including the following:

the period of time the offering would remain open (which shall be open a minimum number of days such that all record holders would be eligible to participate in the offering and shall not be open longer than 120 days);
the title and aggregate number of such subscription rights;
the exercise price for such subscription rights (or method of calculation thereof);
the currency or currencies, including composite currencies, in which the price of such subscription rights may be payable;
if applicable, the designation and terms of the securities with which the subscription rights are issued and the number of subscription rights issued with each such security or each principal amount of such security;
the ratio of the offering (which, in the case of transferable rights, will require a minimum of three shares to be held of record before a person is entitled to purchase an additional share);
the number of such subscription rights issued to each stockholder;
the extent to which such subscription rights are transferable and the market on which they may be traded if they are transferable;
the date on which the right to exercise such subscription rights shall commence, and the date on which such right shall expire (subject to any extension);
if applicable, the minimum or maximum number of subscription rights that may be exercised at one time;
the extent to which such subscription rights include an over-subscription privilege with respect to unsubscribed securities and the terms of such over-subscription privilege;
any termination right we may have in connection with such subscription rights offering;
the terms of any rights to redeem, or call such subscription rights;
information with respect to book-entry procedures, if any;

121


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

the terms of the securities issuable upon exercise of the subscription rights;
the material terms of any standby underwriting, backstop or other purchase arrangement that we may enter into in connection with the subscription rights offering;
if applicable, a discussion of certain U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to the issuance or exercise of such subscription rights; and
any other terms of such subscription rights, including exercise, settlement and other procedures and limitations relating to the transfer and exercise of such subscription rights.

Each subscription right will entitle the holder of the subscription right to purchase for cash or other consideration such amount of shares of common stock at such subscription price as shall in each case be set forth in, or be determinable as set forth in, the prospectus supplement relating to the subscription rights offered thereby. Subscription rights may be exercised as set forth in the prospectus supplement beginning on the date specified therein and continuing until the close of business on the expiration date for such subscription rights set forth in the prospectus supplement. After the close of business on the expiration date, all unexercised subscription rights will become void.

Upon receipt of payment and the subscription rights certificate properly completed and duly executed at the corporate trust office of the subscription rights agent or any other office indicated in the prospectus supplement we will forward, as soon as practicable, the shares of common stock purchasable upon such exercise. If less than all of the rights represented by such subscription rights certificate are exercised, a new subscription certificate will be issued for the remaining rights. Prior to exercising their subscription rights, holders of subscription rights will not have any of the rights of holders of the securities purchasable upon such exercise. To the extent permissible under applicable law, we may determine to offer any unsubscribed offered securities directly to persons other than stockholders, to or through agents, underwriters or dealers or through a combination of such methods, as set forth in the applicable prospectus supplement.

122


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DESCRIPTION OF WARRANTS

The following is a general description of the terms of the warrants we may issue from time to time. Particular terms of any warrants we offer will be described in the prospectus supplement relating to such warrants.

We may issue warrants to purchase shares of our common stock, preferred stock or debt securities. Such warrants may be issued independently or together with shares of common stock, preferred stock or debt securities and may be attached or separate from such securities. We will issue each series of warrants under a separate warrant agreement to be entered into between us and a warrant agent. The warrant agent will act solely as our agent and will not assume any obligation or relationship of agency for or with holders or beneficial owners of warrants.

A prospectus supplement will describe the particular terms of any series of warrants we may issue, including the following:

the title and aggregate number of such warrants;
the price or prices at which such warrants will be issued;
the currency or currencies, including composite currencies, in which the price of such warrants may be payable;
if applicable, the designation and terms of the securities with which the warrants are issued and the number of warrants issued with each such security or each principal amount of such security;
in the case of warrants to purchase debt securities, the principal amount of debt securities purchasable upon exercise of one warrant and the price at which and the currency or currencies, including composite currencies, in which this principal amount of debt securities may be purchased upon such exercise;
in the case of warrants to purchase common stock or preferred stock, the number of shares of common stock or preferred stock, as the case may be, purchasable upon exercise of one warrant and the price at which and the currency or currencies, including composite currencies, in which these shares may be purchased upon such exercise;
the date on which the right to exercise such warrants shall commence and the date on which such right will expire (subject to any extension);
whether such warrants will be issued in registered form or bearer form;
if applicable, the minimum or maximum amount of such warrants that may be exercised at any one time;
if applicable, the date on and after which such warrants and the related securities will be separately transferable;
the terms of any rights to redeem, or call such warrants;
information with respect to book-entry procedures, if any;
the terms of the securities issuable upon exercise of the warrants;
if applicable, a discussion of certain U.S. federal income tax considerations; and
any other terms of such warrants, including terms, procedures and limitations relating to the exchange and exercise of such warrants.

We and the warrant agent may amend or supplement the warrant agreement for a series of warrants without the consent of the holders of the warrants issued thereunder to effect changes that are not inconsistent with the provisions of the warrants and that do not materially and adversely affect the interests of the holders of the warrants.

123


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Each warrant will entitle the holder to purchase for cash such common stock or preferred stock at the exercise price or such principal amount of debt securities as shall in each case be set forth in, or be determinable as set forth in, the prospectus supplement relating to the warrants offered thereby. Warrants may be exercised as set forth in the prospectus supplement beginning on the date specified therein and continuing until the close of business on the expiration date set forth in the prospectus supplement. After the close of business on the expiration date, unexercised warrants will become void.

Upon receipt of payment and a warrant certificate properly completed and duly executed at the corporate trust office of the warrant agent or any other office indicated in the prospectus supplement, we will, as soon as practicable, forward the securities purchasable upon such exercise. If less than all of the warrants represented by such warrant certificate are exercised, a new warrant certificate will be issued for the remaining warrants. If we so indicate in the applicable prospectus supplement, holders of the warrants may surrender securities as all or part of the exercise price for warrants.

Prior to exercising their warrants, holders of warrants will not have any of the rights of holders of the securities purchasable upon such exercise, including, in the case of warrants to purchase debt securities, the right to receive principal, premium, if any, or interest payments, on the debt securities purchasable upon exercise or to enforce covenants in the applicable indenture or, in the case of warrants to purchase common stock or preferred stock, the right to receive dividends or other distributions, if any, or payments upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up or to exercise any voting rights.

Under the 1940 Act, we may generally only offer warrants provided that (1) the warrants expire by their terms within ten years, (2) the exercise or conversion price is not less than the current market value at the date of issuance, (3) the exercise or conversion price is not less than the then-current NAV per share of our common stock (unless the requirements of Section 63 of the 1940 Act are met), (4) our stockholders authorize the proposal to issue such warrants, and our board of directors approves such issuance on the basis that the issuance is in the best interests of WhiteHorse Finance and its stockholders and (5) if the warrants are accompanied by other securities, the warrants are not separately transferable unless no class of such warrants and the securities accompanying them has been publicly distributed. The 1940 Act also provides that the amount of our voting securities that would result from the exercise of all outstanding warrants, as well as options and rights, at the time of issuance may not exceed 25% of our outstanding voting securities.

124


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DESCRIPTION OF OUR DEBT SECURITIES

We may issue additional debt securities in one or more series. The specific terms of each series of debt securities will be described in the particular prospectus supplement relating to that series. The prospectus supplement may or may not modify the general terms found in this prospectus and will be filed with the SEC. For a complete description of the terms of a particular series of debt securities, you should read both this prospectus and the prospectus supplement relating to that particular series.

As required by federal law for all bonds and notes of companies that are publicly offered, the debt securities are governed by a document called an “indenture.” An indenture is a contract between us and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, a financial institution acting as trustee on your behalf, and is subject to and governed by the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended. The trustee has two main roles. First, the trustee can enforce your rights against us if we default. There are some limitations on the extent to which the trustee acts on your behalf, described in the second paragraph under “— Events of Default — Remedies if an Event of Default Occurs.” Second, the trustee performs certain administrative duties for us.

Because this section is a summary, it does not describe every aspect of the debt securities and the indenture. We urge you to read the indenture because it, and not this description, defines your rights as a holder of debt securities. For example, in this section, we use capitalized words to signify terms that are specifically defined in the indenture. We have filed the form of the indenture with the SEC. See “Available Information” for information on how to obtain a copy of the indenture.

A prospectus supplement, which will accompany this prospectus, will describe the particular terms of any series of debt securities being offered, including the following:

the designation or title of the series of debt securities;
the total principal amount of the series of debt securities;
the percentage of the principal amount at which the series of debt securities will be offered;
the date or dates on which principal will be payable;
the rate or rates (which may be either fixed or variable) and/or the method of determining such rate or rates of interest, if any;
the date or dates from which any interest will accrue, or the method of determining such date or dates, and the date or dates on which any interest will be payable;
the terms for redemption, extension or early repayment, if any;
the currencies in which the series of debt securities are issued and payable;
whether the amount of payments of principal, premium or interest, if any, on a series of debt securities will be determined with reference to an index, formula or other method (which could be based on one or more currencies, commodities, equity indices or other indices) and how these amounts will be determined;
the place or places, if any, other than or in addition to the City of New York, of payment, transfer, conversion and/or exchange of the debt securities;
the denominations in which the offered debt securities will be issued;
the provision for any sinking fund;
any restrictive covenants;
any Events of Default;
whether the series of debt securities are issuable in certificated form;
any provisions for defeasance or covenant defeasance;
if applicable, U.S. federal income tax considerations relating to original issue discount;

125


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

whether and under what circumstances we will pay additional amounts in respect of any tax, assessment or governmental charge and, if so, whether we will have the option to redeem the debt securities rather than pay the additional amounts (and the terms of this option);
any provisions for convertibility or exchangeability of the debt securities into or for any other securities;
whether the debt securities are subject to subordination and the terms of such subordination;
the listing, if any, on a securities exchange; and
any other terms.

The debt securities may be secured or unsecured obligations. Unless the prospectus supplement states otherwise, principal (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, will be paid by us in immediately available funds.

We are permitted, under specified conditions, to issue multiple classes of indebtedness if our asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, is at least equal to 200% immediately after each such issuance. In addition, while any indebtedness and other senior securities remain outstanding, we must make provisions to prohibit any distribution to our stockholders or the repurchase of such securities or shares unless we meet the applicable asset coverage ratios at the time of the distribution or repurchase. We may also borrow amounts up to 5% of the value of our total assets for temporary or emergency purposes without regard to asset coverage. For a discussion of the risks associated with leverage, see “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to Our Business and Structure — Regulations governing our operation as a business development company, including those related to the issuance of senior securities, will affect our ability to, and the way in which we, raise additional debt or equity capital.”

General

The indenture provides that any debt securities proposed to be sold under this prospectus and the attached prospectus supplement (“offered debt securities”) and any debt securities issuable upon the exercise of warrants or upon conversion or exchange of other offered securities (“underlying debt securities”), may be issued under the indenture in one or more series.

For purposes of this prospectus, any reference to the payment of principal of or premium or interest, if any, on debt securities will include additional amounts if required by the terms of the debt securities.

The indenture does not limit the amount of debt securities that may be issued thereunder from time to time. Debt securities issued under the indenture, when a single trustee is acting for all debt securities issued under the indenture, are called the “indenture securities.” The indenture also provides that there may be more than one trustee thereunder, each with respect to one or more different series of indenture securities. See “Resignation of Trustee” section below. At a time when two or more trustees are acting under the indenture, each with respect to only certain series, the term “indenture securities” means the one or more series of debt securities with respect to which each respective trustee is acting. In the event that there is more than one trustee under the indenture, the powers and trust obligations of each trustee described in this prospectus will extend only to the one or more series of indenture securities for which it is trustee. If two or more trustees are acting under the indenture, then the indenture securities for which each trustee is acting would be treated as if issued under separate indentures.

We refer you to the prospectus supplement for information with respect to any deletions from, modifications of or additions to the Events of Default or our covenants that are described below, including any addition of a covenant or other provision providing event risk or similar protection.

We have the ability to issue indenture securities with terms different from those of indenture securities previously issued and, without the consent of the holders thereof, to reopen a previous issue of a series of indenture securities and issue additional indenture securities of that series unless the reopening was restricted when that series was created.

We expect that we will issue debt securities in book-entry only form represented by global securities.

126


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

If any debt securities are convertible into shares of our common stock, the exercise price for such conversion will not be less than the NAV per share at the time of issuance of such debt securities (unless the majority of our board of directors determines that a lower exercise price is in the best interests of us and the stockholders, a majority of our stockholders (including stockholders who are not affiliated persons of us) have approved an issuance of common stock below the then-current NAV per share in the 12 months preceding the issuance and the exercise price closely approximates the market value of our common stock at the time the debt securities are issued).

Conversion and Exchange

If any debt securities are convertible into or exchangeable for other securities, the prospectus supplement will explain the terms and conditions of the conversion or exchange, including the conversion price or exchange ratio (or the calculation method), the conversion or exchange period (or how the period will be determined), if conversion or exchange will be mandatory or at the option of the holder or us, provisions for adjusting the conversion price or the exchange ratio and provisions affecting conversion or exchange in the event of the redemption of the underlying debt securities. These terms may also include provisions under which the number or amount of other securities to be received by the holders of the debt securities upon conversion or exchange would be calculated according to the market price of the other securities as of a time stated in the prospectus supplement.

Payment and Paying Agents

We will pay interest to the person listed in the applicable trustee’s records as the owner of the debt security at the close of business on the record date, even if that person no longer owns the debt security on the interest due date. Because we will pay all the interest for an interest period to the holders on the record date, holders buying and selling debt securities must work out between themselves the appropriate purchase price. The most common manner is to adjust the sales price of the debt securities to prorate interest fairly between buyer and seller based on their respective ownership periods within the particular interest period. This prorated interest amount is called “accrued interest”.

Payments on Global Securities

We will make payments on a global security in accordance with the applicable policies of the depositary as in effect from time to time. Under those policies, we will make payments directly to the depositary, or its nominee, and not to any indirect holders who own beneficial interests in the global security. An indirect holder’s right to those payments will be governed by the rules and practices of the depositary and its participants.

Payments on Certificated Securities

We will make payments on a certificated debt security as follows. We will pay interest that is due on an interest payment date by check mailed on the interest payment date to the holder at his or her address shown on the trustee’s records as of the close of business on the regular record date. We will make all payments of principal and premium, if any, by check at the office of the applicable trustee in New York, New York and/or at other offices that may be specified in the prospectus supplement or in a notice to holders against surrender of the debt security.

Alternatively, if the holder asks us to do so, we will pay any amount that becomes due on the debt security by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account at a bank in New York City, on the due date. To request payment by wire, the holder must give the applicable trustee or other paying agent appropriate transfer instructions at least 15 business days before the requested wire payment is due. In the case of any interest payment due on an interest payment date, the instructions must be given by the person who is the holder on the relevant regular record date. Any wire instructions, once properly given, will remain in effect unless and until new instructions are given in the manner described above.

Payment when Offices are Closed

If any payment is due on a debt security on a day that is not a business day, we will make the payment on the next day that is a business day. Payments made on the next business day in this situation will be treated under the indenture as if they were made on the original due date, except as otherwise indicated in the

127


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

attached prospectus supplement. Such payment will not result in a default under any debt security or the indenture, and no interest will accrue on the payment amount from the original due date to the next day that is a business day.

Book-entry and other indirect holders should consult their banks or brokers for information on how they will receive payments on their debt securities.

Events of Default

You will have rights if an Event of Default occurs in respect of the debt securities of your series and is not cured, as described later in this subsection.

The term “Event of Default” in respect of the debt securities of your series means any of the following (unless the prospectus supplement relating to such debt securities states otherwise):

we do not pay the principal of, or any premium on, a debt security of the series on its due date, and do not cure this default within five days;
we do not pay interest on a debt security of the series when due, and such default is not cured within 30 days;
we do not deposit any sinking fund payment in respect of debt securities of the series on its due date, and do not cure this default within five days;
we remain in breach of a covenant in respect of debt securities of the series for 60 days after we receive a written notice of default stating we are in breach. The notice must be sent by either the trustee or holders of at least 25% of the principal amount of debt securities of the series;
we file for bankruptcy or certain other events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization occur and remain undischarged or unstayed for a period of 60 days;
on the last business day of each of 24 consecutive calendar months, we have an asset coverage of less than 100%; and
any other Event of Default in respect of debt securities of the series described in the applicable prospectus supplement occurs.

An Event of Default for a particular series of debt securities does not necessarily constitute an Event of Default for any other series of debt securities issued under the same or any other indenture. The trustee may withhold notice to the holders of debt securities of any default, except in the payment of principal, premium or interest or in the payment of any sinking or purchase fund installment, if it considers the withholding of notice to be in the best interests of the holders.

Remedies if an Event of Default Occurs

If an Event of Default has occurred and has not been cured, the trustee or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the debt securities of the affected series may declare the entire principal amount of all the debt securities of that series to be due and immediately payable. This is called a declaration of acceleration of maturity. In certain circumstances, a declaration of acceleration of maturity may be canceled by the holders of a majority in principal amount of the debt securities of the affected series.

The trustee is not required to take any action under the indenture at the request of any holders unless the holders offer the trustee reasonable protection from expenses and liability (called an “indemnity”). If reasonable indemnity is provided, the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding debt securities of the relevant series may direct the time, method and place of conducting any lawsuit or other formal legal action seeking any remedy available to the trustee. The trustee may refuse to follow those directions in certain circumstances. No delay or omission in exercising any right or remedy will be treated as a waiver of that right, remedy or Event of Default.

128


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Before you are allowed to bypass your trustee and bring your own lawsuit or other formal legal action or take other steps to enforce your rights or protect your interests relating to the debt securities, the following must occur:

the holder must give your trustee written notice that an Event of Default has occurred and remains uncured;
the holders of at least 25% in principal amount of all outstanding debt securities of the relevant series must make a written request that the trustee take action because of the default and must offer reasonable indemnity to the trustee against the cost and other liabilities of taking that action;
the trustee must not have taken action for 60 days after receipt of the above notice and offer of indemnity; and
the holders of a majority in principal amount of the debt securities must not have given the trustee a direction inconsistent with the above notice during that 60 day period.

However, you are entitled at any time to bring a lawsuit for the payment of money due on your debt securities on or after the due date.

Holders of a majority in principal amount of the debt securities of the affected series may waive any past defaults other than:

the payment of principal, any premium or interest; or
in respect of a covenant that cannot be modified or amended without the consent of each holder.

Book-entry and other indirect holders should consult their banks or brokers for information on how to give notice or direction to or make a request of the trustee and how to declare or cancel an acceleration of maturity.

Each year, we will furnish to each trustee a written statement of certain of our officers certifying that to their knowledge we are in compliance with the indenture and the debt securities, or else specifying any default.

Merger or Consolidation

Under the terms of the indenture, we are generally permitted to consolidate or merge with another entity. We may also be permitted to sell all or substantially all of our assets to another entity. However, unless the prospectus supplement relating to certain debt securities states otherwise, we may not take any of these actions unless all the following conditions are met:

where we merge out of existence or sell our assets, the resulting entity must agree to be legally responsible for our obligations under the debt securities;
immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default shall have happened and be continuing;
we must deliver certain certificates and documents to the trustee; and
we must satisfy any other requirements specified in the prospectus supplement relating to a particular series of debt securities.

Modification or Waiver

There are three types of changes we can make to the indenture and the debt securities issued thereunder.

Changes Requiring Approval

First, there are changes that we cannot make to debt securities without specific approval of all of the holders. The following is a list of those types of changes:

change the stated maturity of the principal of or interest on a debt security;
reduce any amounts due on a debt security;

129


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

reduce the amount of principal payable upon acceleration of the maturity of a security following a default;
adversely affect any right of repayment at the holder’s option;
change the place (except as otherwise described in the prospectus or prospectus supplement) or currency of payment on a debt security;
impair your right to sue for payment;
adversely affect any right to convert or exchange a debt security in accordance with its terms;
modify the subordination provisions in the indenture in a manner that is adverse to holders of the debt securities;
reduce the percentage of holders of debt securities whose consent is needed to modify or amend the indenture;
reduce the percentage of holders of debt securities whose consent is needed to waive compliance with certain provisions of the indenture or to waive certain defaults;
modify any other aspect of the provisions of the indenture dealing with supplemental indentures, modification and waiver of past defaults, changes to the quorum or voting requirements or the waiver of certain covenants; and
change any obligation we have to pay additional amounts.

Changes Not Requiring Approval

The second type of change does not require any vote by the holders of the debt securities. This type is limited to clarifications and certain other changes that would not adversely affect holders of the outstanding debt securities in any material respect. We also do not need any approval to make any change that affects only debt securities to be issued under the indenture after the change takes effect.

Changes Requiring Majority Approval

Any other change to the indenture and the debt securities would require the following approval:

if the change affects only one series of debt securities, it must be approved by the holders of a majority in principal amount of that series; and
if the change affects more than one series of debt securities issued under the same indenture, it must be approved by the holders of a majority in principal amount of all of the series affected by the change, with all affected series voting together as one class for this purpose.

The holders of a majority in principal amount of all of the series of debt securities issued under an indenture, voting together as one class for this purpose, may waive our compliance with some of our covenants in that indenture. However, we cannot obtain a waiver of a payment default or of any of the matters covered by the bullet points included above under “— Changes Requiring Approval.”

Further Details Concerning Voting

When taking a vote, we will use the following rules to decide how much principal to attribute to a debt security:

for original issue discount securities, we will use the principal amount that would be due and payable on the voting date if the maturity of these debt securities were accelerated to that date because of a default;
for debt securities whose principal amount is not known (for example, because it is based on an index), we will use a special rule for that debt security described in the prospectus supplement; and
for debt securities denominated in one or more foreign currencies, we will use the U.S. dollar equivalent.

130


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Debt securities will not be considered outstanding, and therefore not eligible to vote, if we have deposited or set aside in trust money for their payment or redemption. Debt securities will also not be eligible to vote if they have been fully defeased as described later under “Defeasance — Full Defeasance.”

We will generally be entitled to set any day as a record date for the purpose of determining the holders of outstanding indenture securities that are entitled to vote or take other action under the indenture. If we set a record date for a vote or other action to be taken by holders of one or more series, that vote or action may be taken only by persons who are holders of outstanding indenture securities of those series on the record date and must be taken within eleven months following the record date.

Book-entry and other indirect holders should consult their banks or brokers for information on how approval may be granted or denied if we seek to change the indenture or the debt securities or request a waiver.

Defeasance

The following provisions will be applicable to each series of debt securities unless we state in the applicable prospectus supplement that the provisions of covenant defeasance and full defeasance will not be applicable to that series.

Covenant Defeasance

Under current U.S. federal tax law, we can make the deposit described below and be released from some of the restrictive covenants in the indenture under which the particular series was issued. This is called “covenant defeasance.” In that event, you would lose the protection of those restrictive covenants but would gain the protection of having money and government securities set aside in trust to repay your debt securities. If applicable, you also would be released from the subordination provisions as described under the “Indenture Provisions — Subordination” section below. In order to achieve covenant defeasance, we must do the following:

if the debt securities of the particular series are denominated in U.S. dollars, we must deposit in trust for the benefit of all holders of such debt securities a combination of money and U.S. government or U.S. government agency notes or bonds that will generate enough cash to make interest, principal and any other payments on the debt securities on their various due dates;
we must deliver to the trustee a legal opinion of our counsel confirming that, under current U.S. federal income tax law, we may make the above deposit without causing you to be taxed on the debt securities any differently than if we did not make the deposit and just repaid the debt securities ourselves at maturity; and
we must deliver to the trustee a legal opinion of our counsel stating that the above deposit does not require registration by us under the 1940 Act, as amended, and a legal opinion and officers’ certificate stating that all conditions precedent to covenant defeasance have been complied with.

If we accomplish covenant defeasance, you can still look to us for repayment of the debt securities if there were a shortfall in the trust deposit or the trustee is prevented from making payment. For example, if one of the remaining Events of Default occurred (such as our bankruptcy) and the debt securities became immediately due and payable, there might be a shortfall. Depending on the event causing the default, you may not be able to obtain payment of the shortfall.

Full Defeasance

If there is a change in U.S. federal tax law, as described below, we can legally release ourselves from all payment and other obligations on the debt securities of a particular series (called “full defeasance”) if we put in place the following other arrangements for you to be repaid:

if the debt securities of the particular series are denominated in U.S. dollars, we must deposit in trust for the benefit of all holders of such debt securities a combination of money and United States government or United States government agency notes or bonds that will generate enough cash to make interest, principal and any other payments on the debt securities on their various due dates.
we must deliver to the trustee a legal opinion confirming that there has been a change in current U.S. federal tax law or an IRS ruling that allows us to make the above deposit without causing you

131


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

to be taxed on the debt securities any differently than if we did not make the deposit and just repaid the debt securities ourselves at maturity. Under current U.S. federal tax law, the deposit and our legal release from the debt securities would be treated as though we paid you your share of the cash and notes or bonds at the time the cash and notes or bonds were deposited in trust in exchange for your debt securities and you would recognize gain or loss on the debt securities at the time of the deposit; and
we must deliver to the trustee a legal opinion of our counsel stating that the above deposit does not require registration by us under the 1940 Act, as amended, and a legal opinion and officers’ certificate stating that all conditions precedent to defeasance have been complied with.

If we ever did accomplish full defeasance, as described above, you would have to rely solely on the trust deposit for repayment of the debt securities. You could not look to us for repayment in the unlikely event of any shortfall. Conversely, the trust deposit would most likely be protected from claims of our lenders and other creditors if we ever became bankrupt or insolvent. If applicable, you would also be released from the subordination provisions described later under “Indenture Provisions — Subordination.”

Form, Exchange and Transfer of Certificated Registered Securities

Holders may exchange their certificated securities, if any, for debt securities of smaller denominations or combined into fewer debt securities of larger denominations, as long as the total principal amount is not changed.

Holders may exchange or transfer their certificated securities, if any, at the office of their trustee. We have appointed the trustee to act as our agent for registering debt securities in the names of holders transferring debt securities. We may appoint another entity to perform these functions or perform them ourselves.

Holders will not be required to pay a service charge to transfer or exchange their certificated securities, if any, but they may be required to pay any tax or other governmental charge associated with the transfer or exchange. The transfer or exchange will be made only if our transfer agent is satisfied with the holder’s proof of legal ownership.

If we have designated additional transfer agents for your debt security, they will be named in your prospectus supplement. We may appoint additional transfer agents or cancel the appointment of any particular transfer agent. We may also approve a change in the office through which any transfer agent acts.

If any certificated securities of a particular series are redeemable and we redeem less than all the debt securities of that series, we may block the transfer or exchange of those debt securities during the period beginning 15 days before the day we mail the notice of redemption and ending on the day of that mailing, in order to freeze the list of holders to prepare the mailing. We may also refuse to register transfers or exchanges of any certificated securities selected for redemption, except that we will continue to permit transfers and exchanges of the unredeemed portion of any debt security that will be partially redeemed.

Resignation of Trustee

Each trustee may resign or be removed with respect to one or more series of indenture securities provided that a successor trustee is appointed to act with respect to these series. In the event that two or more persons are acting as trustee with respect to different series of indenture securities under the indenture, each of the trustees will be a trustee of a trust separate and apart from the trust administered by any other trustee.

Indenture Provisions — Subordination

Upon any distribution of our assets upon our dissolution, winding up, liquidation or reorganization, the payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on any indenture securities denominated as subordinated debt securities is to be subordinated to the extent provided in the indenture in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness (as defined below), but our obligation to you to make payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on such subordinated debt securities will not otherwise be affected. In addition, no payment on account of principal (or premium, if any), sinking fund or interest, if any, may be made on such subordinated debt securities at any time unless full payment of all amounts due in respect of the principal (and premium, if any), sinking fund and interest on Senior Indebtedness has been made or duly provided for in money or money’s worth.

132


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

In the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any payment by us is received by the trustee in respect of subordinated debt securities or by the holders of any of such subordinated debt securities before all Senior Indebtedness is paid in full, the payment or distribution must be paid over to the holders of the Senior Indebtedness or on their behalf for application to the payment of all the Senior Indebtedness remaining unpaid until all the Senior Indebtedness has been paid in full, after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution to the holders of the Senior Indebtedness. Subject to the payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness upon this distribution by us, the holders of such subordinated debt securities will be subrogated to the rights of the holders of the Senior Indebtedness to the extent of payments made to the holders of the Senior Indebtedness out of the distributive share of such subordinated debt securities.

By reason of this subordination, in the event of a distribution of our assets upon our insolvency, certain of our senior creditors may recover more, ratably, than holders of any subordinated debt securities. The indenture provides that these subordination provisions will not apply to money and securities held in trust under the defeasance provisions of the indenture.

Senior Indebtedness is defined in the indenture as the principal of (and premium, if any) and unpaid interest on:

our indebtedness (including indebtedness of others guaranteed by us), whenever created, incurred, assumed or guaranteed, for money borrowed (other than indenture securities issued under the indenture and denominated as subordinated debt securities), unless in the instrument creating or evidencing the same or under which the same is outstanding it is provided that this indebtedness is not senior or prior in right of payment to the subordinated debt securities; and
renewals, extensions, modifications and refinancings of any of this indebtedness.

If this prospectus is being delivered in connection with the offering of a series of indenture securities denominated as subordinated debt securities, the accompanying prospectus supplement will set forth the approximate amount of our Senior Indebtedness outstanding as of a recent date.

The Trustee under the Indenture

American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC will serve as the trustee under the indenture.

Certain Considerations Relating to Foreign Currencies

Debt securities denominated or payable in foreign currencies may entail significant risks. These risks include the possibility of significant fluctuations in the foreign currency markets, the imposition or modification of foreign exchange controls and potential illiquidity in the secondary market. These risks will vary depending upon the currency or currencies involved and will be more fully described in the applicable prospectus supplement.

Book-Entry Debt Securities

The Depository Trust Company, or DTC, will act as securities depository for the debt securities. The debt securities will be issued as fully registered securities registered in the name of Cede & Co. (DTC’s partnership nominee) or such other name as may be requested by an authorized representative of DTC. One fully-registered certificate will be issued for the debt securities, in the aggregate principal amount of such issue, and will be deposited with DTC.

DTC is a limited-purpose trust company organized under the New York Banking Law, a “banking organization” within the meaning of the New York Banking Law, a member of the Federal Reserve System, a “clearing corporation” within the meaning of the New York Uniform Commercial Code, and a “clearing agency” registered pursuant to the provisions of Section 17A of the Exchange Act. DTC holds and provides asset servicing for over 3.5 million issues of U.S. and non-U.S. equity, corporate and municipal debt issues, and money market instruments from over 100 countries that DTC’s participants, or Direct Participants, deposit with DTC. DTC also facilitates the post-trade settlement among Direct Participants of sales and other securities transactions in deposited securities through electronic computerized book-entry transfers and pledges between Direct Participants’ accounts. This eliminates the need for physical movement of securities certificates. Direct Participants include both U.S. and non-U.S. securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust

133


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

companies, clearing corporations, and certain other organizations. DTC is a wholly-owned subsidiary of The Depository Trust & Clearing Corporation, or DTCC.

DTCC is the holding company for DTC, National Securities Clearing Corporation and Fixed Income Clearing Corporation, all of which are registered clearing agencies. DTCC is owned by the users of its regulated subsidiaries. Access to the DTC system is also available to others such as both U.S. and non-U.S. securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies and clearing corporations that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a Direct Participant, either directly or indirectly, or Indirect Participants. DTC has Standard & Poor’s rating: AA+. The DTC Rules applicable to its participants are on file with the SEC. More information about DTC can be found at www.dtcc.com and www.dtc.org .

Purchases of debt securities under the DTC system must be made by or through Direct Participants, which will receive a credit for the debt securities on DTC’s records. The ownership interest of each actual purchaser of each security, or the Beneficial Owner, is in turn to be recorded on the Direct and Indirect Participants’ records. Beneficial Owners will not receive written confirmation from DTC of their purchase. Beneficial Owners are, however, expected to receive written confirmations providing details of the transaction, as well as periodic statements of their holdings, from the Direct or Indirect Participant through which the Beneficial Owner entered into the transaction. Transfers of ownership interests in the debt securities are to be accomplished by entries made on the books of Direct and Indirect Participants acting on behalf of Beneficial Owners. Beneficial Owners will not receive certificates representing their ownership interests in debt securities, except in the event that use of the book-entry system for the debt securities is discontinued.

To facilitate subsequent transfers, all debt securities deposited by Direct Participants with DTC are registered in the name of DTC’s partnership nominee, Cede & Co. or such other name as may be requested by an authorized representative of DTC. The deposit of debt securities with DTC and their registration in the name of Cede & Co. or such other DTC nominee do not effect any change in beneficial ownership. DTC has no knowledge of the actual Beneficial Owners of the debt securities; DTC’s records reflect only the identity of the Direct Participants to whose accounts such debt securities are credited, which may or may not be the Beneficial Owners. The Direct and Indirect Participants will remain responsible for keeping account of their holdings on behalf of their customers.

Conveyance of notices and other communications by DTC to Direct Participants, by Direct Participants to Indirect Participants, and by Direct Participants and Indirect Participants to Beneficial Owners will be governed by arrangements among them, subject to any statutory or regulatory requirements as may be in effect from time to time.

Redemption notices shall be sent to DTC. If less than all of the debt securities within an issue are being redeemed, DTC’s practice is to determine by lot the amount of the interest of each Direct Participant in such issue to be redeemed.

Neither DTC nor Cede & Co. (nor such other DTC nominee) will consent or vote with respect to the debt securities unless authorized by a Direct Participant in accordance with DTC’s Procedures. Under its usual procedures, DTC mails an Omnibus Proxy to us as soon as possible after the record date. The Omnibus Proxy assigns Cede & Co.’s consenting or voting rights to those Direct Participants to whose accounts the debt securities are credited on the record date (identified in a listing attached to the Omnibus Proxy).

Redemption proceeds, distributions, and dividend payments on the debt securities will be made to Cede & Co., or such other nominee as may be requested by an authorized representative of DTC. DTC’s practice is to credit Direct Participants’ accounts upon DTC’s receipt of funds and corresponding detail information from us or the trustee on the payment date in accordance with their respective holdings shown on DTC’s records. Payments by Participants to Beneficial Owners will be governed by standing instructions and customary practices, as is the case with securities held for the accounts of customers in bearer form or registered in “street name,” and will be the responsibility of such Participant and not of DTC nor its nominee, the trustee, or us, subject to any statutory or regulatory requirements as may be in effect from time to time. Payment of redemption proceeds, distributions, and dividend payments to Cede & Co. (or such other nominee as may be requested by an authorized representative of DTC) is the responsibility of us or the trustee, but

134


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

disbursement of such payments to Direct Participants will be the responsibility of DTC, and disbursement of such payments to the Beneficial Owners will be the responsibility of Direct and Indirect Participants.

DTC may discontinue providing its services as securities depository with respect to the debt securities at any time by giving reasonable notice to us or to the trustee. Under such circumstances, in the event that a successor securities depository is not obtained, certificates are required to be printed and delivered. We may decide to discontinue use of the system of book-entry-only transfers through DTC (or a successor securities depository). In that event, certificates will be printed and delivered to DTC.

The information in this section concerning DTC and DTC’s book-entry system has been obtained from sources that we believe to be reliable, but we take no responsibility for the accuracy thereof.

135


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

REGULATION

We have elected to be treated as a business development company under the 1940 Act and have elected be treated as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code and intend to qualify annually for such treatment. The 1940 Act contains prohibitions and restrictions relating to transactions between business development companies and their affiliates (including any investment advisers or sub-advisers), principal underwriters and affiliates of those affiliates or underwriters and requires that a majority of the directors of a business development company be persons other than “interested persons,” as that term is defined in the 1940 Act. In addition, the 1940 Act provides that we may not change the nature of our business so as to cease to be, or to withdraw our election as, a business development company unless approved by a majority of our outstanding voting securities.

Our board of directors may decide to issue common stock to finance our operations rather than issuing debt or other senior securities. As a business development company, we are not generally able to issue and sell our common stock at a price below current NAV per share. We may, however, issue or sell our common stock, at a price below the current NAV of the common stock, or sell warrants, options or rights to acquire such common stock, at a price below the current NAV of the common stock if our board of directors determines that such sale is in the best interests of us and our stockholders, and if our stockholders approve such sale within the preceding 12 months. In any such case, the price at which our securities are to be issued and sold may not be less than a price which, in the determination of our board of directors, closely approximates the market value of such securities (less any distributing commission or discount).

We may invest up to 100% of our assets in securities acquired directly from issuers in privately negotiated transactions. With respect to such securities, we may, for the purpose of public resale, be deemed an “underwriter” as that term is defined in the Securities Act. Our intention is to not write (sell) or buy put or call options to manage risks associated with the publicly traded securities of our portfolio companies, except that we may enter into hedging transactions to manage the risks associated with interest rate fluctuations to the extent that we are permitted to engage in such hedging transactions without registering with the CFTC as a commodity pool operator. However, we may purchase or otherwise receive warrants to purchase the common stock of our portfolio companies in connection with acquisition financing or other investments. Similarly, in connection with an acquisition, we may acquire rights to require the issuers of acquired securities or their affiliates to repurchase them under certain circumstances. We also do not intend to acquire securities issued by any investment company that exceed the limits imposed by the 1940 Act. Under these limits, we generally cannot acquire more than three percent of the voting stock of any registered investment company, invest more than five percent of the value of our total assets in the securities of one investment company or invest more than 10% of the value of our total assets in the securities of investment companies. With regard to that portion of our portfolio invested in securities issued by investment companies, it should be noted that such investments might subject our stockholders to additional expenses. None of these policies is fundamental, and all may be changed without stockholder approval.

136


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Qualifying Assets

Under the 1940 Act, a business development company may not acquire any asset other than assets of the type listed in Section 55(a) of the 1940 Act, which are referred to as qualifying assets, unless, at the time the acquisition is made, qualifying assets represent at least 70% of the company’s total assets. The principal categories of qualifying assets relevant to our proposed business are the following:

(1) Securities purchased in transactions not involving any public offering from the issuer of such securities, which issuer (subject to certain limited exceptions) is an eligible portfolio company, or from any person who is, or has been during the preceding 13 months, an affiliated person of an eligible portfolio company, or from any other person, subject to such rules as may be prescribed by the SEC. An eligible portfolio company is defined in the 1940 Act as any issuer which:
(a) is organized under the laws of, and has its principal place of business in, the United States;
(b) is not an investment company (other than a small business investment company wholly owned by the business development company) or a company that would be an investment company but for certain exclusions under the 1940 Act; and
(c) satisfies any of the following:
does not have any class of securities listed on a national securities exchange or has any class of securities listed on a national securities exchange subject to a $250 million market capitalization maximum; or
is controlled by a business development company or a group of companies including a business development company, the business development company actually exercises a controlling influence over the management or policies of the eligible portfolio company, and, as a result, the business development company has an affiliated person who is a director of the eligible portfolio company.
(2) Securities of any eligible portfolio company which we control.
(3) Securities purchased in a private transaction from a U.S. issuer that is not an investment company or from an affiliated person of the issuer, or in transactions incident thereto, if the issuer is in bankruptcy and subject to reorganization or if the issuer, immediately prior to the purchase of its securities was unable to meet its obligations as they came due without material assistance other than conventional lending or financing arrangements.
(4) Securities of an eligible portfolio company purchased from any person in a private transaction if there is no ready market for such securities and we already own 60% of the outstanding equity of the eligible portfolio company.
(5) Securities received in exchange for or distributed on or with respect to securities described in (1) through (4) above, or pursuant to the exercise of warrants or rights relating to such securities.
(6) Cash, cash equivalents, U.S. Government securities or other high-quality debt securities maturing in one year or less from the time of investment.

The regulations defining and interpreting qualifying assets may change over time. We expect to adjust our investment focus as needed to comply with and/or take advantage of any regulatory, legislative, administrative or judicial actions in this area.

Managerial Assistance to Portfolio Companies

In addition, a business development company must have been organized and have its principal place of business in the United States and must be operated for the purpose of making investments in the types of securities described in (1), (2) or (3) above. However, in order to count portfolio securities as qualifying assets for the purpose of the 70% test, the business development company must either control the issuer of the securities or must offer to make available to the issuer of the securities (other than small and solvent companies described above) significant managerial assistance; except that, where the business development company purchases such securities in conjunction with one or more other persons acting together, one of the other persons in the group

137


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

may make available such managerial assistance. Making available managerial assistance means, among other things, any arrangement whereby the business development company, through its directors, officers or employees, offers to provide, and, if accepted, does so provide, significant guidance and counsel concerning the management, operations or business objectives and policies of a portfolio company.

Temporary Investments

Pending investment in other types of qualifying assets, as described above, our investments may consist of cash, cash equivalents, U.S. Government securities or other high-quality debt securities maturing in one year or less from the time of investment, which we refer to, collectively, as temporary investments, so that 70% of our assets are qualifying assets. Typically, we will invest in U.S. Treasury bills or may invest in repurchase agreements, provided that such agreements are fully collateralized by cash or securities issued by the U.S. Government or its agencies. A repurchase agreement involves the purchase by an investor, such as us, of a specified security and the simultaneous agreement by the seller to repurchase it at an agreed-upon future date and at a price which is greater than the purchase price by an amount that reflects an agreed-upon interest rate. There is no percentage restriction on the proportion of our assets that may be invested in such repurchase agreements. However, if more than 25% of our total assets constitute repurchase agreements from a single counterparty, we would not meet the Diversification Tests in order to qualify as a RIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Thus, we do not intend to enter into repurchase agreements with a single counterparty in excess of this limit. Our Investment Adviser will monitor the creditworthiness of the counterparties with which we enter into repurchase agreement transactions.

Senior Securities

We are permitted, under specified conditions, to issue multiple classes of indebtedness and one class of stock senior to our common stock if our asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, is at least equal to 200% immediately after each such issuance. In addition, while any senior securities remain outstanding, we must make provisions to prohibit any distribution to our stockholders or the repurchase of such securities or shares unless we meet the applicable asset coverage ratios at the time of the distribution or repurchase. We may also borrow amounts up to five percent of the value of our total assets for temporary or emergency purposes without regard to asset coverage. We consolidate our financial results with those of WhiteHorse Warehouse for financial reporting purposes and measure our compliance with the leverage test applicable to business development companies under the 1940 Act on a consolidated basis. For a discussion of the risks associated with leverage, see “Risk Factors — Regulations governing our operation as a business development company, including those related to the issuance of senior securities, will affect our ability to, and the way in which we, raise additional debt or equity capital.”

Code of Ethics

We and WhiteHorse Advisers have each adopted a code of ethics pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act that establishes procedures for personal investments and restricts certain personal securities transactions. Personnel subject to each code may invest in securities for their personal investment accounts, including securities that may be purchased or held by us, so long as such investments are made in accordance with the code’s requirements. You may read and copy the code of ethics at the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at (202) 551-8090. In addition, each code of ethics is attached as an exhibit to the registration statement, and is available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at http://www.sec.gov . You may also obtain copies of each code of ethics, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following email address: publicinfo@sec.gov, or by writing the SEC’s Public Reference Section, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549.

Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

We have delegated our proxy voting responsibility to our Investment Adviser. The Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures of our Investment Adviser are set forth below. The guidelines are reviewed periodically by our Investment Adviser and our non-interested directors, and, accordingly, are subject to change. For purposes of these Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures described below, “we” “our” and “us” refers to our Investment Adviser.

138


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Introduction

As an investment adviser registered under the Advisers Act, we have a fiduciary duty to act solely in the best interests of our clients. As part of this duty, we recognize that we must vote client securities in a timely manner free of conflicts of interest and in the best interests of our clients.

These policies and procedures for voting proxies for our investment advisory clients are intended to comply with Section 206 of, and Rule 206(4)-6 under, the Advisers Act.

Proxy Policies

We vote proxies relating to our clients’ portfolio securities in what we perceive to be the best interest of our clients’ shareholders. We review on a case-by-case basis each proposal submitted to a shareholder vote to determine its impact on the portfolio securities held by our clients. In most cases, we will vote in favor of proposals that we believe are likely to increase the value of our clients’ portfolio securities. Although we will generally vote against proposals that may have a negative impact on our clients’ portfolio securities, we may vote for such a proposal if there exists compelling long-term reasons to do so.

Our proxy voting decisions are made by the senior officers who are responsible for monitoring each of clients’ investments. To ensure that our vote is not the product of a conflict of interest, we require that: (1) anyone involved in the decision making process disclose to our Chief Compliance Officer any potential conflict that he or she is aware of and any contact that he or she has had with any interested party regarding a proxy vote; and (2) employees involved in the decision making process or vote administration are prohibited from revealing how we intend to vote on a proposal in order to reduce any attempted influence from interested parties. Where conflicts of interest may be present, we will disclose such conflicts, including to H.I.G. Capital, and may request guidance on how to vote such proxies.

Proxy Voting Records

You may obtain information without charge about how we voted proxies by making a written request for proxy voting information to: Investor Relations, 1450 Brickell Avenue, 31 st Floor, Miami, Florida 33131 or by calling us collect at (305) 381-6999.

Privacy Principles

We are committed to maintaining the privacy of our stockholders and to safeguarding their non-public personal information. The following information is provided to help you understand what personal information we collect, how we protect that information and why, in certain cases, we may share information with select other parties.

Generally, we do not receive any non-public personal information relating to our stockholders, although certain non-public personal information of our stockholders may become available to us. We do not disclose any non-public personal information about our stockholders or former stockholders to anyone, except as permitted by law or as is necessary in order to service stockholder accounts (for example, to a transfer agent or third party administrator).

We restrict access to non-public personal information about our stockholders to employees of our Investment Adviser and its affiliates with a legitimate business need for the information. We will maintain physical, electronic and procedural safeguards designed to protect the non-public personal information of our stockholders.

Under the 1940 Act, we are required to provide and maintain a bond issued by a reputable fidelity insurance company to protect us against larceny and embezzlement. Furthermore, as a business development company, we are prohibited from protecting any director or officer against any liability to us or our stockholders arising from willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of such person’s office. We will be periodically examined by the SEC for compliance with the 1940 Act.

We and the Investment Advisor are each required to adopt and implement written policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent violation of the U.S. federal securities laws, review these policies and

139


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

procedures annually for their adequacy and the effectiveness of their implementation, and designate a chief compliance officer to be responsible for administering the policies and procedures.

Other

We may also be prohibited under the 1940 Act from knowingly participating in certain transactions with our affiliates, including the Investment Adviser, without the prior approval of our board of directors who are not interested persons and, in some cases, prior approval by the SEC. The SEC has interpreted the prohibition on transactions by business development companies with affiliates to prohibit “joint” transactions among entities that share a common investment adviser. The staff of the SEC has granted no-action relief permitting purchases of a single class of privately placed securities provided that the adviser negotiates no term other than price and certain other conditions are met. Except in certain limited circumstances, we will be unable to invest in any issuer in which another account sponsored or managed by our Investment Adviser has previously invested.

We and the Investment Adviser and other affiliates have submitted an exemptive application to the SEC to permit greater flexibility to negotiate the terms of co-investments because we believe that it will be advantageous for us to co-invest with accounts sponsored or managed by the Investment Adviser where such investment is consistent with our investment objectives, positions, policies, strategies and restrictions, as well as regulatory requirements and other pertinent factors. We believe that co-investment by us and accounts sponsored or managed by the Investment Adviser may afford us additional investment opportunities and the ability to achieve greater diversification.

Under the terms of the relief we have requested, a “required majority” (as defined in Section 57(o) of the 1940 Act) of our independent directors would make certain conclusions in connection with a co-investment transaction, including that (1) the terms of the proposed transaction are reasonable and fair to us and our stockholders and do not involve overreaching of us or our stockholders on the part of any person concerned and (2) the transaction is consistent with the interests of our stockholders and is consistent with our investment strategies and policies. There is no assurance that our application for exemptive relief will be granted by the SEC or that, if granted, it will be on the terms set forth above.

We are not generally able to issue and sell our common stock at a price below current NAV per share. We may, however, issue and sell our common stock, or warrants, options or rights to acquire our common stock, at a price below the then-current NAV per share of our common stock if our board determines that such sale is in the best interests of us and our stockholders, and if our stockholders approve such sale within the preceding 12 months. In any such case, the price at which our securities are to be issued and sold may not be less than a price that, in the determination of our board, closely approximates the market value of such securities (less any distributing commission or discount).

Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act imposes a wide variety of new regulatory requirements on publicly held companies and their insiders. Many of these requirements affect us. For example:

pursuant to Rule 13a-14 of the Exchange Act, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer must certify the accuracy of the financial statements contained in our periodic reports;
pursuant to Item 307 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act, our periodic reports must disclose our conclusions about the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures;
pursuant to Rule 13a-15 of the Exchange Act, beginning with our fiscal year ending December 31, 2013, our management must prepare an annual report regarding its assessment of our internal control over financial reporting, which must be audited by our independent registered public accounting firm beginning with the first fiscal year in which we do not qualify as an emerging growth company; and
pursuant to Item 308 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act and Rule 13a-15 of the Exchange Act, our periodic reports must disclose whether there were significant changes in our internal controls over financial reporting or in other factors that could significantly affect these controls subsequent to the date of their evaluation, including any corrective actions with regard to significant deficiencies and material weaknesses.

140


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires us to review our current policies and procedures to determine whether we comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder. We will continue to monitor our compliance with all regulations that are adopted under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and will take actions necessary to ensure that we are in compliance with that act.

JOBS Act

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act signed into law in April 2012 until the earliest of:

the last day of our fiscal year ending December 31, 2018;
the last day of the fiscal year in which our total annual gross revenues first exceed $1 billion;
the date on which we have, during the prior three-year period, issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt; or
the last day of a fiscal year in which we (1) have an aggregate worldwide market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates of $700 million or more, computed at the end of each fiscal year as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter and (2) have been an Exchange Act reporting company for at least one year (and filed at least one annual report under the Exchange Act).

Under the JOBS Act, we are currently exempt from the provisions of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which would require that our independent registered public accounting firm provide an attestation report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. This may increase the risk that material weaknesses or other deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting go undetected.

Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have made an irrevocable election not to take advantage of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards. We are therefore be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

Small Business Investment Company Regulations

SBICs are designed to stimulate the flow of private equity capital to eligible small businesses. Under SBIC regulations, SBICs may make loans to certain eligible small businesses, invest in the equity securities of such businesses and provide them with consulting and advisory services.

The SBA prohibits an SBIC from providing funds to small businesses for certain purposes, such as relending or investing outside the United States, to businesses engaged in a few prohibited industries, and to certain “passive” ( i.e. , non-operating) companies. In addition, without prior SBA approval, a SBIC may not invest an amount equal to more than approximately 30% of the SBIC’s regulatory capital in any one company and its affiliates.

The SBA places certain limitations on the financing terms of investments by SBICs in portfolio companies (such as limiting the permissible interest rate on debt securities held by a SBIC in a portfolio company). Regulations adopted by the SBA allow a SBIC to exercise control over a small business for a period of up to seven years from the date on which the SBIC initially acquires its control position. This control period may be extended for an additional period of time with the SBA’s prior written approval.

An SBIC (or group of SBICs under common control) may generally have outstanding debentures guaranteed by the SBA in amounts up to twice the amount of the privately raised funds of the SBIC(s). Debentures guaranteed by the SBA have a maturity of ten years, require semi-annual payments of interest and do not require any principal payments prior to maturity.

The American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, or the 2009 Stimulus Bill, contains several provisions applicable to SBIC funds. One of the key SBIC-related provisions included in the 2009 Stimulus Bill increased the maximum amount of combined SBIC leverage, or the SBIC leverage cap, to $225 million for affiliated SBIC funds.

141


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SBICs must invest idle funds that are not being used to make loans in investments permitted under SBIC regulations in the following limited types of securities: (1) direct obligations of, or obligations guaranteed as to principal and interest by, the U.S. government, which mature within 15 months from the date of the investment; (2) repurchase agreements with federally insured institutions with a maturity of seven days or less (and the securities underlying the repurchase obligations must be direct obligations of or guaranteed by the U.S. federal government); (3) certificates of deposit with a maturity of one year or less, issued by a federally insured institution; (4) a deposit account in a federally insured institution that is subject to a withdrawal restriction of one year or less; (5) a checking account in a federally insured institution; or (6) a reasonable petty cash fund.

Neither the SBA nor the U.S. government or any of its agencies or officers has approved any ownership interest to be issued by us or any obligation that we or any of our subsidiaries may incur.

142


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BROKERAGE ALLOCATION AND OTHER PRACTICES

Since we acquire and dispose of many of our investments in privately negotiated transactions, many of the transactions that we engage in will not require the use of brokers or the payment of brokerage commissions. No brokerage commissions have been paid in the past three fiscal years. Subject to policies established by our board of directors, our Investment Adviser is primarily responsible for selecting brokers and dealers to execute transactions with respect to the publicly traded securities portion of our portfolio transactions and the allocation of brokerage commissions. Our Investment Adviser does not expect to execute transactions through any particular broker or dealer but will seek to obtain the best net results for us under the circumstances, taking into account such factors as price (including the applicable brokerage commission or dealer spread), size of order, difficulty of execution and operational facilities of the firm and the firm’s risk and skill in positioning blocks of securities. Our Investment Adviser generally seeks reasonably competitive trade execution costs but will not necessarily pay the lowest spread or commission available. Subject to applicable legal requirements and consistent with Section 28(e) of the Exchange Act, our Investment Adviser may select a broker based upon brokerage or research services provided to our Investment Adviser and us and any other clients. In return for such services, we may pay a higher commission than other brokers would charge if our Investment Adviser determines in good faith that such commission is reasonable in relation to the services provided.

143


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TAX MATTERS

The following discussion is a general summary of the material U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to us and to an investment in our shares of common stock. This summary does not purport to be a complete description of the income tax considerations applicable to such an investment. For example, we have not described certain considerations that may be relevant to certain types of holders subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income tax laws, including stockholders subject to the alternative minimum tax, tax-exempt organizations, insurance companies, dealers in securities, traders in securities that elect to mark-to-market their securities holdings, pension plans and trusts, and financial institutions. This summary assumes that investors hold our common stock as capital assets (within the meaning of the Code). The discussion is based upon the Code, Treasury regulations, and administrative and judicial interpretations, each as of the date of this prospectus and all of which are subject to change, possibly retroactively, which could affect the continuing validity of this discussion. We have not sought and will not seek any ruling from the Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, regarding any offering of our securities. This summary does not discuss any aspects of U.S. estate or gift tax or foreign, state or local tax. It does not discuss the special treatment under U.S. federal income tax laws that could result if we invested in tax-exempt securities or certain other investment assets.

A “U.S. stockholder” is a beneficial owner of shares of our common stock that is for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

a citizen or individual resident of the United States;
a corporation, or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia;
an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or
a trust if either a U.S. court can exercise primary supervision over its administration and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all of its substantial decisions or the trust was in existence on August 20, 1996, was treated as a U.S. person prior to that date, and has made a valid election to be treated as a U.S. person.

A “Non-U.S. stockholder” is a beneficial owner of shares of our common stock that is not a U.S. stockholder.

If a partnership (including an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds shares of our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. A prospective investor that is a partner in a partnership that will hold shares of our common stock should consult its tax advisors with respect to the purchase, ownership and disposition of shares of our common stock.

Tax matters are very complicated and the tax consequences to an investor of an investment in our shares of common stock will depend on the facts of his, her or its particular situation. We encourage investors to consult their own tax advisors regarding the specific consequences of such an investment, including tax reporting requirements, the applicability of U.S. federal, state, local and foreign tax laws, eligibility for the benefits of any applicable tax treaty, and the effect of any possible changes in the tax laws.

Election to Be Taxed as a RIC

As a business development company, we have elected to be treated as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code. As a RIC, we generally will not have to pay corporate-level U.S. federal income taxes on any net ordinary income or capital gains that we timely distribute to our stockholders as dividends. To qualify as a RIC, we must, among other things, meet certain source-of-income and asset diversification requirements (as described below). In addition, we must distribute to our stockholders, for each taxable year, an amount at least equal to 90% of our “investment company taxable income,” which is generally our net ordinary income plus the excess of realized net short-term capital gains over realized net long-term capital losses, or the Annual Distribution Requirement.

144


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Taxation as a RIC

If we:

qualify as a RIC; and
satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement;

then we will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the portion of our investment company taxable income and net capital gain, defined as net long-term capital gains in excess of net short-term capital losses, we distribute to stockholders. We will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at regular corporate rates on any net income or net capital gain not distributed to our stockholders. We may choose to retain our net capital gains or any investment company taxable income, and pay the associated U.S. federal corporate income tax, including the U.S. federal excise tax described below.

We will generally be subject to a 4% nondeductible U.S. federal excise tax on our undistributed income unless we distribute in a timely manner an amount at least equal to the sum of (1) 98% of our ordinary income (taking into account certain deferrals and elections) for each calendar year, (2) 98.2% of our capital gain net income for the one-year period ending October 31 in that calendar year and (3) any income realized, but not distributed, in the preceding calendar year, or the Excise Tax Avoidance Requirement. For this purpose, however, any ordinary income or capital gain net income retained by us that is subject to corporate income tax in the taxable year ending within the relevant calendar year will be considered to have been distributed. We currently intend to make sufficient distributions to satisfy the Excise Tax Avoidance Requirement.

In order to qualify as a RIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes, we must, among other things:

qualify to be treated as a business development company under the 1940 Act at all times during each taxable year;
derive in each taxable year at least 90% of our gross income from dividends, interest, payments with respect to certain securities loans, gains from the sale of stock or other securities, or other income derived with respect to our business of investing in such stock or securities, and net income derived from interests in “qualified publicly traded partnerships” (partnerships that are traded on an established securities market or tradable on a secondary market, other than partnerships that derive 90% of their income from interest, dividends and other permitted RIC income), or the 90% Income Test; and
diversify our holdings, or the Diversification Tests, so that at the end of each quarter of the taxable year:
º at least 50% of the value of our assets consists of cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities, securities of other RICs, and other securities if such other securities of any one issuer do not represent more than 5% of the value of our assets or more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of the issuer; and
º no more than 25% of the value of our assets is invested in the securities, other than U.S. government securities or securities of other RICs, of one issuer or of two or more issuers that are controlled, as determined under applicable tax rules, by us and that are engaged in the same or similar or related trades or businesses or in the securities of one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships.

We may invest in partnerships, including qualified publicly traded partnerships, which may result in our being subject to state, local or foreign income, franchise or withholding liabilities.

In addition, we are subject to ordinary income and capital gain net income distribution requirements under U.S. federal excise tax rules for each calendar year. If we do not meet the required distributions we will be subject to a 4% nondeductible federal excise tax on the undistributed amount. The failure to meet U.S. federal excise tax distribution requirements will not cause us to lose our RIC status. We currently intend to make sufficient distributions each taxable year to satisfy the U.S. federal excise tax distribution requirements.

145


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Any underwriting fees paid by us are not deductible. We may be required to recognize taxable income in circumstances in which we do not receive cash. For example, if we hold debt obligations that are treated under applicable tax rules as having original issue discount (such as debt instruments with PIK interest or, in certain cases, with increasing interest rates or issued with warrants), we must include in income each year a portion of the original issue discount that accrues over the life of the obligation, regardless of whether cash representing such income is received by us in the same taxable year. Because any original issue discount accrued will be included in our investment company taxable income for the year of accrual, we may be required to make a distribution to our stockholders in order to satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement, even though we will not have received any corresponding cash amount.

Certain of our investment practices may be subject to special and complex U.S. federal income tax provisions that may, among other things, (1) treat dividends that would otherwise constitute qualified dividend income as non-qualified dividend income, (2) treat dividends that would otherwise be eligible for the corporate dividends received deduction as ineligible for such treatment, (3) disallow, suspend or otherwise limit the allowance of certain losses or deductions, (4) convert lower-taxed long-term capital gain into higher-taxed short-term capital gain or ordinary income, (5) convert an ordinary loss or a deduction into a capital loss (the deductibility of which is more limited), (6) cause us to recognize income or gain without a corresponding receipt of cash, (7) adversely affect the time as to when a purchase or sale of stock or securities is deemed to occur, (8) adversely alter the characterization of certain complex financial transactions and (9) produce income that will not be qualifying income for purposes of the 90% Income Test. We intend to monitor our transactions and may make certain tax elections to mitigate the effect of these provisions and prevent our disqualification as a RIC.

Gain or loss realized by us from warrants acquired by us as well as any loss attributable to the lapse of such warrants generally will be treated as capital gain or loss. Such gain or loss generally will be long term or short term, depending on how long we held a particular warrant.

Although we do not presently expect to do so, we are authorized to borrow funds and to sell assets in order to satisfy distribution requirements. However, under the 1940 Act, we are not permitted to make distributions to our stockholders while our debt obligations and other senior securities are outstanding unless certain “asset coverage” tests are met. See “Regulation — Senior Securities.” Moreover, our ability to dispose of assets to meet our distribution requirements may be limited by (1) the illiquid nature of our portfolio and/or (2) other requirements relating to our qualification as a RIC, including the Diversification Tests. If we dispose of assets in order to meet the Annual Distribution Requirement or the Excise Tax Avoidance Requirement, we may make such dispositions at times that, from an investment standpoint, are not advantageous.

We generally invest in securities that have been rated below investment grade by independent rating agencies or that would be rated below investment grade if they were rated. Investments in these types of instruments may present special tax issues for us. U.S. federal income tax rules are not entirely clear about issues such as when we may cease to accrue interest, original issue discount or market discount, when and to what extent deductions may be taken for bad debts or worthless instruments, how payments received on obligations in default should be allocated between principal and income and whether exchanges of debt obligations in a bankruptcy or workout context are taxable. These and other issues will be addressed by us to the extent necessary in order to seek to ensure that we distribute sufficient income such that we does not become subject to U.S. federal income or excise tax.

Some of the income and fees that we may recognize will not satisfy the 90% Income Test. In order to ensure that such income and fees do not disqualify us as a RIC for a failure to satisfy the 90% Income Test, we may be required to recognize such income and fees indirectly through one or more entities treated as corporations for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Such corporations will be required to pay U.S. corporate income tax on their earnings, which ultimately will reduce our return on such income and fees.

Failure to Qualify as a RIC

If we were unable to qualify for treatment as a RIC and are unable to cure the failure, for example, by disposing of certain investments quickly or raising additional capital to prevent the loss of RIC status, we would be subject to tax on all of our taxable income at regular corporate rates. The Regulated Investment Company Modernization Act of 2010 provides some relief from RIC disqualification due to failures of the

146


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

source of income and asset diversification requirements, although there may be additional taxes due in such cases. We cannot assure you that we would qualify for any such relief should we fail the 90% Income Test or the Diversification Tests.

Should failure occur not only would all our taxable income be subject to tax at regular corporate rates, we would not be able to deduct distributions to stockholders in computing our taxable income, nor would they be required to be made. Distributions, including distributions of net long-term capital gain, would generally be taxable to our stockholders as ordinary dividend income to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits. Subject to certain limitations under the Code, corporate stockholders would be eligible to claim a dividends received deduction with respect to such dividends, and non-corporate stockholders would generally be able to treat such dividends as “qualified dividend income,” which is subject to reduced rates of U.S. federal income tax. Distributions in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits would be treated first as a return of capital to the extent of the stockholder’s tax basis in our shares, and any remaining distributions would be treated as a capital gain. If we fail to qualify as a RIC for a period greater than two taxable years, to qualify as a RIC in a subsequent year we may be subject to regular corporate tax on any net built-in gains with respect to certain of our assets ( i.e. , the excess of the aggregate gains, including items of income, over aggregate losses that would have been realized with respect to such assets if we had been liquidated) that we elect to recognize on requalification or when recognized over the next ten years.

The remainder of this discussion assumes that we qualify as a RIC and have satisfied the Annual Distribution Requirement.

Taxation of U.S. Stockholders

Distributions by us generally are taxable to U.S. stockholders as ordinary income or capital gains. Distributions of our “investment company taxable income” (which is, generally, our net ordinary income plus net short-term capital gains in excess of net long-term capital losses) will be taxable as ordinary income to U.S. stockholders to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, whether paid in cash or reinvested in additional shares of our common stock. To the extent such distributions paid by us to non-corporate stockholders (including individuals) are attributable to dividends from U.S. corporations and certain qualified foreign corporations and if certain holding period requirements are met, such distributions generally will be treated as qualified dividend income and generally eligible for a maximum U.S. federal tax rate of either 15% or 20%, depending on whether the individual shareholder’s income exceeds certain threshold amounts. In this regard, it is anticipated that distributions paid by us will generally not be attributable to dividends and, therefore, generally will not qualify for the preferential maximum U.S. federal tax rate.

Distributions of our net capital gains (which is generally our realized net long-term capital gains in excess of realized net short-term capital losses) properly designated by us as “capital gain dividends” will be taxable to a U.S. stockholder as long-term capital gains (currently generally at a maximum rate of either 15% or 20%, depending on whether the individual shareholder’s income exceeds certain threshold amounts) in the case of individuals, trusts or estates, regardless of the U.S. stockholder’s holding period for his, her or its common stock and regardless of whether paid in cash or reinvested in additional common stock. Distributions in excess of our earnings and profits first will reduce a U.S. stockholder’s adjusted tax basis in such stockholder’s common stock and, after the adjusted basis is reduced to zero, will constitute capital gains to such U.S. stockholder. Stockholders receiving dividends or distributions in the form of additional shares of our common stock purchased in the market should be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as receiving a distribution in an amount equal to the amount of money that the stockholders receiving cash dividends or distributions will receive, and should have a cost basis in the shares received equal to such amount. Stockholders receiving dividends in newly issued shares of our common stock will be treated as receiving a distribution equal to the value of the shares received, and should have a cost basis of such amount.

Although we currently intend to distribute any net long-term capital gains at least annually, we may in the future decide to retain some or all of our net long-term capital gains but designate the retained amount as a “deemed distribution.” In that case, among other consequences, we will pay tax on the retained amount, each U.S. stockholder will be required to include their share of the deemed distribution in income as if it had been distributed to the U.S. stockholder, and the U.S. stockholder will be entitled to claim a credit equal their allocable share of the tax paid on the deemed distribution by us. The amount of the deemed distribution net of such tax will

147


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

be added to the U.S. stockholder’s tax basis for their common stock. Since we expect to pay tax on any retained capital gains at our regular corporate tax rate, and since that rate is in excess of the maximum rate currently payable by individuals on long-term capital gains, the amount of tax that individual stockholders will be treated as having paid and for which they will receive a credit will exceed the tax they owe on the retained net capital gain. Such excess generally may be claimed as a credit against the U.S. stockholder’s other U.S. federal income tax obligations or may be refunded to the extent it exceeds a stockholder’s liability for U.S. federal income tax. A stockholder that is not subject to U.S. federal income tax or otherwise required to file a U.S. federal income tax return would be required to file a U.S. federal income tax return on the appropriate form in order to claim a refund for the taxes we paid. In order to utilize the deemed distribution approach, we must provide written notice to our stockholders prior to the expiration of 60 days after the close of the relevant taxable year. We cannot treat any of our investment company taxable income as a “deemed distribution.”

For purposes of determining (1) whether the Annual Distribution Requirement is satisfied for any year and (2) the amount of capital gain dividends paid for that year, we may, under certain circumstances, elect to treat a dividend that is paid during the following taxable year as if it had been paid during the taxable year in question. If we make such an election, the U.S. stockholder will still be treated as receiving the dividend in the taxable year in which the distribution is made. However, any dividend declared by us in October, November or December of any calendar year, payable to stockholders of record on a specified date in such a month and actually paid during January of the following year, will be treated as if it had been received by our U.S. stockholders on December 31 of the year in which the dividend was declared.

If an investor purchases shares of our common stock shortly before the record date of a distribution, the price of the shares of our common stock will include the value of the distribution and the investor will be subject to tax on the distribution even though it represents a return of their investment.

A stockholder generally will recognize taxable gain or loss if the stockholder sells or otherwise disposes of their shares of our common stock. Any gain arising from such sale or disposition generally will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the stockholder has held their shares of common stock for more than one year. Otherwise, it would be classified as short-term capital gain or loss. However, any capital loss arising from the sale or disposition of shares of our common stock held for six months or less will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of the amount of capital gain dividends received, or undistributed capital gain deemed received, with respect to such shares. In addition, all or a portion of any loss recognized upon a disposition of shares of our common stock may be disallowed if other shares of our common stock are purchased (whether through reinvestment of distributions or otherwise) within 30 days before or after the disposition. In such a case, the basis of the common stock acquired will be increased to reflect the disallowed loss.

In general, individual U.S. stockholders are subject to a maximum U.S. federal income tax rate of either 15% or 20% (depending on whether the individual U.S. stockholder’s income exceeds certain threshold amounts) on their net capital gain, i.e. , the excess of realized net long-term capital gain over realized net short-term capital loss for a taxable year, including a long-term capital gain derived from an investment in our shares of common stock. Such rate is lower than the maximum federal income tax rate on ordinary income currently payable by individuals. Corporate U.S. stockholders currently are subject to U.S. federal income tax on net capital gain at the maximum 35% rate also applied to ordinary income. Non-corporate stockholders with net capital losses for a year ( i.e. , net capital losses in excess of net capital gains) generally may deduct up to $3,000 of such losses against their ordinary income each year; any net capital losses of a non-corporate stockholder in excess of $3,000 generally may be carried forward and used in subsequent years as provided in the Code. Corporate stockholders generally may not deduct any net capital losses for a year, but may carryback such losses for three years or carry forward such losses for five years.

We will send to each of our U.S. stockholders, as promptly as possible after the end of each calendar year, a notice detailing, on a per share and per distribution basis, the amounts includible in such U.S. stockholder’s taxable income for such year as ordinary income and as long-term capital gain. In addition, the U.S. federal tax status of each year’s distributions generally will be reported to the IRS. Distributions may also be subject to additional state, local and foreign taxes depending on a U.S. stockholder’s particular situation. Dividends distributed by us generally will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction or the lower tax rates applicable to certain qualified dividends.

148


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We may be required to withhold U.S. federal income tax (“backup withholding”) currently at a rate of 28% from all taxable distributions to any non-corporate U.S. stockholder (1) who fails to furnish us with a correct taxpayer identification number or a certificate that such stockholder is exempt from backup withholding or (2) with respect to whom the IRS notifies us that such stockholder has failed to properly report certain interest and dividend income to the IRS and to respond to notices to that effect. An individual’s taxpayer identification number is his or her social security number. Any amount withheld under backup withholding is allowed as a credit against the U.S. stockholder’s U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle such stockholder to a refund, provided that proper information is timely provided to the IRS.

If a U.S. stockholder recognizes a loss with respect to shares of our common stock of $2 million or more for an individual stockholder or $10 million or more for a corporate stockholder, the stockholder must file with the IRS a disclosure statement on Form 8886. Direct stockholders of portfolio securities are in many cases exempted from this reporting requirement, but under current guidance, stockholders of a RIC are not exempted. The fact that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination of whether the taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper. U.S. stockholders should consult their tax advisors to determine the applicability of these regulations in light of their specific circumstances.

For taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012, an additional 3.8% Medicare tax will be imposed on certain net investment income (including ordinary dividends and capital gain distributions received from us and net gains from redemptions or other taxable dispositions of our shares) of U.S. individuals, estates and trusts to the extent that such person’s “modified adjusted gross income” (in the case of an individual) or “adjusted gross income” (in the case of an estate or trust) exceed certain threshold amounts.

Taxation of Non-U.S. Stockholders

Whether an investment in the shares of our common stock is appropriate for a Non-U.S. stockholder will depend upon that person’s particular circumstances. An investment in the shares of our common stock by a Non-U.S. stockholder may have adverse tax consequences. Non-U.S. stockholders should consult their tax advisors before investing in our common stock.

Distributions of our “investment company taxable income” to Non-U.S. stockholders (including interest income, net short-term capital gain or foreign-source dividend and interest income, which generally would be free of withholding if paid to Non-U.S. stockholders directly) will be subject to withholding of U.S. federal tax at a 30% rate (or lower rate provided by an applicable treaty) to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits unless the distributions are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the Non-U.S. stockholder, in which case the distributions will generally be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the rates applicable to U.S. persons. In that case, we will not be required to withhold U.S. federal tax if the Non-U.S. stockholder complies with applicable certification and disclosure requirements. Special certification requirements apply to a Non-U.S. stockholder that is a foreign partnership or a foreign trust, and such entities are urged to consult their own tax advisors.

Under a provision that is scheduled to expire for taxable years of RICs beginning after December 31, 2013 (unless the provision is extended by the U.S. Congress), properly designated dividends received by a Non-U.S. stockholder generally are exempt from U.S. federal withholding tax when they (1) are paid in respect of our “qualified net interest income” (generally, our U.S. source interest income, other than certain contingent interest and interest from obligations of a corporation or partnership in which we are at least a 10% stockholder, reduced by expenses that are allocable to such income), or (2) were paid in connection with our “qualified short-term capital gains” (generally, the excess of our net short-term capital gain over our long-term capital loss for such taxable year). There can be no assurance that this provision will be extended, if there is an extension, and depending on the circumstances, we may designate all, some or none of our potentially eligible dividends as such qualified net interest income or as qualified short-term capital gains, or treat such dividends, in whole or in part, as ineligible for this exemption from withholding. In order to qualify for this exemption from withholding, a Non-U.S. stockholder must comply with applicable certification requirements relating to its non-U.S. status (including, in general, furnishing an IRS Form W-8BEN or an acceptable substitute or successor form). In the case of shares held through an intermediary, the intermediary

149


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

could withhold even if we designate the payment as qualified net interest income or qualified short-term capital gain. Non-U.S. stockholders should contact their intermediaries with respect to the application of these rules to their accounts.

Actual or deemed distributions of our net capital gains to a Non-U.S. stockholder, and gains realized by a Non-U.S. stockholder upon the sale of our common stock, will not be subject to federal withholding tax and generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax unless the distributions or gains, as the case may be, are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the Non-U.S. stockholder and, if an income tax treaty applies, are attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the Non-U.S. stockholder in the United States or, in the case of an individual Non-U.S. stockholder, the stockholder is present in the United States for 183 days or more during the year of the sale or capital gain dividend and certain other conditions are met.

If we distribute our net capital gains in the form of deemed rather than actual distributions (which we may do in the future), a Non-U.S. stockholder will be entitled to a U.S. federal income tax credit or tax refund equal to the stockholder’s allocable share of the tax we pay on the capital gains deemed to have been distributed. In order to obtain the refund, the Non-U.S. stockholder must obtain a U.S. taxpayer identification number and file a U.S. federal income tax return even if the Non-U.S. stockholder would not otherwise be required to obtain a U.S. taxpayer identification number or file a U.S. federal income tax return. For a corporate Non-U.S. stockholder, distributions (both actual and deemed), and gains realized upon the sale of our common stock that are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business may, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate (or at a lower rate if provided for by an applicable treaty).

A Non-U.S. stockholder who is a non-resident alien individual, and who is otherwise subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax, may be subject to information reporting and backup withholding of U.S. federal income tax on dividends unless the Non-U.S. stockholder provides us or the dividend paying agent with an IRS Form W-8BEN (or an acceptable substitute form) or otherwise meets documentary evidence requirements for establishing that it is a Non-U.S. stockholder or otherwise establishes an exemption from backup withholding.

Effective July 1, 2014, we will be required to withhold U.S. tax (at a 30% rate) on payments of taxable dividends and (effective January 1, 2017) redemption proceeds and certain capital gains made to certain non-U.S. entities that fail to comply (or be deemed compliant) with extensive new reporting and withholding requirements designed to inform the U.S. Department of the Treasury of U.S.-owned foreign investment accounts. Stockholders may be requested to provide additional information to us to enable us to determine whether withholding is required.

An investment in shares by a non-U.S. person may also be subject to U.S. federal estate tax. Non-U.S. persons should consult their own tax advisors with respect to the U.S. federal income tax, U.S. federal estate tax, withholding tax, and state, local and foreign tax consequences of acquiring, owning or disposing of our common stock.

150


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

We may offer, from time to time, in one or more offerings or series, up to $500,000,000 of our common stock, preferred stock, debt securities, subscription rights to purchase shares of our common stock or warrants representing rights to purchase shares of our common stock, preferred stock or debt securities in one or more underwritten public offerings, at-the-market offerings, negotiated transactions, block trades, best efforts or a combination of these methods. In addition, this prospectus relates to 7,826,284 shares of our common stock that may be sold by the selling stockholders identified under “Selling Stockholders”. We or the selling stockholders may sell the securities through underwriters or dealers, directly to one or more purchasers, including existing stockholders in a rights offering, through agents or through a combination of any such methods of sale. Any underwriter or agent involved in the offer and sale of the securities will be named in the applicable prospectus supplement. A prospectus supplement or supplements will also describe the terms of the offering of the securities, including: the purchase price of the securities and the proceeds, if any, we will receive from the sale; any over-allotment options under which underwriters may purchase additional securities from us; any agency fees or underwriting discounts and other items constituting agents’ or underwriters’ compensation; the public offering price; any discounts or concessions allowed or re-allowed or paid to dealers; and any securities exchange or market on which the securities may be listed. Only underwriters named in the prospectus supplement will be underwriters of the securities offered by such prospectus supplement.

The distribution of the securities may be effected from time to time in one or more transactions at a fixed price or prices, which may be changed, at prevailing market prices at the time of sale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices, or at negotiated prices, provided, however, that the offering price per share of our common stock, less any underwriting commissions or discounts, must equal or exceed the NAV per share of our common stock at the time of the offering except (1) in connection with a rights offering to our existing stockholders, (2) offerings completed within one year of the receipt of consent of the majority of our common stockholders or (3) under such circumstances as the SEC may permit. The price at which securities may be distributed may represent a discount from prevailing market prices.

In connection with the sale of the securities, underwriters or agents may receive compensation from us or from purchasers of the securities, for whom they may act as agents, in the form of discounts, concessions or commissions. Our common stockholders will indirectly bear such fees and expenses as well as any other fees and expenses incurred by us in connection with any sale of securities. Underwriters may sell the securities to or through dealers and such dealers may receive compensation in the form of discounts, concessions or commissions from the underwriters and/or commissions from the purchasers for whom they may act as agents. Underwriters, dealers and agents that participate in the distribution of the securities may be deemed to be underwriters under the Securities Act, and any discounts and commissions they receive from us and any profit realized by them on the resale of the securities may be deemed to be underwriting discounts and commissions under the Securities Act. Any such underwriter or agent will be identified and any such compensation received from us will be described in the applicable prospectus supplement. The maximum aggregate commission or discount to be received by any member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority or independent broker-dealer will not be greater than 8% of the gross proceeds of the sale of securities offered pursuant to this prospectus and any applicable prospectus supplement. We may also reimburse the underwriter or agent for certain fees and legal expenses incurred by it.

Any underwriter may engage in over-allotment, stabilizing transactions, short-covering transactions and penalty bids in accordance with Regulation M under the Exchange Act. Over-allotment involves sales in excess of the offering size, which create a short position. Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying security so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum price. Syndicate-covering or other short-covering transactions involve purchases of the securities, either through exercise of the over-allotment option or in the open market after the distribution is completed, to cover short positions. Penalty bids permit the underwriters to reclaim a selling concession from a dealer when the securities originally sold by the dealer are purchased in a stabilizing or covering transaction to cover short positions. Those activities may cause the price of the securities to be higher than it would otherwise be. If commenced, the underwriters may discontinue any of the activities at any time.

151


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Any underwriters that are qualified market makers on The NASDAQ Global Select Market may engage in passive market making transactions in our common stock on The NASDAQ Global Select Market in accordance with Regulation M under the Exchange Act, during the business day prior to the pricing of the offering, before the commencement of offers or sales of our common stock. Passive market makers must comply with applicable volume and price limitations and must be identified as passive market makers. In general, a passive market maker must display its bid at a price not in excess of the highest independent bid for such security; if all independent bids are lowered below the passive market maker’s bid, however, the passive market maker’s bid must then be lowered when certain purchase limits are exceeded. Passive market making may stabilize the market price of the securities at a level above that which might otherwise prevail in the open market and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

We or the selling stockholders may sell securities directly or through agents we designate from time to time. We will name any agent involved in the offering and sale of securities and we will describe any commissions we will pay the agent in the prospectus supplement. Unless the prospectus supplement states otherwise, our agent will act on a best-efforts basis for the period of its appointment.

Unless otherwise specified in the applicable prospectus supplement, each class or series of securities will be a new issue with no trading market, other than our common stock, which is traded on The NASDAQ Global Select Market. We may elect to list any other class or series of securities on any exchanges, but we are not obligated to do so. We cannot guarantee the liquidity of the trading markets for any securities.

Under agreements that we may enter, underwriters, dealers and agents who participate in the distribution of shares of our securities may be entitled to indemnification by us against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or contribution with respect to payments that the agents or underwriters may make with respect to these liabilities. Underwriters, dealers and agents may engage in transactions with, or perform services for, us in the ordinary course of business.

If so indicated in the applicable prospectus supplement, we will authorize underwriters or other persons acting as our agents to solicit offers by certain institutions to purchase our securities from us pursuant to contracts providing for payment and delivery on a future date. Institutions with which such contracts may be made include commercial and savings banks, insurance companies, pension funds, investment companies, educational and charitable institutions and others, but in all cases such institutions must be approved by us. The obligations of any purchaser under any such contract will be subject to the condition that the purchase of our securities shall not at the time of delivery be prohibited under the laws of the jurisdiction to which such purchaser is subject. The underwriters and such other agents will not have any responsibility in respect of the validity or performance of such contracts. Such contracts will be subject only to those conditions set forth in the prospectus supplement, and the prospectus supplement will set forth the commission payable for solicitation of such contracts.

We may enter into derivative transactions with third parties, or sell securities not covered by this prospectus to third parties in privately negotiated transactions. If the applicable prospectus supplement indicates, in connection with those derivatives, the third parties may sell securities covered by this prospectus and the applicable prospectus supplement, including in short sale transactions. If so, the third party may use securities pledged by us or borrowed from us or others to settle those sales or to close out any related open borrowings of stock, and may use securities received from us in settlement of those derivatives to close out any related open borrowings of stock. The third parties in such sale transactions will be underwriters and, if not identified in this prospectus, will be identified in the applicable prospectus supplement.

In order to comply with the securities laws of certain states, if applicable, our securities offered hereby will be sold in such jurisdictions only through registered or licensed brokers or dealers.

152


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CUSTODIAN, TRANSFER AND DISTRIBUTION PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR

Our securities are held under a custody agreement by The Bank of New York Mellon. The address of the custodian is: One Wall Street, New York, New York 10286. American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC acts as our transfer agent, distribution paying agent and registrar. The principal business address of American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC is 6201 15 th Avenue, Brooklyn, New York 11219.

LEGAL MATTERS

Certain legal matters regarding the securities offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for WhiteHorse Finance by Dechert LLP, Washington, D.C. Dechert LLP also represents WhiteHorse Advisers.

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Crowe Horwath LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, has audited our consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and for the years then ended, as set forth in its report elsewhere in this prospectus. We have included our consolidated financial statements in reliance on Crowe Horwath LLP’s report, given on their authority as experts in accounting and auditing. Crowe Horwath LLP is located at 488 Madison Avenue, Floor 3, New York, New York 10022.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC this prospectus, together with all amendments and related exhibits, under the Securities Act, with respect to the securities offered by this prospectus. The registration statement contains additional information about us and the securities being offered by this prospectus.

We file with or submit to the SEC annual, quarterly and current periodic reports, proxy statements and other information meeting the informational requirements of the Exchange Act. You may inspect and copy these reports, proxy statements and other information, as well as the registration statement and related exhibits and schedules, at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549-0102. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. We maintain a website at www.whitehorsefinance.com and make all of our annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other publicly filed information available, free of charge, on or through our website. Information contained on our website is not incorporated into this prospectus, and you should not consider information on our website to be part of this prospectus. You may also obtain such information by contacting us, in writing at: 1450 Brickell Avenue, 31 st Floor, Miami, Florida 33131, Attention: Investor Relations, or by telephone at (305) 381-6999. The SEC maintains a website that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information we file with the SEC at http://www.sec.gov . Copies of these reports, proxy and information statements and other information may also be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following e-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov, or by writing the SEC’s Public Reference Section, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549-0102.

153


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 
Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities as of March 31, 2014 (unaudited) and December 31, 2013     F-2  
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three months ended March 31, 2014 (unaudited) and 2013 (unaudited)     F-3  
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Net Assets for the three months ended March 31, 2014 (unaudited) and 2013 (unaudited)     F-4  
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three months ended March 31, 2014 (unaudited) and 2013 (unaudited)     F-5  
Consolidated Schedules of Investments as of March 31, 2014 (unaudited) and December 31, 2013     F-6  
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)     F-11  
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm     F-26  
Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities as of December 31, 2013 and 2012     F-27  
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012     F-28  
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Net Assets for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012     F-29  
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2013 and 2012     F-30  
Consolidated Schedules of Investments as of December 31, 2013 and 2012     F-31  
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements     F-35  

F-1


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

WhiteHorse Finance, Inc.
 
Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities
(in thousands, except share and per share data)

   
  March 31,
2014
  December 31,
2013
     (Unaudited)     
Assets
                 
Investments, at fair value (cost $284,650 and $272,608, respectively)   $ 286,862     $ 272,439  
Cash and cash equivalents     25,737       92,905  
Restricted cash and cash equivalents     14,443       3,078  
Interest receivable     1,911       1,585  
Deferred financing costs     3,679       3,827  
Prepaid expenses and other receivables     381       319  
Total assets   $ 333,013     $ 374,153  
  
Liabilities
                 
Credit facility   $     $ 25,000  
Senior notes     30,000       30,000  
Unsecured term loan     55,000       55,000  
Distributions payable     5,319       5,317  
Management fees payable     2,079       2,831  
Payable for investments purchased     11,723       28,606  
Accounts payable and accrued expenses     751       397  
Total liabilities     104,872       147,151  
  
Net assets
                 
Common stock, 14,982,857 and 14,977,056 shares issued and outstanding, par value $0.001 per share and 100,000,000 authorized     15       15  
Paid-in capital in excess of par     228,734       228,646  
Undistributed net investment loss     (2,183 )       (854 )  
Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments     1,575       (805 )  
Total net assets     228,141       227,002  
Total liabilities and total net assets   $ 333,013     $ 374,153  
  
Number of shares outstanding
    14,982,857       14,977,056  
Net asset value per share   $ 15.23     $ 15.16  

 
 
See notes to the consolidated financial statements

F-2


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

WhiteHorse Finance, Inc.
 
Consolidated Statements of Operations (Unaudited)
(in thousands, except share and per share data)

   
  Three months ended March 31,
     2014   2013
Investment income
                 
Interest income   $ 8,250     $ 8,382  
Total investment income     8,250       8,382  
  
Expenses
                 
Interest expense     1,355       1,362  
Base management fees     1,443       1,077  
Performance-based incentive fees     151       952  
Administrative service fees     325       389  
General and administrative expenses     986       593  
Total expenses     4,260       4,373  
Net investment income     3,990       4,009  
  
Realized and unrealized gains (losses) on investments
                 
Net realized gains (losses) on investments            
Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments     2,380       (501 )  
Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on investments     2,380       (501 )  
Net increase in net assets resulting from operations   $ 6,370     $ 3,508  
  
Per Common Share Data
                 
Basic and diluted earnings per common share   $ 0.43     $ 0.23  
Dividends and distributions declared per common share   $ 0.36     $ 0.36  
Basic and diluted weighted average common shares outstanding     14,982,728       14,965,624  

 
 
See notes to the consolidated financial statements

F-3


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

WhiteHorse Finance, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Change in Net Assets (Unaudited)
(in thousands, except share and per share data)

             
             
  Common Stock   Paid-in Capital in Excess of Par   Net Investment Income   Net
Realized
Loss on Investments
  Net Unrealized Appreciation (Depreciation) on Investments   Total Net Assets
     Shares   Par amount
Balance at January 1, 2013     14,965,624     $ 15     $ 228,466     $ 1,164     $ (71 )     $ (525 )     $ 229,049  
Net increase in net assets resulting from operations                       4,009             (501 )       3,508  
Distributions declared                       (5,313 )                   (5,313 )  
Balance at March 31, 2013     14,965,624     $ 15     $ 228,466     $ (140 )     $ (71 )     $ (1,026 )     $ 227,244  
  
Balance at January 1, 2014
    14,977,056     $ 15     $ 228,646     $ (854 )     $     $ (805 )     $ 227,002  
Stock issued in connection with dividend reinvestment plan     5,801             88                         88  
Net increase in net assets resulting from operations                       3,990             2,380       6,370  
Distributions declared                       (5,319 )                   (5,319 )  
Balance at March 31, 2014     14,982,857     $ 15     $ 228,734     $ (2,183 )     $     $ 1,575     $ 228,141  

 
 
See notes to the consolidated financial statements

F-4


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

WhiteHorse Finance, Inc.
 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Unaudited)
(in thousands, except share and per share data)

   
  Three months ended March 31,
     2014   2013
Cash flows from operating activities
                 
Net increase in net assets resulting from operations   $ 6,370     $ 3,508  
Adjustments to reconcile net increase in net assets resulting from operations to net cash used in operating activities:
                 
Paid in kind income     (290 )       (123 )  
Net unrealized depreciation (appreciation) on investments     (2,380 )       501  
Amortization of discount     (204 )       (263 )  
Amortization of deferred financing costs     148       119  
Acquisition of investments     (16,623 )       (52,951 )  
Proceeds from principal payments and sales of portfolio investments     5,074       167  
Net changes in operating assets and liabilities:
                 
Interest receivable     (326 )       (2,633 )  
Due from related party           (70 )  
Prepaid expenses and other receivables     (62 )       113  
Payable for investments purchased     (16,883 )       1,930  
Management fees payable     (752 )       1,724  
Accounts payable and accrued expenses     354       (433 )  
Restricted cash and cash equivalents     (11,365 )       30,546  
Net cash used in operating activities     (36,939 )       (17,865 )  
  
Cash flows from financing activities
                 
Repayment of borrowings on credit facility     (25,000 )        
Distributions paid to common stockholders, net of distributions
reinvested
    (5,229 )       (1,616 )  
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities     (30,229 )       (1,616 )  
  
Net change in cash and cash equivalents
    (67,168 )       (19,481 )  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period     92,905       156,123  
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period   $ 25,737     $ 136,642  
  
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
                 
Interest paid   $ 1,202     $ 1,253  
  
Supplemental noncash disclosures:
                 
Dividends reinvested   $ 88     $  

 
 
See notes to the consolidated financial statements

F-5


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

WhiteHorse Finance, Inc.
 
Consolidated Schedule of Investments (Unaudited)
March 31, 2014
(in thousands, except share and per share data)

             
Investment Type (6)   Spread Above Index (1)   Interest
Rate (2)
  Maturity Date   Par/ Shares   Amortized Cost   Fair
Value
  Fair Value As A Percentage Of Net Assets
North America
                                                              
Debt Investments
                                                              
  
Aerospace & Defense
                                                              
ILC Industries, LLC
                                                              
First Lien Secured Term Loan
  
    L+6.50%
(1.50% Floor)
      8.00%
  
      7/11/18     $ 4,633     $ 4,622     $ 4,634       2.03 %  
Second Lien Secured Term Loan
  
    L+10.00%
(1.50% Floor)
      11.50%
  
      7/11/19       5,000       4,885       4,960       2.17  
                         9,633       9,507       9,594       4.20  
  
Building Products
                                                              
TCO Funding Corp.
                                                              
First Lien Secured Term Loan
  
    L+7.50%
(2.00% Floor)
      9.50%
  
      4/27/15
  
      17,450
  
      17,393
  
      17,484
  
      7.66
  
 
  
Consumer Finance
                                                              
Oasis Legal Finance, LLC
                                                              
Second Lien Secured Term Loan     N/A (4)       10.50%       9/30/18       10,000       9,815       9,970       4.37  
Sigue Corporation
                                                              
Second Lien Secured Term Loan
  
    L+9.00%
(1.00% Floor)
      10.00%
  
      12/27/18       25,000       24,520       24,950       10.94  
                         35,000       34,335       34,920       15.31  
  
Data Processing & Outsourced Services
                                                              
Future Payment Technologies, L.P.
                                                              
Second Lien Secured Term Loan
  
    L+10.00%
(1.00% Floor)
      11.00%
(2.00% PIK)
      12/31/18
  
      35,175
  
      33,827
  
      34,999
  
      15.34
  
 
  
Diversified Support Services
                                                              
ARSloane Acquisition, LLC
                                                              
Second Lien Secured Term Loan
  
    L+10.50%
(1.25% Floor)
      11.75%
  
      10/1/20
  
      4,000
  
      3,924
  
      4,040
  
      1.77
  
 
Orion Healthcorp, Inc.
                                                              
Senior Secured Note
  
    L+10.00%
(2.00% Floor)
      12.00%
(2.00% PIK)
      3/31/18
  
      10,000
  
      9,700
  
      9,700
  
      4.25
  
 
Smile Brands Group Inc.
                                                              
First Lien Secured Term Loan
  
    L+6.25%
(1.25% Floor)
      7.50%
  
      8/16/19       11,940       11,720       11,892       5.21  
                         25,940       25,344       25,632       11.23  
  
Education Services
                                                              
Renaissance Learning, Inc.
                                                              
Second Lien Secured Term Loan
  
    L+7.75%
(1.00% Floor)
      8.75%
  
      5/14/21
  
      19,000
  
      19,061
  
      19,380
  
      8.49
  
 

 
 
See notes to the consolidated financial statements

F-6


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

WhiteHorse Finance, Inc.
 
Consolidated Schedule of Investments (Unaudited) (continued)
March 31, 2014
(in thousands, except share and per share data)

             
Investment Type (6)   Spread Above Index (1)   Interest
Rate (2)
  Maturity Date   Par/ Shares   Amortized Cost   Fair
Value
  Fair Value As A Percentage Of Net Assets
Electronic Equipment & Instruments
                                                              
AP Gaming I, LLC
                                                              
First Lien Secured Term Loan
  
    L+8.25%
(1.00% Floor)
      9.25%
  
      12/20/20
  
      9,975
  
      9,681
  
      9,776
  
      4.28
  
 
  
Health Care Distributors
                                                              
Comprehensive Decubitus Therapy, Inc.
                                                              
First Lien Secured Term Loan
  
    L+13.50%
(1.50% Floor)
      15.00%
(3.00% PIK)
      3/15/18
  
      14,312
  
      14,073
  
      14,283
  
      6.26
  
 
First Lien Secured Revolving Loan
  
    L+13.50%
(1.50% Floor)
      15.00%
(3.00% PIK)
      3/15/18
  
      403
  
      371
  
      402
  
      0.18
  
 
P2 Newco Acquisition, Inc.
                                                              
Second Lien Secured Term Loan
  
    L+8.50%
(1.00% Floor)
      9.50%
  
      10/22/21       10,000       9,903       9,970       4.37  
                         24,715       24,347       24,655       10.81  
  
Health Care Facilities
                                                              
Grupo HIMA San Pablo, Inc
                                                              
First Lien Secured Term Loan
  
    L+9.00%
(1.50% Floor)
      10.50%
  
      1/31/18
  
      14,850
  
      14,607
  
      14,761
  
      6.47
  
 
Second Lien Secured Term Loan     N/A (4)       15.75%             1,000       957       989       0.43  
                         15,850       15,564       15,750       6.90  
  
Homebuilding
                                                              
Orleans Homebuilders, Inc.
                                                              
First Lien Secured Term Loan
  
    L+8.50%
(2.00% Floor)
      10.50%
  
      2/14/16
  
      16,302
  
      16,361
  
      16,465
  
      7.22
  
 
  
Homefurnishing Retail
                                                              
BDF Acquisition Corp.
                                                              
Second Lien Secured Term Loan
  
    L+8.00%
(1.00% Floor)
      9.00%
  
      2/12/22
  
      5,000
  
      4,901
  
      5,000
  
      2.19
  
 
  
Integrated Telecommunication Services
                                                              
Securus Technologies, Inc.
                                                              
Second Lien Secured Term Loan
  
    L+7.75%
(1.25% Floor)
      9.00%
  
      4/30/21
  
      8,090
  
      8,013
  
      8,033
  
      3.52
  
 
  
Internet Retail
                                                              
Bluestem Brands, Inc.
                                                              
First Lien Secured Term Loan
  
    L+6.50%
(1.00% Floor)
      7.50%
  
      12/6/18
  
      8,889
  
      8,698
  
      8,907
  
      3.90
  
 

 
 
See notes to the consolidated financial statements

F-7


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

WhiteHorse Finance, Inc.
 
Consolidated Schedule of Investments (Unaudited) (continued)
March 31, 2014
(in thousands, except share and per share data)

             
             
Investment Type (6)   Spread Above Index (1)   Interest
Rate (2)
  Maturity Date   Par/ Shares   Amortized Cost   Fair
Value
  Fair Value As A Percentage Of Net Assets
Oil & Gas Drilling
                                                              
ProPetro Services, Inc.
                                                              
First Lien Secured Term Loan
  
    L+6.25%
(1.00% Floor)
      7.25%
  
      9/30/19
  
      9,750
  
      9,656
  
      9,926
  
      4.35
  
 
  
Specialized Consumer Services
                                                              
Pre-Paid Legal Services, Inc.
                                                              
Second Lien Secured Term Loan
  
    L+8.50%
(1.25% Floor)
      9.75%
  
      7/1/20
  
      18,000
  
      17,782
  
      18,090
  
      7.93
  
 
  
Specialized Finance
                                                              
GMT Holdings 1, Ltd. & GMT Holdings 12, Ltd. (3)
                                                              
First Lien Secured Term Loan     N/A (4)
      25.00%       6/30/14       20,281       20,346       18,415       8.07  
  
Trading Companies & Distributors
                                                              
Distribution International, Inc.
                                                              
First Lien Secured Term Loan
  
    L+6.50%
(1.00% Floor)
      7.50%
  
      7/16/19
  
      9,925
  
      9,834
  
      9,836
  
      4.31
  
 
  
Total Debt Investments (5)
                      288,975       284,650       286,862       125.74  
  
Equity Investments
                                                              
  
Health Care Technology
                                                              
Constellation Health, LLC
                                                              
Warrants                 3/31/18       1                    
  
Total Equity Investments
                                         
  
Total Investments (5)
                    $ 288,975     $ 284,650     $ 286,862       125.74 %  

(1) The investments bear interest at a rate that may be determined by reference to the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR” or “L”), which resets monthly, quarterly or semiannually.
(2) The interest rate is the “all-in-rate” including the current index and spread, the fixed rate, and the payment-in-kind, or “PIK”, interest rate, as the case may be.
(3) WhiteHorse Finance, Inc.’s investments in GMT Holdings 1, Ltd. and GMT Holdings 12, Ltd. are held through its subsidiary Bayside Financing S.A.R.L.
(4) Interest rate is fixed and accordingly the spread above the index is not applicable.
(5) Except for AP Gaming I, LLC, GMT Holdings 1, Ltd. and GMT Holdings 12, Ltd., P2 Newco Acquisition, Inc., Renaissance Learning, Inc. and Securus Technologies, Inc., the investments provide collateral for the Credit Facility.
(6) All investments are non-controlled/non-affiliate investments as defined by the Investment Company Act of 1940.

 
 
See notes to the consolidated financial statements

F-8


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

WhiteHorse Finance, Inc.
 
Consolidated Schedule of Investments
December 31, 2013
(in thousands, except share and per share data)

             
             
Investment Type (6)   Spread Above
Index (1)
  Interest
Rate (2)
  Maturity Date   Principal Amount   Amortized Cost   Fair
Value
  Fair Value As A Percentage Of Net Assets
North America
                                                              
  
Aerospace & Defense
                                                              
ILC Industries, LLC
                                                              
First Lien Secured Term Loan
  
    L+6.50%
(1.50% Floor)
      8.00%
  
      7/11/18     $ 4,785     $ 4,773     $ 4,792       2.11 %  
Second Lien Secured Term Loan
  
    L+10.00%
(1.50% Floor)
      11.50%
  
      7/11/19       5,000       4,882       4,965       2.19  
                         9,785       9,655       9,757       4.30  
  
Building Products
                                                              
TCO Funding Corp.
                                                              
First Lien Secured Term Loan
  
    L+7.50%
(2.00% Floor)
      9.50%
  
      4/27/15       17,493       17,381       17,511       7.71  
  
Consumer Finance
                                                              
Oasis Legal Finance, LLC
                                                              
Second Lien Secured Term Loan     N/A (4)       10.50%       9/30/18       10,000       9,807       9,990       4.40  
Sigue Corporation
                                                              
Second Lien Secured Term Loan
  
    L+9.00%
(1.00% Floor)
      10.00%
  
      12/27/18       25,000       24,501       24,500       10.79  
                         35,000       34,308       34,490       15.19  
  
Data Processing & Outsourced Services
                                                              
Future Payment Technologies, L.P.
                                                              
Second Lien Secured Term Loan
  
    L+10.00%
(1.00% Floor)
      11.00%
(2.00% PIK)
      12/31/18
  
      35,000       33,600       33,600       14.80  
  
Diversified Support Services
                                                              
ARSloane Acquisition, LLC
                                                              
Second Lien Secured Term Loan
  
    L+10.50%
(1.25% Floor)
      11.75%
  
      10/1/20       4,000       3,922       4,036       1.78  
Smile Brands Group Inc.
                                                              
First Lien Secured Term Loan
  
    L+6.25%
(1.25% Floor)
      7.50%
  
      8/16/19       11,970       11,741       11,874       5.23  
                         15,970       15,663       15,910       7.01  
  
Education Services
                                                              
Renaissance Learning, Inc.
                                                              
Second Lien Secured Term Loan
  
    L+7.75%
(1.00% Floor)
      8.75%
  
      5/14/21       17,000       17,040       17,102       7.53  
  
Electronic Equipment & Instruments
                                                              
AP Gaming I, LLC
                                                              
First Lien Secured Term Loan
  
    L+8.25%
(1.00% Floor)
      9.25%
  
      12/20/20       10,000       9,700       9,700       4.27  
  
Health Care Distributors
                                                              
Comprehensive Decubitus Therapy, Inc.
                                                              
First Lien Secured Term Loan
  
    L+13.50%
(1.50% Floor)
      15.00%
(3.00% PIK)
      3/15/18
  
      14,639       14,392       14,609       6.44  
First Lien Secured Revolving Loan
  
    L+13.50%
(1.50% Floor)
      15.00%
(3.00% PIK)
      3/15/18
  
      896       863       894       0.39  

 
 
See notes to the consolidated financial statements

F-9


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

             
             
Investment Type (6)   Spread Above
Index (1)
  Interest
Rate (2)
  Maturity Date   Principal Amount   Amortized Cost   Fair
Value
  Fair Value As A Percentage Of Net Assets
P2 Newco Acquisition, Inc.
                                                              
Second Lien Secured Term Loan
  
    L+8.50%
(1.00% Floor)
      9.50%
  
      10/22/21       10,000       9,901       10,060       4.43  
                         25,535       25,156       25,563       11.26  
  
Health Care Facilities
                                                              
Grupo HIMA San Pablo, Inc.
                                                              
First Lien Secured Term Loan
  
    L+9.00%
(1.50% Floor)
      10.50%
  
      1/31/18       14,888       14,631       14,798       6.52  
Second Lien Secured Term Loan     N/A (4)
      15.75%
      7/31/18       1,000       956       989       0.44  
                         15,888       15,587       15,787       6.96  
  
Homebuilding
                                                              
Orleans Homebuilders, Inc.
                                                              
First Lien Secured Term Loan
  
    L+8.50%
(2.00% Floor)
      10.50%
  
      2/14/16       16,345       16,410       16,508       7.27  
  
Integrated Telecommunication Services
                                                              
Securus Technologies, Inc.
                                                              
Second Lien Secured Term Loan
  
    L+7.75%
(1.25% Floor)
      9.00%
  
      4/30/21       8,090       8,012       8,066       3.55  
  
Internet Retail
                                                              
Bluestem Brands, Inc.
                                                              
First Lien Secured Term Loan
  
    L+6.50%
(1.00% Floor)
      7.50%
  
      12/6/18       10,000       9,800       9,840       4.33  
  
Oil & Gas Drilling
                                                              
ProPetro Services, Inc.
                                                              
First Lien Secured Term Loan
  
    L+6.25%
(1.00% Floor)
      7.25%
  
      9/30/19       9,875       9,778       9,974       4.39  
  
Specialized Consumer Services
                                                              
Pre-Paid Legal Services, Inc.
                                                              
Second Lien Secured Term Loan
  
    L+8.50%
(1.25% Floor)
      9.75%
  
      7/1/20       18,000       17,776       18,072       7.96  
  
Specialized Finance
                                                              
GMT Holdings 1, Ltd. & GMT Holdings 12, Ltd. (3)
                                                              
First Lien Secured Term Loan   
    N/A (4)
      25.00%       6/30/14       22,822       22,886       20,699       9.12  
  
Trading Companies & Distributors
                                                              
Distribution International, Inc.
                                                              
First Lien Secured Term Loan
  
    L+6.50%
(1.00% Floor)
      7.50%
  
      7/16/19       9,950       9,856       9,860       4.34  
Total Investments (5)                     $ 276,753     $ 272,608     $ 272,439       120.02 %  

(1) The investments bear interest at a rate that may be determined by reference to the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR” or “L”), which resets monthly, quarterly or semiannually.
(2) The interest rate is the “all-in-rate” including the current index and spread, the fixed rate, and the payment-in-kind, or “PIK”, interest rate, as the case may be.
(3) WhiteHorse Finance, Inc.’s investments in GMT Holdings 1, Ltd. and GMT Holdings 12, Ltd. are held through its subsidiary Bayside Financing S.A.R.L.
(4) Interest rate is fixed and accordingly the spread above the index is not applicable.
(5) Except for AP Gaming I, LLC, GMT Holdings 1, Ltd. and GMT Holdings 12, Ltd., P2 Newco Acquisition, Inc., Renaissance Learning, Inc. and Securus Technologies, Inc., the investments provide collateral for the Credit Facility.
(6) All investments are non-controlled/non-affiliate investments as defined by the Investment Company Act of 1940.

 
 
See notes to the consolidated financial statements

F-10


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

WhiteHorse Finance, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)
March 31, 2014
(in thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 1 — ORGANIZATION

WhiteHorse Finance, Inc. (“WhiteHorse Finance” and, together with its subsidiaries, the “Company”) is an externally managed, non-diversified, closed-end management investment company that has elected to be treated as a business development company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”). In addition, for tax purposes, WhiteHorse Finance elected to be treated as a regulated investment company (“RIC”) under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).

On December 4, 2012, WhiteHorse Finance priced its initial public offering, selling 6,666,667 shares. Concurrent with the IPO, the Company’s directors, officers, the managers of its investment adviser and their immediate family members or entities owned by, or family trusts for the benefit of, such persons, purchased an additional 472,673 shares through a private placement transaction exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). WhiteHorse Finance’s common stock trades on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “WHF”.

The Company’s investment objective is to generate attractive risk-adjusted returns primarily by originating and investing in senior secured loans, including first lien and second lien facilities, to performing small-cap companies across a broad range of industries that typically carry a floating interest rate based on the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”). It may also opportunistically make investments at other levels of a company’s capital structure, including mezzanine loans or equity interests and may receive warrants to purchase common stock in connection with its debt investments.

WhiteHorse Finance’s investment activities are managed by H.I.G. WhiteHorse Advisers, LLC (“WhiteHorse Advisers”). H.I.G. WhiteHorse Administration, LLC (“WhiteHorse Administration”) provides administrative services necessary for the Company to operate.

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation :  The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and include WhiteHorse Finance, Inc., its wholly owned subsidiary, WhiteHorse Finance Warehouse, LLC, and its subsidiary, Bayside Financing S.A.R.L. All significant intercompany balances and transactions and have been eliminated. Additionally, the accompanying consolidated financial statements and related financial information have been prepared pursuant to the requirements for reporting on Form 10-Q and Article 10 of Regulation S-X. Accordingly, certain disclosures accompanying annual financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP are omitted. In the opinion of management, the unaudited consolidated financial results included herein contain all adjustments, consisting solely of normal recurring accruals, considered necessary for the fair presentation of financial statements for the interim periods included herein. This Form 10-Q should be read in conjunction with the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013. The current period’s results of operations will not necessarily be indicative of results that ultimately may be achieved for the year ending December 31, 2014.

Use of Estimates :  The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the financial statements. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments :  The Company determines the fair value of its financial instruments in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 820 —  Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures. ASC Topic 820 defines fair value, establishes a framework used to measure fair value and requires disclosures for fair value measurements. In accordance with ASC Topic 820, the Company has categorized its financial instruments carried at fair value, based on the priority of the valuation technique, into a three-level fair value hierarchy. Fair value is a market-based measure considered from the perspective of the

F-11


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

WhiteHorse Finance, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)
March 31, 2014
(in thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  – (continued)

market participant who holds the financial instrument. Therefore, when market assumptions are not readily available, the Company’s own assumptions are set to reflect those that management believes market participants would use in pricing the financial instrument at the measurement date.

Investments are measured at fair value as determined in good faith by the Company’s investment committee, generally on a quarterly basis, reviewed by the audit committee of the board of directors and ultimately approved by the board of directors, based on, among other factors, consistently applied valuation procedures on each measurement date. Any changes to the valuation methodology are reviewed by management and the Company’s board of directors to confirm that the changes are justified. The Company continues to review and refine its valuation procedures in response to market changes.

The Company engages an independent external valuation firm to periodically review material investments. This external review is used by the board of directors to review the Company’s internal valuation of each investment over the year.

Investment Transactions :  The Company records investment transactions on a trade date basis. These transactions may settle subsequent to the trade date depending on the transaction type. Certain expenses related to legal and tax consultation, due diligence, rating fees, valuation expenses and independent collateral appraisals may arise when the Company makes certain investments. These expenses are recognized in the statement of operations as they are incurred.

Revenue Recognition :  The Company’s revenue recognition policies are as follows:

Sales :  Realized gains or losses on the sales of investments are calculated by using the specific identification method.

Interest Income :  Interest income, adjusted for amortization of premium and accretion of discount, is recorded on an accrual basis. The Company may also receive closing, commitment, prepayment, amendment and other fees from portfolio companies in the ordinary course of business. Closing fees associated with investments in portfolio companies are accreted into interest income over the respective terms of the applicable loans using the effective interest method. Upon the prepayment of a loan or debt security, any unamortized loan closing fees are recorded as part of interest income. Commitment fees are based upon the undrawn portion committed by the Company and are recorded as interest income on an accrual basis. Prepayment, amendment and other fees are recognized when earned, generally when such fees are receivable. Any such fees are included in interest income on the statement of operations. The Company may invest in loans that contain a payment-in-kind (“PIK”) interest rate provision. PIK interest is accrued at the contractual rates and added to loan principal on the reset dates.

Non-accrual :  Loans are placed on non-accrual status when principal or interest payments are past due 30 days or more or when there is reasonable doubt that principal or interest will be collected. The Company may conclude that non-accrual status is not required if the loan has sufficient collateral value and is in the process of collection. Accrued interest is generally reversed when a loan is placed on non-accrual status. Interest payments received on non-accrual loans may be recognized as income or applied to principal depending upon management’s judgment. Non-accrual loans are restored to accrual status when past due principal and interest is paid and, in management’s judgment, are likely to remain current. As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the Company had no non-accrual loans.

Cash and Cash Equivalents :  Cash and cash equivalents include cash, deposits with financial institutions, and short-term liquid investments in money market funds with original maturities of three months or less.

Restricted Cash and Cash Equivalents :  Restricted cash and cash equivalents include amounts that are collected and held by the trustee appointed as custodian of the assets securing the Company’s credit facility.

F-12


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

WhiteHorse Finance, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)
March 31, 2014
(in thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  – (continued)

Restricted cash is held by the trustee for the payment of interest expense and principal on the outstanding borrowings or reinvestment into new assets. Restricted cash that represents interest or fee income is transferred to unrestricted cash accounts by the trustee once a quarter after the payment of operating expenses and amounts due under the Credit Facility (as defined below).

Deferred Financing Costs :  Deferred financing costs represent fees and other direct incremental costs incurred in connection with the Company’s borrowings. These amounts are amortized using the effective interest method and are included in interest expense in the consolidated statements of operations over the estimated life of the borrowings.

Income Taxes :  The Company elected to be treated as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code. In order to maintain its status as a RIC, among other requirements, the Company is required to distribute at least 90% of ordinary income and realized net short-term capital gains in excess of realized net long-term capital losses, if any, out of the assets legally available for distribution. In addition, the Company is generally required to pay a nondeductible excise tax equal to 4% of the amount by which (1) 98% of ordinary income for the calendar year (taking into account certain deferrals and elections), (2) 98.2% of capital gains in excess of capital losses for the one-year period ending on October 31 of the calendar year and (3) any ordinary income and net capital gains for preceding years that were not distributed during such years and on which the Company paid no U.S. federal income tax exceed distributions for the year. The Company accrues estimated excise tax on the amount, if any, that estimated taxable income is expected to exceed the level of stockholder distributions described above.

The Company’s tax returns are subject to examination by federal, state and local taxing authorities. Because many types of transactions are susceptible to varying interpretations under U.S. federal and state income tax laws and regulations, the amounts reported in the accompanying consolidated financial statements may be subject to change at a later date by the respective taxing authorities.

The Company recognizes the financial statement benefit of a tax position only after determining that the relevant tax authority would more-likely-than-not sustain the position following an audit. For tax positions meeting the more-likely-than-not threshold, the amount recognized in the financial statement is the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with the relevant tax authority.

Penalties or interest that may be assessed related to any income taxes would be classified as other operating expenses in the financial statement. The Company had no amounts accrued for interest or penalties on March 31, 2014 or December 31, 2013. The Company does not expect the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits to significantly change in the next twelve months.

Dividends and Distributions :  Dividends and distributions to common stockholders are recorded on the ex-dividend date. Quarterly distribution payments are determined by the board of directors and are paid from taxable earnings estimated by management and may include a return of capital and/or capital gains. Net realized capital gains, if any, are distributed at least annually, although the Company may decide to retain such capital gains for investment.

The Company maintains an “opt out” dividend reinvestment plan for common stockholders. As a result, if the Company declares a dividend or other distribution, stockholders’ cash distributions will be automatically reinvested in additional shares of common stock, unless they specifically “opt out” of the dividend reinvestment plan so as to receive cash distributions.

Earnings per Share :  The Company calculates earnings per share as earnings available to stockholders divided by the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the period.

F-13


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

WhiteHorse Finance, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)
March 31, 2014
(in thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  – (continued)

Risks and Uncertainties :  In the normal course of business, the Company encounters primarily two significant types of economic risks: credit and market. Credit risk is the risk of default on the Company’s investments that result from an issuer’s, borrower’s or derivative counterparty’s inability or unwillingness to make contractually required payments. Market risk reflects changes in the value of investments due to changes in interest rates, spreads or other market factors, including the value of the collateral underlying investments held by the Company. Management believes that the carrying value of its investments are fairly stated, taking into consideration these risks along with estimated collateral values, payment histories and other market information.

Newly Adopted Accounting Standards :  As permitted by Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act, the Company has elected to defer the adoption of new and revised accounting standards applicable to public companies until they are also applicable to private companies.

During June 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2013-08, Financial Services — Investment Companies (Topic 946): Amendments to the Scope, Measurement and Disclosure Requirements (“ASU 2013-08”), containing new guidance on assessing whether an entity is an investment company, requiring non-controlling ownership interests in investment companies to be measured at fair value and requiring certain additional disclosures. This guidance is effective for annual and interim periods beginning on or after December 15, 2013. The adoption of ASU 2013-08 did not have a material impact on the consolidated financial position or disclosures.

NOTE 3 — INVESTMENTS

Investments consisted of the following:

       
  March 31, 2014   December 31, 2013
     Cost   Fair Value   Cost   Fair Value
First lien secured loans   $ 137,360     $ 136,779     $ 142,211     $ 141,059  
Second lien secured loans     137,590       140,383       130,397       131,380  
Senior secured notes     9,700       9,700              
Warrants                        
Total   $ 284,650     $ 286,862     $ 272,608     $ 272,439  

F-14


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

WhiteHorse Finance, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)
March 31, 2014
(in thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 3 — INVESTMENTS  – (continued)

The following table shows the portfolio composition by industry grouping at fair value:

       
  March 31, 2014   December 31, 2013
Aerospace & Defense   $ 9,594       3.34 %     $ 9,757       3.58 %  
Building Products     17,484       6.09       17,511       6.43  
Consumer Finance     34,920       12.17       34,490       12.66  
Data Processing & Outsourced Services     34,999       12.20       33,600       12.33  
Diversified Support Services     25,632       8.94       15,910       5.84  
Education Services     19,380       6.76       17,102       6.28  
Electronic Equipment & Instruments     9,776       3.41       9,700       3.56  
Health Care Distributors     24,655       8.59       25,563       9.38  
Health Care Facilities     15,750       5.49       15,787       5.79  
Homebuilding     16,465       5.74       16,508       6.06  
Homefurnishing Retail     5,000       1.75              
Integrated Telecommunication Services     8,033       2.80       8,066       2.97  
Internet Retail     8,907       3.10       9,840       3.61  
Oil & Gas Drilling     9,926       3.46       9,974       3.66  
Specialized Consumer Services     18,090       6.31       18,072       6.63  
Specialized Finance     18,415       6.42       20,699       7.60  
Trading Companies & Distributors     9,836       3.43       9,860       3.62  
Total   $ 286,862       100.00 %     $ 272,439       100.00 %  

NOTE 4 — FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

Accounting standards establish a fair value hierarchy which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. The standard describes three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value:

Level 1:   Quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active public markets that the entity has the ability to access as of the measurement date.

Level 2:   Significant other observable inputs other than Level 1 prices such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.

Level 3:   Significant unobservable inputs that reflect a reporting entity’s own assumptions about what market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.

In certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In such cases, a financial instrument’s categorization within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The Company’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment, and considers factors specific to the financial instrument.

A review of the fair value hierarchy classifications is conducted on a quarterly basis. Changes in the observability of valuation inputs may result in a reclassification for certain financial assets or liabilities. Reclassifications impacting Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy are reported as transfers in or out of the Level 3 category as of the beginning of the quarter in which the reclassifications occur. During the three months ended March 31, 2014, changes in the observability of valuation inputs resulted in one reclassification of assets from Level 3 to Level 2, with no other reclassification between levels. During the

F-15


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

WhiteHorse Finance, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)
March 31, 2014
(in thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 4 — FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS  – (continued)

three months ended March 31, 2013, changes in the observability of valuation inputs resulted in no reclassification of assets between any levels.

Fair value for each investment is derived using a combination of valuation methodologies that, in the judgment of the investment committee of the Company’s investment adviser are most relevant to such investment, including, without limitation, being based on one or more of the following: (i) market prices obtained from market makers for which the investment committee has deemed there to be enough breadth (number of quotes) and depth (firm bids) to be indicative of fair value, (ii) the price paid or realized in a completed transaction or binding offer received in an arms’-length transaction, (iii) a discounted cash flow analysis, (iv) the guideline public company method, (v) the similar transaction method or (vi) the option pricing method.

The following table presents investments (as shown on the schedule of investments) that have been measured at fair value as of March 31, 2014:

       
  Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total
First lien secured loans   $      —     $     $ 136,779     $ 136,779  
Second lien secured loans           19,380       121,003       140,383  
Seniored secured note                 9,700       9,700  
Warrants                        
Total investments   $     $  19,380     $ 267,482     $ 286,862  

The following table presents investments (as shown on the schedule of investments) that have been measured at fair value as of December 31, 2013:

       
  Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total
First lien secured loans   $     —     $     —     $ 141,059     $ 141,059  
Second lien secured loans                 131,380       131,380  
Total investments   $     $     $ 272,439     $ 272,439  

The portfolio companies underlying the investments are located in the United States. As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the weighted average remaining term of the Company’s debt investments was approximately 4.6 years and 4.7 years, respectively.

The following table presents the changes in investments measures at fair value using Level 3 inputs for the three months ended March 31, 2014:

         
  First
Lien Secured Loans
  Second Lien Secured Loans   Senior Unsecured Note   Warrants   Total Investments
Balance at January 1, 2014   $ 141,059     $ 131,380     $      —     $      —     $ 272,439  
Funding of investments           4,900       9,700             14,600  
Non-cash interest income     115       175                   290  
Amortization of discount     107       98                   205  
Proceeds from pay downs     (5,074 )                         (5,074 )  
Net unrealized (depreciation) appreciation     572       1,552                   2,124  
Transfers out of Level 3           (17,102 )                   (17,102 )  
Balance at March 31, 2014   $ 136,779     $ 121,003     $ 9,700     $     $ 267,482  

F-16


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

WhiteHorse Finance, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)
March 31, 2014
(in thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 4 — FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS  – (continued)

The following table presents the changes in investments measures at fair value using Level 3 inputs for the three months ended March 31, 2013:

       
  First
Lien Secured Loans
  Second Lien Secured Loans   Senior Unsecured Note   Total Investments
Balance at January 1, 2013   $ 145,626     $ 34,862     $      —     $ 180,488  
Funding of investments     50,981       1,970             52,951  
Non-cash interest income     23       100             123  
Amortization of discount     262       1             263  
Proceeds from pay downs     (167 )                   (167 )  
Net unrealized (depreciation) appreciation     (655 )       154             (501 )  
Balance at March 31, 2013   $ 196,070     $ 37,087     $     $ 233,157  

The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the Company’s investments are the discount rate, market quotes and exit multiples. Significant increase in the discount rate for an investment would result in a significantly lower fair value measurement. Significant increase in the market quotes price would result in a significant increase in the fair value measurement.

Quantitative information about Level 3 fair value measurements is as follows: Information about Level 3 fair value measurements is as follows:

       
Investment Type   Fair Value at March 31, 2014   Valuation Techniques   Unobservable
Inputs
  Range
(Weighted Average)
First lien secured loans   $ 75,180       Discounted cash flows       Discount rate       8.1% – 38.7% (18.1%)
 
                         Exit Multiple       4.5x – 9.8x (6.7x)  
       61,599       Weighting of discounted       Discount rate       6.9% – 10.1% (8.0%)
 
                cash flows and       Exit Multiple       3.5x – 9.0x (5.5x)  
                consensus pricing       Market quotes       100.0-101.0 (100.7)
 
     $ 136,779                    
Second lien secured loans   $ 70,909       Discounted cash flows       Discount rate       10.4% – 15.3% (12.6%)
 
                         Exit Multiple       6.0x – 6.2x (6.0x)  
       50,094       Weighting of discounted       Discount rate       9.4% – 12.2% (11.0%)
 
                cash flows and       Exit Multiple       3.3x – 9.5x (6.6x)  
                consensus pricing       Market quotes       99.0 – 102.0 (101.0)
 
     $ 121,003                    
Senior secured notes   $ 9,700       Discounted cash flows       Discount rate       12.5%
 
                      Exit Multiple       3.7x  
     $ 9,700                    
Warrants   $       Guideline company method       Exit Multiple       3.7x  
     $                    
Total Level 3 investments   $ 267,482                    

F-17


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

WhiteHorse Finance, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)
March 31, 2014
(in thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 4 — FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS  – (continued)

       
Investment Type   Fair Value at December 31, 2013   Valuation Techniques   Unobservable Inputs   Range
(Weighted Average)
First lien secured loans   $ 78,371       Discounted cash flows       Discount rate       8.1% – 37.2% (18.5%)
 
       62,688       Weighting of discounted cash       Discount rate       6.9% – 9.8% (8.2%)
 
                flows and consensus pricing       Market quotes       97.0 – 100.6 (99.4)
 
     $ 141,059                    
Second lien secured loans   $ 10,979       Discounted cash flows
      Discount rate
      9.9% – 15.6% (10.5%)
 
       58,100       Consensus pricing       Market quotes       96.0 – 98.0 (96.8)
 
       62,301       Weighting of discounted cash
      Discount rate
      8.7% – 12.1% (10.2%)
 
                flows and consensus pricing       Market quotes       97.5 – 100.5 (99.7)
 
     $ 131,380                    
Total Level 3 investments   $ 272,439                    

Valuation of investments may be determined by weighting various valuation techniques. Significant judgment is required in selecting the assumptions used to determine the fair values of these investments. The valuation methods selected for a particular investment are based on the circumstances and on the sufficiency of data available to measure fair value. If more than one valuation method is used to measure fair value, the results are evaluated and weighted, as appropriate, considering the reasonableness of the range indicated by those results. A fair value measurement is the point within that range that is most representative of fair value in the circumstances.

The availability of observable inputs can vary depending on the financial instrument and is affected by a wide variety of factors, including, for example, the nature of the instrument, whether the instrument is traded on an active exchange or in the secondary market and the current market conditions. To the extent that the valuation is based on models or inputs that are less observable or unobservable in the market the determination of fair value requires more judgment. Accordingly, the degree of judgment exercised by the Company in determining fair value is greatest for financial instruments classified as Level 3.

The determination of fair value using the selected methodologies takes into consideration a range of factors including, but not limited to, the price at which the investment was acquired, the nature of the investment, local market conditions, trading values on public and private exchanges for comparable securities, current and projected operating performance and financing transactions subsequent to the acquisition of the investment, compliance with agreed upon terms and covenants, and assessment of credit ratings of an underlying borrower. These valuation methodologies involve a significant degree of judgment to be exercised.

As it relates to investments which do not have an active public market, there is no single standard for determining the estimated fair value. Valuations of privately held investments are inherently uncertain, and they may fluctuate over short periods of time and may be based on estimates. The determination of fair value may differ materially from the values that would have been used if a ready market for these investments existed.

In some cases, fair value for such investments is best expressed as a range of values derived utilizing different methodologies from which a single estimate may then be determined. Consequently, fair value for each investment may be derived using a combination of valuation methodologies that, in the judgment of the investment professionals, are most relevant to such investment. The selected valuation methodologies for a particular investment are consistently applied on each measurement date. However, a change in a valuation methodology or its application from one measurement date to another is possible if the change results in a measurement that is equally or more representative of fair value in the circumstances.

The following are the carrying values and fair values of the Company’s borrowings as of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013. The fair values of the credit facility and unsecured term loan are estimated by

F-18


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

WhiteHorse Finance, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)
March 31, 2014
(in thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 4 — FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS  – (continued)

discounting remaining payments using applicable market rates or market quotes for similar instruments at the measurement date, if available. The fair value of the senior notes is estimated using the unadjusted quoted price as of the valuation date.

         
    March 31, 2014   December 31, 2013
     Fair Value Level   Carrying Value   Fair
Value
  Carrying Value   Fair
Value
Credit facility     3     $     $     $ 25,000     $ 25,000  
Senior notes     2       55,000       54,170       55,000       54,009  
Unsecured term loan     3       30,000       30,000       30,000       29,088  
                  $ 85,000     $ 84,170     $ 110,000     $ 108,097  

NOTE 5 — BORROWINGS

In accordance with the 1940 Act, with certain limited exceptions, the Company is only allowed to borrow amounts such that its asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, is at least 200% after such borrowing. As of March 31, 2014, the Company’s asset coverage for borrowed amounts was 368.4%.

Credit Facility :  On September 27, 2012, the Company entered into a $150,000 revolving credit and security agreement with Natixis, New York Branch, acting as facility agent (the “Credit Facility”). In connection with this agreement, WhiteHorse Finance Warehouse, LLC pledged securities with a fair value of $216,288 and $206,812, respectively, as of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, as collateral for the Credit Facility. The Credit Facility bears interest at the daily commercial paper rate plus 2.25% on outstanding borrowings. The Company also incurs a commitment fee of 1.00% per annum on any undrawn balance. The Credit Facility has a final maturity date of September 27, 2020. Under the Credit Facility, the Company has made certain customary representations and warranties, and is required to comply with various covenants, including leverage restrictions, reporting requirements and other customary requirements for similar credit facilities.

The Credit Facility includes usual and customary events of default for credit facilities of this nature. At March 31, 2014, the Company had no outstanding borrowings and $150,000 undrawn under the Credit Facility. At December 31, 2013, the Company had $25,000 in outstanding borrowings and $125,000 undrawn under the Credit Facility. Weighted average outstanding borrowings were $1,944 at a weighted average interest rate of 2.54% for the three months ended March 31, 2014, and $51,250 at a weighted average interest rate of 2.60% for the three months ended March 31, 2013. The Company’s ability to draw down undrawn funds under the Credit Facility is determined by collateral and portfolio quality requirements stipulated in the credit and security agreement. At March 31, 2014, and December 31, 2013, $150,000 and $95,015, respectively, were available to be drawn by the Company based on these requirements.

Unsecured Term Loan :  On November 8, 2012, the Company entered into a $90,000 unsecured term loan agreement with Citibank, N.A., as the sole lead arranger, and Loan Fund II, as guarantor. On July 9, 2013, the Company amended the terms of its unsecured term loan to subordinate the unsecured term loan to the Senior Notes (as defined below). On July 19, 2013, the Company further amended the terms of its unsecured term loan to lower the annual interest rate from LIBOR plus 2.75% to LIBOR plus 2.20%. The amendment also extended the maturity date by one year to July 3, 2015. On July 24, 2013, the Company repaid $35,000 of its original borrowings. Under the terms of the amended unsecured term loan, with respect to which the Company pledged no collateral to the lenders, the Company is required to pay interest monthly at the annual rate, except at its option and under certain other circumstances at one of several other interest rates. The unsecured term loan is subject to customary covenants and events of default, such as failure to pay the principal of, or interest on, the unsecured term loan, certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization occur or a payment default under certain of our other debt obligations. The unsecured term loan

F-19


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

WhiteHorse Finance, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)
March 31, 2014
(in thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 5 — BORROWINGS  – (continued)

includes customary restrictions that limit the Company’s ability to pay dividends under certain circumstances, to merge with another entity unless it is the surviving entity following the merger and to amend its organizational documents. Loan Fund II has guaranteed the Company’s obligation to make payments under the unsecured term loan. Loan Fund II, as the guarantor of the unsecured term loan, has the right to require the lenders to assign the loan to it under certain circumstances. The Company is permitted to prepay amounts outstanding under the unsecured term loan in whole or in part without penalty.

Senior Notes :  On July 23, 2013, the Company completed a public offering of $30,000 of aggregate principal amount of 6.50% senior notes due 2020 (the “Senior Notes”), the net proceeds of which were used to reduce outstanding obligations under the Company’s unsecured term loan. Interest on the Senior Notes is paid quarterly on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31, at an annual rate of 6.50%. The Senior Notes mature on July 31, 2020. The Senior Notes are the Company’s direct senior unsecured obligations, rank senior to the Company’s unsecured term loan and are structurally subordinate to borrowings under the Credit Facility. The Senior Notes are listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “WHFBL”.

NOTE 6 — RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Investment Advisory Agreement :  WhiteHorse Advisers serves as the Company’s investment adviser in accordance with the terms of an investment advisory agreement (the “Investment Advisory Agreement”). Subject to the overall supervision of the Company’s board of directors, the investment adviser manages the day-to-day operations of, and provides investment management services to, the Company. Under the terms of the Investment Advisory Agreement, WhiteHorse Advisers:

determines the composition of the investment portfolio, the nature and timing of the changes to the portfolio and the manner of implementing such changes;
identifies, evaluates and negotiates the structure of the investments the Company makes (including performing due diligence on the Company’s prospective portfolio companies); and
closes, monitors and administers the investments the Company makes, including the exercise of any voting or consent rights.

In addition, WhiteHorse Advisers provides the Company with access to personnel and an investment committee. Under the Investment Advisory Agreement, the Company pays WhiteHorse Advisers a fee for investment management services consisting of a base management fee and an incentive fee. The Investment Advisory Agreement may be terminated by either party without penalty upon 60 days’ written notice to the other party.

Base Management Fee

The base management fee is calculated at an annual rate of 2.0% of consolidated gross assets, including cash and cash equivalents and assets purchased with borrowed funds, and is payable quarterly in arrears. The base management fee is calculated based on the average carrying value of the Company’s consolidated gross assets, including cash and cash equivalents and assets purchased with borrowed funds, at the end of the two most recently completed calendar quarters, appropriately adjusted for any share issuances or repurchases during the quarter. The management fees for any partial month or quarter is appropriately pro-rated. The Investment Advisory Agreement excludes cash and cash equivalents from the calculation of the base management fee for the fiscal quarters ended December 31, 2012, March 31, 2013, June 30, 2013 and September 30, 2013.

F-20


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

WhiteHorse Finance, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)
March 31, 2014
(in thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 6 — RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS  – (continued)

WhiteHorse Advisers has agreed to waive that portion of the base management fee payable with respect to cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash and cash equivalents to which it would otherwise be entitled under the Investment Advisory Agreement for the fiscal quarters ended December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014.

Performance-based Incentive Fee

The performance-based incentive fee consists of two components that are independent of each other, except as provided by the incentive fee cap and deferral mechanism discussed below.

The calculations of these two components have been structured to include a fee limitation such that no incentive fee will be paid to the investment adviser for any quarter if, after such payment, the cumulative incentive fees paid to the investment adviser for the period that includes the current fiscal quarter and the 11 full preceding fiscal quarters, referred to as the “Incentive Fee Look-back Period,” would exceed 20.0% of the Cumulative Pre-Incentive Fee Net Return (as defined below) during the Incentive Fee Look-back Period. Each quarterly incentive fee is subject to the Incentive Fee Cap (as defined below) and a deferral mechanism through which the investment adviser may recap a portion of such deferred incentive fees, which is referred to together as the “Incentive Fee Cap and Deferral Mechanism.”

This limitation is accomplished by subjecting each incentive fee payable to a cap, which is referred to as the “Incentive Fee Cap.” The Incentive Fee Cap in any quarter is equal to (a) 20.0% of Cumulative Pre-Incentive Fee Net Return (as defined below) during the Incentive Fee Look-back Period less (b) cumulative incentive fees of any kind paid to the investment adviser during the Incentive Fee Look-back Period. To the extent the Incentive Fee Cap is zero or a negative value in any quarter, the Company will pay no incentive fee to our investment adviser in that quarter. The Company will only pay incentive fees to the extent allowed by the Incentive Fee Cap and Deferral Mechanism. To the extent that the payment of incentive fees is limited by the Incentive Fee Cap and Deferral Mechanism, the payment of such fees may be deferred and paid in subsequent quarters up to three years after their date of deferment, subject to applicable limitations included in the Investment Advisory Agreement. The deferral component of the Incentive Fee Cap and Deferral Mechanism may cause incentive fees that accrued during one fiscal quarter to be paid to the investment adviser at any time during the 11 full fiscal quarters following such initial full fiscal quarter.

The Incentive Fee Look-back Period commenced on January 1, 2013. Prior to January 1, 2016, the Incentive Fee Look-back Period will consist of fewer than 12 full fiscal quarters.

The “Cumulative Pre-Incentive Fee Net Return” refers to the sum of (a) Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income for each period during the Incentive Fee Look-back Period and (b) the sum of cumulative realized capital gains, cumulative realized capital losses, cumulative unrealized capital depreciation and cumulative unrealized capital appreciation during the applicable Incentive Fee Look-back Period.

The first component, which is income-based, is calculated and payable quarterly in arrears, commenced with the quarter beginning January 1, 2013, based on Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income for the immediately preceding calendar quarter, subject to the Incentive Fee Cap and Deferral Mechanism. For this purpose, “Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income” means, in each case on a consolidated basis, interest income, distribution income and any other income (including any other fees (other than fees for providing managerial assistance), such as commitment, origination, structuring, diligence and consulting fees or other fees received from portfolio companies) accrued during the calendar quarter, minus the Company’s operating expenses for the quarter (including the base management fee, expenses payable under the administration agreement (the “Administration Agreement”), any interest expense and any dividends paid on any issued and outstanding preferred stock, but excluding the incentive fee). Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income does not include any realized capital gains, realized capital losses or unrealized capital appreciation or depreciation.

F-21


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

WhiteHorse Finance, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)
March 31, 2014
(in thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 6 — RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS  – (continued)

The operation of the first component of the incentive fee for each quarter is as follows:

no incentive fee is payable to the Company’s investment adviser in any calendar quarter in which Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income does not exceed the “Hurdle Rate” of 1.75% (7.00% annualized);
100% of Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income with respect to that portion of such Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income, if any, that exceeds the Hurdle Rate but is less than 2.1875% in any calendar quarter (8.75% annualized) is payable to our investment adviser. This portion of our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income (which exceeds the Hurdle Rate but is less than 2.1875%) is referred to as the “catch-up.” The effect of the catch-up is that, if such Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income exceeds 2.1875% in any calendar quarter, the investment adviser will receive 20% of such Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income as if the Hurdle Rate did not apply; and
20% of the amount of such Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income, if any, that exceeds 2.1875% in any calendar quarter (8.75% annualized) is payable to our investment adviser (once the Hurdle Rate is reached and the catch-up is achieved, 20% of all Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income).

The portion of such incentive fee that is attributable to deferred interest (such as PIK interest or original issue discount) will be paid to the investment adviser, together with interest from the date of deferral to the date of payment, only if and to the extent that the Company actually receives such interest in cash, and any accrual will be reversed if and to the extent such interest is reversed in connection with any write-off or similar treatment of the investment giving rise to any deferred interest accrual. Any reversal of such amounts would reduce net income for the quarter by the net amount of the reversal (after taking into account the reversal of incentive fees payable) and would result in a reduction and possibly elimination of the incentive fees for such quarter.

There is no accumulation of amounts on the Hurdle Rate from quarter to quarter and, accordingly, there is no clawback of amounts previously paid if subsequent quarters are below the quarterly Hurdle Rate and there is no delay of payment if prior quarters are below the quarterly Hurdle Rate. Since the Hurdle Rate is fixed, as interest rates rise, it will be easier for the investment adviser to surpass the Hurdle Rate and receive an incentive fee based on Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income.

Net investment income used to calculate this component of the incentive fee is also included in the amount of consolidated gross assets used to calculate the 2.0% base management fee. These calculations will be appropriately prorated for any period of less than three months and adjusted for any share issuances or repurchases during the current quarter.

The second component, the capital gains component of the incentive fee, which is determined and payable in arrears as of the end of each calendar year (or upon termination of the Investment Advisory Agreement, as of the termination date), commenced on January 1, 2013, and will equal 20% of cumulative aggregate realized capital gains from January 1, 2013 through the end of the calendar year, computed net of aggregate cumulative realized capital losses and aggregate cumulative unrealized capital depreciation through the end of the year, less the aggregate amount of any previously paid capital gains incentive fees and subject to the Incentive Fee Cap and Deferral Mechanism. If such amount is negative, then no capital gains incentive fee will be payable for the year. Additionally, if the Investment Advisory Agreement is terminated as of a date that is not a calendar year end, the termination date will be treated as though it were a calendar year end for purposes of calculating and paying the capital gains incentive fee. The capital gains component of the incentive fee is not subject to any minimum return to stockholders.

Because of the structure of the incentive fee, it is possible that the Company may pay an incentive fee in a quarter where it incurs a loss subject to the Incentive Fee Cap and Deferral Mechanism. For example, if the

F-22


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

WhiteHorse Finance, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)
March 31, 2014
(in thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 6 — RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS  – (continued)

Company receives Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income in excess of the Hurdle Rate, it will pay the applicable incentive fee even after incurring a loss in that quarter due to realized and unrealized capital losses. During the three months ended March 31, 2014, the Company incurred base management fees of $1,443 and performance-based incentive fees of $150. During the three months ended March 31, 2013, the Company incurred base management fees of $1,077 and performance-based incentive fees of $952.

Administration Agreement :  Pursuant to the Administration Agreement, WhiteHorse Administration furnishes the Company with office facilities, equipment and clerical, bookkeeping and record keeping services to enable the Company to operate. WhiteHorse Administration also provides the Company with access to the resources necessary for it to perform its obligations as collateral manager of WhiteHorse Warehouse under the Credit Facility. Under the Administration Agreement, WhiteHorse Administration performs, or oversees the performance of, the Company’s required administrative services, which include being responsible for the financial records which the Company is required to maintain and preparing reports to its stockholders and reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). In addition, WhiteHorse Administration assists the Company in determining and publishing its net asset value, oversees the preparation and filing of its tax returns and the printing and dissemination of reports to its stockholders and generally oversees the payment of the Company’s expenses and the performance of administrative and professional services rendered to the Company by others. Payments under the Administration Agreement equal an amount based upon the Company’s allocable portion of WhiteHorse Administration’s overhead in performing its obligations under the Administration Agreement, including rent and the Company’s allocable portion of the cost of its chief compliance officer, chief operating officer and chief financial officer along with their respective staffs. Under the Administration Agreement, WhiteHorse Administration also provides on the Company’s behalf managerial assistance to those portfolio companies to which the Company is required to provide such assistance. The Administration Agreement may be terminated by either party without penalty upon 60 days’ written notice to the other party. To the extent that WhiteHorse Administration outsources any of its functions, the Company will pay the fees associated with such functions on a direct basis without any profit to WhiteHorse Administration.

Substantially all the Company’s payments of operating expenses to third parties were made by a related party, for which it received reimbursement from the Company.

During the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company incurred allocated administrative expenses of $325 and $389, respectively.

Due To Related Parties :  At March 31, 2014, the Company owed $169 to WhiteHorse Administration in connection with allocated administrative expenses. This amount is included in accounts payable and accrued expenses in the consolidated statements of assets and liabilities.

Co-investments with Related Parties :  At March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, certain officers or employees affiliated with or employed by White Horse Advisers and its related entities maintained co-investments in the Company’s investments of $1,116 and $1,221, respectively.

NOTE 7 — COMMITMENT AND CONTINGENCIES

Commitments :  The Company had outstanding commitments to fund investments totaling $1,650 and $1,150 as of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.

Indemnification :  In the normal course of business, the Company enters into contracts and agreements that contain a variety of representations and warranties that provide general indemnifications. The Company’s maximum exposure under these arrangements is unknown, as this would involve future claims that may be made against the Company that have not occurred. The Company expects the risk of any future obligation under these indemnifications to be remote.

F-23


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

WhiteHorse Finance, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)
March 31, 2014
(in thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 7 — COMMITMENT AND CONTINGENCIES  – (continued)

Legal proceedings :  In the normal course of business, the Company, the investment adviser and the administrator may be subject to legal and regulatory proceedings that are generally incidental to its ongoing operations. While there can be no assurance of the ultimate disposition of any such proceedings, the Company does not believe any such disposition will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

NOTE 7 — FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

The following is a schedule of financial highlights:

   
  Three months ended March 31,
     2014   2013
Per share data: (1)
                 
Net asset value, beginning of period   $ 15.16     $ 15.30  
Net investment income     0.27       0.27  
Net realized and unrealized losses on investments     0.16       (0.03 )  
Net increase in net assets resulting from operations     0.43       0.24  
Distributions declared     (0.36 )       (0.36 )  
Net asset value, end of period   $ 15.23     $ 15.18  
Total return based on market value (2)     (27.91 )%       27.93 %  
Total return based on net asset value     11.25 %       6.18 %  
Net assets, end of period   $ 228,141     $ 227,244  
Per share market value at end of period   $ 14.07     $ 15.83  
Shares outstanding end of period     14,982,857       14,965,624  
Ratios/Supplemental Data:
                 
Expenses without incentive fees     7.26 %       6.03 %  
Incentive fees     0.26 %       1.67 %  
Total expenses     7.52 %       7.70 %  
Net investment income     7.05 %       7.06 %  
Portfolio turnover ratio     1.81 %       0.08 %  

(1) Calculated using the average shares outstanding method.
(2) Total return is based on the change in market price per share during the period and takes into account distributions, if any, reinvested in accordance with the dividend reinvestment plan.

Financial highlights are calculated for each securities class taken as a whole. An individual stockholder’s return and ratios may vary based on the timing of capital transactions.

During the three months ended March 31, 2014, WhiteHorse Advisers irrevocably waived $344 of base management fees. Had WhiteHorse Advisers not waived these fees, the annualized ratios of expense without incentive fees, incentive fees and total expenses to average net assets would have been 7.83%, 0.00% and 7.83%, respectively, for the three months ended March 31, 2014. The Company did not waive any base management fees during the three months ended March 31, 2013.

F-24


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

WhiteHorse Finance, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)
March 31, 2014
(in thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 8 — CHANGE IN NET ASSETS RESULTING FROM OPERATIONS PER COMMON SHARE

The following information sets forth the computation of the basic and diluted per share net increase in net assets resulting from operations:

   
  March 31, 2014   March 31,
2013
Net increase in net assets resulting from operations   $ 6,370     $ 3,508  
Weighted average shares outstanding     14,982,728       14,965,624  
Basic and diluted per share net increase in net assets resulting from operations   $ 0.43     $ 0.23  

F-25


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Board of Directors and Stockholders of
WhiteHorse Finance, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of assets and liabilities, including the consolidated schedules of investments, of WhiteHorse Finance, Inc. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in net assets, and cash flows for the years then ended. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our procedures included confirmation of investments owned as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, by correspondence with the custodian, loan agent, or borrower and other auditing procedures where replies were not received. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the results of its operations, the changes in its net assets, and its cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ Crowe Horwath LLP
Crowe Horwath LLP
New York, New York
 
March 12, 2014

F-26


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

WhiteHorse Finance, Inc.
 
Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities
(in thousands, except share and per share data)

   
  December 31, 2013   December 31, 2012
Assets
                 
Investments, at fair value (cost $272,608 and $180,377, respectively)   $ 272,439     $ 180,488  
Cash and cash equivalents     92,905       156,123  
Restricted cash and cash equivalents     3,078       31,646  
Interest receivable     1,585       1,474  
Deferred financing costs     3,827       3,184  
Prepaid expenses and other receivables     319       367  
Total assets   $ 374,153     $ 373,282  
Liabilities
                 
Credit facility   $ 25,000     $ 51,250  
Senior notes     30,000        
Unsecured term loan     55,000       90,000  
Distributions payable     5,317       1,616  
Management fees payable     2,831       306  
Payable for investments purchased     28,606        
Accounts payable and accrued expenses     397       1,061  
Total liabilities     147,151       144,233  
Net assets
                 
Common stock, 14,977,056 and 14,965,624 shares issued and outstanding, par value $0.001 per share and 100,000,000 authorized     15       15  
Paid-in capital in excess of par     228,646       228,466  
Undistributed net investment (loss) income     (854 )       1,164  
Net realized losses on investments           (71 )  
Net unrealized depreciation on investments     (805 )       (525 )  
Total net assets     227,002       229,049  
Total liabilities and total net assets   $ 374,153     $ 373,282  
Number of shares outstanding     14,977,056       14,965,624  
Net asset value per share   $ 15.16     $ 15.30  

 
 
See notes to the consolidated financial statements

F-27


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

WhiteHorse Finance, Inc.
 
Consolidated Statements of Operations
(in thousands, except share and per share data)

   
  Years ended December 31,
     2013   2012
Investment income
                 
Interest income   $ 37,617     $ 44,793  
Total investment income     37,617       44,793  
Expenses
                 
Interest expense     5,341       1,131  
Base management fees     4,811       306  
Performance-based incentive fees     4,800        
Administrative service fees     1,173       109  
Organization costs           406  
General and administrative expenses     2,182       640  
Total expenses     18,307       2,592  
Net investment income     19,310       42,201  
Realized and unrealized (losses) gains on investments
                 
Net realized losses on investments           (2,754 )  
Net change in unrealized (depreciation) appreciation on investments     (280 )       111  
Net realized and unrealized losses gains on investments     (280 )       (2,643 )  
Net increase in net assets resulting from operations   $ 19,030     $ 39,558  
Per Common Share Data
                 
Basic and diluted earnings per common share (1)   $ 1.27       N/A  
Dividends and distributions declared per common share (1)   $ 1.42       N/A  
Basic and diluted weighted average common shares outstanding (1)     14,971,324       N/A  

(1) Prior to December 4, 2012, the Company did not have common shares outstanding and therefore weighted average shares outstanding information and per share data for the year ended December 31, 2012 are not provided.

 
 
See notes to the consolidated financial statements

F-28


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

WhiteHorse Finance, Inc.
 
Consolidated Statements of Change in Net Assets
(in thousands, except share and per share data)

               
  Members’
Equity
  Common Stock   Paid-in Capital in Excess of Par   Net Investment Income   Net
Realized Loss on Investments
  Net Unrealized Depreciation on Investments   Total Net Assets
     Shares   Par amount
Balance at January 1, 2012   $           $     $     $     $     $     $  
Contributions of members' equity     359,753                                           359,753  
Distributions of members' equity     (267,826 )                                           (267,826 )  
Net increase in net assets resulting from operations     37,396                                           37,396  
BDC Conversion     (129,323 )       7,826,284       8       129,315                          
Issuance of common stock           7,139,340       7       107,083                         107,090  
Common stock offering costs                       (7,910 )                         (7,910 )  
Net increase in net assets resulting from operations                             2,687             (525 )       2,162  
Distributions declared                             (1,616 )                   (1,616 )  
Tax reclassification of stockholders’ equity                       (22 )       93       (71 )              
Balance at December 31, 2012   $       14,965,624     $ 15     $ 228,466     $ 1,164     $ (71 )     $ (525 )     $ 229,049  
Stock issued in connection with dividend reinvestment plan           11,432             180                         180  
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations                             19,310             (280 )       19,030  
Distributions declared                             (21,257 )                   (21,257 )  
Tax reclassification of stockholders’ equity                             (71 )       71              
Balance at December 31, 2013   $       14,977,056     $ 15     $ 228,646     $ (854 )     $     $ (805 )     $ 227,002  

 
 
See notes to the consolidated financial statements

F-29


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

WhiteHorse Finance, Inc.
 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(in thousands, except share and per share data)

   
  Years ended December 31,
     2013   2012
Cash flows from operating activities
                 
Net increase in net assets resulting from operations   $ 19,030     $ 39,558  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:
                 
Paid in kind income     (774 )       (5,510 )  
Net realized losses on investments           2,754  
Net unrealized depreciation (appreciation) on investments     280       (111 )  
Amortization of discount     (1,679 )       (7,009 )  
Amortization of deferred financing costs     606       114  
Acquisition of investments     (259,233 )       (80,062 )  
Proceeds from principal payments and sales of portfolio investments     169,455       114,709  
Net changes in operating assets and liabilities:
                 
Interest receivable     (111 )       (2,388 )  
Prepaid expenses and other receivables     48       (367 )  
Payable for investments purchased     28,606        
Management fees payable     2,525       306  
Accounts payable and accrued expenses     (664 )       1,061  
Restricted cash and cash equivalents     28,568       (31,646 )  
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities     (13,343 )       31,409  
Cash flows from financing activities
                 
Proceeds from members’ equity contributions           51,568  
Payment of members’ equity distributions           (163,986 )  
Proceeds from sales of common stock, net of underwriting costs           99,180  
Senior notes issued     30,000        
Borrowings under unsecured term loan           90,000  
Repayment of unsecured term loan     (35,000 )        
Borrowings under credit facility     36,000       51,250  
Repayment of borrowings on credit facility     (62,250 )        
Deferred financing costs     (1,249 )       (3,298 )  
Distributions paid to common stockholders, net of distributions reinvested     (17,376 )        
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities     (49,875 )       124,714  
Net change in cash and cash equivalents     (63,218 )       156,123  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period     156,123        
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period   $ 92,905     $ 156,123  
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
                 
Interest paid   $ 4,959     $ 752  
Supplemental noncash disclosures:
                 
Distributions declared   $ 21,257     $ 1,616  
Distributions reinvested     180        
Contribution of investments           308,185  
Distribution of investments           (102,926 )  
Distribution of interest receivable           (914 )  

 
 
See notes to the consolidated financial statements

F-30


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

WhiteHorse Finance, Inc.
 
Consolidated Schedule of Investments
December 31, 2013
(in thousands, except share and per share data)

             
             
Investment Type   Spread Above
Index (1)
  Interest
Rate (2)
  Maturity Date   Principal Amount   Amortized Cost   Fair
Value
  Fair Value As A Percentage Of Net Assets
North America
                                                              
Aerospace & Defense
                                                              
ILC Industries, LLC
                                                              
First Lien Secured Term Loan     L+6.50%
(1.50% Floor)
      8.00%       7/11/18     $ 4,785     $ 4,773     $ 4,792       2.11 %  
Second Lien Secured Term Loan     L+10.00%
(1.50% Floor)
      11.50%       7/11/19       5,000       4,882       4,965       2.19  
                         9,785       9,655       9,757       4.30  
  
Building Products
                                                              
TCO Funding Corp.
                                                              
First Lien Secured Term Loan     L+7.50%
(2.00% Floor)
      9.50%       4/27/15       17,493       17,381       17,511       7.71  
  
Consumer Finance
                                                              
Oasis Legal Finance, LLC
                                                              
Second Lien Secured Term Loan     N/A (4)       10.50%       9/30/18       10,000       9,807       9,990       4.40  
Sigue Corporation
                                                              
Second Lien Secured Term Loan     L+9.00%
(1.00% Floor)
      10.00%       12/27/18       25,000       24,501       24,500       10.79  
                         35,000       34,308       34,490       15.19  
  
Data Processing & Outsourced Services
                                                              
Future Payment Technologies, L.P.
                                                              
Second Lien Secured Term Loan     L+10.00%
(1.00% Floor)
      11.00%
(2.00% PIK)
      12/31/18       35,000       33,600       33,600       14.80  
  
Diversified Support Services
                                                              
Smile Brands Group Inc.
                                                              
First Lien Secured Term Loan     L+6.25%
(1.25% Floor)
      7.50%       8/16/19       11,970       11,741       11,874       5.23  
ARSloane Acquisition, LLC
                                                              
Second Lien Secured Term Loan     L+10.50%
(1.25% Floor)
      11.75%       10/1/20       4,000       3,922       4,036       1.78  
                         15,970       15,663       15,910       7.01  
  
Education Services
                                                              
Renaissance Learning, Inc.
                                                              
Second Lien Secured Term Loan     L+7.75%
(1.00% Floor)
      8.75%       5/14/21       17,000       17,040       17,102       7.53  
  
Electronic Equipment & Instruments
                                                              
AP Gaming I, LLC
                                                              
First Lien Secured Term Loan     L+8.25%
(1.00% Floor)
      9.25%       12/20/20       10,000       9,700       9,700       4.27  
  
Health Care Distributors
                                                              
Comprehensive Decubitus Therapy, Inc.
                                                              
First Lien Secured Term Loan     L+13.50%
(1.50% Floor)
      15.00%
(3.00% PIK)
      3/15/18       14,639       14,392       14,609       6.44  
First Lien Secured Revolving Loan     L+13.50%
(1.50% Floor)
      15.00%
(3.00% PIK)
      3/15/18       896       863       894       0.39  

 
 
See notes to the consolidated financial statements

F-31


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

             
             
Investment Type   Spread Above
Index (1)
  Interest
Rate (2)
  Maturity Date   Principal Amount   Amortized Cost   Fair
Value
  Fair Value As A Percentage Of Net Assets
P2 Newco Acquisition, Inc.
                                                              
Second Lien Secured Term Loan     L+8.50%
(1.00% Floor)
      9.50%
      10/22/21       10,000       9,901       10,060       4.43  
                         25,535       25,156       25,563       11.26  
  
Health Care Facilities
                                                              
Grupo HIMA San Pablo, Inc.
                                                              
First Lien Secured Term Loan     L+9.00%
(1.50% Floor)
      10.50%
      1/31/18       14,888       14,631       14,798       6.52  
Second Lien Secured Term Loan     N/A (4)
      15.75%
      7/31/18       1,000       956       989       0.44  
                         15,888       15,587       15,787       6.96  
  
Homebuilding
                                                              
Orleans Homebuilders, Inc.
                                                              
First Lien Secured Term Loan     L+8.50%
(2.00% Floor)
      10.50%
      2/14/16     $ 16,345     $ 16,410     $ 16,508       7.27 %  
  
Integrated Telecommunication Services
                                                              
Securus Technologies, Inc.
                                                              
Second Lien Secured Term Loan     L+7.75%
(1.25% Floor)
      9.00%
      4/30/21       8,090       8,012       8,066       3.55  
  
Internet Retail
                                                              
Bluestem Brands, Inc.
                                                              
First Lien Secured Term Loan     L+6.50%
(1.00% Floor)
      7.50%
      12/6/18       10,000     $ 9,800       9,840       4.33  
  
Oil & Gas Drilling
                                                              
ProPetro Services, Inc.
                                                              
First Lien Secured Term Loan     L+6.25%
(1.00% Floor)
      7.25%
      9/30/19       9,875       9,778       9,974       4.39  
  
Specialized Consumer Services
                                                              
Pre-Paid Legal Services, Inc.
                                                              
Second Lien Secured Term Loan     L+8.50%
(1.25% Floor)
      9.75%
      7/1/20       18,000       17,776       18,072       7.96  
  
Specialized Finance
                                                              
GMT Holdings 1, Ltd. & GMT Holdings 12, Ltd. (3)
                                                              
First Lien Secured Term Loan     N/A (4)
      25.00%
      6/30/14       22,822       22,886       20,699       9.12  
  
Trading Companies & Distributors
                                                              
Distribution International, Inc.
                                                              
First Lien Secured Term Loan     L+6.50%
(1.00% Floor)
      7.50%
      7/16/19       9,950       9,856       9,860       4.34  
Total Investments (5)                     $ 276,753     $ 272,608     $ 272,439       120.02 %  

(1) The investments bear interest at a rate that may be determined by reference to the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR” or “L”), which resets monthly, quarterly or semiannually.
(2) The interest rate is the “all-in-rate” including the current index and spread, the fixed rate, and the payment-in-kind, or “PIK”, interest rate, as the case may be.
(3) WhiteHorse Finance, Inc.’s investments in GMT Holdings 1, Ltd. and GMT Holdings 12, Ltd. are held through its subsidiary Bayside Financing S.A.R.L.
(4) Interest rate is fixed and accordingly the spread above the index is not applicable.
(5) Except for AP Gaming I, LLC, GMT Holdings 1, Ltd. and GMT Holdings 12, Ltd., P2 Newco Acquisition, Inc., Renaissance Learning, Inc. and Securus Technologies, Inc., the investments provide collateral for the Credit Facility.

 
 
See notes to the consolidated financial statements

F-32


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

WhiteHorse Finance, Inc.
 
Consolidated Schedule of Investments
December 31, 2012
(in thousands, except share and per share data)

             
             
Investment Type   Spread
Above
Index (1)
  Interest Rate (2)   Maturity Date   Principal Amount   Amortized Cost   Fair Value   Fair Value As A Percentage Of Net Assets
North America
                                                              
Apparel, Accessories & Luxury Goods
                                                              
St. John Knits International, Inc.
                                                              
First Lien Secured Term Loan     N/A (4)       13.00%
      3/3/15     $ 11,769     $ 11,827     $ 12,040       5.26 %  
  
Building Products
                                                              
TCO Funding Corp.
                                                              
First Lien Secured Term Loan     L+7.50%
(2.00% Floor)
      9.50%
      4/27/14       17,671       17,352       17,671       7.71  
  
Electronic Equipment & Instruments
                                                              
AGS, LLC
                                                              
First Lien Secured Term Loan     L+10.00%
(1.50% Floor)
      11.50%
      8/15/16       17,309       16,662       16,098       7.03  
First Lien Secured Initial Delayed Draw     L+10.00%
(1.50% Floor)
      11.50%
      8/15/16       1,129       1,087       1,050       0.46  
First Lien Secured Secondary Delayed
Draw
    L+10.00%
(1.50% Floor)
      N/A (5)       8/15/16                          
                         18,438       17,749       17,148       7.49  
  
Health Care Facilities
                                                              
Genoa Healthcare, LLC
                                                              
Second Lien Secured Term Loan     L+11.00%
(3.00% Floor)
      14.00%
(1.50% PIK)
      2/10/15       27,060       27,060       27,060       11.81  
  
Pharmaceuticals
                                                              
Acella Pharmaceuticals, LLC
                                                              
First Lien Secured Term Loan     L+13.00%
(1.00% Floor)
      14.00%
(3.00% PIK)
      12/30/15       60,886       60,886       60,886       26.58  
  
Specialized Consumer Services
                                                              
Pre-Paid Legal Services, Inc.
                                                              
First Lien Secured Term Loan A     L+6.00%
(1.50% Floor)
      7.50%
      12/31/16       1,437       1,363       1,447       0.63  
Second Lien Secured Term Loan B     L+9.50%
(1.50% Floor)
      11.00%
      12/31/16       7,929       7,898       7,802       3.41  
                         9,366       9,261       9,249       4.04  
  
Specialized Finance
                                                              
GMT Holdings 1, Ltd. & GMT Holdings 12, Ltd. (3)
                                                              
First Lien Secured Term Loan     N/A (4)       25.00%
      6/30/13       36,434       36,242       36,434       15.91  
Total Investments (6)                     $ 181,624     $ 180,377     $ 180,488       78.80 %  

 
 
See notes to the consolidated financial statements

F-33


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(1) The investments bear interest at a rate that may be determined by reference to the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR” or “L”), which resets monthly, quarterly or semiannually.
(2) The interest rate is the “all-in-rate” including the current index and spread, the fixed rate, and the payment-in-kind, or “PIK”, interest rate, as the case may be.
(3) WhiteHorse Finance, Inc.’s investments in GMT Holdings 1, Ltd. and GMT Holdings 12, Ltd. are held through its subsidiary Bayside Financing S.A.R.L.
(4) Interest rate is fixed and accordingly the spread above the index is not applicable.
(5) The entire commitment was unfunded at December 31, 2012. The Company earns a commitment fee of 5.00% on the unfunded amount.
(6) Except for GMT Holdings 1, Ltd. and GMT Holdings 12, Ltd., the investments provide collateral for the Credit Facility.

 
 
See notes to the consolidated financial statements

F-34


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

WhiteHorse Finance, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2013
(in thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 1 — ORGANIZATION

WhiteHorse Finance, Inc. (“WhiteHorse Finance” and, together with its subsidiaries, the “Company”) is an externally managed, non-diversified, closed-end management investment company that has elected to be treated as a business development company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”). In addition, for tax purposes, WhiteHorse Finance elected to be treated as a regulated investment company (“RIC”) under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).

WhiteHorse Finance, LLC was organized as a limited liability company under the laws of Delaware on December 28, 2011 and commenced operations effective January 1, 2012. At the commencement of operations and up to the completion of its initial public offering (the “IPO”), H.I.G. Bayside Debt & LBO Fund II,
L.P. (“Bayside II”) and H.I.G. Bayside Loan Opportunity Fund II, L.P. (“Loan Fund II” and, together
with Bayside II, the “Bayside Loan Funds”) owned 55.1% and 44.9% of the Company, respectively. On December 4, 2012, WhiteHorse Finance, LLC converted from a Delaware limited liability company to a Delaware corporation, leaving WhiteHorse Finance, Inc. as the surviving entity (the “BDC Conversion”).
As a result of the BDC Conversion, the Bayside Loan Funds received 7,826,284 shares of common stock in WhiteHorse Finance, Inc.

On December 4, 2012, WhiteHorse Finance priced its IPO, selling 6,666,667 shares at a public offering price of $15.00 per share. Concurrent with the IPO, the Company’s directors, officers, the managers of its investment adviser and their immediate family members or entities owned by, or family trusts for the benefit of, such persons, purchased an additional 472,673 shares through a private placement transaction exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), at $15.00 per share.

The Company’s investment objective is to generate attractive risk-adjusted returns primarily by originating and investing in senior secured loans, including first lien and second lien facilities, to performing small-cap companies across a broad range of industries that typically carry a floating interest rate based on the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”). It may also opportunistically make investments at other levels of a company’s capital structure, including mezzanine loans or equity interests and may receive warrants to purchase common stock in connection with its debt investments.

WhiteHorse Finance’s investment activities are managed by H.I.G. WhiteHorse Advisers, LLC (“WhiteHorse Advisers”), an affiliate of the Bayside Loan Funds. Prior to December 4, 2012, Bayside Capital, Inc., also an affiliate of the Bayside Loan Funds, served as the investment adviser through an interim advisory agreement. H.I.G. WhiteHorse Administration, LLC (“WhiteHorse Administration”), an affiliate of the Bayside Loan Funds, provides administrative services necessary for the Company to operate.

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation :  The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and include WhiteHorse Finance, Inc., its wholly owned subsidiary, WhiteHorse Finance Warehouse, LLC, and its subsidiary, Bayside Financing S.A.R.L. All significant intercompany balances and transactions and have been eliminated. Additionally, the accompanying consolidated financial statements and related financial information have been prepared pursuant to the requirements for reporting on Form 10-K and Articles 6 or 10 of Regulation S-X. In the opinion of management, the consolidated financial statements reflect all adjustments, consisting solely of normal recurring accruals considered necessary for the fair presentation of financial results as of and for the periods presented.

Use of Estimates :  The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the financial statements. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

F-35


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

WhiteHorse Finance, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2013
(in thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  – (continued)

Fair Value of Financial Instruments :  The Company determines the fair value of its financial instruments in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 820 —  Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures. ASC Topic 820 defines fair value, establishes a framework used to measure fair value and requires disclosures for fair value measurements. In accordance with ASC Topic 820, the Company has categorized its financial instruments carried at fair value, based on the priority of the valuation technique, into a three-level fair value hierarchy. Fair value is a market-based measure considered from the perspective of the market participant who holds the financial instrument. Therefore, when market assumptions are not readily available, the Company’s own assumptions are set to reflect those that management believes market participants would use in pricing the financial instrument at the measurement date.

Investments are measured at fair value as determined in good faith by the Company’s investment committee, generally on a quarterly basis, reviewed by the audit committee of the board of directors and ultimately approved by the board of directors, based on, among other factors, consistently applied valuation procedures on each measurement date. Any changes to the valuation methodology are reviewed by management and the Company’s board of directors to confirm that the changes are justified. The Company continues to review and refine its valuation procedures in response to market changes.

The Company engages an independent external valuation firm to periodically review material investments. This external review is used by the investment committee to review the Company’s internal valuation of each investment over the year.

Investment Transactions :  The Company records investment transactions on a trade date basis. These transactions may settle subsequent to the trade date depending on the transaction type. Certain expenses related to legal and tax consultation, due diligence, rating fees, valuation expenses and independent collateral appraisals may arise when the Company makes certain investments. These expenses are recognized in the statement of operations as they are incurred.

Revenue Recognition :  The Company’s revenue recognition policies are as follows:

Sales :  Realized gains or losses on the sales of investments are calculated by using the specific identification method.

Interest Income :  Interest income, adjusted for amortization of premium and accretion of discount, is recorded on an accrual basis. The Company may also receive closing, commitment, prepayment, amendment and other fees from portfolio companies in the ordinary course of business. Closing fees associated with investments in portfolio companies are accreted into interest income over the respective terms of the applicable loans using the effective interest method. Upon the prepayment of a loan or debt security, any unamortized loan closing fees are recorded as part of interest income. Commitment fees are based upon the undrawn portion committed by the Company and are recorded as interest income on an accrual basis. Prepayment, amendment and other fees are recognized when earned, generally when such fees are receivable. Any such fees are included in interest income on the statement of operations. The Company may invest in loans that contain a payment-in-kind (“PIK”) interest rate provision. PIK interest is accrued at the contractual rates and added to loan principal on the reset dates.

Non-accrual :  Loans are placed on non-accrual status when principal or interest payments are past due 30 days or more or when there is reasonable doubt that principal or interest will be collected. The Company may conclude that non-accrual status is not required if the loan has sufficient collateral value and is in the process of collection. Accrued interest is generally reversed when a loan is placed on non-accrual status. Interest payments received on non-accrual loans may be recognized as income or applied to principal depending upon management’s judgment. Non-accrual loans are restored to accrual status when past due

F-36


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

WhiteHorse Finance, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2013
(in thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  – (continued)

principal and interest is paid and, in management’s judgment, are likely to remain current. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company had no non-accrual loans.

Cash and Cash Equivalents :  Cash and cash equivalents include cash, deposits with financial institutions, and short-term liquid investments in money market funds with original maturities of three months or less.

Restricted Cash and Cash Equivalents :  Restricted cash and cash equivalents include amounts that are collected and held by the trustee appointed as custodian of the assets securing the Company’s credit facility. Restricted cash is held by the trustee for the payment of interest expense and principal on the outstanding borrowings or reinvestment into new assets. Restricted cash that represents interest or fee income is transferred to unrestricted cash accounts by the trustee once a quarter after the payment of operating expenses and amounts due under the Credit Facility (as defined below).

Organizational and Offering Costs :  The Company incurred legal, accounting, regulatory, investment banking and other costs during its initial start up phase and associated with its IPO. Organizational costs are expensed as incurred. Offering costs were deferred and charged against paid-in capital in excess of par on completion of the IPO.

Deferred Financing Costs :  Deferred financing costs represent fees and other direct incremental costs incurred in connection with the Company’s borrowings. These amounts are amortized using the effective interest method and are included in interest expense in the consolidated statements of operations over the estimated life of the borrowings.

Income Taxes :  Prior to the BDC Conversion on December 4, 2012, the Company was treated as a partnership for U.S. federal and state income tax purposes and did not incur income taxes. Accordingly, no provision for income taxes has been made in the accompanying financial statements, as each member is individually responsible for reporting income or loss, to the extent required by U.S. federal income tax laws and regulations, based upon its respective share of the Company’s revenues and expenses as reported for income tax purposes.

Subsequent to the BDC Conversion, the Company elected to be treated as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code. In order to maintain its status as a RIC, among other requirements, the Company is required to distribute at least 90% of ordinary income and realized net short-term capital gains in excess of realized net long-term capital losses, if any, out of the assets legally available for distribution. In addition, the Company is generally required to pay a nondeductible excise tax equal to 4% of the amount by which (1) 98% of ordinary income for the calendar year, (2) 98.2% of capital gains in excess of capital losses for the one-year period ending on October 31 of the calendar year and (3) any ordinary income and net capital gains for preceding years that were not distributed during such years and on which the Company paid no U.S. federal income tax exceed distributions for the year. The Company accrues estimated excise tax on the amount, if any, that estimated taxable income is expected to exceed the level of stockholder distributions described above.

The Company’s tax returns are subject to examination by federal, state and local taxing authorities. Because many types of transactions are susceptible to varying interpretations under U.S. federal and state income tax laws and regulations, the amounts reported in the accompanying consolidated financial statements may be subject to change at a later date by the respective taxing authorities.

The Company recognizes the financial statement benefit of a tax position only after determining that the relevant tax authority would more-likely-than-not sustain the position following an audit. For tax positions meeting the more-likely-than-not threshold, the amount recognized in the financial statement is the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with the relevant tax authority.

F-37


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

WhiteHorse Finance, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2013
(in thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  – (continued)

Penalties or interest that may be assessed related to any income taxes would be classified as other operating expenses in the financial statement. The Company had no amounts accrued for interest or penalties on December 31, 2013 or 2012. The Company does not expect the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits to significantly change in the next twelve months.

Dividends and Distributions :  Dividends and distributions to common stockholders are recorded on the ex-dividend date. Quarterly distribution payments are determined by the board of directors and are paid from taxable earnings estimated by management and may include a return of capital and/or capital gains. Net realized capital gains, if any, are distributed at least annually, although the Company may decide to retain such capital gains for investment.

The Company maintains an “opt out” dividend reinvestment plan for common stockholders. As a result, if the Company declares a dividend or other distribution, stockholders’ cash distributions will be automatically reinvested in additional shares of common stock, unless they specifically “opt out” of the dividend reinvestment plan so as to receive cash distributions.

Earnings per Share :  The Company calculates earnings per share as earnings available to stockholders divided by the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the period. Prior to December 4, 2012, the Company did not have common stock outstanding and therefore earnings per share and weighted average shares outstanding information for periods that include financial results prior to December 4, 2012 are not meaningful.

Risks and Uncertainties :  In the normal course of business, the Company encounters primarily two significant types of economic risks: credit and market. Credit risk is the risk of default on the Company’s investments that result from an issuer’s, borrower’s or derivative counterparty’s inability or unwillingness to make contractually required payments. Market risk reflects changes in the value of investments due to changes in interest rates, spreads or other market factors, including the value of the collateral underlying investments held by the Company. Management believes that the carrying value of its investments are fairly stated, taking into consideration these risks along with estimated collateral values, payment histories and other market information.

Newly Adopted Accounting Standards :  As permitted by Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act, the Company has elected to defer the adoption of new and revised accounting standards applicable to public companies until they are also applicable to private companies. There are currently no such standards being deferred that will, in management’s opinion, have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements :  During June 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2013-08, Financial Services — Investment Companies (Topic 946): Amendments to the Scope, Measurement and Disclosure Requirements (“ASU 2013-08”), containing new guidance on assessing whether an entity is an investment company, requiring non-controlling ownership interests in investment companies to be measured at fair value and requiring certain additional disclosures. This guidance is effective for annual and interim periods beginning on or after December 15, 2013. We do not expect ASU 2013-08 to have a material impact on our consolidated financial position or disclosures.

F-38


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

WhiteHorse Finance, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2013
(in thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 3 — INVESTMENTS

Investments consisted of the following:

       
  December 31, 2013   December 31, 2012
     Cost   Fair Value   Cost   Fair Value
First lien secured loans   $ 142,211     $ 141,059     $ 145,419     $ 145,626  
Second lien secured loans     130,397       131,380       34,958       34,862  
Total   $ 272,608     $ 272,439     $ 180,377     $ 180,488  

The following table shows the portfolio composition by industry grouping at fair value:

       
  December 31, 2013   December 31, 2012
Aerospace & Defense   $ 9,757       3.58 %     $       %  
Apparel, Accessories & Luxury Goods                 12,040       6.67  
Building Products     17,511       6.43       17,671       9.79  
Consumer Finance     34,490       12.66              
Data Processing & Outsourced Services     33,600       12.33              
Diversified Support Services     15,910       5.84              
Education Services     17,102       6.28              
Electronic Equipment & Instruments     9,700       3.56       17,148       9.50  
Health Care Distributors     25,563       9.38              
Health Care Facilities     15,787       5.79       27,060       14.99  
Homebuilding     16,508       6.06              
Integrated Telecommunication Services     8,066       2.97              
Internet Retail     9,840       3.61              
Oil & Gas Drilling     9,974       3.66              
Pharmaceuticals                 60,886       33.73  
Specialized Consumer Services     18,072       6.63       9,249       5.13  
Specialized Finance     20,699       7.60       36,434       20.19  
Trading Companies & Distributors     9,860       3.62              
Total   $ 272,439       100.00 %     $ 180,488       100.00 %  

NOTE 4 — FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

Accounting standards establish a fair value hierarchy which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. The standard describes three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value:

Level 1:   Quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active public markets that the entity has the ability to access as of the measurement date.

Level 2:   Significant other observable inputs other than Level 1 prices such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.

Level 3:   Significant unobservable inputs that reflect a reporting entity’s own assumptions about what market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.

In certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In such cases, a financial instrument’s categorization within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The Company’s assessment of the

F-39


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

WhiteHorse Finance, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2013
(in thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 4 — FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS  – (continued)

significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment, and considers factors specific to the financial instrument.

Fair value for each investment is derived using a combination of valuation methodologies that, in the judgment of the investment committee of the Company’s investment adviser are most relevant to such investment, including, without limitation, being based on one or more of the following: (i) market prices obtained from market makers for which the investment committee has deemed there to be enough breadth (number of quotes) and depth (firm bids) to be indicative of fair value, (ii) the price paid or realized in a completed transaction or binding offer received in an arms’-length transaction, (iii) a discounted cash flow analysis, (iv) the guideline public company method, (v) the similar transaction method or (vi) the option pricing method.

The following table presents investments (as shown on the schedule of investments) that have been measured at fair value as of December 31, 2013:

       
  Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total
First lien secured loans               $ 141,059     $ 141,059  
Second lien secured loans                 131,380       131,380  
Total investments           —             —     $ 272,439     $ 272,439  

The following table presents investments (as shown on the schedule of investments) that have been measured at fair value as of December 31, 2012:

       
  Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total
First lien secured loans               $ 145,626     $ 145,626  
Second lien secured loans                 34,862       34,862  
Total investments           —             —     $ 180,488     $ 180,488  

The portfolio companies underlying the investments are located in the United States. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the weighted average remaining term of the Company’s debt investments was approximately 4.7 years and 2.5 years, respectively.

The following table presents the changes in investments measured at fair value using Level 3 inputs for the year ended December 31, 2013:

       
  First
Lien Secured Loans
  Second Lien Secured Loans   Senior Unsecured Note   Total Investments
Balance at January 1, 2013   $ 145,626     $ 34,862     $       —     $ 180,488  
Funding of investments     127,706       131,527             259,233  
Non-cash interest income     407       367             774  
Amortization of discount     1,424       255             1,679  
Proceeds from pay downs     (132,743 )       (36,712 )             (169,455 )  
Net unrealized (depreciation) appreciation     (1,361 )       1,081             (280 )  
Balance at December 31, 2013   $ 141,059     $ 131,380     $     $ 272,439  

F-40


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

WhiteHorse Finance, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2013
(in thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 4 — FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS  – (continued)

The following table presents the changes in investments measured at fair value using Level 3 inputs for the year ended December 31, 2012:

       
  First
Lien Secured Loans
  Second Lien Secured Loans   Senior Unsecured Note   Total Investments
Balance at January 1, 2012   $     $     $     $  
Contributed investments     223,504       76,101       8,580       308,185  
Funding of investments     53,362       21,559       5,141       80,062  
Non-cash interest income     5,099       411             5,510  
Amortization of discount     1,827       4,966       216       7,009  
Proceeds from pay downs and sales     (64,130 )       (50,579 )             (114,709 )  
Distributed investments     (72,087 )       (17,500 )       (13,339 )       (102,926 )  
Net realized losses on investments     (2,156 )             (598 )       (2,754 )  
Net unrealized (depreciation) appreciation     207       (96 )             111  
Balance at December 31, 2012   $ 145,626     $ 34,862     $     $ 180,488  

The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the Company’s term loans are the discount rate, market quotes and arms’-length transaction price. Significant increase in the discount rate for an investment would result in a significantly lower fair value measurement. Significant increase in the market quotes price would result in a significant increase in the fair value measurement.

Quantitative Information about Level 3 fair value measurements is as follows:

       
Investment Type   Fair Value at
December 31,
2013
  Valuation
Techniques
  Unobservable
Inputs
  Range
(Weighted Average)
First lien secured loans   $ 78,371       Discounted cash flows       Discount rate       8.1% – 37.2% (18.5%)
 
       62,688       Weighting of discounted cash
      Discount rate       6.9% – 9.8% (8.2%)
 
                flows and consensus pricing       Market quotes       97.0 – 100.6 (99.4)
 
     $ 141,059                    
Second lien secured loans   $ 10,979       Discounted cash flows       Discount rate       9.9% – 15.6% (10.5%)
 
       58,100       Consensus pricing       Market quotes       96.0 – 98.0 (96.8)
 
       62,301       Weighting of discounted cash       Discount rate       8.7% – 12.1% (10.2%)
 
                flows and consensus pricing       Market quotes       97.5 – 100.5 (99.7)
 
     $ 131,380                    

       
Investment Type   Fair Value at
December 31,
2012
  Valuation
Techniques
  Unobservable
Inputs
  Range
(Weighted Average)
First lien secured loans   $ 114,468       Discounted cash flows       Discount rate       13.5% – 27.7% (18.1%)
 
       31,158       Weighting of discounted cash       Discount rate       7.6% – 12.2% (10.4%)
 
                flows and consensus pricing       Market quotes       100.9 – 102.3 (102.1)
 
     $ 145,626                    
Second lien secured loans   $ 27,060
      Discounted cash flows       Discount rate       14.4%
 
       7,802       Weighting of discounted cash       Discount rate       12.1%
 
                flows and consensus pricing       Market quotes       101.5  
     $ 34,862                    

F-41


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

WhiteHorse Finance, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2013
(in thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 4 — FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS  – (continued)

Valuation of investments may be determined by weighting various valuation techniques. Significant judgment is required in selecting the assumptions used to determine the fair values of these investments.
At December 31, 2013 and 2012, five and three Level 3 first lien secured loans, respectively, were valued
using a discounted cash flow technique and the remaining six and three, respectively, were valued by applying a weighted approach across several techniques. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, two and one Level 3
second lien secured loans, respectively, were valued using a discounted cash flow technique, two and zero, respectively, were valued using market quotations, and the remaining six and one, respectively, were valued by applying a weighted approach across several techniques.

The valuation methods selected for a particular investment are based on the circumstances and on the sufficiency of data available to measure fair value. If more than one valuation method is used to measure fair value, the results are evaluated and weighted, as appropriate, considering the reasonableness of the range indicated by those results. A fair value measurement is the point within that range that is most representative of fair value in the circumstances.

The availability of observable inputs can vary depending on the financial instrument and is affected by a wide variety of factors, including, for example, the nature of the instrument, whether the instrument is traded on an active exchange or in the secondary market and the current market conditions. To the extent that the valuation is based on models or inputs that are less observable or unobservable in the market the determination of fair value requires more judgment. Accordingly, the degree of judgment exercised by
the Company in determining fair value is greatest for financial instruments classified as Level 3.

The determination of fair value using the selected methodologies takes into consideration a range of factors including, but not limited to, the price at which the investment was acquired, the nature of the investment, local market conditions, trading values on public and private exchanges for comparable securities, current and projected operating performance and financing transactions subsequent to the acquisition of the investment, compliance with agreed upon terms and covenants, and assessment of credit ratings of an underlying borrower. These valuation methodologies involve a significant degree of judgment to be exercised.

As it relates to investments which do not have an active public market, there is no single standard for determining the estimated fair value. Valuations of privately held investments are inherently uncertain, and they may fluctuate over short periods of time and may be based on estimates. The determination of fair value may differ materially from the values that would have been used if a ready market for these investments existed.

In some cases, fair value for such investments is best expressed as a range of values derived utilizing different methodologies from which a single estimate may then be determined. Consequently, fair value for each investment may be derived using a combination of valuation methodologies that, in the judgment of the investment professionals, are most relevant to such investment. The selected valuation methodologies for a particular investment are consistently applied on each measurement date. However, a change in a valuation methodology or its application from one measurement date to another is possible if the change results in a measurement that is equally or more representative of fair value in the circumstances.

F-42


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

WhiteHorse Finance, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2013
(in thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 4 — FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS  – (continued)

The following are the carrying values and fair values of the Company’s borrowings as of December 31, 2013 and 2012. Fair value is estimated by discounting remaining payments using applicable market rates or market quotes for similar instruments at the measurement date, if available.

       
  December 31, 2013   December 31, 2012
     Carrying Value
  Fair Value   Carrying Value
  Fair Value
Credit facility   $ 25,000     $ 25,000     $ 51,250     $ 51,250  
Senior notes     55,000       54,009       90,000       90,000  
Unsecured term loan     30,000       29,088        —         —   
     $ 110,000     $ 108,097     $ 141,250     $ 141,250  

NOTE 5 — BORROWINGS

In accordance with the 1940 Act, with certain limited exceptions, the Company is only allowed to borrow amounts such that its asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, is at least 200% after such borrowing. As of December 31, 2013, the Company’s asset coverage for borrowed amounts was 306.4%.

Credit Facility: On September 27, 2012, the Company entered into a $150,000 revolving credit and security agreement with Natixis, New York Branch, acting as facility agent (the “Credit Facility”). In connection with this agreement, WhiteHorse Finance Warehouse, LLC pledged securities with a fair value of $206,812 and $144,054, respectively, as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, as collateral for the Credit Facility. The Credit Facility bears interest at the daily commercial paper rate plus 2.25% on outstanding borrowings. The Company also incurs a commitment fee of 1.00% per annum on any undrawn balance. The Credit Facility has a final maturity date of September 27, 2020. Under the Credit Facility, the Company has made certain customary representations and warranties, and is required to comply with various covenants, including leverage restrictions, reporting requirements and other customary requirements for similar credit facilities.
The Credit Facility includes usual and customary events of default for credit facilities of this nature. At December 31, 2013, the Company had $25,000 in outstanding borrowings and $125,000 undrawn under the Credit Facility. At December 31, 2012, the Company had $51,250 in outstanding borrowings and $98,750 undrawn under the Credit Facility. Weighted average outstanding borrowings were $23,717 at a weighted average interest rate of 2.54% for the year ended December 31, 2013, and $51,250 at a weighted average interest rate of 2.66% for the period from September 27, 2012 to December 31, 2012. The Company’s ability to draw down undrawn funds under the Credit Facility is determined by collateral and portfolio quality requirements stipulated in the credit and security agreement. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, $95,015 and $4,538, respectively, were available to be drawn by the Company based on these requirements.

Unsecured Term Loan :  On November 8, 2012, the Company entered into a $90,000 unsecured term loan agreement with Citibank, N.A., as the sole lead arranger, and Loan Fund II, as guarantor. On July 9, 2013, the Company amended the terms of its unsecured term loan to subordinate the unsecured term loan to the Senior Notes (as defined below). On July 19, 2013, the Company further amended the terms of its unsecured term loan to lower the annual interest rate from LIBOR plus 2.75% to LIBOR plus 2.20%. The amendment also extended the maturity date by one year to July 3, 2015. On July 24, 2013, the Company repaid $35,000 of its original borrowings. Under the terms of the amended unsecured term loan, with respect to which the Company pledged no collateral to the lenders, the Company is required to pay interest monthly at the annual rate, except at its option and under certain other circumstances at one of several other interest rates. The unsecured term loan is subject to customary covenants and events of default, such as failure to pay the principal of, or interest on, the unsecured term loan, certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization occur or a payment default under certain of our other debt obligations. The unsecured term loan includes customary restrictions that limit the Company’s ability to pay dividends under certain circumstances,

F-43


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

WhiteHorse Finance, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2013
(in thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 5 — BORROWINGS  – (continued)

to merge with another entity unless it is the surviving entity following the merger and to amend its organizational documents. Loan Fund II has guaranteed the Company’s obligation to make payments under the unsecured term loan. Loan Fund II, as the guarantor of the unsecured term loan, has the right to require the lenders to assign the loan to it under certain circumstances. The Company is permitted to prepay amounts outstanding under the unsecured term loan in whole or in part without penalty.

Senior Notes :  On July 23, 2013, the Company completed a public offering of $30.0 million of aggregate principal amount of 6.50% senior notes due 2020 (the “Senior Notes”), the net proceeds of which were used to reduce outstanding obligations under the Company’s unsecured term loan. Interest on the Senior Notes is paid quarterly on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31, at an annual rate of 6.50%. The Senior Notes mature on July 31, 2020. The Senior Notes are the Company’s direct senior unsecured obligations, rank senior to the Company’s unsecured term loan and are structurally subordinate to borrowings under the Credit Facility. The Senior Notes are listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “WHFBL”.

NOTE 6 — RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Interim Investment Advisory Agreement :  Prior to the BDC Conversion, Bayside Capital, LLC, an affiliate of the Bayside Loan Funds, served as the interim investment adviser for the Company through an interim advisory agreement (the “Interim Investment Advisory Agreement”). Under the Interim Investment Advisory Agreement, the interim investment adviser provided investment management services to the Company prior to the completion of its IPO. The Interim Investment Advisory Agreement waived all fees payable by the Company and, as a result, no fees were paid or are due to Bayside Capital, LLC. The Interim Investment Advisory Agreement was terminated effective December 4, 2012, and replaced by the investment advisory agreement described below.

Investment Advisory Agreement :  WhiteHorse Advisers serves as the Company’s investment adviser in accordance with the terms of an investment advisory agreement (the “Investment Advisory Agreement”). Subject to the overall supervision of the Company’s board of directors, the investment adviser manages the day-to-day operations of, and provides investment management services to, the Company. Under the terms of the Investment Advisory Agreement, WhiteHorse Advisers:

determines the composition of the investment portfolio, the nature and timing of the changes to the portfolio and the manner of implementing such changes;
identifies, evaluates and negotiates the structure of the investments the Company makes (including performing due diligence on the Company’s prospective portfolio companies); and
closes, monitors and administers the investments the Company makes, including the exercise of any voting or consent rights.

In addition, WhiteHorse Advisers provides the Company with access to personnel and an investment committee. Under the Investment Advisory Agreement, the Company pays WhiteHorse Advisers a fee for investment management services consisting of a base management fee and an incentive fee. The Investment Advisory Agreement may be terminated by either party without penalty upon 60 days’ written notice to the other party.

Base Management Fee

The base management fee is calculated at an annual rate of 2.0% of consolidated gross assets, including cash and cash equivalents and assets purchased with borrowed funds, and is payable quarterly in arrears.
The base management fee is calculated based on the average carrying value of the Company’s consolidated gross assets, including cash and cash equivalents and assets purchased with borrowed funds, at the end of the

F-44


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

WhiteHorse Finance, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2013
(in thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 6 — RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS  – (continued)

two most recently completed calendar quarters, appropriately adjusted for any share issuances or repurchases during the quarter. The management fees for any partial month or quarter is appropriately pro-rated. The Investment Advisory Agreement excludes cash and cash equivalents from the calculation of the base management fee for the fiscal quarters ended December 31, 2012, March 31, 2013, June 30, 2013, and September 30, 2013.

WhiteHorse Advisers has agreed to waive that portion of the base management fee payable with respect to cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash and cash equivalents to which it would otherwise be entitled under the Investment Advisory Agreement for the fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2013, and the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2014.

Performance-based Incentive Fee

The performance-based incentive fee consists of two components that are independent of each other, except as provided by the incentive fee cap and deferral mechanism discussed below.

The calculations of these two components have been structured to include a fee limitation such that no incentive fee will be paid to the investment adviser for any quarter if, after such payment, the cumulative incentive fees paid to the investment adviser for the period that includes the current fiscal quarter and the
11 full preceding fiscal quarters, referred to as the “Incentive Fee Look-back Period,” would exceed 20.0% of the Cumulative Pre-Incentive Fee Net Return (as defined below) during the Incentive Fee Look-back Period. Each quarterly incentive fee is subject to the Incentive Fee Cap (as defined below) and a deferral mechanism through which the investment adviser may recap a portion of such deferred incentive fees, which is referred to together as the “Incentive Fee Cap and Deferral Mechanism.”

This limitation is accomplished by subjecting each incentive fee payable to a cap, which is referred to as the “Incentive Fee Cap.” The Incentive Fee Cap in any quarter is equal to (a) 20.0% of Cumulative Pre-Incentive Fee Net Return (as defined below) during the Incentive Fee Look-back Period less
(b) cumulative incentive fees of any kind paid to the investment adviser during the Incentive Fee Look-back Period. To the extent the Incentive Fee Cap is zero or a negative value in any quarter, the Company will pay no incentive fee to our investment adviser in that quarter. The Company will only pay incentive fees to the extent allowed by the Incentive Fee Cap and Deferral Mechanism. To the extent that the payment of incentive fees is limited by the Incentive Fee Cap and Deferral Mechanism, the payment of such fees may be deferred and paid in subsequent quarters up to three years after their date of deferment, subject to applicable limitations included in the Investment Advisory Agreement. The deferral component of the Incentive Fee Cap and Deferral Mechanism may cause incentive fees that accrued during one fiscal quarter to be paid to the investment adviser at any time during the 11 full fiscal quarters following such initial full fiscal quarter.

The Incentive Fee Look-back Period commenced on January 1, 2013. Prior to January 1, 2016, the Incentive Fee Look-back Period will consist of fewer than 12 full fiscal quarters.

The “Cumulative Pre-Incentive Fee Net Return” refers to the sum of (a) Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income for each period during the Incentive Fee Look-back Period and (b) the sum of cumulative realized capital gains, cumulative realized capital losses, cumulative unrealized capital depreciation and cumulative unrealized capital appreciation during the applicable Incentive Fee Look-back Period.

The first component, which is income-based, is calculated and payable quarterly in arrears, commenced with the quarter beginning January 1, 2013, based on Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income for the immediately preceding calendar quarter, subject to the Incentive Fee Cap and Deferral Mechanism. For this purpose, “Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income” means, in each case on a consolidated basis, interest income, distribution income and any other income (including any other fees (other than fees for providing managerial assistance), such as commitment, origination, structuring, diligence and consulting fees or other

F-45


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

WhiteHorse Finance, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2013
(in thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 6 — RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS  – (continued)

fees received from portfolio companies) accrued during the calendar quarter, minus the Company’s operating expenses for the quarter (including the base management fee, expenses payable under the administration agreement (the “Administration Agreement”), any interest expense and any dividends paid on any issued and outstanding preferred stock, but excluding the incentive fee). Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income does not include any realized capital gains, realized capital losses or unrealized capital appreciation or depreciation.

The operation of the first component of the incentive fee for each quarter is as follows:

no incentive fee is payable to the Company’s investment adviser in any calendar quarter in which Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income does not exceed the “Hurdle Rate” of 1.75% (7.00% annualized);
100% of Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income with respect to that portion of such Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income, if any, that exceeds the Hurdle Rate but is less than 2.1875% in any calendar quarter (8.75% annualized) is payable to our investment adviser. This portion of our
Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income (which exceeds the Hurdle Rate but is less than 2.1875%) is referred to as the “catch-up.” The effect of the catch-up is that, if such Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income exceeds 2.1875% in any calendar quarter, the investment adviser will receive 20% of such Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income as if the Hurdle Rate did not apply; and
20% of the amount of such Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income, if any, that exceeds 2.1875% in any calendar quarter (8.75% annualized) is payable to our investment adviser (once the Hurdle Rate is reached and the catch-up is achieved, 20% of all Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income).

The portion of such incentive fee that is attributable to deferred interest (such as PIK interest or original issue discount) will be paid to the investment adviser, together with interest from the date of deferral to the date of payment, only if and to the extent that the Company actually receives such interest in cash, and any accrual will be reversed if and to the extent such interest is reversed in connection with any write-off or similar treatment of the investment giving rise to any deferred interest accrual. Any reversal of such amounts would reduce net income for the quarter by the net amount of the reversal (after taking into account the reversal of incentive fees payable) and would result in a reduction and possibly elimination of the incentive fees for such quarter.

There is no accumulation of amounts on the Hurdle Rate from quarter to quarter and, accordingly, there is no clawback of amounts previously paid if subsequent quarters are below the quarterly Hurdle Rate and there is no delay of payment if prior quarters are below the quarterly Hurdle Rate. Since the Hurdle Rate is fixed, as interest rates rise, it will be easier for the investment adviser to surpass the Hurdle Rate and receive an incentive fee based on Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income.

Net investment income used to calculate this component of the incentive fee is also included in the amount of consolidated gross assets used to calculate the 2.0% base management fee. These calculations will be appropriately prorated for any period of less than three months and adjusted for any share issuances or repurchases during the current quarter.

The second component, the capital gains component of the incentive fee, which is determined and payable in arrears as of the end of each calendar year (or upon termination of the Investment Advisory Agreement, as of the termination date), commenced on January 1, 2013, and will equal 20% of cumulative aggregate realized capital gains from January 1, 2013 through the end of the calendar year, computed net of aggregate cumulative realized capital losses and aggregate cumulative unrealized capital depreciation through the end of the year, less the aggregate amount of any previously paid capital gains incentive fees and subject to the Incentive Fee Cap and Deferral Mechanism. If such amount is negative, then no capital gains incentive fee will be payable for the year. Additionally, if the Investment Advisory Agreement is terminated as of a date

F-46


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

WhiteHorse Finance, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2013
(in thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 6 — RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS  – (continued)

that is not a calendar year end, the termination date will be treated as though it were a calendar year end for purposes of calculating and paying the capital gains incentive fee. The capital gains component of the incentive fee is not subject to any minimum return to stockholders.

Because of the structure of the incentive fee, it is possible that the Company may pay an incentive fee in a quarter where it incurs a loss subject to the Incentive Fee Cap and Deferral Mechanism. For example, if the Company receives Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income in excess of the Hurdle Rate, it will pay the applicable incentive fee even after incurring a loss in that quarter due to realized and unrealized capital losses.

During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company incurred base management fees of $4,811 and performance-based incentive fees of $4,800. During the period from December 4, 2012 to December 31, 2012, the Company incurred base management fees of $306. No management fees were incurred prior to December 4, 2012 under the Interim Investment Advisory Agreement.

Administration Agreement :  Pursuant to the Administration Agreement, WhiteHorse Administration furnishes the Company with office facilities, equipment and clerical, bookkeeping and record keeping services to enable the Company to operate. WhiteHorse Administration also provides the Company with access to the resources necessary for it to perform its obligations as collateral manager of WhiteHorse Warehouse under the Credit Facility. Under the Administration Agreement, WhiteHorse Administration performs, or oversees the performance of, the Company’s required administrative services, which include being responsible for the financial records which the Company is required to maintain and preparing reports to its stockholders and reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). In addition, WhiteHorse Administration assists the Company in determining and publishing its net asset value, oversees the preparation and filing of its tax returns and the printing and dissemination of reports to its stockholders and generally oversees the payment of the Company’s expenses and the performance of administrative and professional services rendered to the Company by others. Payments under the Administration Agreement equal an amount based upon the Company’s allocable portion of WhiteHorse Administration’s overhead in performing its obligations under the Administration Agreement, including rent and the Company’s allocable portion of the cost of its chief compliance officer, chief operating officer and chief financial officer along with their respective staffs. Under the Administration Agreement, WhiteHorse Administration also provides on the Company’s behalf managerial assistance to those portfolio companies to which the Company is required to provide such assistance. The Administration Agreement may be terminated by either party without penalty upon 60 days’ written notice to the other party. To the extent that WhiteHorse Administration outsources any of its functions, the Company will pay the fees associated with such functions on a direct basis without any profit to WhiteHorse Administration.

Substantially all the Company’s payments of operating expenses to third parties were made by a related party, for which it received reimbursement from the Company.

During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company incurred allocated administrative expenses of $1,173. During the period from December 4, 2012 to December 31, 2012, the Company incurred allocated administrative expenses of $109. No administrative expenses were incurred prior to December 4, 2012.

Securities Transactions with Related Parties :  Prior to the BDC Conversion and the IPO, the Company distributed $267,826 to its members. The distributions were in the form of (i) $163,986 in cash funded by the proceeds from the Credit Facility and the unsecured term loan as well as cash generated in the ordinary course of business and (ii) the distribution of all of the Company’s investments and the associated interest receivable balances in three portfolio companies, which had a fair value of $103,840 as of the distribution dates. The Company recognized realized losses of $2,864 in the consolidated statement of operations related to the sales.

F-47


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

WhiteHorse Finance, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2013
(in thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 6 — RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS  – (continued)

Due To Related Parties :  At December 31, 2012, the Company owed interest and principal proceeds of $1 in settlement of transactions related to securities acquired from or contributed by related parties during the period. This amount is included in accounts payable and accrued expenses in the consolidated balance sheet.

Co-investments with Related Parties :  At December 31, 2013 and 2012, certain officers or employees affiliated with or employed by the Bayside Loan Funds and their related entities maintained co-investments in the Company’s investments of $1,221 and $2,681, respectively.

NOTE 7 — COMMITMENT AND CONTINGENCIES

Commitments :  The Company had outstanding commitments to fund investments totaling $1,150 and $1,128 as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Indemnification :  In the normal course of business, the Company enters into contracts and agreements that contain a variety of representations and warranties that provide general indemnifications. The Company’s maximum exposure under these arrangements is unknown, as this would involve future claims that may be made against the Company that have not occurred. The Company expects the risk of any future obligation under these indemnifications to be remote.

Legal proceedings :  In the normal course of business, the Company, the investment adviser and the administrator may be subject to legal and regulatory proceedings that are generally incidental to its ongoing operations. While there can be no assurance of the ultimate disposition of any such proceedings, the Company does not believe any such disposition will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

NOTE 8 — FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

The following is a schedule of financial highlights:

   
  Years ended December 31,
     2013   2012
Per share data: (1)
                 
Net asset value, beginning of period   $ 15.30       N/A  
Issuance of common stock     0.01       N/A  
Offering costs           N/A  
Net investment income     1.29       N/A  
Net realized and unrealized losses on investments     (0.02 )       N/A  
Net increase in net assets resulting from operations     1.27       N/A  
Distributions declared     (1.42 )       N/A  
Net asset value, end of period   $ 15.16     $ 15.30  
Total return based on market value (2)     2.03 %       6.55 %  
Total return based on net asset value     8.32 %       15.85 %  
Net assets, end of period   $ 227,002     $ 229,049  
Per share market value at end of period   $ 15.11     $ 14.81           
Shares outstanding end of period     14,977,056       14,965,624  
Ratios/Supplemental Data:
                 
Expenses without incentive fees     5.91 %       1.04 %  
Incentive fees     2.10 %       0.00 %  
Total expenses     8.01 %       1.04 %  
Net investment income     8.45 %       16.91 %  
Portfolio turnover ratio     74.83 %       86.01 %  

F-48


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

WhiteHorse Finance, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2013
(in thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 8 — FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS  – (continued)

(1) Calculated using the average shares outstanding method.
(2) Total return is based on the change in market price per share during the period and takes into account distributions, if any, reinvested in accordance with the dividend reinvestment plan.

Financial highlights are calculated for each securities class taken as a whole. An individual stockholder’s return and ratios may vary based on the timing of capital transactions. For the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company incurred $406 of organization costs, which were deemed to be non-recurring.

Prior to December 4, 2012, the Company did not have common shares outstanding and therefore weighted average shares outstanding information and per share data for the year ended December 31, 2012 are not provided.

During the year ended December 31, 2013, the WhiteHorse Advisers irrevocably waived $932 of base management fees. Had WhiteHorse Advisers not waived these fees, the annualized ratios of expense without incentive fees, incentive fees and total expenses to average net assets would have been 6.47%, 1.96% and 8.43%, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2013.

NOTE 9 — INCOME TAXES

The Company has elected to be treated as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code, and as a result must distribute substantially all of its respective net taxable income. Accordingly, no provision for federal income tax has been made in the financial statements.

Dividends from net investment income and distributions from net realized capital gains are determined in accordance with U.S. federal tax regulations, which may differ from amounts determined in accordance with GAAP and those differences could be material. These book-to-tax differences are either temporary or permanent in nature. Reclassifications due to permanent book-tax differences have no impact on net assets.

The reconciliation of net increase in net assets resulting from operations to taxable income is as follows:

   
  Years ended December 31,
     2013   2012
Net increase in net assets resulting from operations   $ 19,030     $ 2,162  
Change in net unrealized depreciation on investments     280       525  
Other book-to-tax differences     14       (392 )  
Taxable income before deductions for distributions   $ 19,324     $ 2,295  

For the period from December 4, 2012 to December 31, 2012, the Company had taxable income that exceeded distributions made from such income of approximately $679. The Company elected to carry forward the excess for distribution to stockholders in 2012 for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The Company accrued $22 for excise tax on undistributed taxable income.

The tax character of distributions was as follows:

       
  Years ended December 31,
     2013   2012
Ordinary income   $ 18,532       87.2 %     $ 1,616       100.0 %  
Long-term capital gains     2,725       12.8              
Total distributions   $ 21,257       100.0 %     $ 1,616       100.0 %  

F-49


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

WhiteHorse Finance, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2013
(in thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 9 — INCOME TAXES  – (continued)

The Company may make certain adjustments to the classification of stockholders’ equity as a result of permanent book-to-tax differences. During the current fiscal year, permanent differences due to the capital loss reclassification of premium amortization, dividend redesignation and the capital gain reclassification of fee income resulted in a net increase in capital distributions in excess of net income and a net decrease of realized losses on investments. During the prior fiscal year, permanent differences due to nondeductible excise tax resulted in a net increase in undistributed net investment income and a net decrease in additional paid-in-cash capital. This reclassification had no net effect on net assets.

As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the tax basis components of distributable earnings were as follows:

   
  December 31,
     2013   2012
Undistributed ordinary income — tax basis   $     $ 679  
Post October short-term capital loss deferred           (71 )  
Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments     236       (20 )  
Distributions deferred     (1,256 )        
Other temporary differences           (20 )  
Total (accumulated deficit) distributable earnings — tax basis   $ (1,020 )     $ 568  

As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the cost of investments for federal income tax purposes was $272,203 and $180,507, respectively, resulting in net unrealized appreciation of $236 and net unrealized depreciation of $20, respectively, on a tax basis.

The Company did not have any uncertain tax positions that met the recognition or measurement criteria of ASC 740-10-25, Income Taxes , nor did the Company have any unrecognized tax benefits as of the period presented herein. Although the Company files federal and state tax returns, its major tax jurisdiction is federal. The Company’s inception-to-date federal tax years remain subject to examination by the Internal Revenue Service.

NOTE 10 — SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, certain consolidated quarterly financial information. This information is derived from the Company’s unaudited financial statements which include, in the opinion of management, all normal recurring adjustments which management considers necessary for a fair presentation of the results for such periods. The results for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of results for future periods.

       
  2013
     Q4   Q3   Q2   Q1
Total investment income   $ 8,615     $ 11,122     $ 9,498     $ 8,382  
Net investment income     4,169       6,282       4,850       4,009  
Net realized and unrealized (loss) gain on investments     2,166       (262 )       (1,683 )       (501 )  
Net increase in net assets resulting from operations     6,335       6,020       3,167       3,508  
Earnings per share   $ 0.42     $ 0.40     $ 0.21     $ 0.23  
Net asset value per share   $ 15.16     $ 15.09     $ 15.04     $ 15.18  

F-50


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

WhiteHorse Finance, Inc.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2013
(in thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 10 — SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)  – (continued)

       
  2012
     Q4   Q3   Q2   Q1
Total investment income   $ 15,932     $ 10,212     $ 9,500     $ 9,149  
Net investment income     13,727       10,147       9,356       8,971  
Net realized and unrealized (loss) gain on investments     (5,753 )       1,019       1,891       200  
Net increase in net assets resulting from operations     7,975       11,166       11,246       9,171  

Prior to December 4, 2012, the Company did not have common shares outstanding and therefore per share data for the periods that include financial results prior to December 4, 2012, are not provided.

NOTE 11 — SUBSEQUENT EVENT

On March 10, 2014, the Company declared a distribution of $0.355 per share in respect to the quarter ending March 31, 2014 to stockholders of record as of March 20, 2014. The distribution is payable on April 3rd, 2014.

F-51


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

WHITEHORSE FINANCE, INC.
 
PART C
Other Information

Item 25. Financial Statements and Exhibits

(1) Financial Statements

The following financial statements of WhiteHorse Finance, Inc. (the “Company” or the “Registrant”) are included in Part A of this Registration Statement.

WHITEHORSE FINANCE, INC.
  
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 
Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities as of March 31, 2014 (unaudited) and December 31, 2013     F-2  
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three months ended March 31, 2014 (unaudited) and 2013 (unaudited)     F-3  
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Net Assets for the three months ended March 31, 2014 (unaudited) and 2013 (unaudited)     F-4  
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three months ended March 31, 2014 (unaudited) and 2013 (unaudited)     F-5  
Consolidated Schedules of Investments as of March 31, 2014 (unaudited) and December 31, 2013     F-6  
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)     F-11  
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm     F-26  
Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities as of December 31, 2013 and 2012     F-27  
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012     F-28  
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Net Assets for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012     F-29  
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2013 and 2012     F-30  
Consolidated Schedules of Investments as of December 31, 2013 and 2012     F-31  
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements     F-35  

(2) Exhibits

 
Number   Description
(a)   Form of Certificate of Incorporation (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (a)(2) to the Registrant’s Pre-effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form N-2, filed on September 25, 2012).
(b)   Form of Bylaws (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (b)(2) to the Registrant’s Pre-effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form N-2, filed on September 25, 2012).
(c)   Not applicable.
(d)(1)   Form of Stock Certificate (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (d) to the Registrant’s Pre-effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form N-2, filed on September 25, 2012).
(d)(2)   Form of Subscription Certificate.
(d)(3)   Form of Indenture for Debt Securities of Registrant.
(d)(4)   Form of Subscription Agent Agreement.
(d)(5)   Form of Warrant Agreement.

C-1


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
Number   Description
(d)(6)   Form of Certificate of Designations for Preferred Stock.
(d)(7)   Form T-1 Statement of Eligibility of American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, as Trustee, with respect to the Form of Indenture.
(e)   Dividend Reinvestment Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (e) to the Registrant’s Pre-effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form N-2, filed on September 25, 2012).
(f)   Not applicable.
(g)   Investment Advisory Agreement between Registrant and WhiteHorse Advisers (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed on March 5, 2013).
(h)(1)   Form of Underwriting Agreement for equity securities.
(h)(2)   Form of Underwriting Agreement for debt securities.
(i)   Not applicable.
(j)   Form of Custody Agreement (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (j) to the Registrant’s Pre-effective Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement on Form N-2, filed on November 8, 2012).
(k)(1)   Certificate of Appointment of Transfer Agent (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (k)(1) to the Registrant’s Pre-effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form N-2, filed on September 25, 2012).
(k)(2)   Administration Agreement between Registrant and H.I.G. WhiteHorse Administration, LLC (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed on March 5, 2013).
(k)(3)   Form of Trademark License Agreement between the Registrant and Bayside Capital, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (k)(3) to the Registrant’s Pre-effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form N-2, filed on September 25, 2012).
(k)(4)   Indenture, dated as of July 13, 2013, relating to the 6.50% Senior Notes due 2020 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s current report on Form 8-K, filed on July 23, 2013).
(k)(5)   Revolving Credit and Security Agreement dated September 27, 2012 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (k)(5) to the Registrant’s Pre-effective Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement on Form N-2, filed on November 8, 2012).
(k)(6)   Amended and Restated Loan Sale and Contribution Agreement, dated September 27, 2012, by and between WhiteHorse Finance Warehouse, LLC and WhiteHorse Finance, LLC (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (k)(6) to the Registrant’s Pre-effective Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement on Form N-2, filed on November 8, 2012).
(k)(7)   Collateral Management Agreement, dated September 27, 2012, by and between WhiteHorse Finance Warehouse, LLC and WhiteHorse Finance, LLC (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (k)(7) to the Registrant’s Pre-effective Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement on Form N-2, filed on November 8, 2012).
(k)(8)   Form of Risk Retention Letter (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (k)(8) to the Registrant’s Pre-effective Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement on Form N-2, filed on November 8, 2012).
(k)(9)   Form of Term Loan Agreement (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (k)(9) to the Registrant’s Pre-effective Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement on Form N-2, filed on November 8, 2012).

C-2


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
Number   Description
(k)(10)   First Amendment to Term Loan Agreement, dated as of July 9, 2013 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (k)(12) to the Registrant’s Pre-effective Amendment No. 3 to the Registration Statement on Form N-2, filed on July 10, 2013).
(k)(11)   Second Amendment to Term Loan Agreement, dated as of July 19, 2013 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (k)(12) to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 12, 2014).
(k)(12)   Form of Term Loan Note in favor of Citibank, N.A. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (k)(10) to the Registrant’s Pre-effective Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement on Form N-2, filed on November 8, 2012).
(k)(13)   Form of Term Loan Note in favor of Deutsche Bank Trust Company (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (k)(11) to the Registrant’s Pre-effective Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement on Form N-2, filed on November 8, 2012).
(l)   Opinion and Consent of Dechert LLP, special counsel for Registrant.
(m)   Not applicable.
(n)   Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Consent.
(o)   Not applicable.
(p)   Not applicable.
(q)   Not applicable.
(r)(1)   Code of Ethics of the Registrant (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (r)(1) to the Registrant’s Pre-effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form N-2, filed on September 25, 2012).
(r)(2)   Code of Ethics of WhiteHorse Advisers (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (r)(2) to the Registrant’s Pre-effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form N-2, filed on September 25, 2012).

Item 26. Marketing Arrangements

The information contained under the heading “Plan of Distribution” on this Registration Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 27. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

 
Legal fees and expenses   $ 600,000  
Accounting fees and expenses     300,000  
NASDAQ Global Select Market listing fees     200,000 (1)  
Printing expenses     100,000 (1)  
Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee     64,400 (1)  
FINRA filing fee     72,500 (1)  
Miscellaneous     50,000 (1)  
Total   $ 1,386,900 (1)  

(1) These amounts are estimates.

All of the expenses set forth above shall be borne by us.

Item 28. Persons Controlled by or Under Common Control

The Registrant owns 100% of the limited liability company interests of WhiteHorse Finance Warehouse LLC, a Delaware limited liability company. In addition, the Registrant owns 97% of the ordinary shares of Bayside Financing S.A.R.L., a private limited liability company organized under the laws of the Grand-Duchy of Luxembourg. Both subsidiaries are included in the Registrant’s consolidated financial statements as of March 31, 2014.

C-3


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Item 29. Number of Holders of Securities

The following table sets forth the approximate number of record holders of the Registrant’s common stock as of May 29, 2014.

 
Title of Class   Number of Record Holders
Common Stock, $0.001 par value     15  

Item 30. Indemnification

As permitted by Section 102 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or the DGCL, the Registrant has adopted provisions in its certificate of incorporation, that limit or eliminate the personal liability of its directors for a breach of their fiduciary duty of care as a director. The duty of care generally requires that, when acting on behalf of the corporation, directors exercise an informed business judgment based on all material information reasonably available to them. Consequently, a director will not be personally liable to the Registrant or its stockholders for monetary damages or breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability for: any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Registrant or its stockholders; any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law; any act related to unlawful stock repurchases, redemptions or other distributions or payment of dividends; or any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. These limitations of liability do not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission.

The Registrant’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws provides that all directors, officers, employees and agents of the registrant shall be entitled to be indemnified by us to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act. Under Section 145 of the DGCL, the Registrant is permitted to offer indemnification to its directors, officers, employees and agents.

Section 145(a) of the DGCL provides, in general, that a corporation shall have the power to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation), because the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of any other enterprise. Such indemnity may be against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and if, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, the person did not have reasonable cause to believe the person’s conduct was unlawful.

Section 145(b) of the DGCL provides, in general, that a corporation shall have the power to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor because the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of any other enterprise, against any expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

Section 145(g) of the DGCL provides, in general, that a corporation shall have the power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of any other enterprise, against any liability asserted against the person in any such capacity, or arising out of the

C-4


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

person’s status as such, regardless of whether the corporation would have the power to indemnify the person against such liability under the provisions of the law. We have obtained liability insurance for the benefit of our directors and officers.

The Investment Advisory Agreement provides that, absent willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of its duties or by reason of the reckless disregard of its duties and obligations, WhiteHorse Advisers and its officers, managers, agents, employees, controlling persons, members and any other person or entity affiliated with it are entitled to indemnification from the Registrant for any damages, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and amounts reasonably paid in settlement) arising from the rendering of the Adviser’s services under the Investment Advisory Agreement or otherwise as an investment adviser of the Registrant.

The Administration Agreement provides that, absent willful misfeasance, bad faith or negligence in the performance of its duties or by reason of the reckless disregard of its duties and obligations, WhiteHorse Administration or its permitted assigns, or, collectively, the Administrator, and its officers, manager, agents, employees, controlling persons, members and any other person or entity affiliated with it are entitled to indemnification from the Registrant for any damages, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and amounts reasonably paid in settlement) arising from the rendering of the Administrator’s services under the Administration Agreement or otherwise as administrator for the Registrant.

Each Underwriting Agreement provides that each underwriter severally agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Registrant, its directors and officers, and any person who controls the Registrant within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, and the successors and assigns of all of the foregoing persons, from and against any loss, damage, expense, liability or claim (including the reasonable cost of investigation) which, jointly or severally, the Registrant or any such person may incur under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, the 1940 Act, the common law or otherwise, insofar as such loss, damage, expense, liability or claim arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in and in conformity with information concerning such underwriter furnished in writing by or on behalf of such underwriter through the managing underwriter to the Registrant expressly for use in this Registration Statement (or in the Registration Statement as amended by any post-effective amendment hereof by the Registrant) or in the Prospectus contained in this Registration Statement, or arises out of or is based upon any omission or alleged omission to state a material fact in connection with such information required to be stated in this Registration Statement or such Prospectus or necessary to make such information not misleading.

Each Form of Underwriting Agreement provides that the underwriters agree to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Registrant, its directors and officers, and any person who controls the Registrant within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, the Investment Adviser, the Administrator and the successors and assigns of all of the foregoing persons, from and against any loss, damage, expense, liability or claim (including the reasonable cost of investigation) which, jointly or severally, the Registrant or any such person may incur under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, the 1940 Act, the common law or otherwise, insofar as such loss, damage, expense, liability or claim arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in and in conformity with information concerning such sales agent furnished in writing by such sales agent to the Registrant expressly for use in this Registration Statement (or in the Registration Statement as amended by any post-effective amendment hereof by the Registrant) or in the Prospectus contained in this Registration Statement, or arises out of or is based upon any omission or alleged omission to state a material fact in connection with such information required to be stated in this Registration Statement or such Prospectus or necessary to make such information not misleading.

Insofar as indemnification for liability arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful

C-5


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

Item 31. Business and Other Connections of Investment Adviser

A description of any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature in which the Adviser, and each managing director, director or executive officer of the Adviser, is or has been during the past two fiscal years, engaged in for his or her own account or in the capacity of director, officer, employee, partner or trustee, is set forth in Part A of this Registration Statement in the sections entitled “Management.” Additional information regarding the Adviser and its officers and directors is set forth in its Form ADV, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC File No. 801-76984), and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 32. Location of Accounts and Records

All accounts, books and other documents required to be maintained by Section 31(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, and the rules thereunder are maintained at the offices of:

(1) the Registrant, WhiteHorse Finance, Inc., 1450 Brickell Avenue, 31 st Floor, Miami, Florida 33131;
(2) the Transfer Agent, American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, 6201 15 th Avenue, Brooklyn, New York 11219;
(3) the Custodian, The Bank of New York Mellon, One Wall Street, New York, New York 10286; and
(4) the Adviser, WhiteHorse Advisers, LLC, 1450 Brickell Avenue, 31 st Floor, Miami, Florida 33131.

Item 33. Management Services

Not Applicable.

Item 34. Undertakings

The Registrant hereby undertakes:

(1) To suspend the offering of shares until the prospectus is amended if (1) subsequent to the effective date of its registration statement, the NAV declines more than ten percent from its NAV as of the effective date of the registration statement; or (2) the NAV increases to an amount greater than the net proceeds as stated in the prospectus.
(2) Not applicable.
(3) In the event that the securities being registered are to be offered to existing shareholders pursuant to warrants or rights, and any securities not taken by shareholders are to be reoffered to the public, to supplement the prospectus, after the expiration of the subscription period, to set forth the results of the subscription offer, the transactions by underwriters during the subscription period, the amount of unsubscribed securities to be purchased by underwriters, and the terms of any subsequent reoffering thereof; and further, if any public offering by the underwriters of the securities being registered is to be made on terms differing from those set forth on the cover page of the prospectus, to file a post-effective amendment to set forth the terms of such offering;
(4)

(a)

To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to the registration statement:

(i) to include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act;
(ii) to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement; and

C-6


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(iii) to include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement;
(b) that, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered herein, and the offering of those securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof;
(c) to remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering;
(d) that, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act to any purchaser, if the Registrant is subject to Rule 430C: Each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 497(b), (c), (d) or (e) under the Securities Act as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A under the Securities Act, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness; provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use; and
(e) that, for the purpose of determining liability of the Registrant under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of securities, the undersigned Registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned Registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned Registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to the purchaser:
(i) any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned Registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 497 under the Securities Act;
(ii) the portion of any advertisement pursuant to Rule 482 under the Securities Act relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned Registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned Registrant; and
(iii) any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned Registrant to the purchaser.
(5)

(a)

For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by us pursuant to Rule 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(b) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
(6) Not applicable.

C-7


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form N-2 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Dallas, in the State of Texas, on this 30 th day of May, 2014.

WHITEHORSE FINANCE, INC.

By: /s/ Jay Carvell

Name: Jay Carvell
Title: Chief Executive Officer

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENT, each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints each of Jay Carvell and Alastair G. C. Merrick as his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Registration Statement on Form N-2 and any registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, and to file the same, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully and to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement on Form N-2 has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

   
Signature   Title   Date
/s/ Jay Carvell

Jay Carvell
  Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
  May 30, 2014
/s/ Alastair G. C. Merrick

Alastair G. C. Merrick
  Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
  May 30, 2014
/s/ John Bolduc

John Bolduc
  Chairman of the Board of Directors   May 30, 2014
/s/ Rick D. Puckett

Rick D. Puckett
  Director   May 30, 2014
/s/ Thomas C. Davis

Thomas C. Davis
  Director   May 30, 2014
/s/ Alexander W. Pease

Alexander W. Pease
  Director   May 30, 2014

C-8


Exhibit (d)(2)

 

[Form of Subscription Certificate]

 

THIS OFFER EXPIRES AT 5:00 P.M.,

NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON                 ,           *

 

WHITEHORSE FINANCE, INC.

 

SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS FOR COMMON STOCK

 

Each registered holder of this Subscription Certificate (a “ Rights Holder ”) is entitled to the number of transferable subscription rights (each, a “ Right ”) to subscribe for the number of shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share (“ Common Stock ”), of WhiteHorse Finance, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), as specified herein, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Company’s prospectus supplement dated                     ,             and the accompanying prospectus dated                            ,             (collectively, the “ Prospectus ”), which are incorporated herein by reference. Pursuant to the rights offering described in the Prospectus (the “ Offering ”), each stockholder owning Common Stock of the Company as of           ,      (such date, the “ Record Date ” and, such stockholder, a “ Record Date Stockholder ”) is entitled to receive                          Right[s] for each            share[s] of Common Stock owned on the Record Date. [The Company will not issue any fractional Rights.] Each Rights Holder is entitled to subscribe for          share[s] of Common Stock for each Right held by such Rights Holder (the “ Basic Subscription ”) at the subscription price (the “ Subscription Price ”), to be calculated as described in the Prospectus. The Rights may be exercised at any time during the subscription period, which commences on                            ,           and ends at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on              ,       , unless extended by the Company in its sole discretion (the “ Expiration Date ”). Set forth below is the number of Rights evidenced by this Subscription Certificate that the Rights Holder is entitled to exercise pursuant to the Basic Subscription.

 

[If any shares of Common Stock available for purchase in the Offering are not subscribed for by Rights Holders pursuant to the Basic Subscription (“ Remaining Shares ”), a Record Date Stockholder that has exercised fully its Rights pursuant to the Basic Subscription may subscribe for a number of Remaining Shares, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Prospectus, including as to pro-ration.] [In addition, any Rights Holder other than a Record Date Stockholder who exercises Rights is entitled to subscribe for any Remaining Shares that are not otherwise subscribed for by Record Date Stockholders pursuant to their over-subscription privilege, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Prospectus, including as to pro-ration.] [We refer to these over-subscription privileges as the “ Over-Subscription Privilege .”]

 


* Unless extended by the Company in its sole discretion.

 

 
 

 

[THE RIGHTS ARE TRANSFERABLE

 

The Rights are transferable until                            ,             or, if the Offering is extended, until                            . The Rights are expected to be listed for trading on The NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “WHF” until and including                      ,             (or, if the Offering is extended, until              ,               ).  Rights Holders who do not wish to exercise any or all of their Rights may instruct the Subscription Agent (as defined below) to sell any Rights they do not intend to exercise themselves through or to a dealer manager. Subscription Certificates representing the Rights to be sold through or to a dealer manager must be received by the Subscription Agent on or before                    ,             (or, if the Offering is extended,                prior to the extended Expiration Date).]

 

  Control No:
   
  CUSIP No.:
   
  Rights Represented by this Subscription
  Certificate:
   
  Maximum Shares Available for Purchase
  Pursuant to the Basic Subscription:
   

 

 
 

 

[THE OFFERING IS TERMINABLE BY THE COMPANY

 

The Company reserves the right to terminate the Offering prior to delivery of Common Stock.]

 

ESTIMATED SUBSCRIPTION PRICE

 

The estimated subscription price (the “ Estimated Subscription Price ”) is $                    per share of Common Stock. [See also “Method of Exercise of Rights” below.]

 

THE SUBSCRIPTION PRICE

 

The Subscription Price for the shares of Common Stock to be issued pursuant to the Offering will be [insert price or formula].

 

SAMPLE CALCULATION FOR A RECORD DATE STOCKHOLDER WHO OWNS                SHARES BASIC SUBSCRIPTION RIGHT (      -FOR-      )

 

No. of shares held on the Record Date:             ÷             =             Rights

(            Right[s] for every              share[s] of Common Stock held on the Record Date)

 

No. of shares of Common Stock issued assuming full exercise of Basic Subscription:

×              =              new shares of Common Stock

 

Total payment based on the Estimated Subscription Price:         shares × $           = $        

 

METHOD OF EXERCISE OF RIGHTS

 

To exercise your Rights, [American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC] (the “ Subscription Agent ”), must receive, in the manner specified herein, at or prior to 5:00 P.M., New York City Time, on                      ,            , unless extended by the Company in its sole discretion, either (A) a properly completed and duly executed Subscription Certificate and a money order or check or bank draft drawn on a bank or branch located in the United States and payable to “                     ” for an amount equal to the number of shares of Common Stock subscribed for pursuant to the Basic Subscription [and the Over-Subscription Privilege] multiplied by the Estimated Subscription Price; or (B) a Notice of Guaranteed Delivery guaranteeing delivery of (i) a properly completed and duly executed Subscription Certificate and (ii) a money order or check or bank draft drawn on a bank or branch located in the United States and payable to “                        ” for an amount equal to the number of shares of Common Stock subscribed for pursuant to the Basic Subscription [and the Over-Subscription Privilege] multiplied by the Estimated Subscription Price (which certificate and full payment must then be delivered at or prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the third business day after the Expiration Date or, if the Offering is extended, at or prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the third business day after the extended Expiration Date). Payment must be made in U.S. dollars.

 

The method of delivery of this Subscription Certificate and the payment of the Estimated Subscription Price and, if required, any additional payment is at the election and risk of the Rights Holder, but if sent by mail it is recommended that the Subscription Certificate and payment be sent by registered mail, properly insured, with return receipt requested, and that a sufficient number of days be allowed to ensure delivery to the Subscription Agent and clearance of payment prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date, as it may be extended, or the date guaranteed payments are due under a Notice of Guaranteed Delivery (as applicable). Because uncertified personal checks may take at least five business days to clear, you are strongly urged to pay, or arrange for payment, by means of certified or cashier’s check or money order.

  

 
 

 

[Because Rights Holders must only pay the Estimated Subscription Price per share to exercise their Rights pursuant to the Offering and the Subscription Price may be higher or lower than the Estimated Subscription Price [(and because a Rights Holder may not receive all the shares for which they subscribe pursuant to the Over-Subscription Privilege)], Rights Holders may receive a refund or be required to pay an additional amount equal to the difference between the Estimated Subscription Price and the Subscription Price, multiplied by the total number of shares for which they have subscribed and been issued [(including pursuant to the Over-Subscription Privilege)]. Any additional payment required from a Rights Holder must be received by the Subscription Agent within ten business days after the confirmation date in order to receive all the shares of Common Stock subscribed for. Any excess payment to be refunded by the Company to a Rights Holder will be mailed by the Subscription Agent as promptly as practicable. No interest will be paid on any amounts refunded.]

 

[Stock certificates will not be issued for shares of the Company’s Common Stock offered in the Offering. Stockholders who are record owners will have the shares they acquire credited to their account with the Company’s transfer agent. Stockholders whose Common Stock is held by a nominee will have the shares they acquire credited to the account of such nominee holder.]

 

A Rights Holder exercising Rights will have no right to rescind their subscription after receipt of their payment for shares or a Notice of Guaranteed Delivery by the Subscription Agent[, except as described in the Prospectus]. [Rights may be transferred in the same manner and with the same effect as with a negotiable instrument payable to specific persons, by duly completing this Subscription Certificate. Rights Holders should be aware that if they choose to exercise, assign, transfer or sell only part of their Rights, they may not receive a new Subscription Certificate in sufficient time to exercise, assign, transfer or sell the remaining Rights evidenced thereby.]

 

To subscribe for shares of Common Stock pursuant to the Basic Subscription, please complete line “A” and Section 1 below. [To subscribe for shares of Common Stock pursuant to the Over-Subscription Privilege, please complete lines “A” and “B” and Section 1 below.]

 

[If you want the Subscription Agent to attempt to sell any of your unexercised Rights, check box “D” below and complete Section 1 below. If you want a new Subscription Certificate evidencing any unexercised Rights delivered to you, check box “E” below and indicate the address to which the shares should be delivered in Section 1 below. If you want some or all of your unexercised rights transferred to a designated transferee, or to a bank or broker to sell for you, check box “F” below and complete Section 2 below.]

 

FOR A MORE COMPLETE DESCRIPTION OF THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE OFFERING, PLEASE REFER TO THE PROSPECTUS, WHICH IS INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE. COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS ARE AVAILABLE UPON REQUEST FROM THE INFORMATION AGENT, [ American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC ], TOLL-FREE AT [(800) 937-5449].

 

 
 

 

A.           Basic Subscription

 

   ×           $          =           $         

 

(No. of Shares) (Estimated Subscription Price)

 

[B.           Over-Subscription Privilege*

 

    ×           $          =           $         

 

(No. of Shares) (Estimated Subscription Price)]

 

[C.]             Total Amount Enclosed       =       $     

 

[*If a Rights Holder is a Record Date Stockholder, the Over-Subscription Privilege may only be exercised if its Basic Subscription is exercised in full.]

 

SECTION 1. TO SUBSCRIBE: I acknowledge that I have received the Prospectus for the Offering and I hereby irrevocably subscribe for the number of shares of Common Stock indicated as the total of A [and B] above upon the terms and conditions specified in the Prospectus and incorporated by reference herein. I understand and agree that I will be obligated to pay an additional amount if the Subscription Price as determined on the Expiration Date, as it may be extended, is in excess of the Estimated Subscription Price. I hereby agree that if I fail to pay in full for the shares of Common Stock for which I have subscribed, the Company may exercise any of the remedies provided for in the Prospectus.

 

[TO SELL: If I have checked the box on line D, I authorize the sale of Rights by the Subscription Agent according to the procedures described in the Prospectus.]

 


Signature(s) of Subscriber(s)

 


Address for delivery of certificate representing unexercised Rights

 

If permanent change of address, check here ¨

 

Daytime telephone number (___)     
     
Evening telephone number (___)    
     
Email address: ]  

 

Please complete all applicable information and return to:

 

Any questions regarding this Subscription Certificate and the Offering may be directed to the Information Agent, [American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC], toll free at [(800) 937-5449].

 

[D. Sell any unexercised Rights]

 

 
 

 

[E. Deliver a certificate representing              unexercised Rights to the address in Section 1]

 

[F. Transfer             Rights to the transferee designated in Section 2]

 

[SECTION 2. TO TRANSFER RIGHTS (Per Line F): For value received,                of the Rights represented by this Subscription Certificate are assigned to:

 

 


(Print full name of Assignee and Social Security Number)

 


(Print full address)

 


(Signature(s) of Assignor(s))

 

The signature(s) on the Subscription Certificate must correspond with the name(s) of the registered holder(s) exactly as it appears on the Subscription Certificate without any alteration or change whatsoever. In the case of joint registered holders, each person must sign the Subscription Certificate in accordance with the foregoing. If you sign the Subscription Certificate in your capacity as a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, agent, officer of a corporation or other fiduciary or representative, you must indicate the capacity in which you are signing when you sign and, if requested by the Subscription Agent in its sole and absolute discretion, you must present to the Subscription Agent satisfactory evidence of your authority to sign in that capacity.

 

The signature must be guaranteed by an Eligible Guarantor Institution, as that term is defined in Rule 17Ad-15 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, which may include: (a) a commercial bank or trust company; (b) a member firm of a domestic stock exchange; or (c) a savings bank or credit union.

 

Signature (name of bank or firm):  
   
Guaranteed by (signature/title): ]

 

BY FIRST CLASS MAIL ONLY:  BY OVERNIGHT DELIVERY:

 

DELIVERY OF THIS SUBSCRIPTION CERTIFICATE TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY.

 

 

 

 

Exhibit (d)(3)

 

WHITEHORSE FINANCE, INC.

 

(Issuer)

 

and

 

AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY, LLC

 

(Trustee)

 

Indenture

 

Dated as of            ,

 

Providing for the Issuance

 

of

 

Debt Securities

 

 
 

 

Table of Contents

  

  Page
   
ARTICLE One  DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION 1
     
Section 1.01. Definitions 1
Section 1.02. Compliance Certificates 9
Section 1.03. Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee 9
Section 1.04. Acts of Holders 10
Section 1.05. Notices, Etc., to Trustee and Company 10
Section 1.06. Notice to Holders; Waiver 11
Section 1.07. Effect of Headings and Table of Contents 11
Section 1.08. Successors and Assigns 12
Section 1.09. Separability Clause 12
Section 1.10. Benefits of Indenture 12
Section 1.11. Governing Law 12
Section 1.12. Legal Holidays 12
Section 1.13. Submission to Jurisdiction 12
     
ARTICLE Two  SECURITIES FORMS 12
     
Section 2.01. Forms of Securities 12
Section 2.02. Form of Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication 13
Section 2.03. Securities Issuable in Global Form 13
     
ARTICLE Three  THE SECURITIES 14
     
Section 3.01. Amount Unlimited; Issuable in Series 14
Section 3.02. Denominations 16
Section 3.03. Execution, Authentication, Delivery and Dating 17
Section 3.04. Temporary Securities 18
Section 3.05. Registration, Registration of Transfer and Exchange 18
Section 3.06. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Securities 20
Section 3.07. Payment of Interest; Interest Rights Preserved; Optional Interest Reset 20
Section 3.08. Optional Extension of Maturity 22
Section 3.09. Persons Deemed Owners 23
Section 3.10. Cancellation 23
Section 3.11. Computation of Interest 23
Section 3.12. Currency and Manner of Payments in Respect of Securities 23
Section 3.13. Appointment and Resignation of Successor Exchange Rate Agent 26
Section 3.14. CUSIP Numbers 26
     
ARTICLE Four  SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE 26
     
Section 4.01. Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture 26
Section 4.02. Application of Trust Funds 27
     
ARTICLE Five  REMEDIES 28
     
Section 5.01. Events of Default 28
Section 5.02. Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment 29
Section 5.03. Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee 30
Section 5.04. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim 30
Section 5.05. Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Securities 31
Section 5.06. Application of Money Collected 31
Section 5.07. Limitation on Suits 32
Section 5.08. Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal, Premium and Interest 32
Section 5.09. Restoration of Rights and Remedies 32
Section 5.10. Rights and Remedies Cumulative 33
Section 5.11. Delay or Omission Not Waiver 33

 

- i -
 

 

Table of Contents

(continued)

 

    Page
     
Section 5.12. Control by Holders of Securities 33
Section 5.13. Waiver of Past Defaults 33
Section 5.14. Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws 33
     
ARTICLE Six  THE TRUSTEE 34
     
Section 6.01. Notice of Defaults 34
Section 6.02. Certain Rights of Trustee 34
Section 6.03. Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Securities 36
Section 6.04. May Hold Securities 36
Section 6.05. Money Held in Trust 36
Section 6.06. Compensation and Reimbursement and Indemnification of Trustee 36
Section 6.07. Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility 37
Section 6.08. Disqualification; Conflicting Interests 37
Section 6.09. Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor 37
Section 6.10. Acceptance of Appointment by Successor 39
Section 6.11. Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business 39
Section 6.12. Appointment of Authenticating Agent 39
     
ARTICLE Seven  HOLDERS’ LISTS AND REPORTS BY TRUSTEE AND COMPANY 41
     
Section 7.01. Disclosure of Names and Addresses of Holders 41
Section 7.02. Preservation of Information; Communications to Holders 41
Section 7.03. Reports by Trustee 42
Section 7.04. Reports by Company 42
Section 7.05. Calculation of Original Issue Discount 42
     
ARTICLE Eight  CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, CONVEYANCE OR TRANSFER 42
     
Section 8.01. Company May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms 42
Section 8.02. Successor Person Substituted 43
     
ARTICLE Nine  SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES 43
     
Section 9.01. Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Holders 43
Section 9.02. Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Holders 44
Section 9.03. Execution of Supplemental Indentures 45
Section 9.04. Effect of Supplemental Indentures 45
Section 9.05. Conformity with Trust Indenture Act 45
Section 9.06. Reference in Securities to Supplemental Indentures 45
Section 9.07. Term Loan Agreement 45
     
ARTICLE Ten  COVENANTS 46
     
Section 10.01. Payment of Principal, Premium, if any, and Interest 46
Section 10.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency 46
Section 10.03. Money for Securities Payments to Be Held in Trust 47
Section 10.04. Additional Amounts 47
Section 10.05. Statement as to Compliance 48
Section 10.06. Payment of Taxes and Other Claims 48
Section 10.07. Waiver of Certain Covenants 48
Section 10.08. Section 18(a)(1)(A) of the Investment Company Act 48
Section 10.09. Commission Reports and Reports to Holders 48
     
ARTICLE Eleven  REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES 49
     
Section 11.01. Applicability of Article 49
Section 11.02. Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee 49

 

- ii -
 

 

Table of Contents

(continued)

 

    Page
     
Section 11.03. Selection by Trustee of Securities to Be Redeemed 49
Section 11.04. Notice of Redemption 49
Section 11.05. Deposit of Redemption Price 50
Section 11.06. Securities Payable on Redemption Date 51
Section 11.07. Securities Redeemed in Part 51
     
ARTICLE Twelve  SINKING FUNDS 51
     
Section 12.01. Applicability of Article 51
Section 12.02. Satisfaction of Sinking Fund Payments with Securities 51
Section 12.03. Redemption of Securities for Sinking Fund 52
     
ARTICLE Thirteen  REPAYMENT AT THE OPTION OF HOLDERS 52
     
Section 13.01. Applicability of Article 52
Section 13.02. Repayment of Securities 52
Section 13.03. Exercise of Option 52
Section 13.04. When Securities Presented for Repayment Become Due and Payable 53
Section 13.05. Securities Repaid in Part 53
     
ARTICLE Fourteen  DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE 53
     
Section 14.01. Applicability of Article; Company’s Option to Effect Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance 53
Section 14.02. Defeasance and Discharge 54
Section 14.03. Covenant Defeasance 54
Section 14.04. Conditions to Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance 54
Section 14.05. Deposited Money and Government Obligations to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions 55
     
ARTICLE Fifteen  MEETINGS OF HOLDERS OF SECURITIES 56
     
Section 15.01. Purposes for Which Meetings May Be Called 56
Section 15.02. Call, Notice and Place of Meetings 56
Section 15.03. Persons Entitled to Vote at Meetings 57
Section 15.04. Quorum; Action 57
Section 15.05. Determination of Voting Rights; Conduct and Adjournment of Meetings 58
Section 15.06. Counting Votes and Recording Action of Meetings 58
     
ARTICLE Sixteen  SUBORDINATION OF SECURITIES 59
     
Section 16.01. Agreement to Subordinate 59
Section 16.02. Distribution on Dissolution, Liquidation and Reorganization; Subrogation of Subordinated Securities 59
Section 16.03. No Payment on Subordinated Securities in Event of Default on Senior Indebtedness 60
Section 16.04. Payments on Subordinated Securities Permitted 60
Section 16.05. Authorization of Holders to Trustee to Effect Subordination 61
Section 16.06. Notices to Trustee 61
Section 16.07. Trustee as Holder of Senior Indebtedness 61
Section 16.08. Modifications of Terms of Senior Indebtedness 61
Section 16.09. Reliance on Judicial Order or Certificate of Liquidating Agent 62

 

- iii -
 

 

WHITEHORSE FINANCE, INC.

Reconciliation and tie between Trust Indenture Act of 1939 

and Indenture, dated as of           ,

 

Trust Indenture Act Section   Indenture Section
§ 310 (a)(1)   6.07
  (a)(2)   6.07
  (b)   6.09
§ 312 (c)   7.01
§ 314 (a)   7.04
  (a)(4)   10.05
  (c)(1)   1.02
  (c)(2)   1.02
  (e)   1.02
§ 315 (b)   6.01
§ 316 (a) (last sentence)   1.01 (“Outstanding”)
  (a)(1)(A)   5.02, 5.12
  (a)(1)(B)   5.13
  (b)   5.08
§ 317 (a)(1)   5.03
  (a)(2)   5.04
§ 318 (a)   1.11
  (c)   1.11

 

 

 

NOTE: This reconciliation and tie shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be a part of the Indenture.

 

- iv -
 

 

INDENTURE, dated as of             ,       , between WhiteHorse Finance, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC as Trustee (as trustee in such capacity and not in its individual capacity, the “Trustee”).

 

RECITALS OF THE COMPANY

 

WHEREAS, the Company deems it necessary to issue from time to time for its lawful purposes debt securities (hereinafter called the “Securities”) evidencing its secured or unsecured indebtedness, which may or may not be convertible into or exchangeable for any securities of any Person (including the Company), and has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture to provide for the issuance from time to time of the Securities, to be issued in one or more series, unlimited as to principal amount, to bear such rates of interest, to mature at such times and to have such other provisions as shall be fixed as hereinafter provided;

 

WHEREAS, this Indenture is subject to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act that are required to be part of this Indenture and shall, to the extent applicable, be governed by such provisions; and

 

WHEREAS, all things necessary to make this Indenture a valid and legally binding agreement of, and enforceable against, the Company, in accordance with its terms, have been done.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, THIS INDENTURE WITNESSETH:

 

For and in consideration of the premises and the purchase of the Securities by the Holders thereof, it is mutually covenanted and agreed, for the equal and proportionate benefit of all Holders of the Securities, or of a series thereof, as follows:

 

ARTICLE One

DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION

 

Section 1.01.          Definitions .

 

For all purposes of this Indenture, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires:

 

(a)          the terms defined in this Article have the meanings assigned to them in this Article, and include the plural as well as the singular and, pursuant to Section 3.01, any such item may, with respect to any particular series of Securities, be amended or modified or specified as being inapplicable;

 

(b)          all other terms used herein which are defined in the Trust Indenture Act, either directly or by reference therein, have the meanings assigned to them therein, and the terms “cash transaction” and “self-liquidating paper”, as used in Section 311 of the Trust Indenture Act, shall have the meanings assigned to them in the rules of the Commission adopted under the Trust Indenture Act;

 

(c)          all accounting terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America;

 

(d)          the words “herein”, “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision;

 

(e)          “or” is not exclusive;

 

(f)           “including” shall be deemed to mean “including without limitation”;

 

(g)          provisions apply to successive events and transactions; and

 

1
 

  

(h)          references to sections of or rules under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, shall be deemed to include substitute, replacement of successor sections or rules adopted by the Commission from time to time.

 

Certain terms, used in other Articles herein, are defined in those Articles.

 

Act ”, when used with respect to any Holder of a Security, has the meaning specified in Section 1.04.

 

Additional Amounts ” means any additional amounts that are required by a Security or by or pursuant to a Board Resolution, under circumstances specified therein, to be paid by the Company in respect of certain taxes imposed on certain Holders and that are owing to such Holders.

 

Affiliate ” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any specified Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

 

Authenticating Agent ” means any authenticating agent appointed by the Trustee pursuant to Section 6.12 to act on behalf of the Trustee to authenticate Securities of one or more series.

 

Authorized Newspaper ” means a newspaper, in the English language or in an official language of the country of publication, customarily published on each Business Day, whether or not published on Saturdays, Sundays or holidays, and of general circulation in each place in connection with which the term is used or in the financial community of each such place. Where successive publications are required to be made in Authorized Newspapers, the successive publications may be made in the same or in different newspapers in the same city meeting the foregoing requirements and in each case on any Business Day.

 

Bankruptcy Law ” has the meaning specified in Section 5.01.

 

Board of Directors ” means the board of directors of the Company or any committee of that board duly authorized to act hereunder.

 

Board Resolution ” means a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification, and delivered to the Trustee.

 

Business Day ”, when used with respect to any Place of Payment or any other particular location referred to in this Indenture or in the Securities, means, unless otherwise specified with respect to any Securities pursuant to Section 3.01, each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday that is not a day on which banking institutions in that Place of Payment or particular location are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

 

Clearstream ” means Clearstream International or its successor.

 

Commission ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, as from time to time constituted, created under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or, if at any time after execution of this instrument such Commission is not existing and performing the duties now assigned to it under the Trust Indenture Act, then the body performing such duties on such date.

 

Company ” means the Person named as the “Company” in the first paragraph of this Indenture until a successor Person shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “Company” shall mean such successor corporation.

 

2
 

 

Company Request ” and “ Company Order ” mean, respectively, a written request or order signed in the name of the Company by the Chairman, the Chief Executive Officer or any Vice President, and by the Chief Financial Officer, the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company, and delivered to the Trustee.

 

Component Currency ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.12(h).

 

Conversion Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.12(d).

 

Conversion Event ” means the cessation of use of (i) a Foreign Currency both by the government of the country which issued such currency and for the settlement of transactions by a central bank or other public institutions of or within the international banking community, (ii) the Euro both within the European Monetary System and for the settlement of transactions by public institutions of or within the European Communities or (iii) any currency unit (or composite currency) other than the Euro for the purposes for which it was established.

 

Corporate Trust Office ” means the office of the Trustee at which, at any particular time, its corporate trust business shall be principally administered, which office at the date hereof is located at 6201 15 th Avenue, Brooklyn, New York 11219 provided that for purposes of presentment or surrender of securities for transfer or payment or exchange, such office is located at 6201 15 th Avenue, Brooklyn, New York 11219, or such other address as the Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Issuer, or the principal corporate trust office of any successor Trustee (or such other address as such successor Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Company).

 

corporation ” includes corporations, associations, companies and business trusts.

 

Currency ” means any currency or currencies, composite currency or currency unit or currency units, including, without limitation, the Euro, issued by the government of one or more countries or by any reorganized confederation or association of such governments.

 

Default ” means any event that is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default.

 

Defaulted Interest ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.07(a).

 

Dollar ” or “ $ ” means a dollar or other equivalent unit in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time shall be legal tender for the payment of public and private debts.

 

Euro ” means the official currency of the eurozone.

 

Election Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.12(h).

 

Euroclear ” means Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear System, or its successor as operator of the Euroclear System.

 

European Communities ” means the European Union.

 

European Monetary System ” means the European Monetary System established by the Resolution of December 5, 1978 of the Council of the European Communities.

 

Event of Default ” has the meaning specified in Section 5.01.

 

Exchange Rate Agent ”, with respect to Securities of or within any series, means, unless otherwise specified with respect to any Securities pursuant to Section 3.01, a New York Clearing House bank designated pursuant to Section 3.01 or Section 3.13.

 

3
 

 

Exchange Rate Officer’s Certificate ” means a certificate setting forth (i) the applicable Market Exchange Rate or the applicable bid quotation and (ii) the Dollar or Foreign Currency amounts of principal (and premium, if any) and interest, if any (on an aggregate basis and on the basis of a Security having the lowest denomination principal amount determined in accordance with Section 3.02 in the relevant Currency), payable with respect to a Security of any series on the basis of such Market Exchange Rate or the applicable bid quotation signed by the Chief Financial Officer or any Vice President of the Company.

 

Extension Notice ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.08.

 

Extension Period ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.08.

 

Final Maturity ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.08.

 

Foreign Currency ” means any Currency other than the U.S. dollar, including, the Euro.

 

Government Obligations ” means securities that are (i) direct obligations of the United States of America or the government which issued the Foreign Currency in which the Securities of a particular series are payable, for the payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged or (ii) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America or such government that issued the Foreign Currency in which the Securities of such series are payable, the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America or such other government, which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank or trust company as custodian with respect to any such Government Obligation or a specific payment of interest on or principal of any such Government Obligation held by such custodian for the account of the holder of a depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Obligation or the specific payment of interest on or principal of the Government Obligation evidenced by such depository receipt.

 

Holder ” means the Person in whose name a Security is registered in the Security Register.

 

Indenture ” means this instrument as originally executed or as it may from time to time be supplemented or amended by one or more indentures supplemental hereto entered into pursuant to the applicable provisions hereof, and shall include the terms of particular series of Securities established as contemplated by Section 3.01; provide d, however , that, if at any time more than one Person is acting as Trustee under this instrument, “Indenture” shall mean, with respect to any one or more series of Securities for which such Person is Trustee, this instrument as originally executed or as it may from time to time be supplemented or amended by one or more indentures supplemental hereto entered into pursuant to the applicable provisions hereof and shall include the terms of the or those particular series of Securities for which such Person is Trustee established as contemplated by Section 3.01, exclusive, however, of any provisions or terms that relate solely to other series of Securities for which such Person is not Trustee, regardless of when such terms or provisions were adopted, and exclusive of any provisions or terms adopted by means of one or more indentures supplemental hereto executed and delivered after such Person had become such Trustee but to which such Person, as such Trustee, was not a party.

 

Indexed Security ” means a Security as to which all or certain interest payments and/or the principal amount payable at Maturity are determined by reference to prices, changes in prices, or differences between prices, of securities, Currencies, intangibles, goods, articles or commodities or by such other objective price, economic or other measures as are specified in Section 3.01 hereof.

 

Interest ”, when used with respect to an Original Issue Discount Security which by its terms bears interest only after Maturity, means interest payable after Maturity, and, when used with respect to a Security which provides for the payment of Additional Amounts pursuant to Section 10.04, includes such Additional Amounts.

 

Interest Payment Date ”, when used with respect to any Security, means the Stated Maturity of an installment of interest on such Security.

 

4
 

 

Junior Subordinated Security ” or “ Junior Subordinated Securities ” means any Security or Securities designated pursuant to Section 3.01 as a Junior Subordinated Security.

 

Junior Subordinated Indebtedness ” means the principal of (and premium, if any) and unpaid interest on (i) indebtedness of the Company (including indebtedness of others guaranteed by the Company), whether outstanding on the date hereof or thereafter created, incurred, assumed or guaranteed, for money borrowed, which in the instrument creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same is outstanding it is provided that such indebtedness ranks junior in right of payment to the Company’s Senior Indebtedness and Senior Subordinated Indebtedness and equally and pari passu in right of payment to any other Junior Subordinated Indebtedness, (ii) Junior Subordinated Securities and (iii) renewals, extensions, modifications and refinancings of any such indebtedness.

 

Market Exchange Rate ” means, unless otherwise specified with respect to any Securities pursuant to Section 3.01, (i) for any conversion involving a currency unit on the one hand and Dollars or any Foreign Currency on the other, the exchange rate between the relevant currency unit and Dollars or such Foreign Currency calculated by the method specified pursuant to Section 3.01 for the Securities of the relevant series, (ii) for any conversion of Dollars into any Foreign Currency, the noon buying rate for such Foreign Currency for cable transfers quoted in New York City as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York and (iii) for any conversion of one Foreign Currency into Dollars or another Foreign Currency, the spot rate at noon local time in the relevant market at which, in accordance with normal banking procedures, the Dollars or Foreign Currency into which conversion is being made could be purchased with the Foreign Currency from which conversion is being made from major banks located in either New York City, London or any other principal market for Dollars or such purchased Foreign Currency, in each case determined by the Exchange Rate Agent. Unless otherwise specified with respect to any Securities pursuant to Section 3.01, in the event of the unavailability of any of the exchange rates provided for in the foregoing clauses (i), (ii) and (iii), the Exchange Rate Agent shall use, in its sole discretion and without liability on its part, such quotation of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York as of the most recent available date, or quotations from one or more major banks in New York City, London or other principal market for such currency or currency unit in question, or such other quotations as the Exchange Rate Agent shall deem appropriate. Unless otherwise specified by the Exchange Rate Agent, if there is more than one market for dealing in any currency or currency unit by reason of foreign exchange regulations or otherwise, the market to be used in respect of such currency or currency unit shall be that upon which a nonresident issuer of securities designated in such currency or currency unit would purchase such currency or currency unit in order to make payments in respect of such securities as determined by the Exchange Rate Agent, in its sole discretion.

 

Maturity ”, when used with respect to any Security, means the date on which the principal of such Security or an installment of principal becomes due and payable as therein or herein provided, whether at the Stated Maturity or by declaration of acceleration, notice of redemption, notice of option to elect repayment, notice of exchange or conversion or otherwise.

 

Notice of Default ” has the meaning provided in Section 5.01.

 

Officers’ Certificate ” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Company by two different officers of the Company, one of whom must be the Chairman, the Chief Executive Officer or the Chief Financial Officer, and the other of whom may be the Chairman, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, any Vice President, , the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company and delivered to the Trustee.

 

Opinion of Counsel ” means a written opinion of counsel, who may be counsel for the Company or who may be an employee of or other counsel for the Company, and who shall be acceptable to the Trustee.

 

Optional Reset Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.07(b).

 

Original Issue Discount Security ” means any Security that provides for an amount less than the principal amount thereof to be due and payable upon a declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof pursuant to Section 5.02.

 

5
 

 

Original Stated Maturity ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.08.

 

Outstanding ”, when used with respect to Securities or any series of Securities, means, as of the date of determination, all Securities or all Securities of such series, as the case may be, theretofore authenticated and delivered under this Indenture, except :

 

(i)          Securities theretofore cancelled by the Trustee or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation;

 

(ii)         Securities, or portions thereof, for whose payment or redemption or repayment at the option of the Holder, money in the necessary amount has been theretofore deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent (other than the Company) in trust or set aside and segregated in trust by the Company (if the Company shall act as its own Paying Agent) for the Holders of such Securities, provided that, if such Securities are to be redeemed, notice of such redemption has been duly given pursuant to this Indenture or provision therefor satisfactory to the Trustee has been made;

 

(iii)        Securities, except to the extent provided in Sections 14.02 and 14.03, with respect to which the Company has effected defeasance and/or covenant defeasance as provided in Article Fourteen; and

 

(iv)        Securities that have been paid pursuant to Section 3.06 or in exchange for or in lieu of which other Securities have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture, other than any such Securities in respect of which there shall have been presented to the Trustee proof satisfactory to it that such Securities are held by a protected purchaser in whose hands such Securities are valid obligations of the Company;

 

provided , however , that in determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of the Outstanding Securities have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver hereunder or are present at a meeting of Holders for quorum purposes, and for the purpose of making the calculations required by TIA Section 313, (i) the principal amount of an Original Issue Discount Security that may be counted in making such determination or calculation and that shall be deemed to be Outstanding for such purpose shall be equal to the amount of principal thereof that would be (or shall have been declared to be) due and payable, at the time of such determination, upon a declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof pursuant to Section 5.02, (ii) the principal amount of any Security denominated in a Foreign Currency that may be counted in making such determination or calculation and that shall be deemed Outstanding for such purpose shall be equal to the Dollar equivalent, determined as of the date such Security is originally issued by the Company as set forth in an Exchange Rate Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee, of the principal amount (or, in the case of an Original Issue Discount Security or Indexed Security, the Dollar equivalent as of such date of original issuance of the amount determined as provided in clause (i) above or (iii) below, respectively) of such Security, (iii) the principal amount of any Indexed Security that may be counted in making such determination or calculation and that shall be deemed outstanding for such purpose shall be equal to the principal face amount of such Indexed Security at original issuance, unless otherwise provided with respect to such Security pursuant to Section 3.01, and (iv) Securities owned by the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities or any Affiliate of the Company or of such other obligor shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding, except that, in determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in making such calculation or in relying upon any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver or upon any such determination as to the presence of a quorum, only Securities which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee actually knows to be so owned shall be so disregarded. Securities so owned which have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as Outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right so to act with respect to such Securities and that the pledgee is not the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities or any Affiliate of the Company or of such other obligor.

 

Paying Agent ” means any Person authorized by the Company to pay the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on any Securities on behalf of the Company.

6
 

 

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, limited liability company, trust, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof, or any other entity.

 

Place of Paymen t”, when used with respect to the Securities of or within any series, means the place or places where the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on such Securities are payable as specified and as contemplated by Sections 3.01 and 10.02.

 

Predecessor Security ” of any particular Security means every previous Security evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such particular Security; and, for the purposes of this definition, any Security authenticated and delivered under Section 3.06 in exchange for or in lieu of a mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security.

 

Redemption Date ”, when used with respect to any Security to be redeemed, in whole or in part, means the date fixed for such redemption by or pursuant to this Indenture.

 

Redemption Price ”, when used with respect to any Security to be redeemed, means the price at which it is to be redeemed pursuant to this Indenture.

 

Registered Security ” means any Security that is registered in the Security Register.

 

Regular Record Date ” for the interest payable on any Interest Payment Date on the Registered Securities of or within any series means the date specified for that purpose as contemplated by Section 3.01, whether or not a Business Day.

 

Repayment Date ” means, when used with respect to any Security to be repaid at the option of the Holder, means the date fixed for such repayment by or pursuant to this Indenture.

 

Repayment Price ” means, when used with respect to any Security to be repaid at the option of the Holder, means the price at which it is to be repaid by or pursuant to this Indenture.

 

Reset Notice ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.07(b).

 

Responsible Officer ”, when used with respect to the Trustee, means any officer of the Trustee assigned by the Trustee to administer its corporate trust matters and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.

 

Security ” or “ Securities ” has the meaning stated in the first recital of this Indenture and, more particularly, means any Security or Securities authenticated and delivered under this Indenture; provided , however , that, if at any time there is more than one Person acting as Trustee under this Indenture, “Securities” with respect to the Indenture as to which such Person is Trustee shall have the meaning stated in the first recital of this Indenture and shall more particularly mean Securities authenticated and delivered under this Indenture, exclusive, however, of Securities of any series as to which such Person is not Trustee.

 

Security Register ” and “ Security Registrar ” have the respective meanings specified in Section 3.05.

 

Senior Indebtedness ” means the principal of (and premium, if any) and unpaid interest on (i) indebtedness of the Company (including indebtedness of others guaranteed by the Company), whether outstanding on the date hereof or thereafter created, incurred, assumed or guaranteed, for money borrowed, unless in the instrument creating or evidencing the same or under which the same is outstanding it is provided that such indebtedness is not senior or prior in right of payment to Subordinated Indebtedness, (ii) Senior Securities and (iii) renewals, extensions, modifications and refinancings of any such indebtedness.

 

Senior Security ” or “ Senior Securities ” means any Security or Securities designated pursuant to Section 3.01 as a Senior Security.

 

7
 

 

Senior Subordinated Indebtedness ” means the principal of (and premium, if any) and unpaid interest on (i) indebtedness of the Company (including indebtedness of others guaranteed by the Company), whether outstanding on the date hereof or thereafter created, incurred, assumed or guaranteed, for money borrowed, that in the instrument creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same is outstanding it is provided that such indebtedness ranks junior in right of payment to the Company’s Senior Indebtedness, equally and pari passu in right of payment with all other Senior Subordinated Indebtedness and senior in right of payment to any Junior Subordinated Indebtedness, (ii) Senior Subordinated Securities and (iii) renewals, extensions, modifications and refinancings of any such indebtedness.

 

Senior Subordinated Security ” or “ Senior Subordinated Securities ” means any Security or Securities designated pursuant to Section 3.01 as a Senior Subordinated Security.

 

Special Record Date ” for the payment of any Defaulted Interest on the Registered Securities of or within any series means a date fixed by the Trustee pursuant to Section 3.07.

 

Specified Amount ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.12(h).

 

Stated Maturity ”, when used with respect to any Security or any installment of principal thereof or interest thereon, means the date specified in such Security as the fixed date on which the principal of such Security or such installment of principal or interest is due and payable, as such date may be extended pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.08.

 

Subordinated Indebtedness ” means any Senior Subordinated Indebtedness or Junior Subordinated Indebtedness.

 

Subsequent Interest Period ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.07(b).

 

Subsidiary ” means (i) any corporation a majority of the outstanding voting stock of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company or by one or more other Subsidiaries of the Company, (ii) any other Person (other than a corporation) in which such Person, one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, or such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination thereof has a majority ownership interest or (iii) a partnership in which such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person is, at the time, a general partner and in which such Person, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination thereof has a majority ownership interest. For the purposes of this definition, “voting stock” means stock having voting power for the election of directors, whether at all times or only so long as no senior class of stock has such voting power by reason of any contingency.

 

Trust Indenture Act ” or “ TIA ” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, as in force at the date as of which this Indenture was executed, except as provided in Section 9.05.

 

Trustee ” means the Person named as the “Trustee” in the first paragraph of this Indenture until a successor Trustee shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “Trustee” shall mean or include each Person who is then a Trustee hereunder; provided, however, that if at any time there is more than one such Person, “Trustee” as used with respect to the Securities of any series shall mean only the Trustee with respect to Securities of that series.

 

United States ” means, unless otherwise specified with respect to any Securities pursuant to Section 3.01, the United States of America (including the states and the District of Columbia), its territories, its possessions and other areas subject to its jurisdiction.

 

United States person ” means, unless otherwise specified with respect to any Securities pursuant to Section 3.01, any individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States, a corporation, partnership or other entity created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia (other than a partnership that is not treated as a United States Person under any applicable Treasury regulations), any estate the income of which is subject to United States federal income taxation regardless of its source, or any trust if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more United States persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, to the extent provided in the Treasury regulations, certain trusts in existence on August 20, 1996, and treated as United States persons prior to such date that elect to continue to be treated as United States Persons, will also be United States persons.

 

8
 

 

Valuation Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.12(c).

 

Yield to Maturity ” means the yield to maturity, computed at the time of issuance of a Security (or, if applicable, at the most recent redetermination of interest on such Security) and as set forth in such Security in accordance with generally accepted United States bond yield computation principles.

 

Section 1.02.          Compliance Certificates and Opinions .

 

Upon any application or request by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under any provision of this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with and an Opinion of Counsel stating that in the opinion of such counsel all such conditions precedent, if any, have been complied with, except that in the case of any such application or request as to which the furnishing of such documents is specifically required by any provision of this Indenture relating to such particular application or request, no additional certificate or opinion need be furnished.

 

Every certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than pursuant to Section 10.05) shall include:

 

(a)          a statement that each individual signing such certificate or opinion has read such condition or covenant and the definitions herein relating thereto;

 

(b)          a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

 

(c)          a statement that such individual signing the certificate or opinion has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable such individual to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such condition or covenant has been complied with; and

 

(d)          a statement as to whether, in the opinion of each such individual, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

 

Section 1.03.          Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee .

 

In any case where several matters are required to be certified by, or covered by an opinion of, any specified Person, it is not necessary that all such matters be certified by, or covered by the opinion of, only one such Person, or that they be so certified or covered by only one document, but one such Person may certify or give an opinion as to some matters and one or more other such Persons as to other matters, and any such Person may certify or give an opinion as to such matters in one or several documents.

 

Any certificate or opinion of an officer of the Company may be based, insofar as it relates to legal matters, upon an Opinion of Counsel, or a certificate or representations by counsel, unless such officer knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the opinion, certificate or representations with respect to the matters upon which his certificate or opinion is based are erroneous. Any such Opinion of Counsel or certificate or representations may be based, insofar as it relates to factual matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, an officer or officers of the Company stating that the information as to such factual matters is in the possession of the Company, unless such counsel knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations as to such matters are erroneous.

 

9
 

 

Where any Person is required to make, give or execute two or more applications, requests, consents, certificates, statements, opinions or other instruments under this Indenture, they may, but need not, be consolidated and form one instrument.

 

Section 1.04.          Acts of Holders .

 

(a)          Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by Holders of the Outstanding Securities of all series or one or more series, as the case may be, may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by agents duly appointed in writing. Except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments or record or both are delivered to the Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Company. Such instrument or instruments and any such record (and the action embodied therein and evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the “Act” of the Holders signing such instrument or instruments or so voting at any such meeting. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent, or of the holding by any Person of a Security, shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Company and any agent of the Trustee or the Company, if made in the manner provided in this Section. The record of any meeting of Holders of Securities shall be proved in the manner provided in Section 15.06.

 

(b)          The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by a certificate of a notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to him or her the execution thereof. Where such execution is by a signer acting in a capacity other than his individual capacity, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute sufficient proof of his authority. The fact and date of the execution of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the Person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner that the Trustee deems reasonably sufficient.

 

(c)          The ownership of Registered Securities shall be proved by the Security Register.

 

(d)          If the Company shall solicit from the Holders of Registered Securities any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, the Company may, at its option, in or pursuant to a Board Resolution, fix in advance a record date for the determination of Holders entitled to give such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, but the Company shall have no obligation to do so. Notwithstanding TIA Section 316(c), such record date shall be the record date specified in or pursuant to such Board Resolution, which shall be a date not earlier than the date 30 days prior to the first solicitation of Holders generally in connection therewith and not later than the date such solicitation is completed. If such a record date is fixed, such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act may be given before or after such record date, but only the Holders of record at the close of business on such record date shall be deemed to be Holders for the purposes of determining whether Holders of the requisite proportion of Outstanding Securities have authorized or agreed or consented to such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, and for that purpose the Outstanding Securities shall be computed as of such record date; provided that no such authorization, agreement or consent by the Holders on such record date shall be deemed effective unless it shall become effective pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture not later than eleven months after the record date.

 

(e)          Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act of the Holder of any Security shall bind every future Holder of the same Security and the Holder of every Security issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof in respect of anything done, omitted or suffered to be done by the Trustee, any Security Registrar, any Paying Agent, any Authenticating Agent or the Company in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Security.

 

Section 1.05.          Notices, Etc., to Trustee and Company .

 

Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or Act of Holders or other document provided or permitted by this Indenture to be made upon, given or furnished to, or filed with,

 

10
 

 

(i)          the Trustee by any Holder or by the Company shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if in writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid or sent via overnight courier guaranteeing next day delivery or same day messenger service to the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office, Attention: General Counsel, or

 

(ii)         the Company by the Trustee or by any Holder shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if in writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid, or sent via overnight courier guaranteeing next day delivery or same day messenger service, to the Company, to the attention of its Chief Financial Officer at 1450 Brickell Avenue, 31 st Floor, Miami, Florida 33131.

 

The Company or the Trustee, by notice to the other, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

 

All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) shall be deemed to have been duly given: (i) at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; (ii) five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid; and (iii) the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery.

 

Section 1.06.          Notice to Holders; Waiver .

 

Where this Indenture provides for notice of any event to Holders of Registered Securities by the Company or the Trustee, such notice shall be sufficiently given (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if in writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid, or by overnight courier guaranteeing next day delivery to each such Holder affected by such event, at his address as it appears in the Security Register, not later than the latest date, and not earlier than the earliest date, prescribed for the giving of such notice. Any notice or communication shall also be so mailed to any Person described in TIA Section 313(c), to the extent required by the TIA. In any case where notice to Holders of Registered Securities is given by mail or by overnight courier guaranteeing next day delivery, neither the failure to mail such notice, nor any defect in any notice so mailed, to any particular Holder shall affect the sufficiency of such notice with respect to other Holders of Registered Securities. Any notice mailed or sent to a Holder in the manner herein prescribed shall be conclusively deemed to have been received by such Holder, whether or not such Holder actually receives such notice.

 

If by reason of the suspension of or irregularities in regular mail service or by reason of any other cause it shall be impracticable to give such notice by mail, then such notification to Holders of Registered Securities as shall be made with the approval of the Trustee shall constitute a sufficient notification to such Holders for every purpose hereunder.

 

Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver required or permitted under this Indenture shall be in the English language, except that any published notice may be in an official language of the country of publication.

 

Where this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in writing by the Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice. Waivers of notice by Holders shall be filed with the Trustee, but such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in reliance upon such waiver.

 

Section 1.07.          Effect of Headings and Table of Contents .

 

The Article and Section headings herein and the Table of Contents are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

 

11
 

 

 

Section 1.08.          Successors and Assigns .

 

All covenants and agreements in this Indenture by the Company shall bind its successors and assigns, whether so expressed or not.

 

Section 1.09.          Separability Clause .

 

In case any provision in this Indenture or in any Security shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

Section 1.10.          Benefits of Indenture .

 

Nothing in this Indenture or in the Securities, express or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto, any Security Registrar, any Paying Agent, any Authenticating Agent and their successors hereunder and the Holders any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Indenture.

 

Section 1.11.          Governing Law .

 

This Indenture and the Securities shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of the State of New York. This Indenture is subject to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act that are required to be part of this Indenture and shall, to the extent applicable, be governed by such provisions.

 

Section 1.12.          Legal Holidays .

 

In any case where any Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date, Repayment Date, sinking fund payment date, Stated Maturity or Maturity of any Security shall not be a Business Day at any Place of Payment, then (notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or any Security other than a provision in the Securities of any series which specifically states that such provision shall apply in lieu of this Section), payment of principal (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, need not be made at such Place of Payment on such date, but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day at such Place of Payment with the same force and effect as if made on the Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date, Repayment Date or sinking fund payment date, or at the Stated Maturity or Maturity; provided that no interest shall accrue on the amount so payable for the period from and after such Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date, Repayment Date, sinking fund payment date, Stated Maturity or Maturity, as the case may be.

 

Section 1.13.          Submission to Jurisdiction .

 

The Company hereby irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any New York State or federal court sitting in The City of New York in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to the Indenture and the Securities of any series, and the Company hereby irrevocably agrees that all claims in respect of such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State or federal court. The Company hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent it may effectively do so, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding.

 

ARTICLE Two

SECURITIES FORMS

 

Section 2.01.          Forms of Securities .

 

The Registered Securities of each series, the temporary global Securities of each series, if any, and the permanent global Securities of each series, if any, to be endorsed thereon shall be in substantially the forms as shall be established in one or more indentures supplemental hereto or approved from time to time by or pursuant to a Board Resolution in accordance with Section 3.01, shall have such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted by this Indenture or any indenture supplemental hereto, and may have such letters, numbers or other marks of identification or designation and such legends or endorsements placed thereon as the Company may deem appropriate and as are not inconsistent with the provisions of this Indenture, or as may be required to comply with any law or with any rule or regulation made pursuant thereto or with any rule or regulation of any stock exchange on which the Securities may be listed, or to conform to usage.

 

12
 

 

The definitive Securities shall be produced in any manner, as determined by the officers executing such Securities, as evidenced by their execution of such Securities.

 

Section 2.02.          Form of Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication .

 

Subject to Section 6.11, the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be in substantially the following form:

 

This is one of the Securities of the series designated therein referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

  American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC as Trustee
     
  By:  
    Authorized Officer

 

Section 2.03.          Securities Issuable in Global Form .

 

If Securities of or within a series are issuable in global form, as specified as contemplated by Section 3.01, then, notwithstanding clause (viii) of Section 3.01 and the provisions of Section 3.02, any such Security shall represent such of the Outstanding Securities of such series as shall be specified therein and may provide that it shall represent the aggregate amount of Outstanding Securities of such series from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate amount of Outstanding Securities of such series represented thereby may from time to time be increased or decreased to reflect exchanges. Any endorsement of a Security in global form to reflect the amount or any increase or decrease in the amount of Outstanding Securities represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee or the Security Registrar in such manner and upon instructions given by such Person or Persons as shall be specified therein or in the Company Order to be delivered to the Trustee pursuant to Section 3.03 or 3.04. Subject to the provisions of Section 3.03 and, if applicable, Section 3.04, the Trustee or the Security Registrar shall deliver and redeliver any Security in permanent global form in the manner and upon instructions given by the Person or Persons specified therein or in the applicable Company Order. If a Company Order pursuant to Section 3.03 or 3.04 has been, or simultaneously is, delivered, any instructions by the Company with respect to endorsement, delivery or redelivery of a Security in global form shall be in writing but need not comply with Section 1.02 and need not be accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel.

 

The provisions of the last sentence of Section 3.03 shall apply to any Security represented by a Security in global form if such Security was never issued and sold by the Company and the Company delivers to the Trustee or the Security Registrar the Security in global form together with written instructions (which need not comply with Section 1.02 and need not be accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel) with regard to the reduction in the principal amount of Securities represented thereby, together with the written statement contemplated by the last sentence of Section 3.03.

 

Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 3.07, unless otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 3.01, payment of principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on any Security in permanent global form shall be made to the Person or Persons specified therein.

 

Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 3.09 and except as provided in the preceding paragraph, the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company and the Trustee shall treat the Holder of a permanent global Security in registered form as the Holder of such principal amount of Outstanding Securities represented by such permanent global Security.

13
 

 

ARTICLE Three

THE SECURITIES

 

Section 3.01.          Amount Unlimited; Issuable in Series .

 

The aggregate principal amount of Securities which may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited.

 

The Securities may be issued in one or more series and shall be designated as Senior Securities, Senior Subordinated Securities or Junior Subordinated Securities. Senior Securities are unsubordinated, shall rank equally and pari passu with all of the Company’s Senior Indebtedness and senior to all Subordinated Securities. Senior Subordinated Securities shall rank junior to the Company’s Senior Indebtedness, equally and pari passu with all other Senior Subordinated Indebtedness and senior to any Junior Subordinated Indebtedness. Junior Subordinated Securities shall rank junior to the Company’s Senior Indebtedness and any Senior Subordinated Indebtedness and equally and pari passu with all other Junior Subordinated Indebtedness. There shall be established in one or more Board Resolutions or pursuant to authority granted by one or more Board Resolutions and, subject to Section 3.03, set forth, or determined in the manner provided, in an Officers’ Certificate, or established in one or more indentures supplemental hereto, prior to the issuance of Securities of any series, any or all of the following, as applicable (each of which (except for the matters set forth in clauses (i), (ii) and (xv) below), if so provided, may be determined from time to time by the Company with respect to unissued Securities of the series when issued from time to time):

 

(i)          the title of the Securities of the series including CUSIP numbers (which shall distinguish the Securities of such series from all other series of Securities);

 

(ii)         any limit upon the aggregate principal amount of the Securities of the series that may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture (except for Securities authenticated and delivered upon registration of transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of, other Securities of the series pursuant to Section 3.04, 3.05, 3.06, 9.06, 11.07 or 13.05, and except for any Securities which, pursuant to Section 3.03, are deemed never to have been authenticated and delivered hereunder);

 

(iii)        the date or dates, or the method by which such date or dates will be determined or extended, on which the principal of the Securities of the series shall be payable;

 

(iv)        the rate or rates at which the Securities of the series shall bear interest, if any, or the method by which such rate or rates shall be determined, the date or dates from which such interest shall accrue or the method by which such date or dates shall be determined, the Interest Payment Dates on which such interest will be payable and the Regular Record Date, if any, for the interest payable on any Registered Security on any Interest Payment Date, or the method by which such date shall be determined, and the basis upon which such interest shall be calculated if other than that of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months;

 

(v)         the place or places, if any, other than or in addition to the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, where the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on Securities of the series shall be payable, any Registered Securities of the series may be surrendered for registration of transfer, Securities of the series may be surrendered for exchange, where Securities of that series that are convertible or exchangeable may be surrendered for conversion or exchange, as applicable, and where notices or demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Securities of the series and this Indenture may be served;

 

(vi)        the period or periods within which, or the date or dates on which, the price or prices at which, the Currency or Currencies in which, and other terms and conditions upon which Securities of the series may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at the option of the Company, if the Company is to have the option;

 

14
 

 

 

(vii)       the obligation, if any, of the Company to redeem, repay or purchase Securities of the series pursuant to any sinking fund or analogous provision or at the option of a Holder thereof, and the period or periods within which or the date or dates on which, the price or prices at which, the Currency or Currencies in which, and other terms and conditions upon which Securities of the series shall be redeemed, repaid or purchased, in whole or in part, pursuant to such obligation;

 

(viii)      if other than denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof, the denomination or denominations in which any Registered Securities of the series shall be issuable;

 

(ix)         if other than the Trustee, the identity of each Security Registrar and/or Paying Agent;

 

(x)          if other than the principal amount thereof, the portion of the principal amount of Securities of the series that shall be payable upon declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof pursuant to Section 5.02, upon redemption of the Securities of the series which are redeemable before their Stated Maturity, upon surrender for repayment at the option of the Holder, or which the Trustee shall be entitled to claim pursuant to Section 5.04 or the method by which such portion shall be determined;

 

(xi)         if other than Dollars, the Currency or Currencies in which payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on the Securities of the series shall be made or in which the Securities of the series shall be denominated and the particular provisions applicable thereto in accordance with, in addition to or in lieu of any of the provisions of Section 3.12;

 

(xii)        whether the amount of payments of principal of (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on the Securities of the series may be determined with reference to an index, formula or other method (which index, formula or method may be based, without limitation, on one or more Currencies, commodities, equity indices or other indices), and the manner in which such amounts shall be determined;

 

(xiii)       whether the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on the Securities of the series are to be payable, at the election of the Company or a Holder thereof, in one or more Currencies other than that in which such Securities are denominated or stated to be payable, the period or periods within which (including the Election Date), and the terms and conditions upon which, such election may be made, and the time and manner of determining the exchange rate between the Currency or Currencies in which such Securities are denominated or stated to be payable and the Currency or Currencies in which such Securities are to be paid, in each case in accordance with, in addition to or in lieu of any of the provisions of Section 3.12;

 

(xiv)      provisions, if any, granting special rights to the Holders of Securities of the series, including with respect to any collateral securing such Securities;

 

(xv)       any deletions from, modifications of or additions to the Events of Default or covenants (including any deletions from, modifications of or additions to any of the provisions of Section 10.07) of the Company with respect to Securities of the series, whether or not such Events of Default or covenants are consistent with the Events of Default or covenants set forth herein;

 

(xvi)      whether any Securities of the series are to be issuable initially in temporary global form and whether any Securities of the series are to be issuable in permanent global form and, if so, whether beneficial owners of interests in any such permanent global Security may exchange such interests for Securities of such series in certificated form and of like tenor of any authorized form and denomination and the circumstances under which any such exchanges may occur, if other than in the manner provided in Section 3.05;

 

(xvii)     the date as of which any temporary global Security representing Outstanding Securities of the series shall be dated if other than the date of original issuance of the first Security of the series to be issued;

 

15
 

 

 

(xviii)    the Person to whom any interest on any Registered Security of the series shall be payable, if other than the Person in whose name such Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest, and the extent to which, or the manner in which, any interest payable on a temporary global Security on an Interest Payment Date will be paid if other than in the manner provided in Section 3.04; and the extent to which, or the manner in which, any interest payable on a permanent global Security on an Interest Payment Date will be paid if other than in the manner provided in Section 3.07;

 

(xix)       the applicability, if any, of Sections 14.02 and/or 14.03 to the Securities of the series and any provisions in modification of, in addition to or in lieu of any of the provisions of Article Fourteen;

 

(xx)        if the Securities of such series are to be issuable in definitive form (whether upon original issue or upon exchange of a temporary Security of such series) only upon receipt of certain certificates or other documents or satisfaction of other conditions, then the form and/or terms of such certificates, documents or conditions;

 

(xxi)       whether, under what circumstances and the Currency in which, the Company will pay Additional Amounts as contemplated by Section 10.04 on the Securities of the series to any Holder who is not a United States Person (including any modification to the definition of such term) in respect of any tax, assessment or governmental charge and, if so, whether the Company will have the option to redeem such Securities rather than pay such Additional Amounts (and the terms of any such option);

 

(xxii)      the designation of the initial Exchange Rate Agent, if any;

 

(xxiii)     if the Securities of the series are to be issued upon the exercise of warrants, the time, manner and place for such Securities to be authenticated and delivered;

 

(xxiv)    if the Securities of the series are to be convertible into or exchangeable for any securities of any Person (including the Company), the terms and conditions upon which such Securities will be so convertible or exchangeable;

 

(xxv)     if the Securities of the series are to be listed on a securities exchange, the name of such exchange; and

 

(xxvi)    any other terms of the series (which terms shall not be inconsistent with the provisions of this Indenture or the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act), including secured Securities and guarantees of Securities.

 

All Securities of any one series need not be issued at the same time and, unless otherwise provided, a series may be reopened, without the consent of the Holders, for issuances of additional Securities of such series.

 

If any of the terms of the Securities of any series are established by action taken pursuant to one or more Board Resolutions, a copy of an appropriate record of such action(s) shall be certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company and delivered to the Trustee at or prior to the delivery of the Officers’ Certificate setting forth the terms of the Securities of such series.

 

Section 3.02.          Denominations .

 

The Securities of each series shall be issuable in such denominations as shall be specified as contemplated by Section 3.01. With respect to Securities of any series denominated in Dollars, in the absence of any such provisions with respect to the Securities of any series, the Registered Securities of such series, other than Registered Securities issued in global form (which may be of any denomination) shall be issuable in denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof.

 

16
 

 

 

Section 3.03.          Execution, Authentication, Delivery and Dating .

 

The Securities shall be executed on behalf of the Company by its Chairman, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer or one of its Vice Presidents, under its corporate seal reproduced thereon, and attested by its Secretary or one of its Assistant Secretaries. The signature of any of these officers on the Securities may be manual or facsimile signatures of the present or any future such authorized officer and may be imprinted or otherwise reproduced on the Securities.

 

Securities bearing the manual or facsimile signatures of individuals who were at any time the proper officers of the Company shall bind the Company, notwithstanding that such individuals or any of them have ceased to hold such offices prior to the authentication and delivery of such Securities or did not hold such offices at the date of such Securities.

 

At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Company may deliver Securities of any series executed by the Company, to the Trustee for authentication, together with a Company Order for the authentication and delivery of such Securities, and the Trustee in accordance with the Company Order shall authenticate and deliver such Securities. If all the Securities of any series are not to be issued at one time and if the Board Resolution or supplemental indenture establishing such series shall so permit, such Company Order may set forth procedures acceptable to the Trustee for the issuance of such Securities and determining the terms of particular Securities of such series, such as interest rate, maturity date, date of issuance and date from which interest shall accrue. In authenticating such Securities, and accepting the additional responsibilities under this Indenture in relation to such Securities, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and (subject to TIA Section 315(a) through 315(d)) shall be fully protected in relying upon,

 

(a)          an Opinion of Counsel stating,

 

(i)          that the form or forms of such Securities have been established in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture;

 

(ii)         that the terms of such Securities have been established in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture; and

 

(iii)        that such Securities, when completed by appropriate insertions and executed and delivered by the Company to the Trustee for authentication in accordance with this Indenture, authenticated and delivered by the Trustee in accordance with this Indenture and issued by the Company in the manner and subject to any conditions specified in such Opinion of Counsel, will constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable in accordance with their terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization and other similar laws of general applicability relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights, to general equitable principles and to such other qualifications as such counsel shall conclude do not materially affect the rights of Holders of such Securities; and

 

(b)          an Officers’ Certificate stating, to the best of the knowledge of the signers of such certificate, that no Event of Default with respect to any of the Securities shall have occurred and be continuing.

 

Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 3.01 and of this Section 3.03, if all the Securities of any series are not to be issued at one time, it shall not be necessary to deliver an Officers’ Certificate otherwise required pursuant to Section 3.01 or the Company Order, Opinion of Counsel or Officers’ Certificate otherwise required pursuant to the preceding paragraph at the time of issuance of each Security of such series, but such order, opinion and certificates, with appropriate modifications to cover such future issuances, shall be delivered at or before the time of issuance of the first Security of such series.

 

If such form or terms have been so established, the Trustee shall not be required to authenticate such Securities if the issue of such Securities pursuant to this Indenture will affect the Trustee’s own rights, duties, obligations or immunities under the Securities and this Indenture or otherwise in a manner that is not acceptable to the Trustee. Notwithstanding the generality of the foregoing, the Trustee will not be required to authenticate Securities denominated in a Foreign Currency if the Trustee believes that it would be unable to perform its duties with respect to such Securities.

 

17
 

 

Each Registered Security shall be dated the date of its authentication.

 

No Security shall be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose unless there appears on such Security a certificate of authentication substantially in the form provided for herein duly executed by the Trustee or an Authenticating Agent by manual signature of an authorized signatory, and such certificate upon any Security shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Security has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder and is entitled to the benefits of this Indenture. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Security shall have been authenticated and delivered hereunder but never issued and sold by the Company, and the Company shall deliver such Security to the Trustee for cancellation as provided in Section 3.10 together with a written statement (which need not comply with Section 1.02 and need not be accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel) stating that such Security has never been issued and sold by the Company, for all purposes of this Indenture such Security shall be deemed never to have been authenticated and delivered hereunder and shall never be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture.

 

Section 3.04.          Temporary Securities .

 

(a)          Pending the preparation of definitive Securities of any series, the Company may execute, and upon Company Order the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, temporary Securities substantially of the tenor of the definitive Securities in lieu of which they are issued, in registered form, or, if authorized, in bearer form with one or more coupons or without coupons, and with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as the officers executing such Securities may determine, as conclusively evidenced by their execution of such Securities. In the case of Securities of any series, such temporary Securities may be in global form.

 

Except in the case of temporary Securities in global form (which shall be exchanged in accordance with Section 3.04(b) or as otherwise provided in or pursuant to a Board Resolution), if temporary Securities of any series are issued, the Company will cause definitive Securities of that series to be prepared without unreasonable delay. After the preparation of definitive Securities of such series, the temporary Securities of such series shall be exchangeable for definitive Securities of such series upon surrender of the temporary Securities of such series at the office or agency of the Company in a Place of Payment for that series, without charge to the Holder. Upon surrender for cancellation of any one or more temporary Securities of any series, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a like principal amount and like tenor of definitive Securities of the same series of authorized denominations. Until so exchanged, the temporary Securities of any series shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as definitive Securities of such series.

 

Section 3.05.          Registration, Registration of Transfer and Exchange .

 

The Company shall cause to be kept at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee or in any office or agency of the Company in a Place of Payment a register for each series of Securities (the registers maintained in such office or in any such office or agency of the Company in a Place of Payment being herein sometimes referred to collectively as the “ Security Register ”) in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Company shall provide for the registration of Registered Securities and of transfers of Registered Securities. The Security Register shall be in written form or any other form capable of being converted into written form within a reasonable time. The Trustee, at its Corporate Trust Office, is hereby initially appointed “Security Registrar” for the purpose of registering Registered Securities and transfers of Registered Securities on such Security Register as herein provided, and for facilitating exchanges of temporary global Securities for permanent global Securities or definitive Securities, or both, or of permanent global Securities for definitive Securities, or both, as herein provided. In the event that the Trustee shall cease to be Security Registrar, it shall have the right to examine the Security Register at all reasonable times.

 

Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Registered Security of any series at any office or agency of the Company in a Place of Payment for that series, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more new Registered Securities of the same series, of any authorized denominations and of a like aggregate principal amount, bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding and containing identical terms and provisions.

 

18
 

 

At the option of the Holder, Registered Securities of any series may be exchanged for other Registered Securities of the same series, of any authorized denomination or denominations and of a like aggregate principal amount, containing identical terms and provisions, upon surrender of the Registered Securities to be exchanged at any such office or agency. Whenever any Registered Securities are so surrendered for exchange, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, the Registered Securities that the Holder making the exchange is entitled to receive.

 

Whenever any Securities are so surrendered for exchange, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, the Securities that the Holder making the exchange is entitled to receive.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 3.01, any permanent global Security shall be exchangeable only as provided in this paragraph. If any beneficial owner of an interest in a permanent global Security is entitled to exchange such interest for Securities of such series and of like tenor and principal amount of another authorized form and denomination, as specified as contemplated by Section 3.01 and provided that any applicable notice provided in the permanent global Security shall have been given, then without unnecessary delay but in any event not later than the earliest date on which such interest may be so exchanged, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee definitive Securities in aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of such beneficial owner’s interest in such permanent global Security, executed by the Company. On or after the earliest date on which such interests may be so exchanged, such permanent global Security shall be surrendered by the London office of a depositary or common depositary or such other depositary as shall be specified in the Company Order with respect thereto to the Trustee, as the Company’s agent for such purpose, or to the Security Registrar, to be exchanged, in whole or from time to time in part, for definitive Securities of the same series without charge and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in exchange for each portion of such permanent global Security, an equal aggregate principal amount of definitive Securities of the same series of authorized denominations and of like tenor as the portion of such permanent global Security to be exchanged; provided, however, that no such exchanges may occur during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before any selection of Securities to be redeemed and ending on the relevant Redemption Date if the Security for which exchange is requested may be among those selected for redemption. If a Registered Security is issued in exchange for any portion of a permanent global Security after the close of business at the office or agency where such exchange occurs on (i) any Regular Record Date and before the opening of business at such office or agency on the relevant Interest Payment Date, or (ii) any Special Record Date and before the opening of business at such office or agency on the related proposed date for payment of Defaulted Interest or interest, as the case may be, will not be payable on such Interest Payment Date or proposed date for payment, as the case may be, in respect of such Registered Security, but will be payable on such Interest Payment Date or proposed date for payment, as the case may be, only to the Person to whom interest in respect of such portion of such permanent global Security is payable in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture.

 

All Securities issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Securities shall be valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Securities surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

 

Every Registered Security presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange shall (if so required by the Company or the Security Registrar or any transfer agent) be duly endorsed, or be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Security Registrar, duly executed by the Holder thereof or his attorney or any transfer agent duly authorized in writing.

 

No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange of Securities, but the Company or the Trustee may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any registration of transfer or exchange of Securities, other than exchanges pursuant to Section 3.04, 9.06, 11.07 or 13.05 not involving any transfer.

 

19
 

 

The Company shall not be required (i) to issue, register the transfer of or exchange any Security if such Security may be among those selected for redemption during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before selection of the Securities to be redeemed under Section 11.03 and ending at the close of business on the day of the mailing of the relevant notice of redemption, or (ii) to register the transfer of or exchange any Registered Security so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except, in the case of any Registered Security to be redeemed in part, the portion thereof not to be redeemed or (iii) to issue, register the transfer of or exchange any Security that has been surrendered for repayment at the option of the Holder, except the portion, if any, of such Security not to be so repaid.

 

Section 3.06.          Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Securities .

 

If any mutilated Security is surrendered to the Trustee or the Company, together with, in proper cases, such security or indemnity as may be required by the Company or the Trustee to save each of them or any agent of either of them harmless, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a new Security of the same series and principal amount, containing identical terms and provisions and bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding.

 

If there shall be delivered to the Company and to the Trustee (i) evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Security and (ii) such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them and any agent of either of them harmless, then, in the absence of notice to the Company or the Trustee that such Security has been acquired by a protected purchaser, the Company shall, subject to the following paragraph, execute and upon its request the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in lieu of any such destroyed, lost or stolen Security, a new Security of the same series and principal amount, containing identical terms and provisions and bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding.

 

Notwithstanding the provisions of the previous two paragraphs, in case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security has become or is about to become due and payable, the Company in its discretion may, instead of issuing a new Security, pay such Security.

 

Upon the issuance of any new Security under this Section, the Company may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee) connected therewith.

 

Every new Security of any series issued pursuant to this Section in lieu of any destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to all the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Securities of that series duly issued hereunder.

 

The provisions of this Section are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Securities.

 

Section 3.07.          Payment of Interest; Interest Rights Preserved; Optional Interest Reset .

 

(a)          Except as otherwise specified with respect to a series of Securities in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.01, interest, if any, on any Registered Security that is payable, and is punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date shall be paid to the Person in whose name that Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 10.02; provided , however , that each installment of interest, if any, on any Registered Security may at the Company’s option be paid by (i) mailing a check for such interest, payable to or upon the written order of the Person entitled thereto pursuant to Section 3.09, to the address of such Person as it appears on the Security Register or (ii) transfer to an account maintained by the payee located in the United States.

 

Except as otherwise specified with respect to a series of Securities in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.01, any interest on any Registered Security of any series that is payable, but is not punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date (herein called “ Defaulted Interest ”) shall forthwith cease to be payable to the registered Holder thereof on the relevant Regular Record Date by virtue of having been such Holder, and such Defaulted Interest may be paid by the Company, at its election in each case, as provided in clause (i) or (ii) below:

 

20
 

 

(i)          The Company may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Interest to the Persons in whose names the Registered Securities of such series (or their respective Predecessor Securities) are registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be fixed in the following manner. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on each Registered Security of such series and the date of the proposed payment (which shall not be less than 20 days after such notice is received by the Trustee), and at the same time the Company shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money in the Currency in which the Securities of such series are payable (except as otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.01 for the Securities of such series and except, if applicable, as provided in Sections 3.12(b), 3.12(d) and 3.12(e)) equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit on or prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted Interest as in this clause provided. Thereupon the Trustee shall fix a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest which shall be not more than 15 days and not less than 10 days prior to the date of the proposed payment and not less than 10 days after the receipt by the Trustee of the notice of the proposed payment. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company of such Special Record Date and, in the name and at the expense of the Company, shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor to be mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to each Holder of Registered Securities of such series at his address as it appears in the Security Register not less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date. Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor having been mailed as aforesaid, such Defaulted Interest shall be paid to the Persons in whose names the Registered Securities of such series (or their respective Predecessor Securities) are registered at the close of business on such Special Record Date and shall no longer be payable pursuant to the following clause (ii).

 

(ii)         The Company may make payment of any Defaulted Interest on the Registered Securities of any series in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which such Securities may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, if, after notice given by the Company to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this clause (and certification by the Company that the proposed manner of payment complies with the requirements of this clause (ii)), such manner of payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee.

 

(b)          The provisions of this Section 3.07(b) may be made applicable to any series of Securities pursuant to Section 3.01 (with such modifications, additions or substitutions as may be specified pursuant to such Section 3.01). The interest rate (or the spread or spread multiplier used to calculate such interest rate, if applicable) on any Security of such series may be reset by the Company on the date or dates specified on the face of such Security (each an “ Optional Reset Date ”). The Company may exercise such option with respect to such Security by notifying the Trustee of such exercise at least 45 but not more than 60 days prior to an Optional Reset Date for such Security. Not later than 40 days prior to each Optional Reset Date, the Trustee shall transmit, in the manner provided for in Section 1.06, to the Holder of any such Security a notice (the “ Reset Notice ”) indicating whether the Company has elected to reset the interest rate (or the spread or spread multiplier used to calculate such interest rate, if applicable), and if so (i) such new interest rate (or such new spread or spread multiplier, if applicable) and (ii) the provisions, if any, for redemption during the period from such Optional Reset Date to the next Optional Reset Date or if there is no such next Optional Reset Date, to the Stated Maturity of such Security (each such period a “ Subsequent Interest Period ”), including the date or dates on which or the period or periods during which and the price or prices at which such redemption may occur during the Subsequent Interest Period.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, not later than 20 days prior to the Optional Reset Date (or if 20 days does not fall on a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day), the Company may, at its option, revoke the interest rate (or the spread or spread multiplier used to calculate such interest rate, if applicable) provided for in the Reset Notice and establish a higher interest rate (or a spread or spread multiplier providing for a higher interest rate, if applicable) for the Subsequent Interest Period by causing the Trustee to transmit, in the manner provided for in Section 1.06, notice of such higher interest rate (or such higher spread or spread multiplier providing for a higher interest rate, if applicable) to the Holder of such Security. Such notice shall be irrevocable. All Securities with respect to which the interest rate (or the spread or spread multiplier used to calculate such interest rate, if applicable) is reset on an Optional Reset Date, and with respect to which the Holders of such Securities have not tendered such Securities for repayment (or have validly revoked any such tender) pursuant to the next succeeding paragraph, will bear such higher interest rate (or such higher spread or spread multiplier providing for a higher interest rate, if applicable).

 

21
 

 

The Holder of any such Security will have the option to elect repayment by the Company of the principal of such Security on each Optional Reset Date at a price equal to the principal amount thereof plus interest accrued to such Optional Reset Date. In order to obtain repayment on an Optional Reset Date, the Holder must follow the procedures set forth in Article Thirteen for repayment at the option of Holders except that the period for delivery or notification to the Trustee shall be at least 25 but not more than 35 days prior to such Optional Reset Date and except that, if the Holder has tendered any Security for repayment pursuant to the Reset Notice, the Holder may, by written notice to the Trustee, revoke such tender or repayment until the close of business on the tenth day before such Optional Reset Date.

 

Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section and Section 3.05, each Security delivered under this Indenture upon registration of transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Security shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, that were carried by such other Security.

 

Section 3.08.          Optional Extension of Maturity .

 

The provisions of this Section 3.08 may be made applicable to any series of Securities pursuant to Section 3.01 (with such modifications, additions or substitutions as may be specified pursuant to such Section 3.01). The Stated Maturity of any Security of such series may be extended at the option of the Company for the period or periods specified on the face of such Security (each an “ Extension Period ”) up to but not beyond the date (the “ Final Maturity ”) set forth on the face of such Security. The Company may exercise such option with respect to any Security by notifying the Trustee of such exercise at least 45 but not more than 60 days prior to the Stated Maturity of such Security in effect prior to the exercise of such option (the “ Original Stated Maturity ”). If the Company exercises such option, the Trustee shall transmit, in the manner provided for in Section 1.06, to the Holder of such Security not later than 40 days prior to the Original Stated Maturity a notice (the “ Extension Notice ”), prepared by the Company, indicating (i) the election of the Company to extend the Stated Maturity, (ii) the new Stated Maturity, (iii) the interest rate (or spread, spread multiplier or other formula to calculate such interest rate, if applicable), if any, applicable to the Extension Period and (iv) the provisions, if any, for redemption during such Extension Period. Upon the Trustee’s transmittal of the Extension Notice, the Stated Maturity of such Security shall be extended automatically and, except as modified by the Extension Notice and as described in the next paragraph, such Security will have the same terms as prior to the transmittal of such Extension Notice.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, not later than 20 days before the Original Stated Maturity (or if 20 days does not fall on a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day) of such Security, the Company may, at its option, revoke the interest rate (or spread, spread multiplier or other formula to calculate such interest rate, if applicable) provided for in the Extension Notice and establish a higher interest rate (or spread, spread multiplier or other formula to calculate such higher interest rate, if applicable) for the Extension Period by causing the Trustee to transmit, in the manner provided for in Section 1.06, notice of such higher interest rate (or spread, spread multiplier or other formula to calculate such interest rate, if applicable) to the Holder of such Security. Such notice shall be irrevocable. All Securities with respect to which the Stated Maturity is extended will bear such higher interest rate.

 

If the Company extends the Stated Maturity of any Security, the Holder will have the option to elect repayment of such Security by the Company on the Original Stated Maturity at a price equal to the principal amount thereof, plus interest accrued to such date. In order to obtain repayment on the Original Stated Maturity once the Company has extended the Stated Maturity thereof, the Holder must follow the procedures set forth in Article Thirteen for repayment at the option of Holders, except that the period for delivery or notification to the Trustee shall be at least 25 but not more than 35 days prior to the Original Stated Maturity and except that, if the Holder has tendered any Security for repayment pursuant to an Extension Notice, the Holder may by written notice to the Trustee revoke such tender for repayment until the close of business on the tenth day before the Original Stated Maturity.

 

22
 

 

 

Section 3.09.          Persons Deemed Owners .

 

Prior to due presentment of a Registered Security for registration of transfer, the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name such Registered Security is registered as the owner of such Registered Security for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of (and premium, if any) and (subject to Sections 3.05 and 3.07) interest, if any, on such Registered Security and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Registered Security be overdue, and neither the Company, the Trustee nor any agent of the Company or the Trustee shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

 

None of the Company, the Trustee, any Paying Agent or the Security Registrar will have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests of a Security in global form or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interests.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any global temporary or permanent Security, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Trustee, or any agent of the Company or the Trustee, from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by any depositary, as a Holder, with respect to such global Security or impair, as between such depositary and owners of beneficial interests in such global Security, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of such depositary (or its nominee) as Holder of such global Security.

 

Section 3.10.          Cancellation .

 

All Securities surrendered for payment, redemption, repayment at the option of the Holder, registration of transfer or exchange or for credit against any sinking fund payment shall, if surrendered to any Person other than the Trustee, be delivered to the Trustee, and any such Securities surrendered directly to the Trustee for any such purpose shall be promptly cancelled by the Trustee. The Company may at any time deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any Securities previously authenticated and delivered hereunder which the Company may have acquired in any manner whatsoever, and may deliver to the Trustee (or to any other Person for delivery to the Trustee) for cancellation any Securities previously authenticated hereunder which the Company has not issued and sold, and all Securities so delivered shall be promptly cancelled by the Trustee. If the Company shall so acquire any of the Securities, however, such acquisition shall not operate as a redemption or satisfaction of the indebtedness represented by such Securities unless and until the same are surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation. No Securities shall be authenticated in lieu of or in exchange for any Securities cancelled as provided in this Section, except as expressly permitted by this Indenture. Cancelled Securities held by the Trustee shall be destroyed by the Trustee in accordance with its customary procedures, unless by a Company Order the Company directs the Trustee to deliver a certificate of such destruction to the Company or to return them to the Company.

 

Section 3.11.          Computation of Interest .

 

Except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 3.01 with respect to Securities of any series, interest, if any, on the Securities of each series shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months.

 

Section 3.12.          Currency and Manner of Payments in Respect of Securities .

 

(a)          Unless otherwise specified with respect to any Securities pursuant to Section 3.01, with respect to Registered Securities of any series not permitting the election provided for in paragraph (b) below or the Holders of which have not made the election provided for in paragraph (b) below, payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on any Registered Security of such series will be made in the Currency in which such Registered Security is payable. The provisions of this Section 3.12 may be modified or superseded with respect to any Securities pursuant to Section 3.01.

 

23
 

 

 

(b)          It may be provided pursuant to Section 3.01 with respect to Registered Securities of any series that Holders shall have the option, subject to paragraphs (d) and (e) below, to receive payments of principal of (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on such Registered Securities in any of the Currencies which may be designated for such election by delivering to the Trustee for such series of Registered Securities a written election with signature guarantees and in the applicable form established pursuant to Section 3.01, not later than the close of business on the Election Date immediately preceding the applicable payment date. If a Holder so elects to receive such payments in any such Currency, such election will remain in effect for such Holder or any transferee of such Holder until changed by such Holder or such transferee by written notice to the Trustee for such series of Registered Securities (but any such change must be made not later than the close of business on the Election Date immediately preceding the next payment date to be effective for the payment to be made on such payment date and no such change of election may be made with respect to payments to be made on any Registered Security of such series with respect to which an Event of Default has occurred or with respect to which the Company has deposited funds pursuant to Article Four or Fourteen or with respect to which a notice of redemption has been given by the Company or a notice of option to elect repayment has been sent by such Holder or such transferee). Any Holder of any such Registered Security who shall not have delivered any such election to the Trustee of such series of Registered Securities not later than the close of business on the applicable Election Date will be paid the amount due on the applicable payment date in the relevant Currency as provided in Section 3.12(a). The Trustee for each such series of Registered Securities shall notify the Exchange Rate Agent as soon as practicable after the Election Date of the aggregate principal amount of Registered Securities for which Holders have made such written election.

 

(c)          Unless otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.01, if the election referred to in paragraph (b) above has been provided for pursuant to Section 3.01, then, unless otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.01, not later than the fourth Business Day after the Election Date for each payment date for Registered Securities of any series, the Exchange Rate Agent will deliver to the Company a written notice specifying the Currency in which Registered Securities of such series are payable, the respective aggregate amounts of principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on the Registered Securities to be paid on such payment date, specifying the amounts in such Currency so payable in respect of the Registered Securities as to which the Holders of Registered Securities denominated in any Currency shall have elected to be paid in another Currency as provided in paragraph (b) above. If the election referred to in paragraph (b) above has been provided for pursuant to Section 3.01 and if at least one Holder has made such election, then, unless otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.01, on the second Business Day preceding such payment date the Company will deliver to the Trustee for such series of Registered Securities an Exchange Rate Officer’s Certificate in respect of the Dollar or Foreign Currency or Currencies payments to be made on such payment date. Unless otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.01, the Dollar or Foreign Currency or Currencies amount receivable by Holders of Registered Securities who have elected payment in a Currency as provided in paragraph (b) above shall be determined by the Company on the basis of the applicable Market Exchange Rate in effect on the second Business Day (the “ Valuation Date ”) immediately preceding each payment date, and such determination shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

 

(d)          If a Conversion Event occurs with respect to a Foreign Currency in which any of the Securities are denominated or payable other than pursuant to an election provided for pursuant to paragraph (b) above, then with respect to each date for the payment of principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any on the applicable Securities denominated or payable in such Foreign Currency occurring after the last date on which such Foreign Currency was used (the “ Conversion Date ”), the Dollar shall be the currency of payment for use on each such payment date. Unless otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.01, the Dollar amount to be paid by the Company to the Trustee of each such series of Securities and by such Trustee or any Paying Agent to the Holders of such Securities with respect to such payment date shall be, in the case of a Foreign Currency other than a currency unit, the Dollar Equivalent of the Foreign Currency or, in the case of a currency unit, the Dollar Equivalent of the Currency Unit, in each case as determined by the Exchange Rate Agent in the manner provided in paragraph (f) or (g) below.

 

(e)          Unless otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.01, if the Holder of a Registered Security denominated in any Currency shall have elected to be paid in another Currency as provided in paragraph (b) above, and a Conversion Event occurs with respect to such elected Currency, such Holder shall receive payment in the Currency in which payment would have been made in the absence of such election; and if a Conversion Event occurs with respect to the Currency in which payment would have been made in the absence of such election, such Holder shall receive payment in Dollars as provided in paragraph (d) of this Section 3.12.

 

24
 

 

 

(f)          The “ Dollar Equivalent of the Foreign Currency ” shall be determined by the Exchange Rate Agent and shall be obtained for each subsequent payment date by converting the specified Foreign Currency into Dollars at the Market Exchange Rate on the Conversion Date.

 

(g)          The “ Dollar Equivalent of the Currency Unit ” shall be determined by the Exchange Rate Agent and subject to the provisions of paragraph (h) below shall be the sum of each amount obtained by converting the Specified Amount of each Component Currency into Dollars at the Market Exchange Rate for such Component Currency on the Valuation Date with respect to each payment.

 

(h)          For purposes of this Section 3.12, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

A “ Component Currency ” shall mean any currency which, on the Conversion Date, was a component currency of the relevant currency unit.

 

A “ Specified Amount ” of a Component Currency shall mean the number of units of such Component Currency or fractions thereof which were represented in the relevant currency unit on the Conversion Date. If after the Conversion Date the official unit of any Component Currency is altered by way of combination or subdivision, the Specified Amount of such Component Currency shall be divided or multiplied in the same proportion. If after the Conversion Date two or more Component Currencies are consolidated into a single currency, the respective Specified Amounts of such Component Currencies shall be replaced by an amount in such single currency equal to the sum of the respective Specified Amounts of such consolidated Component Currencies expressed in such single currency, and such amount shall thereafter be a Specified Amount and such single currency shall thereafter be a Component Currency. If after the Conversion Date any Component Currency shall be divided into two or more currencies, the Specified Amount of such Component Currency shall be replaced by amounts of such two or more currencies, having an aggregate Dollar Equivalent value at the Market Exchange Rate on the date of such replacement equal to the Dollar Equivalent of the Specified Amount of such former Component Currency at the Market Exchange Rate immediately before such division, and such amounts shall thereafter be Specified Amounts and such currencies shall thereafter be Component Currencies. If, after the Conversion Date of the relevant currency unit, a Conversion Event (other than any event referred to above in this definition of “ Specified Amount ”) occurs with respect to any Component Currency of such currency unit and is continuing on the applicable Valuation Date, the Specified Amount of such Component Currency shall, for purposes of calculating the Dollar Equivalent of the Currency Unit, be converted into Dollars at the Market Exchange Rate in effect on the Conversion Date of such Component Currency.

 

An “ Election Date ” shall mean the Regular Record Date for the applicable series of Registered Securities or at least 16 days prior to Maturity, as the case may be, or such other prior date for any series of Registered Securities as specified pursuant to clause (xiii) of Section 3.01 by which the written election referred to in Section 3.12(b) may be made.

 

All decisions and determinations of the Exchange Rate Agent regarding the Dollar Equivalent of the Foreign Currency, the Dollar Equivalent of the Currency Unit, the Market Exchange Rate and changes in the Specified Amounts as specified above shall be in its sole discretion and shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive for all purposes and irrevocably binding upon the Company, the Trustee for the appropriate series of Securities and all Holders of such Securities denominated or payable in the relevant Currency. The Exchange Rate Agent shall promptly give written notice to the Company and the Trustee for the appropriate series of Securities of any such decision or determination.

 

In the event that the Company determines in good faith that a Conversion Event has occurred with respect to a Foreign Currency, the Company will immediately give written notice thereof and of the applicable Conversion Date to the Trustee of the appropriate series of Securities and to the Exchange Rate Agent (and such Trustee will promptly thereafter give notice in the manner provided in Section 1.06 to the affected Holders) specifying the Conversion Date. In the event the Company so determines that a Conversion Event has occurred with respect to the Euro or any other currency unit in which Securities are denominated or payable, the Company will immediately give written notice thereof to the Trustee of the appropriate series of Securities and to the Exchange Rate Agent (and such Trustee will promptly thereafter give notice in the manner provided in Section 1.06 to the affected Holders) specifying the Conversion Date and the Specified Amount of each Component Currency on the Conversion Date. In the event the Company determines in good faith that any subsequent change in any Component Currency as set forth in the definition of Specified Amount above has occurred, the Company will similarly give written notice to the Trustee of the appropriate series of Securities and to the Exchange Rate Agent.

 

25
 

 

The Trustee of the appropriate series of Securities shall be fully justified and protected in conclusively relying and acting upon information received by it from the Company and the Exchange Rate Agent and shall not otherwise have any duty or obligation to determine the accuracy or validity of such information independent of the Company or the Exchange Rate Agent.

 

Section 3.13.          Appointment and Resignation of Successor Exchange Rate Agent .

 

(a)          Unless otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.01, if and so long as the Securities of any series (i) are denominated in a Foreign Currency or (ii) may be payable in a Foreign Currency, or so long as it is required under any other provision of this Indenture, then the Company will maintain with respect to each such series of Securities, or as so required, at least one Exchange Rate Agent. The Company will cause the Exchange Rate Agent to make the necessary foreign exchange determinations at the time and in the manner specified pursuant to Section 3.01 for the purpose of determining the applicable rate of exchange and, if applicable, for the purpose of converting the issued Foreign Currency into the applicable payment Currency for the payment of principal (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, pursuant to Section 3.12.

 

(b)          No resignation of the Exchange Rate Agent and no appointment of a successor Exchange Rate Agent pursuant to this Section shall become effective until the acceptance of appointment by the successor Exchange Rate Agent as evidenced by a written instrument delivered to the Company and the Trustee of the appropriate series of Securities accepting such appointment executed by the successor Exchange Rate Agent.

 

(c)          If the Exchange Rate Agent shall resign, be removed or become incapable of acting, or if a vacancy shall occur in the office of the Exchange Rate Agent for any cause, with respect to the Securities of one or more series, the Company, by or pursuant to a Board Resolution, shall promptly appoint a successor Exchange Rate Agent or Exchange Rate Agents with respect to the Securities of that or those series (it being understood that any such successor Exchange Rate Agent may be appointed with respect to the Securities of one or more or all of such series and that, unless otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.01, at any time there shall only be one Exchange Rate Agent with respect to the Securities of any particular series that are originally issued by the Company on the same date and that are initially denominated and/or payable in the same Currency).

 

Section 3.14.          CUSIP Numbers .

 

In issuing the Securities the Company may use CUSIP numbers, and, if so, the Trustee shall indicate the respective CUSIP numbers of the Securities in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Securities or as contained in any notice of redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Securities, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Company shall advise the Trustee as promptly as practicable in writing of any change in the CUSIP numbers.

 

ARTICLE Four

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

 

Section 4.01.          Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture .

 

Except as set forth below, this Indenture shall upon Company Request cease to be of further effect with respect to any series of Securities specified in such Company Request (except as to any surviving rights of registration of transfer or exchange of Securities of such series expressly provided for herein or pursuant hereto, any surviving rights of tender for repayment at the option of the Holders and any right to receive Additional Amounts, as provided in Section 10.04), and the Trustee, upon receipt of a Company Order, and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture as to such series when

 

26
 

 

 

(a)          either

 

(i)          all Securities of such series theretofore authenticated and delivered have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

 

(ii)         all Securities of such series

 

(1)         have become due and payable, or

 

(2)         will become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year, or

 

(3)         if redeemable at the option of the Company, are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company,

 

and the Company, in the case of (i) or (ii) above, has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust for such purpose, solely for the benefit of the Holders, an amount in the Currency in which the Securities of such series are payable, sufficient to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on such Securities not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, to the date of such deposit (in the case of Securities which have become due and payable) or to the Stated Maturity or Redemption Date, as the case may be;

 

(b)          the Company has irrevocably paid or caused to be irrevocably paid all other sums payable hereunder by the Company;

 

(c)          in the event of a deposit and defeasance under Section 4.01(a)(ii), no Event of Default or event (including such deposit) which, with notice or lapse of time, or both, would become an Event of Default with respect to the Securities of such series has occurred and is continuing on the date of such deposit; and

 

(d)          the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture as to such series have been complied with.

 

Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the obligations of the Company to the Trustee and any predecessor Trustee under Section 6.06, the obligations of the Company to any Authenticating Agent under Section 6.12 and, if money shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (ii) of clause (a) of this Section, the obligations of the Trustee under Section 4.02 and the last paragraph of Section 10.03 shall survive any termination of this Indenture.

 

Section 4.02.          Application of Trust Funds .

 

Subject to the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 10.03, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 4.01 shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Securities and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, for whose payment such money has been deposited with or received by the Trustee, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. Money so held in trust is subject to the Trustee’s rights under Section 6.06.

 

27
 

 

 

ARTICLE Five

REMEDIES

 

Section 5.01.          Events of Default .

 

Event of Default ”, wherever used herein with respect to any particular series of Securities, means any one of the following events (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether or not it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body), unless it is either inapplicable to a particular series or is specifically deleted or modified in or pursuant to the supplemental indenture or a Board Resolution establishing such series of Securities or is in the form of Security for such series:

 

(i)          default in the payment of any interest upon any Security when such interest becomes due and payable, and continuance of such default for a period of 30 days; or

 

(ii)         default in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) any Security of that series when it becomes due and payable at its Maturity, and continuance of such default for a period of five days; or

 

(iii)        default in the deposit of any sinking fund payment, when and as due by the terms of any Security of that series, and continuance of such default for a period of five days; or

 

(iv)        default in the performance, or breach, of any covenant or agreement of the Company in this Indenture with respect to any Security of that series (other than a covenant or agreement a default in whose performance or whose breach is elsewhere in this Section specifically dealt with or that has expressly been included in this Indenture solely for the benefit of a series of Securities other than that series), and continuance of such default or breach for a period of 60 days after there has been given, by registered or certified mail, to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series a written notice specifying such default or breach and requiring it to be remedied and stating that such notice is a “Notice of Default” hereunder; or

 

(v)         the Company, pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:

 

(1)         commences a voluntary case or proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law,

 

(2)         consents to the commencement of any bankruptcy or insolvency case or proceeding against it, or files a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief against it,

 

(3)         consents to the entry of a decree or order for relief against it in an involuntary case or proceeding,

 

(4)         consents to the filing of such petition or to the appointment of or taking possession by a Custodian of the Company or for all or substantially all of its property, or

 

(5)         makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or admits in writing of its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, or

 

(6)         takes any corporate action in furtherance of any such action; or

 

(vi)        a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

 

28
 

 

 

(1)         is for relief against the Company in an involuntary case or proceeding, or

 

(2)         adjudges the Company bankrupt or insolvent, or approves as properly filed a petition seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition of or in respect of the Company, or

 

(3)         appoints a Custodian of the Company or for all or substantially all of its property, or

 

(4)         orders the winding up or liquidation of the Company,

and the continuance of any such decree or order for relief or any such other decree or order remains unstayed and in effect for a period of 60 consecutive days; or

 

(vii)       if, pursuant to Sections 18(a)(1)(c)(ii) and 61 of the Investment Company Act of 1940, on the last business day of each of 24 consecutive calendar months any class of Securities shall have an asset coverage (as such term is used in the Investment Company Act of 1940) of less than 100%; or

 

(viii)      any other Event of Default provided with respect to Securities of that series.

 

The term “ Bankruptcy Law ” means title 11, U.S. Code or any applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law. The term “ Custodian ” means any custodian, receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.

 

Section 5.02.          Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment .

 

If an Event of Default with respect to Securities of any series at the time Outstanding occurs and is continuing, then and in every such case the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series may declare the principal (or, if any Securities are Original Issue Discount Securities or Indexed Securities, such portion of the principal as may be specified in the terms thereof) of all the Securities of that series to be due and payable immediately, by a notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by the Holders), and upon any such declaration such principal or specified portion thereof shall become immediately due and payable.

 

At any time after such a declaration of acceleration with respect to Securities of any series has been made and before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained by the Trustee as hereinafter provided in this Article, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series, by written notice to the Company and the Trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences if:

 

(i)          the Company has paid or deposited with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay in the Currency in which the Securities of such series are payable (except as otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.01 for the Securities of such series and except, if applicable, as provided in Sections 3.12(b), 3.12(d) and 3.12(e)):

 

(1)         all overdue installments of interest, if any, on all Outstanding Securities of that series,

 

(2)         the principal of (and premium, if any) all Outstanding Securities of that series that have become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration and interest thereon at the rate or rates borne by or provided for in such Securities,

 

(3)         to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful, interest upon overdue installments of interest at the rate or rates borne by or provided for in such Securities, and

 

29
 

 

 

(4)         all sums paid or advanced by the Trustee hereunder and the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel; and

 

(ii)         all Events of Default with respect to Securities of that series, other than the nonpayment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on Securities of that series that have become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived as provided in Section 5.13.

 

No such rescission shall affect any subsequent default or impair any right consequent thereon.

 

Section 5.03.          Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee .

 

The Company covenants that if:

 

(i)          default is made in the payment of any installment of interest on any Security of any series and such default continues for a period of 30 days, or

 

(ii)         default is made in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) any Security of any series at its Maturity,

 

then the Company will, upon demand of the Trustee, pay to the Trustee, for the benefit of the Holders of Securities of such series, the whole amount then due and payable on such Securities for principal (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, with interest upon any overdue principal (and premium, if any) and, to the extent that payment of such interest shall be legally enforceable, upon any overdue installments of interest, if any, at the rate or rates borne by or provided for in such Securities, and, in addition thereto, such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

 

If the Company fails to pay such amounts forthwith upon such demand, the Trustee, in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, may institute a judicial proceeding for the collection of the sums so due and unpaid, and may prosecute such proceeding to judgment or final decree, and may enforce the same against the Company or any other obligor upon Securities of such series and collect the moneys adjudged or decreed to be payable in the manner provided by law out of the property of the Company or any other obligor upon such Securities of such series, wherever situated.

 

If an Event of Default with respect to Securities of any series occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may in its discretion proceed to protect and enforce its rights and the rights of the Holders of Securities of such series by such appropriate judicial proceedings as the Trustee shall deem most effectual to protect and enforce any such rights, whether for the specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement in this Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power granted herein, or to enforce any other proper remedy.

 

Section 5.04.          Trustee May File Proofs of Claim .

 

In case of the pendency of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or other judicial proceeding relative to the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities or the property of the Company or of such other obligor or their creditors, the Trustee (irrespective of whether the principal of the Securities of any series shall then be due and payable as therein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Trustee shall have made any demand on the Company for the payment of any overdue principal, premium or interest) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:

 

(i)          to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of principal (or in the case of Original Issue Discount Securities or Indexed Securities, such portion of the principal as may be provided for in the terms thereof) (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, owing and unpaid in respect of the Securities and to file such other papers or documents (and take such other actions, including serving on a committee of creditors) as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and of the Holders allowed in such judicial proceeding, and

 

30
 

 

 

(ii)         to collect and receive any moneys or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;

 

and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder of Securities of such series to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee and any predecessor Trustee, their agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee or any predecessor Trustee under Section 6.06.

 

Subject to Article Eight and Section 9.02 and unless otherwise provided as contemplated by Section 3.01, nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder of a Security any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Securities or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder of a Security in any such proceeding.

 

Section 5.05.          Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Securities .

 

All rights of action and claims under this Indenture or any of the Securities may be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the Securities or the production thereof in any proceeding relating thereto, and any such proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment shall, after provision for the payment of the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, be for the ratable benefit of the Holders of the Securities in respect of which such judgment has been recovered.

 

Section 5.06.          Application of Money Collected .

 

Any money collected by the Trustee pursuant to this Article shall be applied in the following order, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee and, in case of the distribution of such money on account of principal (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, upon presentation of the Securities, and the notation thereon of the payment if only partially paid and upon surrender thereof if fully paid:

 

FIRST: To the payment of all amounts due the Trustee and any predecessor Trustee under Section 6.06;

 

SECOND: To the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid upon any Senior Securities for principal (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, in respect of which or for the benefit of which such money has been collected, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the aggregate amounts due and payable on such Senior Securities for principal (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, respectively; and

 

THIRD: To the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid upon any Senior Subordinated Securities for principal (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, in respect of which or for the benefit of which such money has been collected, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the aggregate amounts due and payable on such Senior Subordinated Securities for principal (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, respectively; and

 

FOURTH: To the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid upon any Junior Subordinated Securities for principal (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, in respect of which or for the benefit of which such money has been collected, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the aggregate amounts due and payable on such Junior Subordinated Securities for principal (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, respectively; and

 

31
 

 

FIFTH: To the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid upon any other Securities for principal (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, in respect of which or for the benefit of which such money has been collected, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the aggregate amounts due and payable on such Securities for principal (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, respectively; and

 

SIXTH: To the payment of the remainder, if any, to the Company or any other Person or Persons entitled thereto.

 

Section 5.07.          Limitation on Suits .

 

No Holder of any Security of any series shall have any right to institute any proceeding, judicial or otherwise, with respect to this Indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any other remedy hereunder, unless:

 

(i)          such Holder has previously given written notice to the Trustee of a continuing Event of Default with respect to the Securities of that series;

 

(ii)         the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series shall have made written request to the Trustee to institute proceedings in respect of such Event of Default in its own name as Trustee hereunder;

 

(iii)        such Holder or Holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred in compliance with such request;

 

(iv)        the Trustee for 60 days after its receipt of such notice, request and offer of indemnity has failed to institute any such proceeding; and

 

(v)         no direction inconsistent with such written request has been given to the Trustee during such 60-day period by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series;

 

it being understood and intended that no one or more of such Holders shall have any right in any manner whatever by virtue of, or by availing of, any provision of this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of any other of such Holders, or to obtain or to seek to obtain priority or preference over any other of such Holders or to enforce any right under this Indenture, except in the manner herein provided and for the equal and ratable benefit of all such Holders.

 

Section 5.08.          Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal, Premium and Interest .

 

Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, the Holder of any Security shall have the right, which is absolute and unconditional, to receive payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and (subject to Sections 3.05 and 3.07) interest, if any, on such Security on the Stated Maturity or Maturities expressed in such Security (or, in the case of redemption, on the Redemption Date or, in the case of repayment at the option of the Holders on the Repayment Date) and to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment, and such rights shall not be impaired without the consent of such Holder.

 

Section 5.09.          Restoration of Rights and Remedies .

 

If the Trustee or any Holder of a Security has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case the Company, the Trustee and the Holders of Securities shall, subject to any determination in such proceeding, be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted.

 

32
 

 

 

Section 5.10.          Rights and Remedies Cumulative .

 

Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Securities in the last paragraph of Section 3.06, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders of Securities is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

 

Section 5.11.          Delay or Omission Not Waiver .

 

No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of any Security to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders of Securities, as the case may be.

 

Section 5.12.          Control by Holders of Securities .

 

Subject to Section 6.02(v), the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any series shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series, provided that

 

(i)          such direction shall not be in conflict with any rule of law or with this Indenture,

 

(ii)         the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction, and

 

(iii)        the Trustee need not take any action that might involve it in personal liability or be unjustly prejudicial to the Holders of Securities of such series not consenting.

 

Section 5.13.          Waiver of Past Defaults .

 

Subject to Section 5.02, the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any series may on behalf of the Holders of all the Securities of such series waive any past default hereunder with respect to Securities of such series and its consequences, except a default

 

(i)          in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on any Security of such series, or

 

(ii)         in respect of a covenant or provision hereof which under Article Nine cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Security of such series affected.

 

Upon any such waiver, such default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

 

Section 5.14.          Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws .

 

The Company covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.

 

33
 

 

 

ARTICLE Six

THE TRUSTEE

 

Section 6.01.          Notice of Defaults .

 

(a)          Within 90 days after the occurrence of any Default hereunder with respect to the Securities of any series, the Trustee shall transmit in the manner and to the extent provided in TIA Section 313(c), notice of such Default hereunder known to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee, unless such Default shall have been cured or waived; provided , however , that, except in the case of a Default in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on any Security of such series, or in the payment of any sinking or purchase fund installment with respect to the Securities of such series, the Trustee shall be protected in withholding such notice if and so long as the board of directors, the executive committee or a trust committee of directors and/or Responsible Officers of the Trustee in good faith determines that the withholding of such notice is in the interest of the Holders of the Securities of such series; and provided further that in the case of any Default or breach of the character specified in Section 5.01(iv) with respect to the Securities of such series, no such notice to Holders shall be given until at least 90 days after the occurrence thereof.

 

(b)          Prior to the time when the occurrence of an Event of Default becomes known to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee and after the curing or waiving of all such Events of Default with respect to a series of Securities that may have occurred:

 

(i)          the duties and obligations of the Trustee shall with respect to the Securities of any series be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture, and the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to the Securities except for the performance of such duties and obligations as are specifically set forth in this Indenture, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

 

(ii)         in the absence of bad faith on the part of the Trustee, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon any certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture; but in the case of any such certificates or opinions that by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they conform on their face to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of any mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein); and

 

(iii)        the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer or Responsible Officers, unless it shall be proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts.

 

Section 6.02.          Certain Rights of Trustee .

 

Subject to the provisions of TIA Section 315(a) through 315(d):

 

(i)          The Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, coupon or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in any document.

 

(ii)         Any request or direction of the Company mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by a Company Request or Company Order (other than delivery of any Security, to the Trustee for authentication and delivery pursuant to Section 3.03 which shall be sufficiently evidenced as provided therein) and any resolution of the Board of Directors may be sufficiently evidenced by a Board Resolution.

 

34
 

 

 

(iii)        Whenever in the administration of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Trustee (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part, conclusively rely upon a Board Resolution, an Opinion of Counsel or an Officers’ Certificate.

 

(iv)        The Trustee may consult with counsel and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.

 

(v)         The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders of Securities of any series pursuant to this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities (including the reasonable fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.

 

(vi)        The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, coupon or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled upon reasonable notice and at reasonable times during normal business hours to examine the books, records and premises of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney.

 

(vii)       The Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or attorneys and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder.

 

(viii)      The Trustee shall not deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Securities and this Indenture.

 

(ix)         The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder.

 

(x)          The permissive rights of the Trustee enumerated herein shall not be construed as duties.

 

(xi)         The Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the direction of the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of a series relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Trustee under this Indenture with respect to such Securities.

 

(xii)        Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate (unless other evidence is specifically prescribed herein). The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officers’ Certificate.

 

(xiii)       The Trustee may consult with counsel and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.

 

35
 

 

 

(xiv)      The Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith and believed by it to be authorized or within the discretion or rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture.

 

(xv)       The Trustee may request that the Company deliver an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Officers’ Certificate may be signed by any person authorized to sign an Officers’ Certificate, including any person specified as so authorized in any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded.

 

(xvi)      Anything in this Indenture notwithstanding, in no event shall the Trustee be liable for special, indirect, punitive or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including but not limited to loss of profit), even if the Trustee has been advised as to the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

 

(xvii)     The Trustee shall not be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under this Indenture arising out of or caused, directly or indirectly, by circumstances beyond its reasonable control, including acts of God; earthquakes; fire; flood; terrorism; wars and other military disturbances; sabotage; epidemics; riots; interruptions; loss or malfunctions of utilities, computer (hardware or software) or communication services; accidents; labor disputes; acts of civil or military authority and governmental action.

 

The Trustee shall not be required to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

 

Section 6.03.          Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Securities .

 

The recitals contained herein and in the Securities, except the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be taken as the statements of the Company, and neither the Trustee nor any Authenticating Agent assumes any responsibility for their correctness. The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Indenture or of the Securities, except that the Trustee represents that it is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Indenture, authenticate the Securities and perform its obligations hereunder and that the statements made by it in a Statement of Eligibility on Form T-1 supplied to the Company are true and accurate, subject to the qualifications set forth therein. Neither the Trustee nor any Authenticating Agent shall be accountable for the use or application by the Company of Securities or the proceeds thereof, and neither the Trustee nor any Authenticating Agent shall be responsible for any statement of the Company in any document issued in connection with the sale of the Securities.

 

Section 6.04.          May Hold Securities .

 

The Trustee, any Paying Agent, Security Registrar, Authenticating Agent or any other agent of the Company, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Securities and, subject to TIA Sections 310(b) and 311, may otherwise deal with the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee, Paying Agent, Security Registrar, Authenticating Agent or such other agent.

 

Section 6.05.          Money Held in Trust .

 

Money held by the Trustee in trust hereunder need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. The Trustee shall be under no liability for interest on any money received by it hereunder except as otherwise agreed with the Company.

 

Section 6.06.          Compensation and Reimbursement and Indemnification of Trustee .

 

The Company agrees:

 

36
 

 

 

(i)          To pay to the Trustee or any predecessor Trustee from time to time such reasonable compensation for all services rendered by it hereunder as has been agreed upon from time to time in writing (which compensation shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust).

 

(ii)         Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, to reimburse each of the Trustee and any predecessor Trustee upon its request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Trustee or any predecessor Trustee in accordance with any provision of this Indenture (including the reasonable compensation and the expenses and disbursements of its agents and counsel), except any such expense, disbursement or advance as may be attributable to its negligence or bad faith.

 

(iii)        To indemnify each of the Trustee or any predecessor Trustee for, and to hold it harmless against, any loss, liability or expense incurred without negligence or bad faith on its own part, arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of the trust or trusts hereunder, including the costs and expenses (including the reasonable fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) of defending itself against any claim or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder.

 

As security for the performance of the obligations of the Company under this Section, the Trustee shall have a claim prior to the Securities upon all property and funds held or collected by the Trustee as such, except funds held in trust for the payment of principal of (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on particular Securities.

 

When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 5.01 occurs, the expenses and compensation for such services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under Title 11, U.S. Code, or any similar Federal, State or analogous foreign law for the relief of debtors.

 

The provisions of this Section 6.06 shall survive the resignation or removal of the Trustee and the satisfaction, termination or discharge of this Indenture.

 

Section 6.07.          Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility .

 

There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that shall be eligible to act as Trustee under TIA Section 310(a)(1) and shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000. If such corporation publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of federal, state, territorial or the District of Columbia supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section, the combined capital and surplus of such corporation shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. If at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect hereinafter specified in this Article.

 

Section 6.08.          Disqualification; Conflicting Interests .

 

If the Trustee has or shall acquire a conflicting interest within the meaning of the Trust Indenture Act, the Trustee shall either eliminate such interest or resign, to the extent and in the manner provided by, and subject to the provisions of, the Trust Indenture Act and this Indenture.

 

Section 6.09.          Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor .

 

(a)          No resignation or removal of the Trustee and no appointment of a successor Trustee pursuant to this Article shall become effective until the acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee in accordance with the applicable requirements of Section 6.10 and any and all amounts then due and owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid in full.

 

(b)          The Trustee may resign at any time with respect to the Securities of one or more series by giving written notice thereof to the Company.

 

37
 

 

 

(c)          The Trustee may be removed at any time with respect to the Securities of any series by (i) the Company, by an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee, provided that contemporaneously therewith (x) the Company immediately appoints a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series meeting the requirements of Section 6.07 hereof and (y) the terms of Section 6.10 hereof are complied with in respect of such appointment (the Trustee being removed hereby agreeing to execute the instrument contemplated by Section 6.10(b) hereof, if applicable, under such circumstances) and provided further that no Default with respect to such Securities shall have occurred and then be continuing at such time, or (ii) Act of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series delivered to the Trustee and to the Company.

 

(d)          If at any time:

 

(i)          the Trustee shall fail to comply with the provisions of TIA Section 310(b) after written request therefor by the Company or by any Holder of a Security who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security for at least six months, or

 

(ii)         the Trustee shall cease to be eligible under Section 6.07 and shall fail to resign after written request therefor by the Company or by any Holder of a Security who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security for at least six months, or

 

(iii)        the Trustee shall become incapable of acting or shall be adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent or a receiver of the Trustee or of its property shall be appointed or any public officer shall take charge or control of the Trustee or of its property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation,

 

then, in any such case, (i) the Company by or pursuant to a Board Resolution may remove the Trustee and appoint a successor Trustee with respect to all Securities, or (ii) subject to TIA Section 315(e), any Holder of a Security who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security for at least six months may, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee with respect to all Securities and the appointment of a successor Trustee or Trustees.

 

(e)          If an instrument of acceptance by a successor Trustee shall not have been delivered to the Trustee within 30 days after the giving of a notice of resignation or the delivery of an Act of removal, the Trustee resigning or being removed may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

(f)          If the Trustee shall resign, be removed or become incapable of acting, or if a vacancy shall occur in the office of Trustee for any cause with respect to the Securities of one or more series, the Company, by or pursuant to a Board Resolution, shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee or Trustees with respect to the Securities of that or those series (it being understood that any such successor Trustee may be appointed with respect to the Securities of one or more or all of such series and that at any time there shall be only one Trustee with respect to the Securities of any particular series). If, within one year after such resignation, removal or incapability, or the occurrence of such vacancy, a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of any series shall be appointed by Act of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series delivered to the Company and the retiring Trustee, the successor Trustee so appointed shall, forthwith upon its acceptance of such appointment, become the successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series and to that extent supersede the successor Trustee appointed by the Company. If no successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of any series shall have been so appointed by the Company or the Holders of Securities and accepted appointment in the manner hereinafter provided, any Holder of a Security who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security of such series for at least six months may, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee with respect to Securities of such series.

 

(g)          The Company shall give notice of each resignation and each removal of the Trustee with respect to the Securities of any series and each appointment of a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of any series in the manner provided for notices to the Holders of Securities in Section 1.06.

 

38
 

  

Each notice shall include the name of the successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series and the address of its Corporate Trust Office.

 

Section 6.10.          Acceptance of Appointment by Successor .

 

(a)          In case of the appointment hereunder of a successor Trustee with respect to all Securities, every such successor Trustee shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Company and to the retiring Trustee an instrument accepting such appointment, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective and such successor Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee; but, on request of the Company or the successor Trustee, such retiring Trustee shall, upon payment of its charges, execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor Trustee all the rights, powers and trusts of the retiring Trustee, and shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor Trustee all property and money held by such retiring Trustee hereunder, subject nevertheless to its claim, if any, provided for in Section 6.06.

 

(b)          In case of the appointment hereunder of a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of one or more (but not all) series, the Company, the retiring Trustee and each successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of one or more series shall execute and deliver an indenture supplemental hereto wherein each successor Trustee shall accept such appointment and that (i) shall contain such provisions as shall be necessary or desirable to transfer and confirm to, and to vest in, each successor Trustee all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee with respect to the Securities of that or those series to which the appointment of such successor Trustee relates, (ii) shall contain such provisions as shall be deemed necessary or desirable to confirm that all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee with respect to the Securities of that or those series as to which the retiring Trustee is not retiring shall continue to be vested in the retiring Trustee and (iii) shall add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one Trustee, it being understood that nothing herein or in such supplemental indenture shall constitute such Trustees co-trustees of the same trust and that each such Trustee shall be trustee of a trust or trusts hereunder separate and apart from any trust or trusts hereunder administered by any other such Trustee; and upon the execution and delivery of such supplemental indenture the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective to the extent provided therein and each such successor Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee with respect to the Securities of that or those series to which the appointment of such successor Trustee relates; but, on request of the Company or any successor Trustee, such retiring Trustee shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor Trustee all property and money held by such retiring Trustee hereunder with respect to the Securities of that or those series to which the appointment of such successor Trustee relates, subject nevertheless to its claim, if any, as provided for in Section 6.06. Whenever there is a successor Trustee with respect to one or more (but less than all) series of securities issued pursuant to this Indenture, the terms “ Indenture ” and “ Securities ” shall have the meanings specified in the provisos to the respective definitions of those terms in Section 1.01 which contemplate such situation.

 

(c)          Upon request of any such successor Trustee, the Company shall execute any and all instruments reasonably necessary to more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to such successor Trustee all such rights, powers and trusts referred to in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section, as the case may be.

 

(d)          No successor Trustee shall accept its appointment unless at the time of such acceptance such successor Trustee shall be qualified and eligible under this Article.

 

Section 6.11.          Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business .

 

Any corporation into which the Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of the Trustee, shall be the successor of the Trustee hereunder, provided such corporation shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto. In case any Securities shall have been authenticated, but not delivered, by the Trustee then in office, any successor by merger, conversion or consolidation to such authenticating Trustee may adopt such authentication and deliver the Securities so authenticated with the same effect as if such successor Trustee had itself authenticated such Securities. In case any Securities shall not have been authenticated by such predecessor Trustee, any such successor Trustee may authenticate and deliver such Securities, in either its own name or that of its predecessor Trustee, with the full force and effect which this Indenture provides for the certificate of authentication of the Trustee; provided , however, that the right to adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor Trustee or to authenticate Securities in the name of any predecessor Trustee shall apply only to its successor or successors by merger, conversion or consolidation.

 

39
 

 

 

Section 6.12.          Appointment of Authenticating Agent .

 

At any time when any of the Securities remain Outstanding, the Trustee may appoint an Authenticating Agent or Agents (which may be an Affiliate or Affiliates of the Company) with respect to one or more series of Securities that shall be authorized to act on behalf of the Trustee to authenticate Securities of such series issued upon original issue or upon exchange, registration of transfer or partial redemption thereof, and Securities so authenticated shall be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture and shall be valid and obligatory for all purposes as if authenticated by the Trustee hereunder. Any such appointment shall be evidenced by an instrument in writing signed by a Responsible Officer of the Trustee, a copy of which instrument shall be promptly furnished to the Company. Wherever reference is made in this Indenture to the authentication and delivery of Securities by the Trustee or the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, such reference shall be deemed to include authentication and delivery on behalf of the Trustee by an Authenticating Agent and a certificate of authentication executed on behalf of the Trustee by an Authenticating Agent. Each Authenticating Agent shall be acceptable to the Company and, except as may otherwise be provided pursuant to Section 3.01, shall at all times be a bank or trust company or corporation organized and doing business and in good standing under the laws of the United States of America or of any State or the District of Columbia, authorized under such laws to act as Authenticating Agent, having a combined capital and surplus of not less than $50,000 and subject to supervision or examination by Federal or State authorities. If such Authenticating Agent publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or the requirements of the aforesaid supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section, the combined capital and surplus of such Authenticating Agent shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. In case at any time an Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, such Authenticating Agent shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect specified in this Section.

 

Any corporation into which an Authenticating Agent may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which such Authenticating Agent shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to the corporate agency or corporate trust business of an Authenticating Agent, shall continue to be an Authenticating Agent, provided such corporation shall be otherwise eligible under this Section, without the execution or filing of any paper or further act on the part of the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent.

 

An Authenticating Agent for any series of Securities may at any time resign by giving written notice of resignation to the Trustee for such series and to the Company. The Trustee for any series of Securities may at any time terminate the agency of an Authenticating Agent by giving written notice of termination to such Authenticating Agent and to the Company. Upon receiving such a notice of resignation or upon such a termination, or in case at any time such Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, the Trustee for such series may appoint a successor Authenticating Agent which shall be acceptable to the Company and shall promptly give written notice of such appointment to all Holders of Securities of the series with respect to which such Authenticating Agent will serve in the manner set forth in Section 1.06. Any successor Authenticating Agent upon acceptance of its appointment hereunder shall become vested with all the rights, powers and duties of its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as if originally named as an Authenticating Agent herein. No successor Authenticating Agent shall be appointed unless eligible under the provisions of this Section.

 

The Company agrees to pay to each Authenticating Agent from time to time reasonable compensation including reimbursement of its reasonable expenses for its services under this Section.

 

40
 

 

If an appointment with respect to one or more series is made pursuant to this Section, the Securities of such series may have endorsed thereon, in addition to or in lieu of the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, an alternate certificate of authentication substantially in the following form:

 

This is one of the Securities of the series designated therein referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

  American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC as Trustee
     
  By:  
    as Authenticating Agent
     
  By:  
    Authorized Officer

 

If all of the Securities of a series may not be originally issued at one time, and the Trustee does not have an office capable of authenticating Securities upon original issuance located in a Place of Payment where the Company wishes to have Securities of such series authenticated upon original issuance, the Trustee, if so requested by the Company in writing (which writing need not comply with Section 1.02 and need not be accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel), shall appoint in accordance with this Section an Authenticating Agent (which, if so requested by the Company, shall be an Affiliate of the Company) having an office in a Place of Payment designated by the Company with respect to such series of Securities, provided that the terms and conditions of such appointment are reasonably acceptable to the Trustee.

 

 

ARTICLE Seven

HOLDERS’ LISTS AND REPORTS BY TRUSTEE AND COMPANY

 

Section 7.01.          Disclosure of names and addresses of holders .

 

Every Holder of Securities, by receiving and holding the same, agrees with the Company and the Trustee that neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any Authenticating Agent nor any Paying Agent nor any Security Registrar nor any agent of any of them shall be held accountable by reason of the disclosure of any information as to the names and addresses of the Holders of Securities in accordance with TIA Section 312, regardless of the source from which such information was derived, and that the Trustee shall not be held accountable by reason of mailing any material pursuant to a request made under TIA Section 312(b).

 

Section 7.02.          Preservation of Information; Communications to Holders .

 

(a)          The Trustee shall preserve, in as current a form as is reasonably practicable, the names and addresses of Holders contained in the most recent list furnished to the Trustee as provided in Section 7.01 and the names and addresses of Holders received by the Trustee in its capacity as Security Registrar. The Trustee may destroy any list furnished to it as provided in Section 7.01 upon receipt of a new list so furnished.

 

(b)          The rights of Holders to communicate with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or under the Securities, and the corresponding rights and duties of the Trustee, shall be as provided by the Trust Indenture Act.

 

41
 

 

 

(c)          Every Holder of Securities, by receiving and holding the same, agrees with the Company and the Trustee that neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any agent of either of them shall be held accountable by reason of any disclosure of information as to names and addresses of Holders made pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act.

 

Section 7.03.          Reports by Trustee .

 

Within 60 days after May 15 of each year commencing with the first May 15 after the first issuance of Securities pursuant to this Indenture, the Trustee shall transmit by mail to all Holders Securities as provided in TIA Section 313(c) a report dated as of such May 15 which meets the requirements of TIA Section 313(a).

 

A copy of each such report shall, at the time of such transmission to Holders, be filed by the Trustee with each stock exchange, if any, upon which the Securities are listed, with the Commission and with the Company. The Company will promptly notify the Trustee of the listing of the Securities on any stock exchange. In the event that, on any such reporting date, no events have occurred under the applicable sections of the TIA within the 12 months preceding such reporting date, the Trustee shall be under no duty or obligation to provide such reports.

 

Section 7.04.          Reports by Company .

 

The Company will file with the Trustee and the Commission, and transmit to Holders, such information, documents and other reports, and such summaries thereof, as may be required pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act at the times and in the manner provided pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act; provided , that any such information, documents or reports filed electronically with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, shall be deemed filed with and delivered to the Trustee and the Holders at the same time as filed with the Commission.

 

Delivery of such reports, information, and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to conclusively rely exclusively on Officers’ Certificates).

 

Section 7.05.          Calculation of Original Issue Discount .

 

Upon request of the Trustee, the Company shall file with the Trustee promptly at the end of each calendar year a written notice specifying the amount of original issue discount (including daily rates and accrual periods), if any, accrued on Outstanding Securities as of the end of such year.

 

ARTICLE Eight

CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, CONVEYANCE OR TRANSFER

 

Section 8.01.          Company May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms .

 

Unless otherwise provided in the terms of such Securities, the Company shall not consolidate with or merge with or into any other corporation or convey or transfer all or substantially all of its properties and assets to any Person, unless:

 

(i)          either the Company shall be the continuing corporation, or the corporation (if other than the Company) formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or the Person which acquires by conveyance or transfer all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company shall expressly assume, by an indenture supplemental hereto, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, the due and punctual payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on all the Securities and the performance of every covenant of this Indenture on the part of the Company to be performed or observed;

 

42
 

 

 

(ii)         immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default shall have happened and be continuing; and

 

(iii)        the Company and the successor Person have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that such consolidation, merger, conveyance or transfer and such supplemental indenture comply with this Article and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction have been complied with.

 

Section 8.02.          Successor Person Substituted .

 

Upon any consolidation or merger, or any conveyance or transfer of the properties and assets of the Company substantially as an entirety in accordance with Section 8.01, the successor corporation formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or the successor Person to which such conveyance or transfer is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor had been named as the Company herein; and in the event of any such conveyance or transfer, the Company shall be discharged from all obligations and covenants under this Indenture and the Securities and may be dissolved and liquidated.

 

ARTICLE Nine

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES

 

Section 9.01.          Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Holders .

 

Without the consent of any Holders of Securities, the Company, when authorized by or pursuant to a Board Resolution, and the Trustee, at any time and from time to time, may enter into one or more indentures supplemental hereto, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, for any of the following purposes:

 

(i)          to evidence the succession of another Person to the Company and the assumption by any such successor of the covenants of the Company herein and in the Securities contained; or

 

(ii)         to add to the covenants of the Company for the benefit of the Holders of all or any series of Securities (and if such covenants are to be for the benefit of less than all series of Securities, stating that such covenants are expressly being included solely for the benefit of such series) or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the Company; or

 

(iii)        to add any additional Events of Default for the benefit of the Holders of all or any series of Securities (and if such Events of Default are to be for the benefit of less than all series of Securities, stating that such Events of Default are expressly being included solely for the benefit of such series); provided , however , that in respect of any such additional Events of Default such supplemental indenture may provide for a particular period of grace after default (which period may be shorter or longer than that allowed in the case of other defaults) or may provide for an immediate enforcement upon such default or may limit the remedies available to the Trustee upon such default or may limit the right of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of that or those series of Securities to which such additional Events of Default apply to waive such default; or

 

(iv)        to change or eliminate any of the provisions of this Indenture; provided that any such change or elimination shall become effective only when there is no Security Outstanding of any series created prior to the execution of such supplemental indenture that is entitled to the benefit of such provision; or

 

(v)         to secure the Securities pursuant to the requirements of Section 8.01 or 10.06, or otherwise; or

 

43
 

 

 

(vi)        to establish the form or terms of Securities of any series as permitted by Sections 2.01 and 3.01, including the provisions and procedures relating to Securities convertible into or exchangeable for any securities of any Person (including the Company); or

 

(vii)       to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment hereunder by a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of one or more series and to add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one Trustee; or

 

(viii)      to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision herein that may be inconsistent with any other provision herein, or to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Indenture; provided that such action shall not adversely affect the interests of the Holders of Securities of any series in any material respect; or

 

(ix)         to supplement any of the provisions of this Indenture to such extent as shall be necessary to permit or facilitate the defeasance and discharge of any series of Securities pursuant to Sections 4.01, 14.02 and 14.03; provided that any such action shall not adversely affect the interests of the Holders of Securities of such series or any other series of Securities in any material respect.

 

Section 9.02.          Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Holders .

 

With the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of all Outstanding Securities affected by such supplemental indenture, by Act of said Holders delivered to the Company and the Trustee, the Company, when authorized by or pursuant to a Board Resolution, and the Trustee may enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Indenture that affects such series of Securities or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders of such series of Securities under this Indenture; provided , however , that no such supplemental indenture shall, without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Security affected thereby:

 

(i)          change the Stated Maturity of the principal of (or premium, if any) or any installment of principal of or interest on, any Security, subject to the provisions of Section 3.08; or the terms of any sinking fund with respect to any Security; or reduce the principal amount thereof or the rate of interest (or change the manner of calculating the rate of interest, thereon, or any premium payable upon the redemption thereof, or change any obligation of the Company to pay Additional Amounts pursuant to Section 10.04 (except as contemplated by Section 8.01(i) and permitted by Section 9.01(i)), or reduce the portion of the principal of an Original Issue Discount Security or Indexed Security that would be due and payable upon a declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof pursuant to Section 5.02, or upon the redemption thereof or the amount thereof provable in bankruptcy pursuant to Section 5.04, or adversely affect any right of repayment at the option of the Holder of any Security, or change any Place of Payment where, or the Currency in which, any Security or any premium or interest thereon is payable, or impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after the Stated Maturity thereof (or, in the case of redemption or repayment at the option of the Holder, on or after the Redemption Date or the Repayment Date, as the case may be), or adversely affect any right to convert or exchange any Security as may be provided pursuant to Section 3.01 herein, or modify the subordination provisions set forth in Article Sixteen in a manner that is adverse to the Holder of any Security; or

 

(ii)         reduce the percentage in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any series, the consent of whose Holders is required for any such supplemental indenture, or the consent of whose Holders is required for any waiver with respect to such series (of compliance with certain provisions of this Indenture or certain defaults hereunder and their consequences) provided for in this Indenture, or reduce the requirements of Section 15.04 for quorum or voting; or

 

(iii)        modify any of the provisions of this Section, Section 5.13 or Section 10.07, except to increase any such percentage or to provide that certain other provisions of this Indenture cannot be modified or waived without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Security affected thereby; provided , however , that this clause shall not be deemed to require the consent of any Holder of a Security with respect to changes in the references to “the Trustee” and concomitant changes in this Section, or the deletion of this proviso, in accordance with the requirements of Sections 6.10(b) and 9.01(vii).

 

44
 

 

It shall not be necessary for any Act of Holders under this Section to approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture, but it shall be sufficient if such Act shall approve the substance thereof.

 

A supplemental indenture that changes or eliminates any covenant or other provision of this Indenture which has expressly been included solely for the benefit of one or more particular series of Securities, or that modifies the rights of the Holders of Securities of such series with respect to such covenant or other provision, shall be deemed not to affect the rights under this Indenture of the Holders of Securities of any other series.

 

The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Persons entitled to consent to any indenture supplemental hereto. If a record date is fixed, the Holders on such record date, or their duly designated proxies, and only such Persons, shall be entitled to consent to such supplemental indenture, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date; provided, that unless such consent shall have become effective by virtue of the requisite percentage having been obtained prior to the date that is eleven months after such record date, any such consent previously given shall automatically and without further action by any Holder be cancelled and of no further effect.

 

Section 9.03.          Execution of Supplemental Indentures .

 

In executing, or accepting the additional trusts created by, any supplemental indenture permitted by this Article or the modification thereby of the trusts created by this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and shall be fully protected in relying upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 1.02 of this Indenture, an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and that all conditions precedent to such supplemental indenture have been complied with. The Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into any such supplemental indenture that affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

 

Section 9.04.          Effect of Supplemental Indentures .

 

Upon the execution of any supplemental indenture under this Article, this Indenture shall be modified in accordance therewith, and such supplemental indenture shall form a part of this Indenture for all purposes; and every Holder of Securities theretofore or thereafter authenticated and delivered hereunder shall be bound thereby.

 

Section 9.05.          Conformity with Trust Indenture Act .

 

Every supplemental indenture executed pursuant to this Article shall conform to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act as then in effect.

 

Section 9.06.          Reference in Securities to Supplemental Indentures .

 

Securities of any series authenticated and delivered after the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to this Article may, and shall, if required by the Trustee, bear a notation in form approved by the Trustee as to any matter provided for in such supplemental indenture. If the Company shall so determine, new Securities of any series so modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Trustee and the Company, to any such supplemental indenture may be prepared and executed by the Company and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee in exchange for Outstanding Securities of such series. Every supplemental indenture executed pursuant to this Article shall conform to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act as then in effect.

 

Section 9.07.          Term Loan Agreement .

 

The Company shall not, without the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of all Outstanding Securities, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver of any of the subordination provisions set forth in the term loan agreement, dated as of November 8, 2012, among the Company, Citibank, N.A., a national banking association, as administrative agent and as a lender, and each of the other lending institutions that becomes a lender thereunder, as amended by the first and second amendments thereto dated July 9, 2013 and July 19, 2013, respectively.

 

45
 

  

ARTICLE Ten

COVENANTS

 

Section 10.01.        Payment of Principal, Premium, if any, and Interest .

 

The Company covenants and agrees for the benefit of the Holders of each series of Securities that it will duly and punctually pay the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on the Securities of that series in accordance with the terms of such series of Securities and this Indenture. Unless otherwise specified with respect to Securities of any series pursuant to Section 3.01, at the option of the Company, all payments of principal may be paid by check to the registered Holder of the Registered Security or other person entitled thereto against surrender of such Security.

 

Section 10.02.        Existence; Maintenance of Office or Agency .

 

Except as otherwise permitted in Article Eight, the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence as a corporation or other Person. The Company shall also maintain in each Place of Payment for any series of Securities an office or agency where Securities of that series may be presented or surrendered for payment, where Securities of that series may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange, where Securities of that series that are convertible or exchangeable may be surrendered for conversion or exchange, as applicable, and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Securities of that series and this Indenture may be served. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of each such office or agency. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency in respect of any series of Securities or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and the Company hereby appoints the Trustee as its agent to receive such respective presentations, surrenders, notices and demands, and the Company hereby appoints the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office its agent to receive all such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands.

 

The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Securities of one or more series may be presented or surrendered for any or all of such purposes, and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided , however , that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in accordance with the requirements set forth above for Securities of any series for such purposes. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency. Unless otherwise specified with respect to any Securities pursuant to Section 3.01 with respect to a series of Securities, the Company hereby designates as a Place of Payment for each series of Securities the office or agency of the Company in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, and initially appoints the Trustee as Paying Agent with its office at 6201 15 th Avenue, Brooklyn, New York 11219[               ], and as its agent to receive all such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands.

 

Unless otherwise specified with respect to any Securities pursuant to Section 3.01, if and so long as the Securities of any series (i) are denominated in a currency other than Dollars or (ii) may be payable in a currency other than Dollars, or so long as it is required under any other provision of the Indenture, then the Company will maintain with respect to each such series of Securities, or as so required, at least one Exchange Rate Agent. The Company will notify the Trustee of the name and address of any Exchange Rate Agent retained by it.

 

46
 

 

 

Section 10.03.        Money for Securities Payments to Be Held in Trust .

 

If the Company shall at any time act as its own Paying Agent with respect to any series of any Securities, it will, on or before each due date of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on any of the Securities of that series, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto a sum in the Currency in which the Securities of such series are payable (except as otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.01 for the Securities of such series and except, if applicable, as provided in Sections 3.12(b), 3.12(d) and 3.12(e)) sufficient to pay the principal (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on Securities of such series so becoming due until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided, and will promptly notify the Trustee of its action or failure so to act.

 

Whenever the Company shall have one or more Paying Agents for any series of Securities, it will, on or before each due date of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on any Securities of that series, deposit with a Paying Agent a sum (in the Currency or Currencies described in the preceding paragraph) sufficient to pay the principal (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, so becoming due, such sum of money to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such principal, premium or interest and (unless such Paying Agent is the Trustee) the Company will promptly notify the Trustee of its action or failure so to act.

 

The Company may at any time, for the purpose of obtaining the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or for any other purpose, pay, or by Company Order direct any Paying Agent to pay, to the Trustee all sums of money held in trust by the Company or such Paying Agent, such sums to be held by the Trustee upon the same trusts as those upon which such sums were held by the Company or such Paying Agent; and, upon such payment by any Paying Agent to the Trustee, such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such sums.

 

Except as otherwise provided in the Securities of any series, any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on any Security of any series and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company upon Company Request, or (if then held by the Company) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Security shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such money held in trust, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided , however , that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be published once, in an Authorized Newspaper, notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Company.

 

Section 10.04.        Additional Amounts .

 

If the Securities of a series provide for the payment of Additional Amounts, the Company will pay to the Holder of any Security of such series such Additional Amounts as may be specified as contemplated by Section 3.01. Whenever in this Indenture there is mentioned, in any context, the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on any Security of any series or the net proceeds received on the sale or exchange of any Security of any series, such mention shall be deemed to include mention of the payment of Additional Amounts provided for by the terms of such series established pursuant to Section 3.01 to the extent that, in such context, Additional Amounts are, were or would be payable in respect thereof pursuant to such terms and express mention of the payment of Additional Amounts (if applicable) in any provisions hereof shall not be construed as excluding Additional Amounts in those provisions hereof where such express mention is not made.

 

Except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 3.01, if the Securities of a series provide for the payment of Additional Amounts, at least 10 days prior to the first Interest Payment Date with respect to that series of Securities (or if the Securities of that series will not bear interest prior to Maturity, the first day on which a payment of principal premium is made), and at least 10 days prior to each date of payment of principal, premium or interest if there has been any change with respect to the matters set forth in the below-mentioned Officers’ Certificate, the Company will furnish the Trustee and the Company’s principal Paying Agent or Paying Agents, if other than the Trustee, with an Officers’ Certificate instructing the Trustee and such Paying Agent or Paying Agents whether such payment of principal, premium or interest on the Securities of that series shall be made to Holders of Securities of that series who are not United States persons without withholding for or on account of any tax, assessment or other governmental charge described in the Securities of that series. If any such withholding shall be required, then such Officers’ Certificate shall specify by country the amount, if any, required to be withheld on such payments to such Holders of Securities of that series and the Company will pay to the Trustee or such Paying Agent the Additional Amounts required by the terms of such Securities. In the event that the Trustee or any Paying Agent, as the case may be, shall not so receive the above-mentioned certificate, then the Trustee or such Paying Agent shall be entitled (i) to assume that no such withholding or deduction is required with respect to any payment of principal or interest with respect to any Securities of a series until it shall have received a certificate advising otherwise and (ii) to make all payments of principal and interest with respect to the Securities of a series without withholding or deductions until otherwise advised. The Company covenants to indemnify the Trustee and any Paying Agent for, and to hold them harmless against, any loss, liability or expense reasonably incurred without negligence or bad faith on their part arising out of or in connection with actions taken or omitted by any of them in reliance on any Officers’ Certificate furnished pursuant to this Section or in reliance on the Company’s not furnishing such an Officers’ Certificate.

 

47
 

 

 

Section 10.05.        Statement as to Compliance .

 

The Company will deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year ending after the date hereof so long as any Security is Outstanding hereunder, an Officers’ Certificate stating to the knowledge of the signers thereof whether the Company is in default in the performance of any of the terms, provisions or conditions of this Indenture. For purposes of this Section 10.05, such default shall be determined without regard to any period of grace or requirement of notice under this Indenture.

 

Section 10.06.        Payment of Taxes and Other Claims .

 

The Company will pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged, before the same shall become delinquent, (1) all taxes, assessments and governmental charges levied or imposed upon the Company or upon the income, profits or property of the Company, and (2) all lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies that, if unpaid, might by law become a lien upon the property of the Company, except where the failure to do so would not be reasonably expected to have a material adverse effect on the business, assets, financial condition or results of operations of the Company; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged any such tax, assessment, charge or claim whose amount, applicability or validity is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings.

 

Section 10.07.        Waiver of Certain Covenants .

 

The Company may omit in any particular instance to comply with any covenant or condition set forth in Section 10.06, and, as specified pursuant to Section 3.01(xv) for Securities of any series, in any covenants of the Company added to Article Ten pursuant to Section 3.01(xiv) or Section 3.01(xv) in connection with the Securities of a series, if before or after the time for such compliance the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of all Outstanding Securities of such series, by Act of such Holders, either waive such compliance in such instance or generally waive compliance with such covenant or condition, but no such waiver shall extend to or affect such covenant or condition except to the extent so expressly waived, and, until such waiver shall become effective, the obligations of the Company and the duties of the Trustee in respect of any such covenant or condition shall remain in full force and effect.

 

Section 10.08.        Section 18(a)(1)(A) of the Investment Company Act .

 

The Company hereby agrees that for the period of time during which the Securities are Outstanding, the Company will not violate, whether or not it is subject to, Section 18(a)(1)(A) as modified by Section 61(a)(1) of the Investment Company Act, each as in effect from time to time or any successor provisions thereto of the Investment Company Act, but giving effect to any exemptive relief granted to the Company by the Commission.

 

Section 10.09.        Commission Reports and Reports to Holders .

 

If, at any time, the Company is not subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act to file any periodic reports with the Commission, the Company agrees to furnish to the Holders of Securities and the Trustee for the period of time during which the Securities are Outstanding: (i) within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, audited annual consolidated financial statements of the Company and (ii) within 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter of the Company (other than the Company’s fourth fiscal quarter), unaudited interim consolidated financial statements of the Company. All such financial statements shall be prepared, in all material respects, in accordance with GAAP.

 

48
 

 

 

ARTICLE Eleven

REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES

 

Section 11.01.        Applicability of Article .

 

Securities of any series that are redeemable before their Stated Maturity shall be redeemable in accordance with their terms and (except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 3.01 for Securities of any series) in accordance with this Article.

 

Section 11.02.        Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee .

 

The election of the Company to redeem any Securities shall be evidenced by or pursuant to a Board Resolution. In case of any redemption at the election of the Company of less than all of the Securities of any series, the Company shall, at least 60 days prior to the Redemption Date fixed by the Company (unless a shorter notice shall be satisfactory to the Trustee), notify the Trustee in writing of such Redemption Date and of the principal amount of Securities of such series to be redeemed, and, if applicable, of the tenor of the Securities to be redeemed, and shall deliver to the Trustee such documentation and records as shall enable the Trustee to select the Securities to be redeemed pursuant to Section 11.03. In the case of any redemption of Securities of any series prior to the expiration of any restriction on such redemption provided in the terms of such Securities or elsewhere in this Indenture, the Company shall furnish the Trustee with an Officers’ Certificate evidencing compliance with such restriction.

 

Section 11.03.        Selection by Trustee of Securities to Be Redeemed .

 

If less than all the Securities of any series issued on the same day with the same terms are to be redeemed, the particular Securities to be redeemed shall be selected not more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date by the Trustee, from the Outstanding Securities of such series issued on such date with the same terms not previously called for redemption, by such method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate; provided that such method complies with the rules of any national securities exchange or quotation system on which the Securities are listed (which rules shall be certificated to the Trustee by the Company or such national securities exchange at the Trustee’s request), and may provide for the selection for redemption of portions (equal to the minimum authorized denomination for Securities of that series or any integral multiple thereof) of the principal amount of Securities of such series of a denomination larger than the minimum authorized denomination for Securities of that series; provided , however , that no such partial redemption shall reduce the portion of the principal amount of a Security not redeemed to less than the minimum authorized denomination for Securities of such series.

 

The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company and the Security Registrar (if other than itself) in writing of the Securities selected for redemption and, in the case of any Securities selected for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed.

 

For all purposes of this Indenture, unless the context otherwise requires, all provisions relating to the redemption of Securities shall relate, in the case of any Security redeemed or to be redeemed only in part, to the portion of the principal amount of such Security which has been or is to be redeemed.

 

Section 11.04.        Notice of Redemption .

 

Notice of redemption shall be given in the manner provided in Section 1.06, not less than 30 days nor more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date, unless a shorter period is specified by the terms of such series established pursuant to Section 3.01, to each Holder of Securities to be redeemed, but failure to give such notice in the manner herein provided to the Holder of any Security designated for redemption as a whole or in part, or any defect in the notice to any such Holder, shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other such Security or portion thereof.

 

49
 

 

Any notice that is mailed to the Holders of Registered Securities in the manner herein provided shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the Holder receives the notice.

 

All notices of redemption shall state:

 

(i)          the Redemption Date;

 

(ii)         the Redemption Price and accrued interest, if any, to the Redemption Date payable as provided in Section 11.06;

 

(iii)        if less than all Outstanding Securities of any series are to be redeemed, the identification (and, in the case of partial redemption, the principal amount) of the particular Security or Securities to be redeemed;

 

(iv)        in case any Security is to be redeemed in part only, the notice that relates to such Security shall state that on and after the Redemption Date, upon surrender of such Security, the Holder will receive, without a charge, a new Security or Securities of authorized denominations for the principal amount thereof remaining unredeemed;

 

(v)         that on the Redemption Date, the Redemption Price and accrued interest, if any, to the Redemption Date payable as provided in Section 11.06 will become due and payable upon each such Security, or the portion thereof, to be redeemed and, if applicable, that interest thereon shall cease to accrue on and after said date;

 

(vi)        the Place or Places of Payment where such Securities, if any, maturing after the Redemption Date, are to be surrendered for payment of the Redemption Price and accrued interest, if any;

 

(vii)       that the redemption is for a sinking fund, if such is the case; and

 

(viii)      the CUSIP number of such Security, if any.

 

A notice of redemption published as contemplated by Section 1.06 need not identify particular Registered Securities to be redeemed. Notice of redemption of Securities to be redeemed shall be given by the Company or, at the Company’s request, by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company.

 

Section 11.05.        Deposit of Redemption Price .

 

On or prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the Business Day prior to any Redemption Date, the Company shall deposit with the Trustee or with a Paying Agent (or, if the Company is acting as its own Paying Agent, in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 10.03) an amount of money in the Currency in which the Securities of such series are payable (except as otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.01 for the Securities of such series and except, if applicable, as provided in Sections 3.12(b), 3.12(d) and 3.12(e)) sufficient to pay on the Redemption Date the Redemption Price of, and (unless otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.01) accrued interest on, all the Securities or portions thereof which are to be redeemed on that date.

 

50
 

 

 

Section 11.06.        Securities Payable on Redemption Date .

 

Notice of redemption having been given as aforesaid, the Securities so to be redeemed shall, on the Redemption Date, become due and payable at the Redemption Price therein specified in the Currency in which the Securities of such series are payable (except as otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.01 for the Securities of such series and except, if applicable, as provided in Sections 3.12(b), 3.12(d) and 3.12(e)) (together with accrued interest, if any, to the Redemption Date), and from and after such date (unless the Company shall default in the payment of the Redemption Price and accrued interest, if any) such Securities shall if the same were interest-bearing cease to bear interest. Upon surrender of any such Security for redemption in accordance with said notice, such Security shall be paid by the Company at the Redemption Price, together with accrued interest, if any, to the Redemption Date; provided , however , that, unless otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 3.01, installments of interest on Registered Securities whose Stated Maturity is on or prior to the Redemption Date shall be payable to the Holders of such Securities, or one or more Predecessor Securities, registered as such at the close of business on the relevant Record Dates according to their terms and the provisions of Section 3.07.

 

If any Security called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender thereof for redemption, the Redemption Price shall, until paid, bear interest from the Redemption Date at the rate of interest set forth in such Security or, in the case of an Original Issue Discount Security, at the Yield to Maturity of such Security.

 

Section 11.07.        Securities Redeemed in Part .

 

Any Registered Security that is to be redeemed only in part (pursuant to the provisions of this Article or of Article Twelve) shall be surrendered at a Place of Payment therefor (with, if the Company or the Trustee so requires, due endorsement by, or a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee duly executed by, the Holder thereof or such Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing) and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder of such Security without service charge a new Security or Securities of the same series and of like tenor, of any authorized denomination as requested by such Holder in aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for the unredeemed portion of the principal of the Security so surrendered. If a temporary global Security or permanent global Security is so surrendered, such new Security so issued shall be a new temporary global Security or permanent global Security, respectively. However, if less than all the Securities of any series with differing issue dates, interest rates and stated maturities are to be redeemed, the Company in its sole discretion shall select the particular Securities to be redeemed and shall notify the Trustee in writing thereof at least 45 days prior to the relevant redemption date.

 

 

ARTICLE Twelve

SINKING FUNDS

 

Section 12.01.        Applicability of Article .

 

The provisions of this Article shall be applicable to any sinking fund for the retirement of Securities of a series except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 3.01 for Securities of such series.

 

The minimum amount of any sinking fund payment provided for by the terms of Securities of any series is herein referred to as a “mandatory sinking fund payment”, and any payment in excess of such minimum amount provided for by the terms of such Securities of any series is herein referred to as an “optional sinking fund payment”. If provided for by the terms of any Securities of any series, the cash amount of any mandatory sinking fund payment may be subject to reduction as provided in Section 12.02. Each sinking fund payment shall be applied to the redemption of Securities of any series as provided for by the terms of Securities of such series.

 

Section 12.02.        Satisfaction of Sinking Fund Payments with Securities .

 

The Company may, in satisfaction of all or any part of any mandatory sinking fund payment with respect to the Securities of a series, (i) deliver Outstanding Securities of such series (other than any previously called for redemption) and (ii) apply as a credit Securities of such series which have been redeemed either at the election of the Company pursuant to the terms of such Securities or through the application of permitted optional sinking fund payments pursuant to the terms of such Securities, as provided for by the terms of such Securities; provided that such Securities so delivered or applied as a credit have not been previously so credited. Such Securities shall be received and credited for such purpose by the Trustee at the applicable Redemption Price specified in such Securities for redemption through operation of the sinking fund and the amount of such mandatory sinking fund payment shall be reduced accordingly.

 

51
 

 

 

Section 12.03.        Redemption of Securities for Sinking Fund .

 

Not less than 60 days prior to each sinking fund payment date for Securities of any series, the Company will deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate specifying the amount of the next ensuing mandatory sinking fund payment for that series pursuant to the terms of that series, the portion thereof, if any, which is to be satisfied by payment of cash in the Currency in which the Securities of such series are payable (except as otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.01 for the Securities of such series and except, if applicable, as provided in Sections 3.12(b), 3.12(d) and 3.12(e)) and the portion thereof, if any, which is to be satisfied by delivering and crediting Securities of that series pursuant to Section 12.02, and the optional amount, if any, to be added in cash to the next ensuing mandatory sinking fund payment, and will also deliver to the Trustee any Securities to be so delivered and credited. If such Officers’ Certificate shall specify an optional amount to be added in cash to the next ensuing mandatory sinking fund payment, the Company shall thereupon be obligated to pay the amount therein specified. Not less than 30 days before each such sinking fund payment date the Trustee shall select the Securities to be redeemed upon such sinking fund payment date in the manner specified in Section 11.03 and cause notice of the redemption thereof to be given in the name of and at the expense of the Company in the manner provided in Section 11.04. Such notice having been duly given, the redemption of such Securities shall be made upon the terms and in the manner stated in Sections 11.06 and 11.07.

 

ARTICLE Thirteen

REPAYMENT AT THE OPTION OF HOLDERS

 

Section 13.01.        Applicability of Article .

 

Repayment of Securities of any series before their Stated Maturity at the option of Holders thereof shall be made in accordance with the terms of such Securities and (except as otherwise specified by the terms of such series established pursuant to Section 3.01) in accordance with this Article.

 

Section 13.02.        Repayment of Securities .

 

Securities of any series subject to repayment in whole or in part at the option of the Holders thereof will, unless otherwise provided in the terms of such Securities, be repaid at the Repayment Price thereof, together with interest, if any, thereon accrued to the Repayment Date specified in or pursuant to the terms of such Securities. The Company covenants that on or before 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the Business Day preceding the Repayment Date it will deposit with the Trustee or with a Paying Agent (or, if the Company is acting as its own Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 10.03) an amount of money in the Currency in which the Securities of such series are payable (except as otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.01 for the Securities of such series and except, if applicable, as provided in Sections 3.12(b), 3.12(d) and 3.12(e)) sufficient to pay the Repayment Price of, and (unless otherwise specified pursuant to Section 3.01) accrued interest on, all the Securities or portions thereof, as the case may be, to be repaid on such date.

 

Section 13.03.        Exercise of Option .

 

Securities of any series subject to repayment at the option of the Holders thereof will contain an “Option to Elect Repayment” form on the reverse of such Securities. To be repaid at the option of the Holder, any Security so providing for such repayment, with the “Option to Elect Repayment” form on the reverse of such Security duly completed by the Holder (or by the Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing), must be received by the Company at the Place of Payment therefor specified in the terms of such Security (or at such other place or places of which the Company shall from time to time notify the Holders of such Securities) not earlier than 45 days nor later than 30 days prior to the Repayment Date. If less than the entire Repayment Price of such Security is to be repaid in accordance with the terms of such Security, the portion of the Repayment Price of such Security to be repaid, in increments of the minimum denomination for Securities of such series, and the denomination or denominations of the Security or Securities to be issued to the Holder for the portion of such Security surrendered that is not to be repaid, must be specified. Any Security providing for repayment at the option of the Holder thereof may not be repaid in part if, following such repayment, the unpaid principal amount of such Security would be less than the minimum authorized denomination of Securities of the series of which such Security to be repaid is a part. Except as otherwise may be provided by the terms of any Security providing for repayment at the option of the Holder thereof, exercise of the repayment option by the Holder shall be irrevocable unless waived by the Company.

 

52
 

 

 

Section 13.04.        When Securities Presented for Repayment Become Due and Payable .

 

If Securities of any series providing for repayment at the option of the Holders thereof shall have been surrendered as provided in this Article and as provided by or pursuant to the terms of such Securities, such Securities or the portions thereof, as the case may be, to be repaid shall become due and payable and shall be paid by the Company on the Repayment Date therein specified, and on and after such Repayment Date (unless the Company shall default in the payment of such Securities on such Repayment Date) such Securities shall, if the same were interest-bearing, cease to bear interest. Upon surrender of any such Security for repayment in accordance with such provisions , the Repayment Price of such Security so to be repaid shall be paid by the Company, together with accrued interest, if any, to the Repayment Date; provided however, that installments of interest on Registered Securities, whose Stated Maturity is prior to (or, if specified pursuant to Section 3.01, on) the Repayment Date shall be payable (but without interest thereon, unless the Company shall default in the payment thereof) to the Holders of such Securities, or one or more Predecessor Securities, registered as such at the close of business on the relevant Record Dates according to their terms and the provisions of Section 3.07.

 

If any Security surrendered for repayment shall not be so repaid upon surrender thereof, the Repayment Price shall, until paid, bear interest from the Repayment Date at the rate of interest set forth in such Security or, in the case of an Original Issue Discount Security, at the Yield to Maturity of such Security.

 

Section 13.05.        Securities Repaid in Part .

 

Upon surrender of any Registered Security that is to be repaid in part only, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder of such Security, without service charge and at the expense of the Company, a new Registered Security or Securities of the same series, and of like tenor, of any authorized denomination specified by the Holder, in an aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for the portion of the principal of such Security so surrendered that is not to be repaid. If a temporary global Security or permanent global Security is so surrendered, such new Security so issued shall be a new temporary global Security or a new permanent global Security, respectively.

 

ARTICLE Fourteen

DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

 

Section 14.01.        Applicability of Article; Company’s Option to Effect Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance .

 

If pursuant to Section 3.01 provision is made for either or both of (a) defeasance of the Securities of or within a series under Section 14.02 or (b) covenant defeasance of the Securities of or within a series under Section 14.03, then the provisions of such Section or Sections, as the case may be, together with the other provisions of this Article (with such modifications thereto as may be specified pursuant to Section 3.01 with respect to any Securities), shall be applicable to such Securities, and the Company may at its option by Board Resolution, at any time, with respect to such Securities, elect to have either Section 14.02 (if applicable) or Section 14.03 (if applicable) be applied to such Outstanding Securities upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article.

 

53
 

 

 

Section 14.02.        Defeasance and Discharge .

 

Upon the Company’s exercise of the above option applicable to this Section with respect to any Securities of or within a series, the Company shall be deemed to have been discharged from its obligations with respect to such Outstanding Securities on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 14.04 are satisfied (hereinafter, “ defeasance ”). For this purpose, such defeasance means that the Company shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire indebtedness represented by such Outstanding Securities, which shall thereafter be deemed to be “Outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 14.05 and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in clauses (A) and (B) of this Section, and to have satisfied all its other obligations under such Securities and this Indenture insofar as such Securities are concerned (and the Trustee, at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: (A) the rights of Holders of such Outstanding Securities to receive, solely from the trust fund described in Section 14.04 and as more fully set forth in such Section, payments in respect of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on such Securities when such payments are due, (B) the Company’s obligations with respect to such Securities under Sections 3.05, 3.06, 10.02 and 10.03 and with respect to the payment of Additional Amounts, if any, on such Securities as contemplated by Section 10.04, (C) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder, including, without limitation, Section 6.06, and (D) this Article. Subject to compliance with this Article Fourteen, the Company may exercise its option under this Section notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 14.03 with respect to such Securities. Following a defeasance, payment of such Securities may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default.

 

Section 14.03.        Covenant Defeasance .

 

Upon the Company’s exercise of the above option applicable to this Section with respect to any Securities of or within a series, the Company shall be released from its obligations under Section 10.06, and, if specified pursuant to Section 3.01, its obligations under any other covenant with respect to such Outstanding Securities on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 14.04 are satisfied (hereinafter, “ covenant defeasance ”), and such Securities shall thereafter be deemed to be not “Outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or Act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with Section 10.06, or such other covenant, but shall continue to be deemed “Outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder. For this purpose, such covenant defeasance means that, with respect to such Outstanding Securities, the Company may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such Section or such other covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such Section or such other covenant or by reason of reference in any such Section or such other covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 5.01(iv) or 5.01(vii) or otherwise, as the case may be, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Securities shall be unaffected thereby. Following a covenant defeasance, payment of such Securities may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default solely by reference to such Sections specified above in this Section 14.03.

 

Section 14.04.        Conditions to Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance .

 

The following shall be the conditions to application of either Section 14.02 or Section 14.03 to any Outstanding Securities of or within a series:

 

(i)          The Company shall have irrevocably deposited or caused to be irrevocably deposited with the Trustee (or another trustee satisfying the requirements of Section 6.07 who shall agree to comply with the provisions of this Article Fourteen applicable to it) as trust funds in trust for the purpose of making the following payments, specifically pledged as security for the benefit of, and dedicated solely to, the Holders of such Securities, (A) an amount (in such Currency in which such Securities are then specified as payable at Stated Maturity), or (B) Government Obligations applicable to such Securities (determined on the basis of the Currency in which such Securities are then specified as payable at Stated Maturity) which through the scheduled payment of principal and interest in respect thereof in accordance with their terms will provide, without reinvestment thereof, not later than one day before the due date of any payment of principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on such Securities, money in an amount, or (C) a combination thereof in an amount, sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay and discharge, and which shall be applied by the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee) to pay and discharge, (1) the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on such Outstanding Securities on the Stated Maturity of such principal or installment of principal or interest and (2) any mandatory sinking fund payments or analogous payments applicable to such Outstanding Securities on the day on which such payments are due and payable in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and of such Securities.

 

54
 

  

(ii)         Such defeasance or covenant defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, this Indenture or any other material agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound.

 

(iii)        No Default or Event of Default with respect to such Securities shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or, insofar as Sections 5.01(v) and 5.01(vi) are concerned, at any time during the period ending on the 91st day after the date of such deposit (it being understood that this condition shall not be deemed satisfied until the expiration of such period).

 

(iv)        In the case of an election under Section 14.02, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel stating that (i) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or (ii) since the date of execution of this Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable Federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such opinion shall confirm that, the Holders of such Outstanding Securities will not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of such defeasance and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such defeasance had not occurred.

 

(v)         In the case of an election under Section 14.03, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the Holders of such Outstanding Securities will not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of such covenant defeasance and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such covenant defeasance had not occurred.

 

(vi)        The Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent to either the defeasance under Section 14.02 or the covenant defeasance under Section 14.03 (as the case may be) have been complied with.

 

(vii)       Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section, such defeasance or covenant defeasance shall be effected in compliance with any additional or substitute terms, conditions or limitations which may be imposed on the Company in connection therewith pursuant to Section 3.01.

 

Section 14.05.        Deposited Money and Government Obligations to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions .

 

Subject to the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 10.03, all money and Government Obligations (or other property as may be provided pursuant to Section 3.01) (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 14.05, the “ Trustee ”) pursuant to Section 14.04 in respect of any Outstanding Securities of any series shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Securities and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Securities of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

Unless otherwise specified with respect to any Security pursuant to Section 3.01, if, after a deposit referred to in Section 14.04(a) has been made, (a) the Holder of a Security in respect of which such deposit was made is entitled to, and does, elect pursuant to Section 3.12(b) or the terms of such Security to receive payment in a Currency other than that in which the deposit pursuant to Section 14.04(a) has been made in respect of such Security, or (b) a Conversion Event occurs as contemplated in Section 3.12(d) or 3.12(e) or by the terms of any Security in respect of which the deposit pursuant to Section 14.04(a) has been made, the indebtedness represented by such Security shall be deemed to have been, and will be, fully discharged and satisfied through the payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on such Security as the same becomes due out of the proceeds yielded by converting (from time to time as specified below in the case of any such election) the amount or other property deposited in respect of such Security into the Currency in which such Security becomes payable as a result of such election or Conversion Event based on the applicable Market Exchange Rate for such Currency in effect on the second Business Day prior to each payment date, except, with respect to a Conversion Event, for such Currency in effect (as nearly as feasible) at the time of the Conversion Event.

 

55
 

 

The Company shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the money or Government Obligations deposited pursuant to Section 14.04 or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of such Outstanding Securities; it being understood that the Trustee shall bear no responsibility for any such tax, fee or other charge that is imposed by law or for the account of Holders. The foregoing sentence shall survive the termination of this Indenture and the earlier resignation or removal of the Trustee.

 

Anything in this Article to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon Company Request any money or Government Obligations (or other property and any proceeds therefrom) held by it as provided in Section 14.04 which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, are in excess of the amount thereof which would then be required to be deposited to effect a defeasance or covenant defeasance, as applicable, in accordance with this Article.

 

If, after the Company has made a deposit with the Trustee pursuant to Section 14.04, the Trustee is unable to apply any money in accordance with Section 14.05 by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Company’s obligations under this Indenture and the applicable Securities shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 14.04 until such time as the Trustee is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with this Article Fourteen; provided, however, that if the Company has made any payment of the principal of or interest on any series of Securities because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Securities to receive any such payment from the money held by the Trustee.

 

Money deposited with the Trustee in trust pursuant to this Section 14.05 shall not be subject to the subordination provisions of Article Sixteen.

 

 

ARTICLE Fifteen

MEETINGS OF HOLDERS OF SECURITIES

 

Section 15.01.        Purposes for Which Meetings May Be Called .

 

A meeting of Holders of any series of Securities of such series may be called at any time and from time to time pursuant to this Article to make, give or take any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders of Securities of such series.

 

Section 15.02.        Call, Notice and Place of Meetings .

 

(a)          The Trustee may at any time call a meeting of Holders of Securities of any series for any purpose specified in Section 15.01, to be held at such time and at such place in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York or in London as the Trustee shall determine. Notice of every meeting of Holders of Securities of any series, setting forth the time and the place of such meeting and in general terms the action proposed to be taken at such meeting, shall be given, in the manner provided in Section 1.06, not less than 21 nor more than 180 days prior to the date fixed for the meeting.

 

(b)          In case at any time the Company, pursuant to a Board Resolution, or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any series shall have requested the Trustee to call a meeting of the Holders of Securities of such series for any purpose specified in Section 15.01, by written request setting forth in reasonable detail the action proposed to be taken at the meeting, and the Trustee shall not have made the first publication or mailing of the notice of such meeting within 21 days after receipt of such request or shall not thereafter proceed to cause the meeting to be held as provided herein, then the Company or the Holders of Securities of such series in the amount above specified, as the case may be, may determine the time and the place in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York or in London for such meeting and may call such meeting for such purposes by giving notice thereof as provided in subsection (a) of this Section.

 

56
 

 

 

Section 15.03.        Persons Entitled to Vote at Meetings .

 

To be entitled to vote at any meeting of Holders of Securities of any series, a Person shall be (i) a Holder of one or more Outstanding Securities of such series, or (ii) a Person appointed by an instrument in writing as proxy for a Holder or Holders of one or more Outstanding Securities of such series by such Holder or Holders. The only Persons who shall be entitled to be present or to speak at any meeting of Holders of Securities of any series shall be the Persons entitled to vote at such meeting and their counsel, any representatives of the Trustee and its counsel and any representatives of the Company and its counsel.

 

Section 15.04.        Quorum; Action .

 

The Persons entitled to vote a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of a series shall constitute a quorum for a meeting of Holders of Securities of such series; provided , however , that if any action is to be taken at such meeting with respect to a consent, waiver, request, demand, notice, authorization, direction or other action that this Indenture expressly provides may be made, given or taken by the Holders of not less than a specified percentage in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of a series, the Persons entitled to vote such specified percentage in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series shall constitute a quorum. In the absence of a quorum within 30 minutes of the time appointed for any such meeting, the meeting shall, if convened at the request of Holders of Securities of such series, be dissolved. In any other case the meeting may be adjourned for a period of not less than 10 days as determined by the chairman of the meeting prior to the adjournment of such meeting. In the absence of a quorum at any such adjourned meeting, such adjourned meeting may be further adjourned for a period of not less than 10 days as determined by the chairman of the meeting prior to the adjournment of such adjourned meeting. Notice of the reconvening of any adjourned meeting shall be given as provided in Section 15.02(a), except that such notice need be given only once not less than five days prior to the date on which the meeting is scheduled to be reconvened. Notice of the reconvening of any adjourned meeting shall state expressly the percentage, as provided above, of the principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series which shall constitute a quorum.

 

Except as limited by the proviso to Section 9.02, any resolution presented to a meeting or adjourned meeting duly reconvened at which a quorum is present as aforesaid may be adopted by the affirmative vote of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series; provided , however , that, except as limited by the proviso to Section 9.02, any resolution with respect to any consent, waiver, request, demand, notice, authorization, direction or other action which this Indenture expressly provides may be made, given or taken by the Holders of a specified percentage, which is less than a majority, in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of a series may be adopted at a meeting or an adjourned meeting duly reconvened and at which a quorum is present as aforesaid by the affirmative vote of the Holders of such specified percentage in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series.

 

Any resolution passed or decision taken at any meeting of Holders of Securities of any series duly held in accordance with this Section shall be binding on all the Holders of Securities of such series, whether or not present or represented at the meeting.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 15.04, if any action is to be taken at a meeting of Holders of Securities of any series with respect to any consent, waiver, request, demand, notice, authorization, direction or other action that this Indenture expressly provides may be made, given or taken by the Holders of a specified percentage in principal amount of all Outstanding Securities affected thereby, or of the Holders of such series and one or more additional series:

 

(i)          there shall be no minimum quorum requirement for such meeting; and

 

57
 

 

 

(ii)         the principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series that vote in favor of such consent, waiver, request, demand, notice, authorization, direction or other action shall be taken into account in determining whether such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action has been made, given or taken under this Indenture.

 

Section 15.05.        Determination of Voting Rights; Conduct and Adjournment of Meetings .

 

(a)          Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture, the Trustee may make such reasonable regulations as it may deem advisable for any meeting of Holders of Securities of a series in regard to proof of the holding of Securities of such series and of the appointment of proxies and in regard to the appointment and duties of inspectors of votes, the submission and examination of proxies, certificates and other evidence of the right to vote, and such other matters concerning the conduct of the meeting as it shall deem appropriate. Except as otherwise permitted or required by any such regulations, the holding of Securities shall be proved in the manner specified in Section 1.04 and the appointment of any proxy shall be proved in the manner specified in Section 1.04. Such regulations may provide that written instruments appointing proxies, regular on their face, may be presumed valid and genuine without the proof specified in Section 1.04 or other proof.

 

(b)          The Trustee shall, by an instrument in writing appoint a temporary chairman of the meeting, unless the meeting shall have been called by the Company or by Holders of Securities as provided in Section 15.02(b), in which case the Company or the Holders of Securities of the series calling the meeting, as the case may be, shall in like manner appoint a temporary chairman. A permanent chairman and a permanent secretary of the meeting shall be elected by vote of the Persons entitled to vote a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series represented at the meeting.

 

(c)          At any meeting of Holders, each Holder of a Security of such series or proxy shall be entitled to one vote for each $1,000 principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series held or represented by such Holder; provided , however , that no vote shall be cast or counted at any meeting in respect of any Security challenged as not Outstanding and ruled by the chairman of the meeting to be not Outstanding. The chairman of the meeting shall have no right to vote, except as a Holder of a Security of such series or proxy.

 

(d)          Any meeting of Holders of Securities of any series duly called pursuant to Section 15.02 at which a quorum is present may be adjourned from time to time by Persons entitled to vote a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series represented at the meeting, and the meeting may be held as so adjourned without further notice.

 

Section 15.06.        Counting Votes and Recording Action of Meetings .

 

The vote upon any resolution submitted to any meeting of Holders of Securities of any series shall be by written ballots on which shall be subscribed the signatures of the Holders of Securities of such series or of their representatives by proxy and the principal amounts and serial numbers of the Outstanding Securities of such series held or represented by them. The chairman of the meeting shall appoint at least one inspector of votes who shall count all votes cast at the meeting for or against any resolution and who shall make and file with the secretary of the meeting a verified written report of all votes cast at the meeting. A record, at least in duplicate, of the proceedings of each meeting of Holders of Securities of any Series shall be prepared by the secretary of the meeting and there shall be attached to said record the original reports of the inspector of votes on any vote by ballot taken thereat and affidavits by one or more persons having knowledge of the fact, setting forth a copy of the notice of the meeting and showing that said notice was given as provided in Section 15.02 and, if applicable, Section 15.04. Each copy shall be signed and verified by the affidavits of the chairman and secretary of the meeting and one such copy shall be delivered to the Company and another to the Trustee to be preserved by the Trustee, the latter to have attached thereto the ballots voted at the meeting. Any record so signed and verified shall be conclusive evidence of the matters therein stated.

 

58
 

 

 

ARTICLE Sixteen

SUBORDINATION OF SECURITIES

 

Section 16.01.        Agreement to Subordinate .

 

The Company, for itself, its successors and assigns, covenants and agrees, and each Holder of Senior Subordinated Securities by his acceptance thereof, likewise covenants and agrees, that the payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on each and all of the Senior Subordinated Securities is hereby expressly subordinated, to the extent and in the manner hereinafter set forth, in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness.

 

The Company, for itself, its successors and assigns, covenants and agrees, and each Holder of Junior Subordinated Securities by his acceptance thereof, likewise covenants and agrees, that the payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on each and all of the Junior Subordinated Securities is hereby expressly subordinated, to the extent and in the manner hereinafter set forth, in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness and Senior Subordinated Indebtedness.

 

Section 16.02.        Distribution on Dissolution, Liquidation and Reorganization; Subrogation of Subordinated Securities .

 

Upon any distribution of assets of the Company upon any dissolution, winding up, liquidation or reorganization of the Company, whether in bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or receivership proceedings or upon an assignment for the benefit of creditors or any other marshalling of the assets and liabilities of the Company or otherwise (subject to the power of a court of competent jurisdiction to make other equitable provision reflecting the rights conferred in this Indenture upon the Senior Indebtedness and the holders thereof with respect to the Securities and the holders thereof by a lawful plan of reorganization under applicable bankruptcy law):

 

(i)          the holders of all Senior Indebtedness shall be entitled to receive payment in full of the principal thereof (and premium, if any) and interest due thereon before the Holders of the Subordinated Securities are entitled to receive any payment upon the principal (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on indebtedness evidenced by the Subordinated Securities;

 

(ii)         the holders of all Senior Subordinated Indebtedness shall be entitled to receive payment in full of the principal thereof (and premium, if any) and interest due thereon before the Holders of the Junior Subordinated Securities are entitled to receive any payment upon the principal (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on indebtedness evidenced by the Junior Subordinated Securities;

 

(iii)        any payment or distribution of assets of the Company of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities, to which the Holders of the Securities or the Trustee would be entitled except for the provisions of this Article Sixteen shall be paid by the liquidating trustee or agent or other person making such payment or distribution, whether a trustee in bankruptcy, a receiver or liquidating trustee or otherwise, directly to the holders of Senior Indebtedness or their representative or representatives or to the trustee or trustees under any indenture under which any instruments evidencing any of such Senior Indebtedness may have been issued, ratably according to the aggregate amounts remaining unpaid on account of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Senior Indebtedness held or represented by each, to the extent necessary to make payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness remaining unpaid, after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness; and

 

(iv)        in the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any payment or distribution of assets of the Company of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities, shall be received by the Trustee or the Holders of the Subordinated Securities before all Senior Indebtedness is paid in full, such payment or distribution shall be paid over, upon written notice to the Trustee, to the holder of such Senior Indebtedness or their representative or representatives or to the trustee or trustees under any indenture under which any instrument evidencing any of such Senior Indebtedness may have been issued, ratably as aforesaid, for application to payment of all Senior Indebtedness remaining unpaid until all such Senior Indebtedness shall have been paid in full, after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness.

 

59
 

 

Subject to the payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness, the Holders of the Subordinated Securities shall be subrogated to the rights of the holders of Senior Indebtedness to receive payments or distributions of cash, property or securities of the Company applicable to Senior Indebtedness until the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on the Subordinated Securities shall be paid in full and no such payments or distributions to the Holders of the Subordinated Securities of cash, property or securities otherwise distributable to the holders of Senior Indebtedness shall, as between the Company, its creditors other than the holders of Senior Indebtedness, and the Holders of the Subordinated Securities be deemed to be a payment by the Company to or on account of the Subordinated Securities. It is understood that the provisions of this Article Sixteen are and are intended solely for the purpose of defining the relative rights of the Holders of the Subordinated Securities, on the one hand, and the holders of the Senior Indebtedness, on the other hand. Nothing contained in this Article Sixteen or elsewhere in this Indenture or in the Subordinated Securities is intended to or shall impair, as between the Company, its creditors other than the holders of Senior Indebtedness, and the Holders of the Subordinated Securities, the obligation of the Company, which is unconditional and absolute, to pay to the Holders of the Subordinated Securities the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on the Subordinated Securities as and when the same shall become due and payable in accordance with their terms, or to affect the relative rights of the Holders of the Subordinated Securities and creditors of the Company other than the holders of Senior Indebtedness, nor shall anything herein or in the Subordinated Securities prevent the Trustee or the Holder of any Subordinated Security from exercising all remedies otherwise permitted by applicable law upon default under this Indenture, subject to the rights, if any, under this Article Sixteen of the holders of Senior Indebtedness in respect of cash, property or securities of the Company received upon the exercise of any such remedy. Upon any payment or distribution of assets of the Company referred to in this Article Sixteen, the Trustee, subject to the provisions of Section 6.01, shall be entitled to conclusively rely upon a certificate of the liquidating trustee or agent or other person making any distribution to the Trustee for the purpose of ascertaining the Persons entitled to participate in such distribution, the holders of Senior Indebtedness and other indebtedness of the Company, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article Sixteen.

 

If the Trustee or any Holder of Subordinated Securities does not file a proper claim or proof of debt in the form required in any proceeding referred to above prior to 30 days before the expiration of the time to file such claim in such proceeding, then the holder of any Senior Indebtedness is hereby authorized, and has the right, to file an appropriate claim or claims for or on behalf of such Holder of Subordinated Securities.

 

With respect to the holders of Senior Indebtedness, the Trustee undertakes to perform or to observe only such of its covenants or obligations as are specifically set forth in this Article and no implied covenants or obligations with respect to holders of Senior Indebtedness shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee. The Trustee does not owe any fiduciary duties to the holders of Senior Indebtedness, including any holder of Securities other than Securities issued under this Indenture.

 

Section 16.03.        No Payment on Subordinated Securities in Event of Default on Senior Indebtedness .

 

No payment by the Company on account of principal (or premium, if any), sinking funds or interest, if any, on the Subordinated Securities shall be made unless full payment of amounts then due for principal (premium, if any), sinking funds and interest on Senior Indebtedness has been made or duly provided for in money or money’s worth.

 

Section 16.04.        Payments on Subordinated Securities Permitted .

 

Nothing contained in this Indenture or in any of the Subordinated Securities shall (i) affect the obligation of the Company to make, or prevent the Company from making, at any time except as provided in Sections 16.02 and 16.03, payments of principal of (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on the Subordinated Securities or (ii) prevent the application by the Trustee of any moneys deposited with it hereunder to the payment of or on account of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on the Subordinated Securities, unless the Trustee shall have received at its Corporate Trust Office written notice of any event prohibiting the making of such payment more than three Business Days prior to the date fixed for such payment.

 

60
 

  

Section 16.05.        Authorization of Holders to Trustee to Effect Subordination .

 

Each Holder of Subordinated Securities by his acceptance thereof authorizes and directs the Trustee on his behalf to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination as provided in this Article Sixteen and appoints the Trustee his attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes.

 

Section 16.06.          Notices to Trustee .

 

Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article or any other provisions of this Indenture, neither the Trustee nor any Paying Agent (other than the Company) shall be charged with knowledge of the existence of any Senior Indebtedness or of any event which would prohibit the making of any payment of moneys to or by the Trustee or such Paying Agent, unless and until the Trustee or such Paying Agent shall have received (in the case of the Trustee, at its Corporate Trust Office) written notice thereof from the Company or from the holder of any Senior Indebtedness or from the trustee for any such holder, together with proof reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee of such holding of Senior Indebtedness or of the authority of such trustee; provided , however , that if at least three Business Days prior to the date upon which by the terms hereof any such moneys may become payable for any purpose (including, without limitation, the payment of either the principal (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on any Subordinated Security) the Trustee shall not have received with respect to such moneys the notice provided for in this Section 16.06, then, anything herein contained to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall have full power and authority to receive such moneys and to apply the same to the purpose for which they were received, and shall not be affected by any notice to the contrary, which may be received by it within three Business Days prior to such date. The Trustee shall be entitled to conclusively rely on the delivery to it of a written notice by a Person representing himself to be a holder of Senior Indebtedness (or a trustee on behalf of such holder) to establish that such a notice has been given by a holder of Senior Indebtedness or a trustee on behalf of any such holder. In the event that the Trustee determines in good faith that further evidence is required with respect to the right of any Person as a holder of Senior Indebtedness to participate in any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article Sixteen, the Trustee may request such Person to furnish evidence to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee as to the amount of Senior Indebtedness held by such Person, the extent to which such Person is entitled to participate in such payment or distribution and any other facts pertinent to the rights of such Person under this Article Sixteen and, if such evidence is not furnished, the Trustee may defer any payment to such Person pending judicial determination as to the right of such Person to receive such payment.

 

Section 16.07.        Trustee as Holder of Senior Indebtedness .

 

The Trustee in its individual capacity shall be entitled to all the rights set forth in this Article Sixteen in respect of any Senior Indebtedness at any time held by it to the same extent as any other holder of Senior Indebtedness and nothing in this Indenture shall be construed to deprive the Trustee of any of its rights as such holder.

 

Nothing in this Article Sixteen shall apply to claims of, or payments to, the Trustee under or pursuant to Section 6.06.

 

Section 16.08.        Modifications of Terms of Senior Indebtedness .

 

Any renewal or extension of the time of payment of any Senior Indebtedness or the exercise by the holders of Senior Indebtedness of any of their rights under any instrument creating or evidencing Senior Indebtedness, including, without limitation, the waiver of default thereunder, may be made or done all without notice to or assent from the Holders of the Subordinated Securities or the Trustee.

 

No compromise, alteration, amendment, modification, extension, renewal or other change of, or waiver, consent or other action in respect of, any liability or obligation under or in respect of, or of any of the terms, covenants or conditions of any indenture or other instrument under which any Senior Indebtedness is outstanding or of such Senior Indebtedness, whether or not such release is in accordance with the provisions of any applicable document, shall in any way alter or affect any of the provisions of this Article Sixteen or of the Subordinated Securities relating to the subordination thereof.

 

61
 

  

Section 16.09.        Reliance on Judicial Order or Certificate of Liquidating Agent .

 

Upon any payment or distribution of assets of the Company referred to in this Article Sixteen, the Trustee and the Holders of the Securities shall be entitled to conclusively rely upon any order or decree entered by any court of competent jurisdiction in which such insolvency, bankruptcy, receivership, liquidation, reorganization, dissolution, winding up or similar case or proceeding is pending, or a certificate of the trustee in bankruptcy, liquidating trustee, custodian, receiver, assignee for the benefit of creditors, agent or other person making such payment or distribution, delivered to the Trustee or to the Holders of Subordinated Securities, for the purpose of ascertaining the persons entitled to participate in such payment or distribution, the holders of Senior Indebtedness and other indebtedness of the Company, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article Sixteen.

 

* * * * *

 

62
 

 

This Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same Indenture.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed, as of the day and year first above written.

 

  WHITEHORSE FINANCE, INC.
     
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:
     
  American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC as Trustee
     
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:

 

63
 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE TO BE GIVEN BY EUROCLEAR AND
CLEARSTREAM IN CONNECTION WITH THE EXCHANGE OF
A PORTION OF A TEMPORARY GLOBAL SECURITY
OR TO OBTAIN INTEREST PAYABLE PRIOR
TO THE EXCHANGE DATE

 

CERTIFICATE

 

[Insert title or sufficient description of Securities to be delivered]

 

This is to certify that, based solely on written certifications that we have received in writing, by tested telex or by electronic transmission from each of the persons appearing in our records as persons entitled to a portion of the principal amount set forth below (our “ Member Organizations ”) substantially in the form attached hereto, as of the date hereof, [U.S. $] principal amount of the above-captioned Securities (i) is owned by person(s) that are not “United States persons” (“ United States Person(s) ”) within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), (ii) is owned by United States Person(s) that are (a) foreign branches of United States financial institutions (financial institutions, as defined in U.S. Treasury Regulations Section 1.165-12(c)(1)(v)[(iv)] are herein referred to as “financial institutions”) purchasing for their own account or for resale, or (b) United States person(s) who acquired the Securities through foreign branches of United States financial institutions and who hold the Securities through such United States financial institutions on the date hereof (and in either case (a) or (b), each such financial institution has agreed, on its own behalf or through its agent, that we may advise WhiteHorse Finance, Inc. or its agent that such financial institution will comply with the requirements of Section 165(j)(3)(A), (B) or (C) of the Code and the United States Treasury Regulations thereunder), or (iii) is owned by United States or foreign financial institution(s) for purposes of resale during the restricted period (as defined in United States Treasury Regulations Section 1.163-5(c)(2)(i)(D)(7)), and, to the further effect, that financial institutions described in clause (iii) above (whether or not also described in clause (i) or (ii)) have certified that they have not acquired the Securities for purposes of resale directly or indirectly to a United States person or to a person within the United States or its possessions.

 

As used herein, “ United States ” means the United States of America (including the States and the District of Columbia); and its “possessions” include Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands, Guam, American Samoa, Wake Island and the Northern Mariana Islands.

 

We further certify that (i) we are not making available herewith for exchange (or, if relevant, collection of any interest) any portion of the temporary global Security representing the above-captioned Securities excepted in the above-referenced certificates of Member Organizations and (ii) as of the date hereof we have not received any notification from any of our Member Organizations to the effect that the statements made by such Member Organizations with respect to any portion of the part submitted herewith for exchange (or, if relevant, collection of any interest) are no longer true and cannot be relied upon as of the date hereof.

 

We understand that this certification is required in connection with certain tax legislation in the United States. If administrative or legal proceedings are commenced or threatened in connection with which this certificate is or would be relevant, we irrevocably authorize you to produce this certificate or a copy thereof to any interested party in such proceedings.

 

Dated:                                                   

 

[To be dated no earlier than the Exchange Date or the relevant Interest Payment
Date occurring prior to the Exchange Date, as applicable] 

  [                                                       ],  
  as Operator of the Euroclear System  
       
  By:    
    Name:  
    Title:  

 

Exhibit A

 

 

Exhibit (d)(4)

 

SUBSCRIPTION AGENT AGREEMENT

 

BY AND BETWEEN

 

WHITEHORSE FINANCE, INC.

 

and

 

[            ]

 

This Subscription Rights Agreement (the “Agreement”) is made as of                   between WhiteHorse Finance, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and        (the “Subscription Agent”), and relates to the base prospectus included in the Registration Statement on Form N-2, File No. 333-        , filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission on            , 2014, as amended by any amendment filed with respect thereto (the “Registration Statement”) and any prospectus supplement (together with the base prospectus, the “Prospectus”).  Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Subscription Certificate (as defined below).

 

WHEREAS, the Company proposes to make a subscription offer by issuing subscription certificates in the form designated by the Company (“Subscription Certificates”) to stockholders of record (the “Record Date Stockholders”) of its common stock, par value $0.001 per share (“Common Stock”), as of a record date specified by the Company (the “Record Date”) in the Prospectus, pursuant to which each Record Date Stockholder, or any transferee of a Record Date Stockholder (such Record Date Stockholders and transferees thereof, the “Rights Holders”) shall have certain rights (the “Rights”) to subscribe for shares of Common Stock, as described in and upon such terms as are set forth in the Prospectus, a final copy of which has been or, upon availability shall promptly be, delivered to the Subscription Agent; and

 

WHEREAS, the Company wishes the Subscription Agent to perform certain acts on behalf of the Company, and the Subscription Agent is willing to so act, in connection with the distribution of the Subscription Certificates and the issuance and exercise of the Rights, all upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and of the mutual agreements set forth herein, each of the parties agrees as follows:

 

1.           Appointment.

 

The Company hereby appoints the Subscription Agent to act as subscription and distribution agent in connection with the distribution of Subscription Certificates and the issuance and exercise of the Rights (the “Offering”) in accordance with the terms set forth in the Agreement, and the Subscription Agent hereby accepts such appointment.

 

2.           Form and Execution of Subscription Certificates.

 

Each Subscription Certificate shall be irrevocable and transferable upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Prospectus.  The Subscription Agent shall maintain a register of Subscription Certificates and of the Rights Holders.

 

1
 

 

3.           Rights and Issuance of Subscription Certificates.

 

  A. Each Subscription Certificate shall evidence the Rights of the Rights Holders therein named to purchase Common Stock upon the terms and conditions therein set forth.
     
  B. Upon the written advice of the Company, signed by any of its duly authorized officers, as to the Record Date, the Subscription Agent shall, from a list of the Record Date Stockholders to be prepared by the Subscription Agent, prepare and record Subscription Certificates in the names of such Record Date Stockholders, setting forth the number of Rights to subscribe for shares of Common Stock calculated on the basis of one Right for each        shares of Common Stock recorded on the books in the name of each such Record Date Stockholder as of the Record Date.  No fractional Rights shall be issued.  Each Subscription Certificate shall be dated as of the Record Date and shall be executed manually or by facsimile signature of a duly authorized officer of the Subscription Agent.
     
  C. Upon receipt of such written advice, signed as aforesaid, as to the effective date of the Registration Statement, the Subscription Agent shall promptly countersign and deliver the Subscription Certificates, together with a copy of the Prospectus, instruction letter and any other documents as the Company deems necessary or appropriate, to all Record Date Stockholders with record addresses in the United States (including its territories and possessions and the District of Columbia).  Delivery shall be by first class mail (without registration or insurance).
     
  D. The Subscription Agent shall mail a copy of the Prospectus, instruction letter, a special notice and such other documents as the Company may deem necessary or appropriate, if any, but not Subscription Certificates to Record Date Stockholders whose record addresses are outside the United States (including its territories and possessions and the District of Columbia) (“Foreign Record Date Stockholders”).  Those Record Date Stockholders having a registered address outside the United States (who shall only receive copies of the Prospectus, instruction letter and such other documents as the Company may deem necessary or appropriate, if any) delivery shall be by air mail (without registration or insurance) or by first class mail (without registration or insurance) to those Record Date Stockholders having an APO or FPO address.  The Rights to which such Subscription Certificates relate shall be held by the Subscription Agent for such Foreign Record Date Stockholders’ accounts until instructions are received to exercise, sell or transfer such Rights.
     
  E. The Subscription Agent shall perform their respective duties hereunder in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Fee and Service Schedule attached hereto as Exhibit B, and shall act at all times in accordance with the description of the offering and the Subscription Agent’ duties set forth herein and in the Prospectus.

 

4.           [Over-Subscription Privilege.

 

If any shares of Common Stock available for purchase pursuant to the Rights offering are not subscribed for by Rights Holders pursuant to the Basic Subscription, the Subscription Agent shall allot such shares to Rights Holders who have properly subscribed for such shares pursuant to an over-subscription privilege on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Prospectus, including as to proration.  In addition, any Rights Holder other than a Record Date Stockholder who exercises Rights is entitled to subscribe for any Remaining Shares that are not otherwise subscribed for by Record Date Stockholders pursuant to their over-subscription privilege, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Prospectus, including as to proration. We refer to these over-subscription privileges as the “Over-Subscription Privilege.”]

  

2
 

 

5.           Exercise.

 

  A. Rights Holders may acquire shares of Common Stock by delivery to the Subscription Agent no later than 5:00 pm on the Expiration Date, as defined below, or on any extended Expiration Date, of (i) a properly completed and duly executed Subscription Certificate and a money order or check or bank draft drawn on a bank or branch located in the United States and payable to “            ” for an amount equal to the number of shares of Common Stock subscribed for pursuant to the Basic Subscription [and the Over-Subscription Privilege] multiplied by the Estimated Subscription Price, each as defined in the Subscription Certificate (the “Exercise Price”); or (ii) a Notice of Guaranteed Delivery guaranteeing delivery of (A) a properly completed and duly executed Subscription Certificate and (B) a money order or check or bank draft drawn on a bank or branch located in the United States and payable to “            ” for an amount equal to the Exercise Price.  Payment must be made in U.S. dollars.  For the purposes of the Prospectus and this Agreement, “Business Day” shall mean any day on which trading is conducted on The NASDAQ Global Select Market.
     
  B. The Offering shall terminate, on such date as the Company shall designate to the Subscription Agent in writing (the “Expiration Date”).  For the purpose of determining the time of the exercise of any Rights, delivery of any materials to the Subscription Agent shall be deemed to occur when such materials are received by the Subscription Agent specified in the Prospectus.
     
  C. Within ten Business Days following the Expiration Date (the “Confirmation Date”), the Subscription Agent shall send to each exercising Rights Holder (or, if rights are held by Cede & Co. or any other depository or nominee, to Cede & Co. or such other depository or nominee, as applicable) a confirmation showing (i) the number of shares purchased pursuant to the Basic Subscription; [(ii) the number of shares, if any, acquired pursuant to the Over-Subscription Privilege;] (iii) the per share and total purchase price for such shares; and (iv) any additional amount payable to the Company by such Rights Holder or any excess to be refunded by the Company to such Rights Holder, in each case based on the Subscription Price as determined on the Expiration Date, [along with a letter explaining the allocation of shares of Common Stock pursuant to the Over-Subscription Privilege, if applicable].
     
  D. Any additional payment required from an exercising Rights Holder must be received by the Subscription Agent within ten Business Days after the Confirmation Date and any excess payment to be refunded by the Company to an exercising Rights Holder shall be mailed by the Subscription Agent as promptly as practicable after the Confirmation Date and, in no event, later than ten Business Days after the Confirmation Date.  If a Rights Holder does not make timely payment of any additional amounts due in accordance with this Section 4, the Subscription Agent shall consult with the Company in accordance with Section 5 as to the appropriate action to be taken.  The Subscription Agent shall not issue shares of Common Stock for shares of Common Stock subscribed for until payment in full therefor has been received by the Subscription Agent, including clearance of checks and payment pursuant to Notices of Guaranteed Delivery.
     
  E. As soon as practicable after the exercise of any Rights and the clearance of the funds in payment of the Exercise Price, the Company shall issue to the Rights Holder in book entry form the number of full shares of Common Stock to which such holder is entitled upon exercise of the Rights, registered in such name or names as may be directed by him, her or it, and if the Rights Holder shall not have exercised all Rights held by such holder, a new Subscription Certificate for such number of Rights as were not exercised.

 

3
 

 

6.           Validity of Subscriptions.

 

Irregular, incomplete or unpaid subscriptions not otherwise covered by specific instructions herein shall be submitted to an appropriate officer of the Company and handled in accordance with his or her instructions.  Such instructions shall be reasonably documented by the Subscription Agent indicating, among other things, the instructing officer and the date thereof.

 

7.           Delivery of Shares.

 

The Subscription Agent shall deliver Statements of Holding reflecting new shares of Common Stock purchased pursuant to the Basic Subscription [and, if applicable, those shares purchased pursuant to the exercise of the Over-Subscription Privilege] as soon as practicable after the Expiration Date, after all allocations have been effected and full payment for such shares has been received and cleared.

 

8.           Holding Proceeds of Rights Offering.

 

  A. All proceeds received by the Subscription Agent from Rights Holders in respect of the exercise of Rights pursuant to the Basic Subscription [and the Over-Subscription Privilege] shall be held by the Subscription Agent on behalf of the Company in a segregated account (the                   “Account”).  Interest shall accrue for the benefit of the Company at                    and not for the benefit of the Subscription Agent or any Rights Holders, on funds held in the Account pending disbursement in the manner described in Section 4 above.
     
  B. The Subscription Agent shall deliver all proceeds received in respect of the exercise of Rights, other than those to be refunded to exercising Rights Holders pursuant to Section 4 above, to the Company as promptly as practicable, but in no event later than one Business Day after the Confirmation Date.
     
  C. The Company acknowledges that the bank accounts maintained by                  in connection with the services provided under this Agreement shall be in its name, in a segregated account and held in trust for the benefit of the Company.

 

9.           Reports.

 

Daily, during the period commencing on the date of mailing the Subscription Certificates until and including the Confirmation Date, the Subscription Agent shall report by telephone, facsimile or electronic mail to a designated representative(s) of the Company, as instructed by such designated representative, the following information:

 

  (i)  the names of all Rights Holders exercising Rights pursuant to the Basic Subscription [and the Over-Subscription Privilege];

 

4
 

 

  (ii)  the total number of Rights exercised by each Rights Holder during the immediately preceding day pursuant to the Basic Subscription [and the Over-Subscription Privilege];
     
  (iii)  the total number of Rights verified to be in proper form for exercise, rejected for exercise and being processed, and all payments received in connection therewith;
     
  (iv)  with respect to the Dealer Managers and each soliciting dealer, the number of Rights exercised on forms indicating the Dealer Manager or such soliciting dealer, as the case may be, as the broker-dealer with respect to such exercise; and
     
  (v)  such other information as may be reasonably requested by the Company or such designated representative;

 

The Subscription Agent shall report by telephone, facsimile or electronic mail, as instructed by such designated representative, not later than 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the first business day following the Expiration Date, (i) the total number of Rights exercised by each Rights Holder pursuant to the Basic Subscription [and the Over-Subscription Privilege and shares of Common Stock related thereto], (ii) the total number of Rights verified to be in proper form for exercise, rejected for exercise and being processed, and all payments received in connection therewith, (iii) with respect to the Dealer Managers and each soliciting dealer, the number of Rights exercised on forms indicating the Dealer Manager or such soliciting dealer, as the case may be, as the broker-dealer with respect to such exercise, and (iv) any such other information as may be reasonably requested by the Company or such designated representative.

 

In addition, the Subscription Agent shall perform the services set forth in Exhibit A.

 

10.          Loss or Mutilation.

 

If any Subscription Certificate is lost, stolen, mutilated or destroyed, the Subscription Agent may, on such terms as will serve to indemnify and protect the Company and the Subscription Agent as the Subscription Agent may in its reasonable discretion impose on the relevant Rights Holder (which shall, in the case of a mutilated Subscription Certificate, include the surrender and cancellation thereof), issue a new Subscription Certificate to such Rights Holder of like denomination in substitution for the Subscription Certificate so lost, stolen, mutilated or destroyed.

 

11.          Compensation for Services.

 

The Company agrees that it shall pay to the Subscription Agent compensation for their respective services hereunder in accordance with the Fee and Service Schedule attached hereto as Exhibit B.  The Company further agrees that it shall reimburse the Subscription Agent for its reasonable, documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred in the performance of its respective duties as such; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to reimburse the Subscription Agent for any such expenses incurred which exceed $          in the aggregate without its prior written consent.

 

12.          Instructions, Indemnification and Limitation of Liability.

 

The Subscription Agent undertakes the respective duties and obligations imposed by this Agreement upon the following terms and conditions:

 

5
 

 

 

 

A. The Subscription Agent shall be entitled to rely upon any instructions or directions furnished to it by an officer of the Company listed on the attached Schedule A (an “Appropriate Officer”).  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing or any other provision of this Agreement, each Agent, in connection with its duties hereunder, shall not be under any duty or obligation to inquire into the validity or invalidity or authority or lack thereof of any instruction or direction from an Appropriate Officer of the Company and which such Agent reasonably believes to be genuine.
     
  B. The Company shall indemnify the Subscription Agent and its partners, directors, officers, managers, employees, attorneys and representatives against, and hold them harmless from, all liability and expense for any claim, action, suit, proceeding or investigation (each, a “Claim”) against any such party that arises out of or in connection with the services described in this Agreement to be performed by the Subscription Agent or the instructions or directions furnished to the Subscription Agent relating to this Agreement by an Appropriate Officer of the Company; provided that the Company shall not be so obligated for any liability or expense (i) which shall arise out of the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of the Subscription Agent or the partners, directors, officers, managers, employees, attorneys or representatives of the Subscription Agent or (ii) for any liability or expense arising out of a settlement of any Claim unless such settlement has been made with the prior written consent of the Company.

 

Promptly after the receipt by the Subscription Agent of notice of any Claim, the Subscription Agent shall notify the Company thereof in writing.  In no case shall the Company be liable under this Section 12 to the extent it is materially prejudiced by failure of any indemnified party to deliver prompt notice of any Claim.  The Company shall be entitled to participate at its own expense in the defense of any Claim, and, if it so elects at any time after receipt of such notice, it may assume the defense of any suit brought to enforce any Claim.  For the purposes of this Section 12, the term “liability and expense” shall include all reasonable costs and expenses, including, but not limited to, reasonable counsel fees (including one local counsel, if necessary) and disbursements, paid or incurred in investigating or defending against any such claim, demand, action, suit, proceeding or investigation.

 

  C. The Subscription Agent shall at all times act in good faith and agree to use its commercially reasonable efforts to insure the accuracy of all services provided under this Agreement and shall indemnify and hold the Company and its subsidiaries and other affiliates and their respective partners, directors, officers, managers, employees, attorneys and representatives harmless from and against any and all liability and expenses directly or indirectly arising out of or in connection with the services described in this Agreement to be performed by the Subscription Agent or the instructions or directions furnished to the Subscription Agent relating to this Agreement by an Appropriate Officer of the Company; provided that the Subscription Agent shall not be so obligated for any liability or expense which shall arise out of the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of the Company or the partners, directors, officers, managers, employees, attorneys or representatives of the Company.

 

  13.          Assignment/Delegation.

 

  A. Except as provided in Section 13(B) below, neither this Agreement nor any rights or obligations hereunder may be assigned or delegated by any party without the prior written consent of the other parties.

 

6
 

 

  B. The Subscription Agent may, without further consent on the part of the Company, subcontract with other parties for such systems, processing, telephone and mailing services and post-exchange activities as may be required from time to time; provided, however, that (i) the Subscription Agent shall be as fully responsible to the Company for the acts and omissions of any subcontractor in the same manner and to the same extent as it is for its own acts and omissions, and (ii) no such subcontracting shall relieve the Subscription Agent of any of its obligations hereunder.

 

  14.          Relationship/Third Party Beneficiaries.

 

This Agreement does not constitute an agreement for a partnership or joint venture among the parties.  The Subscription Agent shall act hereunder as agent of the Company solely to the limited extent set forth in this Agreement, but shall not assume any fiduciary duties to, or have any rights, power or authority on behalf of, the Company or any of its affiliates, equity holders or creditors or of any other person or entity not expressly set forth in this Agreement.  Any duties of the Subscription Agent arising out of its engagements pursuant to this Agreement shall be owed solely to the Company.  No party shall make any commitments with third parties that are binding on any other party without such other party’s prior written consent, and none of the Subscription Agent, employees, or representatives or contractors of the Subscription Agent shall be deemed to be employees of the Company or any of its affiliates.

 

Except as explicitly stated elsewhere in this Agreement, nothing under this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any rights, benefits, remedies or claims under or by reason of this Agreement or any part thereof to anyone other than the Subscription Agent and the Company, and the duties and responsibilities undertaken pursuant to this Agreement shall be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Subscription Agent and the Company.

 

15.          Force Majeure.

 

In the event any party is unable to perform its obligations under the terms of this Agreement because of acts of God, strikes, terrorist acts, equipment or transmission failure or damage reasonably beyond its control or other cause reasonably beyond its control, such party shall not be liable for damages to any other party resulting from such failure to perform or otherwise from such causes.  Performance under this Agreement shall resume when the affected party or parties are able to perform substantially its or their duties.

 

16.          Consequential Damages.

 

No party to this Agreement shall be liable to any other party for any consequential, indirect, penal, special or incidental damages under any provisions of this Agreement or for any consequential, indirect, penal, special or incidental damages arising out of any act or failure to act hereunder even if that party has been advised of or has foreseen the possibility of such damages.

 

17.          Severability.

 

If any provision of this Agreement shall be held invalid, unlawful or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired.

 

18.          Captions.

 

The captions and descriptive headings herein are for the convenience of the parties only.  They do not in any way modify, amplify, alter or give full notice of the provisions hereof.

 

7
 

 

19.          Confidentiality.

 

A. Under this Agreement, each party shall have access to certain confidential information belonging to the other parties, which information shall include nonpublic information pertaining to the disclosing party, its parent, subsidiaries, affiliates, employees, customers, representatives and vendors (including without limitation information furnished prior to the date of this Agreement) furnished by or on behalf of the disclosing party or its representatives to the receiving party, directly or indirectly, by any means (“Confidential Information”).
   
B. Each of the parties acknowledges that except as necessary for any party to perform its respective obligations under the Agreement: (i) all Confidential Information is confidential; (ii) all Confidential Information is proprietary to the disclosing party; (iii) it shall keep all Confidential Information confidential and shall not disclose the same; (iv) it shall use Confidential Information only as required by this Agreement; (v) it shall not create a list or other compilation containing any Confidential Information for any purpose other than to perform its obligations under this Agreement; and (vi) except as expressly provided for herein, it shall not provide, directly or indirectly, the Confidential Information to any other person or entity for any purpose.
   
C. Each of the parties acknowledges that this Agreement shall be filed by the Company as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and that the contents of this Agreement will be accessible to the public.
   
D. In the event that any party receives a request or becomes legally compelled to disclose any Confidential Information belonging to any other party, such party shall provide the other party with prompt notice of such request (provided such notice is not otherwise prohibited by applicable law or court order) and shall disclose only that portion of the Confidential Information that it is legally obligated to disclose.

  

20.          Term and Termination.

 

The Agreement shall remain in effect until the earlier of (i) thirty (30) days after the Expiration Date; (ii) it is terminated by the Company, on the one hand, or the Subscription Agent with respect to the service provided by such Subscription Agent, on the other, upon a material breach of this Agreement by the other which remains uncured for fifteen (15) days after written notice of such breach has been provided to such other party; or (iii) thirty (30) days’ written notice has been provided by the Company, on the one hand, or the Subscription Agent, on the other.  Upon termination of the Agreement, the Subscription Agent shall retain a copy of all canceled Subscription Certificates and related documentation as required by applicable law; all documentation and information related to the services performed under the Agreement shall be promptly delivered to the Company.

 

21.          Notices.

 

Until further notice in writing by any party hereto to the other parties, all written reports, notices and other communications between any Subscription Agent, on the one hand, and the Company, on the other, required or permitted hereunder shall be delivered or mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, facsimile or overnight courier guaranteeing next day delivery, addressed as follows:

 

8
 

 

If to the Company, to:

 

WhiteHorse Finance, Inc.

 

1450 Brickell Avenue, 31 st Floor

 

Miami, Florida 33131

 

Attn: Chief Financial Officer

 

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Dechert LLP

 

1900 K Street, NW

 

Washington, DC 20006

 

Attn: Thomas J. Friedmann

 

If to the Subscription Agent, to:

 

  22.          Survival.

 

The provisions of Paragraphs 8, 12, 19, 24-28 shall survive any termination, for any reason, of this Agreement.

 

23.          Merger of Agreement.

 

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby and supersedes any prior agreement with respect to the subject matter hereof, whether oral or written.

 

24.          Amendment.

 

No term or provision of this Agreement may be amended, changed, altered or modified except by written instrument executed by the each of the parties to this Agreement.

 

The Subscription Agent may, without the consent or concurrence of the Rights Holders in whose names Subscription Certificates are registered but with the prior written consent of the Company, by supplemental agreement or otherwise, make any change or correction in a Subscription Certificate that it shall have been advised by counsel (who may be counsel for the Company) is appropriate to cure any ambiguity or to correct any defective or inconsistent provision or clerical omission or mistake or manifest error therein or herein contained, and which shall not be inconsistent with the provisions of the Subscription Certificate except insofar as any such change may confer additional rights upon the Rights Holder.

 

9
 

 

25.          Extension; Waiver.

 

At any time, each of the parties hereto may, to the extent legally allowed, (i) extend the time for, or waive, the performance of any of the covenants, obligations or agreements of the other parties hereto, (ii) waive any inaccuracies or breaches in the representations and warranties contained herein or in any certificate delivered by another party pursuant hereto or (iii) waive compliance with any of the conditions of another party contained in this Agreement.  Any agreement on the part of any of the parties hereto to any such extension or waiver shall be valid only if set forth in a written instrument signed by the party or parties against whom such extension or waiver is to be enforced.  Any waiver of any term or condition shall not be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach or a subsequent waiver of the same term or condition, or as a waiver of any other term or condition, of this Agreement.  The failure of any of the parties hereto to assert any of its rights under this Agreement shall not constitute a waiver of such rights or any other rights.

 

26.          Jurisdiction.

 

Each of the parties hereto: (i) irrevocably and unconditionally submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York or, if such court does not have jurisdiction, the New York State Supreme Court in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, in any action arising out of or relating to this Agreement, (ii) agrees that all claims in respect of the action may be heard and determined in any such court and (iii) agrees not to bring any action arising out of or relating to this Agreement in any other court.

 

In any such action, each of the parties hereto irrevocably and unconditionally waives and agrees not to assert by way of motion, as a defense or otherwise, any claims that it is not subject to the jurisdiction of the above court, that such action is brought in an inconvenient forum or that the venue of such action is improper.  Each of the parties hereto also agrees that any final and nonappealable judgment against a party hereto in connection with any action shall be conclusive and binding on such party and that such award or judgment may be enforced in any court of competent jurisdiction, either within or outside of the United States.  A certified or exemplified copy of such award or judgment shall be conclusive evidence of the fact and amount of such award or judgment.

 

Without limiting the foregoing, each party hereto agrees that service of process on such party at the address provided in Section 21 shall be deemed effective service of process on such party.

 

27.          Waiver of Jury Trial.

 

Each of the parties hereto irrevocably waives any and all right to trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim (whether based upon contract, tort or otherwise) in any way arising out of or relating to this Agreement.

 

28.          Governing Law.

 

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

 

29.          Counterparts.

 

This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts (including by facsimile or electronic transmission), each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall be considered one and the same agreement.

 

10
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective officers, hereunto duly authorized, as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

  WHITEHORSE FINANCE, INC.
   
  By:  
   
  Name:  
   
  Title:  
   
  [SUBSCRIPTION AGENT]
   
  By:  
   
  Name:  
   
  Title:  

 

 
 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

ADDITIONAL SERVICES

 

TO BE PERFORMED BY SUBSCRIPTION AGENT

 

·        Advance Review of Offering Materials—Review and comment on all Offering materials in advance of final printing and dissemination.

 

·        Financial Printer—Work directly with the financial printer, providing format suggestions and delivery instructions.

 

·        Financial Public Relations—Assist in the preparation and placement of advertisements/tombstones in newspapers (at prevailing market rates).

 

·        Bank and Broker Communications and Mailings—Survey the bank and brokerage communities to obtain material requirements and to ensure that they are aware of the Offering. Coordinate the mailing of the Offering materials to them for forwarding to their beneficial owners.

 

·        Registered Holder Mailings—Coordinate the mailing of the Offering materials to registered holders.

 

·        Incoming Telephone Calls—Set up a toll-free telephone number to enable security holders and their advisors to call with questions. Keep a record of all incoming calls and notify the appropriate individual at the Company upon the receipt of calls outside the normal course.

 

·        Outgoing Telephone Calls—As requested by the Company, initiate follow-up calls to a targeted group of security holders in order to maximize participation in the Offering.

 

·        Depositary Communications—Initiate and maintain communications with the Company’s Depositary and the reorganization departments of bank and brokerage firms to monitor the progress of the Offering.

 

·        Progress Updates—Inform the Company of security holder comments and reactions to the Offering, and gauge the expected level of participation in the Offering. Track shifts in the ownership of shares through the use of Depository Trust Company (DTC) listings, and analyze those shifts.

 

 
 

 

EXHIBIT B

 

Fee and Service Schedule

 

 

 

 

Exhibit (d)(5)

 

WARRANT AGREEMENT

 

BY AND BETWEEN

 

WHITEHORSE FINANCE, INC.

 

AND

 

[            ]

 

Agreement made as of                      ,            between WHITEHORSE FINANCE, INC., a Delaware corporation, with offices at 1450 Brickell Avenue, 31 st Floor, Miami, Florida 33131 (“Company”), and              , a                        corporation, with offices at                    (“Warrant Agent”).

 

WHEREAS, the Company is engaged in a public offering (“Public Offering”) of                 and warrants (“Warrants”) to public investors, each of such Warrants evidencing the right of the holder thereof to purchase [describe securities issuable upon exercise] (“Securities”), for $               , subject to adjustment as described herein; and

 

WHEREAS, the Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a Registration Statement on Form N-2, No. 333-           (“Registration Statement”), for the registration, under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“Act”), of, among other securities, the Warrants and the Securities issuable upon exercise of the Warrants; and

 

WHEREAS, the Company desires the Warrant Agent to act on behalf of the Company, and the Warrant Agent is willing to so act, in connection with the issuance, registration, transfer, exchange, redemption and exercise of the Warrants; and

 

WHEREAS, the Company desires to provide for the form and provisions of the Warrants, the terms upon which they shall be issued and exercised and the respective rights, limitation of rights and immunities of the Company, the Warrant Agent and the holders of the Warrants; and

 

WHEREAS, all acts and things have been done and performed which are necessary to make the Warrants, when executed on behalf of the Company and countersigned by or on behalf of the Warrant Agent, as provided herein, the valid, binding and legal obligations of the Company, and to authorize the execution and delivery of this Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1
 

 

1.            Appointment of Warrant Agent .  The Company hereby appoints the Warrant Agent to act as agent for the Company for the Warrants, and the Warrant Agent hereby accepts such appointment and agrees to perform the same in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

 

2.            Warrants .

 

2.1.         Form of Warrant .  Each Warrant shall be issued to its holder in registered form, and each such holder’s Warrants shall be represented by a certificate (a “Warrant Certificate”) in substantially the form of Exhibit A hereto, the provisions of which are incorporated herein and shall be signed by, or bear the facsimile signature of, the Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer or the Secretary of the Company.  In the event the person whose facsimile signature has been placed upon any Warrant Certificate shall have ceased to serve in the capacity in which such person signed the Warrant before such Warrant is issued, it may be issued with the same effect as if he or she had not ceased to hold such office at the date of issuance.

 

2.2.         Effect of Countersignature .  Unless and until countersigned by the Warrant Agent pursuant to this Agreement, a Warrant shall be invalid and of no effect and may not be exercised by the holder thereof.

 

2.3.         Registration .

 

2.3.1.            Warrant Register .  The Warrant Agent shall maintain books (“Warrant Register”), for the registration of original issuance and the registration of transfer of the Warrants.  Upon the initial issuance of the Warrants, the Warrant Agent shall issue and register the Warrants in the names of the respective holders thereof in such denominations and otherwise in accordance with instructions delivered to the Warrant Agent by the Company.

 

2.3.2.            Registered Holder .  Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer of any Warrant, the Company and the Warrant Agent may deem and treat the person in whose name such Warrant shall be registered upon the Warrant Register (“registered holder”) as the absolute owner of such Warrant and of each Warrant represented thereby (notwithstanding any notation of ownership or other writing on the Warrant Certificate made by anyone other than the Company or the Warrant Agent), for the purpose of any exercise thereof, and for all other purposes, and neither the Company nor the Warrant Agent shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.

 

3.            Terms and Exercise of Warrants .

 

3.1.         Warrant Price .  Each Warrant shall, when countersigned by the Warrant Agent, entitle the registered holder thereof, subject to the provisions of such Warrant and of this Warrant Agreement, to purchase from the Company the number of Securities stated therein, at the price of $            per Security, subject to the adjustments provided in Section 4 hereof and in the last sentence of this Section 3.1.  The term “Warrant Price” as used in this Warrant Agreement refers to the price per share at which Common Stock may be purchased at the time a Warrant is exercised.  The Company in its sole discretion may lower the Warrant Price at any time prior to the Expiration Date for a period of not less than ten (10) business days.

 

3.2.         Duration of Warrants .  A Warrant may be exercised only during the period (“Exercise Period”) commencing on                      , and terminating at 5:00 p.m., New York City time on the date fixed for redemption of the Warrants as provided in Section 6 of this Agreement (“Expiration Date”).  Except with respect to the right to receive the Redemption Price (as set forth in Section 6 hereunder), each Warrant not exercised on or before the Expiration Date shall become void, and all rights thereunder and all rights in respect thereof under this Agreement shall cease at the close of business on the Expiration Date.  The Company in its sole discretion may extend the duration of the Warrants by delaying the Expiration Date; provided, that the Company shall provide notice to registered holders of the Warrants of any such extension of twenty (20) days or more.

 

2
 

 

3.3.         Exercise of Warrants .

 

3.3.1.            Payment .  Subject to the provisions of the Warrant Certificate and this Warrant Agreement, a Warrant may be exercised by the registered holder thereof by surrendering the Warrant Certificate, countersigned by the Warrant Agent, at the office of the Warrant Agent, or, if applicable, at the office of its successor as Warrant Agent with the subscription form, as set forth in the Warrant Certificate, duly executed, and by paying in full the Warrant Price for each Security as to which the Warrant is exercised and any and all applicable taxes due in connection with the exercise of the Warrant, the exchange of the Warrant for Securities, and the issuance of the Securities, as follows:  

 

a.           in cash;

 

b.           by certified or official bank check payable to the order of the Company;

 

3.3.2.            Issuance of Certificates .  As soon as practicable after the exercise of any Warrants and the clearance of the funds in payment of the Warrant Price, the Company shall issue to the registered holder of such Warrants in book entry form the number of Securities to which such holder is entitled, registered in such name or names as may be directed by him, her or it, and if the holder of such Warrants shall not have exercised all Warrants held by such holder, a new countersigned Warrant Certificate will be issued for the remaining Warrants.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be obligated to deliver any securities pursuant to the exercise of a Warrant and shall have no obligation to settle such Warrant exercise unless a registration statement under the Act with respect to the Securities is effective.  In the event that a registration statement with respect to the Securities underlying a Warrant is not effective under the Act, the holder of such Warrant shall not be entitled to exercise such Warrant and such Warrant may have no value and expire worthless.  In no event shall the Company be required to net cash settle the warrant exercise.  Warrants may not be exercised by, or securities issued to, any registered holder in any state in which such exercise would be unlawful.

 

3.3.3.            Valid Issuance .  All equity Securities issued upon the proper exercise of a Warrant in conformity with this Agreement shall be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.  All debt Securities issued upon the proper exercise of a warrant in conformity with this Agreement shall be the valid, binding and legal obligation of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with their terms, subject to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency (including, without limitation, all laws relating to fraudulent transfers, preferences or similar laws), reorganization, moratorium similar laws or other now and hereafter in effect relating to or affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, any fraudulent transfer, preference or similar law,  general principles of equity and the discretion of the court or other body before which any proceeding therefor may be brought and the unenforceability under certain circumstances under law or court decisions of provisions providing for the indemnification of, or contribution to, a party with respect to a liability where such indemnification or contribution is contrary to public policy.

 

3.3.4.            Date of Issuance .  Each person in whose name any such certificate for shares of Common Stock is issued shall be deemed for all purposes to have become the holder of record of such shares on the date on which the Warrant was surrendered and payment of the Warrant Price was made; provided, however, that, if the date of such surrender and payment is a date when the stock transfer books of the Company are closed, such person shall be deemed to have become the holder of such shares at the close of business on the next succeeding date on which such stock transfer books are open.

 

4.            Adjustments .

 

4.1.         Stock Dividends – Split-Ups .  If after the date hereof, and subject to the provisions of Section 4.6 below, the number of outstanding shares of Securities is increased by a dividend payable in Securities, by a split of Securities, or by any other similar event, then, on the effective date of such dividend, split-up or similar event, the number of Securities issuable on exercise of each Warrant shall be increased in proportion to such increase in outstanding Securities.

 

3
 

 

4.2.         Aggregation of Securities .  If after the date hereof, and subject to the provisions of Section 4.6, the number of outstanding Securities is decreased by a consolidation, combination, reverse split or reclassification of Securities or any other similar event, then, on the effective date of such consolidation, combination, reverse split, reclassification or similar event, the number of Securities issuable on exercise of each Warrant shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in outstanding Securities.

 

4.3.         Adjustments in Exercise Price .  Whenever the number of Securities purchasable upon the exercise of the Warrants is adjusted, as provided in Section 4.1 and 4.2 above, the Warrant Price shall be adjusted (to the nearest cent) by multiplying such Warrant Price immediately prior to such adjustment by a fraction (x) the numerator of which shall be the number of Securities purchasable upon the exercise of the Warrants immediately prior to such adjustment, and (y) the denominator of which shall be the number of Securities so purchasable immediately thereafter.

 

4.4.         Replacement of Securities upon Reorganization, etc .  In case of any reclassification or reorganization of the outstanding Securities (other than a change covered by Section 4.1 or 4.2 hereof or that solely affects the par value, if any, of such Securities), or in the case of any merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another corporation (other than a consolidation or merger in which the Company is the continuing corporation and that does not result in any reclassification or reorganization of the outstanding Securities), or in the case of any sale or conveyance to another corporation or entity of the assets or other property of the Company as an entirety or substantially as an entirety in connection with which the Company is dissolved, the Warrant holders shall thereafter have the right to purchase and receive, upon the basis and upon the terms and conditions specified in the Warrants and in lieu of the Securities immediately theretofore purchasable and receivable upon the exercise of the rights represented thereby, the kind and amount of shares of stock or other securities or property (including cash) receivable upon such reclassification, reorganization, merger or consolidation, or upon a dissolution following any such sale or transfer, that the Warrant holder would have received if such Warrant holder had exercised his, her or its Warrant(s) immediately prior to such event; and if any reclassification also results in a change in Securities covered by Section 4.1 or 4.2, then such adjustment shall be made pursuant to Sections 4.1, 4.2, 4.3 and this Section 4. 4.  The provisions of this Section 4.4 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, reorganizations, mergers or consolidations, sales or other transfers.

 

4.5.         Notices of Changes in Warrant .  Upon every adjustment of the Warrant Price or the number of Securities issuable upon exercise of a Warrant, the Company shall give written notice thereof to the Warrant Agent, which notice shall state the Warrant Price resulting from such adjustment and the increase or decrease, if any, in the number of Securities purchasable at such price upon the exercise of a Warrant, setting forth in reasonable detail the method of calculation and the facts upon which such calculation is based.  Upon the occurrence of any event specified in Sections 4.1, 4.2, 4.3 or 4.4, then, in any such event, the Company shall give written notice to each Warrant holder, at the last address set forth for such holder in the warrant register, of the record date or the effective date of the event. Failure to give such notice, or any defect therein, shall not affect the legality or validity of such event.

 

4.6.         No Fractional Securities .  Notwithstanding any provision contained in this Warrant Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall not issue fractional Securities upon exercise of Warrants.  If, by reason of any adjustment made pursuant to this Section 4, the holder of any Warrant would be entitled, upon the exercise of such Warrant, to receive a fractional interest in a Security, the Company shall, upon such exercise, round up or down to the nearest whole number the number of Securities to be issued to the Warrant holder.

 

4.7.         Form of Warrant Certificate .  The form of Warrant Certificate need not be changed because of any adjustment pursuant to this Section 4, and Warrants issued after such adjustment may state the same Warrant Price and the same number of Securities as is stated in the Warrants initially issued pursuant to this Agreement.  However, the Company may at any time in its sole discretion make any change in the form of Warrant Certificate that the Company may deem appropriate and that does not affect the substance thereof, and any Warrant Certificate thereafter issued or countersigned, whether in exchange or substitution for an outstanding Warrant Certificate or otherwise, may be in the form as so changed.

 

4
 

 

5.            Transfer and Exchange of Warrants .

 

5.1.         Registration of Transfer .  The Warrant Agent shall register the transfer, from time to time, of any outstanding Warrant upon the Warrant Register, upon surrender of the Warrant Certificate representing such Warrant, for transfer, properly endorsed with signatures properly guaranteed and accompanied by appropriate instructions for transfer.  Upon any such transfer, a new Warrant Certificate representing an equal aggregate number of Warrants shall be issued and the old Warrant Certificate shall be cancelled by the Warrant Agent.  The Warrants so cancelled shall be delivered by the Warrant Agent to the Company from time to time upon request.

 

5.2.         Procedure for Surrender of Warrant Certificates .  Warrant Certificates may be surrendered to the Warrant Agent, together with a written request for exchange or transfer, and thereupon the Warrant Agent shall issue in exchange therefor one or more new Warrant Certificates as requested by the registered holder of the Warrants so surrendered, representing an equal aggregate number of Warrants represented by such Warrant Certificate; provided, however, that in the event that a Warrant Certificate surrendered for transfer bears a restrictive legend, the Warrant Agent shall not cancel such Warrant Certificate and issue new Warrant Certificate(s) in exchange therefor until the Warrant Agent has received an opinion of counsel for the Company stating that such transfer may be made and indicating whether the new Warrant Certificate(s) must also bear a restrictive legend.

 

5.3.         Fractional Warrants .  The Warrant Agent shall not be required to effect any registration of transfer or exchange which would result in the issuance of a warrant certificate for a fraction of a Warrant.

 

5.4.         Service Charges .  No service charge shall be made for any exchange or registration of transfer of Warrants.

 

5.5.         Warrant Execution and Countersignature .  The Warrant Agent is hereby authorized to countersign and to deliver, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the Warrant Certificates required to be issued pursuant to the provisions of this Section 5, and the Company, whenever required by the Warrant Agent, shall supply the Warrant Agent with Warrant Certificates duly executed on behalf of the Company for such purpose.

 

6.            Redemption .

 

6.1.         Redemption .  Not less than all of the outstanding Warrants may be redeemed, at the option of the Company, at any time while they are exercisable and prior to their expiration, at the office of the Warrant Agent, upon the notice referred to in Section 6.2, at the price of $0.001 per Warrant (“Redemption Price”), provided that [describe redemption criteria].

 

6.2.         Date Fixed for, and Notice of, Redemption .  In the event the Company shall elect to redeem all of the Warrants, the Company shall fix a date for the redemption.  Notice of redemption shall be mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, by the Company not less than thirty (30) days prior to the date fixed for redemption to the registered holders of the Warrants to be redeemed at their last addresses as they shall appear on the registration books.  Any notice mailed in the manner herein provided shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given whether or not the registered holder received such notice.

   

6.3.         Exercise After Notice of Redemption .  The Warrants may be exercised in accordance with Section 3.3.1 of this Agreement at any time after notice of redemption shall have been given by the Company pursuant to Section 6.2 hereof and prior to the time and date fixed for redemption.  On and after the redemption date, the record holder of the Warrants shall have no further rights except to receive, upon surrender of the Warrants, the Redemption Price.

 

5
 

 

7.            Other Provisions Relating to Rights of Holders of Warrants .

 

7.1.         No Rights as Stockholder .  A Warrant does not entitle the registered holder thereof to any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company, including, without limitation, the right to receive dividends, or other distributions, exercise any preemptive rights to vote or to consent or to receive notice as stockholders in respect of the meetings of stockholders or the election of directors of the Company or any other matter.

 

7.2.         Lost, Stolen, Mutilated or Destroyed Warrants .  If any Warrant Certificate is lost, stolen, mutilated or destroyed, the Company and the Warrant Agent may on such terms as to indemnity or otherwise as they may in their discretion impose (which shall, in the case of a mutilated Warrant, include the surrender thereof), issue a new Warrant Certificate of like denomination, tenor and date as the Warrant Certificate so lost, stolen, mutilated or destroyed.  Any such new Warrant Certificate shall constitute a substitute contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the allegedly lost, stolen, mutilated or destroyed Warrant Certificate shall be at any time enforceable by anyone.

 

7.3.         Reservation of Securities .  The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available a number of its authorized but unissued Securities that will be sufficient to permit the exercise in full of all outstanding Warrants issued pursuant to this Agreement.

 

8.            Concerning the Warrant Agent and Other Matters .

 

8.1.         Payment of Taxes .  The Company shall from time to time promptly pay all taxes and charges that may be imposed upon the Company or the Warrant Agent in respect of the issuance or delivery of shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of Warrants, but the Company shall not be obligated to pay any transfer taxes in respect of the Warrants or such shares.

 

8.2.         Resignation, Consolidation or Merger of Warrant Agent .

 

8.2.1.            Appointment of Successor Warrant Agent .  The Warrant Agent, or any successor to it hereafter appointed, may resign its duties and be discharged from all further duties and liabilities hereunder after giving sixty (60) days’ notice in writing to the Company.  If the office of the Warrant Agent becomes vacant by resignation or incapacity to act or otherwise, the Company shall appoint in writing a successor Warrant Agent in place of the Warrant Agent.  If the Company shall fail to make such appointment within a period of thirty (30) days after it has been notified in writing of such resignation or incapacity by the Warrant Agent or by the holder of the Warrant (who shall, with such notice, submit his Warrant for inspection by the Company), then the holder of any Warrant may apply to the Supreme Court of the State of New York for the County of New York for the appointment of a successor Warrant Agent at the Company’s cost.  Any successor Warrant Agent, whether appointed by the Company or by such court, shall be a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of New York, in good standing and having its principal office in the Borough of Manhattan, The City and State of New York, and authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers and subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authority.  After appointment, any successor Warrant Agent shall be vested with all the authority, powers, rights, immunities, duties and obligations of its predecessor Warrant Agent with like effect as if originally named as Warrant Agent hereunder, without any further act or deed.  If for any reason it becomes necessary or appropriate, the predecessor Warrant Agent shall execute and deliver, at the expense of the Company, an instrument transferring to such successor Warrant Agent all the authority, powers and rights of such predecessor Warrant Agent hereunder; and upon request of any successor Warrant Agent, the Company shall make, execute, acknowledge and deliver any and all instruments in writing for more fully and effectually vesting in and confirming to such successor Warrant Agent all such authority, powers, rights, immunities, duties and obligations.

 

8.2.2.            Notice of Successor Warrant Agent .  In the event a successor Warrant Agent shall be appointed, the Company shall give notice thereof to the predecessor Warrant Agent and the transfer agent for the Securities not later than the effective date of any such appointment.

 

6
 

 

8.2.3.            Merger or Consolidation of Warrant Agent .  Any corporation into which the Warrant Agent may be merged or with which it may be consolidated or any corporation resulting from any merger or consolidation to which the Warrant Agent shall be a party shall be the successor Warrant Agent under this Agreement without any further act.

 

8.3.         Fees and Expenses of Warrant Agent .

 

8.3.1.            Remuneration .  The Company agrees to pay the Warrant Agent reasonable remuneration for its services as such Warrant Agent hereunder and shall reimburse the Warrant Agent upon demand for all expenditures that the Warrant Agent may reasonably incur in the execution of its duties hereunder.

 

8.3.2.            Further Assurances .  The Company agrees to perform, execute, acknowledge and deliver or cause to be performed, executed, acknowledged and delivered all such further and other acts, instruments and assurances as may reasonably be required by the Warrant Agent for the carrying out or performing of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

8.4.         Liability of Warrant Agent .

 

8.4.1.            Reliance on Company Statement .  Whenever in the performance of its duties under this Warrant Agreement, the Warrant Agent shall deem it necessary or desirable that any fact or matter be proved or established by the Company prior to taking or suffering any action hereunder, such fact or matter (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed) may be deemed to be conclusively proved and established by a statement signed by the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer or Chairman of the Board of the Company and delivered to the Warrant Agent.  The Warrant Agent may rely upon such statement for any action taken or suffered in good faith by it pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement.

 

8.4.2.            Indemnity .  The Warrant Agent shall be liable hereunder only for its own negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith.  The Company agrees to indemnify the Warrant Agent and save it harmless against any and all liabilities, including judgments, costs and reasonable counsel fees, for anything done or omitted by the Warrant Agent in the execution of this Agreement except as a result of the Warrant Agent’s negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith.

 

8.4.3.            Exclusions .  The Warrant Agent shall have no responsibility with respect to the validity of this Agreement or with respect to the validity or execution of any Warrant (except its countersignature thereof); nor shall it be responsible for any breach by the Company of any covenant or condition contained in this Agreement or in any Warrant; nor shall it be responsible to make any adjustments required under the provisions of Section 4 hereof or responsible for the manner, method or amount of any such adjustment or the ascertaining of the existence of facts that would require any such adjustment; nor shall it by any act hereunder be deemed to make any representation or warranty as to the authorization or reservation of any shares of Common Stock to be issued pursuant to this Agreement or any Warrant or as to whether any shares of Common Stock will when issued be valid and fully paid and nonassessable.

  

8.5.            Acceptance of Agency .  The Warrant Agent hereby accepts the agency established by this Agreement and agrees to perform the same upon the terms and conditions herein set forth and, among other things, shall account promptly to the Company with respect to Warrants exercised and concurrently account for, and pay to the Company, all moneys received by the Warrant Agent for the purchase of shares of Common Stock through the exercise of Warrants.

 

9.            Miscellaneous Provisions .

 

9.1.         Successors .  All the covenants and provisions of this Agreement by or for the benefit of the Company or the Warrant Agent shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns.

 

7
 

 

9.2.         Notices .  Any notice, statement or demand authorized by this Warrant Agreement to be given or made by the Warrant Agent or by the holder of any Warrant to or on the Company shall be sufficiently given when so delivered if by hand or overnight delivery or if sent by certified mail or private courier service within five (5) days after deposit of such notice, postage prepaid, addressed (until another address is filed in writing by the Company with the Warrant Agent), as follows:

 

WhiteHorse Finance, Inc.

1450 Brickell Avenue, 31 st Floor

Miami, Florida 33131

Attn: Chief Financial Officer

 

Any notice, statement or demand authorized by this Agreement to be given or made by the holder of any Warrant or by the Company to or on the Warrant Agent shall be sufficiently given when so delivered if by hand or overnight delivery or if sent by certified mail or private courier service within five (5) days after deposit of such notice, postage prepaid, addressed (until another address is filed in writing by the Warrant Agent with the Company), as follows:

 

with a copy in each case to:

 

Dechert LLP

1900 K Street, NW

Washington, DC 20006

Attn: Thomas J. Friedmann

 

and

 

9.3.         Applicable Law .  The validity, interpretation, and performance of this Agreement and of the Warrants shall be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of New York.  The Company hereby agrees that any action, proceeding or claim against it arising out of or relating in any way to this Agreement shall be brought and enforced in the courts of the State of New York or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, and irrevocably submits to such jurisdiction, which jurisdiction shall be exclusive.  The Company hereby waives any objection to such exclusive jurisdiction and that such courts represent an inconvenient forum.  Any such process or summons to be served upon the Company may be served by transmitting a copy thereof by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to it at the address set forth in Section 9.2 hereof. Such mailing shall be deemed personal service and shall be legal and binding upon the Company in any action, proceeding or claim.

 

 

9.4.         Persons Having Rights under this Agreement .  Nothing in this Agreement expressed and nothing that may be implied from any of the provisions hereof is intended, or shall be construed, to confer upon, or give to, any person or corporation other than the parties hereto and the registered holders of the Warrants and, for the purposes of Section 9.2 hereof, any right, remedy, or claim under or by reason of this Warrant Agreement or of any covenant, condition, stipulation, promise or agreement hereof.  All covenants, conditions, stipulations, promises and agreements contained in this Warrant Agreement shall be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the parties hereto and their successors and assigns and of the registered holders of the Warrants.

 

8
 

 

9.5.         Examination of the Warrant Agreement .  A copy of this Agreement shall be available at all reasonable times at the office of the Warrant Agent in the Borough of Manhattan, The City and State of New York, for inspection by the registered holder of any Warrant.  The Warrant Agent may require any such holder to submit his Warrant for inspection by it.

 

9.6.         Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in any number of original or facsimile counterparts and each of such counterparts shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original, and all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

9.7.         Effect of Headings .  The Section headings herein are for convenience only and are not part of this Warrant Agreement and shall not affect the interpretation thereof.

 

9.8.         Amendments .  This Agreement may be amended by the parties hereto without the consent of any registered holder for the purpose of curing any ambiguity, or of curing, correcting or supplementing any defective provision contained herein or adding or changing any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Agreement as the parties may deem necessary or desirable and that the parties deem shall not to materially and adversely affect the interest of the registered holders.  All other modifications or amendments, including any amendment to increase the Warrant Price or shorten the Exercise Period, shall require the written consent of the registered holders of a majority of the then outstanding Warrants.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may lower the Warrant Price or extend the duration of the Exercise Period pursuant to Sections 3.1 and 3.2, respectively, without the consent of the registered holders.

 

9.9.        This Agreement does not constitute an agreement for a partnership or joint venture among the parties.  The Warrant Agent shall act hereunder as agent of the Company solely to the limited extent set forth in this Agreement, but shall not assume any fiduciary duties to, or have any rights, power or authority on behalf of, the Company or any of its affiliates, equity holders or creditors or of any other person or entity not expressly set forth in this Agreement.  Any duties of the Warrant Agent arising out of its engagements pursuant to this Agreement shall be owed solely to the Company.  No party shall make any commitments with third parties that are binding on any other party without such other party’s prior written consent, and none of the Warrant Agent, employees, or representatives or contractors of the Warrant Agent shall be deemed to be employees of the Company or any of its affiliates.

 

9.10.      Except as explicitly stated elsewhere in this Agreement, nothing under this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any rights, benefits, remedies or claims under or by reason of this Agreement or any part thereof to anyone other than the Warrant Agent and the Company, and the duties and responsibilities undertaken pursuant to this Agreement shall be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Warrant Agent and the Company.

 

9
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been duly executed by the parties hereto as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

  WHITEHORSE FINANCE, INC.
     
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:
     
  [                         ]
     
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:
     
  [                         ]
     
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:

 

 
 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

Form of Warrant Certificate

  

THE WARRANTS REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS

 

ON TRANSFER DESCRIBED BELOW

 

[Form of Face of Warrant Certificate]

  

No. W-                                           Warrants

 

VOID AFTER 5:00 p.m. NEW YORK CITY TIME on ____________, ________

 

WARRANT CERTIFICATE FOR PURCHASE OF [SECURITIES] OF

 

WHITEHORSE FINANCE, INC.

 

THIS CERTIFIES THAT, for value received                                                                                                               or registered assigns (the “Registered Holder”) is the owner of the number of warrants (“Warrants”) specified above. Each Warrant initially entitles the Registered Holder to purchase, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant Certificate and the Warrant Agreement (as hereinafter defined), [describe securities issuable upon exercise] (“Securities”), of WHITEHORSE FINANCE, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), at any time during the Exercise Period (as hereinafter defined), upon the presentation and surrender of this Warrant Certificate with the Subscription Form on the reverse hereof duly executed, at the corporate office of           as Warrant Agent, or its successor (the “Warrant Agent”), accompanied by payment of $ (the “Purchase Price”) in lawful money of the United States of America in cash or by official bank or certified check made payable to WhiteHorse Finance, Inc.

 

This Warrant Certificate and each Warrant represented hereby are issued pursuant to and are subject in all respects to the terms and conditions set forth in the Warrant Agreement (the “Warrant Agreement”) dated ________, ________ by and between the Company and the Warrant Agent. The board of directors of the Company retains the right to amend the Warrant Agreement in its discretion, subject to certain restrictions set forth in the Warrant Agreement.

 

 
 

 

In the event of certain contingencies provided for in the Warrant Agreement, the Purchase Price or the number of Securities subject to purchase upon the exercise of each Warrant represented hereby are subject to modifications or adjustment.

 

Each Warrant represented hereby is exercisable at the option of the Registered Holder, but no fractional shares of Common Stock will be issued. However, if the Registered Holder exercises all the Warrants then owned by the Registered Holder, the Company shall pay to such Registered Holder in lieu of the issuance of any fractional shares of Common Stock that is otherwise payable, an amount in cash based on the market value of the Common Stock on the last trading day prior to the date of exercise of the Warrants. In the case of the exercise of less than all the Warrants represented hereby, the Company shall cancel this Warrant Certificate upon the surrender hereof and shall execute and deliver a new Warrant Certificate or Warrant Certificates of like tenor, which the Warrant Agent shall countersign, for the balance of such Warrants.

 

The term “Exercise Period” shall mean the period commencing on                      , and terminating at 5:00 p.m., New York City time on the date fixed for redemption of the Warrants as provided in Section 6 of the Warrant Agreement.

 

The Company shall not be obligated to deliver any Securities pursuant to the exercise of this Warrant unless a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with respect to such securities is then effective. This Warrant shall not be exercisable by a Registered Holder in any state where such exercise would be unlawful.

 

This Warrant Certificate is exchangeable, upon the surrender hereof by the Registered Holder at the corporate office of the Warrant Agent, for a new Warrant Certificate or Warrant Certificates of like tenor representing an equal aggregate number of Warrants, each of such new Warrant Certificates to represent such number of Warrants as shall be designated by such Registered Holder at the time of such surrender.

 

Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer of any Warrant represented hereby, the Registered Holder shall not be entitled to any rights of a stockholder of the Company, including, without limitation, the right to vote or to receive dividends or other distributions, and shall not be entitled to receive any notice of any proceedings of the Company, except as provided in the Warrant Agreement.

 

Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer of any Warrant, the Company and the Warrant Agent may deem and treat the Registered Holder as the absolute owner of this Warrant Certificate and of each Warrant represented hereby (notwithstanding any notations of ownership or writing hereon made by anyone other than a duly authorized officer of the Company or the Warrant Agent), for the purpose of any exercise thereof, and for all other purposes, and neither the Company nor the Warrant Agent shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.

 

This Warrant Certificate shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

 

This Warrant Certificate is not valid unless countersigned by the Warrant Agent.

 

 
 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Warrant Certificate to be duly executed, manually or in facsimile by its officer thereunto duly authorized and a facsimile of its corporate seal to be imprinted hereon.

 

 

  WHITEHORSE FINANCE, INC.
     
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:
    Dated:
     
     
    [Seal]  
     
     
COUNTERSIGNED:    
     
[       ], as    
     
Warrant Agent    
     
By:      
  Name:    
  Title:    

 

 
 

 

[Form of Reverse of Warrant Certificate]

 

NOTICE OF ELECTION TO EXERCISE

 

To Be Executed by the Registered Holder

 

in Order to Exercise Warrants

 

THE UNDERSIGNED REGISTERED HOLDER hereby irrevocably elects to exercise _______________ Warrants represented by this Warrant Certificate, and to purchase the securities issuable upon the exercise of such Warrants, and requests that certificates for such securities shall be issued in the name of:

 

 

 

(PLEASE INSERT NAME AND SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER)

 

and be delivered to:

 

     
     
     
     
     
     
     
  (please print or type name and address)  

 

and if such number of Warrants shall not be all the Warrants evidenced by this Warrant Certificate, that a new Warrant Certificate for the balance of such Warrants be registered in the name of, and delivered to, the Registered Holder at the address stated below.

 

 
 

 

The undersigned represents that the exercise of the Warrants evidenced hereby was solicited by a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority. If not solicited by a FINRA member firm, please write “unsolicited” in the space below. Unless otherwise indicated by listing the name of another FINRA member firm, it will be assumed that the exercise was solicited by [______________________].

 

     
  (Name of FINRA Member)  
     
     
     
     

 

Dated:                                                    

 

     
  Address  
     
     
  Taxpayer Identification Number  
     
     
  Signature Guaranteed  
     
     

 

 
 

 

ASSIGNMENT

 

To Be Executed by the Registered Holder in Order to Assign Warrants

 

For value received (and, for any transfers prior to 5:00 p.m. New York City time on                                       ,                                                                               , hereby sells, assigns, and transfers unto:

 

 

 

(please insert name and social security or other identifying number of transferee)

  

     
     
     
     
     
  (please print or type name and address)  

 

 of the Warrants represented by this Warrant Certificate, and hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints Attorney to transfer this Warrant Certificate on the books of the Company, with full power of substitution in the premises.

  

Dated:                   X  
     
  Signature Guaranteed  

 

THE SIGNATURE TO THE ASSIGNMENT OR THE SUBSCRIPTION FORM MUST CORRESPOND TO THE NAME AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THIS WARRANT CERTIFICATE IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATSOEVER, AND MUST BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE INSTITUTION (AS DEFINED IN RULE 17Ad-15 UNDER THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934) WHICH MAY INCLUDE A COMMERCIAL BANK OR TRUST COMPANY, SAVINGS ASSOCIATION, CREDIT UNION OR A MEMBER FIRM OF THE AMERICAN STOCK EXCHANGE, NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE, PACIFIC STOCK EXCHANGE OR MIDWEST STOCK EXCHANGE.

 

 

 

Exhibit (d)(6)

 

CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATION OF

SERIES [ ] PREFERRED STOCK

$0.001 PAR VALUE OF

WHITEHORSE FINANCE, INC.

 

Pursuant to Section 151 of the

General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware

 

WhiteHorse Finance, Inc. (the “ Company ”), a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, certifies that pursuant to the authority contained in its Certificate of Incorporation, as amended from time to time (the “ Certificate of Incorporation ”), and in accordance with the provisions of Section 151 of the DGCL, the Board of Directors has duly approved and adopted the following resolution on [ ], 20[ ] (the “ Resolution ”):

 

RESOLVED, that pursuant to the authority vested in the Board of Directors by the Certificate of Incorporation, and as set forth in Section 151 of the DGCL, the Board of Directors does hereby designate, create, authorize and provide for the issue of a series of [        ] shares of Series [ ] Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share, having the designations, preferences, relative, participation, optional and other special rights and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof that are set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation and in the certificate of designation (the “ Certificate of Designation ”) contained in this Resolution as follows:

 

(a)           Definitions.

 

As used in this Certificate of Designation, the following terms shall have the following meanings (with terms defined in the singular having comparable meanings when used in the plural and vice versa), unless the context otherwise requires:

 

“1940 Act” means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

1940 Act Majority ” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in paragraph (e)(6) hereof.

 

Affiliate ” of any Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any Person has the meaning specified in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

 

Board of Directors ” means the board of directors of the Company.

 

Business Day ” means each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday which is not a day on which banking institutions in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, New York are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close or a day on which securities are not traded on NASDAQ or other market or exchange on which the Company’s securities are traded.

 

Capital Stock ” means any and all shares, interests, rights to purchase, warrants, participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) stock issued by the Company.

 

Certificate of Designation ” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the recitals hereof.

 

Certificate of Incorporation ” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the recitals hereof.

 

Company ” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the recitals hereof.

 

Common Stock ” means the common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company now or hereafter authorized to be issued.

 

 
 

 

Consideration ” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in paragraph (h)(1) hereof.

 

Conversion Rate shall have the meaning ascribed to it in paragraph (g)(ii) hereof.

 

DGCL ” means the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

Dividend Payment Date shall mean [      ], [         ], [         ] and [      ] of each year, commencing on [ ], 20[ ]; provided that if any such Dividend Payment Date would otherwise occur on a day that is not a Business Day, such Dividend Payment Date shall instead be (and any dividend payable on Series [ ] Preferred Stock on such Dividend Payment Date shall instead be payable on) the immediately succeeding Business Day.

 

Dividend Period shall mean the period commencing on and include a Dividend Payment Date (other than the initial Dividend Period, which shall commence on and include the Original Issue Date of the Series [ ] Preferred Stock) and shall end on and include the calendar day next preceding the next Dividend Payment Date.

 

Dividend Rate means [ ]% per annum.

 

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Exchange Notes shall have the meaning ascribed to it in paragraph (i)(1) hereof.

 

Holder ” means a holder of shares of Series [ ] Preferred Stock, as reflected in the stock records of the Company.

 

Fundamental Change means the Company, within the meaning of Title 11 of the U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors, (a) commences a voluntary case, (b) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case, (c) consents to the appointment of a custodian for it for all or substantially all of its property, (d) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors or (e) the Common Stock ceases to be listed on any of NASDAQ, the Nasdaq Global Market or the New York Stock Exchange without the simultaneous listing on another of such exchanges.

 

Issue Date ” means [ · ].

 

Liquidation ” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in paragraph (d) hereof.

 

NASDAQ ” means The NASDAQ Global Select Market.

 

Person ” means any individual, company, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

 

Resolution ” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the recitals hereof.

 

Series [ ] Liquidation Preference ” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in paragraph (d) hereof.

 

Series [ ] Preferred Stock ” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in paragraph (b) hereof.

 

Voting Period ” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in paragraph (e)(2) hereof.

 

Voting Stock ” means Capital Stock of the class or classes pursuant to which the Holders thereof have the general voting power under ordinary circumstances (determined without regard to any classification of directors) to elect directors of the Company (irrespective of whether or not at the time Capital Stock of any other class or classes shall have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency).

 

 
 

 

(b)           Designation.

 

The shares of the Series shall be designated “Series [ ] Preferred Stock” (the “ Series [ ] Preferred Stock ”), and the number of shares constituting the Series shall be [      ], $0.001 par value per share.

 

(c)           Ranking.

 

With respect to rights to participate in distributions or payments in the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the Series [ ] Preferred Stock shall rank [            ].

 

(d)           Liquidation Preference.

 

(1)         Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary (a “Liquidation” ), the Holders of the shares of Series [ ] Preferred Stock shall be entitled to be paid (before any distribution or payment is made upon any shares of Common Stock), an amount equal to $[ ] per share of Series [ ] Preferred Stock, representing the liquidation preference per share of the Series [ ] Preferred Stock (the “Series [ ] Liquidation Preference” ); provided, if upon Liquidation, the available funds and assets to be distributed among the Holders of Series [ ] Preferred Stock shall be insufficient to permit payment in full to the Holders of Series [ ] Preferred Stock of the Series [ ] Liquidation Preference, then the entire available funds and assets of the Company upon Liquidation shall be distributed ratably among such Holders in proportion to the full respective Series [ ] Liquidation Preference to which they are entitled.

 

(2)         If there are any available funds or assets of the Company upon Liquidation remaining after the payment or distribution to the Holders of the Series [ ] Preferred Stock of their full preferential amounts described above, all such remaining available funds and assets shall be distributed:

 

(A)         [Describe payment priority provisions]

 

(B)         Then, with respect to all remaining available funds and assets of the Company upon Liquidation after payment pursuant to the foregoing clauses (d)(1) and (d)(2), among the holders of then outstanding Common Stock and the Preferred Stock, pro rata, according to the number of shares of Common Stock held by such holders.

 

(e)          Voting Rights.

 

(1)         Except for matters which do not require the vote of Holders of the Series [ ] Preferred Stock under the 1940 Act and except as otherwise provided in the Charter or Bylaws, herein or as otherwise required by applicable law, (1) each Holder of Series [ ] Preferred Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share of Series [] Preferred Stock held on each matter submitted to a vote of stockholders of the Company, and (2) the holders of outstanding Series [ ] Preferred Stock and shares of Common Stock shall vote together as a single class on all matters submitted to stockholders; provided, however, that the Holders of outstanding shares of Series [ ] Preferred Stock shall be entitled, as a class, to the exclusion of the holders of shares of all other classes of stock of the Company, to elect [two] Directors of the Company at all times. Subject to the foregoing rights of the Holders of the Series [ ] Preferred Stock, the identity and class (if the Board of Directors is then classified) of the nominees for such Directors may be fixed by the Board of Directors. Subject to paragraph (e)(2), the holders of outstanding shares of Common Stock and Series [ ] Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, shall elect the balance of the Directors.

 

(2)         During any period in which any one or more of the conditions described below shall exist (such period being referred to herein as a “ Voting Period ”), the number of Directors constituting the Board of Directors shall automatically increase by the smallest number that, when added to the two Directors elected exclusively by the holders of the shares of Series [ ] Preferred Stock would constitute a majority of the Board of Directors as so increased by such smallest number; and the holders of the shares of Series [ ] Preferred Stock shall be entitled, voting as a class on a one-vote-per-share basis (to the exclusion of the holders of all other securities and classes of shares of the Company), to elect such smallest number of additional Directors, together with the two Directors that such holders are in any event entitled to elect. A Voting Period shall commence:

 

 
 

 

(i)          if at the close of business on any Dividend Payment Date accumulated dividends (whether or not earned or declared) on the shares of Series [ ] Preferred Stock equal to at least two full years’ dividends shall be due and unpaid; or

 

(ii)         if at any time holders of any shares of Series [ ] Preferred Stock are entitled under the 1940 Act to elect a majority of the Directors of the Company.

 

Upon the termination of a Voting Period, the voting rights described in paragraph (e)(2) shall cease, subject always, however, to the revesting of such voting rights in the holders of shares of the Series [ ] Preferred Stock upon the further occurrence of any of the events described in this paragraph (e)(2).

 

(3)         As soon as practicable after the accrual of any right of the holders of the shares of Series [ ] Preferred Stock to elect additional Directors as described in paragraph (e)(2), the Company shall call a special meeting of such holders, and mail a notice of such special meeting to such holders, such meeting to be held not less than 10 nor more than 30 calendar days after the date of mailing of such notice. If the Company fails to send such notice or if a special meeting is not called at the expense of the Company, it may be called by any such holder on like notice. The record date for determining the holders entitled to notice of and to vote at such special meeting shall be the close of business on the fifth Business Day preceding the day on which such notice is mailed. At any such special meeting and at each meeting of holders of shares of the Series [ ] Preferred Stock held during a Voting Period at which Directors are to be elected, such holders, voting as a separate class (to the exclusion of the holders of all other classes of Capital Stock and other securities of the Company), shall be entitled to elect the number of Directors prescribed in paragraph (e)(2).

 

(4)         The terms of office of all persons who are Directors of the Company at the time of a special meeting of Holders of the Series [ ] Preferred Stock and holders of other shares of any other preferred stock to elect Directors shall continue, notwithstanding the election at such meeting by the Holders of the Series [ ] Preferred Stock and such holders of other shares of preferred stock of the number of Directors that they are entitled to elect, and the persons so elected by such holders, together with the two incumbent Directors elected by such holders and the remaining incumbent Directors, shall constitute the duly elected Directors of the Company.

 

(5)         Simultaneously with the termination of a Voting Period, the terms of office of the additional Directors elected by the Holders of the Series [ ] Preferred Stock and holders of other shares of preferred stock pursuant to paragraph (e)(2) shall terminate, the number of Directors constituting the Board of Directors shall decrease accordingly, the remaining Directors shall constitute the Directors of the Company and the voting rights of such holders to elect additional Directors pursuant to paragraph (e)(2) shall cease, subject to the provisions of the last sentence of paragraph (e)(2).

 

(6)         So long as any of the shares of Series [ ] Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Company will not, without the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series [ ] Preferred Stock determined with reference to a “majority of outstanding voting securities” as that term is defined in Section 2(a)(42) of the 1940 Act (a “ 1940 Act Majority ”), voting as a separate class:

 

(i)          amend, alter or repeal any of the preferences, rights or powers of the Series [ ] Preferred Stock so as to affect materially and adversely such preferences, rights or powers, [(for purposes of the foregoing, no matters shall be deemed to adversely affect any right, preference or power unless such matter (i) alters or abolishes any preferential right of the Series [ ] Preferred Stock; (ii) creates, alters or abolishes any right in respect of redemption of the Series [ ] Preferred Stock; or (iii) creates or alters (other than to abolish) any restriction on transfer applicable to the Series [ ] Preferred Stock)];

 

 
 

 

(ii)         create, authorize or issue shares of any class of Capital Stock ranking senior to or on a parity with the Series [ ] Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends or the distribution of assets, or any securities convertible into, or warrants or similar rights to purchase, acquire or receive, such shares of Capital Stock ranking senior to or on a parity with the Series [ ] Preferred Stock or reclassify any authorized shares of Capital Stock of the Company into any shares ranking senior to or on a parity with the Series [ ] Preferred Stock (except that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board of Directors, without the vote or consent of the holders of the shares of Series [ ] Preferred Stock may from time to time authorize, create and classify, and the Company, to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, may from time to time issue, shares or series of preferred stock ranking on a parity with the Series [ ] Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the affairs of the Company, and may authorize, reclassify and/or issue any additional Series [ ] Preferred Stock, including shares previously purchased or redeemed by the Company); provided that any such class of Capital Stock shall be created, authorized or issued only to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act);

 

(7)         The affirmative vote of the holders of a 1940 Act Majority of the outstanding shares of Series [ ] Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be required to approve any plan of reorganization (as such term is used in the 1940 Act) adversely affecting such shares or any action requiring a vote of security holders of the Company under Section 13(a) of the 1940 Act.

 

(8)         Unless otherwise required by law, Holders of Series [ ] Preferred Stock shall not have any relative rights or preferences or other special rights other than those specifically set forth herein. The Holders of Series [ ] Preferred Stock shall have no rights to cumulative voting. If the Company fails to pay any dividends on the Series [ ] Preferred Stock, the exclusive remedy shall be the right to vote for Directors pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph (e).

 

(9)         The foregoing voting provisions will not apply with respect to the Series [ ] Preferred Stock if, at or prior to the time when a vote is required, such shares have been (i) redeemed or (ii) called for redemption and sufficient funds shall have been deposited in trust to effect such redemption.

 

(f)           Business Day.

 

If any payment, conversion, redemption or exchange shall be required by the terms hereof to be made on a day that is not a Business Day, such payment, conversion, redemption or exchange shall be made on the immediately succeeding Business Day.

 

(g)           [Conversion.

 

(1)         [Describe any conversion rights associated with the Series [ ] Preferred Stock.]

 

(h)           [Certain Transactions.

 

(1)         The Company shall not, by amendment of its certificate of incorporation or through any consolidation, merger, reorganization, transfer of assets, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms herein or the Series [ ] Preferred Stock, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all such terms and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the rights of the Holders of Series [ ] Preferred Stock in accordance with the foregoing.]

 

(i)           [Exchange Rights

 

(1)         [Describe any exchange rights associated with the Series [ ] Preferred Stock.]

 

 
 

 

(j)           Redemption.

 

(1)         Optional Redemption. The Series [ ] Preferred Stock may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at any time after [      ], [           ], at the option of the Company, upon giving notice of redemption pursuant to subsection (j)(3) below, at a redemption price per share equal to the applicable percentage set forth below multiplied by the sum of (a) the Series [ ] Liquidation Preference per share of the Series [ ] Preferred Stock plus (b) an amount per share equal to accrued but unpaid dividends not previously added to the Series [ ] Liquidation Preference on such share of Series [ ] Preferred Stock from and including the immediately preceding Dividend Payment Date to but excluding the date of redemption. The following redemption prices are for shares of Series [ ] Preferred Stock redeemed during the [ ]-month period commencing on [ ] of the years set forth below:

 

Year Applicable Percentage

 

[             ]             [             ]]

 

(2)         Redemption at the Option of the Holder. Upon the occurrence of a Fundamental Change, each Holder of the Series [ ] Preferred Stock shall have the right to require the Company to repurchase all or any part of such Holder’s Series [ ] Preferred Stock at a purchase price per share equal to [ ]% of the sum of (a) the Series [ ] Liquidation Preference per share of the Series [ ] Preferred Stock plus (b) an amount equal to accrued but unpaid dividends not previously added to the Series [ ] Liquidation Preference per share on such share of Series [ ] Preferred Stock from and including the immediately preceding dividend Payment Date to but excluding the date of redemption.

 

Within 30 days of the occurrence of a Fundamental Change, the Company shall provide notice by first class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the Holders of record of the shares of Series [ ] Preferred Stock at their respective last addresses appearing on the books of the Company and through such other means as shall be required under the 1940 Act stating (1) that a Fundamental Change has occurred, (2) that all shares of Series [ ] Preferred Stock tendered prior to a Business Day no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed shall be accepted for redemption and (3) the procedures that Holders of the Series [ ] Preferred Stock must follow in order to redeem their shares of Series [ ] Preferred Stock, including the place or places where certificates for such shares are to be surrendered for payment of the redemption price. Any notice mailed as provided in this subsection shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice, but failure duly to give such notice by mail, or any defect in such notice or in the mailing thereof, to any Holder of shares of Series [ ] Preferred Stock designated for redemption shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other shares of Series [ ] Preferred Stock.

 

On and after              , , each Holder of the Series [ ] Preferred Stock shall have the right, by providing written notice to the Company, to require the Company to repurchase all or any part of such Holder’s Series [ ] Preferred Stock at a purchase price equal to [ ]% of the sum of (a) the Liquidation Preference per share of the Series [ ] Preferred Stock plus (b) an amount per share equal to accrued but unpaid dividends not previously added to the Series [ ] Liquidation Preference on such share of Series [ ] Preferred Stock from and including the immediately preceding Dividend Payment Date to but excluding the date of redemption.

 

(3)         Notice of Redemption at the Option of the Company. Notice of every redemption of shares of Series [ ] Preferred Stock pursuant to subsection (j)(1) shall be given (1) by first class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the Holders of record of the shares to be redeemed at their respective last addresses appearing on the books of the Company and (2) through such other means as shall be required under the 1940 Act. Such mailing shall be at least 30 days and not more than 60 days before the date fixed for redemption. Any notice mailed as provided in this subsection (j)(3) shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice, but failure duly to give such notice by mail, or any defect in such notice or in the mailing thereof, to any Holder of shares of Series [ ] Preferred Stock designated for redemption shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other shares of Series [ ] Preferred Stock. Each notice of redemption given to a Holder shall state: (1) the redemption date; (2) the number of shares of the Series [ ] Preferred Stock to be redeemed and, if less than all the shares held by such Holder are to be redeemed, the number of such shares to be redeemed from such Holder; (3) the redemption price; and (4) the place or places where certificates for such shares are to be surrendered for payment of the redemption price.

 

 
 

 

(4)         Partial Redemption. In case of any redemption of part of the shares of Series [ ] Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, the shares to be redeemed shall be selected pro rata. Subject to the provisions hereof, the Company shall have full power and authority to prescribe the terms and conditions upon which shares of Series [ ] Preferred Stock shall be redeemed from time to time. If fewer than all the shares represented by any certificate are redeemed, a new certificate shall be issued representing the unredeemed shares without charge to the Holder thereof.

 

(5)         Effectiveness of Redemption. If notice of redemption has been duly given and if on or before the redemption date specified in the notice all funds necessary for the redemption have been deposited by the Company, in trust for the pro rata benefit of the Holders of the shares called for redemption, with a bank or trust company doing business in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, and having a capital and surplus of at least $500 million and selected by the Board of Directors, so as to be and continue to be available solely therefor, then, notwithstanding that any certificate for any share so called for redemption has not been surrendered for cancellation, on and after the redemption date dividends shall cease to accrue on all shares so called for redemption, all shares so called for redemption shall no longer be deemed outstanding and all rights with respect to such shares shall forthwith on such redemption date cease and terminate, except only the right of the Holders thereof to receive the amount payable on such redemption from such bank or trust company, without interest. Any funds unclaimed at the end of three years from the redemption date shall, to the extent permitted by law, be released to the Company, after which time the Holders of the shares so called for redemption shall look only to the Company for payment of the redemption price of such shares.

 

(k)        Dividends.

 

Holders of the Series [ ] Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, on each share of Series [ ] Preferred Stock, dividends with respect to each Dividend Period (1) in an amount equal to the Dividend Rate on the Series [ ] Liquidation Preference per share of Series [ ] Preferred Stock [and (2), in the event a cash dividend or other distribution in cash has been declared on the Common Stock during such Dividend Period, an additional amount equal to (A) the Series [ ] Liquidation Preference divided by the Conversion Rate, each in effect on the record date for such dividend, times (B) the cash amount per share distributed or to be distributed in respect of the Common Stock]. Dividends payable at the Dividend Rate shall begin to accrue and be cumulative from the Issue Date. No full dividends and distributions will be declared or paid on the Series [ ] Preferred Stock for any dividend Period, or a part of a Dividend Period, unless the full cumulative dividends and distributions due through the most recent Dividend Payment Dates for all outstanding shares of the Series [ ] Preferred Stock have been, or contemporaneously are, declared and paid through the most recent Dividend Payment Date. If full cumulative dividends and distributions due have not been paid on all outstanding preferred stock of any series, any dividends and distributions being declared and paid on preferred stock will be declared and paid as nearly pro rata as possible in proportion to the respective amounts of dividends and distributions accumulated but unpaid on the shares of each such series of preferred stock on the relevant dividend payment date. No holders of preferred stock will be entitled to any dividends and distributions in excess of full cumulative dividends and distributions as provided in the Certificate of Designations.

 

Dividends that are payable on the Series [ ] Preferred Stock on any Dividend Payment Date shall be payable to Holders of record of the Series [ ] Preferred Stock as they appear on the stock register of the Company on the record date for such dividend, which shall be the date 15 days prior to the applicable Dividend Payment Date. Dividends payable at the Dividend Rate on the Series [ ] Preferred Stock in respect of any Dividend Period shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months. The amount of dividends payable at the Dividend Rate on the Series [ ] Preferred Stock on any date prior to the end of a Dividend Period, and for the initial Dividend Period, shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months, and actual days elapsed over a 30-day month.

 

Cash dividends shall be paid only to the extent the Company has assets legally available for such payment and the Board of Directors, or an authorized committee thereof, declares a dividend payable. Dividends not paid in cash shall be added to the Series [ ] Liquidation Preference.

 

 
 

 

The Company shall not make declare any dividend (other than a dividend payable in Common Stock) or other distribution on the Common Stock or purchase any Common Stock unless at the time of the declaration of such dividend or distribution or at the time of any such purchase the Company has an asset coverage of at least 200%, as computed in accordance with the 1940 Act, after deducting the amount of such dividend, distribution or purchase price.

 

(l)           Amendments Without Consent of Holders.

 

Without the consent of any Holders, the Company, when authorized by resolution of the Board of Directors may amend or modify these terms of the Series [ ] Preferred Stock to cure any ambiguity, correct or supplement any provision herein which may be inconsistent with any other provision herein, make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under these terms of the Series [ ] Preferred Stock that are not inconsistent with the provisions herein.

 

(m)           Status of Acquired Shares.

 

Shares of Series [ ] Preferred Stock that are [converted,] redeemed or otherwise acquired by the Company shall be returned to the status of authorized but unissued shares of Series [ ] Preferred Stock, until reclassified by the Board of Directors.

 

 
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, WhiteHorse Finance, Inc. has caused this Certificate of Designation to be duly executed by its duly authorized officer as of this [ ] day of [       ].

 

  WHITEHORSE FINANCE, INC.
   
  By:
  Name:
  Title:

 

 

 

 

Exhibit (d)(7)

 

 

 

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

FORM T-1

 

STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY

UNDER THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939 OF A

CORPORATION DESIGNATED TO ACT AS TRUSTEE

 

¨  Check if an Application to Determine Eligibility of a Trustee Pursuant to Section 305(b)(2)

 

AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY, LLC
(Exact name of trustee as specified in its charter)

 

New York   13-3439945
(State of incorporation of organization if not a U.S.
national bank)
  (I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)

 

6201 15 th Avenue, Brooklyn, New York   11219
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code) 

 

Paul H. Kim

American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC

6201 15th Avenue

Brooklyn, NY 11219

(718) 921-8183

(Name, address and telephone number of agent for service)

 

WhiteHorse Finance, Inc.
(Exact name of obligor as specified in its character)

 

Delaware   45-4247759
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or
organization)
  (I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)

 

1450 Brickell Avenue, 31 st Floor

Miami, Florida

 

 

33131

(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code)

 

Debt Securities
(Title of the Indenture Securities)

 

 
 

 

Item 1.  General Information.

 

Furnish the following information as to the trustee:

(a)   Name and address of each examining or supervising authority to which it is subject.

 

New York State Department of Financial Services

One State Street

New York, NY 10004-1511

 

(b)   Whether it is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.   

 

The trustee is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.

 

Item 2.  Affiliations with Obligor.

 

If the obligor is an affiliate of the trustee, describe each such affiliation.  

 

None.

 

Items 3-15.

 

Items 3-15 are not applicable because, to the best of the trustee’s knowledge, the obligor is not in default under any indenture for which the trustee acts as trustee.

 

Item 16. List of Exhibits.

 

Exhibits identified in parentheses below, on file with the Commission, are incorporated herein by reference as an exhibit hereto, pursuant to Rule 7a-29 under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (the “Act”) and 17 C.F.R. 229.10(d).

 

Exhibit

Exhibit Title

T-1.1   A copy of the Articles of Organization of the Trustee, as amended to date
T-1.2   A copy of the Certificate of Authority of the Trustee to commence business
T-1.4   Limited Liability Trust Company Agreement of the Trustee
T-1.6   The consent of the Trustee required by Section 321(b) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939
T-1.7   A copy of the latest report of condition of the Trustee published pursuant to law or the requirements of its supervising or examining authority

 

 
 

 

SIGNATURE

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, the trustee, American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, a limited liability trust company organized and existing under the laws of the State of New York, has duly caused this statement of eligibility to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, all in the City of New York, and State of New York, on the 30th day of May, 2014.

 

  AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER
  & TRUST COMPANY, LLC  
  Trustee
     
  By:   /s/ Paul H. Kim
    Name:  Paul H. Kim
    Title:  Assistant General Counsel

 

 
 

 

EXHIBIT T-1.1

 

ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION

 

OF

 

AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY, LLC

 

We, the undersigned, all being of full age, four of us being citizens of the United States, having associated ourselves together for the purposes of forming a limited liability trust company under and pursuant to the Banking Law of the State of New York, do hereby certify the following:

 

First. The name by which the limited liability trust company is to be known is American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC.

 

Second. The place where its principal office is to be located is 59 Maiden Lane, Borough of Manhattan, City, County, and State of New York.

 

Third. The amount of its capital contributions is to be Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000), and the number of units into which such capital contributions are to be divided is five million (5,000,000) units with a par value of $1.00 each.

 

Fourth. The company will not have classes or groups of members, therefore there is only one class of members. Each member shall share the same relative rights, powers, preferences, limitations, and voting powers.

 

Fifth. The name, place of residence, and citizenship of each organizer are as follows:

 

Name   Residence   Citizenship
George Karfunkel   Brooklyn, NY, USA   USA
Michael Karfunkel   Brooklyn, NY, USA   USA
Cameron Blanks   Cremorne Point, Australia   Australia
Timothy J. Sims   Terrey Hills, Australia   Australia
Paul J. McCullagh   Tamarama, Australia   Ireland
Joseph John O’Brien   Bondi Beach, Australia   USA
Jay F. Krehbiel   Darling Point, Australia   USA

 

Sixth. The term of existence of the trust company is to be until December 31, 2030, unless the interest holders agree to extend such date.

 

Seventh. The number of managers of the company is to be not less than seven nor more than fifteen.

 

Eighth. The names of the organizers who shall manage the company until the first annual meeting of members are as follows: George Karfunkel, Michael Karfunkel, Cameron Blanks, Timothy J. Sims, Paul J. McCullagh, Joseph John O’Brien, and Jay F. Krehbiel.

 

Ninth. The limited liability trust company is to exercise the powers conferred by Section 100 of the Banking Law. The limited liability trust company shall neither accept deposits nor make loans except for deposits and loans arising directly from the exercise of the fiduciary powers specified in Section 100 of the Banking Law.

 

 
 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, We have made, signed, and acknowledged this certificate in duplicate this              day of March 2008.

 

/s/ George Karfunkel    
George Karfunkel   Paul J. McCullagh
     
/s/ Michael Karfunkel    
Michael Karfunkel   Joseph John O’Brien
     
     
Cameron Blanks   Jay F. Krehbiel
     
     
Timothy J. Sims    

 

NOTARY:    
     
State of NY )  
  ) ss.:
County of Kings )  

 

On this 28 th day of March, 2008 personally appeared before me

 

   
George Karfunkel    
   
   
Michael Karfunkel    

 

to me known to be the persons described in and who executed the foregoing certificate, and severally acknowledged that they executed the same.

 

/s/ Anthony J. Foti
Anthony J. Foti
Notary Public, State of New York
No. 01FO6022425
Qualified in Kings County
Commission Expires March 29, 2011

 

deposits nor make loans except for deposits and loans arising directly from the exercise of the fiduciary powers specified in Section 100 of the Banking Law.

 

 
 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, We have made, signed, and acknowledged this certificate in duplicate this            day of March 2008.

 

    /s/ Paul J. McCullagh
George Karfunkel   Paul J. McCullagh
     
     
Michael Karfunkel   Joseph John O’Brien
     
/s/ Cameron Blanks   /s/ Jay F. Krehbiel
Cameron Blanks   Jay F. Krehbiel
     
/s/ Timothy J. Sims    
Timothy J. Sims    

 

NOTARY:    
     
State of New South Wales )  
  ) ss.:
County of Australia )  

 

On this 27 th day of March, 2008 personally appeared before me

 

to me known to be the persons described in and who executed the foregoing certificate, and severally acknowledged that they executed the same.

 

     
Cameron R. Blanks   Paul J. McCullagh
     
     
Timothy J. Sims   Jay F. Krehbiel

 

  /s/ Brendan Anthony Bateman
  Brendan Anthony Bateman

 

deposits nor make loans except for deposits and loans arising directly from the exercise of the fiduciary powers specified in Section 100 of the Banking Law.

 

 
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, We have made, signed, and acknowledged this certificate in duplicate this            day of March 2008.

 

     
George Karfunkel   Paul J. McCullagh
     
    /s/ Joseph John O’Brien
Michael Karfunkel   Joseph John O’Brien
     
     
Cameron Blanks   Jay F. Krehbiel
     
     
Timothy J. Sims    

 

NOTARY:   Kingdom of Thailand
    Bangkok Metropolis }          ss
    Embassy of the United States of America }
State of     }
County of     }

 

On this                      day of      Mar 27 2008,                      personally appeared before me

 

* Joseph John O’Brien *    
     
     
     

 

to be the persons described in and who executed the foregoing certificate, and severally acknowledged that they executed the same.

 

/s/ Chamnannuch Scherer  
Chamnannuch Scherer  

 

Consular Associate of the United States of America

 

Indefinite

 

 
 

 

EXHIBIT T-1.2

 

 

Whereas, the Articles of Organization of AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY, LLC, of New York, New York, have heretofore been duly approved and said AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY, LLC has complied with the provisions of Chapter 2 of the Consolidated Laws,

 

Now Therefore I, David S. Fredsall, as Deputy Superintendent of Banks of the State of New York, do hereby authorize the said AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY, LLC to transact the business of a Limited Liability Trust Company, at 59 Maiden Lane, Borough of Manhattan, City of New York within this State.

 

In Witness Whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the official seal of the Banking Department, this 30 th day of May in the year two thousand and eight.

 

  /s/ David S. Fredsall
  Deputy Superintendent of Banks

 

 
 

 

 

Exhibit T-1.4

 

 

 FIRST AMENDMENT TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY TRUST COMPANY AGREEMENT OF AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY, LLC This FIRST AMENDMENT (this "Amendment”) to the Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Trust Company Agreement of American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC (the "AST Agreement") is made and entered into as of April 23, 2014, by Armor Holding II, LLC, the sole member (the "Member*) of American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC (the "Company”). WITNESSETH WHEREAS, the Company is a New York Limited Liability Trust Company, organized under the New York Limited Liability Company Act and Section 102-A of the New York Banking Code and Member is the sole member of the Company; WHEREAS, Section 9(b) of the AST Agreement provides in pertinent part that any Amendment to the Agreement shall be approved In writing by the Member, and that any amendment becomes effective as of the date specified in the approval of the Member; WHEREAS, Armor Holding, Inc., the sole member of the Member has directed the Member to approve certain amendments to the Agreement; NOW THEREFORE, through duly adopted resolutions, the Member has approved the following amendment to the Agreement: Amendment to Section 3(aKIIH of Agreement The first sentence of Section 3(a)(lii) shall be amended to provide as follows: Other than up to three seats on the Board which can be filled by independent directors, the Member may take all actions necessary to cause the Board to consist of the same managers that compose the Member's Board. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed this Amendment as of tha date first written above. ARMOR HOLDING, II, LLC a&Sole member Bv: ' C Name: Mark bieaiy/ Title: President /  

 
 

 

  SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY TRUST COMPANY AGREEMENT OF AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY, LLC THIS SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY TRUST COMPANY AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) of American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC (the “Company”) dated as of this __th day of June, 2013, by Armor Holding II LLC, as the sole member of the Company (the “Member”) amends and restates the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Trust Company Agreement of the Company dated as of the 14th day of March, 2011 in its entirety. RECITAL The Member converted the Company into a limited liability trust company under the laws of the State of New York and now desires to amend and restate the written agreement governing the affairs of the Company in accordance with the provisions of the Limited Liability Company Law of the State of New York and any successor statute, as amended from time to time (the “Act”) and the Banking Law of the State of New York and any successor statute, as amended from time to time (the “Banking Law”). ARTICLE 1 The Limited Liability Trust Company a. Formation . The Member previously converted the Company into a limited liability trust company pursuant to the Act and the Banking Law; such conversion of the Company from a New York trust company into a New York limited liability trust company was approved by the New York Banking Board on April 17, 2008 in conformity with Section 102-a(3) of the Banking Law. The conversion to a limited liability trust company became effective on May 30, 2008, when the New York State Banking Department issued an Authorization Certificate for the converted entity. b. Name . The name of the Company shall be “American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC” and its business shall be carried on in such name with such variations and changes as the Board (as hereinafter defined) shall determine or deem necessary to comply with requirements of the jurisdictions in which the Company’s operations are conducted. c. Business Purpose; Powers . The purposes for which the Company is formed are: (i) to exercise the powers conferred by Section 100 of the Banking Law, including corporate trust powers; personal trust powers; pension trust powers for tax-

 

 
 

 

 

 qualified pension trusts and retirement plans; and common or collective trust powers; provided, however, that the Company shall neither accept deposits nor make loans except for deposits and loans arising directly from the exercise of its fiduciary powers as specified in this Section 1(c); and (ii) in furtherance of the foregoing, to engage in any lawful act or activity for which limited liability trust companies may be formed under the Banking Law. d. Registered Office and Agent . The Secretary of State is designated as agent of the limited liability company upon whom process against it may be served. The post office address within or without this state to which the Secretary of State shall mail a copy of any process against the limited liability company served upon him or her is 59 Maiden Lane, Plaza Level, New York NY 10038. e. Term . Subject to the provisions of Article 6 below, the Company shall continue until December 31, 2030, unless the Members agree to extend such date. ARTICLE 2 The Member a. The Member . The name and address of the Member is as follows: Name Address Armor Holding II LLC 6201 15th Avenue, Brooklyn, New York 11219 b. Actions by the Member; Meetings . All actions taken by a member must be duly authorized by the board of managers of the Member (the “Member’s Board”) in accordance with the Shareholders Agreement (as hereinafter defined). Subject to the foregoing sentence, the Member may approve a matter or take any action at a meeting or without a meeting by the written consent of the Member. Meetings of the Member may be called at any time by the Member. c. Liability of the Member . All debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be solely the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, and the Member shall not be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of the Company solely by reason of being a member, except as otherwise provided for by law. d. Power to Bind the Company . Except as required by the Act or the Banking Law, the Member (acting in its capacity as such) shall have no authority to bind the Company to any third party with respect to any matter. e. Admission of Members . New members shall be admitted only upon the prior written approval of the Member.

 
 

 

 f. Engagement of Third Parties . The Company, may, from time to time, employ any Person or engage third parties to render services to the Company on such terms and for such compensation as the Member may reasonably determine, including, attorneys, investment consultants, brokers or finders, independent auditors and printers. Such employees and third parties may be affiliates of any Member. Persons retained, engaged or employed by the Company may also be engaged, retained or employed by and act on behalf of one or more Member or any of their respective affiliates. ARTICLE 3 The Board a. Management By Board of Managers . (i) Subject to such matters which are expressly reserved hereunder, under the Act, under the Banking Law or under that certain Third Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement, dated as of August 9, 2011, as amended from time to time, among the Shareholders of Armor Holdco, Inc. and Armor Holdco, Inc. (the “Shareholders Agreement”), to the Member for decision, the business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by a board of managers (the “Board”), which shall be responsible for policy setting, approving the overall direction of the Company and making all decisions affecting the business and affairs of the Company. In accordance with Section 7002 of the Banking Law, the Board shall consist of seven (7) to fifteen (15) individuals (the “Managers”). Such Managers shall be determined from time to time by resolution of the Member in accordance with Section 4.2 of the Shareholders Agreement. (ii) Each Manager shall be elected by the Member and shall serve until his or her successor has been duly elected and qualified, or until his or her earlier removal, resignation, death or disability. Subject to the provisions of clause (iii) below, the Member may remove any Manager from the Board or from any other capacity with the Company at any time, with or without cause. A Manager may resign at any time upon written notice to the Member. (iii) The Member may take all actions necessary to cause the Board to consist of the same managers that compose the Member’s Board. Accordingly, if any person who is a member of the Members’ Board ceases to be a member of such board for any reason, the Member may take such action as is necessary to remove such person from the Board and elect to the Board the person appointed to the Member’s Board in place of such person. (iv) Any vacancy occurring on the Board as a result of the resignation, removal, death or disability of a Manager or an increase in the size of the Board shall be filled by the Member. A Manager chosen to fill a vacancy resulting from the resignation, removal, death or disability of a Manager shall serve the unexpired term of his or her predecessor in office. 

 

 
 

 

 

  b. Action By the Board . (i) Meetings of the Board shall be held at least once per quarter. Each Manager may call a meeting of the Board upon two (2) days prior written notice to each Manager. The presence of a majority of the Managers then in office shall constitute a quorum at any meeting of the Board. All actions of the Board shall require the affirmative vote of a majority of the Managers then in office. (ii) Meetings of the Board may be conducted in person or by conference telephone facilities. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board may be taken without a meeting if such number of Managers sufficient to approve such action pursuant to the terms of this Agreement consent thereto in writing. Notice of any meeting may be waived by any Manager. c. Power to Bind Company . None of the Managers (acting in their capacity as such) shall have authority to bind the Company to any third party with respect to any matter unless the Board shall have approved such matter and authorized such Manager(s) to bind the Company with respect thereto. d. Officers and Related Persons . (i) The Board shall have the authority to appoint and terminate officers of the Company and retain and terminate employees, agents and consultants of the Company. The Board, to the extent permitted by applicable law and as provided in any resolution of the Board, may, from time to time in its sole and absolute discretion and without limitation, delegate such duties or any or all of its authority, rights and/or obligations, to any one or more officers, employees, agents, consultants or other duly authorized representatives of the Company as the Board deems appropriate, including the power, acting individually or jointly, to represent and bind the Company in all matters in accordance with the scope of their respective duties. ARTICLE 4 Capital Structure and Contributions a. Capital Structure . The capital structure of the Company shall consist of one class of common interests, par value $1.00 (the “Common Interests”). Each Common Interest shall entitle its holder to one vote per Common Interest on each matter on which the Member shall be entitled to vote. All Common Interests shall be identical with each other in every respect. The Company shall be authorized to issue 5,000,000 Common Interests. In exchange for all of the outstanding shares of American Stock Transfer & Trust Company held by the Member, the 5,000,000 Common Interests shall be issued to the Member. The Member shall own all of the Common Interests issued and outstanding. b. Capital Contributions . From time to time, the Board may determine that the Company requires capital and may request the Member to make capital contribution(s) in an amount determined by the Board. A capital account shall be maintained for the

 
 

 

 

 Member, to which contributions and profits shall be credited and against which distributions and losses shall be charged. c. Right to Issue Certificates . The ownership of a Common Interest by a Member shall be evidenced by a certificate (a “Certificate”) issued by the Company. All Common Interests in the Company shall be securities governed by Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in any jurisdiction, including without limitation the State of New York. d. Form of Certificates . Certificates attesting to the ownership of Common Interests in the Company shall be in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit A hereto and shall state that the Company is a limited liability trust company formed under the laws of the State of New York, the name of the Member to whom such Certificate is issued and that the Certificate represents limited liability trust company interests within the meaning of the Act and the Banking Law. Each Certificate shall bear the following legend: “THIS CERTIFICATE EVIDENCES COMMON INTERESTS IN THE AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY, LLC (THE “COMPANY”) AND SHALL BE A SECURITY FOR PURPOSES OF ARTICLE 8 OF THE UNIFORM COMMERCIAL CODE. THE COMMON INTERESTS REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF THE SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY TRUST COMPANY AGREEMENT OF THE COMPANY DATED AS OF JUNE , 2013 (AS MAY BE AMENDED, RESTATED, AMENDED AND RESTATED OR OTHERWISE MODIFIED FROM TIME TO TIME, THE “LLTC AGREEMENT”). A COPY OF THE LLTC AGREEMENT WILL BE FURNISHED TO THE RECORD HOLDER OF THIS CERTIFICATE WITHOUT CHARGE UPON WRITTEN REQUEST TO THE COMPANY AT ITS PRINCIPAL PLACE OF BUSINESS.” e. Execution . Each Certificate shall be signed by the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Secretary, an Assistant Secretary or other authorized officer or person of the Company by either manual or facsimile signature. f. Registrar . The Company shall maintain an office where Certificates may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange. Unless otherwise designated, the Secretary of the Company shall act as registrar and shall keep a register of the Certificates and of their transfer and exchange. g. Issuance . The Certificates of the Company shall be numbered and registered in the interest register or transfer books of the Company as they are issued. h. Common Interest Holder Lists . The Company shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all holders of Common Interests.

 
 

 

 i. Transfer and Exchange . When Certificates are presented to the Company with a request to register a transfer, the Company shall register the transfer or make the exchange on the register or transfer books of the Company; provided, that any Certificates presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange shall be duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company duly executed by the holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to register the transfer, or exchange, any Certificate if as a result the transfer of the Common Interest at issue would cause the Company or the Member to violate the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, the Investment Company Act, or the laws, rules, regulations, orders and other directives of any Governmental Authority or otherwise violate the terms of this Agreement or the Shareholders Agreement. j. Record Holder . Except to the extent that the Company shall have received written notice of an assignment of Common Interests and such assignment complies with the requirements of Section 7(a) of this Agreement, the Company shall be entitled to treat the individual or entity in whose name any Certificates issued by the Company stand on the books of the Company as the absolute owner thereof, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to, or interest in, such Common Interests on the part of any other individual or entity. k. Replacement Certificates . If any mutilated Certificate is surrendered to the Company, or the Company receives evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Certificate, the Company shall issue a replacement Certificate if the requirements of Section 8-405 of the Uniform Commercial Code are met. If required by the Company, an indemnity and/or the deposit of a bond in such form and in such sum, and with such surety or sureties as the Company may direct, must be supplied by the holder of such lost, destroyed or stolen Certificate that is sufficient in the judgment of the Company to protect the Company from any loss that it may suffer if a Certificate is replaced. The Company may charge for its expenses incurred in connection with replacing a Certificate. ARTICLE 5 Profits, Losses and Distributions a. Profits and Losses . For financial accounting and tax purposes, the Company’s net profits or net losses shall be determined on an annual basis in accordance with the manner determined by the Board. In each year, profits and losses shall be allocated entirely to the Member. b. Distributions . The Board shall determine profits available for distribution and the amount, if any, to be distributed to the Member, and shall authorize and distribute on the Common Interests, the determined amount when, as and if declared by the Board. The distributions of the Company shall be allocated entirely to the Member, provided, however, such distributions are in accordance with the Banking Law. 

 

 
 

 

 

  ARTICLE 6 Events of Dissolution The Company shall be dissolved and its affairs wound up only upon the occurrence of any of the following events (each, an “Event of Dissolution”): a. The Board votes for dissolution; or b. A dissolution of the Company under Section 102-a(2) of the Banking Law or Section 701 of the Act. ARTICLE 7 Transfer of Interests in the Company Except upon approval of the Member’s Board in accordance with Section 4.2 of the Member’s Shareholder’s Agreement, the Member may sell, assign, transfer, convey, gift, exchange or otherwise dispose of any or all of its Common Interests and, upon receipt by the Company of a written agreement executed by the person or entity to whom such Common Interests are to be transferred agreeing to be bound by the terms of this Agreement, such person shall be admitted as a member. ARTICLE 8 Exculpation and Indemnification a. Exculpation . The Member shall not have any liability for the obligations or liabilities of the Company except to the extent provided in the Act or Banking Law. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, whether express or implied, or any obligation or duty at law or in equity, none of the Member, Managers, or any officers, directors, stockholders, partners, employees, affiliates, representatives or agents of any of the foregoing, nor any officer, employee, representative or agent of the Company (individually, a “Covered Person” and, collectively, the “Covered Persons”) shall be liable to the Company or any other person for any act or omission (in relation to the Company, its property or the conduct of its business or affairs, this Agreement, any related document or any transaction or investment contemplated hereby or thereby) taken or omitted by a Covered Person in the reasonable belief that such act or omission is in or is not contrary to the best interests of the Company and is within the scope of authority granted to such Covered Person by the Agreement, provided such act or omission does not constitute fraud, willful misconduct, bad faith, or gross negligence. b. Indemnification . To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless each Covered Person from and against any and all losses, claims, demands, liabilities, expenses, judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts arising from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings, civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (“Claims”), in which the Covered Person may be involved, or threatened to be involved, as a party or otherwise, by reason of its management of the affairs of the Company or which relates to or arises out of the Company or its property, business or affairs. A Covered Person shall not be entitled to indemnification under this Section 8 with

 
 

 

  respect to (i) any Claim with respect to which such Covered Person has engaged in fraud, willful misconduct, bad faith or gross negligence or (ii) any Claim initiated by such Covered Person unless such Claim (or part thereof) (A) was brought to enforce such Covered Person’s rights to indemnification hereunder or (B) was authorized or consented to by the Board. Expenses incurred by a Covered Person in defending any Claim shall be paid by the Company in advance of the final disposition of such Claim upon receipt by the Company of an undertaking by or on behalf of such Covered Person to repay such amount if it shall be ultimately determined that such Covered Person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company as authorized by this Article 8. c. Insurance . The Board in its discretion shall have the power to cause the Company to purchase and maintain insurance in accordance with, and subject to, the Act and Banking Law. d. Amendments . Any repeal or modification of this Article 8 by the Member shall not adversely affect any rights of such Covered Person pursuant to this Article 8, including the right to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses of a Covered Person existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to any acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or modification. ARTICLE 9 Miscellaneous a. Tax Treatment . Unless otherwise determined by the Member, the Company shall be a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes (as well as for any analogous state or local tax purposes), and the Member and the Company shall timely make any and all necessary elections and filings for the Company to be treated as a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes (as well as for any analogous state or local tax purposes). b. Amendments . Amendments to this Agreement and to the Certificate of Formation shall be approved in writing by the Member. An amendment shall become effective as of the date specified in the approval of the Member or if none is specified as of the date of such approval or as otherwise provided in the Act. c. Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability; provided, however, that the remaining provisions will continue in full force without being impaired or invalidated in any way unless such invalid or unenforceable provision or clause shall be so significant as to materially affect the expectations of the Member regarding this Agreement. Otherwise, any invalid or unenforceable provision shall be replaced by the Member with a valid provision which most closely approximates the intent and economic effect of the invalid or unenforceable provision.

 
 

 

  d. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without regard to the principles of conflicts of laws thereof. e. Limited Liability Trust Company . The Member intends to form a limited liability trust company and does not intend to form a partnership under the laws of the State of New York or any other laws. [SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 
 

 

  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed this Agreement as of the date first written above. ARMOR HOLDING II LLC, as sole member Name: t>A^>p \A , Title: Sc- c [Signature Page lo Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Trust Company Agreement]

 
 

 

   EXHIBIT A [FORM OF CERTIFICATE] Number [*] Common Interest [*] AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY, LLC a limited liability trust company formed under the laws of the State of New York Limited Liability Trust Company Common Interest [Legend] THIS CERTIFICATE EVIDENCES COMMON INTERESTS IN THE AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY, LLC (THE “COMPANY”) AND SHALL BE A SECURITY FOR PURPOSES OF ARTICLE 8 OF THE UNIFORM COMMERCIAL CODE. THE COMMON INTERESTS REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF THE SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY TRUST COMPANY AGREEMENT OF THE COMPANY DATED AS OF JUNE , 2013 (AS MAY BE AMENDED, RESTATED, AMENDED AND RESTATED OR OTHERWISE MODIFIED FROM TIME TO TIME, THE “LLTC AGREEMENT”). A COPY OF THE LLTC AGREEMENT WILL BE FURNISHED TO THE RECORD HOLDER OF THIS CERTIFICATE WITHOUT CHARGE UPON WRITTEN REQUEST TO THE COMPANY AT ITS PRINCIPAL PLACE OF BUSINESS. This Certifies that is the owner of fully paid and non assessable Common Interests of the above-named Company and is entitled to the full benefits and privileges of such Common Interest, subject to the duties and obligations, as more fully set forth in the Agreements. This Certificate is transferable on the books of the Company by the holder hereof in person or by duly authorized attorney upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed. IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the said Limited Liability Company has caused this Certificate, and the Common Interest it represents, to be signed by its duly authorized officer this day of , 20 . By: [Name] [Title] [Exhibit A to Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Trust Company Agreement]

 
 

 

EXHIBIT T-1.6

 

October 30, 2013

 

Securities and Exchange Commission
Washington, DC 20549

Gentlemen:

 

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 321 (b) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, and subject to the limitations therein contained, American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC hereby consents that reports of examinations of said corporation by Federal, State, Territorial or District authorities may be furnished by such authorities to you upon request therefor.

 

  Very truly yours,
   
  AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER
  & TRUST COMPANY, LLC
   
  By: /s/ David H. Brill
    Name:  David H. Brill
    Title:  General Counsel

 

 
 

 

 

Exhibit T-1.7

 

 

December 2013 FFIEC 041 American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC - ID RSSD# 27156 Printed: 01/30/2014 - 03:01 pm 15 Schedule RC Consolidated Report of Condition for Insured Banks and Savings Associations for December 31, 2013 All schedules are to be reported in thousands of dollars. Unless otherw ise indicated, report the amount outstanding as of the last business day of the quarter. Schedule RC Balance Sheet Dollar Amounts in Thousands Bil Mil Thou Assets 1. Cash and balances due from depository institutions (from Schedule RC-A): a. Noninterest-bearing balances and currency and coin ( 1 ) RCON0081 204 1.a. b. Interest-bearing balances ( 2 ) RCON0071 6,871 1.b. 2. Securities: a. Held-to-maturity securities (from Schedule RC-B, column A) RCON1754 0 2.a. b. Available-for-sale securities (from Schedule RC-B, column D) RCON1773 0 2.b. 3. Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell: a. Federal funds sold RCONB987 0 3.a. b. Securities purchased under agreements to resell ( 3 ) RCONB989 0 3.b. 4. Loans and lease financing receivables (from Schedule RC-C): a. Loans and leases held for sale RCON5369 0 4.a. b. Loans and leases, net of unearned income RCONB528 0 4.b. c. LESS: Allow ance for loan and lease losses RCON3123 0 4.c. d. Loans and leases, net of unearned income and allow ance (item 4.b minus 4.c) RCONB529 0 4.d. 5. Trading assets (from Schedule RC-D) RCON3545 0 5. 6. Premises and fixed assets (including capitalized leases) RCON2145 40,896 6. 7. Other real estate ow ned (from Schedule RC-M) RCON2150 0 7. 8. Investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries and associated companies RCON2130 0 8. 9. Direct and indirect investments in real estate ventures RCON3656 0 9. 10. Intangible assets: a. Goodw ill RCON3163 270,264 10.a. b. Other intangible assets (from Schedule RC-M) RCON0426 248,386 10.b. 11. Other assets (from Schedule RC-F) RCON2160 40,130 11. 12. Total assets (sum of items 1 through 11) RCON2170 606,751 12. (1) Includes cash items in process of collection and unposted debits. (2) Includes time certificates of deposit not held for trading. (3) Includes all securities resale agreements, regardless of maturity.   

 
 

 

 

December 2013 FFIEC 041 American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC - ID RSSD# 27156 Printed: 01/30/2014 - 03:01 pm 16 Schedule RC Schedule RC Continued Dollar Amounts in Thousands Bil Mil Thou Liabilities 13. Deposits: a. In domestic offices (sum of totals of columns A and C from Schedule RC-E) RCON2200 0 13.a. (1) Noninterest-bearing ( 1 ) RCON6631 0 13.a.(1) (2) Interest-bearing RCON6636 0 13.a.(2) b. Not applicable 14. Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase: a. Federal funds purchased ( 2 ) RCONB993 0 14.a. b. Securities sold under agreements to repurchase ( 3 ) RCONB995 0 14.b. 15. Trading liabilities (from Schedule RC-D) RCON3548 0 15. 16. Other borrow ed money (includes mortgage indebtedness and obligations under capitalized leases) (from Schedule RC-M) RCON3190 0 16. 17. Not applicable 18. Not applicable 19. Subordinated notes and debentures ( 4 ) RCON3200 0 19. 20. Other liabilities (from Schedule RC-G) RCON2930 11,882 20. 21. Total liabilities (sum of items 13 through 20) RCON2948 11,882 21. 22. Not applicable 22. Equity Capital Bank Equity Capital 23. Perpetual preferred stock and related surplus RCON3838 0 23. 24. Common stock RCON3230 5,000 24. 25. Surplus (exclude all surplus related to preferred stock) RCON3839 1,040,580 25. 26. 26. a. Retained earnings RCON3632 (450,711) 26.a. b. Accumulated other comprehensive income ( 5 ) RCONB530 0 26.b. c. Other equity capital components ( 6 ) RCONA130 0 26.c. 27. 27. a. Total bank equity capital (sum of items 23 through 26.c) RCON3210 594,869 27.a. b. Noncontrolling (minority) interests in consolidated subsidiaries RCON3000 0 27.b. 28. Total equity capital (sum of items 27.a and 27.b) RCONG105 594,869 28. 29. Total liabilities and equity capital (sum of items 21 and 28) RCON3300 606,751 29. (1) Includes noninterest-bearing demand, time, and savings deposits. (2) Report overnight Federal Home Loan Bank advances in Schedule RC, item 16, "Other borrow ed money." (3) Includes all securities repurchase agreements, regardless of maturity. (4) Includes limited-life preferred stock and related surplus. (5) Includes, but is not limited to, net unrealized holding gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities, accumulated net gains (losses) on cash flow hedges, and accumulated defined benefit pension and other postretirement plan adjustments. (6) Includes treasury stock and unearned Employee Stock Ow nership Plan shares.

 

 

Exhibit (h)(1)

 

[Form of Underwriting Agreement]

 

WHITEHORSE FINANCE, INC.

 

(a Delaware corporation)

 

• Shares of Common Stock

 

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

 

 
 

 

WHITEHORSE FINANCE, INC.

 

(a Delaware corporation)

 

• Shares of Common Stock

 

(Par Value $0.001 Per Share)

 

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

[Date]

[Names of Representatives]

[Address]

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

WhiteHorse Finance, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), H.I.G. WhiteHorse Advisers, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“WhiteHorse Advisers” or the “Adviser”), and H.I.G. WhiteHorse Administration, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Administrator” and, together with the Company and the Adviser, the “WhiteHorse Entities”), confirm their respective agreements with [             ] (“[             ]”) and each of the other Underwriters named in Schedule A hereto (collectively, the “Underwriters,” which term shall also include any underwriter substituted as hereinafter provided in Section 10 hereof), for whom [             ] are acting as representatives (in such capacity, the “Representatives”), with respect to (i) the sale by the Company and the purchase by the Underwriters, acting severally and not jointly, of the respective numbers of shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company (“Common Stock”) set forth in Schedule A hereto and (ii) the grant by the Company to the Underwriters, acting severally and not jointly, of the option described in Section 2(b) hereof to purchase all or any part of • additional shares of Common Stock. The aforesaid • shares of Common Stock (the “Initial Securities”) to be purchased by the Underwriters and all or any part of the • shares of Common Stock subject to the option described in Section 2(b) hereof (the “Option Securities”) are herein called, collectively, the “Securities.”

 

The Company understands that the Underwriters propose to make a public offering of the Securities as soon as the Representatives deem advisable after this Agreement has been executed and delivered.

 

The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) a shelf registration statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-•), including the related preliminary prospectus or prospectuses, covering the registration of the sale of the Securities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”) and the offer and sale thereof from time to time in accordance with Rule 415 of the 1933 Act Regulations. The Company filed a Form N-6F “Notice of Intent to Elect to be Subject to Sections 55 Through 65 of the Investment Company Act of 1940” (File No. 814-00967) (the “Notice of Intent”) pursuant to Section 6(f) of the Investment Company Act (as defined below), with the Commission on September 7, 2012 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (collectively, the “Investment Company Act”). The Company filed a Form N-54A “Notification of Election to be Subject to Sections 55 Through 65 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 Filed Pursuant to Section 54(a) of the Investment Company Act” (File No. 814-00967) (the “Notification of Election”) under the Investment Company Act with the Commission on December 4, 2012. In addition, for tax purposes the Company has elected to be treated as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, for the period beginning December 4, 2012.

 

 
 

 

Promptly after execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Company will prepare and file a prospectus in accordance with the provisions of Rule 430C (“Rule 430C”) of the rules and regulations of the Commission under the 1933 Act (the “1933 Act Regulations”) and Rule 497 of the 1933 Act Regulations (“Rule 497”). The information included in such prospectus that was omitted from such registration statement at the time it became effective but that is deemed to be part of such registration statement at the time it became effective pursuant to Rule 430C is herein called the “Rule 430C Information.” Such registration statement, including the amendments thereto, the exhibits thereto and any schedules thereto, at the time it became effective, and including the Rule 430C Information, is herein called the “Registration Statement.” Any registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the 1933 Act Regulations is herein called the “Rule 462(b) Registration Statement” and, after such filing, the term “Registration Statement” shall include the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement. Each prospectus used prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, and each prospectus that omitted the Rule 430C Information that was used after such effectiveness and prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, is herein called a “preliminary prospectus.” The final prospectus, in the form filed by the Company with the Commission pursuant to Rule 497 under the 1933 Act on or before the second business day after the date hereof (or such earlier time as may be required under the 1933 Act), which will include the base prospectus, dated [    ], [    ], together with a final prospectus supplement, is herein called the "Prospectus." For purposes of this Agreement, all references to the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing shall be deemed to include the copy filed with the Commission pursuant to its Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval system or any successor system (“EDGAR”).

 

The Company has entered into (i) an investment advisory agreement, dated as of December 4, 2012 (the “Investment Advisory Agreement”), with WhiteHorse Advisers, which is registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (collectively, the “Advisers Act”), and (ii) an administration agreement, dated as of December 4, 2012 (the “Administration Agreement”), with the Administrator.

 

On December 3, 2012, WhiteHorse Finance, LLC filed a certificate of conversion with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and otherwise completed actions necessary for the conversion of WhiteHorse Finance, LLC from a limited liability company to a corporation, the Company. In connection therewith, the outstanding limited liability company interests in WhiteHorse Finance, LLC were converted into, on a one for one basis, shares of Common Stock (the “BDC Conversion”). For purposes of this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires, references to the Company shall be deemed to include WhiteHorse Finance, LLC and its consolidated subsidiaries for periods prior to the consummation of the BDC Conversion.

 

On December 4, 2012, the Company filed with the Commission a Form 8-A to register its Common Stock under Section 12(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”) (File No. 001-35752). On July 16, 2013, the Company filed with the Commission a Form 8-A to register its 6.5% senior notes due 2020 under Section 12(b) of the 1934 Act (File No. 001-35752).

 

As used in this Agreement:

 

“Applicable Time” means [__:00 P.M./ A.M.] , New York City time, on • or such other time as agreed by the Company and the Representatives.

 

2
 

 

“General Disclosure Package” means the most recent preliminary prospectus supplement, which includes a base prospectus dated [          ], [          ] that is distributed to investors prior to the Applicable Time and the information included on Schedule B hereto, all considered together.

 

SECTION 1.           Representations and Warranties .

 

(a)           Representations and Warranties relating to the Company . The WhiteHorse Entities, jointly and severally, hereby represent and warrant to each Underwriter as of the date hereof, the Applicable Time, the Closing Time (as defined below) and any Date of Delivery (as defined below), and agree with each Underwriter, as follows:

 

(i)           Registration Statement and Prospectuses . Each of the Registration Statement and any amendment thereto has become effective under the 1933 Act. No stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto has been issued under the 1933 Act, no order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus has been issued and no proceedings for any of those purposes have been instituted or are pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, contemplated. The Company has complied with each request (if any) from the Commission for additional information.

 

Each of the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, at the time it became effective, complied in all material respects with the requirements of the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations. Each preliminary prospectus, the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, at the time each was filed with the Commission, complied in all material respects with the requirements of the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations. Each preliminary prospectus delivered to the Underwriters for use in connection with this offering and the Prospectus was or will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.

 

The Company has not prepared, used or referred to, and will not prepare, use or refer to, any free writing prospectus as defined in Rule 405 under the 1933 Act Regulations (“Rule 405”).

 

(ii)          Accurate Disclosure . Neither the Registration Statement nor any amendment thereto, at its effective time, at the Closing Time or at any Date of Delivery, contained, contains or will contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted, omits or will omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. As of the Applicable Time, the General Disclosure Package did not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. Neither the Prospectus nor any amendment or supplement thereto (including any prospectus wrapper), as of its issue date, at the time of any filing with the Commission pursuant to Rule 497, at the Closing Date or at any Date of Delivery, included, includes or will include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted, omits or will omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

The representations and warranties in this subsection shall not apply to statements in or omissions from the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by any Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use therein. For purposes of this Agreement, the only information so furnished shall be information in the Prospectus in the first paragraph under the heading “Underwriting–Commissions and Discounts,” and the information in the second paragraph under the heading “Underwriting–Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids” (collectively, the “Underwriter Information”).

 

3
 

 

(iii)         Company Not Ineligible Issuer . At the time of filing the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, at the earliest time thereafter that the Company or another offering participant made a bona fide offer (within the meaning of Rule 164(h)(2) of the 1933 Act Regulations) of the Securities and at the date hereof, the Company was not and is not an “ineligible issuer,” as defined in Rule 405, without taking account of any determination by the Commission pursuant to Rule 405 that it is not necessary that the Company be considered an ineligible issuer.

 

(iv)         Independent Accountants . The accountants who certified the financial statements and supporting schedules included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus are independent public accountants as required by the 1933 Act, the 1933 Act Regulations and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board.

 

(v)          Financial Statements; Non-GAAP Financial Measures; eXtensible Business Reporting Language . The financial statements included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, together with the related schedules and notes, present fairly in all material respects the financial position of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries at the dates indicated and the statement of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries for the periods specified; said financial statements have been prepared in conformity in all material respects with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved. The supporting schedules, if any, present fairly in accordance with GAAP the information required to be stated therein. The selected financial data and the summary financial information included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus present fairly the information shown therein and have been compiled on a basis consistent with that of the audited financial statements included therein. Except as included therein, no historical or pro forma financial statements or supporting schedules are required to be included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus under the 1933 Act or the 1933 Act Regulations. All disclosures contained in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus regarding “non-GAAP financial measures” (as such term is defined by the rules and regulations of the Commission) comply with Regulation G of the 1934 Act, and Item 10 of Regulation S-K of the 1933 Act, to the extent applicable. No interactive data in eXtensible Business Reporting Language is required to be included in or incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement.

 

(vi)         No Material Adverse Change in Business . Except as otherwise stated therein, since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, (A) there has been no material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings or business affairs of the Company and its subsidiaries considered as one enterprise, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business (a “Material Adverse Effect”), (B) there have been no transactions entered into by the Company or any of its subsidiaries, other than those in the ordinary course of business, which are material with respect to the Company and its subsidiaries considered as one enterprise, and (C) there has been no dividend or distribution of any kind declared, paid or made by the Company on any class of its capital stock.

 

4
 

 

 

(vii)        Good Standing of the Company . The Company has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement; and the Company is duly qualified as a foreign corporation to transact business and is in good standing in each other jurisdiction in which such qualification is required, whether by reason of the ownership or leasing of property or the conduct of business, except where the failure so to qualify or to be in good standing would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect. On December 28, 2011, WhiteHorse Finance, LLC was duly formed as a limited liability company pursuant to Delaware law. In connection with the BDC Conversion, WhiteHorse Finance, LLC and the Company complied in all respects with the provisions of Section 265 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”).

 

(viii)       Good Standing of Subsidiaries . Each of [        ] (each of [        ] a “Subsidiary” and, collectively, the “Subsidiaries”) has been duly organized and is validly existing in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, has corporate or similar power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is required, whether by reason of the ownership or leasing of property or the conduct of business, except where the failure to so qualify or to be in good standing would not result, singly or in the aggregate, in a Material Adverse Effect. Except as otherwise disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, all of the issued and outstanding capital stock or membership interests of each Subsidiary has been duly authorized and validly issued, and is owned by the Company, directly or through subsidiaries, free and clear of any security interest, mortgage, pledge, lien, encumbrance, claim or equity. None of the outstanding shares of capital stock or membership interests of any Subsidiary were issued in violation of the preemptive or similar rights of any securityholder of such Subsidiary. The only subsidiaries of the Company are the Subsidiaries.

 

(ix)          Capitalization . The authorized, issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company are as set forth in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus in the column entitled “Actual” under the caption “Capitalization” (except for subsequent issuances, if any, pursuant to this Agreement). The outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable. None of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company was issued in violation of any preemptive or other similar rights of any securityholder of the Company.

 

(x)           Authorization of Agreement . (A) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and is a valid and binding agreement of the Company.

 

(xi)          Authorization and Description of Securities . The Securities to be purchased by the Underwriters from the Company have been duly authorized for issuance and sale to the Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement and, when issued and delivered by the Company pursuant to this Agreement against payment of the consideration set forth herein, will be validly issued and fully paid and nonassessable; and the issuance of the Securities is not subject to any preemptive or other similar rights of any securityholder of the Company. The Common Stock conforms to all statements relating thereto contained in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and such description conforms to the rights set forth in the instruments defining the same. No holder of Securities will be subject to personal liability by reason of being such a holder.

 

(xii)         Registration Rights . There are no persons with registration rights or other similar rights to have any securities registered for sale pursuant to the Registration Statement or otherwise registered for sale or sold by the Company under the 1933 Act pursuant to this Agreement.

 

5
 

 

 

(xiii)        Absence of Violations, Defaults and Conflicts . Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is (A) in violation of its charter, by-laws or similar organizational document, (B) in default in the performance or observance of any obligation, agreement, covenant or condition contained in any contract, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan or credit agreement, note, lease or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which it or any of them may be bound or to which any of the properties or assets of the Company or any subsidiary is subject (collectively, “Agreements and Instruments”), except for such defaults that would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect or materially and adversely affect the ability of the Company to consummate the transactions contemplated in the Company Agreements or the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder and thereunder, or (C) in violation of any law, statute, rule, regulation, judgment, order, writ or decree of any arbitrator, court, governmental body, regulatory body, administrative agency or other authority, body or agency having jurisdiction over the Company, WhiteHorse Advisers, the Administrator or any of the Company’s subsidiaries or any of their respective properties, assets or operations (each, a “Governmental Entity”), except for such violations that would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect or materially and adversely affect the ability of the Company to consummate the transactions contemplated in this Agreement or the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder and thereunder. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein and in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (including the issuance and sale of the Securities and the use of the proceeds from the sale of the Securities as described therein under the caption “Use of Proceeds”) and compliance by the Company with its obligations under this Agreement have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action and do not and will not, whether with or without the giving of notice or passage of time or both, conflict with or constitute a breach of, or default or Repayment Event (as defined below) under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any properties or assets of the Company or any subsidiary pursuant to, the Agreements and Instruments (except for such conflicts, breaches, defaults or Repayment Events or liens, charges or encumbrances that would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect or materially and adversely affect the ability of the Company to consummate the transactions contemplated in this Agreement or the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder and thereunder), nor will such action result in any violation of (i) the provisions of the charter, by-laws or similar organizational document of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or (ii) any law, statute, rule, regulation, judgment, order, writ or decree of any Governmental Entity, except in the case of clause (ii) above, for any such violation that would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect or materially and adversely affect the ability of the Company to consummate the transactions contemplated in this Agreement or the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder and thereunder, As used herein, a “Repayment Event” means any event or condition which gives the holder of any note, debenture or other evidence of indebtedness (or any person acting on such holder’s behalf) the right to require the repurchase, redemption or repayment of all or a portion of such indebtedness by the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

 

(xiv)       Absence of Labor Dispute . The Company has no employees.

 

(xv)        Absence of Proceedings . Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation before or brought by any Governmental Entity now pending or, to the knowledge of the WhiteHorse Entities, threatened, against or affecting the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or H.I.G. Capital, L.L.C. (“H.I.G. Capital”) or any of its Affiliates, which might result in a Material Adverse Effect, or which might materially and adversely affect their respective properties or assets or the consummation of the transactions contemplated in the Company Agreements or the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder and thereunder; and the aggregate of all pending legal or governmental proceedings to which the Company or any such subsidiary is a party or of which any of their respective properties or assets is the subject which are not described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, including ordinary routine litigation incidental to their business, could not result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

 

6
 

 

(xvi)       Accuracy of Exhibits . There are no contracts or documents which are required to be described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement which have not been so described and filed as required.

 

(xvii)      Absence of Further Requirements . No filing with, or authorization, approval, consent, license, order, registration, qualification or decree of, any Governmental Entity is necessary or required for the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder, in connection with the offering, issuance or sale of the Securities hereunder or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Company Agreements, except such as have been already obtained or as may be required under the 1933 Act, the 1933 Act Regulations, the Investment Company Act, the Advisers Act, the rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market LLC, state securities laws or the rules of FINRA.

 

(xviii)     Possession of Licenses and Permits . The Company and its subsidiaries possess such permits, licenses, approvals, consents and other authorizations (collectively, “Governmental Licenses”) issued by the appropriate Governmental Entities necessary to conduct the business now operated by them, except where the failure so to possess would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect. The Company and its subsidiaries are in compliance with the terms and conditions of all Governmental Licenses, except where the failure so to comply would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect. All of the Governmental Licenses are valid and in full force and effect, except when the invalidity of such Governmental Licenses or the failure of such Governmental Licenses to be in full force and effect would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect. None of the Company, H.I.G. Capital, WhiteHorse Advisers, the Administrator or any of the Company’s subsidiaries has received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any Governmental Licenses which, singly or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, might result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(xix)        Title to Property . The Company and its subsidiaries do not own any real property.

 

(xx)         Portfolio Assets . Other than due to the disposition of investments in the ordinary course of the Company’s business since [        ], the Company and/or one of its subsidiaries owns, and has good and marketable title to, all of the investments described in the General Disclosure Package and Prospectus under “Portfolio Companies” (the “Portfolio Assets”), free and clear of all mortgages, pledges, liens, security interests, claims or encumbrances of any kind (collectively, the “Liens”), other than the Liens granted pursuant to the [         ]. All of the applicable investment documents and agreements which constitute the Portfolio Assets (the “Investment Documents and Agreements”) are in full force and effect, and the Company has no notice of any material claim of any sort that has been asserted by anyone adverse to the right of the Company under the Investment Documents and Agreements, or affecting or questioning the rights of the Company under any of the Investment Documents and Agreements. Except as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, each portfolio company described in the Prospectus under “Portfolio Companies” is current with all of its obligations under the applicable Investment Documents and Agreements and no event of default (or a default which with the giving of notice or the passage of time would become an event of default) has occurred or is continuing under such Investment Documents and Agreements. Other than the Portfolio Assets, the Company does not own any other investments other than investments acquired in the ordinary course of the Company’s business since [        ].

 

7
 

 

 

(xxi)        Possession of Intellectual Property . The Company and its subsidiaries own or possess, or can acquire on reasonable terms, adequate patents, patent rights, licenses, inventions, copyrights, know-how (including trade secrets and other unpatented and/or unpatentable proprietary or confidential information, systems or procedures), trademarks, service marks, trade names or other intellectual property (collectively, “Intellectual Property”) necessary to carry on the businesses now operated by them, and none of the WhiteHorse Entities or any of the Company’s subsidiaries has received any notice or is otherwise aware of any infringement of or conflict with asserted rights of others with respect to any such Intellectual Property or of any facts or circumstances which would render any such Intellectual Property invalid or inadequate to protect the interest of the Company or any of its subsidiaries therein, and which infringement or conflict (if the subject of any unfavorable decision, ruling or finding) or invalidity or inadequacy, singly or in the aggregate, might result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(xxii)       Environmental Laws . Except as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect, (A) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is in violation of any federal, state, local or foreign statute, law, rule, regulation, ordinance, code, policy or rule of common law or any judicial or administrative interpretation thereof, including any judicial or administrative order, consent, decree or judgment, relating to pollution or protection of human health, the environment (including, without limitation, ambient air, surface water, groundwater, land surface or subsurface strata) or wildlife, including, without limitation, laws and regulations relating to the release or threatened release of chemicals, pollutants, contaminants, wastes, toxic substances, hazardous substances, petroleum or petroleum products, asbestos-containing materials or mold (collectively, “Hazardous Materials”) or to the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transport or handling of Hazardous Materials (collectively, “Environmental Laws”), (B) the Company and its subsidiaries have all permits, authorizations and approvals required under any applicable Environmental Laws and are each in compliance with their requirements, (C) there are no pending or threatened administrative, regulatory or judicial actions, suits, demands, demand letters, claims, liens, notices of noncompliance or violation, investigation or proceedings relating to any Environmental Law against the Company or any of its subsidiaries and (D) there are no events or circumstances that would reasonably be expected to form the basis of an order for clean-up or remediation, or an action, suit or proceeding by any private party or Governmental Entity, against or affecting the Company or any of its subsidiaries relating to Hazardous Materials or any Environmental Laws.

 

(xxiii)      Accounting Controls . The Company and each of its subsidiaries maintain effective internal control over financial reporting (as defined under Rule 13a-15 and 15d-15 under the rules and regulations of the Commission under the 1934 Act (the “1934 Act Regulations”)) and each of the WhiteHorse Entities and the Company’s subsidiaries maintains a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that (A) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; (B) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP and to maintain accountability for assets; (C) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (D) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. Except as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, since the end of the Company’s most recent audited fiscal year, there has been (1) no material weakness in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (whether or not remediated) and (2) no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

(xxiv)     Compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act . The Company has taken all necessary actions to ensure that it is in compliance with all provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder or implementing the provisions thereof (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”) presently in effect and with which the Company is required to comply as of the date hereof, and is actively taking steps to ensure that it will be in compliance with other provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act which will become applicable to the Company at all times after the effectiveness of the Registration Statement.

8
 

 

(xxv)      Payment of Taxes . All United States federal income tax returns of the Company and its subsidiaries required by law to be filed have been filed and are true and accurate in all material respects, and all taxes whether or not shown to be due on the returns have been timely paid in full. Each of the Company and its subsidiaries has timely paid all United States federal withholding tax due in full. The Company and its subsidiaries have filed all other tax returns that are required to have been filed by them pursuant to applicable foreign, state, local or other law except insofar as the failure to file such returns would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect, and has paid all taxes due pursuant to such returns or pursuant to any assessment received by the Company and its subsidiaries, except for such taxes, if any, as are being contested in good faith and as to which adequate reserves have been established by the Company. The charges, accruals and reserves on the books of the Company in respect of any income tax liability for any years not finally determined are adequate to meet any assessments or re-assessments for additional income tax for any years not finally determined, except to the extent of any inadequacy that would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(xxvi)     Insurance . The Company and its subsidiaries carry or are entitled to the benefits of insurance, with financially sound and reputable insurers, in such amounts and covering such risks as is generally maintained by companies of established repute engaged in the same or similar business and as may be required by applicable law, and all such insurance, including without limitation, the Company’s fidelity bond as required by Rule 17g-1 of the Investment Company Act, is in full force and effect. The WhiteHorse Entities have no reason to believe that the Company or any of its subsidiaries will not be able (A) to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such policies expire or (B) to obtain comparable coverage from similar institutions as may be necessary or appropriate to conduct its business as now conducted and at a cost that would not result in a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has been denied any insurance coverage which it has sought or for which it has applied.

 

(xxvii)    Absence of Manipulation . Neither the Company nor any affiliate of the Company has taken, nor will the Company or any affiliate take, directly or indirectly, any action which is designed, or would be expected, to cause or result in, or which constitutes, the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities or to result in a violation of Regulation M under the 1934 Act.

 

(xxviii)   Foreign Corrupt Practices Act . None of the Company, any of its subsidiaries or, to the knowledge of the WhiteHorse Entities, any director, officer, agent, employee, affiliate or other person acting on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is aware of or has taken any action, directly or indirectly, that would result in a violation by such persons of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (the “FCPA”), including, without limitation, making use of the mails or any means or instrumentality of interstate commerce corruptly in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay or authorization of the payment of any money, or other property, gift, promise to give, or authorization of the giving of anything of value to any “foreign official” (as such term is defined in the FCPA) or any foreign political party or official thereof or any candidate for foreign political office, in contravention of the FCPA and the Company and, to the knowledge of the WhiteHorse Entities, its affiliates have conducted their businesses in compliance with the FCPA and have instituted and maintain policies and procedures designed to ensure, and which are reasonably expected to continue to ensure, continued compliance therewith.

 

(xxix)      Money Laundering Laws . The operations of the Company and its subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the money laundering statutes of all jurisdictions, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any Governmental Entity (collectively, the “Money Laundering Laws”); and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any Governmental Entity involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the best knowledge of the WhiteHorse Entities, threatened.

 

9
 

 

 

(xxx)       OFAC . None of the Company, any of its subsidiaries or, to the knowledge of the WhiteHorse Entities, any director, officer, agent, employee, affiliate or other person acting on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is currently the subject of any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department (“OFAC”); and the Company will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the sale of the Securities, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any of its subsidiaries, joint venture partners or other person, for the purpose of financing the activities of any person currently subject of any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC.

 

(xxxi)      Offers to Sell . The Company (including its agents and representatives, other than the Underwriters in their capacity as such) has not prepared, made, used, authorized, approved or referred to and, prior to the later to occur of (A) the Closing Time and (B) completion of the distribution of the Securities, will not prepare, make, use, authorize, approve or refer to any written communication that constitutes an offer to sell or solicitation of an offer to buy the Securities other than (x) the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus and the Prospectus, and any amendment or supplement to any of the forgoing and (y) any prospectus wrapper. All other promotional materials (including “road show slides” or “road show scripts”) prepared in connection with the marketing of the Securities were used in accordance with Section 3. Each of such promotional materials and the prospectus wrapper is not inconsistent with the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus and the Prospectus, and when taken together with any preliminary prospectus and the Rule 430C Information, at the Applicable Time, did not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

(xxxii)     Statistical and Market-Related Data . Any statistical and market-related data included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus are based on or derived from sources that the Company believes, after reasonable inquiry, to be reliable and accurate and, to the extent required, the Company has obtained the written consent to the use of such data from such sources.

 

(xxxiii)    Payment and Receipt of Funds . Neither the Company nor, to the knowledge of the WhiteHorse Entities, any director, officer, agent employee, affiliate or person acting on behalf of the Company has made any payment of funds of the Company or received or retained any funds in violation of any law, rule or regulation, which payment, receipt or retention of funds is of a character required to be disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

 

(xxxiv)    Rule 38a-1 Compliance Policies . The Company has adopted and implemented written policies and procedures pursuant to Rule 38a-1 under the Investment Company Act reasonably designed to prevent violation of the federal securities laws by the Company, including policies and procedures that provide oversight of compliance of each investment.

 

(xxxv)     Registered Management Investment Company . The Company is not, and upon the issuance and sale of the Securities as herein contemplated and the application of the net proceeds therefrom as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, will not be, a “registered management investment company” as such term is used under the Investment Company Act.

 

 

10
 

 

(xxxvi)      Notification of Election . When the Notification of Election was filed with the Commission, it (A) contained all statements required to be stated therein in accordance with, and complied in all material respects with the requirements of, the Investment Company Act and (B) did not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.

 

(xxxvii)     Election as a Business Development Company . The Company has elected, by filing the Notification of Election, to be treated by the Commission under the Investment Company Act as a “business development company” (the “BDC Election”). The Company shall not, as of the Closing Time for the Initial Securities and the Date of Delivery for any Option Securities, have filed with the Commission any notice of withdrawal of the BDC Election pursuant to Section 54(c) of the Investment Company Act. The BDC Election is effective and no order of suspension or revocation of such election has been issued or proceedings therefor initiated or threatened by the Commission.

 

(xxxviii)    Investment Advisory Agreement in Compliance with Laws . The terms of the Investment Advisory Agreement, including compensation terms, comply with all applicable provisions of the Investment Company Act and the Advisers Act, including without limitation, Section 15 of the Investment Company Act and Section 205 of the Advisers Act, each as applicable to business development companies.

 

(xxxix)      All Necessary Approvals of Investment Advisory Agreement . The approval by the board of directors and the securityholders of the Company of the Investment Advisory Agreement has been made in accordance with the requirements of Section 15 of the Investment Company Act applicable to companies that have elected to be “business development companies” under the Investment Company Act.

 

(xl)            Compliance of Company Agreements with Investment Company Act . This Agreement and the Investment Advisory Agreement and the Administration Agreement complies in all material respects with all applicable provisions of the 1933 Act, the 1933 Act Regulations, the Investment Company Act and the Advisers Act.

 

(xli)          Interested Persons . Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (A) no person is serving or acting as an officer, director or investment adviser of the Company except in accordance with the provisions of the Investment Company Act and the Advisers Act and (B) no director of the Company is an “interested person” (as defined in the Investment Company Act) of the Company or an “affiliated person” (as defined in the Investment Company Act) of any of the Underwriters.

 

(xlii)          Operations Comply with Investment Company Act . The operations of the Company are in compliance in all material respects with the provisions of the Investment Company Act applicable to “business development companies.” The provisions of the corporate charter, by-laws and other similar organizational documents of the Company, and the investment objectives, policies and restrictions described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, assuming they are implemented as so described, will comply in all material respects with the requirements of the Investment Company Act.

 

(xliii)        Conditions for Use of Form N-2 . The Company has satisfied the conditions for the use of Form N-2, as set forth in the general instructions thereto, with respect to the Registration Statement.

 

(xliv)        Regulated Investment Company Compliance . The Company operates and intends to continue to operate its business so as to qualify as a “regulated investment company” under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). The Company also intends to direct the investment of the proceeds received by it from the sale of the Securities in such a manner as to comply with the requirements of Subchapter M of the Code.

 

11
 

 

 

(xlv)       Absence of Business Relationships . There are no business relationships or related-party transactions involving the Company or any other person required under applicable law to be described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus which have not been described as required.

 

(xlvi)      Absence of Extensions of Credit . The Company has not, directly or indirectly, extended credit, arranged to extend credit or renewed any extension of credit, in the form of a personal loan, to or for any director or executive officer of the WhiteHorse Entities, or to or for any family member or affiliate of any director or executive officer of the WhiteHorse Entities.

 

(xlvii)      Emerging Growth Company . Since the enactment of the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act to the date hereof, the Company has been and is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the 1933 Act (an “Emerging Growth Company”).

 

(xlviii)    Investment Company . No subsidiary of the Company is required to register as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act.

 

(xlix)       Commodity Pool . The Company is not required to be registered under the Commodity Exchange Act as a “commodity pool operator” with regard to its operation of any subsidiary.

 

(b)          Representations and Warranties relating to WhiteHorse Advisers . The Adviser and the Administrator, jointly and severally, hereby represent and warrant to each Underwriter as of the date hereof, the Applicable Time, the Closing Time and any Date of Delivery (as defined below), and agree with each Underwriter, as follows:

 

(i)           No Material Adverse Change in Business . Except as otherwise stated therein, since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, (A) there has been no material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of WhiteHorse Advisers, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business (a “WhiteHorse Advisers Material Adverse Effect”), and (B) there have been no transactions entered into by WhiteHorse Advisers, other than those in the ordinary course of business, which are material with respect to WhiteHorse Advisers.

 

(ii)          Good Standing of WhiteHorse Advisers . WhiteHorse Advisers has been duly organized and is validly existing as a limited liability company in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement; and WhiteHorse Advisers is duly qualified as a foreign limited liability company to transact business and is in good standing in each other jurisdiction in which such qualification is required, whether by reason of the ownership or leasing of property or the conduct of business, except where the failure so to qualify or to be in good standing would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect or a WhiteHorse Advisers Material Adverse Effect.

 

(iii)         Authorization of Agreement . This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by WhiteHorse Advisers and is a valid and binding agreement of WhiteHorse Advisers.

 

12
 

 

 

(iv)         Absence of Violations, Defaults and Conflicts . WhiteHorse Advisers is not (A) in violation of its charter, by-laws or similar organizational document, (B) in default in the performance or observance of any obligation, agreement, covenant or condition contained in any contract, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan or credit agreement, note, lease or other agreement or instrument to which WhiteHorse Advisers is a party or by which it may be bound or to which any of its properties or assets is subject (collectively, “WhiteHorse Advisers Agreements and Instruments”), except for such defaults that would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect or a WhiteHorse Advisers Material Adverse Effect or materially and adversely affect the ability of WhiteHorse Advisers to consummate the transactions contemplated in this Agreement or the performance by WhiteHorse Advisers of its obligations hereunder an, or (C) in violation of any law, statute, rule, regulation, judgment, order, writ or decree of any Governmental Entity, except for such violations that would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect or a WhiteHorse Advisers Material Adverse Effect or materially and adversely affect the ability of WhiteHorse Advisers to consummate the transactions contemplated in this Agreement, or the performance by WhiteHorse Advisers of its obligations hereunder. The consummation of the transactions contemplated herein and in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and compliance by WhiteHorse Advisers with its obligations hereunder have been duly authorized by all necessary action and do not and will not, whether with or without the giving of notice or passage of time or both, conflict with or constitute a breach of, or default or WhiteHorse Advisers Repayment Event (as defined below) under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any properties or assets of WhiteHorse Advisers pursuant to, the WhiteHorse Advisers Agreements and Instruments (except for such conflicts, breaches, defaults or WhiteHorse Advisers Repayment Event or liens, charges or encumbrances that would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect or a WhiteHorse Advisers Material Adverse Effect or materially and adversely affect the ability of WhiteHorse Advisers to consummate the transactions contemplated in this Agreement or the performance by WhiteHorse Advisers of its obligations hereunder and thereunder), nor will such action result in any violation of (i) the provisions of the charter, by-laws or similar organizational document of WhiteHorse Advisers or (ii) any law, statute, rule, regulation, judgment, order, writ or decree of any Governmental Entity, except, in the case of clause (ii) above, for any such violation that would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect or a WhiteHorse Advisers Material Adverse Effect or materially and adversely affect the ability of WhiteHorse Advisers to consummate the transactions contemplated in the Company Agreements to which it is a party or the performance by WhiteHorse Advisers of its obligations hereunder and thereunder. As used herein, a “WhiteHorse Advisers Repayment Event” means any event or condition which gives the holder of any note, debenture or other evidence of indebtedness (or any person acting on such holder’s behalf) the right to require the repurchase, redemption or repayment of all or a portion of such indebtedness by WhiteHorse Advisers.

 

(v)          Absence of Labor Dispute . No employment dispute with the employees of H.I.G. Capital exists or, to the knowledge of each WhiteHorse Entity, is imminent, and the Adviser and the Administrator are not aware of any existing or imminent departure of any key employee of H.I.G. Capital. WhiteHorse Advisers has no employees.

 

(vi)         Absence of Proceedings . Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation before or brought by any Governmental Entity now pending or, to the knowledge of the Adviser or the Administrator, threatened, against or affecting WhiteHorse Advisers or H.I.G. Capital, which might result in a Material Adverse Effect or a WhiteHorse Advisers Material Adverse Effect, or which might materially and adversely affect the properties or assets of WhiteHorse Advisers, H.I.G. Capital or the consummation of the transactions contemplated in the Company Agreements to which WhiteHorse Advisers is a party and the Staffing Agreement, between WhiteHorse Advisers and an affiliate of H.I.G. Capital, or the performance by WhiteHorse Advisers of its obligations hereunder and thereunder; and the aggregate of all pending legal or governmental proceedings to which WhiteHorse Advisers or H.I.G. Capital is a party or of which any of its or their property or assets is the subject which are not described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, including ordinary routine litigation incidental to the business, could not result in a Material Adverse Effect or a WhiteHorse Advisers Material Adverse Effect.

 

13
 

 

 

(vii)        Absence of Further Requirements . No filing with, or authorization, approval, consent, license, order, registration, qualification or decree of, any Governmental Entity is necessary or required for the performance by WhiteHorse Advisers of its obligations hereunder, in connection with the offering, issuance or sale of the Securities hereunder or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except such as have been already obtained or as may be required under the 1933 Act, the 1933 Act Regulations, the Investment Company Act, the Advisers Act, the rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market LLC, state securities laws or the rules of FINRA.

 

(viii)       Possession of Licenses and Permits . WhiteHorse Advisers possesses such Governmental Licenses issued by the appropriate Governmental Entities necessary to conduct the business now operated by it, except where the failure so to possess would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect or a WhiteHorse Advisers Material Adverse Effect. WhiteHorse Advisers is in compliance with the terms and conditions of all such Governmental Licenses, except where the failure so to comply would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect or a WhiteHorse Advisers Material Adverse Effect. All of such Governmental Licenses are valid and in full force and effect, except when the invalidity of such Governmental Licenses or the failure of such Governmental Licenses to be in full force and effect would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect or a WhiteHorse Advisers Material Adverse Effect. None of the Adviser or the Administrator has received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any Governmental Licenses which, singly or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, might result in a Material Adverse Effect or a WhiteHorse Advisers Material Adverse Effect.

 

(ix)         Title to Property . WhiteHorse Advisers leases or has access to all properties and assets as are necessary to the conduct of its operations as presently conducted and as contemplated by the Registration Statement. WhiteHorse Advisers does not own any real property.

 

(x)          Possession of Intellectual Property . WhiteHorse Advisers owns, licenses or possesses, or can acquire on reasonable terms, Intellectual Property necessary to carry on the business now operated by it, and none of the Adviser or the Administrator has received any notice or is otherwise aware of any infringement of or conflict with asserted rights of others with respect to any such Intellectual Property or of any facts or circumstances which would render any such Intellectual Property invalid or inadequate to protect the interest of WhiteHorse Advisers therein, and which infringement or conflict (if the subject of any unfavorable decision, ruling or finding) or invalidity or inadequacy, singly or in the aggregate, might result in a Material Adverse Effect or a WhiteHorse Advisers Material Adverse Effect.

 

(xi)         Registration . WhiteHorse Advisers is duly registered with the Commission as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act and is not prohibited by the Advisers Act or the Investment Company Act from acting under the Investment Advisory Agreement for the Company as contemplated by the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus. There does not exist any proceeding or, to the knowledge of the Adviser or the Administrator, any facts or circumstances the existence of which could lead to any proceeding which might adversely affect the registration of WhiteHorse Advisers with the Commission.

 

(xii)        Financial Resources . WhiteHorse Advisers has the financial resources available to it necessary for the performance of its services and obligations as contemplated in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and under this Agreement.

 

 

14
 

 

(xiii)       Insurance . WhiteHorse Advisers carries or is entitled to the benefits of insurance, with financially sound and reputable insurers, in such amounts and covering such risks as is generally maintained by companies of established repute engaged in the same or similar business and as may be required by applicable law, and all such insurance is in full force and effect. The Adviser or the Administrator have no reason to believe that WhiteHorse Advisers will not be able to (A) renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such policies expire or (B) obtain comparable coverage from similar institutions as may be necessary or appropriate to conduct its business as now conducted and at a cost that would not result in a Material Adverse Effect or a WhiteHorse Advisers Material Adverse Effect. WhiteHorse Advisers has not been denied any insurance coverage which it has sought or for which it has applied.

 

(xiv)       Absence of Manipulation . Neither WhiteHorse Advisers nor any affiliate of WhiteHorse Advisers has taken, nor will WhiteHorse Advisers or any affiliate take, directly or indirectly, any action which is designed, or would be expected, to cause or result in, or which constitutes, the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities or to result in a violation of Regulation M under the 1934 Act.

 

(xv)        Foreign Corrupt Practices Act . None of WhiteHorse Advisers or, to the knowledge of the Adviser or the Administrator, any director, officer, agent, employee, affiliate or other person acting on behalf of WhiteHorse Advisers is aware of or has taken any action, directly or indirectly, that would result in a violation by such persons of the FCPA, including, without limitation, making use of the mails or any means or instrumentality of interstate commerce corruptly in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay or authorization of the payment of any money, or other property, gift, promise to give, or authorization of the giving of anything of value to any “foreign official” (as such term is defined in the FCPA) or any foreign political party or official thereof or any candidate for foreign political office, in contravention of the FCPA and WhiteHorse Advisers and, to the knowledge of the WhiteHorse Entities, its affiliates have conducted their businesses in compliance with the FCPA and have instituted and maintain policies and procedures designed to ensure, and which are reasonably expected to continue to ensure, continued compliance therewith.

 

(xvi)       Money Laundering Laws . The operations of WhiteHorse Advisers are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Money Laundering Laws; and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any Governmental Entity involving WhiteHorse Advisers with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the best knowledge of the Adviser or the Administrator, threatened.

 

(xvii)      OFAC . None of WhiteHorse Advisers or, to the knowledge of the Adviser or the Administrator, any director, officer, agent, employee, affiliate or other person acting on behalf of WhiteHorse Advisers is currently the subject of any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC; and WhiteHorse Advisers will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the sale of the Securities, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any joint venture partners or other person, for the purpose of financing the activities of any person currently subject of any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC.

 

(xviii)     Compliance Policies . WhiteHorse Advisers has adopted and implemented written policies and procedures pursuant to Rule 206(4)-7 under the Advisers Act reasonably designed to prevent violation of the Advisers Act by WhiteHorse Advisers.

 

(xix)       Description of WhiteHorse Advisers . The description of WhiteHorse Advisers in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, including in its role as investment adviser to the Company, is accurate in all material respects.

15
 

 

(c)          Representations and Warranties relating to the Administrator . The Adviser or the Administrator, jointly and severally, hereby represent and warrant to each Underwriter as of the date hereof, the Applicable Time, the Closing Time and any Date of Delivery (as defined below), and agree with each Underwriter, as follows:

 

(i)           No Material Adverse Change in Business . Except as otherwise stated therein, since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, (A) there has been no material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of the Administrator, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business (an “Administrator Material Adverse Effect”), and (B) there have been no transactions entered into by the Administrator, other than those in the ordinary course of business, which are material with respect to the Administrator.

 

(ii)          Good Standing of the Administrator . The Administrator has been duly organized and is validly existing as a limited liability company in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement; and the Administrator is duly qualified as a foreign limited liability company to transact business and is in good standing in each other jurisdiction in which such qualification is required, whether by reason of the ownership or leasing of property or the conduct of business, except where the failure so to qualify or to be in good standing would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect or an Administrator Material Adverse Effect.

 

(iii)         Authorization of Agreement . This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Administrator.

 

(iv)         Absence of Violations, Defaults and Conflicts . The Administrator is not in violation of its charter, by-laws or similar organizational document or in default in the performance or observance of any obligation, agreement, covenant or condition contained in any contracts, indentures, mortgages, deeds of trust, loan or credit agreements, bonds, notes, debentures, evidences of indebtedness, leases or other instruments or agreements to which the Administrator is a party or by which the Administrator is bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Administrator is subject (“Administrator Document”), except for such defaults that would not result in a Material Adverse Effect. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein and in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (including the issuance and sale of the Securities and the use of the proceeds from the sale of the Securities as described in the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus under the caption “Use of Proceeds”) and compliance by the Administrator with its obligations under this Agreement do not and will not, whether with or without the giving of notice or passage of time or both, conflict with or constitute a breach of, or default or Repayment Event under, or result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon any property or assets of the Administrator pursuant toany Administrator Document, except for such conflicts, breaches, defaults or Liens that would not result in a Material Adverse Effect, nor will such action result in any violation of the provisions of the charter, by-laws or similar organizational document of the Administrator, as applicable, or any applicable law, statute, rule, regulation, judgment, order, writ or decree of any government, government instrumentality or court, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over the Administrator or any of its assets, properties or operations.

 

(v)          Absence of Labor Dispute . No employment dispute with the employees of the Administrator exists or, to the knowledge of each WhiteHorse Entity, is imminent, and the Adviser or the Administrator are not aware of any existing or imminent departure of any key employee of the Administrator.

 

16
 

 

 

(vi)         Absence of Proceedings . Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation before or brought by any Government Entity now pending or, to the knowledge of the Adviser or the Administrator, threatened, against or affecting the Administrator, which might result in a Material Adverse Effect or an Administrator Material Adverse Effect, or which might materially and adversely affect the properties or assets of the Administrator or the consummation of the transactions contemplated in this Agreement or the performance by the Administrator of its obligations hereunder and thereunder; and the aggregate of all pending legal or governmental proceedings to which the Administrator is a party or of which any of its property or assets is the subject which are not described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, including ordinary routine litigation incidental to the business, could not result in a Material Adverse Effect or an Administrator Material Adverse Effect.

 

(vii)        Absence of Further Requirements . No filing with, or authorization, approval, consent, license, order, registration, qualification or decree of, any Governmental Entity is necessary or required for the performance by the Administrator of its obligations hereunder, in connection with the offering, issuance or sale of the Securities hereunder or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except such as have been already obtained or as may be required under the 1933 Act, the 1933 Act Regulations, the Investment Company Act, the Advisers Act, the rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market LLC, state securities laws or the rules of FINRA.

 

(viii)       Possession of Licenses and Permits . The Administrator possesses such Governmental Licenses issued by the appropriate Governmental Entities necessary to conduct the business now operated by it, except where the failure so to possess would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect or an Administrator Material Adverse Effect. The Administrator is in compliance with the terms and conditions of all such Governmental Licenses, except where the failure so to comply would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect or an Administrator Material Adverse Effect. All of such Governmental Licenses are valid and in full force and effect, except when the invalidity of such Governmental Licenses or the failure of such Governmental Licenses to be in full force and effect would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect or an Administrator Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Adviser nor the Administrator has received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any Governmental Licenses which, singly or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, might result in a Material Adverse Effect or an Administrator Material Adverse Effect.

 

(ix)         Title to Property . The Administrator leases or has access to all properties and assets as are necessary to the conduct of its operations as presently conducted and as contemplated by the Registration Statement. The Administrator does not own any real property.

 

(x)          Possession of Intellectual Property . The Administrator owns, licenses or possesses, or can acquire on reasonable terms, Intellectual Property necessary to carry on the business now operated by it, and none of the Adviser or the Administrator has received any notice or is otherwise aware of any infringement of or conflict with asserted rights of others with respect to any such Intellectual Property or of any facts or circumstances which would render any such Intellectual Property invalid or inadequate to protect the interest of the Administrator therein, and which infringement or conflict (if the subject of any unfavorable decision, ruling or finding) or invalidity or inadequacy, singly or in the aggregate, might result in a Material Adverse Effect or an Administrator Material Adverse Effect.

 

(xi)         Financial Resources . The Administrator has the financial resources available to it necessary for the performance of its services and obligations as contemplated in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and under this Agreement.

 

17
 

 

 

(xii)        Insurance . The Administrator carries or is entitled to the benefits of insurance, with financially sound and reputable insurers, in such amounts and covering such risks as is generally maintained by companies of established repute engaged in the same or similar business and as may be required by applicable law, and all such insurance is in full force and effect. The Adviser or the Administrator have no reason to believe that the Administrator will not be able to (A) renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such policies expire or (B) obtain comparable coverage from similar institutions as may be necessary or appropriate to conduct its business as now conducted and at a cost that would not result in a Material Adverse Effect or an Administrator Material Adverse Effect. The Administrator has not been denied any insurance coverage which it has sought or for which it has applied.

 

(xiii)       Absence of Manipulation . Neither the Administrator nor any affiliate of the Administrator has taken, nor will the Administrator or any affiliate take, directly or indirectly, any action which is designed, or would be expected, to cause or result in, or which constitutes, the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities or to result in a violation of Regulation M under the 1934 Act.

 

(xiv)       Foreign Corrupt Practices Act . None of the Administrator or, to the knowledge of the Adviser or the Administrator, any director, officer, agent, employee, affiliate or other person acting on behalf of the Administrator is aware of or has taken any action, directly or indirectly, that would result in a violation by such persons of the FCPA, including, without limitation, making use of the mails or any means or instrumentality of interstate commerce corruptly in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay or authorization of the payment of any money, or other property, gift, promise to give, or authorization of the giving of anything of value to any “foreign official” (as such term is defined in the FCPA) or any foreign political party or official thereof or any candidate for foreign political office, in contravention of the FCPA and the Administrator and, to the knowledge of the Adviser or the Administrator, its affiliates have conducted their businesses in compliance with the FCPA and have instituted and maintain policies and procedures designed to ensure, and which are reasonably expected to continue to ensure, continued compliance therewith.

 

(xv)        Money Laundering Laws . The operations of the Administrator are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Money Laundering Laws; and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any Governmental Entity involving the Administrator with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the best knowledge of the Adviser or the Administrator, threatened.

 

(xvi)       OFAC . None of the Administrator or, to the knowledge of the Adviser or the Administrator , any director, officer, agent, employee, affiliate or other person acting on behalf of the Administrator is currently the subject of any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC; and the Administrator will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the sale of the Securities, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any joint venture partners or other person, for the purpose of financing the activities of any person currently subject of any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC.

 

(xvii)      Description of the Administrator . The description of the Administrator in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, including in its role as administrator of the Company, is accurate in all material respects.

  

(d)           Officer’s Certificates . Any certificate signed by any officer of any WhiteHorse Entity and delivered to the Representatives or to counsel for the Underwriters shall be deemed a representation and warranty by such WhiteHorse Entity to each Underwriter as to the matters covered thereby.

 

18
 

 

 

SECTION 2.           Sale and Delivery to Underwriters; Closing .

 

(a)           Initial Securities . On the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained and subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company agrees to sell to each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, and each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, agrees to purchase from the Company, at the price per share set forth in Schedule A, that number of Initial Securities set forth in Schedule A opposite the name of such Underwriter, plus any additional number of Initial Securities which such Underwriter may become obligated to purchase pursuant to the provisions of Section 10 hereof, subject, in each case, to such adjustments among the Underwriters as [        ] in its sole discretion shall make to eliminate any sales or purchases of fractional shares.

 

(b)           Option Securities . In addition, on the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained and subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company hereby grants an option to the Underwriters, severally and not jointly, to purchase up to an additional • shares of Common Stock only to cover overallotments, at the price per share set forth in Schedule A, less an amount per share equal to any dividends or distributions declared by the Company and payable on the Initial Securities but not payable on the Option Securities. The option hereby granted may be exercised for 30 days after the date hereof and may be exercised in whole or in part from time to time upon notice by the Representatives to the Company setting forth the number of Option Securities as to which the several Underwriters are then exercising the option and the time and date of payment and delivery for such Option Securities. Any such time and date of delivery (a “Date of Delivery”) shall be determined by the Representatives, but shall not be later than seven full business days after the exercise of said option, nor in any event prior to the Closing Time. If the option is exercised as to all or any portion of the Option Securities, each of the Underwriters, acting severally and not jointly, will purchase that proportion of the total number of Option Securities then being purchased which the number of Initial Securities set forth in Schedule A opposite the name of such Underwriter bears to the total number of Initial Securities, subject, in each case, to such adjustments as [         ] in its sole discretion shall make to eliminate any sales or purchases of fractional shares.

 

(c)           Payment . Payment of the purchase price for, and delivery of certificates for, the Initial Securities shall be made at the offices of [         ], [         ] or at such other place as shall be agreed upon by the Representatives and the Company, at 9:00 A.M. (New York City time) on the third (fourth, if the pricing occurs after 4:30 P.M. (New York City time) on any given day) business day after the date hereof (unless postponed in accordance with the provisions of Section 10), or such other time not later than ten business days after such date as shall be agreed upon by the Representatives and the Company (such time and date of payment and delivery being herein called “Closing Time”).

 

In addition, in the event that any or all of the Option Securities are purchased by the Underwriters, payment of the purchase price for, and delivery of certificates for, such Option Securities shall be made at the above-mentioned offices, or at such other place as shall be agreed upon by the Representatives and the Company, on each Date of Delivery as specified in the notice from [         ] to the Company.

 

Payment shall be made to the Company by wire transfer of immediately available funds to a bank account designated by the Company against delivery to the Representatives for the respective accounts of the Underwriters of certificates for the Securities to be purchased by them. It is understood that each Underwriter has authorized the Representatives, for its account, to accept delivery of, receipt for, and make payment of the purchase price for, the Initial Securities and the Option Securities, if any, which it has agreed to purchase. [         ], individually and not as representative of the Underwriters, may (but shall not be obligated to) make payment of the purchase price for the Initial Securities or the Option Securities, if any, to be purchased by any Underwriter whose funds have not been received by the Closing Time or the relevant Date of Delivery, as the case may be, but such payment shall not relieve such Underwriter from its obligations hereunder.

 

19
 

 

 

(d)           Denominations; Registration . Certificates for the Initial Securities and the Option Securities, if any, shall be in such denominations and registered in such names as the Representatives may request in writing at least one full business day before the Closing Time or the relevant Date of Delivery, as the case may be. The certificates for the Initial Securities and the Option Securities, if any, will be made available for examination and packaging by the Representatives in The City of New York not later than 10:00 A.M. (New York City time) on the business day prior to the Closing Time or the relevant Date of Delivery, as the case may be.

 

SECTION 3.           Covenants of the Company . The Company covenants with each Underwriter as follows:

 

(a)           Compliance with Securities Regulations and Commission Requests . The Company, subject to Section 3(c), will comply with the requirements of Rule 415 and Rule 430C, and will notify the Representatives immediately, and confirm the notice in writing, (i) when any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement shall become effective or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus shall have been filed, (ii) of the receipt of any comments from the Commission, (iii) of any request by the Commission for any amendment to the Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus or for additional information, (iv) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus, the Prospectus, or of the suspension of the qualification of the Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or of the initiation or threatening of any proceedings for any of such purposes or of any examination pursuant to Section 8(d) or 8(e) of the 1933 Act concerning the Registration Statement and (v) if the Company becomes the subject of a proceeding under Section 8(a) of the 1933 Act in connection with the offering of the Securities. The Company will effect all filings required under Rule 497, in the manner and within the time period required by Rule 497, and will take such steps as it deems necessary to ascertain promptly whether the form of prospectus transmitted for filing under Rule 497(c) was received for filing by the Commission and, in the event that it was not, it will promptly file such prospectus. The Company will make every reasonable effort to prevent the issuance of any stop order, prevention or suspension and, if any such order is issued, to obtain the lifting thereof at the earliest possible moment.

 

(b)           Filing of Amendments . Through the Closing Date, the Company will give the Representatives notice of its intention to file or prepare any amendment to the Registration Statement (including any filing under Rule 462(b)) or any amendment, supplement or revision to any preliminary prospectus (including any prospectus included in the Registration Statement at the time it became effective) or to the Prospectus and will furnish the Representatives with copies of any such documents within a reasonable amount of time prior to such proposed filing or use, as the case may be, and will not file or use any such document to which the Representatives or counsel for the Underwriters shall reasonably object. The Company has given the Underwriters notice of any filings made pursuant to the 1934 Act or the 1934 Rules and Regulations within 48 hours prior to the Applicable Time; the Company will give the Underwriters notice of its intention to make any such filing from the Applicable Time to the Closing Date and will furnish the Underwriters with copies of any such documents a reasonable amount of time prior to such proposed filing, as the case may be, and will not file or use any such document to which the Representatives or counsel for the Underwriters shall reasonably object.

 

 

20
 

 

(c)           Continued Compliance with Securities Laws. The Company will comply with the 1933 Act, the 1933 Act Regulations, the 1934 Act and the 1934 Act Regulations so as to permit the completion of the distribution of the Securities as contemplated in this Agreement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus. If any event shall occur or condition shall exist as a result of which it is necessary (or, if the Representatives or counsel for the Underwriters shall notify the Company that, in their judgment, it is necessary) to amend the Registration Statement or amend or supplement the General Disclosure Package, the Prospectus in order that the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, as the case may be, will not include any untrue statements of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances existing at the time it is delivered to a purchaser, or if it shall be necessary, in the opinion of such counsel, at any such time to amend the Registration Statement or amend or supplement the Prospectus in order to comply with the requirements of the 1933 Act, the 1933 Act Regulations, the 1934 Act or the 1934 Act Regulations, the Company will promptly notify the Representatives of such event or condition and of its intention to file such amendment or supplement (or, if the Representatives or counsel for the Underwriters shall have notified the Company as aforesaid, the Company will promptly notify the Representatives of its intention to prepare such amendment or supplement) and will promptly prepare and file with the Commission, subject to Section 3(b), such amendment or supplement as may be necessary to correct such untrue statement or omission or to comply with such requirements, and, in the case of an amendment or post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement, the Company will use its best efforts to have such amendment declared or become effective as soon as practicable, and the Company will furnish to the Underwriters such number of copies of such amendment or supplement as the Underwriters may reasonably request. Through the Closing Date, the Company will give the Representatives notice of its intention to file or prepare any amendment to the Registration Statement (including any filing under Rule 462(b)) or any amendment, supplement or revision to any preliminary prospectus (including any prospectus included in the Registration Statement at the time it became effective) or to the Prospectus and will furnish the Representatives with copies of any such documents within a reasonable amount of time prior to such proposed filing or use, as the case may be, and will not file or use any such document to which the Representatives or counsel for the Underwriters shall reasonably object. The Company has given the Underwriters notice of any filings made pursuant to the 1934 Act or the 1934 Rules and Regulations within 48 hours prior to the Applicable Time; the Company will give the Underwriters notice of its intention to make any such filing from the Applicable Time to the Closing Date and will furnish the Underwriters with copies of any such documents a reasonable amount of time prior to such proposed filing, as the case may be, and will not file or use any such document to which the Representatives or counsel for the Underwriters shall reasonably object.

 

(d)           Delivery of Registration Statements . The Company has furnished or will deliver to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters, without charge, signed copies of the Registration Statement, the Notice of Intent, and the Notification of Election, each as originally filed and each amendment thereto (including exhibits filed therewith) and signed copies of all consents and certificates of experts, and will also deliver to the Representatives, without charge, a conformed copy of the Registration Statement, the Notice of Intent, and the Notification of Election, each as originally filed and each amendment thereto (without exhibits) for each of the Underwriters. The copies of the Registration Statement, the Notice of Intent, and the Notification of Election, and each amendment thereto furnished to the Underwriters will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.

 

(e)           Delivery of Prospectuses . The Company has delivered to each Underwriter, without charge, as many copies of each preliminary prospectus as such Underwriter reasonably requested, and the Company hereby consents to the use of such copies for purposes permitted by the 1933 Act. The Company will furnish to each Underwriter, without charge, such number of copies of the Prospectus (as amended or supplemented) as such Underwriter may reasonably request. The Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto furnished to the Underwriters will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.

 

21
 

 

 

(f)           Blue Sky Qualifications . The Company will use its commercially reasonable best efforts, in cooperation with the Underwriters, to qualify the Securities for offering and sale under the applicable securities laws of such states and other jurisdictions (domestic or foreign) as the Representatives may designate and to maintain such qualifications in effect so long as required to complete the distribution of the Securities; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to file any general consent to service of process or to qualify as a foreign corporation or as a dealer in securities in any jurisdiction in which it is not so qualified or to subject itself to taxation in respect of doing business in any jurisdiction in which it is not otherwise so subject.

 

(g)           Rule 158 . The Company will timely file such reports pursuant to the 1934 Act as are necessary in order to make generally available to its securityholders as soon as practicable an earnings statement for the purposes of, and to provide to the Underwriters the benefits contemplated by, the last paragraph of Section 11(a) of the 1933 Act.

 

(h)           Use of Proceeds . The Company will use the net proceeds received by it from the sale of the Securities and the Concurrent Private Placement Shares in the manner specified in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus under “Use of Proceeds.”

 

(i)            Listing . The Company will use its commercially reasonable best efforts to effect and maintain the listing of the Common Stock (including the Securities) on the Nasdaq Global Select Market.

 

(j)            DTC Clearance . The Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Securities to continue to be eligible for clearance through DTC.

 

(k)           Restriction on Sale of Securities . During a period of [ ] days from the date of the Prospectus, the Company will not, without the prior written consent of the Representatives, (i) directly or indirectly, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock or file any registration statement under the 1933 Act with respect to any of the foregoing or (ii) enter into any swap or any other agreement or any transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, the economic consequence of ownership of the Common Stock, whether any such swap or transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise.

 

(l)            Reporting Requirements . Through the Closing Date, the Company will file all documents required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to the 1934 Act within the time periods required by the 1934 Act and the 1934 Act Regulations.

 

(m)           Maintain Status as a Business Development Company. The Company, during a period of thirty (30) months from the effective date of the BDC Election, will use its commercially reasonable best efforts to maintain its status as a “business development company” under the Investment Company Act; provided, however, the Company may change the nature of its business so as to cease to be, or to withdraw its election as, a business development company with the approval of the board of directors and a vote of stockholders as required by Section 58 of the Investment Company Act or any successor provision.

 

22
 

 

 

(n)           Emerging Growth Company. The Company will promptly notify the Representatives if the Company ceases to be an Emerging Growth Company at any time prior to the later of (i) completion of the distribution of Shares within the meaning of the 1933 Act and (ii) completion of the 180 day restricted period referred to in Section 3(k) hereof.

 

(o)           Qualification as a Regulated Investment Company. The Company will use its commercially reasonable best efforts to qualify for and elect to be treated as a “regulated investment company” under Subchapter M of the Code for its taxable year ending December 31, [ ], and to maintain such qualification and election in effect for each full fiscal year during which it is a business development company under the Investment Company Act; provided however, that at the discretion of the Company’s board of directors, it may elect not to be so treated.

 

SECTION 4.           Payment of Expenses .

 

(a)           Expenses . The Company will pay or cause to be paid all expenses incident to the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, including (i) the preparation, printing and filing of the Registration Statement (including financial statements and exhibits) as originally filed and each amendment thereto, (ii) the preparation, printing and delivery to the Underwriters of copies of each preliminary prospectus, the Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto and any costs associated with electronic delivery of any of the foregoing by the Underwriters to investors, (iii) the preparation, issuance and delivery of the certificates for the Securities to the Underwriters, including any stock or other transfer taxes and any stamp or other duties payable upon the sale, issuance or delivery of the Securities to the Underwriters, (iv) the fees and disbursements of the Company’s counsel, accountants and other advisors, (v) the qualification of the Securities under securities laws in accordance with the provisions of Section 3(f) hereof, including filing fees and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection therewith and in connection with the preparation of the Blue Sky Survey and any supplement thereto, (vi) the fees and expenses of any transfer agent or registrar for the Securities, (vii) the costs and expenses of the Company relating to investor presentations on any “road show” undertaken in connection with the marketing of the Securities, including without limitation, expenses associated with the production of road show slides and graphics, fees and expenses of any consultants engaged in connection with the road show presentations, travel and lodging expenses of the representatives and officers of the Company and any such consultants[, and 50% of the cost of aircraft and other transportation chartered in connection with the road show], (viii) the filing fees incident to, and up to $[ ] of reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the Underwriters in connection with, the review by FINRA of the terms of the sale of the Securities, (ix) the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing of the Securities on the Nasdaq Global Select Market and (x) the costs and expenses (including, without limitation, any damages or other amounts payable in connection with legal or contractual liability) associated with the reforming of any contracts for sale of the Securities made by the Underwriters caused by a breach of the representation contained in the third sentence of Section 1(a)(iii).

 

(b)           Termination of Agreement . If this Agreement is terminated by the Representatives in accordance with the provisions of Section 5, Section 9(a)(i) and (iii) or Section 10 hereof, the Company shall reimburse the Underwriters for all of their out-of-pocket expenses, including the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters.

 

SECTION 5.           Conditions of Underwriters’ Obligations . The obligations of the several Underwriters hereunder are subject to the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the WhiteHorse Entities contained herein or in certificates of any officer of the WhiteHorse Entities or any of the Company’s subsidiaries delivered pursuant to the provisions hereof, to the performance by the Company of its covenants and other obligations hereunder, and to the following further conditions:

 

23
 

 

 

(a)           Effectiveness of Registration Statement; Rule 430C Information; BDC Election . The Registration Statement, including any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, has become effective and at Closing Time no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto has been issued under the 1933 Act, no order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus has been issued and no proceedings for any of those purposes have been instituted or are pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, contemplated; and the Company has complied with each request (if any) from the Commission for additional information. A prospectus containing the Rule 430C Information shall have been filed with the Commission in the manner and within the time frame required by Rule 497(h) or a post-effective amendment providing such information shall have been filed with, and declared effective by, the Commission in accordance with the requirements of Rule 430C. The BDC Election is effective and at the Closing Time no order suspending the effectiveness of the BDC Election shall have been issued or proceedings therefor initiated or threatened by the Commission.

 

(b)           Opinion of Counsel for Company . At the Closing Time, the Representatives shall have received the favorable opinion and negative assurance statement, dated the Closing Time, of Dechert LLP, counsel for the Company, in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters to the effect set forth in Exhibits A and B hereto.

 

(c)           Opinion of Counsel for WhiteHorse Advisers and the Administrator . At the Closing Time, the Representatives shall have received the favorable opinion, dated the Closing Time, of Dechert LLP, counsel for WhiteHorse Advisers and the Administrator, in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters to the effect set forth in Exhibit C hereto.

 

(d)           Opinion of Counsel for Underwriters . At the Closing Time, the Representatives shall have received the favorable opinion, dated the Closing Time, of [ ], counsel for the Underwriters, in form and substance satisfactory to the Underwriters, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters. In giving such opinion such counsel may rely, as to all matters governed by the laws of jurisdictions other than the law of the State of New York, the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and the federal securities laws of the United States, upon the opinions of counsel satisfactory to the Representatives. Such counsel may also state that, insofar as such opinion involves factual matters, they have relied, to the extent they deem proper, upon certificates of officers of the WhiteHorse Entities and certificates of public officials.

 

(e)           Officers’ Certificate of the Company . At the Closing Time, there shall not have been, since the date hereof or since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, any material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries considered as one enterprise, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business, and the Representatives shall have received a certificate of the Chief Executive Officer or the President of the Company and of the chief financial or chief accounting officer of the Company, dated the Closing Time, to the effect that (i) there has been no such material adverse change, (ii) the representations and warranties of the Company in this Agreement are true and correct with the same force and effect as though expressly made at and as of the Closing Time, (iii) the Company has complied with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied at or prior to the Closing Time, and (iv) no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement under the 1933 Act has been issued, no order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus has been issued and no proceedings for any of those purposes have been instituted or are pending or, to their knowledge, contemplated.

 

24
 

 

 

(f)           Officers’ Certificate of WhiteHorse Advisers . At the Closing Time, there shall not have been, since the date hereof or since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, any material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of WhiteHorse Advisers, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business, and the Representatives shall have received a certificate of the Chief Executive Officer or the President of WhiteHorse Advisers and of the chief financial or chief accounting officer of WhiteHorse Advisers, dated the Closing Time, to the effect that (i) there has been no such material adverse change, (ii) the representations and warranties of WhiteHorse Advisers in this Agreement are true and correct with the same force and effect as though expressly made at and as of the Closing Time and (iii) WhiteHorse Advisers has complied with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied at or prior to the Closing Time.

 

(g)           Officers’ Certificate of the Administrator . At the Closing Time, there shall not have been, since the date hereof or since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, any material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of the Administrator, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business, and the Representatives shall have received a certificate of the Chief Executive Officer or the President of the Administrator and of the chief financial or chief accounting officer of the Administrator, dated the Closing Time, to the effect that (i) there has been no such material adverse change, (ii) the representations and warranties of the Administrator in this Agreement are true and correct with the same force and effect as though expressly made at and as of the Closing Time and (iii) the Administrator has complied with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied at or prior to the Closing Time.

 

(h)           Accountant’s Comfort Letter . At the time of the execution of this Agreement, the Representatives shall have received from [         ] a letter, dated such date, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters containing statements and information of the type ordinarily included in accountants’ “comfort letters” to underwriters with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information contained in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

 

(i)           Bring-down Comfort Letter . At the Closing Time, the Representatives shall have received from [         ] a letter, dated as of the Closing Time, to the effect that they reaffirm the statements made in the letter furnished pursuant to subsection (h) of this Section, except that the specified date referred to shall be a date not more than three business days prior to the Closing Time.

 

(j)           Approval of Listing . At the Closing Time, the Securities shall have been approved for listing on the Nasdaq Global Select Market, subject only to official notice of issuance.

 

(k)           No Objection . FINRA has confirmed that it has not raised any objection with respect to the fairness and reasonableness of the underwriting terms and arrangements relating to the offering of the Securities.

 

(l)           Lock-up Agreements . At the date of this Agreement, the Representatives shall have received an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto signed by the persons listed on Schedule C hereto.

 

(m)         Conditions to Purchase of Option Securities . In the event that the Underwriters exercise their option provided in Section 2(b) hereof to purchase all or any portion of the Option Securities, the representations and warranties of the WhiteHorse Entities contained herein and the statements in any certificates furnished by the WhiteHorse Entities and any of the Company’s subsidiaries hereunder shall be true and correct as of each Date of Delivery and, at the relevant Date of Delivery, the Representatives shall have received:

 

25
 

 

 

(i)           Officers’ Certificate of the Company . A certificate, dated such Date of Delivery, of the Chief Executive Officer or the President of the Company and of the chief financial or chief accounting officer of the Company, confirming that the certificate delivered at the Closing Time pursuant to Section 5(e) hereof remains true and correct as of such Date of Delivery.

 

(ii)          Officers’ Certificate of WhiteHorse Advisers . A certificate, dated such Date of Delivery, of the Chief Executive Officer or the President of WhiteHorse Advisers and of the chief financial or chief accounting officer of WhiteHorse Advisers, confirming that the certificate delivered at the Closing Time pursuant to Section 5(f) hereof remains true and correct as of such Date of Delivery.

 

(iii)         Officers’ Certificate of the Administrator . A certificate, dated such Date of Delivery, of the Chief Executive Officer or the President of the Administrator and of the chief financial or chief accounting officer of the Administrator, confirming that the certificate delivered at the Closing Time pursuant to Section 5(g) hereof remains true and correct as of such Date of Delivery.

 

(iv)         Opinion of Counsel for Company . If requested by the Representatives, the favorable opinion and negative assurance statement of Dechert LLP, counsel for the Company, in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters, dated such Date of Delivery, relating to the Option Securities to be purchased on such Date of Delivery and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by Section 5(b) hereof.

 

(v)          Opinion of Counsel for WhiteHorse Advisers and the Administrator . If requested by the Representatives, the favorable opinion of Dechert LLP, counsel for WhiteHorse Advisers and the Administrator, in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters, dated such Date of Delivery, relating to the Option Securities to be purchased on such Date of Delivery and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by Section 5(c) hereof.

 

(vi)         Opinion of Counsel for Underwriters . If requested by the Representatives, the favorable opinion of [         ], counsel for the Underwriters, dated such Date of Delivery, relating to the Option Securities to be purchased on such Date of Delivery and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by Section 5(d) hereof.

 

(vii)        Bring-down Comfort Letter . If requested by the Representatives, a letter from [         ], in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives and dated such Date of Delivery, substantially in the same form and substance as the letter furnished to the Representatives pursuant to Section 5(i) hereof, except that the “specified date” in the letter furnished pursuant to this paragraph shall be a date not more than three business days prior to such Date of Delivery.

 

(n)           Additional Documents . At the Closing Time and at each Date of Delivery (if any) counsel for the Underwriters shall have been furnished with such documents and opinions as they may require for the purpose of enabling them to pass upon the issuance and sale of the Securities as herein contemplated, or in order to evidence the accuracy of any of the representations or warranties, or the fulfillment of any of the conditions, herein contained; and all proceedings taken by the Company in connection with the issuance and sale of the Securities as herein contemplated shall be satisfactory in form and substance to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters.

 

26
 

 

 

(o)           Termination of Agreement . If any condition specified in this Section shall not have been fulfilled when and as required to be fulfilled, this Agreement, or, in the case of any condition to the purchase of Option Securities on a Date of Delivery which is after the Closing Time, the obligations of the several Underwriters to purchase the relevant Option Securities, may be terminated by the Representatives by notice to the Company at any time at or prior to Closing Time or such Date of Delivery, as the case may be, and such termination shall be without liability of any party to any other party except as provided in Section 4 and except that Sections 6, 7, 8, 14 and 15 shall survive any such termination and remain in full force and effect.

 

SECTION 6.           Indemnification .

 

(a)           Indemnification of Underwriters . The WhiteHorse Entities, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its affiliates (as such term is defined in Rule 501(b) under the 1933 Act (each, an “Affiliate”)), its selling agents and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act as follows:

 

(i)            against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever, as incurred, arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), including the Rule 430C Information, or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact included (A) in any preliminary prospectus, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), or (B) in any materials or information provided to investors by, or with the approval of, the Company in connection with the marketing of the offering of the Securities (“Marketing Materials”), including any roadshow or investor presentations made to investors by the Company (whether in person or electronically), or the omission or alleged omission in any preliminary prospectus, the Prospectus or in any Marketing Materials of a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

 

(ii)           against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever, as incurred, to the extent of the aggregate amount paid in settlement of any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or of any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission; provided that (subject to Section 6(d) below) any such settlement is effected with the written consent of the Company;

 

(iii)          against any and all expense whatsoever, as incurred (including the fees and disbursements of counsel chosen by [ ]), reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission, to the extent that any such expense is not paid under (i) or (ii) above;

 

provided, however, that this indemnity agreement shall not apply to any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense to the extent arising out of any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), including the Rule 430C Information, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information.

 

27
 

 

 

(b)           Indemnification of Company, Directors and Officers, WhiteHorse Advisers and the Administrator . Each Underwriter severally agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its directors, each of its officers who signed the Registration Statement, and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act, WhiteHorse Advisers and the Administrator against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense described in the indemnity contained in subsection (a) of this Section, as incurred, but only with respect to untrue statements or omissions, or alleged untrue statements or omissions, made in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), including the Rule 430C Information, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information.

 

(c)           Actions against Parties; Notification . Each indemnified party shall give notice as promptly as reasonably practicable to each indemnifying party of any action commenced against it in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder, but failure to so notify an indemnifying party shall not relieve such indemnifying party from any liability hereunder to the extent it is not materially prejudiced as a result thereof and in any event shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have otherwise than on account of this indemnity agreement. In the case of parties indemnified pursuant to Section 6(a) above, counsel to the indemnified parties shall be selected by [            ], and, in the case of parties indemnified pursuant to Section 6(b) above, counsel to the indemnified parties shall be selected by the Company. An indemnifying party may participate at its own expense in the defense of any such action; provided, however, that counsel to the indemnifying party shall not (except with the consent of the indemnified party) also be counsel to the indemnified party. In no event shall the indemnifying parties be liable for fees and expenses of more than one counsel (in addition to any local counsel) separate from their own counsel for all indemnified parties in connection with any one action or separate but similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever in respect of which indemnification or contribution could be sought under this Section 6 or Section 7 hereof (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties thereto), unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party from all liability arising out of such litigation, investigation, proceeding or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

 

(d)           Settlement without Consent if Failure to Reimburse . If at any time an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel, such indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of the nature contemplated by Section 6(a)(ii) effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 45 days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request, (ii) such indemnifying party shall have received notice of the terms of such settlement at least 30 days prior to such settlement being entered into and (iii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed such indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement.

 

(f)           The provisions of this Section 6 and Section 7 hereof shall not affect any agreements among the Company, WhiteHorse Advisers and the Administrator with respect to indemnification of each other or contribution among themselves.

 

 

28
 

 

SECTION 7.           Contribution . If the indemnification provided for in Section 6 hereof is for any reason unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of any losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the aggregate amount of such losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses incurred by such indemnified party, as incurred, (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the WhiteHorse Entities, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other hand, from the offering of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the WhiteHorse Entities, on the one hand, and of the Underwriters, on the other hand, in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.

 

The relative benefits received by the WhiteHorse Entities, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other hand, in connection with the offering of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the total net proceeds from the offering of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement (before deducting expenses) received by the Company, on the one hand, and the total underwriting discount received by the Underwriters, on the other hand, in each case as set forth on the cover of the Prospectus, bear to the aggregate initial public offering price of the Securities as set forth on the cover of the Prospectus.

 

The relative fault of the WhiteHorse Entities, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any such untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the WhiteHorse Entities or by the Underwriters and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

 

The WhiteHorse Entities and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 7 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this Section 7. The aggregate amount of losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses incurred by an indemnified party and referred to above in this Section 7 shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.

 

Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 7, no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the underwriting commissions received by such Underwriter in connection with the Securities underwritten by it and distributed to the public.

 

No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the 1933 Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

 

For purposes of this Section 7, each person, if any, who controls an Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act and each Underwriter’s Affiliates and selling agents shall have the same rights to contribution as such Underwriter, and each director of the Company, each officer of the Company who signed the Registration Statement, and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company. The Underwriters’ respective obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 7 are several in proportion to the number of Initial Securities set forth opposite their respective names in Schedule A hereto and not joint.

 

29
 

 

 

SECTION 8.          Representations, Warranties and Agreements to Survive . All representations, warranties and agreements contained in this Agreement or in certificates of officers of the WhiteHorse Entities or any of the Company’s subsidiaries submitted pursuant hereto, shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter or its Affiliates or selling agents, any person controlling any Underwriter, its officers or directors or any person controlling the Company or any person controlling WhiteHorse Advisers or the Administrator and (ii) delivery of and payment for the Securities.

 

SECTION 9.           Termination of Agreement .

 

(a)           Termination . The Representatives may terminate this Agreement, by notice to the WhiteHorse Entities, at any time at or prior to the Closing Time (i) if there has been, in the judgment of the Representatives, since the time of execution of this Agreement or since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, any material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries considered as one enterprise, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business, or (ii) if there has occurred any material adverse change in the financial markets in the United States or the international financial markets, any outbreak of hostilities or escalation thereof or other calamity or crisis or any change or development involving a prospective change in national or international political, financial or economic conditions, in each case the effect of which is such as to make it, in the judgment of the Representatives, impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the completion of the offering or to enforce contracts for the sale of the Securities, or (iii) if trading in any securities of the Company has been suspended or materially limited by the Commission or the Nasdaq Global Select Market, or (iv) if trading generally on the New York Stock Exchange or in the Nasdaq Global Market has been suspended or materially limited, or minimum or maximum prices for trading have been fixed, or maximum ranges for prices have been required, by any of said exchanges or by order of the Commission, FINRA or any other governmental authority, or (v) a material disruption has occurred in commercial banking or securities settlement or clearance services in the United States or with respect to Clearstream or Euroclear systems in Europe, or (vi) if a banking moratorium has been declared by either Federal or New York authorities.

 

(b)           Liabilities . If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to this Section, such termination shall be without liability of any party to any other party except as provided in Section 4 hereof, and provided further that Sections 1, 6, 7, 8, 14 and 15 shall survive such termination and remain in full force and effect.

 

SECTION 10.          Default by One or More of the Underwriters . If one or more of the Underwriters shall fail at Closing Time or a Date of Delivery to purchase the Securities which it or they are obligated to purchase under this Agreement (the “Defaulted Securities”), the Representatives shall have the right, within 24 hours thereafter, to make arrangements for one or more of the non-defaulting Underwriters, or any other underwriters, to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Defaulted Securities in such amounts as may be agreed upon and upon the terms herein set forth; if, however, the Representatives shall not have completed such arrangements within such 24-hour period, then:

 

(i)           if the number of Defaulted Securities does not exceed 10% of the number of Securities to be purchased on such date, each of the non-defaulting Underwriters shall be obligated, severally and not jointly, to purchase the full amount thereof in the proportions that their respective underwriting obligations hereunder bear to the underwriting obligations of all non-defaulting Underwriters, or

 

30
 

 

(ii)          if the number of Defaulted Securities exceeds 10% of the number of Securities to be purchased on such date, this Agreement or, with respect to any Date of Delivery which occurs after the Closing Time, the obligation of the Underwriters to purchase, and the Company to sell, the Option Securities to be purchased and sold on such Date of Delivery, shall terminate without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter.

 

No action taken pursuant to this Section shall relieve any defaulting Underwriter from liability in respect of its default.

 

In the event of any such default which does not result in a termination of this Agreement or, in the case of a Date of Delivery which is after the Closing Time, which does not result in a termination of the obligation of the Underwriters to purchase and the Company to sell the relevant Option Securities, as the case may be, either the (i) Representatives or (ii) the Company shall have the right to postpone Closing Time or the relevant Date of Delivery, as the case may be, for a period not exceeding seven days in order to effect any required changes in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or in any other documents or arrangements. As used herein, the term “Underwriter” includes any person substituted for an Underwriter under this Section 10.

 

SECTION 11.          Notices . All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if mailed or transmitted by any standard form of telecommunication. Notices to the Underwriters shall be directed to (A) [         ], at [         ], [         ], [         ], attention of [         ] (facsimile: [         ], with a copy to General Counsel at the same address; and (B) [         ], [         ], [         ], [         ], Attention: [         ], with copy to: [         ], Investment Banking Counsel; notices to the Company shall be directed to it at 1450 Brickell Avenue, 31st Floor, Miami, Florida 33131, attention of Richard Siegel; notices to WhiteHorse Advisers shall be directed to it at 1450 Brickell Avenue, 31st Floor, Miami, Florida 33131, attention of Richard Siegel; and notices to the Administrator shall be directed to it at 1450 Brickell Avenue, 31st Floor, Miami, Florida 33131, attention of Richard Siegel.

 

SECTION 12.          No Advisory or Fiduciary Relationship . Each of the WhiteHorse Entities acknowledges and agrees that (a) the purchase and sale of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement, including the determination of the initial public offering price of the Securities and any related discounts and commissions, is an arm’s-length commercial transaction between the WhiteHorse Entities, on the one hand, and the several Underwriters, on the other hand, (b) in connection with the offering of the Securities and the process leading thereto, each Underwriter is and has been acting solely as a principal and is not the agent or fiduciary of the WhiteHorse Entities, any of its subsidiaries or their respective stockholders, creditors, employees or any other party, (c) no Underwriter has assumed or will assume an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the WhiteHorse Entities with respect to the offering of the Securities or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether such Underwriter has advised or is currently advising the WhiteHorse Entities or any of the Company’s subsidiaries on other matters) and no Underwriter has any obligation to the WhiteHorse Entities with respect to the offering of the Securities except the obligations expressly set forth in this Agreement, (d) the Underwriters and their respective affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the WhiteHorse Entities and (e) the Underwriters have not provided any legal, accounting, regulatory or tax advice with respect to the offering of the Securities and each of the WhiteHorse Entities has consulted its own respective legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it deemed appropriate.

 

31
 

 

SECTION 13.         Parties . This Agreement shall each inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Underwriters, each of the WhiteHorse Entities and their respective successors. Nothing expressed or mentioned in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any person, firm or corporation, other than the Underwriters and the WhiteHorse Entities and their respective successors and the controlling persons and officers and directors referred to in Sections 6 and 7 and their heirs and legal representatives, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision herein contained. This Agreement and all conditions and provisions hereof are intended to be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Underwriters and the WhiteHorse Entities and their respective successors, and said controlling persons and officers and directors and their heirs and legal representatives, and for the benefit of no other person, firm or corporation. No purchaser of Securities from any Underwriter shall be deemed to be a successor by reason merely of such purchase.

 

SECTION 14.         Trial by Jury . Each of the WhiteHorse Entities (on its behalf and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, on behalf of its stockholders and affiliates) and each of the Underwriters hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

SECTION 15.        GOVERNING LAW . THIS AGREEMENT AND ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY OR DISPUTE ARISING UNDER OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF, THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

SECTION 16.         TIME . TIME SHALL BE OF THE ESSENCE OF THIS AGREEMENT. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SET FORTH HEREIN, SPECIFIED TIMES OF DAY REFER TO NEW YORK CITY TIME.

 

SECTION 17.         Partial Unenforceability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any Section, paragraph or provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other Section, paragraph or provision hereof. If any Section, paragraph or provision of this Agreement is for any reason determined to be invalid or unenforceable, there shall be deemed to be made such minor changes (and only such minor changes) as are necessary to make it valid and enforceable.

 

SECTION 18.         Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same Agreement.

 

SECTION 19.         Effect of Headings . The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

32
 

 

If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, please sign and return to the WhiteHorse Entities a counterpart hereof, whereupon this instrument, along with all counterparts, will become a binding agreement among the Underwriters and each of the WhiteHorse Entities in accordance with its terms.

 

  Very truly yours,
     
  WHITEHORSE FINANCE, INC.
     
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:
     
  H.I.G. WHITEHORSE ADVISERS, LLC
     
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:
     
  h.I.G. WHITEHORSE ADMINISTRATION, LLC
     
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:
     

 

 
 

 

CONFIRMED AND ACCEPTED,  
as of the date first above written:  
     
[            ]  
     
By:    
  Authorized Signatory  
     
[            ]  
   
By:    
  Authorized Signatory  

 

For themselves and as Representatives of the other Underwriters named in Schedule A hereto.

 

 
 

 

SCHEDULE A

 

The initial public offering price per share for the Securities shall be $•.

 

The purchase price per share for the Securities to be paid by the several Underwriters shall be $•, being an amount equal to the initial public offering price set forth above less $• per share, subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 2(b) for dividends or distributions declared by the Company and payable on the Initial Securities but not payable on the Option Securities.

 

Name of Underwriter   Number of
Initial Securities
     
[                                  ]  
[                                  ]  
[                                  ]    
     
Total  

 

Schedule A-1
 

 

SCHEDULE B

 

Pricing Terms

 

1.          The Company is selling • shares of Common Stock.

 

2.          The Company has granted an option to the Underwriters, severally and not jointly, to purchase up to an additional • shares of Common Stock, solely to cover over-allotments.

 

3.          The initial public offering price per share for the Securities shall be $•.

 

Schedule B-1
 

 

SCHEDULE C

 

List of Persons and Entities Subject to Lock-up

 

Schedule C-1
 

 

Exhibit A

 

FORM OF OPINION OF COMPANY’S COUNSEL
TO BE DELIVERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 5(b)

 

Ex. A-1
 

 

Exhibit B

 

FORM OF NEGATIVE ASSURANCE STATEMENT OF COMPANY’S COUNSEL
TO BE DELIVERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 5(b)

 

Ex. B-1
 

 

Exhibit C

 

FORM OF OPINION OF COUNSEL TO WHITEHORSE ADVISERS AND THE ADMINISTRATOR TO BE DELIVERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 5(c)

 

Ex. C-1
 

   

[Form of lock-up from directors, officers or other stockholders pursuant to Section 5(l)]

 

Exhibit D

 

[•],[•]

 

[Name of Representatives]

as representatives of the underwriters

[Address]

 

Re:     Proposed Public Offering by WhiteHorse Finance, Inc.

 

This agreement is being delivered to you in connection with the proposed Underwriting Agreement (the “ Underwriting Agreement ”) by and among WhiteHorse Finance, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), H.I.G. WhiteHorse Advisers, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Adviser ”), H.I.G. WhiteHorse Administration, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Administrator ”), and [Name of Representatives] and each of underwriter to be named in the Underwriting Agreement, relating to a proposed underwritten public offering of Common Stock (the “ Common Stock ”) of the Company.

 

In order to induce you and the other Underwriters to enter into the Underwriting Agreement, and in light of the benefits that the offering of the Common Stock will confer upon the undersigned in its capacity as a securityholder and/or an officer, director or employee of the Company, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the undersigned agrees with each Underwriter that, during the period beginning on and including the date of the Underwriting Agreement through and including the date that is [           ] days after the date of the Underwriting Agreement, the undersigned will not, without the prior written consent of [Name of Representatives], directly or indirectly:

 

(i)          offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of any shares of the Company’s Common Stock or preferred stock or other capital stock (collectively, “ Capital Stock ”) or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock or other Capital Stock, whether now owned or hereafter acquired by the undersigned or with respect to which the undersigned has or hereafter acquires the power of disposition, or

 

(ii)         enter into any swap or other agreement, arrangement or transaction that transfers to another, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any Common Stock or other Capital Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for any Common Stock or other Capital Stock,

 

whether any transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock, other Capital Stock, other securities, in cash or otherwise. Moreover, if:

 

(1)         during the last 17 days of such [           ]-day restricted period, the Company issues an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to the Company occurs, or

 

(2)         prior to the expiration of such [           ]-day restricted period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results or becomes aware that material news or a material event will occur during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of such [           ]-day restricted period,

 

D- 1
 

 

the restrictions imposed by this agreement shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event, as the case may be, unless [Name of Representatives] waive, in writing, such extension.

 

The undersigned hereby acknowledges and agrees that written notice of any extension of the [           ]-day restricted period pursuant to the provisions of the previous paragraph will be delivered by [Name of Representatives] to the Company, the Adviser or the Administrator and that any such notice properly delivered will be deemed to have been given to, and received by, the undersigned. The undersigned further agrees that, prior to engaging in any transaction or taking any other action that is subject to the terms of this agreement during the period from and including the date of this agreement through and including the 34 th day following the expiration of the [           ]-day restricted period, the undersigned will give prior notice thereof to the Company and will not consummate any such transaction or take any such action unless it has received written confirmation from the Company that such restricted period (as the same may have been extended pursuant to the previous paragraph) has expired.

 

Notwithstanding the provisions set forth in the second preceding paragraph, the undersigned may, without the prior written consent of [Name of Representatives], transfer any Common Stock or other Capital Stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Common Stock or other Capital Stock

 

(1)         if the undersigned is a natural person, as a bona fide gift or gifts, or by will or intestacy, or as may be required by court order or by action of law, to any member of the immediate family (as defined below) of the undersigned or to a trust the beneficiaries of which are exclusively the undersigned or members of the undersigned’s immediate family, or as a bona fide gift or gifts to a charity or educational institution,

 

(2)         if the undersigned is a partnership or a limited liability company, to a partner or member, as the case may be, of such partnership or limited liability company if, in any such case, such transfer is not for value, and

 

(3)         if the undersigned is a trust, to a beneficiary of such trust if such transfer is not for value,

 

provided, however, that in the case of any transfer described in clause (1) or (2) above, it shall be a condition to the transfer that (A) the transferee executes and delivers to [Name of Representatives], acting on behalf of the Underwriters, not later than one business day prior to such transfer, a written agreement, in substantially the form of this agreement (it being understood that any references to “immediate family” in the agreement executed by such transferee shall expressly refer only to the immediate family of the undersigned and not to the immediate family of the transferee) and otherwise satisfactory in form and substance to [Name of Representatives], and (B) such transfer is not reported or required to be reported in any public report or filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission or otherwise, and the undersigned does not otherwise voluntarily effect any public filing or report regarding such transfer during such [       ]-day restricted period (as the same may be extended as described above). For purposes of this paragraph, “immediate family” shall mean a spouse, child, grandchild or other lineal descendant (including by adoption), father, mother, brother or sister of the undersigned.

 

The undersigned further agrees that (i) it will not, during such [           ]-day restricted period (as the same may be extended as described above), make any demand or request for or exercise any right with respect to the registration under the 1933 Act, of any Common Stock or other Capital Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock or other Capital Stock, and (ii) the Company may, with respect to any Common Stock or other Capital Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock or other Capital Stock owned or held (of record or beneficially) by the undersigned, cause the transfer agent or other registrar to enter stop transfer instructions and implement stop transfer procedures with respect to such securities during such [           ]-day restricted period (as the same may be extended as described above).

 

D- 2
 

 

In addition, the undersigned hereby waives any and all notice requirements and rights with respect to the registration of any securities pursuant to any agreement, instrument, understanding or otherwise, including any registration rights agreement or similar agreement, to which the undersigned is a party or under which the undersigned is entitled to any right or benefit and any tag-along rights, co-sale rights or other rights to have any securities (debt or equity) included in the offering contemplated by the Underwriting Agreement or sold in connection with the sale of Common Stock pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, provided that such waiver shall apply only to the public offering of Common Stock pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement and each registration statement filed under the 1933 Act in connection therewith.

 

The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned has full power and authority to enter into this agreement and that this agreement has been duly authorized (if the undersigned is not a natural person), executed and delivered by the undersigned and is a valid and binding agreement of the undersigned. This agreement and all authority herein conferred are irrevocable and shall survive the death or incapacity of the undersigned (if a natural person) and shall be binding upon the heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns of the undersigned.

 

The undersigned acknowledges and agrees that whether or not any public offering of Common Stock actually occurs depends on a number of factors, including market conditions.

 

[Signature Page Immediately Follows]

 

D- 3
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed and delivered this agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

  Yours very truly,
   
   
  Print Name:

 

D- 4

 

 

Exhibit (h)(2)

 

[Form of Underwriting Agreement]

 

WHITEHORSE FINANCE, INC.

 

(a Delaware corporation)

 

$ • Aggregate Principal Amount Senior Securities

$ • Aggregate Principal Amount Subordinated Securities

and

• Warrants to Purchase Debt Securities

 

 
 

 

WHITEHORSE FINANCE, INC.

 

(a Delaware corporation)

 

$ • Aggregate Principal Amount Senior Securities

$ • Aggregate Principal Amount Subordinated Securities

and

• Warrants to Purchase Debt Securities

 

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

 

[Date]

 

[Names of Representatives]

[Address]

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

WhiteHorse Finance, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), H.I.G. WhiteHorse Advisers, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“WhiteHorse Advisers” or the “Adviser”), and H.I.G. WhiteHorse Administration, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Administrator” and, together with the Company and the Adviser, the “WhiteHorse Entities”), confirm their respective agreements with [           ] (“[           ]”) and each of the other Underwriters named in Schedule A hereto (collectively, the “Underwriters,” which term shall also include any underwriter substituted as hereinafter provided in Section 10 hereof), for whom [           ] are acting as representatives (in such capacity, the “Representatives”), with respect to (i) the sale by the Company and the purchase by the Underwriters, acting severally and not jointly, of $• aggregate principal amount of senior debt securities (the “Senior Securities”) or subordinated debt securities (the “Subordinated Securities”), or both, or Warrants (the “Debt Warrants”) to purchase Senior Securities or Subordinated Securities, or both, of the Company set forth in Schedule A hereto and (ii) the grant by the Company to the Underwriters, acting severally and not jointly, of the option described in Section 2(b) hereof to purchase all or any part of additional Securities (as defined below).

 

The [Senior Securities][Subordinated Securities] will be issued under an indenture dated as of •, as supplemented by a supplemental indenture, dated as of • (collectively, the “Indenture”), between the Company and [American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC], as trustee. The Indenture has been qualified under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “1939 Act”). The Debt Warrants will be issued under one or more warrant agreements (the warrant agreement relating to any issue of Debt Warrants to be sold pursuant to this Agreement is referred to herein as the “Warrant Agreement”) between the Company and the Warrant Agent identified in such Warrant Agreement (the “Warrant Agent”). The Senior Securities, Subordinated Securities or Debt Warrants or any combination thereof are herein called, collectively, the “Securities”. The aforesaid Securities (the “Initial Securities”) to be purchased by the Underwriters and all or any part of the Securities subject to the option described in Section 2(b) hereof (the “Option Securities”) are herein called, collectively, the “Underwritten Securities”; and “Warrant Securities” shall mean the Senior Securities or Subordinated Securities issuable upon exercise of Debt Warrants. The Senior Securities, Subordinated Securities and the Debt Warrants may be offered either together or separately. Each issue of Senior Securities, Subordinated Securities and Debt Warrants may vary, as applicable, as to aggregate principal amount, maturity date, interest rate or formula and timing of payments thereof, redemption provisions, conversion provisions and sinking fund requirements, if any, and any other variable terms which the Indenture or any Warrant Agreement, as the case may be, contemplates may be set forth in the Senior Securities, Subordinated Securities and Debt Warrants as issued from time to time. Securities issued in book-entry form will be issued to Cede & Co., as nominee of The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”), pursuant to a blanket letter of representations, to be dated on or prior to the Closing Time (the “DTC Agreement”), between the Company and DTC.

 

 
 

 

The Company understands that the Underwriters propose to make a public offering of the Securities as soon as the Representatives deem advisable after this Agreement has been executed and delivered.

 

The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) a shelf registration statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-•), including the related preliminary prospectus or prospectuses, covering the registration of the sale of the Underwritten Securities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”) and the offer and sale thereof from time to time in accordance with Rule 415 of the 1933 Act Regulations. The Company filed a Form N-6F “Notice of Intent to Elect to be Subject to Sections 55 Through 65 of the Investment Company Act of 1940” (File No. 814-00967) (the “Notice of Intent”) pursuant to Section 6(f) of the Investment Company Act (as defined below), with the Commission on September 7, 2012 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (collectively, the “Investment Company Act”). The Company filed a Form N-54A “Notification of Election to be Subject to Sections 55 Through 65 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 Filed Pursuant to Section 54(a) of the Investment Company Act” (File No. 814-00967) (the “Notification of Election”) under the Investment Company Act with the Commission on December 4, 2012. In addition, for tax purposes the Company has elected to be treated as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, for the period beginning December 4, 2012.

 

Promptly after execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Company will prepare and file a prospectus in accordance with the provisions of Rule 430C (“Rule 430C”) of the rules and regulations of the Commission under the 1933 Act (the “1933 Act Regulations”) and Rule 497 of the 1933 Act Regulations (“Rule 497”). The information included in such prospectus that was omitted from such registration statement at the time it became effective but that is deemed to be part of such registration statement at the time it became effective pursuant to Rule 430C is herein called the “Rule 430C Information.” Such registration statement, including the amendments thereto, the exhibits thereto and any schedules thereto, at the time it became effective, and including the Rule 430C Information, is herein called the “Registration Statement.” Any registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the 1933 Act Regulations is herein called the “Rule 462(b) Registration Statement” and, after such filing, the term “Registration Statement” shall include the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement. Each prospectus used prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, and each prospectus that omitted the Rule 430C Information that was used after such effectiveness and prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, is herein called a “preliminary prospectus.” The final prospectus, in the form filed by the Company with the Commission pursuant to Rule 497 under the 1933 Act on or before the second business day after the date hereof (or such earlier time as may be required under the 1933 Act), which will include the base prospectus, dated [    ], [    ], together with a final prospectus supplement, is herein called the "Prospectus." For purposes of this Agreement, all references to the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing shall be deemed to include the copy filed with the Commission pursuant to its Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval system or any successor system (“EDGAR”).

 

The Company has entered into (i) an investment advisory agreement, dated as of December 4, 2012 (the “Investment Advisory Agreement”), with WhiteHorse Advisers, which is registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (collectively, the “Advisers Act”), and (ii) an administration agreement, dated as of December 4, 2012 (the “Administration Agreement”), with the Administrator.

 

2
 

 

On December 3, 2012, WhiteHorse Finance, LLC filed a certificate of conversion with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and otherwise completed actions necessary for the conversion of WhiteHorse Finance, LLC from a limited liability company to a corporation, the Company. In connection therewith, the outstanding limited liability company interests in WhiteHorse Finance, LLC were converted into, on a one for one basis, shares of Common Stock (the “BDC Conversion”). For purposes of this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires, references to the Company shall be deemed to include WhiteHorse Finance, LLC and its consolidated subsidiaries for periods prior to the consummation of the BDC Conversion.

 

On December 4, 2012, the Company filed with the Commission a Form 8-A to register its Common Stock under Section 12(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”) (File No. 001-35752). On July 16, 2013, the Company filed with the Commission a Form 8-A to register its 6.5% senior notes due 2020 under Section 12(b) of the 1934 Act (File No. 001-35752).

 

As used in this Agreement:

 

“Applicable Time” means [__:00 P.M./ A.M.] , New York City time, on • or such other time as agreed by the Company and the Representatives.

 

“General Disclosure Package” means the most recent preliminary prospectus supplement, which includes a base prospectus dated [           ], [           ] that is distributed to investors prior to the Applicable Time and the information included on Schedule B hereto, all considered together.

 

SECTION 1.           Representations and Warranties .

 

(a)           Representations and Warranties relating to the Company . The WhiteHorse Entities, jointly and severally, hereby represent and warrant to each Underwriter as of the date hereof, the Applicable Time, the Closing Time (as defined below) and any Date of Delivery (as defined below), and agree with each Underwriter, as follows:

 

(i)           Registration Statement and Prospectuses . Each of the Registration Statement and any amendment thereto has become effective under the 1933 Act. No stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto has been issued under the 1933 Act, no order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus has been issued and no proceedings for any of those purposes have been instituted or are pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, contemplated. The Company has complied with each request (if any) from the Commission for additional information.

 

Each of the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, at the time it became effective, complied in all material respects with the requirements of the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations. Each preliminary prospectus, the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, at the time each was filed with the Commission, complied in all material respects with the requirements of the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations. Each preliminary prospectus delivered to the Underwriters for use in connection with this offering and the Prospectus was or will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.

 

The Company has not prepared, used or referred to, and will not prepare, use or refer to, any free writing prospectus as defined in Rule 405 under the 1933 Act Regulations (“Rule 405”).

 

3
 

 

(ii)          Accurate Disclosure . Neither the Registration Statement nor any amendment thereto, at its effective time, at the Closing Time or at any Date of Delivery, contained, contains or will contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted, omits or will omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. As of the Applicable Time, the General Disclosure Package did not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. Neither the Prospectus nor any amendment or supplement thereto (including any prospectus wrapper), as of its issue date, at the time of any filing with the Commission pursuant to Rule 497, at the Closing Date or at any Date of Delivery, included, includes or will include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted, omits or will omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

The representations and warranties in this subsection shall not apply to statements in or omissions from the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), the General Disclosure Package, the part of the Registration Statement that constitutes the Statement of Eligibility and Qualification under the 1939 Act (Form T-1) of the Trustee under the Indenture or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by any Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use therein. For purposes of this Agreement, the only information so furnished shall be information in the Prospectus in the first paragraph under the heading “Underwriting–Commissions and Discounts,” and the information in the second paragraph under the heading “Underwriting–Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids” (collectively, the “Underwriter Information”).

 

(iii)         Company Not Ineligible Issuer . At the time of filing the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, at the earliest time thereafter that the Company or another offering participant made a bona fide offer (within the meaning of Rule 164(h)(2) of the 1933 Act Regulations) of the Securities and at the date hereof, the Company was not and is not an “ineligible issuer,” as defined in Rule 405, without taking account of any determination by the Commission pursuant to Rule 405 that it is not necessary that the Company be considered an ineligible issuer.

 

(iv)         Independent Accountants . The accountants who certified the financial statements and supporting schedules included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus are independent public accountants as required by the 1933 Act, the 1933 Act Regulations and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board.

 

(v)          Financial Statements; Non-GAAP Financial Measures; eXtensible Business Reporting Language . The financial statements included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, together with the related schedules and notes, present fairly in all material respects the financial position of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries at the dates indicated and the statement of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries for the periods specified; said financial statements have been prepared in conformity in all material respects with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved. The supporting schedules, if any, present fairly in accordance with GAAP the information required to be stated therein. The selected financial data and the summary financial information included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus present fairly the information shown therein and have been compiled on a basis consistent with that of the audited financial statements included therein. Except as included therein, no historical or pro forma financial statements or supporting schedules are required to be included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus under the 1933 Act or the 1933 Act Regulations. All disclosures contained in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus regarding “non-GAAP financial measures” (as such term is defined by the rules and regulations of the Commission) comply with Regulation G of the 1934 Act, and Item 10 of Regulation S-K of the 1933 Act, to the extent applicable. No interactive data in eXtensible Business Reporting Language is required to be included in or incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement.

 

4
 

 

(vi)         No Material Adverse Change in Business . Except as otherwise stated therein, since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, (A) there has been no material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings or business affairs of the Company and its subsidiaries considered as one enterprise, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business (a “Material Adverse Effect”), (B) there have been no transactions entered into by the Company or any of its subsidiaries, other than those in the ordinary course of business, which are material with respect to the Company and its subsidiaries considered as one enterprise, and (C) there has been no dividend or distribution of any kind declared, paid or made by the Company on any class of its capital stock.

 

(vii)        Good Standing of the Company . The Company has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement; and the Company is duly qualified as a foreign corporation to transact business and is in good standing in each other jurisdiction in which such qualification is required, whether by reason of the ownership or leasing of property or the conduct of business, except where the failure so to qualify or to be in good standing would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect. On December 28, 2011, WhiteHorse Finance, LLC was duly formed as a limited liability company pursuant to Delaware law. In connection with the BDC Conversion, WhiteHorse Finance, LLC and the Company complied in all respects with the provisions of Section 265 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”).

 

(viii)       Good Standing of Subsidiaries . Each of [           ] (each of [           ] a “Subsidiary” and, collectively, the “Subsidiaries”) has been duly organized and is validly existing in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, has corporate or similar power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is required, whether by reason of the ownership or leasing of property or the conduct of business, except where the failure to so qualify or to be in good standing would not result, singly or in the aggregate, in a Material Adverse Effect. Except as otherwise disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, all of the issued and outstanding capital stock or membership interests of each Subsidiary has been duly authorized and validly issued, and is owned by the Company, directly or through subsidiaries, free and clear of any security interest, mortgage, pledge, lien, encumbrance, claim or equity. None of the outstanding shares of capital stock or membership interests of any Subsidiary were issued in violation of the preemptive or similar rights of any securityholder of such Subsidiary. The only subsidiaries of the Company are the Subsidiaries.

 

(ix)         Capitalization . The authorized, issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company are as set forth in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus in the column entitled “Actual” under the caption “Capitalization” (except for subsequent issuances, if any, pursuant to this Agreement). The outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable. None of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company was issued in violation of any preemptive or other similar rights of any securityholder of the Company.

 

5
 

 

(x)           Authorization of Agreements .

 

(A) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and is a valid and binding agreement of the Company.

 

(B) The Indenture has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and is a valid and binding agreement of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as the enforcement thereof may be subject to (i) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws now or thereafter in effect relating to creditors’ rights generally and (ii) general principles of equity and the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought.

 

(C) If applicable, the Warrant Agreement will have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company prior to the issuance of any applicable Debt Warrants and, when executed and delivered by the Warrant Agent, will constitute a valid and binding agreement of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as the enforcement thereof may be subject to (i) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws now or thereafter in effect relating to creditors’ rights generally and (ii) general principles of equity and the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought.

 

(xi)          Authorization and Description of Underwritten Securities .

 

(A) Underwritten Securities to be purchased by the Underwriters from the Company have been duly authorized for issuance and sale to the Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement and, when issued and delivered by the Company pursuant to this Agreement against payment of the consideration set forth herein, will be validly issued and fully paid and nonassessable; and the issuance of the Underwritten Securities is not subject to any preemptive or other similar rights of any securityholder of the Company. The Underwritten Securities, in all material respects, conform to all statements relating thereto contained in the Registration Statement, the Indenture, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and such description conforms to the rights set forth in the instruments defining the same. No holder of Underwritten Securities will be subject to personal liability by reason of being such a holder.

 

(B) If applicable, upon issuance and delivery of the Underwritten Securities in accordance with this Agreement and the Indenture, the Underwritten Securities will be convertible at the option of the holder thereof into shares of Common Stock in accordance with the terms of the Underwritten Securities and the Indenture, the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of any issue of the Securities will have been duly authorized and reserved for issuance upon such conversion by all necessary corporate action and, when issued and delivered in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement relating thereto, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

 

(xii)         Registration Rights . There are no persons with registration rights or other similar rights to have any securities registered for sale pursuant to the Registration Statement or otherwise registered for sale or sold by the Company under the 1933 Act pursuant to this Agreement.

 

6
 

 

(xiii)        Absence of Violations, Defaults and Conflicts . Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is (A) in violation of its charter, by-laws or similar organizational document, (B) in default in the performance or observance of any obligation, agreement, covenant or condition contained in any contract, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan or credit agreement, note, lease or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which it or any of them may be bound or to which any of the properties or assets of the Company or any subsidiary is subject (collectively, “Agreements and Instruments”), except for such defaults that would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect or materially and adversely affect the ability of the Company to consummate the transactions contemplated in the Company Agreements or the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder and thereunder, or (C) in violation of any law, statute, rule, regulation, judgment, order, writ or decree of any arbitrator, court, governmental body, regulatory body, administrative agency or other authority, body or agency having jurisdiction over the Company, WhiteHorse Advisers, the Administrator or any of the Company’s subsidiaries or any of their respective properties, assets or operations (each, a “Governmental Entity”), except for such violations that would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect or materially and adversely affect the ability of the Company to consummate the transactions contemplated in this Agreement or the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder and thereunder. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein and in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (including the issuance and sale of the Underwritten Securities and the use of the proceeds from the sale of the Underwritten Securities as described therein under the caption “Use of Proceeds”) and compliance by the Company with its obligations under this Agreement have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action and do not and will not, whether with or without the giving of notice or passage of time or both, conflict with or constitute a breach of, or default or Repayment Event (as defined below) under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any properties or assets of the Company or any subsidiary pursuant to, the Agreements and Instruments (except for such conflicts, breaches, defaults or Repayment Events or liens, charges or encumbrances that would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect or materially and adversely affect the ability of the Company to consummate the transactions contemplated in this Agreement or the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder and thereunder), nor will such action result in any violation of (i) the provisions of the charter, by-laws or similar organizational document of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or (ii) any law, statute, rule, regulation, judgment, order, writ or decree of any Governmental Entity, except in the case of clause (ii) above, for any such violation that would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect or materially and adversely affect the ability of the Company to consummate the transactions contemplated in this Agreement or the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder and thereunder, As used herein, a “Repayment Event” means any event or condition which gives the holder of any note, debenture or other evidence of indebtedness (or any person acting on such holder’s behalf) the right to require the repurchase, redemption or repayment of all or a portion of such indebtedness by the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

 

(xiv)       Absence of Labor Dispute . The Company has no employees.

 

(xv)        Absence of Proceedings . Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation before or brought by any Governmental Entity now pending or, to the knowledge of the WhiteHorse Entities, threatened, against or affecting the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or H.I.G. Capital, L.L.C. (“H.I.G. Capital”) or any of its Affiliates, which might result in a Material Adverse Effect, or which might materially and adversely affect their respective properties or assets or the consummation of the transactions contemplated in the Company Agreements or the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder and thereunder; and the aggregate of all pending legal or governmental proceedings to which the Company or any such subsidiary is a party or of which any of their respective properties or assets is the subject which are not described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, including ordinary routine litigation incidental to their business, could not result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(xvi)       Accuracy of Exhibits . There are no contracts or documents which are required to be described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement which have not been so described and filed as required.

 

7
 

 

(xvii)      Absence of Further Requirements . No filing with, or authorization, approval, consent, license, order, registration, qualification or decree of, any Governmental Entity is necessary or required for the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder, in connection with the offering, issuance or sale of the Underwritten Securities hereunder or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Company Agreements, except such as have been already obtained or as may be required under the 1933 Act, the 1933 Act Regulations, the Investment Company Act, the Advisers Act, the rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market LLC, state securities laws or the rules of FINRA.

 

(xviii)     Possession of Licenses and Permits . The Company and its subsidiaries possess such permits, licenses, approvals, consents and other authorizations (collectively, “Governmental Licenses”) issued by the appropriate Governmental Entities necessary to conduct the business now operated by them, except where the failure so to possess would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect. The Company and its subsidiaries are in compliance with the terms and conditions of all Governmental Licenses, except where the failure so to comply would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect. All of the Governmental Licenses are valid and in full force and effect, except when the invalidity of such Governmental Licenses or the failure of such Governmental Licenses to be in full force and effect would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect. None of the Company, H.I.G. Capital, WhiteHorse Advisers, the Administrator or any of the Company’s subsidiaries has received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any Governmental Licenses which, singly or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, might result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(xix)        Title to Property . The Company and its subsidiaries do not own any real property.

 

(xx)         Portfolio Assets . Other than due to the disposition of investments in the ordinary course of the Company’s business since [           ], the Company and/or one of its subsidiaries owns, and has good and marketable title to, all of the investments described in the General Disclosure Package and Prospectus under “Portfolio Companies” (the “Portfolio Assets”), free and clear of all mortgages, pledges, liens, security interests, claims or encumbrances of any kind (collectively, the “Liens”), other than the Liens granted pursuant to the [           ]. All of the applicable investment documents and agreements which constitute the Portfolio Assets (the “Investment Documents and Agreements”) are in full force and effect, and the Company has no notice of any material claim of any sort that has been asserted by anyone adverse to the right of the Company under the Investment Documents and Agreements, or affecting or questioning the rights of the Company under any of the Investment Documents and Agreements. Except as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, each portfolio company described in the Prospectus under “Portfolio Companies” is current with all of its obligations under the applicable Investment Documents and Agreements and no event of default (or a default which with the giving of notice or the passage of time would become an event of default) has occurred or is continuing under such Investment Documents and Agreements. Other than the Portfolio Assets, the Company does not own any other investments other than investments acquired in the ordinary course of the Company’s business since [           ].

 

(xxi)        Possession of Intellectual Property . The Company and its subsidiaries own or possess, or can acquire on reasonable terms, adequate patents, patent rights, licenses, inventions, copyrights, know-how (including trade secrets and other unpatented and/or unpatentable proprietary or confidential information, systems or procedures), trademarks, service marks, trade names or other intellectual property (collectively, “Intellectual Property”) necessary to carry on the businesses now operated by them, and none of the WhiteHorse Entities or any of the Company’s subsidiaries has received any notice or is otherwise aware of any infringement of or conflict with asserted rights of others with respect to any such Intellectual Property or of any facts or circumstances which would render any such Intellectual Property invalid or inadequate to protect the interest of the Company or any of its subsidiaries therein, and which infringement or conflict (if the subject of any unfavorable decision, ruling or finding) or invalidity or inadequacy, singly or in the aggregate, might result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

8
 

 

(xxii)       Environmental Laws . Except as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect, (A) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is in violation of any federal, state, local or foreign statute, law, rule, regulation, ordinance, code, policy or rule of common law or any judicial or administrative interpretation thereof, including any judicial or administrative order, consent, decree or judgment, relating to pollution or protection of human health, the environment (including, without limitation, ambient air, surface water, groundwater, land surface or subsurface strata) or wildlife, including, without limitation, laws and regulations relating to the release or threatened release of chemicals, pollutants, contaminants, wastes, toxic substances, hazardous substances, petroleum or petroleum products, asbestos-containing materials or mold (collectively, “Hazardous Materials”) or to the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transport or handling of Hazardous Materials (collectively, “Environmental Laws”), (B) the Company and its subsidiaries have all permits, authorizations and approvals required under any applicable Environmental Laws and are each in compliance with their requirements, (C) there are no pending or threatened administrative, regulatory or judicial actions, suits, demands, demand letters, claims, liens, notices of noncompliance or violation, investigation or proceedings relating to any Environmental Law against the Company or any of its subsidiaries and (D) there are no events or circumstances that would reasonably be expected to form the basis of an order for clean-up or remediation, or an action, suit or proceeding by any private party or Governmental Entity, against or affecting the Company or any of its subsidiaries relating to Hazardous Materials or any Environmental Laws.

 

(xxiii)      Accounting Controls . The Company and each of its subsidiaries maintain effective internal control over financial reporting (as defined under Rule 13a-15 and 15d-15 under the rules and regulations of the Commission under the 1934 Act (the “1934 Act Regulations”)) and each of the WhiteHorse Entities and the Company’s subsidiaries maintains a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that (A) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; (B) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP and to maintain accountability for assets; (C) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (D) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. Except as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, since the end of the Company’s most recent audited fiscal year, there has been (1) no material weakness in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (whether or not remediated) and (2) no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

(xxiv)      Compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act . The Company has taken all necessary actions to ensure that it is in compliance with all provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder or implementing the provisions thereof (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”) presently in effect and with which the Company is required to comply as of the date hereof, and is actively taking steps to ensure that it will be in compliance with other provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act which will become applicable to the Company at all times after the effectiveness of the Registration Statement.

 

9
 

 

(xxv)       Payment of Taxes . All United States federal income tax returns of the Company and its subsidiaries required by law to be filed have been filed and are true and accurate in all material respects, and all taxes whether or not shown to be due on the returns have been timely paid in full. Each of the Company and its subsidiaries has timely paid all United States federal withholding tax due in full. The Company and its subsidiaries have filed all other tax returns that are required to have been filed by them pursuant to applicable foreign, state, local or other law except insofar as the failure to file such returns would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect, and has paid all taxes due pursuant to such returns or pursuant to any assessment received by the Company and its subsidiaries, except for such taxes, if any, as are being contested in good faith and as to which adequate reserves have been established by the Company. The charges, accruals and reserves on the books of the Company in respect of any income tax liability for any years not finally determined are adequate to meet any assessments or re-assessments for additional income tax for any years not finally determined, except to the extent of any inadequacy that would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(xxvi)      Insurance . The Company and its subsidiaries carry or are entitled to the benefits of insurance, with financially sound and reputable insurers, in such amounts and covering such risks as is generally maintained by companies of established repute engaged in the same or similar business and as may be required by applicable law, and all such insurance, including without limitation, the Company’s fidelity bond as required by Rule 17g-1 of the Investment Company Act, is in full force and effect. The WhiteHorse Entities have no reason to believe that the Company or any of its subsidiaries will not be able (A) to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such policies expire or (B) to obtain comparable coverage from similar institutions as may be necessary or appropriate to conduct its business as now conducted and at a cost that would not result in a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has been denied any insurance coverage which it has sought or for which it has applied.

 

(xxvii)     Absence of Manipulation . Neither the Company nor any affiliate of the Company has taken, nor will the Company or any affiliate take, directly or indirectly, any action which is designed, or would be expected, to cause or result in, or which constitutes, the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Underwritten Securities or to result in a violation of Regulation M under the 1934 Act.

 

(xxviii)    Foreign Corrupt Practices Act . None of the Company, any of its subsidiaries or, to the knowledge of the WhiteHorse Entities, any director, officer, agent, employee, affiliate or other person acting on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is aware of or has taken any action, directly or indirectly, that would result in a violation by such persons of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (the “FCPA”), including, without limitation, making use of the mails or any means or instrumentality of interstate commerce corruptly in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay or authorization of the payment of any money, or other property, gift, promise to give, or authorization of the giving of anything of value to any “foreign official” (as such term is defined in the FCPA) or any foreign political party or official thereof or any candidate for foreign political office, in contravention of the FCPA and the Company and, to the knowledge of the WhiteHorse Entities, its affiliates have conducted their businesses in compliance with the FCPA and have instituted and maintain policies and procedures designed to ensure, and which are reasonably expected to continue to ensure, continued compliance therewith.

 

(xxix)       Money Laundering Laws . The operations of the Company and its subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the money laundering statutes of all jurisdictions, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any Governmental Entity (collectively, the “Money Laundering Laws”); and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any Governmental Entity involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the best knowledge of the WhiteHorse Entities, threatened.

 

10
 

 

(xxx)        OFAC . None of the Company, any of its subsidiaries or, to the knowledge of the WhiteHorse Entities, any director, officer, agent, employee, affiliate or other person acting on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is currently the subject of any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department (“OFAC”); and the Company will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the sale of the Securities, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any of its subsidiaries, joint venture partners or other person, for the purpose of financing the activities of any person currently subject of any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC.

 

(xxxi)       Offers to Sell . The Company (including its agents and representatives, other than the Underwriters in their capacity as such) has not prepared, made, used, authorized, approved or referred to and, prior to the later to occur of (A) the Closing Time and (B) completion of the distribution of the Underwritten Securities, will not prepare, make, use, authorize, approve or refer to any written communication that constitutes an offer to sell or solicitation of an offer to buy the Securities other than (x) the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus and the Prospectus, and any amendment or supplement to any of the forgoing and (y) any prospectus wrapper. All other promotional materials (including “road show slides” or “road show scripts”) prepared in connection with the marketing of the Underwritten Securities were used in accordance with Section 3. Each of such promotional materials and the prospectus wrapper is not inconsistent with the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus and the Prospectus, and when taken together with any preliminary prospectus and the Rule 430C Information, at the Applicable Time, did not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

(xxxii)      Statistical and Market-Related Data . Any statistical and market-related data included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus are based on or derived from sources that the Company believes, after reasonable inquiry, to be reliable and accurate and, to the extent required, the Company has obtained the written consent to the use of such data from such sources.

 

(xxxiii)     Payment and Receipt of Funds . Neither the Company nor, to the knowledge of the WhiteHorse Entities, any director, officer, agent employee, affiliate or person acting on behalf of the Company has made any payment of funds of the Company or received or retained any funds in violation of any law, rule or regulation, which payment, receipt or retention of funds is of a character required to be disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

 

(xxxiv)      Rule 38a-1 Compliance Policies . The Company has adopted and implemented written policies and procedures pursuant to Rule 38a-1 under the Investment Company Act reasonably designed to prevent violation of the federal securities laws by the Company, including policies and procedures that provide oversight of compliance of each investment.

 

(xxxv)     Registered Management Investment Company . The Company is not, and upon the issuance and sale of the Underwritten Securities as herein contemplated and the application of the net proceeds therefrom as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, will not be, a “registered management investment company” as such term is used under the Investment Company Act.

 

(xxxvi)     Notification of Election . When the Notification of Election was filed with the Commission, it (A) contained all statements required to be stated therein in accordance with, and complied in all material respects with the requirements of, the Investment Company Act and (B) did not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.

 

11
 

 

(xxxvii)     Election as a Business Development Company . The Company has elected, by filing the Notification of Election, to be treated by the Commission under the Investment Company Act as a “business development company” (the “BDC Election”). The Company shall not, as of the Closing Time for the Initial Securities and the Date of Delivery for any Option Securities, have filed with the Commission any notice of withdrawal of the BDC Election pursuant to Section 54(c) of the Investment Company Act. The BDC Election is effective and no order of suspension or revocation of such election has been issued or proceedings therefor initiated or threatened by the Commission.

 

(xxxviii)     Investment Advisory Agreement in Compliance with Laws . The terms of the Investment Advisory Agreement, including compensation terms, comply with all applicable provisions of the Investment Company Act and the Advisers Act, including without limitation, Section 15 of the Investment Company Act and Section 205 of the Advisers Act, each as applicable to business development companies.

 

(xxxix)       All Necessary Approvals of Investment Advisory Agreement . The approval by the board of directors and the securityholders of the Company of the Investment Advisory Agreement has been made in accordance with the requirements of Section 15 of the Investment Company Act applicable to companies that have elected to be “business development companies” under the Investment Company Act.

 

(xl)            Compliance of Company Agreements with Investment Company Act . This Agreement and the Investment Advisory Agreement and the Administration Agreement complies in all material respects with all applicable provisions of the 1933 Act, the 1933 Act Regulations, the Investment Company Act and the Advisers Act.

 

(xli)           Interested Persons . Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (A) no person is serving or acting as an officer, director or investment adviser of the Company except in accordance with the provisions of the Investment Company Act and the Advisers Act and (B) no director of the Company is an “interested person” (as defined in the Investment Company Act) of the Company or an “affiliated person” (as defined in the Investment Company Act) of any of the Underwriters.

 

(xlii)          Operations Comply with Investment Company Act . The operations of the Company are in compliance in all material respects with the provisions of the Investment Company Act applicable to “business development companies.” The provisions of the corporate charter, by-laws and other similar organizational documents of the Company, and the investment objectives, policies and restrictions described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, assuming they are implemented as so described, will comply in all material respects with the requirements of the Investment Company Act.

 

(xliii)         Conditions for Use of Form N-2 . The Company has satisfied the conditions for the use of Form N-2, as set forth in the general instructions thereto, with respect to the Registration Statement.

 

(xliv)         Regulated Investment Company Compliance . The Company operates and intends to continue to operate its business so as to qualify as a “regulated investment company” under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). The Company also intends to direct the investment of the proceeds received by it from the sale of the Securities in such a manner as to comply with the requirements of Subchapter M of the Code.

 

12
 

 

(xlv)         Absence of Business Relationships . There are no business relationships or related-party transactions involving the Company or any other person required under applicable law to be described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus which have not been described as required.

 

(xlvi)        Absence of Extensions of Credit . The Company has not, directly or indirectly, extended credit, arranged to extend credit or renewed any extension of credit, in the form of a personal loan, to or for any director or executive officer of the WhiteHorse Entities, or to or for any family member or affiliate of any director or executive officer of the WhiteHorse Entities.

 

(xlvii)        Emerging Growth Company . Since the enactment of the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act to the date hereof, the Company has been and is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the 1933 Act (an “Emerging Growth Company”).

 

(xlviii)      Investment Company . No subsidiary of the Company is required to register as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act.

 

(xlix)        Commodity Pool . The Company is not required to be registered under the Commodity Exchange Act as a “commodity pool operator” with regard to its operation of any subsidiary.

 

(b)           Representations and Warranties relating to WhiteHorse Advisers . The Adviser and the Administrator, jointly and severally, hereby represent and warrant to each Underwriter as of the date hereof, the Applicable Time, the Closing Time and any Date of Delivery (as defined below), and agree with each Underwriter, as follows:

 

(i)             No Material Adverse Change in Business . Except as otherwise stated therein, since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, (A) there has been no material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of WhiteHorse Advisers, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business (a “WhiteHorse Advisers Material Adverse Effect”), and (B) there have been no transactions entered into by WhiteHorse Advisers, other than those in the ordinary course of business, which are material with respect to WhiteHorse Advisers.

 

(ii)            Good Standing of WhiteHorse Advisers . WhiteHorse Advisers has been duly organized and is validly existing as a limited liability company in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement; and WhiteHorse Advisers is duly qualified as a foreign limited liability company to transact business and is in good standing in each other jurisdiction in which such qualification is required, whether by reason of the ownership or leasing of property or the conduct of business, except where the failure so to qualify or to be in good standing would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect or a WhiteHorse Advisers Material Adverse Effect.

 

(iii)           Authorization of Agreement . This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by WhiteHorse Advisers and is a valid and binding agreement of WhiteHorse Advisers.

 

13
 

 

(iv)         Absence of Violations, Defaults and Conflicts . WhiteHorse Advisers is not (A) in violation of its charter, by-laws or similar organizational document, (B) in default in the performance or observance of any obligation, agreement, covenant or condition contained in any contract, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan or credit agreement, note, lease or other agreement or instrument to which WhiteHorse Advisers is a party or by which it may be bound or to which any of its properties or assets is subject (collectively, “WhiteHorse Advisers Agreements and Instruments”), except for such defaults that would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect or a WhiteHorse Advisers Material Adverse Effect or materially and adversely affect the ability of WhiteHorse Advisers to consummate the transactions contemplated in this Agreement or the performance by WhiteHorse Advisers of its obligations hereunder an, or (C) in violation of any law, statute, rule, regulation, judgment, order, writ or decree of any Governmental Entity, except for such violations that would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect or a WhiteHorse Advisers Material Adverse Effect or materially and adversely affect the ability of WhiteHorse Advisers to consummate the transactions contemplated in this Agreement, or the performance by WhiteHorse Advisers of its obligations hereunder. The consummation of the transactions contemplated herein and in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and compliance by WhiteHorse Advisers with its obligations hereunder have been duly authorized by all necessary action and do not and will not, whether with or without the giving of notice or passage of time or both, conflict with or constitute a breach of, or default or WhiteHorse Advisers Repayment Event (as defined below) under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any properties or assets of WhiteHorse Advisers pursuant to, the WhiteHorse Advisers Agreements and Instruments (except for such conflicts, breaches, defaults or WhiteHorse Advisers Repayment Event or liens, charges or encumbrances that would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect or a WhiteHorse Advisers Material Adverse Effect or materially and adversely affect the ability of WhiteHorse Advisers to consummate the transactions contemplated in this Agreement or the performance by WhiteHorse Advisers of its obligations hereunder and thereunder), nor will such action result in any violation of (i) the provisions of the charter, by-laws or similar organizational document of WhiteHorse Advisers or (ii) any law, statute, rule, regulation, judgment, order, writ or decree of any Governmental Entity, except, in the case of clause (ii) above, for any such violation that would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect or a WhiteHorse Advisers Material Adverse Effect or materially and adversely affect the ability of WhiteHorse Advisers to consummate the transactions contemplated in the Company Agreements to which it is a party or the performance by WhiteHorse Advisers of its obligations hereunder and thereunder. As used herein, a “WhiteHorse Advisers Repayment Event” means any event or condition which gives the holder of any note, debenture or other evidence of indebtedness (or any person acting on such holder’s behalf) the right to require the repurchase, redemption or repayment of all or a portion of such indebtedness by WhiteHorse Advisers.

 

(v)          Absence of Labor Dispute . No employment dispute with the employees of H.I.G. Capital exists or, to the knowledge of each WhiteHorse Entity, is imminent, and the Adviser and the Administrator are not aware of any existing or imminent departure of any key employee of H.I.G. Capital. WhiteHorse Advisers has no employees.

 

(vi)         Absence of Proceedings . Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation before or brought by any Governmental Entity now pending or, to the knowledge of the Adviser or the Administrator, threatened, against or affecting WhiteHorse Advisers or H.I.G. Capital, which might result in a Material Adverse Effect or a WhiteHorse Advisers Material Adverse Effect, or which might materially and adversely affect the properties or assets of WhiteHorse Advisers, H.I.G. Capital or the consummation of the transactions contemplated in the Company Agreements to which WhiteHorse Advisers is a party and the Staffing Agreement, between WhiteHorse Advisers and an affiliate of H.I.G. Capital, or the performance by WhiteHorse Advisers of its obligations hereunder and thereunder; and the aggregate of all pending legal or governmental proceedings to which WhiteHorse Advisers or H.I.G. Capital is a party or of which any of its or their property or assets is the subject which are not described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, including ordinary routine litigation incidental to the business, could not result in a Material Adverse Effect or a WhiteHorse Advisers Material Adverse Effect.

 

14
 

 

(vii)        Absence of Further Requirements . No filing with, or authorization, approval, consent, license, order, registration, qualification or decree of, any Governmental Entity is necessary or required for the performance by WhiteHorse Advisers of its obligations hereunder, in connection with the offering, issuance or sale of the Securities hereunder or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except such as have been already obtained or as may be required under the 1933 Act, the 1933 Act Regulations, the Investment Company Act, the Advisers Act, the rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market LLC, state securities laws or the rules of FINRA.

 

(viii)       Possession of Licenses and Permits . WhiteHorse Advisers possesses such Governmental Licenses issued by the appropriate Governmental Entities necessary to conduct the business now operated by it, except where the failure so to possess would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect or a WhiteHorse Advisers Material Adverse Effect. WhiteHorse Advisers is in compliance with the terms and conditions of all such Governmental Licenses, except where the failure so to comply would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect or a WhiteHorse Advisers Material Adverse Effect. All of such Governmental Licenses are valid and in full force and effect, except when the invalidity of such Governmental Licenses or the failure of such Governmental Licenses to be in full force and effect would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect or a WhiteHorse Advisers Material Adverse Effect. None of the Adviser or the Administrator has received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any Governmental Licenses which, singly or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, might result in a Material Adverse Effect or a WhiteHorse Advisers Material Adverse Effect.

 

(ix)          Title to Property . WhiteHorse Advisers leases or has access to all properties and assets as are necessary to the conduct of its operations as presently conducted and as contemplated by the Registration Statement. WhiteHorse Advisers does not own any real property.

 

(x)           Possession of Intellectual Property . WhiteHorse Advisers owns, licenses or possesses, or can acquire on reasonable terms, Intellectual Property necessary to carry on the business now operated by it, and none of the Adviser or the Administrator has received any notice or is otherwise aware of any infringement of or conflict with asserted rights of others with respect to any such Intellectual Property or of any facts or circumstances which would render any such Intellectual Property invalid or inadequate to protect the interest of WhiteHorse Advisers therein, and which infringement or conflict (if the subject of any unfavorable decision, ruling or finding) or invalidity or inadequacy, singly or in the aggregate, might result in a Material Adverse Effect or a WhiteHorse Advisers Material Adverse Effect.

 

(xi)          Registration . WhiteHorse Advisers is duly registered with the Commission as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act and is not prohibited by the Advisers Act or the Investment Company Act from acting under the Investment Advisory Agreement for the Company as contemplated by the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus. There does not exist any proceeding or, to the knowledge of the Adviser or the Administrator, any facts or circumstances the existence of which could lead to any proceeding which might adversely affect the registration of WhiteHorse Advisers with the Commission.

 

(xii)         Financial Resources . WhiteHorse Advisers has the financial resources available to it necessary for the performance of its services and obligations as contemplated in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and under this Agreement.

 

15
 

 

(xiii)        Insurance . WhiteHorse Advisers carries or is entitled to the benefits of insurance, with financially sound and reputable insurers, in such amounts and covering such risks as is generally maintained by companies of established repute engaged in the same or similar business and as may be required by applicable law, and all such insurance is in full force and effect. The Adviser or the Administrator have no reason to believe that WhiteHorse Advisers will not be able to (A) renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such policies expire or (B) obtain comparable coverage from similar institutions as may be necessary or appropriate to conduct its business as now conducted and at a cost that would not result in a Material Adverse Effect or a WhiteHorse Advisers Material Adverse Effect. WhiteHorse Advisers has not been denied any insurance coverage which it has sought or for which it has applied.

 

(xiv)       Absence of Manipulation . Neither WhiteHorse Advisers nor any affiliate of WhiteHorse Advisers has taken, nor will WhiteHorse Advisers or any affiliate take, directly or indirectly, any action which is designed, or would be expected, to cause or result in, or which constitutes, the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities or to result in a violation of Regulation M under the 1934 Act.

 

(xv)        Foreign Corrupt Practices Act . None of WhiteHorse Advisers or, to the knowledge of the Adviser or the Administrator, any director, officer, agent, employee, affiliate or other person acting on behalf of WhiteHorse Advisers is aware of or has taken any action, directly or indirectly, that would result in a violation by such persons of the FCPA, including, without limitation, making use of the mails or any means or instrumentality of interstate commerce corruptly in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay or authorization of the payment of any money, or other property, gift, promise to give, or authorization of the giving of anything of value to any “foreign official” (as such term is defined in the FCPA) or any foreign political party or official thereof or any candidate for foreign political office, in contravention of the FCPA and WhiteHorse Advisers and, to the knowledge of the WhiteHorse Entities, its affiliates have conducted their businesses in compliance with the FCPA and have instituted and maintain policies and procedures designed to ensure, and which are reasonably expected to continue to ensure, continued compliance therewith.

 

(xvi)       Money Laundering Laws . The operations of WhiteHorse Advisers are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Money Laundering Laws; and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any Governmental Entity involving WhiteHorse Advisers with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the best knowledge of the Adviser or the Administrator, threatened.

 

(xvii)      OFAC . None of WhiteHorse Advisers or, to the knowledge of the Adviser or the Administrator, any director, officer, agent, employee, affiliate or other person acting on behalf of WhiteHorse Advisers is currently the subject of any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC; and WhiteHorse Advisers will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the sale of the Securities, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any joint venture partners or other person, for the purpose of financing the activities of any person currently subject of any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC.

 

(xviii)      Compliance Policies . WhiteHorse Advisers has adopted and implemented written policies and procedures pursuant to Rule 206(4)-7 under the Advisers Act reasonably designed to prevent violation of the Advisers Act by WhiteHorse Advisers.

 

(xix)        Description of WhiteHorse Advisers . The description of WhiteHorse Advisers in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, including in its role as investment adviser to the Company, is accurate in all material respects.

 

(c)          Representations and Warranties relating to the Administrator . The Adviser or the Administrator, jointly and severally, hereby represent and warrant to each Underwriter as of the date hereof, the Applicable Time, the Closing Time and any Date of Delivery (as defined below), and agree with each Underwriter, as follows:

 

16
 

 

(i)           No Material Adverse Change in Business . Except as otherwise stated therein, since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, (A) there has been no material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of the Administrator, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business (an “Administrator Material Adverse Effect”), and (B) there have been no transactions entered into by the Administrator, other than those in the ordinary course of business, which are material with respect to the Administrator.

 

(ii)          Good Standing of the Administrator . The Administrator has been duly organized and is validly existing as a limited liability company in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement; and the Administrator is duly qualified as a foreign limited liability company to transact business and is in good standing in each other jurisdiction in which such qualification is required, whether by reason of the ownership or leasing of property or the conduct of business, except where the failure so to qualify or to be in good standing would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect or an Administrator Material Adverse Effect.

 

(iii)         Authorization of Agreement . This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Administrator.

 

(iv)         Absence of Violations, Defaults and Conflicts . The Administrator is not in violation of its charter, by-laws or similar organizational document or in default in the performance or observance of any obligation, agreement, covenant or condition contained in any contracts, indentures, mortgages, deeds of trust, loan or credit agreements, bonds, notes, debentures, evidences of indebtedness, leases or other instruments or agreements to which the Administrator is a party or by which the Administrator is bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Administrator is subject (“Administrator Document”), except for such defaults that would not result in a Material Adverse Effect. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein and in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (including the issuance and sale of the Underwritten Securities and the use of the proceeds from the sale of the Underwritten Securities as described in the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus under the caption “Use of Proceeds”) and compliance by the Administrator with its obligations under this Agreement do not and will not, whether with or without the giving of notice or passage of time or both, conflict with or constitute a breach of, or default or Repayment Event under, or result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon any property or assets of the Administrator pursuant toany Administrator Document, except for such conflicts, breaches, defaults or Liens that would not result in a Material Adverse Effect, nor will such action result in any violation of the provisions of the charter, by-laws or similar organizational document of the Administrator, as applicable, or any applicable law, statute, rule, regulation, judgment, order, writ or decree of any government, government instrumentality or court, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over the Administrator or any of its assets, properties or operations.

 

(v)          Absence of Labor Dispute . No employment dispute with the employees of the Administrator exists or, to the knowledge of each WhiteHorse Entity, is imminent, and the Adviser or the Administrator are not aware of any existing or imminent departure of any key employee of the Administrator.

 

17
 

 

(vi)         Absence of Proceedings . Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation before or brought by any Government Entity now pending or, to the knowledge of the Adviser or the Administrator, threatened, against or affecting the Administrator, which might result in a Material Adverse Effect or an Administrator Material Adverse Effect, or which might materially and adversely affect the properties or assets of the Administrator or the consummation of the transactions contemplated in this Agreement or the performance by the Administrator of its obligations hereunder and thereunder; and the aggregate of all pending legal or governmental proceedings to which the Administrator is a party or of which any of its property or assets is the subject which are not described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, including ordinary routine litigation incidental to the business, could not result in a Material Adverse Effect or an Administrator Material Adverse Effect.

 

(vii)        Absence of Further Requirements . No filing with, or authorization, approval, consent, license, order, registration, qualification or decree of, any Governmental Entity is necessary or required for the performance by the Administrator of its obligations hereunder, in connection with the offering, issuance or sale of the Underwritten Securities hereunder or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except such as have been already obtained or as may be required under the 1933 Act, the 1933 Act Regulations, the Investment Company Act, the Advisers Act, the rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market LLC, state securities laws or the rules of FINRA.

 

(viii)       Possession of Licenses and Permits . The Administrator possesses such Governmental Licenses issued by the appropriate Governmental Entities necessary to conduct the business now operated by it, except where the failure so to possess would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect or an Administrator Material Adverse Effect. The Administrator is in compliance with the terms and conditions of all such Governmental Licenses, except where the failure so to comply would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect or an Administrator Material Adverse Effect. All of such Governmental Licenses are valid and in full force and effect, except when the invalidity of such Governmental Licenses or the failure of such Governmental Licenses to be in full force and effect would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect or an Administrator Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Adviser nor the Administrator has received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any Governmental Licenses which, singly or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, might result in a Material Adverse Effect or an Administrator Material Adverse Effect.

 

(ix)          Title to Property . The Administrator leases or has access to all properties and assets as are necessary to the conduct of its operations as presently conducted and as contemplated by the Registration Statement. The Administrator does not own any real property.

 

(x)           Possession of Intellectual Property . The Administrator owns, licenses or possesses, or can acquire on reasonable terms, Intellectual Property necessary to carry on the business now operated by it, and none of the Adviser or the Administrator has received any notice or is otherwise aware of any infringement of or conflict with asserted rights of others with respect to any such Intellectual Property or of any facts or circumstances which would render any such Intellectual Property invalid or inadequate to protect the interest of the Administrator therein, and which infringement or conflict (if the subject of any unfavorable decision, ruling or finding) or invalidity or inadequacy, singly or in the aggregate, might result in a Material Adverse Effect or an Administrator Material Adverse Effect.

 

(xi)          Financial Resources . The Administrator has the financial resources available to it necessary for the performance of its services and obligations as contemplated in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and under this Agreement.

 

18
 

 

(xii)         Insurance . The Administrator carries or is entitled to the benefits of insurance, with financially sound and reputable insurers, in such amounts and covering such risks as is generally maintained by companies of established repute engaged in the same or similar business and as may be required by applicable law, and all such insurance is in full force and effect. The Adviser or the Administrator have no reason to believe that the Administrator will not be able to (A) renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such policies expire or (B) obtain comparable coverage from similar institutions as may be necessary or appropriate to conduct its business as now conducted and at a cost that would not result in a Material Adverse Effect or an Administrator Material Adverse Effect. The Administrator has not been denied any insurance coverage which it has sought or for which it has applied.

 

(xiii)        Absence of Manipulation . Neither the Administrator nor any affiliate of the Administrator has taken, nor will the Administrator or any affiliate take, directly or indirectly, any action which is designed, or would be expected, to cause or result in, or which constitutes, the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Underwritten Securities or to result in a violation of Regulation M under the 1934 Act.

 

(xiv)       Foreign Corrupt Practices Act . None of the Administrator or, to the knowledge of the Adviser or the Administrator, any director, officer, agent, employee, affiliate or other person acting on behalf of the Administrator is aware of or has taken any action, directly or indirectly, that would result in a violation by such persons of the FCPA, including, without limitation, making use of the mails or any means or instrumentality of interstate commerce corruptly in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay or authorization of the payment of any money, or other property, gift, promise to give, or authorization of the giving of anything of value to any “foreign official” (as such term is defined in the FCPA) or any foreign political party or official thereof or any candidate for foreign political office, in contravention of the FCPA and the Administrator and, to the knowledge of the Adviser or the Administrator, its affiliates have conducted their businesses in compliance with the FCPA and have instituted and maintain policies and procedures designed to ensure, and which are reasonably expected to continue to ensure, continued compliance therewith.

 

(xv)        Money Laundering Laws . The operations of the Administrator are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Money Laundering Laws; and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any Governmental Entity involving the Administrator with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the best knowledge of the Adviser or the Administrator, threatened.

 

(xvi)       OFAC . None of the Administrator or, to the knowledge of the Adviser or the Administrator , any director, officer, agent, employee, affiliate or other person acting on behalf of the Administrator is currently the subject of any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC; and the Administrator will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the sale of the Securities, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any joint venture partners or other person, for the purpose of financing the activities of any person currently subject of any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC.

 

(xvii)      Description of the Administrator . The description of the Administrator in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, including in its role as administrator of the Company, is accurate in all material respects.

 

(d)           Officer’s Certificates . Any certificate signed by any officer of any WhiteHorse Entity and delivered to the Representatives or to counsel for the Underwriters shall be deemed a representation and warranty by such WhiteHorse Entity to each Underwriter as to the matters covered thereby.

 

19
 

 

SECTION 2.           Sale and Delivery to Underwriters; Closing .

 

(a)           Initial Securities . On the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained and subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company agrees to sell to each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, and each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, agrees to purchase from the Company, at the price set forth in Schedule A, the aggregate principal amount of Initial Securities set forth in Schedule A opposite the name of such Underwriter, plus any additional aggregate principal amount of Initial Securities which such Underwriter may become obligated to purchase pursuant to the provisions of Section 10 hereof.

 

(b)           Option Securities . In addition, on the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained and subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company hereby grants an option to the Underwriters, severally and not jointly, to purchase up to an additional aggregate principal amount of Securities only to cover overallotments, at the price set forth in Schedule A. The option hereby granted may be exercised for 30 days after the date hereof and may be exercised in whole or in part from time to time upon notice by the Representatives to the Company setting forth the aggregate principal amount of Option Securities as to which the several Underwriters are then exercising the option and the time and date of payment and delivery for such Option Securities. Any such time and date of delivery (a “Date of Delivery”) shall be determined by the Representatives, but shall not be later than seven full business days after the exercise of said option, nor in any event prior to the Closing Time. If the option is exercised as to all or any portion of the Option Securities, each of the Underwriters, acting severally and not jointly, will purchase that proportion of the aggregate principal amount of Option Securities then being purchased which the aggregate principal amount of Initial Securities set forth in Schedule A opposite the name of such Underwriter bears to the total aggregate principal amount of Initial Securities.

 

(c)           Payment . Payment of the purchase price for, and delivery of certificates for, the Initial Securities shall be made at the offices of [           ], [            ] or at such other place as shall be agreed upon by the Representatives and the Company, at 9:00 A.M. (New York City time) on the third (fourth, if the pricing occurs after 4:30 P.M. (New York City time) on any given day) business day after the date hereof (unless postponed in accordance with the provisions of Section 10), or such other time not later than ten business days after such date as shall be agreed upon by the Representatives and the Company (such time and date of payment and delivery being herein called “Closing Time”).

 

In addition, in the event that any or all of the Option Securities are purchased by the Underwriters, payment of the purchase price for, and delivery of certificates for, such Option Securities shall be made at the above-mentioned offices, or at such other place as shall be agreed upon by the Representatives and the Company, on each Date of Delivery as specified in the notice from [           ] to the Company.

 

Payment shall be made to the Company by wire transfer of immediately available funds to a bank account designated by the Company against delivery to the Representatives for the respective accounts of the Underwriters of certificates for the Underwritten Securities to be purchased by them. It is understood that each Underwriter has authorized the Representatives, for its account, to accept delivery of, receipt for, and make payment of the purchase price for, the Initial Securities and the Option Securities, if any, which it has agreed to purchase. [           ], individually and not as representative of the Underwriters, may (but shall not be obligated to) make payment of the purchase price for the Initial Securities or the Option Securities, if any, to be purchased by any Underwriter whose funds have not been received by the Closing Time or the relevant Date of Delivery, as the case may be, but such payment shall not relieve such Underwriter from its obligations hereunder.

 

20
 

 

(d)           Denominations; Registration . Certificates for the Initial Securities and the Option Securities, if any, shall be in such denominations and registered in such names as the Representatives may request in writing at least one full business day before the Closing Time or the relevant Date of Delivery, as the case may be. The certificates for the Initial Securities and the Option Securities, if any, will be made available for examination and packaging by the Representatives in The City of New York not later than 10:00 A.M. (New York City time) on the business day prior to the Closing Time or the relevant Date of Delivery, as the case may be.

 

SECTION 3.           Covenants of the Company . The Company covenants with each Underwriter as follows:

 

(a)           Compliance with Securities Regulations and Commission Requests . The Company, subject to Section 3(c), will comply with the requirements of Rule 415 and Rule 430C, and will notify the Representatives immediately, and confirm the notice in writing, (i) when any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement shall become effective or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus shall have been filed, (ii) of the receipt of any comments from the Commission, (iii) of any request by the Commission for any amendment to the Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus or for additional information, (iv) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus, the Prospectus, or of the suspension of the qualification of the Underwritten Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or of the initiation or threatening of any proceedings for any of such purposes or of any examination pursuant to Section 8(d) or 8(e) of the 1933 Act concerning the Registration Statement and (v) if the Company becomes the subject of a proceeding under Section 8(a) of the 1933 Act in connection with the offering of the Underwritten Securities. The Company will effect all filings required under Rule 497, in the manner and within the time period required by Rule 497, and will take such steps as it deems necessary to ascertain promptly whether the form of prospectus transmitted for filing under Rule 497(c) was received for filing by the Commission and, in the event that it was not, it will promptly file such prospectus. The Company will make every reasonable effort to prevent the issuance of any stop order, prevention or suspension and, if any such order is issued, to obtain the lifting thereof at the earliest possible moment.

 

(b)           Filing of Amendments . Through the Closing Date, the Company will give the Representatives notice of its intention to file or prepare any amendment to the Registration Statement (including any filing under Rule 462(b)) or any amendment, supplement or revision to any preliminary prospectus (including any prospectus included in the Registration Statement at the time it became effective) or to the Prospectus and will furnish the Representatives with copies of any such documents within a reasonable amount of time prior to such proposed filing or use, as the case may be, and will not file or use any such document to which the Representatives or counsel for the Underwriters shall reasonably object. The Company has given the Underwriters notice of any filings made pursuant to the 1934 Act or the 1934 Rules and Regulations within 48 hours prior to the Applicable Time; the Company will give the Underwriters notice of its intention to make any such filing from the Applicable Time to the Closing Date and will furnish the Underwriters with copies of any such documents a reasonable amount of time prior to such proposed filing, as the case may be, and will not file or use any such document to which the Representatives or counsel for the Underwriters shall reasonably object.

 

21
 

 

(c)          Continued Compliance with Securities Laws. The Company will comply with the 1933 Act, the 1933 Act Regulations, the 1934 Act and the 1934 Act Regulations so as to permit the completion of the distribution of the Underwritten Securities as contemplated in this Agreement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus. If any event shall occur or condition shall exist as a result of which it is necessary (or, if the Representatives or counsel for the Underwriters shall notify the Company that, in their judgment, it is necessary) to amend the Registration Statement or amend or supplement the General Disclosure Package, the Prospectus in order that the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, as the case may be, will not include any untrue statements of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances existing at the time it is delivered to a purchaser, or if it shall be necessary, in the opinion of such counsel, at any such time to amend the Registration Statement or amend or supplement the Prospectus in order to comply with the requirements of the 1933 Act, the 1933 Act Regulations, the 1934 Act or the 1934 Act Regulations, the Company will promptly notify the Representatives of such event or condition and of its intention to file such amendment or supplement (or, if the Representatives or counsel for the Underwriters shall have notified the Company as aforesaid, the Company will promptly notify the Representatives of its intention to prepare such amendment or supplement) and will promptly prepare and file with the Commission, subject to Section 3(b), such amendment or supplement as may be necessary to correct such untrue statement or omission or to comply with such requirements, and, in the case of an amendment or post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement, the Company will use its best efforts to have such amendment declared or become effective as soon as practicable, and the Company will furnish to the Underwriters such number of copies of such amendment or supplement as the Underwriters may reasonably request. Through the Closing Date, the Company will give the Representatives notice of its intention to file or prepare any amendment to the Registration Statement (including any filing under Rule 462(b)) or any amendment, supplement or revision to any preliminary prospectus (including any prospectus included in the Registration Statement at the time it became effective) or to the Prospectus and will furnish the Representatives with copies of any such documents within a reasonable amount of time prior to such proposed filing or use, as the case may be, and will not file or use any such document to which the Representatives or counsel for the Underwriters shall reasonably object. The Company has given the Underwriters notice of any filings made pursuant to the 1934 Act or the 1934 Rules and Regulations within 48 hours prior to the Applicable Time; the Company will give the Underwriters notice of its intention to make any such filing from the Applicable Time to the Closing Date and will furnish the Underwriters with copies of any such documents a reasonable amount of time prior to such proposed filing, as the case may be, and will not file or use any such document to which the Representatives or counsel for the Underwriters shall reasonably object.

 

(d)          Delivery of Registration Statements . The Company has furnished or will deliver to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters, without charge, signed copies of the Registration Statement, the Notice of Intent, and the Notification of Election, each as originally filed and each amendment thereto (including exhibits filed therewith) and signed copies of all consents and certificates of experts, and will also deliver to the Representatives, without charge, a conformed copy of the Registration Statement, the Notice of Intent, and the Notification of Election, each as originally filed and each amendment thereto (without exhibits) for each of the Underwriters. The copies of the Registration Statement, the Notice of Intent, and the Notification of Election, and each amendment thereto furnished to the Underwriters will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.

 

(e)          Delivery of Prospectuses . The Company has delivered to each Underwriter, without charge, as many copies of each preliminary prospectus as such Underwriter reasonably requested, and the Company hereby consents to the use of such copies for purposes permitted by the 1933 Act. The Company will furnish to each Underwriter, without charge, such number of copies of the Prospectus (as amended or supplemented) as such Underwriter may reasonably request. The Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto furnished to the Underwriters will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.

 

22
 

 

(f)           Blue Sky Qualifications . The Company will use its commercially reasonable best efforts, in cooperation with the Underwriters, to qualify the Underwritten Securities for offering and sale under the applicable securities laws of such states and other jurisdictions (domestic or foreign) as the Representatives may designate and to maintain such qualifications in effect so long as required to complete the distribution of the Securities; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to file any general consent to service of process or to qualify as a foreign corporation or as a dealer in securities in any jurisdiction in which it is not so qualified or to subject itself to taxation in respect of doing business in any jurisdiction in which it is not otherwise so subject.

 

(g)          Rule 158 . The Company will timely file such reports pursuant to the 1934 Act as are necessary in order to make generally available to its securityholders as soon as practicable an earnings statement for the purposes of, and to provide to the Underwriters the benefits contemplated by, the last paragraph of Section 11(a) of the 1933 Act.

 

(h)           Use of Proceeds . The Company will use the net proceeds received by it from the sale of the Underwritten Securities in the manner specified in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus under “Use of Proceeds.”

 

(i)           [ Listing . The Company will use its commercially reasonable best efforts to effect and maintain the listing of the Underwritten Securities on [           ]]

 

(j)           DTC Clearance . The Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Securities to continue to be eligible for clearance through DTC.

 

(k)           Restriction on Sale of Underwritten Securities . During a period of [           ] days from the date of the Prospectus, the Company will not, without the prior written consent of the Representatives, (i) directly or indirectly, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of any Underwritten Securities or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Underwritten Securities or file any registration statement under the 1933 Act with respect to any of the foregoing or (ii) enter into any swap or any other agreement or any transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, the economic consequence of ownership of the Underwritten Securities, whether any such swap or transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Underwritten Securities or such other securities, in cash or otherwise.

 

(l)           Reporting Requirements . Through the Closing Date, the Company will file all documents required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to the 1934 Act within the time periods required by the 1934 Act and the 1934 Act Regulations.

 

(m)         Maintain Status as a Business Development Company. The Company, during a period of thirty (30) months from the effective date of the BDC Election, will use its commercially reasonable best efforts to maintain its status as a “business development company” under the Investment Company Act; provided, however, the Company may change the nature of its business so as to cease to be, or to withdraw its election as, a business development company with the approval of the board of directors and a vote of stockholders as required by Section 58 of the Investment Company Act or any successor provision.

 

(n)          Emerging Growth Company. The Company will promptly notify the Representatives if the Company ceases to be an Emerging Growth Company at any time prior to the later of (i) completion of the distribution of Underwritten Securities within the meaning of the 1933 Act and (ii) completion of the 180 day restricted period referred to in Section 3(k) hereof.

 

23
 

 

(o)           Qualification as a Regulated Investment Company. The Company will use its commercially reasonable best efforts to qualify for and elect to be treated as a “regulated investment company” under Subchapter M of the Code for its taxable year ending December 31, [           ], and to maintain such qualification and election in effect for each full fiscal year during which it is a business development company under the Investment Company Act; provided however, that at the discretion of the Company’s board of directors, it may elect not to be so treated.

 

SECTION 4.           Payment of Expenses .

 

(a)          Expenses . The Company will pay or cause to be paid all expenses incident to the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, including (i) the preparation, printing and filing of the Registration Statement (including financial statements and exhibits) as originally filed and each amendment thereto, (ii) the preparation, printing and delivery to the Underwriters of copies of each preliminary prospectus, the Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto and any costs associated with electronic delivery of any of the foregoing by the Underwriters to investors, (iii) the preparation, issuance and delivery of the certificates for the Underwritten Securities to the Underwriters, including any stock or other transfer taxes and any stamp or other duties payable upon the sale, issuance or delivery of the Underwritten Securities to the Underwriters, (iv) the fees and disbursements of the Company’s counsel, accountants and other advisors, (v) the qualification of the Underwritten Securities under securities laws in accordance with the provisions of Section 3(f) hereof, including filing fees and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection therewith and in connection with the preparation of the Blue Sky Survey and any supplement thereto, (vi) the fees and expenses of any transfer agent or registrar for the Underwritten Securities, (vii) the costs and expenses of the Company relating to investor presentations on any “road show” undertaken in connection with the marketing of the Underwritten Securities, including without limitation, expenses associated with the production of road show slides and graphics, fees and expenses of any consultants engaged in connection with the road show presentations, travel and lodging expenses of the representatives and officers of the Company and any such consultants[, and 50% of the cost of aircraft and other transportation chartered in connection with the road show], (viii) the filing fees incident to, and up to $[           ] of reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the Underwriters in connection with, the review by FINRA of the terms of the sale of the Underwritten Securities, (ix) the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing of the Underwritten Securities on [           ] and (x) the costs and expenses (including, without limitation, any damages or other amounts payable in connection with legal or contractual liability) associated with the reforming of any contracts for sale of the Underwritten Securities made by the Underwriters caused by a breach of the representation contained in the third sentence of Section 1(a)(iii).

 

(b)          Termination of Agreement . If this Agreement is terminated by the Representatives in accordance with the provisions of Section 5, Section 9(a)(i) and (iii) or Section 10 hereof, the Company shall reimburse the Underwriters for all of their out-of-pocket expenses, including the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters.

 

SECTION 5.           Conditions of Underwriters’ Obligations . The obligations of the several Underwriters hereunder are subject to the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the WhiteHorse Entities contained herein or in certificates of any officer of the WhiteHorse Entities or any of the Company’s subsidiaries delivered pursuant to the provisions hereof, to the performance by the Company of its covenants and other obligations hereunder, and to the following further conditions:

 

24
 

 

(a)           Effectiveness of Registration Statement; Rule 430C Information; BDC Election . The Registration Statement, including any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, has become effective and at Closing Time no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto has been issued under the 1933 Act, no order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus has been issued and no proceedings for any of those purposes have been instituted or are pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, contemplated; and the Company has complied with each request (if any) from the Commission for additional information. A prospectus containing the Rule 430C Information shall have been filed with the Commission in the manner and within the time frame required by Rule 497(h) or a post-effective amendment providing such information shall have been filed with, and declared effective by, the Commission in accordance with the requirements of Rule 430C. The BDC Election is effective and at the Closing Time no order suspending the effectiveness of the BDC Election shall have been issued or proceedings therefor initiated or threatened by the Commission.

 

(b)          Opinion of Counsel for Company . At the Closing Time, the Representatives shall have received the favorable opinion and negative assurance statement, dated the Closing Time, of Dechert LLP, counsel for the Company, in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters to the effect set forth in Exhibits A and B hereto.

 

(c)          Opinion of Counsel for WhiteHorse Advisers and the Administrator . At the Closing Time, the Representatives shall have received the favorable opinion, dated the Closing Time, of Dechert LLP, counsel for WhiteHorse Advisers and the Administrator, in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters to the effect set forth in Exhibit C hereto.

 

(d)          Opinion of Counsel for Underwriters . At the Closing Time, the Representatives shall have received the favorable opinion, dated the Closing Time, of [                       ], counsel for the Underwriters, in form and substance satisfactory to the Underwriters, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters. In giving such opinion such counsel may rely, as to all matters governed by the laws of jurisdictions other than the law of the State of New York, the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and the federal securities laws of the United States, upon the opinions of counsel satisfactory to the Representatives. Such counsel may also state that, insofar as such opinion involves factual matters, they have relied, to the extent they deem proper, upon certificates of officers of the WhiteHorse Entities and certificates of public officials.

 

(e)          Officers’ Certificate of the Company . At the Closing Time, there shall not have been, since the date hereof or since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, any material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries considered as one enterprise, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business, and the Representatives shall have received a certificate of the Chief Executive Officer or the President of the Company and of the chief financial or chief accounting officer of the Company, dated the Closing Time, to the effect that (i) there has been no such material adverse change, (ii) the representations and warranties of the Company in this Agreement are true and correct with the same force and effect as though expressly made at and as of the Closing Time, (iii) the Company has complied with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied at or prior to the Closing Time, and (iv) no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement under the 1933 Act has been issued, no order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus has been issued and no proceedings for any of those purposes have been instituted or are pending or, to their knowledge, contemplated.

 

25
 

 

(f)           Officers’ Certificate of WhiteHorse Advisers . At the Closing Time, there shall not have been, since the date hereof or since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, any material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of WhiteHorse Advisers, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business, and the Representatives shall have received a certificate of the Chief Executive Officer or the President of WhiteHorse Advisers and of the chief financial or chief accounting officer of WhiteHorse Advisers, dated the Closing Time, to the effect that (i) there has been no such material adverse change, (ii) the representations and warranties of WhiteHorse Advisers in this Agreement are true and correct with the same force and effect as though expressly made at and as of the Closing Time and (iii) WhiteHorse Advisers has complied with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied at or prior to the Closing Time.

 

(g)          Officers’ Certificate of the Administrator . At the Closing Time, there shall not have been, since the date hereof or since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, any material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of the Administrator, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business, and the Representatives shall have received a certificate of the Chief Executive Officer or the President of the Administrator and of the chief financial or chief accounting officer of the Administrator, dated the Closing Time, to the effect that (i) there has been no such material adverse change, (ii) the representations and warranties of the Administrator in this Agreement are true and correct with the same force and effect as though expressly made at and as of the Closing Time and (iii) the Administrator has complied with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied at or prior to the Closing Time.

 

(h)          Accountant’s Comfort Letter . At the time of the execution of this Agreement, the Representatives shall have received from [                      ] a letter, dated such date, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters containing statements and information of the type ordinarily included in accountants’ “comfort letters” to underwriters with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information contained in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

 

(i)           Bring-down Comfort Letter . At the Closing Time, the Representatives shall have received from [                      ] a letter, dated as of the Closing Time, to the effect that they reaffirm the statements made in the letter furnished pursuant to subsection (h) of this Section, except that the specified date referred to shall be a date not more than three business days prior to the Closing Time.

 

(j)           [Approval of Listing . At the Closing Time, the Securities shall have been approved for listing on [           ], subject only to official notice of issuance.]

 

(k)           No Objection . FINRA has confirmed that it has not raised any objection with respect to the fairness and reasonableness of the underwriting terms and arrangements relating to the offering of the Underwritten Securities.

 

(l)           Indenture . At or prior to the Closing Time, the Company and the Trustee shall have executed and delivered the Indenture.

 

(m)         [ Ratings . On the Closing Date, the Securities shall be rated at least by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and by Standard & Poor’s and since the date of this Agreement, there shall not have occurred a downgrading in the rating assigned to the Securities by any “nationally recognized statistical rating agency,” as that term is defined by the Commission for purposes of Rule 436(g)(2) under the 1933 Act, and no such organization shall have publicly announced it has under surveillance or review its rating of the Underwritten Securities.]

 

26
 

 

(n)          Lock-up Agreements . At the date of this Agreement, the Representatives shall have received an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto signed by the persons listed on Schedule C hereto.

 

(o)          Conditions to Purchase of Option Securities . In the event that the Underwriters exercise their option provided in Section 2(b) hereof to purchase all or any portion of the Option Securities, the representations and warranties of the WhiteHorse Entities contained herein and the statements in any certificates furnished by the WhiteHorse Entities and any of the Company’s subsidiaries hereunder shall be true and correct as of each Date of Delivery and, at the relevant Date of Delivery, the Representatives shall have received:

 

(i)           Officers’ Certificate of the Company . A certificate, dated such Date of Delivery, of the Chief Executive Officer or the President of the Company and of the chief financial or chief accounting officer of the Company, confirming that the certificate delivered at the Closing Time pursuant to Section 5(e) hereof remains true and correct as of such Date of Delivery.

 

(ii)          Officers’ Certificate of WhiteHorse Advisers . A certificate, dated such Date of Delivery, of the Chief Executive Officer or the President of WhiteHorse Advisers and of the chief financial or chief accounting officer of WhiteHorse Advisers, confirming that the certificate delivered at the Closing Time pursuant to Section 5(f) hereof remains true and correct as of such Date of Delivery.

 

(iii)         Officers’ Certificate of the Administrator . A certificate, dated such Date of Delivery, of the Chief Executive Officer or the President of the Administrator and of the chief financial or chief accounting officer of the Administrator, confirming that the certificate delivered at the Closing Time pursuant to Section 5(g) hereof remains true and correct as of such Date of Delivery.

 

(iv)         Opinion of Counsel for Company . If requested by the Representatives, the favorable opinion and negative assurance statement of Dechert LLP, counsel for the Company, in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters, dated such Date of Delivery, relating to the Option Securities to be purchased on such Date of Delivery and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by Section 5(b) hereof.

 

(v)          Opinion of Counsel for WhiteHorse Advisers and the Administrator . If requested by the Representatives, the favorable opinion of Dechert LLP, counsel for WhiteHorse Advisers and the Administrator, in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters, dated such Date of Delivery, relating to the Option Securities to be purchased on such Date of Delivery and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by Section 5(c) hereof.

 

(vi)         Opinion of Counsel for Underwriters . If requested by the Representatives, the favorable opinion of [                       ], counsel for the Underwriters, dated such Date of Delivery, relating to the Option Securities to be purchased on such Date of Delivery and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by Section 5(d) hereof.

 

(vii)        Bring-down Comfort Letter . If requested by the Representatives, a letter from [                      ], in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives and dated such Date of Delivery, substantially in the same form and substance as the letter furnished to the Representatives pursuant to Section 5(i) hereof, except that the “specified date” in the letter furnished pursuant to this paragraph shall be a date not more than three business days prior to such Date of Delivery.

 

27
 

 

(p)          Additional Documents . At the Closing Time and at each Date of Delivery (if any) counsel for the Underwriters shall have been furnished with such documents and opinions as they may require for the purpose of enabling them to pass upon the issuance and sale of the Underwritten Securities as herein contemplated, or in order to evidence the accuracy of any of the representations or warranties, or the fulfillment of any of the conditions, herein contained; and all proceedings taken by the Company in connection with the issuance and sale of the Underwritten Securities as herein contemplated shall be satisfactory in form and substance to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters.

 

(q)          Termination of Agreement . If any condition specified in this Section shall not have been fulfilled when and as required to be fulfilled, this Agreement, or, in the case of any condition to the purchase of Option Securities on a Date of Delivery which is after the Closing Time, the obligations of the several Underwriters to purchase the relevant Option Securities, may be terminated by the Representatives by notice to the Company at any time at or prior to Closing Time or such Date of Delivery, as the case may be, and such termination shall be without liability of any party to any other party except as provided in Section 4 and except that Sections 6, 7, 8, 14 and 15 shall survive any such termination and remain in full force and effect.

 

SECTION 6.           Indemnification .

 

(a)          Indemnification of Underwriters . The WhiteHorse Entities, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its affiliates (as such term is defined in Rule 501(b) under the 1933 Act (each, an “Affiliate”)), its selling agents and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act as follows:

 

(i)           against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever, as incurred, arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), including the Rule 430C Information, or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact included (A) in any preliminary prospectus, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), or (B) in any materials or information provided to investors by, or with the approval of, the Company in connection with the marketing of the offering of the Underwritten Securities (“Marketing Materials”), including any roadshow or investor presentations made to investors by the Company (whether in person or electronically), or the omission or alleged omission in any preliminary prospectus, the Prospectus or in any Marketing Materials of a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

 

(ii)          against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever, as incurred, to the extent of the aggregate amount paid in settlement of any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or of any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission; provided that (subject to Section 6(d) below) any such settlement is effected with the written consent of the Company;

 

(iii)         against any and all expense whatsoever, as incurred (including the fees and disbursements of counsel chosen by [           ]), reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission, to the extent that any such expense is not paid under (i) or (ii) above;

 

28
 

 

provided, however, that this indemnity agreement shall not apply to any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense to the extent arising out of any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), including the Rule 430C Information, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information.

 

(b)           Indemnification of Company, Directors and Officers, WhiteHorse Advisers and the Administrator . Each Underwriter severally agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its directors, each of its officers who signed the Registration Statement, and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act, WhiteHorse Advisers and the Administrator against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense described in the indemnity contained in subsection (a) of this Section, as incurred, but only with respect to untrue statements or omissions, or alleged untrue statements or omissions, made in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), including the Rule 430C Information, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information.

 

(c)           Actions against Parties; Notification . Each indemnified party shall give notice as promptly as reasonably practicable to each indemnifying party of any action commenced against it in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder, but failure to so notify an indemnifying party shall not relieve such indemnifying party from any liability hereunder to the extent it is not materially prejudiced as a result thereof and in any event shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have otherwise than on account of this indemnity agreement. In the case of parties indemnified pursuant to Section 6(a) above, counsel to the indemnified parties shall be selected by [           ], and, in the case of parties indemnified pursuant to Section 6(b) above, counsel to the indemnified parties shall be selected by the Company. An indemnifying party may participate at its own expense in the defense of any such action; provided, however, that counsel to the indemnifying party shall not (except with the consent of the indemnified party) also be counsel to the indemnified party. In no event shall the indemnifying parties be liable for fees and expenses of more than one counsel (in addition to any local counsel) separate from their own counsel for all indemnified parties in connection with any one action or separate but similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever in respect of which indemnification or contribution could be sought under this Section 6 or Section 7 hereof (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties thereto), unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party from all liability arising out of such litigation, investigation, proceeding or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

 

(d)           Settlement without Consent if Failure to Reimburse . If at any time an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel, such indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of the nature contemplated by Section 6(a)(ii) effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 45 days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request, (ii) such indemnifying party shall have received notice of the terms of such settlement at least 30 days prior to such settlement being entered into and (iii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed such indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement.

 

(f)          The provisions of this Section 6 and Section 7 hereof shall not affect any agreements among the Company, WhiteHorse Advisers and the Administrator with respect to indemnification of each other or contribution among themselves.

 

29
 

 

SECTION 7.           Contribution . If the indemnification provided for in Section 6 hereof is for any reason unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of any losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the aggregate amount of such losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses incurred by such indemnified party, as incurred, (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the WhiteHorse Entities, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other hand, from the offering of the Underwritten Securities pursuant to this Agreement or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the WhiteHorse Entities, on the one hand, and of the Underwriters, on the other hand, in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.

 

The relative benefits received by the WhiteHorse Entities, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other hand, in connection with the offering of the Underwritten Securities pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the total net proceeds from the offering of the Underwritten Securities pursuant to this Agreement (before deducting expenses) received by the Company, on the one hand, and the total underwriting discount received by the Underwriters, on the other hand, in each case as set forth on the cover of the Prospectus, bear to the aggregate initial public offering price of the Underwritten Securities as set forth on the cover of the Prospectus.

 

The relative fault of the WhiteHorse Entities, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any such untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the WhiteHorse Entities or by the Underwriters and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

 

The WhiteHorse Entities and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 7 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this Section 7. The aggregate amount of losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses incurred by an indemnified party and referred to above in this Section 7 shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.

 

Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 7, no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the underwriting commissions received by such Underwriter in connection with the Securities underwritten by it and distributed to the public.

 

No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the 1933 Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

 

For purposes of this Section 7, each person, if any, who controls an Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act and each Underwriter’s Affiliates and selling agents shall have the same rights to contribution as such Underwriter, and each director of the Company, each officer of the Company who signed the Registration Statement, and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company. The Underwriters’ respective obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 7 are several in proportion to the aggregate principal amount of Initial Securities set forth opposite their respective names in Schedule A hereto and not joint.

 

30
 

 

SECTION 8.           Representations, Warranties and Agreements to Survive . All representations, warranties and agreements contained in this Agreement or in certificates of officers of the WhiteHorse Entities or any of the Company’s subsidiaries submitted pursuant hereto, shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter or its Affiliates or selling agents, any person controlling any Underwriter, its officers or directors or any person controlling the Company or any person controlling WhiteHorse Advisers or the Administrator and (ii) delivery of and payment for the Underwritten Securities.

 

SECTION 9.           Termination of Agreement .

 

(a)          Termination . The Representatives may terminate this Agreement, by notice to the WhiteHorse Entities, at any time at or prior to the Closing Time (i) if there has been, in the judgment of the Representatives, since the time of execution of this Agreement or since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, any material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries considered as one enterprise, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business, or (ii) if there has occurred any material adverse change in the financial markets in the United States or the international financial markets, any outbreak of hostilities or escalation thereof or other calamity or crisis or any change or development involving a prospective change in national or international political, financial or economic conditions, in each case the effect of which is such as to make it, in the judgment of the Representatives, impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the completion of the offering or to enforce contracts for the sale of the Underwritten Securities, or (iii) if trading in any securities of the Company has been suspended or materially limited by the Commission or the Nasdaq Global Select Market, or (iv) if trading generally on the New York Stock Exchange or in the Nasdaq Global Market has been suspended or materially limited, or minimum or maximum prices for trading have been fixed, or maximum ranges for prices have been required, by any of said exchanges or by order of the Commission, FINRA or any other governmental authority, or (v) a material disruption has occurred in commercial banking or securities settlement or clearance services in the United States or with respect to Clearstream or Euroclear systems in Europe, or (vi) if a banking moratorium has been declared by either Federal or New York authorities.

 

(b)           Liabilities . If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to this Section, such termination shall be without liability of any party to any other party except as provided in Section 4 hereof, and provided further that Sections 1, 6, 7, 8, 14 and 15 shall survive such termination and remain in full force and effect.

 

SECTION 10.         Default by One or More of the Underwriters . If one or more of the Underwriters shall fail at Closing Time or a Date of Delivery to purchase the Underwritten Securities which it or they are obligated to purchase under this Agreement (the “Defaulted Securities”), the Representatives shall have the right, within 24 hours thereafter, to make arrangements for one or more of the non-defaulting Underwriters, or any other underwriters, to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Defaulted Securities in such amounts as may be agreed upon and upon the terms herein set forth; if, however, the Representatives shall not have completed such arrangements within such 24-hour period, then:

 

(i)           if the aggregate principal amount of Defaulted Securities does not exceed 10% of the aggregate principal amount of Underwritten Securities to be purchased on such date, each of the non-defaulting Underwriters shall be obligated, severally and not jointly, to purchase the full amount thereof in the proportions that their respective underwriting obligations hereunder bear to the underwriting obligations of all non-defaulting Underwriters, or

 

31
 

 

(ii)          if the aggregate principal amount of Defaulted Securities exceeds 10% of the aggregate principal amount of Underwritten Securities to be purchased on such date, this Agreement or, with respect to any Date of Delivery which occurs after the Closing Time, the obligation of the Underwriters to purchase, and the Company to sell, the Option Securities to be purchased and sold on such Date of Delivery, shall terminate without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter.

 

As used in this Section only, if the Defaulted Securities include Debt Warrants, the aggregate amount or aggregate principal amount of Underwritten Securities shall mean the aggregate principal amount of any Underwritten Securities plus the public offering price of any Debt Warrants included in the relevant Underwritten Securities.

 

No action taken pursuant to this Section shall relieve any defaulting Underwriter from liability in respect of its default.

 

In the event of any such default which does not result in a termination of this Agreement or, in the case of a Date of Delivery which is after the Closing Time, which does not result in a termination of the obligation of the Underwriters to purchase and the Company to sell the relevant Option Securities, as the case may be, either the (i) Representatives or (ii) the Company shall have the right to postpone Closing Time or the relevant Date of Delivery, as the case may be, for a period not exceeding seven days in order to effect any required changes in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or in any other documents or arrangements. As used herein, the term “Underwriter” includes any person substituted for an Underwriter under this Section 10.

 

SECTION 11.         Notices . All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if mailed or transmitted by any standard form of telecommunication. Notices to the Underwriters shall be directed to (A) [                       ], at [                       ], [                       ], [                       ], attention of [                       ] (facsimile: [                       ], with a copy to General Counsel at the same address; and (B) [                       ], [                       ], [                       ], [                       ], Attention: [                       ], with copy to: [                       ], Investment Banking Counsel; notices to the Company shall be directed to it at 1450 Brickell Avenue, 31st Floor, Miami, Florida 33131, attention of Richard Siegel; notices to WhiteHorse Advisers shall be directed to it at 1450 Brickell Avenue, 31st Floor, Miami, Florida 33131, attention of Richard Siegel; and notices to the Administrator shall be directed to it at 1450 Brickell Avenue, 31st Floor, Miami, Florida 33131, attention of Richard Siegel.

 

32
 

 

SECTION 12.         No Advisory or Fiduciary Relationship . Each of the WhiteHorse Entities acknowledges and agrees that (a) the purchase and sale of the Underwritten Securities pursuant to this Agreement, including the determination of the initial public offering price of the Underwritten Securities and any related discounts and commissions, is an arm’s-length commercial transaction between the WhiteHorse Entities, on the one hand, and the several Underwriters, on the other hand, (b) in connection with the offering of the Underwritten Securities and the process leading thereto, each Underwriter is and has been acting solely as a principal and is not the agent or fiduciary of the WhiteHorse Entities, any of its subsidiaries or their respective stockholders, creditors, employees or any other party, (c) no Underwriter has assumed or will assume an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the WhiteHorse Entities with respect to the offering of the Underwritten Securities or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether such Underwriter has advised or is currently advising the WhiteHorse Entities or any of the Company’s subsidiaries on other matters) and no Underwriter has any obligation to the WhiteHorse Entities with respect to the offering of the Underwritten Securities except the obligations expressly set forth in this Agreement, (d) the Underwriters and their respective affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the WhiteHorse Entities and (e) the Underwriters have not provided any legal, accounting, regulatory or tax advice with respect to the offering of the Underwritten Securities and each of the WhiteHorse Entities has consulted its own respective legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it deemed appropriate.

 

SECTION 13.         Parties . This Agreement shall each inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Underwriters, each of the WhiteHorse Entities and their respective successors. Nothing expressed or mentioned in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any person, firm or corporation, other than the Underwriters and the WhiteHorse Entities and their respective successors and the controlling persons and officers and directors referred to in Sections 6 and 7 and their heirs and legal representatives, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision herein contained. This Agreement and all conditions and provisions hereof are intended to be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Underwriters and the WhiteHorse Entities and their respective successors, and said controlling persons and officers and directors and their heirs and legal representatives, and for the benefit of no other person, firm or corporation. No purchaser of Underwritten Securities from any Underwriter shall be deemed to be a successor by reason merely of such purchase.

 

SECTION 14.        Trial by Jury . Each of the WhiteHorse Entities (on its behalf and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, on behalf of its stockholders and affiliates) and each of the Underwriters hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

SECTION 15.        GOVERNING LAW . THIS AGREEMENT AND ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY OR DISPUTE ARISING UNDER OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF, THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

SECTION 16.         TIME . TIME SHALL BE OF THE ESSENCE OF THIS AGREEMENT. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SET FORTH HEREIN, SPECIFIED TIMES OF DAY REFER TO NEW YORK CITY TIME.

 

SECTION 17.         Partial Unenforceability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any Section, paragraph or provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other Section, paragraph or provision hereof. If any Section, paragraph or provision of this Agreement is for any reason determined to be invalid or unenforceable, there shall be deemed to be made such minor changes (and only such minor changes) as are necessary to make it valid and enforceable.

 

33
 

 

SECTION 18.          Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same Agreement.

 

SECTION 19.          Effect of Headings . The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

34
 

 

If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, please sign and return to the WhiteHorse Entities a counterpart hereof, whereupon this instrument, along with all counterparts, will become a binding agreement among the Underwriters and each of the WhiteHorse Entities in accordance with its terms.

 

  Very truly yours,
     
  WHITEHORSE FINANCE, INC.
     
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:
     
  H.I.G. WHITEHORSE ADVISERS, LLC
     
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:
     
  h.I.G. WHITEHORSE ADMINISTRATION, LLC
     
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:

 

 
 

 

CONFIRMED AND ACCEPTED,  
as of the date first above written:  
     
[                       ]  
     
By:    
  Authorized Signatory  
     
[                       ]  
     
By:    
  Authorized Signatory  

 

For themselves and as Representatives of the other Underwriters named in Schedule A hereto.

 

 
 

 

SCHEDULE A

 

The public offering price for the Securities shall be •% of the aggregate principal amount thereof.

 

The purchase price for the Securities to be paid by the several Underwriters shall be •% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, being an amount equal to the public offering price set forth above less •% of the aggregate principal amount thereof.

 

Name of Underwriter  

Aggregate

Principal

Amount of
Securities

 

Number of

Warrants

         
[                                 ]    
[                                 ]    
[                                 ]        
         
Total    

 

Schedule A-1
 

 

SCHEDULE B

 

Pricing Terms

 

1.          The Company is selling $• aggregate principal amount of Senior Securities and $• aggregate principal amount of Subordinated Securities.

 

2.          The Company is selling • Debt Warrants for the purchase of $• aggregate principal amount of Senior Securities and $• aggregate principal amount of Subordinated Securities.

 

3.          The Company has granted an option to the Underwriters, severally and not jointly, to purchase up to an additional $• aggregate principal amount of Senior Securities and $• aggregate principal amount of Subordinated Securities, solely to cover over-allotments.

 

4.          The purchase price for the Securities to be paid by the several Underwriters shall be •% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, being an amount equal to the public offering price set forth above less •% of the aggregate principal amount thereof.

 

Schedule B-1
 

 

SCHEDULE C

 

List of Persons and Entities Subject to Lock-up

 

Schedule C-1
 

 

Exhibit A

 

FORM OF OPINION OF COMPANY’S COUNSEL
TO BE DELIVERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 5(b)

 

Ex. A-1
 

 

Exhibit B

 

FORM OF NEGATIVE ASSURANCE STATEMENT OF COMPANY’S COUNSEL
TO BE DELIVERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 5(b)

 

Ex. B-1
 

 

Exhibit C

 

FORM OF OPINION OF COUNSEL TO WHITEHORSE ADVISERS AND THE ADMINISTRATOR TO BE DELIVERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 5(c)

 

Ex. C-1
 

 

[Form of lock-up from directors, officers or other stockholders pursuant to Section 5(n)]

 

Exhibit D

 

[•],[•]

 

[Name of Representatives]

as representatives of the underwriters

[Address]

 

Re:       Proposed Public Offering by WhiteHorse Finance, Inc.

 

This agreement is being delivered to you in connection with the proposed Underwriting Agreement (the “ Underwriting Agreement ”) by and among WhiteHorse Finance, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), H.I.G. WhiteHorse Advisers, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Adviser ”), H.I.G. WhiteHorse Administration, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Administrator ”), and [Name of Representatives] and each of underwriter to be named in the Underwriting Agreement, relating to a proposed underwritten public offering of senior debt securities (the “ Senior Securities ”) or subordinated debt securities (the “ Subordinated Securities ”), or both, or Warrants (the “ Debt Warrants ”) to purchase Senior Securities or Subordinated Securities, or both, of the Company (the Senior Securities, Subordinated Securities and Debt Warrants are herein called, collectively, the “ Securities .”)

 

In order to induce you and the other Underwriters to enter into the Underwriting Agreement, and in light of the benefits that the offering of the Securities will confer upon the undersigned in its capacity as a securityholder and/or an officer, director or employee of the Company, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the undersigned agrees with each Underwriter that, during the period beginning on and including the date of the Underwriting Agreement through and including the date that is [           ] days after the date of the Underwriting Agreement, the undersigned will not, without the prior written consent of [Name of Representatives], directly or indirectly:

 

(i)          offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of any aggregate principal amount of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company (“ Common Stock ”) or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock, whether now owned or hereafter acquired by the undersigned or with respect to which the undersigned has or hereafter acquires the power of disposition, or

 

(ii)         enter into any swap or other agreement, arrangement or transaction that transfers to another, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for any Common Stock,

 

whether any transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise. Moreover, if:

 

(1)         during the last 17 days of such [           ]-day restricted period, the Company issues an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to the Company occurs, or

 

(2)         prior to the expiration of such [           ]-day restricted period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results or becomes aware that material news or a material event will occur during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of such [           ]-day restricted period,

 

D- 1
 

 

the restrictions imposed by this agreement shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event, as the case may be, unless [Name of Representatives] waive, in writing, such extension.

 

The undersigned hereby acknowledges and agrees that written notice of any extension of the [           ]-day restricted period pursuant to the provisions of the previous paragraph will be delivered by [Name of Representatives] to the Company, the Adviser or the Administrator and that any such notice properly delivered will be deemed to have been given to, and received by, the undersigned. The undersigned further agrees that, prior to engaging in any transaction or taking any other action that is subject to the terms of this agreement during the period from and including the date of this agreement through and including the 34 th day following the expiration of the [           ]-day restricted period, the undersigned will give prior notice thereof to the Company and will not consummate any such transaction or take any such action unless it has received written confirmation from the Company that such restricted period (as the same may have been extended pursuant to the previous paragraph) has expired.

 

Notwithstanding the provisions set forth in the second preceding paragraph, the undersigned may, without the prior written consent of [Name of Representatives], transfer any Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Common Stock

 

(1)         if the undersigned is a natural person, as a bona fide gift or gifts, or by will or intestacy, or as may be required by court order or by action of law, to any member of the immediate family (as defined below) of the undersigned or to a trust the beneficiaries of which are exclusively the undersigned or members of the undersigned’s immediate family, or as a bona fide gift or gifts to a charity or educational institution,

 

(2)         if the undersigned is a partnership or a limited liability company, to a partner or member, as the case may be, of such partnership or limited liability company if, in any such case, such transfer is not for value, and

 

(3)         if the undersigned is a trust, to a beneficiary of such trust if such transfer is not for value,

 

provided, however, that in the case of any transfer described in clause (1) or (2) above, it shall be a condition to the transfer that (A) the transferee executes and delivers to [Name of Representatives], acting on behalf of the Underwriters, not later than one business day prior to such transfer, a written agreement, in substantially the form of this agreement (it being understood that any references to “immediate family” in the agreement executed by such transferee shall expressly refer only to the immediate family of the undersigned and not to the immediate family of the transferee) and otherwise satisfactory in form and substance to [Name of Representatives], and (B) such transfer is not reported or required to be reported in any public report or filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission or otherwise, and the undersigned does not otherwise voluntarily effect any public filing or report regarding such transfer during such [           ]-day restricted period (as the same may be extended as described above). For purposes of this paragraph, “immediate family” shall mean a spouse, child, grandchild or other lineal descendant (including by adoption), father, mother, brother or sister of the undersigned.

 

The undersigned further agrees that (i) it will not, during such [           ]-day restricted period (as the same may be extended as described above), make any demand or request for or exercise any right with respect to the registration under the 1933 Act, of any Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock, and (ii) the Company may, with respect to any Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock owned or held (of record or beneficially) by the undersigned, cause the transfer agent or other registrar to enter stop transfer instructions and implement stop transfer procedures with respect to such securities during such [           ]-day restricted period (as the same may be extended as described above).

 

D- 2
 

 

In addition, the undersigned hereby waives any and all notice requirements and rights with respect to the registration of any securities pursuant to any agreement, instrument, understanding or otherwise, including any registration rights agreement or similar agreement, to which the undersigned is a party or under which the undersigned is entitled to any right or benefit and any tag-along rights, co-sale rights or other rights to have any securities (debt or equity) included in the offering contemplated by the Underwriting Agreement or sold in connection with the sale of Securities pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, provided that such waiver shall apply only to the public offering of Securities pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement and each registration statement filed under the 1933 Act in connection therewith.

 

The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned has full power and authority to enter into this agreement and that this agreement has been duly authorized (if the undersigned is not a natural person), executed and delivered by the undersigned and is a valid and binding agreement of the undersigned. This agreement and all authority herein conferred are irrevocable and shall survive the death or incapacity of the undersigned (if a natural person) and shall be binding upon the heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns of the undersigned.

 

The undersigned acknowledges and agrees that whether or not any public offering of Securities actually occurs depends on a number of factors, including market conditions.

 

[Signature Page Immediately Follows]

 

D- 3
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed and delivered this agreement as of the date first set forth above.

   
  Yours very truly,
   
   
  Print Name:

 

D- 4

 

 

 

Exhibit (l)

 

 

1900 K Street, NW
Washington, DC 20006-1110

+1 202 261 3300 Main

+1 202 261 3333 Fax

www.dechert.com

   

 

 

May 30, 2014

 

WhiteHorse Finance, Inc.

1450 Brickell Avenue

31 st Floor

Miami, Florida 33131

 

Re: Registration Statement on Form N-2

 

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

We have acted as counsel to WhiteHorse Finance, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), in connection with the preparation and filing of a Registration Statement on Form N-2 (as amended, the “ Registration Statement ”), filed on the date hereof, with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), relating to possible offerings from time to time of up to an aggregate of $500,000,000 of the following securities of the Company: (1) shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company (“ Common Stock ”), (2) shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company (“ Preferred Stock ”), (3) warrants of the Company to purchase Debt Securities, Common Stock or Preferred Stock (“ Warrants ”), (4) rights to purchase Common Stock (“ Subscription Rights ”) and (5) debt securities (“ Debt Securities ”) to be issued pursuant to an indenture between the Company and a trustee (the “ Trustee ”). The Common Stock, Preferred Stock, Warrants, Subscription Rights and Debt Securities are collectively referred to herein as the “ Securities .”

 

The Registration Statement provides that the Securities may be offered separately or together, in separate series, in amounts, at prices and on terms to be set forth in one or more supplements to the prospectus included in the Registration Statement (each, a “ Prospectus Supplement ”). This opinion letter is being furnished to the Company in accordance with the requirements of Item 25 of Form N-2 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and we express no opinion herein as to any matter other than as to the legality of the Securities.

 

In rendering the opinions expressed below, we have examined and relied on originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of such documents, corporate records and other instruments and such agreements, certificates and receipts of public officials, certificates of officers or other representatives of the Company and others, and such other documents as we have deemed necessary or appropriate as a basis for the opinions set forth below, including the following documents:

 

 
 

 

May 30, 2014

Page 2

 

 

 

  

(i) the Registration Statement;

 

(ii) the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (the “ Certificate of Incorporation ”);

 

(iii) the Bylaws of the Company (the “ Bylaws ”);

 

(iv) forms of certificates evidencing the Common Stock and the Subscription Rights;

 

(v) the form of indenture governing the Debt Securities (as may be amended or supplemented from time to time, the “ Indenture ”);

 

(vi) the form of certificate of designations for Preferred Stock;

 

(vii) the form of warrant agreement;

 

(viii) the form of underwriting agreement for common stock;

 

(ix) the form of underwriting agreement for debt securities;

 

(x) a certificate of good standing with respect to the Company issued by the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware as of a recent date; and

 

(xi) the resolutions of the board of directors of the Company (the “ Board of Directors ”), relating to, among other things, the authorization and approval of the preparation and filing of the Registration Statement.

 

As to the facts upon which this opinion is based, we have relied upon certificates of public officials and certificates and written statements of agents, officers, directors and representatives of the Company.

 

In our examination, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as original documents, the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to us as copies, the legal capacity of natural persons who are signatories to the documents examined by us and the legal power and authority of all persons signing on behalf of the parties to such documents.

 

On the basis of the foregoing and subject to the assumptions, qualifications and limitations set forth in this letter, we are of the opinion that:

 

 
 

 

May 30, 2014

Page 3

 

 

 

 

1. The Common Stock, when (a) duly issued and sold in accordance with the Registration Statement and applicable Prospectus Supplement, upon conversion or exchange of Debt Securities or Preferred Stock or upon exercise of Subscription Rights or Warrants as contemplated by the Registration Statement and applicable Prospectus Supplement and (b) delivered to the purchaser or purchasers thereof against receipt by the Company of such lawful consideration therefor as the Board of Directors (or a duly authorized committee thereof) may determine and at a price per share not less than the per share par value of the Common Stock, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

  

2. The Preferred Stock, when (a) duly issued and sold in accordance with the Registration Statement and applicable Prospectus Supplement, upon conversion or exchange of Debt Securities or upon exercise of Warrants as contemplated by the Registration Statement and applicable Prospectus Supplement and (b) delivered to the purchaser or purchasers thereof against receipt by the Company of such lawful consideration therefor as the Board of Directors (or a duly authorized committee thereof) may lawfully determine and at a price per share not less than the per share par value of the Preferred Stock, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

 

3. The Warrants, when (a) duly executed, authenticated, issued and sold in accordance with the Registration Statement and applicable Prospectus Supplement and the provisions of an applicable, valid and binding warrant agreement and (b) delivered to the purchaser or purchasers thereof against receipt by the Company of such lawful consideration therefor as the Board of Directors (or a duly authorized committee thereof or a duly authorized officer of the Company) may lawfully determine, will be valid and binding obligations of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with their respective terms.

 

4. The Subscription Rights, when duly issued in accordance with the Registration Statement and applicable Prospectus Supplement and the provisions of an applicable subscription certificate and any applicable and valid and binding subscription agreement, will be validly issued.

 

5. The Debt Securities, when (a) duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture and (x) issued and sold in accordance with the Registration Statement and applicable Prospectus Supplement or (y) issued upon exchange or conversion of Preferred Stock or upon exercise of Warrants as contemplated by the Registration Statement and applicable Prospectus Supplement and (b) delivered to the purchaser or purchasers thereof against receipt by the Company of such lawful consideration therefor as the Board of Directors (or a duly authorized committee thereof or a duly authorized officer of the Company) may lawfully determine, will be valid and binding obligations of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with their respective terms.

 

 
 

 

May 30, 2014

Page 4

 

 

 

 

The opinions set forth herein are subject to the following assumptions, qualifications, limitations and exceptions being true and correct at or before the time of the delivery of any Securities offered pursuant to the Registration Statement and appropriate Prospectus Supplement:

 

(i) the Board of Directors, including any appropriate committee appointed thereby, and/or appropriate officers of the Company, shall have duly (x) established the terms of the Securities and (y) authorized and taken any other necessary corporate or other action to approve the creation, if applicable, issuance and sale of the Securities and related matters (including with respect to Preferred Stock, the execution, acknowledgment and filing of a certificate of designations in accordance with the applicable provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware) and any Securities consisting of Common Stock or Preferred Stock, and any Common Stock or Preferred Stock for or into which any other Securities are exercisable, exchangeable or convertible, shall have been duly reserved for issuance and such authorizations and actions have not been rescinded;

 

(ii) the resolutions establishing the definitive terms of, and authorizing the Company to register, offer, sell and issue, the Securities shall remain in effect and unchanged at all times during which the Securities are offered, sold or issued by the Company;

 

(iii) the definitive terms of each class and series of the Securities not presently provided for in the Registration Statement or the Certificate of Incorporation, and the terms of the issuance and sale of the Securities (x) shall have been duly established in accordance with all applicable law and the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws (collectively, the “ Charter ”), any Indenture, underwriting agreement, warrant agreement and subscription agreement and any other relevant agreement relating to the terms and the offer and sale of the Securities (collectively, the “ Documents ”) and the authorizing resolutions of the Board of Directors, and reflected in appropriate documentation reviewed by us, and (y) shall not violate any applicable law, the Charter or the Documents (subject to the further assumption that such Charter and Documents have not been amended from the date hereof in a manner that would affect the validity of any of the opinions rendered herein), or result in a default under or breach of (nor constitute any event which with notice, lapse of time or both would constitute a default under or result in any breach of) any agreement or instrument binding upon the Company and so as to comply with any restriction imposed by any court or governmental body having jurisdiction over the Company;

 

 
 

  

May 30, 2014

Page 5

 

 

 

 

(iv) upon issuance of any shares of Preferred Stock or Common Stock, including upon exercise, conversion or exchange of Securities, the total number of shares of Preferred Stock and Common Stock issued and outstanding shall not exceed the total number of shares of Preferred Stock and Common Stock that the Company is then authorized to issue under its Certificate of Incorporation;

 

(v) the interest rate on the Debt Securities shall not be higher than the maximum lawful rate permitted from time to time under applicable law;

 

(vi) the Securities (including any Securities issuable upon exercise, conversion or exchange of other Securities) and any certificates representing the relevant Securities (including any Securities issuable upon exercise, conversion or exchange of other Securities) have been duly authenticated, executed, countersigned, registered and delivered upon payment of the agreed-upon legal consideration therefor and have been duly issued and sold in accordance with any relevant agreement and, if applicable, duly executed and delivered by the Company and any other appropriate party;

 

(vii) each Indenture, warrant agreement, subscription agreement and any other relevant agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by, and will constitute a valid and binding obligation of, each party thereto (other than the Company);

 

(viii) the Registration Statement (including all necessary post-effective amendments) and any additional registration statement filed under Rule 462, shall be effective under the Securities Act, and such effectiveness shall not have been terminated or rescinded;

 

(ix) an appropriate Prospectus Supplement shall have been prepared, delivered and filed in compliance with the Securities Act and the applicable rules and regulations thereunder describing the Securities offered thereby;

 

(x) the Securities shall be issued and sold in compliance with all U.S. federal and state securities laws and solely in the manner stated in the Registration Statement and the applicable Prospectus Supplement and there shall not have occurred any change in law affecting the validity of the opinions rendered herein;

 

(xi) if the Securities will be sold pursuant to a firm commitment underwritten offering, the underwriting agreement with respect to the Securities in the form filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto, or incorporated by reference therein, has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and the other parties thereto;

 

 
 

 

May 30, 2014

Page 6

 

 

 

 

(xii) the Indenture shall have been duly qualified under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended; and

 

(xiii) in the case of an agreement or instrument pursuant to which any Securities are to be issued, there shall be no terms or provisions contained therein which would affect the validity of any of the opinions rendered herein.

 

The opinions set forth herein as to enforceability of obligations of the Company are subject to: (i) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent conveyance, moratorium or similar laws now or hereinafter in effect affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, and by general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law) and the discretion of the court or other body before which any proceeding may be brought; (ii) the unenforceability under certain circumstances under law or court decisions of provisions providing for the indemnification of, or contribution to, a party with respect to a liability where such indemnification or contribution is contrary to public policy, (iii) provisions of law which may require that a judgment for money damages rendered by a court in the United States be expressed only in U.S. dollars; (iv) requirements that a claim with respect to any Debt Securities denominated other than in U.S. dollars (or a judgment denominated other than in U.S. dollars in respect of such claim) be converted into U.S. dollars at a rate of exchange prevailing on a date determined pursuant to applicable law; and (v) governmental authority to limit, delay or prohibit the making of payments outside the United States or in foreign currency or composite currency.

 

We express no opinion as to the validity, legally binding effect or enforceability of any provision in any agreement or instrument that (i) requires or relates to payment of any interest at a rate or in an amount which a court may determine in the circumstances under applicable law to be commercially unreasonable or a penalty or forfeiture or (ii) relates to governing law and submission by the parties to the jurisdiction of one or more particular courts.

 

We are members of the bar of the State of New York, and the foregoing opinions are limited to the laws of the State of New York and the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

 
 

 

May 30, 2014

Page 7

 

 

 

 

This opinion letter has been prepared for your use solely in connection with the Registration Statement. We assume no obligation to advise you of any changes in the foregoing subsequent to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement.

 

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the reference to this firm under the caption “Legal Matters” in the prospectus which forms a part of the Registration Statement. In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

 

Very truly yours,

 

/s/ Dechert LLP

 

Dechert LLP

 

 

TJF/jw/enz

WJT

19410150

 

 

Exhibit (n)

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

 

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement of WhiteHorse Finance, Inc. on Form N-2 of our report dated March 12, 2014 on the consolidated financial statements of WhiteHorse Finance, Inc. and to the reference to us under the heading "Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm" in the prospectus.

 

 

/s/ Crowe Horwath LLP

New York, New York
May 27, 2014

Crowe Horwath LLP